AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package

Release: 7.2

Contents

AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package	48

AUR10120 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation	49

AUR20116 Certificate II in Automotive Administration	52

AUR20220 Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology	55

AUR20320 Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology	57

AUR20420 Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology	61

AUR20520 Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology	64

AUR20720 Certificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation	67

AUR20820 Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology	71

AUR20920 Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology	73

AUR21020 Certificate II in Motor Sport Technology	77

AUR21120 Certificate II in Automotive Sales	80

AUR21220 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology	83

AUR21520 Certificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head Reconditioning	87

AUR21820 Certificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension System Technology	89

AUR21920 Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology	92

AUR22021 Certificate II in Automotive Accessory Fitting	95

AUR30116 Certificate III in Automotive Administration	98

AUR30220 Certificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations	101

AUR30320 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology	105

AUR30420 Certificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology	109

AUR30520 Certificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology	113

AUR30620 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology	118

AUR30720 Certificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology	122

AUR30820 Certificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology	126

AUR30920 Certificate III in Motor Sport Technology	129

AUR31020 Certificate III in Automotive Sales	135

AUR31120 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology	138

AUR31220 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology	142

AUR31316 Certificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning	149

AUR31420 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology	152

AUR31520 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine Technology	154

AUR31820 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer Technology	158

AUR32120 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology	161

AUR32220 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology	166

AUR32320 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology	169

AUR32420 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology	172

AUR32518 Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology	175

AUR32721 Certificate III in Automotive Electric Vehicle Technology	179

AUR40116 Certificate IV in Automotive Management	184

AUR40216 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis	187

AUR40320 Certificate IV in Motor Sport Technology	191

AUR40520 Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing	194

AUR40620 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology	196

AUR40720 Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology	201

AUR40820 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling	204

AUR50116 Diploma of Automotive Management	207

AUR50216 Diploma of Automotive Technology	210

AURSS00063 Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnose and Repair Skill Set	214

AURSS00064 Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set	217

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace	219

Assessment Requirements for AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace	222

AURACA102 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace	224

Assessment Requirements for AURACA102 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace	227

AURACA103 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace	230

Assessment Requirements for AURACA103 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace	233

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace	235

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace	238

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace	240

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace	243

AURAFA105 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace	245

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA105 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace	247

AURAFA106 Conduct research and present technical reports	249

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA106 Conduct research and present technical reports	252

AURAFA108 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions	255

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA108 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions	258

AURAFA110 Identify routine problems in an automotive workplace	260

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA110 Identify routine problems in an automotive workplace	263

AURAMA102 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace	265

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA102 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace	268

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace	271

Assessment Requirements for AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace	274

AURBCA101 Work in a retail bicycle environment	277

Assessment Requirements for AURBCA101 Work in a retail bicycle environment	279

AURBCA102 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders	282

Assessment Requirements for AURBCA102 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders	285

AURBTA102 Adjust bicycles and components	288

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA102 Adjust bicycles and components	291

AURBTA103 Assemble bicycles	293

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA103 Assemble bicycles	296

AURBTA104 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale	299

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA104 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale	302

AURBTA106 Assemble components for custom bicycles	305

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA106 Assemble components for custom bicycles	308

AURBTA108 Disassemble and pack a bicycle for transport	311

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA108 Disassemble and pack a bicycle for transport	314

AURBTB101 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems	316

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB101 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems	319

AURBTD101 Service bicycle steering systems	322

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD101 Service bicycle steering systems	325

AURBTD102 Service bicycle suspension systems	328

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD102 Service bicycle suspension systems	331

AURBTD103 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems	334

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD103 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems	337

AURBTD104 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems	340

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD104 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems	343

AURBTJ101 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres	346

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ101 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres	348

AURBTJ102 Service bicycle wheels and hubs	351

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ102 Service bicycle wheels and hubs	354

AURBTJ103 Design and build bicycle wheels	357

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ103 Design and build bicycle wheels	360

AURBTJ104 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs	363

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ104 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs	366

AURBTK101 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment	369

Assessment Requirements for AURBTK101 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment	371

AURBTR101 Inspect and service electric power-assisted bicycles	373

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR101 Inspect and service electric power-assisted bicycles	376

AURBTR103 Retrofit electric drivetrain systems to bicycles	379

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR103 Retrofit electric drivetrain systems to bicycles	382

AURBTR104 Diagnose and repair electric bicycles	385

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR104 Diagnose and repair electric bicycles	388

AURBTV101 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories	391

Assessment Requirements for AURBTV101 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories	394

AURETB101 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems	397

Assessment Requirements for AURETB101 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems	400

AURETD101 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems	403

Assessment Requirements for AURETD101 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems	406

AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles	409

Assessment Requirements for AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles	414

AURETH015 Diagnose, remove and replace heavy electric vehicle rechargeable energy storage systems	417

Assessment Requirements for AURETH015 Diagnose, remove and replace heavy electric vehicle rechargeable energy storage systems	420

AURETH016 Diagnose and repair complex faults in battery electric vehicle powertrains	424

Assessment Requirements for AURETH016 Diagnose and repair complex faults in battery electric vehicle powertrains	427

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles	431

Assessment Requirements for AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles	434

AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles	437

Assessment Requirements for AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles	441

AURETH103 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles	444

Assessment Requirements for AURETH103 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles	447

AURETH104 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles	451

Assessment Requirements for AURETH104 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles	454

AURETH105 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles	458

Assessment Requirements for AURETH105 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles	461

AURETH106 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	465

Assessment Requirements for AURETH106 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	468

AURETH107 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	472

Assessment Requirements for AURETH107 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	475

AURETH108 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	479

Assessment Requirements for AURETH108 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	482

AURETH109 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	487

Assessment Requirements for AURETH109 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	490

AURETH110 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles	494

Assessment Requirements for AURETH110 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles	497

AURETH114 Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems	501

Assessment Requirements for AURETH114 Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems	504

AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems	508

Assessment Requirements for AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems	512

AURETR049 Install in-vehicle entertainment and convenience	515

Assessment Requirements for AURETR049 Install in-vehicle entertainment and convenience	518

AURETR051 Diagnose, repair and replace precision agriculture systems	521

Assessment Requirements for AURETR051 Diagnose, repair and replace precision agriculture systems	524

AURETR103 Identify automotive electrical systems and components	528

Assessment Requirements for AURETR103 Identify automotive electrical systems and components	530

AURETR104 Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems	532

Assessment Requirements for AURETR104 Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems	535

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits	538

Assessment Requirements for AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits	541

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries	545

Assessment Requirements for AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries	548

AURETR116 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings	551

Assessment Requirements for AURETR116 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings	553

AURETR120 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems	555

Assessment Requirements for AURETR120 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems	558

AURETR121 Diagnose, repair and replace heavy vehicle electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems	561

Assessment Requirements for AURETR121 Diagnose, repair and replace heavy vehicle electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems	564

AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems	568

Assessment Requirements for AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems	571

AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems	574

Assessment Requirements for AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems	577

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems	582

Assessment Requirements for AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems	585

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles	589

Assessment Requirements for AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles	593

AURETR128 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems	597

Assessment Requirements for AURETR128 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems	600

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems	603

Assessment Requirements for AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems	606

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems	609

Assessment Requirements for AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems	612

AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems	616

Assessment Requirements for AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems	619

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems	622

Assessment Requirements for AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems	625

AURETR135 Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation	629

Assessment Requirements for AURETR135 Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation	631

AURETR137 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems	635

Assessment Requirements for AURETR137 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems	638

AURETR138 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems	641

Assessment Requirements for AURETR138 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems	644

AURETR139 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems	647

Assessment Requirements for AURETR139 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems	650

AURETR140 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems	653

Assessment Requirements for AURETR140 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems	656

AURETR143 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems	659

Assessment Requirements for AURETR143 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems	662

AURETR144 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems	665

Assessment Requirements for AURETR144 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems	668

AURETR146 Remove and refit vehicle batteries	671

Assessment Requirements for AURETR146 Remove and refit vehicle batteries	674

AURETR147 Recharge vehicle batteries	676

Assessment Requirements for AURETR147 Recharge vehicle batteries	679

AURETR149 Apply knowledge of ADAS technology in vehicle pre-repair scans	681

Assessment Requirements for AURETR149 Apply knowledge of ADAS technology in vehicle pre-repair scans	684

AURETR236 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems	687

Assessment Requirements for AURETR236 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems	690

AURETU102 Recover vehicle refrigerants	693

Assessment Requirements for AURETU102 Recover vehicle refrigerants	696

AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems	700

Assessment Requirements for AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems	703

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components	707

Assessment Requirements for AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components	711

AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems	716

Assessment Requirements for AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems	720

AURETU106 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems	724

Assessment Requirements for AURETU106 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems	727

AURHTB101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems	731

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems	734

AURHTB106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems	737

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems	740

AURHTB107 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems	743

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB107 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems	746

AURHTD102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle steering systems	749

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle steering systems	752

AURHTD103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension systems	755

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension systems	758

AURHTD104 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations	761

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD104 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations	764

AURHTD106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems	767

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems	770

AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines	773

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines	776

AURHTE103 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines	779

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE103 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines	782

AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems	785

Assessment Requirements for AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems	788

AURHTJ102 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims	791

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ102 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims	793

AURHTJ103 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies	795

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ103 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies	798

AURHTJ104 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes	801

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ104 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes	804

AURHTJ106 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes	807

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ106 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes	810

AURHTL101 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines	813

Assessment Requirements for AURHTL101 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines	816

AURHTQ102 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies	818

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ102 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies	821

AURHTQ103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts	824

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts	827

AURHTR105 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems	830

Assessment Requirements for AURHTR105 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems	833

AURHTX101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions	836

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions	839

AURHTX103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions	842

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions	845

AURHTX104 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems	849

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX104 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems	852

AURHTX106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems	855

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems	858

AURHTY102 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes	861

Assessment Requirements for AURHTY102 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes	864

AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems	867

Assessment Requirements for AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems	870

AURJTB101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems	873

Assessment Requirements for AURJTB101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems	876

AURJTD103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems	879

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems	882

AURJTD104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems	885

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems	888

AURJTD105 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems	891

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD105 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems	894

AURJTE101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines	897

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines	900

AURJTE102 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems	903

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE102 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems	906

AURJTE103 Inspect and service motorcycle engines	909

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE103 Inspect and service motorcycle engines	912

AURJTE104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engine management systems	915

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engine management systems	918

AURJTQ102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems	922

Assessment Requirements for AURJTQ102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems	925

AURJTR102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle charging systems	928

Assessment Requirements for AURJTR102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle charging systems	931

AURJTR103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle starting systems	934

Assessment Requirements for AURJTR103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle starting systems	937

AURJTR104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle dynamic control systems	940

Assessment Requirements for AURJTR104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle dynamic control systems	943

AURJTX101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems	946

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems	949

AURJTX102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions	952

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions	955

AURJTX103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions	958

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions	961

AURKKJ001 Manage use of tyre management software	964

Assessment Requirements for AURKKJ001 Manage use of tyre management software	967

AURKTA109 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems	969

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA109 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems	972

AURKTA111 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems	975

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA111 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems	978

AURKTB101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems	981

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems	984

AURKTB103 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems	987

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB103 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems	990

AURKTD101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems	993

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems	996

AURKTD102 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems	999

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD102 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems	1002

AURKTD105 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems	1005

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD105 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems	1008

AURKTQ101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies	1011

Assessment Requirements for AURKTQ101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies	1014

AURKTR101 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems	1017

Assessment Requirements for AURKTR101 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems	1020

AURKTX101 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions	1023

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX101 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions	1026

AURKTX103 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems	1029

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX103 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems	1032

AURKTX104 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions	1035

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX104 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions	1038

AURLTA101 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components	1041

Assessment Requirements for AURLTA101 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components	1043

AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems	1046

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems	1049

AURLTB104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems	1053

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems	1056

AURLTD008 Replace and refit steering, suspension and braking system components	1059

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD008 Replace and refit steering, suspension and braking system components	1062

AURLTD101 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products	1065

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD101 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products	1068

AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems	1071

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems	1074

AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems	1077

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems	1080

AURLTD106 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations	1084

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD106 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations	1087

AURLTD109 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems	1090

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD109 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems	1093

AURLTE102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines	1096

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines	1099

AURLTE104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines	1102

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines	1105

AURLTE105 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines	1108

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE105 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines	1111

AURLTF101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems	1114

Assessment Requirements for AURLTF101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems	1117

AURLTF102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems	1120

Assessment Requirements for AURLTF102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems	1123

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes	1126

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes	1129

AURLTJ104 Provide advice on the effects of light vehicle wheel and tyre combinations	1132

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ104 Provide advice on the effects of light vehicle wheel and tyre combinations	1135

AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies	1137

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies	1140

AURLTQ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies	1143

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies	1146

AURLTQ102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts	1149

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts	1152

AURLTX101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions	1155

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions	1158

AURLTX102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions	1161

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions	1164

AURLTX103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems	1168

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems	1171

AURLTX104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems	1174

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems	1177

AURLTZ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems	1180

Assessment Requirements for AURLTZ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems	1183

AURMBA101 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment	1186

Assessment Requirements for AURMBA101 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment	1189

AURMCA101 Manage motor sport team media liaison	1191

Assessment Requirements for AURMCA101 Manage motor sport team media liaison	1194

AURMCA102 Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing	1197

Assessment Requirements for AURMCA102 Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing	1201

AURMDA101 Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge	1203

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA101 Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge	1206

AURMDA107 Act as a steward at motor sport events	1208

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA107 Act as a steward at motor sport events	1211

AURMGA101 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events	1214

Assessment Requirements for AURMGA101 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events	1217

AURMGA102 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment	1220

Assessment Requirements for AURMGA102 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment	1223

AURMMA101 Operate in a motor sport environment	1226

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA101 Operate in a motor sport environment	1229

AURMMA102 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles	1232

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA102 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles	1235

AURMMA103 Manage motor sport operations	1238

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA103 Manage motor sport operations	1241

AURMMA104 Manage motor sport team development	1244

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA104 Manage motor sport team development	1247

AURMMA108 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team	1250

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA108 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team	1253

AURMTA101 Prepare and service light competition vehicles	1255

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA101 Prepare and service light competition vehicles	1258

AURMTA102 Assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events	1261

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA102 Assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events	1265

AURMTA103 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components	1268

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA103 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components	1271

AURMTA104 Prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events	1274

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA104 Prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events	1277

AURMTA109 Collect and log motor sport data	1280

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA109 Collect and log motor sport data	1283

AURMTE101 Test engines using a dynamometer	1286

Assessment Requirements for AURMTE101 Test engines using a dynamometer	1289

AURMTQ101 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems	1292

Assessment Requirements for AURMTQ101 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems	1295

AURNTB101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems	1298

Assessment Requirements for AURNTB101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems	1301

AURNTD101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems	1304

Assessment Requirements for AURNTD101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems	1307

AURPTA101 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment	1310

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA101 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment	1313

AURPTA102 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment	1316

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA102 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment	1319

AURPTA103 Service and repair rotary cutting systems	1322

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA103 Service and repair rotary cutting systems	1325

AURPTA104 Service and repair drum cutting systems	1328

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA104 Service and repair drum cutting systems	1331

AURPTA105 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems	1334

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA105 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems	1337

AURPTA106 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components	1340

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA106 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components	1343

AURPTA107 Service and repair post boring systems	1346

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA107 Service and repair post boring systems	1349

AURPTA108 Service and repair post hole digging systems	1352

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA108 Service and repair post hole digging systems	1355

AURPTA109 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems	1358

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA109 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems	1361

AURPTA110 Inspect and service pumping systems	1364

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA110 Inspect and service pumping systems	1367

AURPTA111 Diagnose and repair pumping systems	1370

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA111 Diagnose and repair pumping systems	1373

AURPTE102 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines	1376

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE102 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines	1379

AURPTE103 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines	1382

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE103 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines	1385

AURPTE104 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines	1388

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE104 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines	1391

AURPTR101 Test and service 240 volt portable generators	1394

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR101 Test and service 240 volt portable generators	1397

AURPTR102 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment	1400

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR102 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment	1403

AURPTR103 Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems	1406

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR103 Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems	1409

AURPTR104 Inspect and service cordless electric tool skins	1413

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR104 Inspect and service cordless electric tool skins	1416

AURPTR105 Diagnose and repair cordless electric tool skins	1419

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR105 Diagnose and repair cordless electric tool skins	1422

AURPTR106 Deploy and service autonomous outdoor power equipment	1425

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR106 Deploy and service autonomous outdoor power equipment	1428

AURRTC101 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems	1431

Assessment Requirements for AURRTC101 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems	1434

AURRTD101 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems	1437

Assessment Requirements for AURRTD101 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems	1440

AURRTE106 Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines	1443

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE106 Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines	1446

AURRTE107 Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines	1449

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE107 Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines	1452

AURRTQ104 Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems	1455

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ104 Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems	1458

AURRTQ106 Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems	1462

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ106 Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems	1465

AURRTR106 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems	1468

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR106 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems	1471

AURRTR108 Diagnose and repair marine network electronic control systems	1474

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR108 Diagnose and repair marine network electronic control systems	1477

AURRTX103 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions	1480

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX103 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions	1483

AURRTX104 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions	1486

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX104 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions	1489

AURSBA102 Identify and match uncommon automotive parts	1492

Assessment Requirements for AURSBA102 Identify and match uncommon automotive parts	1494

AURSCA101 Select and supply automotive parts and products	1497

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA101 Select and supply automotive parts and products	1499

AURSCA102 Present automotive products and services for sale	1501

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA102 Present automotive products and services for sale	1504

AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace	1507

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace	1510

AURSCA104 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations	1513

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA104 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations	1516

AURSCA105 Sell automotive products and services	1519

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA105 Sell automotive products and services	1522

AURSCA106 Promote automotive products and services	1524

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA106 Promote automotive products and services	1527

AURSCA109 Provide vehicle technology information	1529

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA109 Provide vehicle technology information	1531

AURSCA111 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace	1533

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA111 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace	1536

AURSCP101 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products	1539

Assessment Requirements for AURSCP101 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products	1541

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations	1544

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations	1547

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives	1550

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives	1553

AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems	1556

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems	1559

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies	1562

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies	1565

AURTTA121 Diagnose complex system faults	1568

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA121 Diagnose complex system faults	1571

AURTTA125 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems	1574

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA125 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems	1577

AURTTA126 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems	1580

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA126 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems	1583

AURTTA127 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations	1586

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA127 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations	1589

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems	1592

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems	1595

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems	1598

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems	1601

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines	1604

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines	1607

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems	1610

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems	1613

AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems	1616

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems	1619

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems	1622

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems	1625

AURTTF106 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems	1628

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF106 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems	1631

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace	1634

Assessment Requirements for AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace	1636

AURTTL015 Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications	1639

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL015 Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications	1643

AURTTL102 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems	1645

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL102 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems	1648

AURTTL104 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems	1651

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL104 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems	1654

AURTTL105 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems	1657

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL105 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems	1660

AURTTL108 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems	1663

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL108 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems	1666

AURTTL111 Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems	1669

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL111 Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems	1672

AURTTL112 Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems	1675

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL112 Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems	1678

AURTTL113 Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems	1681

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL113 Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems	1684

AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts	1687

Assessment Requirements for AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts	1690

AURTTR101 Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems	1692

Assessment Requirements for AURTTR101 Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems	1695

AURTTS101 Fabricate exhaust systems and components	1698

Assessment Requirements for AURTTS101 Fabricate exhaust systems and components	1701

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions	1704

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions	1707

AURTTX103 Inspect and service automatic transmissions	1710

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX103 Inspect and service automatic transmissions	1713

AURTTX104 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions	1716

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX104 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions	1719

AURTTX106 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions	1722

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX106 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions	1725

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems	1728

Assessment Requirements for AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems	1731

AURVNA107 Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	1734

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA107 Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	1737

AURVNN101 Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements	1740

Assessment Requirements for AURVNN101 Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements	1743

AURVNP101 Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements	1746

Assessment Requirements for AURVNP101 Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements	1749

AURVTA104 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs	1753

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA104 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs	1756

AURVTG101 Repair laminated glass windscreens	1759

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG101 Repair laminated glass windscreens	1762

AURVTG102 Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens	1765

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG102 Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens	1768

AURVTG103 Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens	1771

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG103 Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens	1774

AURVTG104 Remove and install direct glazed windscreens	1777

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG104 Remove and install direct glazed windscreens	1780

AURVTG105 Remove and install framed type windscreens	1783

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG105 Remove and install framed type windscreens	1786

AURVTG109 Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass	1789

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG109 Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass	1792

AURVTG110 Remove and install vehicle movable body glass	1795

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG110 Remove and install vehicle movable body glass	1798

AURVTG112 Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens	1801

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG112 Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens	1804

AURVTG113 Remove and install large vehicle windscreens	1807

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG113 Remove and install large vehicle windscreens	1810

AURVTN043 Install external vehicle equipment	1813

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN043 Install external vehicle equipment	1816

AURVTN102 Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs	1819

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN102 Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs	1822

AURVTN104 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components	1824

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN104 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components	1827

AURVTN111 Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors	1830

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN111 Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors	1833

AURVTN112 Install vehicle sunroofs	1835

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN112 Install vehicle sunroofs	1838

AURVTN113 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels	1841

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN113 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels	1844

AURVTN115 Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing	1847

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN115 Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing	1850

AURVTN116 Repair vehicle body panels using filler	1853

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN116 Repair vehicle body panels using filler	1856

AURVTN119 Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting	1859

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN119 Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting	1862

AURVTN120 Remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles	1865

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN120 Remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles	1868

AURVTN123 Repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles	1871

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN123 Repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles	1874

AURVTN126 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler	1877

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN126 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler	1880

AURVTN127 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler	1883

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN127 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler	1886

AURVTN128 Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components	1889

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN128 Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components	1892

AURVTN132 Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures	1895

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN132 Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures	1898

AURVTN133 Service and repair air compressors and components	1900

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN133 Service and repair air compressors and components	1903

AURVTN134 Evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes	1906

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN134 Evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes	1909

AURVTN135 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs	1911

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN135 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs	1914

AURVTN137 Test vehicle components for correct operation	1916

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN137 Test vehicle components for correct operation	1919

AURVTN138 Carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels	1922

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN138 Carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels	1925

AURVTN140 Repair vehicle plastic components	1927

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN140 Repair vehicle plastic components	1930

AURVTN143 Identify and repair high strength aluminium components	1932

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN143 Identify and repair high strength aluminium components	1935

AURVTP101 Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces	1938

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP101 Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces	1941

AURVTP103 Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use	1944

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP103 Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use	1947

AURVTP104 Apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes	1950

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP104 Apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes	1953

AURVTP107 Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage	1956

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP107 Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage	1959

AURVTP109 Apply vehicle body film wrapping	1962

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP109 Apply vehicle body film wrapping	1965

AURVTP110 Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment	1967

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP110 Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment	1970

AURVTP111 Apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components	1973

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP111 Apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components	1976

AURVTP112 Apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials	1979

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP112 Apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials	1982

AURVTP113 Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing	1985

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP113 Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing	1988

AURVTP114 Colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components	1991

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP114 Colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components	1994

AURVTP115 Match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components	1998

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP115 Match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components	2001

AURVTP116 Rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems	2004

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP116 Rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems	2007

AURVTP117 Rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems	2010

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP117 Rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems	2013

AURVTP118 Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems	2016

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP118 Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems	2019

AURVTP123 Apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components	2022

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP123 Apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components	2025

AURVTP124 Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components	2028

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP124 Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components	2031

AURVTP125 Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates	2034

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP125 Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates	2037

AURVTP128 Carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels	2040

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP128 Carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels	2043

AURVTP129 Prepare surface and prime repaired body panels	2046

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP129 Prepare surface and prime repaired body panels	2049

AURVTP130 Apply paint to vehicle body panels	2052

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP130 Apply paint to vehicle body panels	2055

AURVTP131 Cut and polish painted vehicle body panels	2057

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP131 Cut and polish painted vehicle body panels	2060

AURVTP132 Prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces	2062

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP132 Prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces	2065

AURVTS103 Fabricate vehicle composite material components	2067

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS103 Fabricate vehicle composite material components	2070

AURVTS104 Repair vehicle composite material components	2073

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS104 Repair vehicle composite material components	2076

AURVTS105 Fabricate vehicle body panels and components	2079

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS105 Fabricate vehicle body panels and components	2082

AURVTT119 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains	2085

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT119 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains	2088

AURVTT121 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work	2091

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT121 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work	2094

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components	2097

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components	2100

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections	2103

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections	2106

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding	2109

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding	2112

AURVTW105 Carry out spot welding	2115

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW105 Carry out spot welding	2118

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding	2121

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding	2123

AUMABA012 Operate load shifting equipment	2126

Assessment Requirements for AUMABA012 Operate load shifting equipment	2129

AUMAFA001 Apply for jobs and undertake job interviews	2131

Assessment Requirements for AUMAFA001 Apply for jobs and undertake job interviews	2134

AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing workplace	2136

Assessment Requirements for AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing workplace	2139

AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles	2141

AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles	2144

AUMGTS004 Fabricate parts for vehicle sub-assemblies	2146

Assessment Requirements for AUMGTS004 Fabricate parts for vehicle sub-assemblies	2149

AUMGTY002 Install vehicle components	2151

Assessment Requirements for AUMGTY002 Install vehicle components	2154

AURAAA001 Work in an automotive administration role	2156

Assessment Requirements for AURAAA001 Work in an automotive administration role	2160

AURAAA002 Determine retail rates for automotive products and services	2163

Assessment Requirements for AURAAA002 Determine retail rates for automotive products and services	2166

AURACA001 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace	2168

Assessment Requirements for AURACA001 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace	2171

AURACA002 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace	2173

Assessment Requirements for AURACA002 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace	2177

AURACA003 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace	2180

Assessment Requirements for AURACA003 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace	2183

AURAEA001 Identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace	2185

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA001 Identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace	2188

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	2190

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	2193

AURAEA003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	2196

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	2200

AURAEA004 Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	2203

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA004 Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	2207

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace	2210

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace	2213

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information	2215

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information	2218

AURAFA003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace	2220

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace	2223

AURAFA004 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace	2226

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA004 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace	2229

AURAFA005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace	2231

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace	2234

AURAFA006 Conduct research and present technical reports	2236

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA006 Conduct research and present technical reports	2240

AURAFA007 Develop and document specifications and procedures	2243

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA007 Develop and document specifications and procedures	2246

AURAFA009 Carry out research into the automotive industry	2249

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA009 Carry out research into the automotive industry	2253

AURAKA001 Use information technology systems	2255

Assessment Requirements for AURAKA001 Use information technology systems	2258

AURAKA002 Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace	2260

Assessment Requirements for AURAKA002 Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace	2263

AURALA001 Comply with legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace	2265

Assessment Requirements for AURALA001 Comply with legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace	2269

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace	2272

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace	2275

AURAMA002 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace	2278

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA002 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace	2282

AURAMA003 Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace	2285

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA003 Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace	2288

AURAMA004 Maintain business image in an automotive workplace	2290

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA004 Maintain business image in an automotive workplace	2293

AURAMA005 Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace	2296

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA005 Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace	2300

AURAMA006 Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace	2303

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA006 Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace	2307

AURANN011 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs	2310

Assessment Requirements for AURANN011 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs	2313

AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace	2316

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace	2319

AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace	2321

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace	2324

AURAQA003 Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace	2327

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA003 Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace	2330

AURASA001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals	2333

Assessment Requirements for AURASA001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals	2336

AURASA002 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace	2339

Assessment Requirements for AURASA002 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace	2343

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes	2346

Assessment Requirements for AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes	2349

AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings	2351

Assessment Requirements for AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings	2354

AURATA004 Provide technical guidance	2356

Assessment Requirements for AURATA004 Provide technical guidance	2359

AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs	2361

Assessment Requirements for AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs	2364

AURBCA002 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders	2366

Assessment Requirements for AURBCA002 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders	2370

AURBTA001 Remove and tag bicycle components	2372

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA001 Remove and tag bicycle components	2375

AURBTA005 Restore bicycles	2377

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA005 Restore bicycles	2381

AURBTA007 Provide mechanical support during cycling events	2383

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA007 Provide mechanical support during cycling events	2387

AURBTB002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems	2390

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems	2394

AURBTB003 Repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems	2397

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB003 Repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems	2401

AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems	2404

Assessment Requirements for AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems	2408

AURBTQ002 Repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems	2411

Assessment Requirements for AURBTQ002 Repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems	2415

AURBTR002 Install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters	2417

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR002 Install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters	2421

AURBTY001 Repair bicycle frames	2423

Assessment Requirements for AURBTY001 Repair bicycle frames	2427

AURETA001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems	2429

Assessment Requirements for AURETA001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems	2433

AURETA002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems	2436

Assessment Requirements for AURETA002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems	2440

AURETA003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems	2443

Assessment Requirements for AURETA003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems	2447

AURETA004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems	2450

Assessment Requirements for AURETA004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems	2454

AURETA005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems	2457

Assessment Requirements for AURETA005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems	2461

AURETA006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems	2464

Assessment Requirements for AURETA006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems	2468

AURETB002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems	2472

Assessment Requirements for AURETB002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems	2476

AURETD011 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems	2479

Assessment Requirements for AURETD011 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems	2483

AURETE001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems	2486

Assessment Requirements for AURETE001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems	2490

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles	2493

Assessment Requirements for AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles	2497

AURETH003 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle	2500

Assessment Requirements for AURETH003 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle	2505

AURETH004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles	2509

Assessment Requirements for AURETH004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles	2514

AURETH005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles	2518

Assessment Requirements for AURETH005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles	2523

AURETH006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	2526

Assessment Requirements for AURETH006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	2531

AURETH007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	2534

Assessment Requirements for AURETH007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	2539

AURETH008 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	2542

Assessment Requirements for AURETH008 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	2548

AURETH009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	2552

Assessment Requirements for AURETH009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	2557

AURETH010 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles	2560

Assessment Requirements for AURETH010 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles	2565

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles	2569

Assessment Requirements for AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles	2573

AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles	2576

Assessment Requirements for AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles	2581

AURETH013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems	2584

Assessment Requirements for AURETH013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems	2588

AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment	2592

Assessment Requirements for AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment	2596

AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace	2599

Assessment Requirements for AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace	2603

AURETK003 Operate electrical test equipment	2606

Assessment Requirements for AURETK003 Operate electrical test equipment	2610

AURETR001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components	2613

Assessment Requirements for AURETR001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components	2616

AURETR002 Inspect heavy vehicle battery storage systems	2619

Assessment Requirements for AURETR002 Inspect heavy vehicle battery storage systems	2622

AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components	2624

Assessment Requirements for AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components	2628

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits	2631

Assessment Requirements for AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits	2635

AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems	2638

Assessment Requirements for AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems	2641

AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies	2644

Assessment Requirements for AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies	2648

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems	2651

Assessment Requirements for AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems	2655

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms	2658

Assessment Requirements for AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms	2662

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components	2665

Assessment Requirements for AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components	2669

AURETR012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits	2672

Assessment Requirements for AURETR012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits	2676

AURETR013 Inspect, test and service charging systems	2680

Assessment Requirements for AURETR013 Inspect, test and service charging systems	2684

AURETR014 Inspect, test and service starting systems	2687

Assessment Requirements for AURETR014 Inspect, test and service starting systems	2691

AURETR016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings	2694

Assessment Requirements for AURETR016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings	2697

AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators	2699

Assessment Requirements for AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators	2703

AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors	2706

Assessment Requirements for AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors	2710

AURETR019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems	2713

Assessment Requirements for AURETR019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems	2717

AURETR020 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems	2720

Assessment Requirements for AURETR020 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems	2724

AURETR022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems	2727

Assessment Requirements for AURETR022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems	2731

AURETR024 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems	2734

Assessment Requirements for AURETR024 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems	2738

AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles	2742

Assessment Requirements for AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles	2747

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies	2750

Assessment Requirements for AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies	2754

AURETR027 Install ancillary electronic systems and components	2757

Assessment Requirements for AURETR027 Install ancillary electronic systems and components	2761

AURETR028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems	2764

Assessment Requirements for AURETR028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems	2768

AURETR032 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems	2771

Assessment Requirements for AURETR032 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems	2775

AURETR033 Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications	2779

Assessment Requirements for AURETR033 Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications	2783

AURETR034 Develop and apply electrical system modifications	2785

Assessment Requirements for AURETR034 Develop and apply electrical system modifications	2789

AURETR037 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems	2791

Assessment Requirements for AURETR037 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems	2795

AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities	2798

Assessment Requirements for AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities	2802

AURETR043 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems	2805

Assessment Requirements for AURETR043 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems	2809

AURETR045 Inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems	2812

Assessment Requirements for AURETR045 Inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems	2816

AURETR048 Construct and test basic electronic circuits	2819

Assessment Requirements for AURETR048 Construct and test basic electronic circuits	2823

AURETR136 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems	2826

Assessment Requirements for AURETR136 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems	2830

AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems	2834

Assessment Requirements for AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems	2839

AURETU002 Recover vehicle refrigerants	2843

Assessment Requirements for AURETU002 Recover vehicle refrigerants	2847

AURETU003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems	2850

Assessment Requirements for AURETU003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems	2854

AURETU004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems	2857

Assessment Requirements for AURETU004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems	2862

AURETU005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems	2866

Assessment Requirements for AURETU005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems	2871

AURETU006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems	2875

Assessment Requirements for AURETU006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems	2879

AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors	2882

Assessment Requirements for AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors	2887

AURETX001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems	2890

Assessment Requirements for AURETX001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems	2894

AURHTA001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning	2897

Assessment Requirements for AURHTA001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning	2901

AURHTB001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems	2903

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems	2907

AURHTB002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems	2910

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems	2914

AURHTB003 Overhaul hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components	2918

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB003 Overhaul hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components	2922

AURHTB005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems	2925

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems	2929

AURHTD001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems	2932

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems	2935

AURHTD002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems	2937

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems	2941

AURHTD003 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems	2944

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD003 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems	2948

AURHTD004 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations	2951

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD004 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations	2955

AURHTD005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems	2958

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems	2962

AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies	2965

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies	2969

AURHTE002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines	2972

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines	2976

AURHTE004 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems	2979

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE004 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems	2983

AURHTF001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems	2986

Assessment Requirements for AURHTF001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems	2989

AURHTF002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems	2991

Assessment Requirements for AURHTF002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems	2995

AURHTJ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres	2998

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres	3001

AURHTJ007 Remove, inspect, repair and refit industrial tyres and tubes	3003

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ007 Remove, inspect, repair and refit industrial tyres and tubes	3006

AURHTQ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components	3009

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components	3012

AURHTQ003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts	3014

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts	3018

AURHTX001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions	3021

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions	3025

AURHTX002 Inspect, test and replace heavy vehicle automatic transmissions	3028

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX002 Inspect, test and replace heavy vehicle automatic transmissions	3032

AURHTY001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes	3035

Assessment Requirements for AURHTY001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes	3039

AURHTZ001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems	3042

Assessment Requirements for AURHTZ001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems	3046

AURJTA001 Carry out minor adjustments to motorcycles	3049

Assessment Requirements for AURJTA001 Carry out minor adjustments to motorcycles	3052

AURJTA002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories	3054

Assessment Requirements for AURJTA002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories	3058

AURJTD001 Inspect motorcycle suspension systems	3061

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD001 Inspect motorcycle suspension systems	3064

AURJTD002 Inspect motorcycle steering systems	3066

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD002 Inspect motorcycle steering systems	3069

AURJTJ001 Remove, inspect and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies	3071

Assessment Requirements for AURJTJ001 Remove, inspect and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies	3075

AURJTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes	3078

Assessment Requirements for AURJTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes	3082

AURJTJ003 Remove and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies	3085

Assessment Requirements for AURJTJ003 Remove and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies	3088

AURJTQ001 Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems	3090

Assessment Requirements for AURJTQ001 Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems	3094

AURJTY001 Repair and align motorcycle frames	3096

Assessment Requirements for AURJTY001 Repair and align motorcycle frames	3100

AURKTA001 Synchronise plant and equipment	3102

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA001 Synchronise plant and equipment	3106

AURKTA002 Inspect, service and repair crop harvesting equipment	3109

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA002 Inspect, service and repair crop harvesting equipment	3113

AURKTA003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment	3116

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment	3120

AURKTA004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment	3123

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment	3127

AURKTA005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems	3130

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems	3134

AURKTA010 Inspect, service and repair hay cutting, raking and baling equipment	3137

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA010 Inspect, service and repair hay cutting, raking and baling equipment	3141

AURKTA011 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems	3144

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA011 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems	3148

AURKTB001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems	3151

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems	3155

AURKTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems	3158

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems	3162

AURKTD002 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems	3165

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD002 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems	3169

AURKTJ011 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres	3172

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ011 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres	3178

AURKTJ012 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies	3182

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ012 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies	3188

AURKTJ013 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres	3192

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ013 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres	3195

AURKTJ015 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications	3198

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ015 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications	3201

AURKTJ016 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers	3203

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ016 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers	3206

AURKTQ001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies	3209

Assessment Requirements for AURKTQ001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies	3213

AURKTR001 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems	3216

Assessment Requirements for AURKTR001 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems	3220

AURKTX001 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions	3223

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX001 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions	3227

AURLLD011 Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications	3230

Assessment Requirements for AURLLD011 Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications	3233

AURLTB001 Overhaul light vehicle braking system components	3236

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB001 Overhaul light vehicle braking system components	3240

AURLTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems	3243

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems	3247

AURLTB003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems	3250

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems	3254

AURLTD002 Service and repair light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems	3258

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD002 Service and repair light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems	3262

AURLTD004 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems	3265

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD004 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems	3269

AURLTD005 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems	3272

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD005 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems	3276

AURLTD006 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations	3279

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD006 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations	3283

AURLTD007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems	3286

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems	3290

AURLTD013 Carry out advanced light vehicle wheel alignment operations	3293

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD013 Carry out advanced light vehicle wheel alignment operations	3297

AURLTE001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies	3300

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies	3304

AURLTE002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines	3307

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines	3311

AURLTE003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems	3314

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems	3318

AURLTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes	3321

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes	3325

AURLTJ011 Select light vehicle wheels and tyres	3327

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ011 Select light vehicle wheels and tyres	3330

AURLTJ013 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies	3333

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ013 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies	3337

AURLTQ003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems	3340

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems	3344

AURLTQ012 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts	3347

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ012 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts	3351

AURLTX013 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems	3354

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX013 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems	3358

AURMBA002 Load and unload competition vehicles and support equipment	3361

Assessment Requirements for AURMBA002 Load and unload competition vehicles and support equipment	3365

AURMDA002 Assist with officiating duties at motor sport events	3368

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA002 Assist with officiating duties at motor sport events	3371

AURMKA001 Manage motor sport data	3373

Assessment Requirements for AURMKA001 Manage motor sport data	3377

AURMLA001 Apply motor sport rules and regulations when officiating	3379

Assessment Requirements for AURMLA001 Apply motor sport rules and regulations when officiating	3383

AURMLA003 Inspect vehicles and equipment at motor sport events for compliance	3386

Assessment Requirements for AURMLA003 Inspect vehicles and equipment at motor sport events for compliance	3390

AURMMA007 Follow motor sport event and team safety requirements	3393

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA007 Follow motor sport event and team safety requirements	3396

AURMSA001 Follow motor sport safety and risk management procedures	3398

Assessment Requirements for AURMSA001 Follow motor sport safety and risk management procedures	3401

AURMTA005 Perform pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events	3403

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA005 Perform pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events	3407

AURMTA006 Perform torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles	3409

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA006 Perform torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles	3413

AURMTA007 Conduct non-destructive testing	3415

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA007 Conduct non-destructive testing	3418

AURMTA008 Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles	3420

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA008 Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles	3425

AURMTD001 Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer	3428

Assessment Requirements for AURMTD001 Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer	3432

AURMTD002 Prepare competition vehicle suspension	3434

Assessment Requirements for AURMTD002 Prepare competition vehicle suspension	3439

AURMTE001 Test engines using a dynamometer	3441

Assessment Requirements for AURMTE001 Test engines using a dynamometer	3445

AURMTF001 Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems	3447

Assessment Requirements for AURMTF001 Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems	3452

AURMTF002 Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems	3455

Assessment Requirements for AURMTF002 Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems	3460

AURMTJ001 Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels	3463

Assessment Requirements for AURMTJ001 Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels	3468

AURMTQ001 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems	3471

Assessment Requirements for AURMTQ001 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems	3475

AURMTS001 Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles	3478

Assessment Requirements for AURMTS001 Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles	3482

AURNTA001 Inspect, service and repair forklift mast assemblies	3484

Assessment Requirements for AURNTA001 Inspect, service and repair forklift mast assemblies	3488

AURPTR002 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment	3490

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR002 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment	3494

AURRTA006 Water test vessels	3497

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA006 Water test vessels	3501

AURRTC001 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems	3504

Assessment Requirements for AURRTC001 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems	3508

AURRTE001 Carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines	3511

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE001 Carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines	3515

AURRTE002 Inspect and service marine outboard engines	3517

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE002 Inspect and service marine outboard engines	3521

AURRTE003 Inspect and service marine inboard engines	3524

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE003 Inspect and service marine inboard engines	3528

AURRTE008 Install marine engines, controls and instruments	3531

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE008 Install marine engines, controls and instruments	3535

AURRTE010 Test marine engines in water tanks	3538

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE010 Test marine engines in water tanks	3542

AURRTE011 Overhaul two and four-stroke cycle marine outboard engines	3544

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE011 Overhaul two and four-stroke cycle marine outboard engines	3548

AURRTF001 Diagnose and repair petrol and diesel marine fuel systems	3551

Assessment Requirements for AURRTF001 Diagnose and repair petrol and diesel marine fuel systems	3555

AURRTQ001 Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems	3557

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ001 Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems	3560

AURRTQ002 Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems	3562

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ002 Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems	3565

AURRTQ005 Install marine jet drive propulsion systems	3568

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ005 Install marine jet drive propulsion systems	3571

AURRTR001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems	3573

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems	3577

AURRTR006 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems	3579

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR006 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems	3583

AURRTR007 Install marine electrical systems and components	3586

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR007 Install marine electrical systems and components	3590

AURRTX001 Inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions	3593

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX001 Inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions	3596

AURRTX002 Inspect and service marine inboard transmissions	3599

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX002 Inspect and service marine inboard transmissions	3602

AURRTX003 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions	3605

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX003 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions	3609

AURRTX004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions	3612

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions	3616

AURSAA001 Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace	3619

Assessment Requirements for AURSAA001 Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace	3622

AURSAA002 Maintain customer aftermarket relations	3624

Assessment Requirements for AURSAA002 Maintain customer aftermarket relations	3627

AURSBA001 Carry out warehousing procedures in an automotive workplace	3629

Assessment Requirements for AURSBA001 Carry out warehousing procedures in an automotive workplace	3633

AURSCA004 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations	3636

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA004 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations	3639

AURSCA005 Sell automotive products and services	3642

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA005 Sell automotive products and services	3645

AURSCA006 Promote automotive products and services	3647

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA006 Promote automotive products and services	3650

AURSCA007 Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements	3652

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA007 Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements	3655

AURSCA008 Wholesale used motor vehicle stock	3657

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA008 Wholesale used motor vehicle stock	3660

AURSCA010 Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles for sale	3662

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA010 Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles for sale	3665

AURSCA011 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace	3667

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA011 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace	3670

AURSLA001 Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services	3672

Assessment Requirements for AURSLA001 Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services	3675

AURTGA001 Drive and manoeuvre trailers	3677

Assessment Requirements for AURTGA001 Drive and manoeuvre trailers	3680

AURTNA001 Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications	3683

Assessment Requirements for AURTNA001 Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications	3687

AURTTA001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components	3689

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components	3693

AURTTA002 Assist with automotive workplace activities	3695

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA002 Assist with automotive workplace activities	3698

AURTTA003 Use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices	3700

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA003 Use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices	3703

AURTTA005 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives	3705

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA005 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives	3709

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems	3712

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems	3716

AURTTA007 Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems	3719

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA007 Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems	3723

AURTTA008 Produce patterns and templates	3726

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA008 Produce patterns and templates	3730

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations	3732

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations	3736

AURTTA010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes	3738

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes	3742

AURTTA011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications	3745

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications	3749

AURTTA012 Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies	3752

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA012 Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies	3756

AURTTA013 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems	3759

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA013 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems	3763

AURTTA014 Assemble and install pneumatic system components	3766

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA014 Assemble and install pneumatic system components	3770

AURTTA017 Carry out vehicle safety inspections	3772

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA017 Carry out vehicle safety inspections	3775

AURTTA018 Carry out diagnostic procedures	3777

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA018 Carry out diagnostic procedures	3781

AURTTA020 Apply heat induction processes	3784

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA020 Apply heat induction processes	3788

AURTTA021 Diagnose complex system faults	3791

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA021 Diagnose complex system faults	3795

AURTTA022 Develop and apply mechanical system modifications	3798

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA022 Develop and apply mechanical system modifications	3802

AURTTA026 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems	3804

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA026 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems	3808

AURTTB001 Inspect and service braking systems	3811

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB001 Inspect and service braking systems	3815

AURTTB004 Inspect and service air braking systems	3818

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB004 Inspect and service air braking systems	3822

AURTTB006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems	3825

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems	3828

AURTTB007 Remove and replace brake assemblies	3830

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB007 Remove and replace brake assemblies	3834

AURTTB012 Attach friction materials and radius grind	3836

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB012 Attach friction materials and radius grind	3840

AURTTB013 Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors	3843

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB013 Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors	3847

AURTTB015 Assemble and fit braking system components	3850

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB015 Assemble and fit braking system components	3853

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems	3856

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems	3860

AURTTC002 Repair radiators	3863

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC002 Repair radiators	3867

AURTTC004 Remove and replace radiators	3869

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC004 Remove and replace radiators	3873

AURTTD001 Inspect steering systems	3875

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD001 Inspect steering systems	3878

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems	3880

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems	3884

AURTTD003 Inspect suspension systems	3886

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD003 Inspect suspension systems	3889

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems	3891

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems	3894

AURTTD005 Overhaul steering system components	3896

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD005 Overhaul steering system components	3900

AURTTD006 Remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs	3902

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD006 Remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs	3906

AURTTD007 Remove and replace steering assemblies	3908

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD007 Remove and replace steering assemblies	3912

AURTTE001 Apply knowledge of engine science	3914

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE001 Apply knowledge of engine science	3917

AURTTE003 Remove and tag engine system components	3920

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE003 Remove and tag engine system components	3923

AURTTE004 Inspect and service engines	3925

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE004 Inspect and service engines	3929

AURTTE005 Overhaul engines	3932

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE005 Overhaul engines	3936

AURTTE006 Remove and replace conventional engine assemblies	3939

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE006 Remove and replace conventional engine assemblies	3943

AURTTE007 Dismantle and assemble single cylinder four-stroke petrol engines	3945

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE007 Dismantle and assemble single cylinder four-stroke petrol engines	3950

AURTTE008 Dismantle and assemble multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engines	3952

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE008 Dismantle and assemble multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engines	3957

AURTTE009 Remove and replace engine cylinder heads	3960

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE009 Remove and replace engine cylinder heads	3965

AURTTF002 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems	3967

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF002 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems	3971

AURTTF003 Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components	3974

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF003 Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components	3978

AURTTF005 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems	3980

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF005 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems	3984

AURTTF007 Overhaul carburettor fuel system components	3987

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF007 Overhaul carburettor fuel system components	3991

AURTTJ003 Remove and replace wheel and tyre assemblies	3993

Assessment Requirements for AURTTJ003 Remove and replace wheel and tyre assemblies	3997

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres	3999

Assessment Requirements for AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres	4002

AURTTJ012 Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components	4005

Assessment Requirements for AURTTJ012 Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components	4009

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace	4012

Assessment Requirements for AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace	4015

AURTTK002 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace	4017

Assessment Requirements for AURTTK002 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace	4020

AURTTL001 Inspect and service CNG fuel systems	4023

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL001 Inspect and service CNG fuel systems	4027

AURTTL002 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems	4030

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL002 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems	4034

AURTTL003 Install CNG fuel systems	4036

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL003 Install CNG fuel systems	4040

AURTTL004 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems	4042

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL004 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems	4046

AURTTL005 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems	4049

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL005 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems	4053

AURTTL007 Inspect and service LPG fuel systems	4055

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL007 Inspect and service LPG fuel systems	4059

AURTTL008 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems	4062

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL008 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems	4066

AURTTL009 Install LPG fuel systems	4068

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL009 Install LPG fuel systems	4072

AURTTL014 Analyse and evaluate faults in gas fuel systems	4074

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL014 Analyse and evaluate faults in gas fuel systems	4078

AURTTM001 Operate and monitor computer numerical control machines	4081

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM001 Operate and monitor computer numerical control machines	4085

AURTTM002 Repair bearing tunnels and connecting rods in engines	4088

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM002 Repair bearing tunnels and connecting rods in engines	4094

AURTTM003 Apply metal to rebuild engine components	4098

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM003 Apply metal to rebuild engine components	4102

AURTTM004 Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies	4105

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM004 Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies	4110

AURTTM005 Balance rotating and reciprocating engine components	4114

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM005 Balance rotating and reciprocating engine components	4118

AURTTM006 Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components	4121

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM006 Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components	4125

AURTTM007 Carry out crankshaft grinding	4129

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM007 Carry out crankshaft grinding	4134

AURTTM008 Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies	4138

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM008 Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies	4143

AURTTM009 Fit sleeves and bore and hone engine cylinders	4147

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM009 Fit sleeves and bore and hone engine cylinders	4152

AURTTM010 Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components	4155

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM010 Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components	4159

AURTTM011 Recondition engine cylinder heads	4161

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM011 Recondition engine cylinder heads	4166

AURTTM012 Carry out camshaft grinding	4169

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM012 Carry out camshaft grinding	4174

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies	4177

Assessment Requirements for AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies	4180

AURTTQ002 Remove and refit driveline components	4182

Assessment Requirements for AURTTQ002 Remove and refit driveline components	4186

AURTTQ003 Inspect and service drive shafts	4188

Assessment Requirements for AURTTQ003 Inspect and service drive shafts	4191

AURTTQ004 Overhaul final drive assemblies	4193

Assessment Requirements for AURTTQ004 Overhaul final drive assemblies	4197

AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques	4200

Assessment Requirements for AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques	4204

AURTTW002 Set, operate and monitor specialist reconditioning machines	4206

Assessment Requirements for AURTTW002 Set, operate and monitor specialist reconditioning machines	4210

AURTTW003 Carry out machining operations	4212

Assessment Requirements for AURTTW003 Carry out machining operations	4216

AURTTX001 Remove and tag driveline components	4219

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX001 Remove and tag driveline components	4222

AURTTX002 Inspect and service manual transmissions	4224

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX002 Inspect and service manual transmissions	4227

AURTTX003 Inspect and service automatic transmissions	4229

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX003 Inspect and service automatic transmissions	4232

AURTTX004 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions	4235

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX004 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions	4239

AURTTX006 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions	4241

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX006 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions	4245

AURTTX007 Overhaul clutch assemblies	4248

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX007 Overhaul clutch assemblies	4252

AURTTX008 Overhaul manual transmissions	4255

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX008 Overhaul manual transmissions	4259

AURTTX009 Overhaul automatic transmissions	4262

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX009 Overhaul automatic transmissions	4266

AURTTX011 Overhaul torque converters	4269

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX011 Overhaul torque converters	4273

AURTTX012 Dismantle and assemble conventional manual transmissions	4275

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX012 Dismantle and assemble conventional manual transmissions	4279

AURTTX013 Remove and replace clutch assemblies	4281

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX013 Remove and replace clutch assemblies	4285

AURTTX015 Inspect and service clutch systems	4287

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX015 Inspect and service clutch systems	4290

AURTTY001 Repair vehicle chassis, frame and associated components	4293

Assessment Requirements for AURTTY001 Repair vehicle chassis, frame and associated components	4297

AURTTZ001 Inspect and service emission control systems	4300

Assessment Requirements for AURTTZ001 Inspect and service emission control systems	4303

AURTTZ002 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems	4305

Assessment Requirements for AURTTZ002 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems	4309

AURVLA001 Identify and report vehicle claim fraud indicators	4311

Assessment Requirements for AURVLA001 Identify and report vehicle claim fraud indicators	4315

AURVNA001 Provide vehicle loss assessments and identify repair requirements	4318

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA001 Provide vehicle loss assessments and identify repair requirements	4323

AURVNA002 Provide vehicle total loss assessments	4326

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA002 Provide vehicle total loss assessments	4331

AURVNA003 Review vehicle repair quotations	4334

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA003 Review vehicle repair quotations	4338

AURVNA004 Apply insurance industry knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	4341

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA004 Apply insurance industry knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	4346

AURVNA005 Inspect quality of vehicle repair work	4348

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA005 Inspect quality of vehicle repair work	4352

AURVNA006 Identify and value vehicle salvage	4354

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA006 Identify and value vehicle salvage	4358

AURVNA008 Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	4360

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA008 Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	4365

AURVTA001 Prepare vehicles for customer use	4368

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA001 Prepare vehicles for customer use	4372

AURVTA002 Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems	4374

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA002 Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems	4378

AURVTA003 Inspect vehicle paint, trim and accessories and recommend repair procedures	4381

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA003 Inspect vehicle paint, trim and accessories and recommend repair procedures	4385

AURVTA005 Clean vehicles	4387

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA005 Clean vehicles	4391

AURVTG006 Apply vehicle window tinting	4393

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG006 Apply vehicle window tinting	4397

AURVTG007 Clean vehicle glass surfaces	4400

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG007 Clean vehicle glass surfaces	4404

AURVTG008 Cut and process vehicle and machinery flat laminated glass	4406

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG008 Cut and process vehicle and machinery flat laminated glass	4410

AURVTG011 Install side vehicle windows	4412

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG011 Install side vehicle windows	4416

AURVTK001 Use and maintain vehicle body repair hand tools	4419

Assessment Requirements for AURVTK001 Use and maintain vehicle body repair hand tools	4422

AURVTN001 Remove and tag vehicle body components	4424

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN001 Remove and tag vehicle body components	4427

AURVTN003 Remove and store vehicle body components	4429

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN003 Remove and store vehicle body components	4433

AURVTN005 Remove and replace adhesive attached components on vehicles	4435

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN005 Remove and replace adhesive attached components on vehicles	4439

AURVTN006 Remove and replace mechanical units during vehicle repair	4441

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN006 Remove and replace mechanical units during vehicle repair	4445

AURVTN007 Remove and clean salvageable vehicle components	4448

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN007 Remove and clean salvageable vehicle components	4452

AURVTN008 Clean vehicle body and door openings	4454

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN008 Clean vehicle body and door openings	4457

AURVTN009 Clean vehicle engines and engine components	4459

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN009 Clean vehicle engines and engine components	4463

AURVTN010 Clean vehicle underbody	4465

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN010 Clean vehicle underbody	4469

AURVTN017 Repair vehicle thermoplastic body panels and components	4471

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN017 Repair vehicle thermoplastic body panels and components	4475

AURVTN018 Repair and replace vehicle structural damage	4477

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN018 Repair and replace vehicle structural damage	4481

AURVTN021 Repair vehicle body components using lead wiping	4484

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN021 Repair vehicle body components using lead wiping	4488

AURVTN022 Repair vehicle body misalignment	4490

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN022 Repair vehicle body misalignment	4494

AURVTN023 Repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles	4497

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN023 Repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles	4501

AURVTN025 Repair corroded vehicle body panels and components	4504

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN025 Repair corroded vehicle body panels and components	4508

AURVTN028 Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components	4510

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN028 Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components	4514

AURVTN029 Set up and operate universal vehicle measuring systems	4516

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN029 Set up and operate universal vehicle measuring systems	4520

AURVTN030 Service air compressors and air lines	4523

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN030 Service air compressors and air lines	4527

AURVTN031 Carry out vehicle sectional repairs	4529

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN031 Carry out vehicle sectional repairs	4533

AURVTN035 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs	4536

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN035 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs	4540

AURVTN039 Set up body alignment equipment on vehicles	4542

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN039 Set up body alignment equipment on vehicles	4545

AURVTN041 Remove and realign vehicle body panels	4547

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN041 Remove and realign vehicle body panels	4551

AURVTN042 Dismantle vehicle components	4553

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN042 Dismantle vehicle components	4556

AURVTP002 Mask vehicle panels and components	4558

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP002 Mask vehicle panels and components	4562

AURVTP005 Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials to vehicle body components	4564

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP005 Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials to vehicle body components	4568

AURVTP006 Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces	4571

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP006 Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces	4575

AURVTP008 Clean and polish vehicle paint surfaces	4578

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP008 Clean and polish vehicle paint surfaces	4582

AURVTP018 Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems	4584

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP018 Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems	4588

AURVTP019 Prepare and paint plastic and composite vehicle surfaces	4591

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP019 Prepare and paint plastic and composite vehicle surfaces	4595

AURVTP020 De-nib, buff and polish vehicle painted surfaces	4598

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP020 De-nib, buff and polish vehicle painted surfaces	4601

AURVTP021 Restore vehicle body exterior paint	4603

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP021 Restore vehicle body exterior paint	4607

AURVTP024 Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components	4610

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP024 Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components	4614

AURVTP025 Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates	4617

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP025 Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates	4621

AURVTP026 Apply basic airbrush techniques to vehicle body panels	4624

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP026 Apply basic airbrush techniques to vehicle body panels	4628

AURVTS001 Fabricate wooden components for vehicles	4631

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS001 Fabricate wooden components for vehicles	4635

AURVTS006 Fabricate automotive and marine trim components	4637

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS006 Fabricate automotive and marine trim components	4640

AURVTT001 Carry out sewing repairs to automotive and marine trim	4642

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT001 Carry out sewing repairs to automotive and marine trim	4646

AURVTT002 Carry out repairs and alterations to automotive and marine trim	4648

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT002 Carry out repairs and alterations to automotive and marine trim	4652

AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components	4654

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components	4657

AURVTT004 Trim vehicle components	4659

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT004 Trim vehicle components	4663

AURVTT005 Select trim and fabric materials	4665

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT005 Select trim and fabric materials	4668

AURVTT006 Apply trimming adhesives	4670

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT006 Apply trimming adhesives	4673

AURVTT007 Clean plastic trim and fittings of vehicles	4675

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT007 Clean plastic trim and fittings of vehicles	4679

AURVTT008 Clean vehicle interior trim	4681

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT008 Clean vehicle interior trim	4685

AURVTT009 Remove and replace vehicle and vessel seats and fittings	4687

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT009 Remove and replace vehicle and vessel seats and fittings	4690

AURVTT010 Remove and manufacture or repair vehicle head lining	4692

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT010 Remove and manufacture or repair vehicle head lining	4696

AURVTT012 Conduct sewing operations	4699

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT012 Conduct sewing operations	4702

AURVTT013 Fabricate and fit loose and fitted covers to vehicle seats and components	4704

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT013 Fabricate and fit loose and fitted covers to vehicle seats and components	4708

AURVTT014 Fabricate and fit marine covers	4710

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT014 Fabricate and fit marine covers	4714

AURVTT015 Fabricate and install canvas products for automotive and marine components	4716

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT015 Fabricate and install canvas products for automotive and marine components	4720

AURVTT017 Fabricate and install automotive and marine floor coverings	4722

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT017 Fabricate and install automotive and marine floor coverings	4726

AURVTT018 Fabricate and install automotive and marine soft top hoods	4728

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT018 Fabricate and install automotive and marine soft top hoods	4732

AURVTT020 Select and use leather in automotive and marine trimming	4735

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT020 Select and use leather in automotive and marine trimming	4739

AURVTT021 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work	4741

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT021 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work	4745

AURVTV001 Remove, replace and test non-electrical vehicle components and accessories	4747

Assessment Requirements for AURVTV001 Remove, replace and test non-electrical vehicle components and accessories	4751

AURVTW001 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components	4753

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW001 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components	4757

AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components	4760

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components	4764

AURVTW003 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections	4766

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW003 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections	4770

AURVTW004 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding	4773

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW004 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding	4777

AURVTW005 Carry out spot welding	4780

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW005 Carry out spot welding	4784

AURVTW006 Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components	4787

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW006 Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components	4791

AURVTW007 Carry out oxyacetylene thermal heating and cutting on vehicle body sections	4793

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW007 Carry out oxyacetylene thermal heating and cutting on vehicle body sections	4797

AURVTW009 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding	4799

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW009 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding	4802

AURVTW010 Set up and use welding equipment	4805

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW010 Set up and use welding equipment	4809

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting	4811

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting	4814

BSBCUE405 Survey stakeholders to gather and record information	4817

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUE405 Survey stakeholders to gather and record information	4821

BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service	4823

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service	4826

BSBFIA303 Process accounts payable and receivable	4828

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA303 Process accounts payable and receivable	4832

BSBFIA401 Prepare financial reports	4834

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA401 Prepare financial reports	4838

BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	4840

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	4843

BSBFIN401 Report on financial activity	4845

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIN401 Report on financial activity	4848

BSBFRA403 Manage relationship with franchisor	4850

Assessment Requirements for BSBFRA403 Manage relationship with franchisor	4854

BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	4856

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	4860

BSBHRM413 Support the learning and development of teams and individuals	4862

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM413 Support the learning and development of teams and individuals	4865

BSBHRM505 Manage remuneration and employee benefits	4867

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM505 Manage remuneration and employee benefits	4871

BSBINM202 Handle mail	4873

Assessment Requirements for BSBINM202 Handle mail	4876

BSBINN502 Build and sustain an innovative work environment	4878

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN502 Build and sustain an innovative work environment	4882

BSBINS309 Maintain business records	4884

Assessment Requirements for BSBINS309 Maintain business records	4886

BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	4888

Assessment Requirements for BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	4891

BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	4893

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	4897

BSBLDR413 Lead effective workplace relationships	4899

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR413 Lead effective workplace relationships	4902

BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals	4904

Assessment Requirements for BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals	4908

BSBMGT502 Manage people performance	4910

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT502 Manage people performance	4914

BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan	4916

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan	4920

BSBMKG412 Conduct e-marketing communications	4922

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG412 Conduct e-marketing communications	4926

BSBMKG413 Promote products and services	4928

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG413 Promote products and services	4932

BSBMKG434 Promote products and services	4934

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG434 Promote products and services	4937

BSBMKG523 Design and develop an integrated marketing communication plan	4939

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG523 Design and develop an integrated marketing communication plan	4943

BSBOPS304 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	4945

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS304 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	4948

BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management	4950

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management	4953

BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities	4955

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities	4958

BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities	4960

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities	4963

BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge	4965

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge	4968

BSBPUR402 Negotiate contracts	4970

Assessment Requirements for BSBPUR402 Negotiate contracts	4973

BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects	4975

Assessment Requirements for BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects	4979

BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions	4981

Assessment Requirements for BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions	4985

BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances	4987

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances	4990

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	4992

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	4997

BSBSTR401 Promote innovation in team environments	4999

Assessment Requirements for BSBSTR401 Promote innovation in team environments	5002

BSBSTR402 Implement continuous improvement	5004

Assessment Requirements for BSBSTR402 Implement continuous improvement	5007

BSBTEC201 Use business software applications	5009

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC201 Use business software applications	5011

BSBTWK401 Build and maintain business relationships	5013

Assessment Requirements for BSBTWK401 Build and maintain business relationships	5016

BSBWHS311 Assist with maintaining workplace safety	5018

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS311 Assist with maintaining workplace safety	5021

BSBWHS332X Apply infection prevention and control procedures to own work activities	5023

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS332X Apply infection prevention and control procedures to own work activities	5026

BSBWHS401 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements	5029

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS401 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements	5033

BSBWHS411 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs	5035

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS411 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs	5039

BSBWHS501 Ensure a safe workplace	5041

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS501 Ensure a safe workplace	5045

BSBWOR204 Use business technology	5047

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR204 Use business technology	5050

BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities	5052

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities	5056

BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development	5058

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development	5061

BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	5063

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	5067

BSBXTW301 Work in a team	5069

Assessment Requirements for BSBXTW301 Work in a team	5072

FNSASIC302 Develop, present and negotiate client solutions	5074

Assessment Requirements for FNSASIC302 Develop, present and negotiate client solutions	5078

FNSPIM410 Collect, assess and use information	5081

Assessment Requirements for FNSPIM410 Collect, assess and use information	5084

ICTWEB201 Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement	5086

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB201 Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement	5089

MEM05004 Perform routine oxy fuel gas welding	5091

Assessment Requirements for MEM05004 Perform routine oxy fuel gas welding	5095

MEM05006 Perform brazing and/or silver soldering	5097

Assessment Requirements for MEM05006 Perform brazing and/or silver soldering	5101

MEM05007 Perform manual heating and thermal cutting	5103

Assessment Requirements for MEM05007 Perform manual heating and thermal cutting	5107

MEM07005 Perform general machining	5109

Assessment Requirements for MEM07005 Perform general machining	5114

MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing	5116

Assessment Requirements for MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing	5119

MEM11011 Undertake manual handling	5121

Assessment Requirements for MEM11011 Undertake manual handling	5124

MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements	5126

Assessment Requirements for MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements	5130

MEM12024 Perform computations	5132

Assessment Requirements for MEM12024 Perform computations	5136

MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering	5138

Assessment Requirements for MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering	5143

MEM14006 Plan work activities	5146

Assessment Requirements for MEM14006 Plan work activities	5150

MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	5152

Assessment Requirements for MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	5156

MEM18001 Use hand tools	5158

Assessment Requirements for MEM18001 Use hand tools	5162

MEM18002 Use power tools/hand held operations	5164

Assessment Requirements for MEM18002 Use power tools/hand held operations	5168

MEM24001B Perform basic penetrant testing	5170

MEM27004 Maintain and repair engine lubrication systems	5177

Assessment Requirements for MEM27004 Maintain and repair engine lubrication systems	5181

MEM30012A Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment	5183

MSFGG3039 Manually move glass	5189

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3039 Manually move glass	5192

MSFUP3001 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture	5194

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3001 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture	5198

MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	5200

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	5203

MSMENV472 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	5205

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV472 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	5209

MSMENV672 Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability	5211

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV672 Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability	5215

MSS403086 Improve cost factors in work practices	5217

Assessment Requirements for MSS403086 Improve cost factors in work practices	5219

MSTLG3001 Make a prototype	5220

Assessment Requirements for MSTLG3001 Make a prototype	5224

MSTTF2002 Cut, bend and shape metal	5226

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2002 Cut, bend and shape metal	5231

MSTTF2012 Stitch by hand	5233

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2012 Stitch by hand	5237

MSTTF2015 Install products on and off site	5239

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2015 Install products on and off site	5244

MSTTF3002 Gain customer acceptance of service proposal	5246

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF3002 Gain customer acceptance of service proposal	5250

RIICOM201D Communicate in the workplace	5252

Assessment Requirements for RIICOM201D Communicate in the workplace	5254

RIIHAN301E Operate elevating work platform	5257

Assessment Requirements for RIIHAN301E Operate elevating work platform	5260

RIIQUA201D Maintain and monitor site quality standards	5264

Assessment Requirements for RIIQUA201D Maintain and monitor site quality standards	5266

RIIRIS201D Conduct local risk control	5269

Assessment Requirements for RIIRIS201D Conduct local risk control	5271

RIIWHS201D Work safely and follow WHS policies and procedures	5274

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS201D Work safely and follow WHS policies and procedures	5277

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights	5280

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights	5283

SIRRINV001 Receive and handle retail stock	5286

Assessment Requirements for SIRRINV001 Receive and handle retail stock	5288

SIRRINV002 Control stock	5290

Assessment Requirements for SIRRINV002 Control stock	5293

SIRRMER003 Coordinate visual merchandising activities	5295

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER003 Coordinate visual merchandising activities	5298

SIRRRTF001 Balance and secure point-of-sale terminal	5301

Assessment Requirements for SIRRRTF001 Balance and secure point-of-sale terminal	5303

SIRXCEG001 Engage the customer	5305

Assessment Requirements for SIRXCEG001 Engage the customer	5307

SIRXSLS002 Follow point-of-sale procedures	5309

Assessment Requirements for SIRXSLS002 Follow point-of-sale procedures	5312

SIRXWHS003 Maintain workplace safety	5315

Assessment Requirements for SIRXWHS003 Maintain workplace safety	5318

SISSPAR006 Prepare and present athlete sponsorship proposals	5320

Assessment Requirements for SISSPAR006 Prepare and present athlete sponsorship proposals	5323

SITXMPR006 Obtain and manage sponsorship	5326

Assessment Requirements for SITXMPR006 Obtain and manage sponsorship	5329

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction	5331

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction	5335

TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace	5337

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace	5341

TLIA2012 Pick and process orders	5343

Assessment Requirements for TLIA2012 Pick and process orders	5346

TLIA2013 Receive goods	5348

Assessment Requirements for TLIA2013 Receive goods	5351

TLIA2020 Replenish stock	5353

Assessment Requirements for TLIA2020 Replenish stock	5356

TLIA3039 Receive and store stock	5358

Assessment Requirements for TLIA3039 Receive and store stock	5361

TLIA4005 Check and evaluate records and documentation	5363

Assessment Requirements for TLIA4005 Check and evaluate records and documentation	5365

TLIA5058 Manage facility and inventory requirements	5367

Assessment Requirements for TLIA5058 Manage facility and inventory requirements	5370

TLID1001 Shift materials safely using manual handling methods	5372

Assessment Requirements for TLID1001 Shift materials safely using manual handling methods	5375

TLID2004 Load and unload goods/cargo	5377

Assessment Requirements for TLID2004 Load and unload goods/cargo	5380

TLID2013 Move materials mechanically using automated equipment	5383

Assessment Requirements for TLID2013 Move materials mechanically using automated equipment	5386

TLID3011 Conduct specialised forklift operations	5389

Assessment Requirements for TLID3011 Conduct specialised forklift operations	5392

TLIL4005 Apply conflict/grievance resolution strategies	5395

Assessment Requirements for TLIL4005 Apply conflict/grievance resolution strategies	5397

TLILIC0003 Licence to operate a forklift truck	5399

Assessment Requirements for TLILIC0003 Licence to operate a forklift truck	5404

TLILIC0005 Licence to operate a boom-type elevating work platform (boom length 11 metres or more)	5410

Assessment Requirements for TLILIC0005 Licence to operate a boom-type elevating work platform (boom length 11 metres or more)	5416

AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package	5423

AURSS00026 Percussive Drill Maintenance and Advanced Systems Diagnosis Skill Set	5428

AURSS00027 Automotive CNG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set	5430

AURSS00028 Automotive CNG Service and Repair Skill Set	5432

AURSS00029 Automotive Electrical Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians	5434

AURSS00031 Automotive LNG Service and Repair Skill Set	5436

AURSS00032 Automotive LPG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set	5438

AURSS00033 Automotive LPG Service and Repair Skill Set	5440

AURSS00036 Heavy Commercial Vehicle Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians	5442

AURSS00037 Hybrid Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set	5444

AURSS00038 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Agricultural Equipment Technicians	5446

AURSS00039 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Heavy Commercial Vehicle Technicians	5448

AURSS00040 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians	5450

AURSS00041 Vehicle Air Conditioning Install and Overhaul Skill Set	5452

AURSS00042 Vehicle Air Conditioning Installation Skill Set	5454

AURSS00043 Vehicle Air Conditioning Overhaul Skill Set	5456

AURSS00044 Vehicle Air Conditioning Service, Retrofit and Repair Skill Set	5458

AURSS00045 Vehicle Refrigerant Recovery Skill Set	5460

AURSS00046 Advanced Body Repair Skill Set	5462

AURSS00047 Advanced Body Repair Welding Skill Set	5464

AURSS00048 Advanced Vehicle Refinishing Skill Set	5466

AURSS00049 Vehicle Climate Control and HVAC Diagnostic Specialist Skill Set	5468

AURSS00050 Vehicle Body Repair Estimator Skill Set	5470

AURSS00051 Marine Transition Skill Set	5472

AURSS00052 Light Vehicle Wheel Alignment Skill Set	5474

AURSS00053 Heavy Vehicle Wheel Alignment Skill Set	5476

AURSS00054 Light Vehicle Automatic Driveline Technology Skill Set	5478

AURSS00055 Heavy Vehicle Automatic Driveline Technology Skill Set	5480

AURSS00056 Light Vehicle Manual Driveline Technology Skill Set	5482

AURSS00057 Heavy Vehicle Manual Driveline Technology Skill Set	5484

AURSS00058 LPG Fuel Systems Skill Set	5486

AURSS00059 LNG Fuel Systems Skill Set	5488

AURSS00060 CNG Fuel Systems Skill Set	5490

AURSS00061 Motorsports Marketing Skill Set	5492

AURSS00062 Electric Bicycles Skill Set	5494

AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package

Copyright Statement
© 2022 Commonwealth of Australia. With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, the Department’s logo, any material protected by a trade mark and where otherwise noted, all material presented in this document is provided under a Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0 Australia licence. You are free: to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work to make commercial use of the work Under the following conditions: Attribution - You must give the original author credit. No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work. Special Conditions (Waiver) For the sake of clarity, where the license refers to "the work", in addition to meaning the work in its entirety this term shall also mean "extracts of the work". Extracts of the work carry with it the respective licence, and is thus “partitioned”. The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons website (www.creativecommons.org.au) as is the full legal code. The document must be attributed as the AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Release 7.2.
Disclaimer
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent the view of Department of Education and Training or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases. While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package. The Commonwealth, through the Department of Education and Training, does not accept any liability to any person for the information or advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference. The information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other format. No responsibility is taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.

Published by:	Mining and Automotive Skills Alliance

Release Date:	December, 2023

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR10120 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURHTA003 Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.

Qualification Description

This qualification is an introductory qualification to the automotive retail, service and repair industries and an entry to further training in several sectors. It is designed for application in a highly supervised context, such as VET in Schools (VETiS) or other equivalent introduction or induction to industry environments. The range of technical skills and knowledge is limited.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 8

5 core units, plus

3 elective units, of which:

all 3 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA001 Identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace

AURASA001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals

AURETR103 Identify automotive electrical systems and components

AURLTA101 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA110 Identify routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURBTA001 Remove and tag bicycle components

AURBTA102 Adjust bicycles and components

AURBTJ101 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment

AURETR001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURHTA001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning

AURHTJ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres

AURJTA001 Carry out minor adjustments to motorcycles

AURJTA002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories

AURJTJ003 Remove and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURPTA101 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment

AURPTA102 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment

AURPTA106 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components

AURRTQ001 Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems

AURRTR001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems

AURTTA001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components

AURTTA002 Assist with automotive workplace activities

AURTTA003 Use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

AURTTE003 Remove and tag engine system components

AURVTN001 Remove and tag vehicle body components

AURVTN008 Clean vehicle body and door openings

AURVTP006 Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR10116 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR20116 Certificate II in Automotive Administration

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of administrative tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

6 core units, plus

4 elective units, of which:

up to 4 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAAA001	Work in an automotive administration role
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA005	Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURAKA001	Use information technology systems
AURAQA001	Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURAMA004	Maintain business image in an automotive workplace
AURAQA003	Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace
AURSAA001	Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace
AURSCA004	Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations
AURSCA011	Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace
BSBFIA303	Process accounts payable and receivable
BSBINM202	Handle mail
BSBWOR204	Use business technology
SIRXCEG001	Engage the customer

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR20112 Certificate II in Automotive Administration

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR20220 Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks relating to servicing and repairing air conditioning components and systems of cars and heavy vehicles in an automotive service and repair business.

The completion of this qualification enables an individual to apply for an AAC02 - Refrigerant handling licence - qualified persons (Automotive air conditioning licence). Users are advised that the scope of the licence will be contingent on unit of competency selection. Trainee licences also apply to those handling refrigerants while undertaking training. These licences are governed by the Australian Refrigeration Council, which should be contacted for further information.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 13

6 core units, plus

7 elective units, of which:

all 7 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 3 units may be from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

AURETR116 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems

AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors

AURETU102 Recover vehicle refrigerants

AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURVTA001 Prepare vehicles for customer use

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR20218 Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR20320 Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of routine assembly and servicing tasks in the bicycle industry. It is suitable for entry into the bicycle retail, service and repair sector.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

8 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

all 8 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 3 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURBTA104 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale

AURBTJ101 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

AURBTK101 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

AURBTV101 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURAFA105 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURAMA102 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

AURBCA002 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders

AURBCA101 Work in a retail bicycle environment

AURBTA103 Assemble bicycles

AURBTA108 Disassemble and pack a bicycle for transport

AURBTB002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

AURBTB101 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

AURBTD101 Service bicycle steering systems

AURBTD102 Service bicycle suspension systems

AURBTJ102 Service bicycle wheels and hubs

AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems

AURBTR103 Retrofit electric drive train systems to bicycles

AURBTR104 Diagnose and repair electric bicycles

AURSAA001 Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace

AURSCA102 Present automotive products and services for sale

AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

AURSCA105 Sell automotive products and services

AURSCA106 Promote automotive products and services

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

BSBOPS304 Deliver and monitor a service to customers

BSBXTW301 Work in a team

BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge

BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management

BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities

MEM11011 Undertake manual handling*

MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

MEM16006 Organise and communicate information*

MEM18001 Use hand tools*

MEM18002 Use power tools/hand held operations*

SIRRINV001 Receive and handle retail stock

SIRRINV002 Control stock

SIRXCEG001 Engage the customer

TLIA3039 Receive and store stock

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT(S)
MEM11011 Undertake manual handling	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering
MEM18001 Use hand tools	MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM18002 Use power tools/hand held operations	MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR20316 Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR20420 Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURATA003 Produce drawings from design concepts. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks relating to installing, assembling and servicing electrical components and systems of motor vehicles in the automotive electrical installation, service and repair technology sector.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

10 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

all 6 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 3 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAFA105 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURAMA102 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings

AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment

AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

AURETR013 Inspect, test and service charging systems

AURETR014 Inspect, test and service starting systems

AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities

AURETR116 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems

AURETU102 Recover vehicle refrigerants

AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURPTR102 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment

AURRTR001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems

AURSCA101 Select and supply automotive parts and products

AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

AURTTA008 Produce patterns and templates

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components

AURVTT004 Trim vehicle components

AURVTT005 Select trim and fabric materials

AURVTT006 Apply trimming adhesives

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR20416 Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR20520 Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURRGA001 Launch and recover vessels using a trailer AURRGA003 Moor motor-driven vessels AURRTA001 Inspect and service deck, hull and cabin equipment AURRTA003 Winterise vessels and engine systems AURRTA009 Recommission vessels and engine systems. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 3	This version released with AUR Automotive Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.2 to correct errors in the unit grid of the qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of servicing tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 20

13 core units, plus

7 elective units, of which:

all 7 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 4 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts

Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURETR125 Test, charge, and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and re-fit light vehicle tyres and tubes

AURRTA006 Water test vessels

AURRTE001 Carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines

AURRTE002 Inspect and service marine outboard engines

AURRTE003 Inspect and service marine inboard engines

AURRTE010 Test marine engines in water tanks

AURRTQ001 Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems

AURRTQ002 Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems

AURRTR001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems

AURRTX001 Inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

AURRTX002 Inspect and service marine inboard transmissions

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems

AURTTA010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

AURTTD001 Inspect steering systems

AURTTD003 Inspect suspension systems

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTX002 Inspect and service manual transmissions

AURTTX003 Inspect and service automatic transmissions

AURTTX004 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions

AURTTX015 Inspect and service clutch systems

AURTTZ001 Inspect and service emission control systems

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management

BSBWHS332X Apply infection prevention and control procedures to own work activities

BSBXTW301 Work in a team

TLID1001 Shift materials safely using manual handling methods

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR20516 Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR20720 Certificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks relating to identifying and inspecting mechanical and electrical components and systems of light vehicles, heavy vehicles, outdoor power equipment, bicycles, marine craft and motorcycles. This qualification also covers the skills and knowledge required to perform minor maintenance and repair of an automotive vehicle body. The range of technical skills and knowledge is limited.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

7 core units, plus

5 elective units, of which:

all 5 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be from a Certificate I or Certificate II qualification in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR103 Identify automotive electrical systems and components

AURLTA101 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

AUMAFA001 Apply for jobs and undertake job interviews

AURAFA009 Carry out research into the automotive industry

AURAFA105 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace

AURBTA001 Remove and tag bicycle components

AURBTJ101 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

AURBTK101 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems

AURBTV101 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment

AURETK003 Operate electrical test equipment

AURETR001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components

AURETR002 Inspect heavy vehicle battery storage systems

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

AURETR048 Construct and test basic electronic circuits

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

AURETR146 Remove and refit vehicle batteries

AURETR147 Recharge vehicle batteries

AURHTD001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

AURHTF001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems

AURHTJ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres

AURHTQ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components

AURJTA001 Carry out minor adjustments to motorcycles

AURJTA002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories

AURJTD001 Inspect motorcycle suspension systems

AURJTD002 Inspect motorcycle steering systems

AURJTJ003 Remove and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURPTA101 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment

AURPTA102 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment

AURPTA103 Service and repair rotary cutting systems

AURPTA106 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components

AURPTE102 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines

AURRTE001 Carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines

AURRTE002 Inspect and service marine outboard engines

AURRTQ001 Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems

AURRTQ002 Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems

AURRTR001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems

AURTTA001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components

AURTTA002 Assist with automotive workplace activities

AURTTA003 Use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

AURTTA127 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations

AURTTB007 Remove and replace brake assemblies

AURTTC004 Remove and replace radiators

AURTTD006 Remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs

AURTTD007 Remove and replace steering assemblies

AURTTE003 Remove and tag engine system components

AURTTE006 Remove and replace conventional engine assemblies

AURTTE007 Dismantle and assemble single cylinder four-stroke petrol engines

AURTTE008 Dismantle and assemble multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engines

AURTTE009 Remove and replace engine cylinder heads

AURTTJ003 Remove and replace wheel and tyre assemblies

AURTTQ002 Remove and refit driveline components

AURTTX001 Remove and tag driveline components

AURTTX012 Dismantle and assemble conventional manual transmissions

AURTTX013 Remove and replace clutch assemblies

AURVTA005 Clean vehicles

AURVTK001 Use and maintain vehicle body repair hand tools

AURVTN003 Remove and store vehicle body components

AURVTN039 Set up body alignment equipment on vehicles

AURVTN041 Remove and realign vehicle body panels

AURVTN138 Carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels

AURVTN140 Repair vehicle plastic components

AURVTP006 Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces

AURVTP008 Clean and polish vehicle paint surfaces

AURVTP129 Prepare surface and prime repaired body panels

AURVTP130 Apply paint to vehicle body panels

AURVTP131 Cut and polish painted vehicle body panels

AURVTP132 Prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces

AURVTT008 Clean vehicle interior trim

AURVTW010 Set up and use welding equipment

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR20716 Certificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR20820 Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks in the outdoor power equipment retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

8 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

all 8 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 3 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

AURPTE102 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

AURPTA101 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment

AURPTA102 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment

AURPTA103 Service and repair rotary cutting systems

AURPTA104 Service and repair drum cutting systems

AURPTA105 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems

AURPTA106 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components

AURPTA107 Service and repair post boring systems

AURPTA108 Service and repair post hole digging systems

AURPTA109 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems

AURPTA110 Inspect and service pumping systems

AURPTA111 Diagnose and repair pumping systems

AURPTE103 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines

AURPTR101 Test and service 240 volt portable generators

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR20816 Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR20920 Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Minor update to qualification to include additional elective units.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks on vehicle bodies in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 13

5 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

at least 3 units must be from one of the Specialist Elective Groups A to C below

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

up to 4 may be from any Specialist Elective Group and/or the general elective units listed below

up to 3 may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Automotive Body Repair

AURVTN003 Remove and store vehicle body components

AURVTN007 Remove and clean salvageable vehicle components

AURVTN137 Test vehicle components for correct operation

AURVTN042 Dismantle vehicle components

AURVTN102 Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs

AURVTN113 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels

AURVTN116 Repair vehicle body panels using filler

AURVTT002 Carry out repairs and alterations to automotive and marine trim

AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components

AURVTT004 Trim vehicle components

Group B: Automotive Painting

AURVTP006 Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces

AURVTP020 De-nib, buff and polish vehicle painted surfaces

AURVTP101 Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces

AURVTP103 Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use

Group C: Glazing

AURVTG102 Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens

AURVTG104 Remove and install direct glazed windscreens

AURVTG109 Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass

General Elective Units

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities

AURETR049 Install in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETU102 Recover vehicle refrigerants

AURLTD008 Replace and refit steering, suspension and braking system components

AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURVTA001 Prepare vehicles for customer use

AURVTG006 Apply vehicle window tinting

AURVTG007 Clean vehicle glass surfaces

AURVTG011 Install side vehicle windows

AURVTG101 Repair laminated glass windscreens

AURVTG103 Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens

AURVTG110 Remove and install vehicle movable body glass

AURVTK001 Use and maintain vehicle body repair hand tools

AURVTN005 Remove and replace adhesive attached components on vehicles

AURVTN008 Clean vehicle body and door openings

AURVTN009 Clean vehicle engines and engine components

AURVTN010 Clean vehicle underbody

AURVTN043 Install external vehicle equipment

AURVTN104 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components

AURVTN111 Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors

AURVTP002 Mask vehicle panels and components

AURVTP005 Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials to vehicle body components

AURVTP008 Clean and polish vehicle paint surfaces

AURVTP019 Prepare and paint plastic and composite vehicle surfaces

AURVTP020 De-nib, buff and polish vehicle painted surfaces

AURVTP021 Restore vehicle body exterior paint

AURVTP110 Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment

AURVTP113 Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing

AURVTT001 Carry out sewing repairs to automotive and marine trim

AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components

AURVTT005 Select trim and fabric materials

AURVTT006 Apply trimming adhesives

AURVTT007 Clean plastic trim and fittings of vehicles

AURVTT008 Clean vehicle interior trim

AURVTT009 Remove and replace vehicle and vessel seats and fittings

AURVTT021 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work

AURVTW007 Carry out oxyacetylene thermal heating and cutting on vehicle body sections

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

BSBWHS332X Apply infection prevention and control procedures to own work activities

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR20916 Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR21020 Certificate II in Motor Sport Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURATA003 Produce drawings from design concepts. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks on competition vehicles in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

7 core units, plus

9 elective units, of which:

all 9 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 3 units may be from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

AURMGA101 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events

AURMMA101 Operate in a motor sport environment

AURMTA101 Prepare and service light competition vehicles

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURLTE001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies

AURLTJ011 Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications

AURLTJ013 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURMBA101 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment

AURMDA002 Assist with officiating duties at motor sport events

AURMDA101 Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge

AURMLA001 Apply motor sport rules and regulations when officiating

AURMSA001 Follow motor sport safety and risk management procedures

AURMTA006 Perform torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTB012 Attach friction materials and radius grind

AURTTB013 Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

AURTTC002 Repair radiators

AURTTD001 Inspect steering systems

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD003 Inspect suspension systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts

AURTTS101 Fabricate exhaust systems and components

AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

AURTTX103 Inspect and service automatic transmissions

AURTTZ001 Inspect and service emission control systems

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

AURVTS006 Fabricate automotive and marine trim components

AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components

AURVTW006 Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

AURVTW105 Carry out spot welding

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR21016 Certificate II in Motorsport Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR21120 Certificate II in Automotive Sales

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform sales-related tasks in the automotive service and repair sector.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

5 core units, plus

7 elective units, of which:

3 units must be from one of the Specialist Elective Groups A to C

of the remaining 4 units required to make up the elective unit total:

all 4 may be from the Specialist Elective Groups and general elective units listed below

up to 2 may be from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURSCA102 Present automotive products and services for sale

AURSCA106 Promote automotive products and services

AURSLA001 Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Service Station Sales and Service

AURSCA105 Sell automotive products and services

SIRRINV002 Control stock

SIRXSLS002 Follow point-of-sale procedures

SIRXWHS003 Maintain workplace safety*

TLIA2020 Replenish stock

Group B: Bicycle Sales

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURBTA104 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale

AURBTV101 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

AURSCA105 Sell automotive products and services

SIRRINV002 Control stock

SIRXWHS003 Maintain workplace safety*

Group C: Outdoor Power Equipment Sales

AURACA103 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

SIRRINV001 Receive and handle retail stock

TLIA2013 Receive goods

General Elective Units

AURACA103 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURAMA004 Maintain business image in an automotive workplace

AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace

AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

AURSCA104 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations

AURSCA111 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace

BSBWHS332X Apply infection prevention and control procedures to own work activities

ICTWEB201 Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement

SIRRRTF001 Balance and secure point-of-sale terminal

SIRXSLS002 Follow point-of-sale procedures

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT
SIRXWHS003 Maintain workplace safety	SIRXWHS002 Contribute to workplace health and safety

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR21116 Certificate II in Automotive Sales.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR21220 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Minor update to qualification to include additional elective units.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks on the underbody systems of a variety of vehicles in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

4 core units, plus

10 elective units, of which:

all 4 units in one of the Specialist Elective Groups A to C must be chosen

of the remaining 6 units required to make up the elective unit total:

all 6 may be from the general elective units listed below

up to 3 may be from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Specialisations:

Where relevant, specialisations can be used for this qualification in:

General Underbody Repair

Exhaust Repair

Radiator and Cooling System Repair

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

AUR21220 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology (General Underbody Repair)

AUR21220 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology (Exhaust Repair)

AUR21220 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology (Radiator and Cooling System Repair)

General Underbody Repair specialisation

Select all 4 units in Specialist Elective Group A.

Exhaust Repair specialisation

Select all 4 units in Specialist Elective Group B.

Radiator and Cooling System Repair specialisation

Select all 4 units in Specialist Elective Group C.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Underbody Repair

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

Group B: Exhaust Repair

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTS101 Fabricate exhaust systems and components

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Group C: Radiator and Cooling System Repair

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

AURTTC002 Repair radiators

AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques

AURVTW006 Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components

General Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace

AURETR049 Install in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURLTD008 Replace and refit steering, suspension and braking system components

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTB013 Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts

AURTTS101 Fabricate exhaust systems and components

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

AURTTX103 Inspect and service automatic transmissions

AURTTZ001 Inspect and service exhaust systems

AURVTN043 Install external vehicle equipment

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR21216 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology.

Supersedes and is not equivalent to AUR21416 Certificate II in Automotive Cooling System Technology.

Supersedes and is not equivalent to AUR21716 Certificate II in Automotive Exhaust System Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR21520 Certificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head Reconditioning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks on engine cylinder heads in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

7 core units, plus

7 elective units, of which:

all 7 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 3 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTM011 Recondition engine cylinder heads

Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

AURTTE004 Inspect and service engines

AURTTW003 Carry out machining operations

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR21516 Certificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head Reconditioning.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR21820 Certificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension System Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version with AUR Automotive Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Minor update to qualification to include additional elective units
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks on steering and suspension systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 11

7 core units, plus

4 elective units, of which:

1 unit must be from Specialist Elective Group A or Group B

of the remaining 3 units required to make the up the elective unit total:

up to 3 may be from the general elective units listed below

up to 2 may be from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Light vehicle wheel alignment

AURLTD106 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations

Group B: Heavy vehicle wheel alignment

AURHTD104 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations

General Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURLTD008 Replace and refit steering, suspension and braking system components

AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

AURLTD109 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

AURLTJ011 Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTD001 Inspect steering systems

AURTTD003 Inspect suspension systems

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR21816 Certificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension System Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR21920 Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package version 7.0. The following elective unit of competency has been reinstated as directed by the AISC: AURKKJ001 Manage use of tyre management software.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks on tyres in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

4 core units, plus

10 elective units, of which:

all units in one of the Specialist Elective Groups A to D below must be chosen

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

all 7 may be from the Specialist Elective Groups and general elective units listed below

up to 3 may be from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Light Vehicle Tyres

AURLTJ011 Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

Group B: Heavy Vehicle Tyres

AURHTJ102 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications

AURHTJ103 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURHTJ106 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes

Group C: Agricultural Tyres

AURHTJ102 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications

AURHTJ103 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURHTJ104 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes

Group D: Earthmoving and Off-the-Road Tyres

AURKTJ011 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres

AURKTJ012 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies

AURKTJ015 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications

AURKTJ016 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers

General Elective Units

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

AURHTJ007 Remove, inspect, repair and refit industrial tyres and tubes

AURJTJ001 Remove, inspect and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURJTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes

AURKKJ001 Manage use of tyre management software

AURKTJ013 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres

AURTTJ012 Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components

RIICOM201D Communicate in the workplace

RIIQUA201D Maintain and monitor site quality standard

RIIRIS201D Conduct local risk control

RIIWHS201D Work safely and follow WHS policies and procedures

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

TLID3011 Conduct specialised forklift operations

TLILIC0003 Licence to operate a forklift truck

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR21916 Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR22021 Certificate II in Automotive Accessory Fitting

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of routine tasks relating to replacing, fitting, installing and adjusting automotive accessories in the automotive service and repair industry and carry out work according to Australian Design Rules (ADR) compliance and Vehicle Standard Bulletin (VSB) requirements.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

8 core units plus

8 elective units, of which:

at least 5 must be from the listed electives units below

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

all may be from the Elective units listed below

all may be from elsewhere in this or any other currently endorsed Certificate II or above training package qualification or accredited course.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid industry-supported vocational outcome.

Core units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

AURLTD008 Replace and refit vehicle steering, suspension and braking components

AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURVTN043 Install external vehicle equipment

Elective units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURAMA102 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

AURETR027 Install ancillary electronic systems and components

AURETR049 Install in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR116 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles.

AURETR146 Remove and refit vehicle batteries

AURETR149 Apply knowledge of ADAS technology in vehicle pre-repair scans

AURLTD101 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products

AURLTJ011 Select light vehicle wheels and tyres

AURRTR007 Install marine electrical systems and components

AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

AURTTA001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components

AURTTB015 Assemble and fit braking system components

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURVTN102 Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs

AURVTN104 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components

AURVTN112 Install vehicle sunroofs

AURVTN113 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels

AURVTN137 Test vehicle components for correct operation

AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components

AURVTT119 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains

BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management

BSBWHS332X Apply infection prevention and control procedures to own work activities

BSBXTW301 Work in a team

SIRRINV002 Control stock

SIRXSLS002 Follow point-of-sale procedures

TLID1001 Shift materials safely using manual handling methods

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent Qualification.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR30116 Certificate III in Automotive Administration

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of administrative tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 18

10 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

up to 8 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAAA001	Work in an automotive administration role
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURACA003	Build customer relations in an automotive workplace
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAKA001	Use information technology systems
AURAKA002	Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace
AURAMA004	Maintain business image in an automotive workplace
AURAQA003	Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA002	Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAFA005	Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURSAA001	Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace
AURSAA002	Maintain customer aftermarket relations
AURSCA005	Sell automotive products and services
AURSCA006	Promote automotive products and services
AURSCA011	Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace
AURSLA001	Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services
BSBFIA303	Process accounts payable and receivable
BSBINM202	Handle mail
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR30112 Certificate III in Automotive Administration

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR30220 Certificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0
Release 2	This version released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURBTY002 Design and build bicycle frames AURBTY003 Repair carbon fibre bicycle frames. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of mechanical tasks on a variety of bicycles in the bicycle retail, service and repair sector.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

16 core units, plus

12 elective units, of which:

all 12 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 5 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURBCA101 Work in a retail bicycle environment

AURBTA104 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale

AURBTB002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

AURBTB003 Repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems

AURBTB101 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

AURBTD101 Service bicycle steering systems

AURBTD102 Service bicycle suspension systems

AURBTD103 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

AURBTJ102 Service bicycle wheels and hubs

AURBTJ103 Design and build bicycle wheels

AURBTJ104 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems

AURBTQ002 Repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems

AURBTV101 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURAFA105 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

AURAKA002 Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURAMA102 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace

AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace

AURAQA003 Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace

AURBCA102 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders

AURBTA005 Restore bicycles

AURBTA007 Provide mechanical support during cycling events

AURBTA103 Assemble bicycles

AURBTA106 Assemble components for custom bicycles

AURBTA108 Disassemble and pack a bicycle for transport

AURBTD104 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

AURBTJ101 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

AURBTK101 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

AURBTR002 Install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters

AURBTR101 Inspect and service electric power-assisted bicycles

AURBTR103 Retrofit electric drivetrain systems to bicycles

AURBTR104 Diagnose and repair electric bicycles

AURBTY001 Repair bicycle frames

AURSAA001 Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace

AURSCA102 Present automotive products and services for sale

AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

AURSCA105 Sell automotive products and services

AURSCA106 Promote automotive products and services

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques

AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management

BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities

MEM11011 Undertake manual handling*

MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

MEM16006 Organise and communicate information*

MEM18002 Use power tools/hand held operations*

SIRRINV001 Receive and handle retail stock

SIRRINV002 Control stock

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction

TLIA3039 Receive and store stock

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT(S)
MEM11011 Undertake manual handling	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering
MEM18002 Use power tools/hand held operations	MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR30216 Certificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR30320 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Minor update to qualification to include additional elective units and rectify typographical errors.
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURTTL010 Install LPG, CNG and LNG electrical control equipment. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who service, diagnose and repair electrical systems and components in vehicles in the automotive electrical service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 32

21 core units, plus

11 elective units, of which:

all 11 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 6 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

AURETR027 Install ancillary electronic systems and components

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETR128 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURETR135 Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation

AURETR143 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

Elective Units

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURATA004 Provide technical guidance

AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs

AURETB101 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems

AURETD101 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

AURETH015 Diagnose, remove and replace heavy electric vehicle rechargeable energy storage systems

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles*

AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components

AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

AURETR013 Inspect, test and service charging systems

AURETR014 Inspect, test and service starting systems

AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators

AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors

AURETR019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities

AURETR045 Inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

AURETR116 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

AURETR120 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

AURETR121 Diagnose, repair and replace electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

AURETR144 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems

AURETR149 Apply knowledge of ADAS systems to vehicle pre-repair scans

AURETR236 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems

AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors

AURETU102 Recover vehicle refrigerants

AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

AURLTE001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies

AURLTE102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines

AURLTF101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems

AURPTR002 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment

AURRTR007 Install marine electrical systems and components

AURTTA017 Carry out vehicle safety inspections

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

AURTTA121 Diagnose complex system faults

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

AURVTA002 Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems

AURVTA104 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs

AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components

AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

BSBSTR401 Promote innovation in team environments

BSBWHS311 Assist with maintaining workplace safety

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT
AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to AUR30316 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR30420 Certificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Minor update to qualification to include additional elective units and rectify typographical errors.
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURTTA015 Produce engineering drawings for vehicle components AURTTL006 Install LNG fuel systems. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of agricultural machinery in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

21 core units, plus

15 elective units, of which:

all 15 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 6 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURKTA111 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems

AURKTB101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems

AURKTD102 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems

AURKTQ101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies

AURKTX101 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURETR051 Diagnose, repair and replace precision agriculture systems

AURETR120 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

AURETR121 Diagnose, repair and replace electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURHTD103 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies

AURHTJ103 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURHTJ104 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes

AURHTJ106 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes

AURHTL101 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines

AURHTQ102 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies

AURHTQ103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts

AURHTX101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions

AURHTX104 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

AURKTA001 Synchronise plant and equipment

AURKTA002 Inspect, service and repair crop harvesting equipment

AURKTA003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment

AURKTA004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment

AURKTA005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems

AURKTA010 Inspect, service and repair hay cutting, raking and baling equipment

AURKTD101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems

AURKTX104 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems

AURTTA007 Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems

AURTTA011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications

AURTTA012 Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies

AURTTA014 Assemble and install pneumatic system components

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

AURTTB004 Inspect and service air braking systems

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTL003 Install CNG fuel systems

AURTTL009 Install LPG fuel systems

AURTTL104 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems

AURTTL105 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

AURTTX104 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions

AURTTX106 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR30416 Certificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR30520 Certificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. The following elective unit has been updated: AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems has been superseded by and is equivalent to AURETR121 Diagnose, repair and replace electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems.
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURRGA002 Use cranes, gantries and forklifts to launch and recover vessels AURRTA001 Inspect and service deck, hull and cabin equipment AURRTA003 Winterise vessels and engine systems. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks in the marine industry. It is suitable for entry into the marine mechanical service and repair sector.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 30

11 core units

19 elective units, of which:

1 unit must be from one of the Specialist Elective Groups A or B below

of the remaining units required to make the up the elective unit total:

all 18 may be from the general elective units listed below

up to 5 may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURRTE008 Install marine engines, controls and instruments

AURRTR007 Install marine electrical systems and components

AURRTR106 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems

AURTTE001 Apply knowledge of engine science

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Marine outboard engines

AURRTE002 Inspect and service marine outboard engines

Group B: Marine inboard engines

AURRTE003 Inspect and service marine inboard engines

General Elective Units

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURETB101 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems

AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

AURETR121 Diagnose, repair and replace electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

AURETR128 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURHTL101 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines

AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

AURRTC101 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems

AURRTD101 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems

AURRTE011 Overhaul two and four-stroke cycle marine outboard engines

AURRTE106 Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines

AURRTE107 Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines

AURRTF001 Diagnose and repair petrol and diesel marine fuel systems

AURRTQ001 Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems

AURRTQ002 Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems

AURRTQ005 Install marine jet drive propulsion systems

AURRTQ104 Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems

AURRTQ106 Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems

AURRTR108 Diagnose and repair marine network electronic control systems

AURRTX001 Inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

AURRTX002 Inspect and service marine inboard transmissions

AURRTX103 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

AURRTX104 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions

AURTGA001 Drive and manoeuvre trailers

AURTTA010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes

AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTA121 Diagnose complex system faults

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

BSBPEF202 Plan and apply time management

BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities

MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing*

MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements*

MEM12024 Perform computations*

MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

MEM16006 Organise and communicate information*

TLID1001 Shift materials safely using manual handling methods

TLILIC0003 Licence to operate a forklift truck

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT(S)
MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing	MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements MEM12024 Perform computations MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM12024 Perform computations	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to AUR30516 Certificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR30620 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with AUR Automotive Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Minor update to qualification to include additional elective units and rectify typographical errors.
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURTTL006 Install LNG fuel systems. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of light vehicles in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

20 core units, plus

16 elective units, of which:

all 16 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 6 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

AURLTE102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines

AURLTZ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURETD101 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles*

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

AURETR120 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

AURETR128 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURETR143 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

AURETR144 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems

AURETR149 Apply knowledge of ADAS technology to vehicle pre-repair scans

AURETR236 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

AURETU105 Retrofit automotive and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURLTD002 Service and repair light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems

AURLTD101 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products

AURLTD106 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations

AURLTE001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies

AURLTF101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems

AURLTF102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURLTJ011 Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURLTQ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies

AURLTQ102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts

AURLTX101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions

AURLTX102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions

AURLTX103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

AURTTA017 Carry out vehicle safety inspections

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

AURTTB013 Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors

AURTTB015 Assemble and fit braking system components

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

AURTTF106 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTL003 Install CNG fuel systems

AURTTL007 Inspect and service LPG fuel systems

AURTTL009 Install LPG fuel systems

AURTTL104 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems

AURTTL105 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems

AURTTL108 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts

AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

AURTTX103 Inspect and service automatic transmissions

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

AURVTA104 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs

AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT
AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles	AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR30616 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR30720 Certificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Minor updates to rectify typographical errors.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks in the outdoor power equipment retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 38

17 core units, plus

21 elective units, of which:

all 21 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 6 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURPTA103 Service and repair rotary cutting systems

AURPTA105 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems

AURPTA106 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components

AURPTA107 Service and repair post boring systems

AURPTA108 Service and repair post hole digging systems

AURPTA109 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems

AURPTA110 Inspect and service pumping systems

AURPTA111 Diagnose and repair pumping systems

AURPTE102 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines

AURPTE103 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines

AURPTE104 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines

AURPTR104 Inspect and service cordless electric tool skins

AURPTR105 Diagnose and repair cordless electric tool skins

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

AURACA102 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace

AURACA103 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURAMA102 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURHTX104 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

AURKTA005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems

AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

AURLTE102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines

AURLTF102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

AURLTX101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions

AURLTZ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems

AURPTA104 Service and repair drum cutting systems

AURPTR101 Test and service 240 volt portable generators

AURPTR102 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment

AURPTR103 Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems

AURPTR106 Deploy and service autonomous outdoor power equipment

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems

AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

AURTTA121 Diagnose complex system faults

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD003 Inspect suspension systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

AURTTF106 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems

AURTTJ012 Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

AURTTX104 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions

AURTTX106 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

MEM11011 Undertake manual handling*

MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

MEM16006 Organise and communicate information*

MEM18002 Use power tools/hand held operations*

TLID1001 Shift materials safely using manual handling methods

TLID2004 Load and unload goods/cargo

TLID2013 Move materials mechanically using automated equipment

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT(S)
MEM11011 Undertake manual handling	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering
MEM18002 Use power tools/hand held operations	MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to AUR30716 Certificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR30820 Certificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of motorcycles in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

23 core units, plus

13 elective units, of which:

all 13 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 6 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

AURJTB101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems

AURJTD103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems

AURJTD104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems

AURJTE101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines

AURJTE103 Inspect and service motorcycle engines

AURJTE104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engine management systems

AURJTQ102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems

AURJTR102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle charging systems

AURJTR103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle starting systems

AURJTR104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle dynamic control systems

AURJTX101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems

AURJTX102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTF106 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURETR116 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURJTJ001 Remove, inspect and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURJTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes

AURJTQ001 Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems

AURJTX103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions

AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

AURLTQ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies

AURLTQ102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts

AURLTZ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems

AURSCA106 Promote automotive products and services

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to AUR30816 Certificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR30920 Certificate III in Motor Sport Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0
Release 2	This version released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURATA003 Produce drawings from design concepts AURMDA004 Recover vehicles at motor sport events AURMDA005 Act as a marshal at motor sport events AURMDA006 Communicate using flags and signals at motor sport events AURMLA002 Monitor motor sport official and volunteer application of rules and regulations AURMSA002 Implement and monitor safety and risk management in a motor sport environment. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on competition vehicles in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

21 core units, plus

15 elective units, of which:

all 15 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 6 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

AURLTD106 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations

AURLTE102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines

AURLTQ102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts

AURLTX101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions

AURMBA002 Load and unload competition vehicles and support equipment

AURMDA002 Assist with officiating duties at motor sport events

AURMMA007 Follow motor sport event and team safety requirements

AURMMA101 Operate in a motor sport environment

AURMMA108 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team

AURMTA005 Perform pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events

AURMTA006 Perform torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles

AURMTA007 Conduct non-destructive testing

AURMTA102 Assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events

AURMTA104 Prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events

AURMTA109 Collect and log motor sport data

AURMTS001 Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

Elective Units

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings

AURETD101 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators

AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR120 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETR128 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURETR143 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

AURETR144 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems

AURETR236 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

AURHTX104 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

AURJTD103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems

AURJTD104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems

AURJTY001 Repair and align motorcycle frames

AURLTB001 Overhaul light vehicle braking system components

AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

AURLTF101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems

AURLTJ011 Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURLTQ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies

AURLTX102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions

AURLTX103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems

AURMBA101 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment

AURMDA101 Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge

AURMDA107 Act as a steward at motor sport events

AURMGA101 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events

AURMGA102 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment

AURMKA001 Manage motor sport data

AURMLA001 Apply motor sport rules and regulations when officiating

AURMLA003 Inspect vehicles and equipment at motor sport events for compliance

AURMMA102 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles

AURMSA001 Follow motor sport safety and risk management procedures

AURMTD001 Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer

AURMTD002 Prepare competition vehicle suspension

AURMTE101 Test engines using a dynamometer

AURMTF001 Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems

AURMTF002 Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems

AURMTJ001 Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels

AURMTQ101 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems

AURTTA121 Diagnose complex system faults

AURTTB015 Assemble and fit braking system components

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTD005 Overhaul steering system components

AURTTE005 Overhaul engines

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTF007 Overhaul carburettor fuel system components

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTM003 Apply metal to rebuild engine components

AURTTM004 Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies

AURTTM008 Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies

AURTTM010 Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components

AURTTM011 Recondition engine cylinder heads

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

AURTTQ004 Overhaul final drive assemblies

AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts

AURTTS101 Fabricate exhaust systems and components

AURTTX007 Overhaul clutch assemblies

AURTTX008 Overhaul manual transmissions

AURTTX009 Overhaul automatic transmissions

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

AURTTX103 Inspect and service automatic transmissions

AURVTA002 Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems

AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components

AURVTW006 Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

AURVTW105 Carry out spot welding

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

MEM07005 Perform general machining*

MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing*

MEM11011 Undertake manual handling*

MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements*

MEM12024 Perform computations*

MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

MEM14006 Plan work activities*

MEM16006 Organise and communicate information*

MEM18001 Use hand tools*

MEM18002 Use power tools/hand held operations*

MEM30012A Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT(S)
MEM07005 Perform general machining	MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements MEM12024 Perform computations MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM14006 Plan work activities MEM16006 Organise and communicate information MEM18001 Use hand tools
MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing	MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements MEM12024 Perform computations MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM11011 Undertake manual handling	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM12024 Perform computations	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM14006 Plan work activities	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering
MEM18001 Use hand tools	MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM18002 Use power tools/hand held operations	MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR30916 Certificate III in Motorsport Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR31020 Certificate III in Automotive Sales

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform sales-related tasks in the automotive service and repair sector.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 20

8 core units, plus

12 elective units, of which:

6 units must be from one of the Specialist Elective Groups A or B below

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

up to 6 may be from the Specialist Elective Groups and/or the general elective units listed below

up to 4 may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURSAA001 Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace

AURSCA105 Sell automotive products and services

AURSCA106 Promote automotive products and services

AURSLA001 Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Parts Interpreting

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURSBA001 Carry out warehousing procedures in an automotive workplace

AURSBA102 Identify and match uncommon automotive parts

AURSCA101 Select and supply automotive parts and products

BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge

BSBTEC201 Use business software applications

SIRRINV002 Control stock

TLIA2012 Pick and process orders

Group B: Vehicle, Farm Machinery and Motorcycles Sales

AURSCA007 Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements

AURSCA008 Wholesale used motor vehicle stock

AURSCA102 Present automotive products and services for sale

AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

AURSCA109 Provide vehicle technology information

BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects

BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions

General Elective Units

AURACA103 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAMA003 Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace

AURAMA004 Maintain business image in an automotive workplace

AURAMA102 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace

AURSCA007 Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements

AURSCA008 Wholesale used motor vehicle stock

AURSCA010 Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles for sale

AURSCA101 Select and supply automotive parts and products

AURSCA102 Present automotive products and services for sale

AURSCA104 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations

AURSCA111 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace

AURSCP101 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products

BSBFIN401 Report on financial activity

BSBWHS332X Apply infection prevention and control procedures to own work activities

SIRRINV001 Receive and handle retail stock

SIRRMER003 Coordinate visual merchandising activities

SIRRRTF001 Balance and secure point-of-sale terminal

SIRXSLS002 Follow point-of-sale procedures

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction

TLIA2012 Pick and process orders

TLIA2020 Replenish stock

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR31016 Certificate III in Automotive Sales.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR31120 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURTTL006 Install LNG fuel systems. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of heavy commercial vehicles in the automotive service and repair sector.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

22 core units, plus

14 elective units, of which:

1 unit must be from one of the Specialist Elective Groups A or B below

of the remaining 13 units required to make up the elective unit total:

up to 13 may be from the Specialist Elective Groups and/or the general elective units listed below

up to 6 may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURHTB101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems

AURHTD102 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems

AURHTD103 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

AURHTQ103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts

AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Heavy Vehicle Manual Transmission

AURHTX101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions

Group B: Heavy Vehicle Automatic Transmission

AURHTX103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

General Elective Units

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURETR120 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURETR143 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

AURETR144 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems

AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURHTB002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems

AURHTB107 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems

AURHTD104 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations

AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies

AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURHTJ103 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURHTJ106 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes

AURHTL101 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines

AURHTQ102 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies

AURHTX002 Inspect, test and replace heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

AURHTX104 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

AURHTY001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

AURHTY102 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

AURTTA014 Assemble and install pneumatic system components

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

AURTTB004 Inspect and service air braking systems

AURTTB006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC002 Repair radiators

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTL003 Install CNG fuel systems

AURTTL009 Install LPG fuel systems

AURTTL104 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems

AURTTL105 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

AURTTX103 Inspect and service automatic transmissions

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes is equivalent to AUR31116 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR31220 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURHTJ005 Identify and apply heavy vehicle pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems AURTTA015 Produce engineering drawings for vehicle components AURTTL006 Install LNG fuel systems. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of mobile plant machinery in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

9 core units, plus

27 elective units, of which:

all units in one of the Specialist Elective Groups A to C must be chosen

of the remaining units required to make up the unit total:

all may be from the Specialist Elective Groups and general elective units listed below

up to 6 may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Specialisations

Where relevant, specialisations can be used in this qualification for:

Mobile Plant Equipment

Forklift

Elevating Work Platform

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

AUR31220 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology (Mobile Plant Equipment)

AUR31220 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology (Forklift)

AUR31220 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology (Elevating Work Platform)

Mobile Plant Equipment specialisation

Select all units listed in Specialist Elective Group A.

Forklift specialisation

Select all units listed in Specialist Elective Group B.

Elevating Work Platform specialisation

Select all units listed in Specialist Elective Group C.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Mobile Plant Equipment

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURKTA005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems

AURKTA111 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems

AURKTB101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems

AURKTD102 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems

AURKTQ101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies

AURKTX101 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

Group B: Forklift

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURNTA001 Inspect, service and repair forklift mast assemblies

AURNTB101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems

AURNTD101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems

AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

Group C: Elevating Work Platform

AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURHTQ102 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies

AURHTQ103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts

AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

General Elective Units

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings

AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles*

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace

AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components

AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

AURETR019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems

AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

AURETR128 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURETR144 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems

AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURHTB101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems

AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies

AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURHTJ103 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURHTJ106 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes

AURHTL101 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines

AURHTQ102 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies

AURHTQ103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts

AURHTX002 Inspect, test and replace heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

AURHTX104 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

AURKTA001 Synchronise plant and equipment

AURKTA005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems

AURKTA111 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems

AURKTB101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems

AURKTD101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems

AURKTD102 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems

AURKTJ012 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies

AURKTJ016 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers

AURKTQ101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies

AURKTR101 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems

AURKTX101 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions

AURKTX104 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions

AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

AURLTE001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies

AURLTE102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines

AURLTZ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems

AURNTA001 Inspect, service and repair forklift mast assemblies

AURNTB101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems

AURNTD101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems

AURTTA007 Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

AURTTA011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications

AURTTA012 Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies

AURTTA014 Assemble and install pneumatic system components

AURTTA017 Carry out vehicle safety inspections

AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

AURTTB004 Inspect and service air braking systems

AURTTB006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems

AURTTB015 Assemble and fit braking system components

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTE005 Overhaul engines

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTF003 Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

AURTTF106 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTL001 Inspect and service CNG fuel systems

AURTTL003 Install CNG fuel systems

AURTTL007 Inspect and service LPG fuel systems

AURTTL009 Install LPG fuel systems

AURTTL102 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems

AURTTL104 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems

AURTTL105 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems

AURTTL108 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts

AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

AURTTX103 Inspect and service automatic transmissions

AURTTX104 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions

AURTTX106 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

RIIHAN301E Operate elevating work platform

TLILIC0003 Licence to operate a forklift truck

TLILIC0005 Licence to operate a boom-type elevating work platform (boom length 11 metres or more)

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT
AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles	AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR31216 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology.

Supersedes and is not equivalent to AUR31716 Certificate III in Forklift Technology.

Supersedes and is not equivalent to AUR31916 Certificate III in Elevating Work Platform Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR31316 Certificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 2	Updates to elective bank.
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who recondition engines in the automotive service and repair sector. It is suitable for entry into the automotive specialist service and repair sector.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

13 core units, plus

15 elective units, of which:

up to 15 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURMTA007	Conduct non-destructive testing
AURTTE001	Apply knowledge of engine science
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTM002	Repair bearing tunnels and connecting rods in engines
AURTTM004	Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM007	Carry out crankshaft grinding
AURTTM008	Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM009	Fit sleeves and bore and hone engine cylinders
AURTTM011	Recondition engine cylinder heads
AURTTW003	Carry out machining operations

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURHTE002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines
AURLTE001	Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies
AURLTE002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTM001	Operate and monitor computer numerical control machines
AURTTM003	Apply metal to rebuild engine components
AURTTM005	Balance rotating and reciprocating engine components
AURTTM006	Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components
AURTTM010	Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components
AURTTM012	Carry out camshaft grinding
AURTTW002	Set, operate and monitor specialist reconditioning machines
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding
AURVTW018	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31312 Certificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR31420 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of diesel fuel systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 21

13 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

all 8 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 4 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTF003 Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components

AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies

AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

AURLTF102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems

AURTTA011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications

AURTTA012 Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR31416 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR31520 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks on a variety of diesel engines and associated systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

14 core units, plus

14 elective units, of which:

all 14 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 5 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTM004 Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies

AURTTM008 Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies

AURTTM011 Recondition engine cylinder heads

Elective Units

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

AURETR128 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies

AURHTX104 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

AURMTE101 Test engines using a dynamometer

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

AURTTL001 Inspect and service CNG fuel systems

AURTTL102 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

MEM05006 Perform brazing and or silver soldering*

MEM05007 Perform manual heating and thermal cutting*

MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing*

MEM11011 Undertake manual handling*

MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements*

MEM12024 Perform computations*

MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

MEM14006 Plan work activities*

MEM16006 Organise and communicate information*

MEM18001 Use hand tools*

MEM27004 Maintain and repair engine lubrication systems*

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT(S)
MEM05006 Perform brazing and or silver soldering	MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM05007 Perform manual heating and thermal cutting	MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing	MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements MEM12024 Perform computations MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM11011 Undertake manual handling	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM12024 Perform computations	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM14006 Plan work activities	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering
MEM18001 Use hand tools	MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM27004 Maintain and repair engine lubrication systems	MEM09002 Interpret technical drawing MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM12023 Perform engineering measurements MEM12024 Perform computations MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM14006 Plan work activities MEM16006 Organise and communicate information MEM18001 Use hand tools

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR31516 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR31820 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of heavy commercial trailers and associated systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

11 core units, plus

17 elective units, of which:

all 17 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 5 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

AURHTB101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems

AURHTD103 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

AURHTJ103 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

AURHTY102 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

AUMGTY002 Install vehicle components

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace

AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

AURHTB002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems

AURHTB107 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems

AURHTD104 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations

AURHTJ102 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications

AURHTJ106 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes

AURHTR105 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems

AURHTY001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems

AURTTA011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications

AURTTA012 Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies

AURTTA014 Assemble and install pneumatic system components

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

AURTTB004 Inspect and service air braking systems

AURTTB006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems

AURTTB015 Assemble and fit braking system components

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres

AURVTW018 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR31816 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR32120 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Minor update to qualification to include additional elective unit.
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURVTS002 Repair wooden components in vehicles. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks when repairing and maintaining the body of cars, heavy vehicles and other vehicles in the automotive service and repair sector.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 31

17 core units, plus

14 elective units, of which:

8 units from one of the Specialist Elective Groups A to C below must be chosen

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

up to 6 may be from the Specialist Elective Groups and/or the general elective units listed below

up to 5 may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAFA108 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURTTY001 Repair vehicle chassis, frame and associated components

AURVTN003 Remove and store vehicle body components

AURVTN022 Repair vehicle body misalignment

AURVTN104 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components

AURVTN116 Repair vehicle body panels using filler

AURVTN120 Remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles

AURVTN123 Repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles

AURVTN132 Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures

AURVTN135 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

AURVTW105 Carry out spot welding

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Vehicle Body Repair

AURVTA002 Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems

AURVTN005 Remove and replace adhesive attached components on vehicles

AURVTN017 Repair vehicle thermoplastic body panels and components

AURVTN018 Repair and replace vehicle structural damage

AURVTN029 Set up and operate universal vehicle measuring systems

AURVTN031 Carry out vehicle sectional repairs

AURVTN102 Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs

AURVTN113 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels

AURVTN115 Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing

AURVTN119 Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting

AURVTN126 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler

AURVTN127 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler

AURVTN128 Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components

Group B: Vehicle Body Restoration

AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques

AURVTN021 Repair vehicle body components using lead wiping

AURVTN025 Repair corroded vehicle body panels and components

AURVTN115 Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing

AURVTS001 Fabricate wooden components for vehicles

AURVTS006 Fabricate automotive and marine trim components

AURVTS103 Fabricate vehicle composite material components

AURVTS105 Fabricate vehicle body panels and components

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

MEM05004 Perform routine oxy fuel gas welding*

Group C: Heavy Vehicle Body and Chassis Repair

AUMABA012 Operate load shifting equipment

AUMGTY002 Install vehicle components

AURTTA020 Apply heat induction processes

AURVTN029 Set up and operate universal vehicle measuring systems

AURVTN119 Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting

AURVTN126 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler

AURVTP113 Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

MEM24001B Perform basic penetrant testing*

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights

General Elective Units

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETR149 Apply knowledge of ADAS technology to vehicle pre-repair scans

AURVTA001 Prepare vehicles for customer use

AURVTN006 Remove and replace mechanical units during vehicle repair

AURVTN030 Service air compressors and air lines

AURVTN112 Install vehicle sunroofs

AURVTN113 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels

AURVTN133 Service and repair air compressors and components

AURVTN143 Identify and repair high-strength aluminium components

AURVTP005 Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials to vehicle body components

AURVTS104 Repair vehicle composite material components

AURVTT009 Remove and replace vehicle and vessel seats and fittings

AURVTT121 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work

AURVTV001 Remove, replace and test non-electrical vehicle components and accessories

AURVTW007 Carry out oxyacetylene thermal heating and cutting on vehicle body sections

BSBWHS332X Apply infection prevention and control procedures to own work activities

MEM11011 Undertake manual handling*

MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

MEM16006 Organise and communicate information*

MEM18001 Use hand tools*

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT(S)
MEM05004 Perform routine oxy fuel gas welding	MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM11011 Undertake manual handling	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information
MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering
MEM24001B Perform basic penetrant testing	MEM18001C Use hand tools
MEM18001 Use hand tools	MEM11011 Undertake manual handling MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering MEM16006 Organise and communicate information

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR32116 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR32220 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who remove, install, repair and manage glazing technical operations of cars and other vehicles in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 30

15 core units, plus

15 elective units, of which:

all 15 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 6 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURACA103 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURVTG007 Clean vehicle glass surfaces

AURVTG101 Repair laminated glass windscreens

AURVTG102 Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens

AURVTG104 Remove and install direct glazed windscreens

AURVTG109 Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass

AURVTG110 Remove and install vehicle movable body glass

AURVTG112 Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens

AURVTG113 Remove and install large vehicle windscreens

AURVTN111 Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors

MSFGG3039 Manually move glass

Elective Units

AUMGTG001 Install fixed and movable glass components on vehicles

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURANN011 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs

AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURSAA001 Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace

AURSCA101 Select and supply automotive parts and products

AURSCA104 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations

AURVTA001 Prepare vehicles for customer use

AURVTG008 Cut and process vehicle and machinery flat laminated glass

AURVTG011 Install side vehicle windows

AURVTG103 Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens

AURVTG105 Remove and install framed type windscreens

AURVTN135 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs

AURVTP002 Mask vehicle panels and components

AURVTT007 Clean plastic trim and fittings of vehicles

AURVTT008 Clean vehicle interior trim

AURVTV001 Remove, replace and test non-electrical vehicle components and accessories

BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities

BSBWHS311 Assist with maintaining workplace safety

BSBXTW301 Work in a team

MSFGG3039 Manually move glass

SIRRINV002 Control stock

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR32216 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR32320 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. AURVTT119 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTT019 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who manufacture, repair and maintain trim components of a range of motor vehicles, marine craft, recreational and other vehicles in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 30

12 core units, plus

18 elective units, of which:

all 18 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 5 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

AURVTN135 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs

AURVTS006 Fabricate automotive and marine trim components

AURVTT002 Carry out repairs and alterations to automotive and marine trim

AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components

AURVTT004 Trim vehicle components

AURVTT005 Select trim and fabric materials

AURVTT012 Conduct sewing operations

AURVTT121 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work

Elective Units

AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles

AUMGTS004 Fabricate parts for vehicle sub-assemblies

AURAAA002 Determine retail rates for automotive products and services

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURVTA002 Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems

AURVTN111 Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors

AURVTP002 Mask vehicle panels and components

AURVTP005 Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials to vehicle body components

AURVTP008 Clean and polish vehicle paint surfaces

AURVTP019 Prepare and paint plastic and composite vehicle surfaces

AURVTP107 Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage

AURVTS104 Repair vehicle composite material components

AURVTT009 Remove and replace vehicle and vessel seats and fittings

AURVTT010 Remove and manufacture or repair vehicle head lining

AURVTT013 Fabricate and fit loose and fitted covers to vehicle seats and components

AURVTT014 Fabricate and fit marine covers

AURVTT015 Fabricate and install canvas products for automotive and marine components

AURVTT017 Fabricate and install automotive and marine floor coverings

AURVTT018 Fabricate and install automotive and marine soft top hoods

AURVTT119 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains

AURVTT020 Select and use leather in automotive and marine trimming

AURVTV001 Remove, replace and test non-electrical vehicle components and accessories

AURVTW006 Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

MSFUP3001 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture

MSTLG3001 Make a prototype

MSTTF2002 Cut, bend and shape metal

MSTTF2012 Stitch by hand

MSTTF2015 Install products on and off site

MSTTF3002 Gain customer acceptance of service proposal

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR32316 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR32420 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who paint, refinish, repair and maintain painted surfaces on a range of automotive vehicles, recreational vehicles and other vehicles in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 30

18 core units, plus

12 elective units, of which:

all 12 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 5 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAFA108 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURVTP002 Mask vehicle panels and components

AURVTP006 Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces

AURVTP019 Prepare and paint plastic and composite vehicle surfaces

AURVTP020 De-nib, buff and polish vehicle painted surfaces

AURVTP101 Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces

AURVTP103 Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use

AURVTP104 Apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes

AURVTP110 Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment

AURVTP113 Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing

AURVTP114 Colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components

AURVTP115 Match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components

AURVTP117 Rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems

AURVTP123 Apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components

AURVTP124 Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components

AURVTP125 Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates

Elective Units

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURVTA001 Prepare vehicles for customer use

AURVTA003 Inspect vehicle paint, trim and accessories and recommend repair procedures

AURVTN005 Remove and replace adhesive attached components on vehicles

AURVTN017 Repair vehicle thermoplastic body panels and components

AURVTN132 Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures

AURVTN135 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs

AURVTP026 Apply basic airbrush techniques to vehicle body panels

AURVTP107 Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage

AURVTP109 Apply vehicle body film wrapping

AURVTP111 Apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components

AURVTP112 Apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials

AURVTP116 Rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems

AURVTP118 Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems

AURVTP128 Carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification. Supersedes and is not equivalent to AUR32416 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR32518 Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 3	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Minor update to qualification to include additional elective units.
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following unit added to the elective bank: AURLTJ104 Provide advice on the effects of light vehicle wheel and tyre combinations.
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of services and repairs on tyres, wheels, steering, suspension and brakes. It applies to those working in the light vehicle automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

13 core units, plus

15 elective units, of which:

up to 15 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title	Pre-requisite unit
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURLTB003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURLTD004	Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems
AURLTD005	Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems
AURLTJ011	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTJ013	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURLTQ012	Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTJ011	Balance wheels and tyres
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title	Pre-requisite unit
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURETD011	Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR136	Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems
AURLLD011	Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications
AURLTD006	Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURLTD008	Replace and refit steering, suspension and braking system components
AURLTD013	Carry out advanced light vehicle wheel alignment operations	AURLTD006
AURLTJ104	Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations
AURLTX013	Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTB013	Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors
AURTTB015	Assemble and fit braking system components
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTJ012	Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTX015	Inspect and service clutch systems
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTN043	Install external vehicle equipment
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding
AURVTW018	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

Qualification Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence Status
AUR32518 Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology	AUR32516 Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology	Qualification updated to reflect updates to core and elective bank of units	Not equivalent

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR32721 Certificate III in Automotive Electric Vehicle Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Services and Repair Training Package Version 7.1. Correction to Packaging Rules total number of units required.
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Services and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who service, diagnose and repair battery electric vehicles and components in the automotive, service and repair industry who carry out work according to Australian Standards (AS) 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification considerations

Licensing, legislative and certification requirements may apply to this qualification but vary between states, territories and industry sectors.

Licensing requirements relating to handling refrigerants are governed by the Australian Refrigeration Council.

Users are advised to check with the relevant state/territory jurisdiction or industry body for current requirements.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 29

16 core units plus

13 elective units, of which:

all units in one of the Specialist elective Groups A or B below must be chosen

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

all may be from the General Elective Group C units listed below

up to 3 may be from elsewhere in this or any other currently endorsed Certificate III or above training package qualification or accredited course.

Elective units must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid industry-supported vocational outcome.

Specialisations

Specialisation in this qualification is mandatory. The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

AUR32721 Certificate III in Automotive Electric Vehicle Technology (Light Vehicle)

AUR32721 Certificate III in Automotive Electric Vehicle Technology (Heavy Vehicle)

Packaging rules to achieve a specialisation

Light Vehicle

Complete all units from Group A – Light Vehicle

Heavy Vehicle

Complete all units from Group B – Heavy Vehicle

Core units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles*

AURETH104 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles

AURETH105 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

AURETH106 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles*

AURETH107 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles*

AURETH108 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle*

AURETH109 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles*

AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Group A - Light Vehicle

AURETH103 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

AURTTJ011 Balance wheels and tyres

Group B - Heavy Vehicle

AURETH015 Diagnose, remove and replace heavy electric vehicle rechargeable energy storage system

AURHTB101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems

AURHTD102 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems

AURHTD103 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

AURHTQ103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies

Group C - General Electives

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

AURAKA001 Use information technology systems

AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs

AURETD101 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

AURETR028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

AURETR120 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

AURETR143 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

AURETR149 Apply knowledge of ADAS technology to vehicle pre-repair scans

AURETR236 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

AURLTD002 Service and repair light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems

AURLTD101 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products

AURLTD106 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations

AURLTQ102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace

AURVTN104 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components

AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNITS
AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH103 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH106 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH107 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH108 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH109 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR40116 Certificate IV in Automotive Management

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform management roles in an automotive retail, service and repair environment.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

6 core units, plus

4 elective units, of which:

up to 4 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA003	Build customer relations in an automotive workplace
AURAEA004	Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAMA004	Maintain business image in an automotive workplace
AURAMA005	Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace
BSBSMB407	Manage a small team
BSBWHS401	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAAA002	Determine retail rates for automotive products and services
AURAKA002	Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace
AURALA001	Comply with legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace
AURAMA003	Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace
AURAQA003	Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace
AURATA005	Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs
BSBITS401	Maintain business technology
BSBLDR402	Lead effective workplace relationships
BSBSMB406	Manage small business finances
BSBWOR404	Develop work priorities
FNSASIC302	Develop, present and negotiate client solutions
TAEDEL404	Mentor in the workplace

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR40112 Certificate IV in Automotive Management

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR40216 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0. Release created to reflect updated units of competency.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform advanced diagnostic tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking the Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis must have completed an automotive mechanical Certificate III qualification, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

1 core unit, plus

9 elective units, of which:

up to 9 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURTTA021	Diagnose complex system faults

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURETH003	Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH004	Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH005	Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH006	Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH007	Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH008	Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	AURETH001
AURETH009	Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001 AURETR025
AURETH010	Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles	AURETR025
AURETR037	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems
AURETU006	Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURHTB106	Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems
AURHTD106	Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems
AURHTE103	Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines
AURHTX106	Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems
AURJTD105	Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems
AURJTE102	Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems
AURKTA109	Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems
AURKTB103	Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems
AURKTD105	Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems
AURKTX103	Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems
AURLTB104	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems
AURLTD109	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems
AURLTE104	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines
AURLTE105	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines
AURLTX104	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems
AURMTA007	Conduct non-destructive testing
AURMTE001	Test engines using a dynamometer
AURMTF001	Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems
AURMTF002	Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems
AURMTQ001	Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems
AURTTA125	Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems
AURTTA026	Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems
AURTTL111	Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems
AURTTL112	Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems
AURTTL113	Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems
AURTTR101	Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR40212 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR40320 Certificate IV in Motor Sport Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURMMA005 Manage team pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events AURMMA006 Develop and implement race strategies for motor sport events AURTTX010 Overhaul hydrostatic transmissions. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform as team leaders and supervisors in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking the Certificate IV in Motorsport Technology must have completed AUR30920 Certificate III in Motor Sport Technology or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

1 core unit, plus

9 elective units, of which:

all 9 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

BSBWHS411 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs

Elective Units

AURAMA006 Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

AURLTB001 Overhaul light vehicle braking system components

AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

AURLTQ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies

AURLTQ102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts

AURLTX101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions

AURMCA101 Manage motor sport team media liaison

AURMCA102 Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing

AURMGA102 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment

AURMKA001 Manage motor sport data

AURMMA102 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles

AURMMA103 Manage motor sport operations

AURMMA104 Manage motor sport team development

AURMTA007 Conduct non-destructive testing

AURMTA008 Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles

AURMTA103 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components

AURMTA109 Collect and log motor sport data

AURMTD001 Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer

AURMTD002 Prepare competition vehicle suspension

AURMTE101 Test engines using a dynamometer

AURMTF001 Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems

AURMTF002 Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems

AURMTJ001 Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels

AURMTQ101 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems

AURTTA121 Diagnose complex system faults

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

AURTTD005 Overhaul steering system components

AURTTE005 Overhaul engines

AURTTF003 Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components

AURTTF007 Overhaul carburettor fuel system components

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

AURTTF106 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems

AURTTQ004 Overhaul final drive assemblies

AURTTX007 Overhaul clutch assemblies

AURTTX008 Overhaul manual transmissions

AURTTX009 Overhaul automatic transmissions

AURTTX011 Overhaul torque converters

MEM30012A Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment

SISSPAR006 Prepare and present athlete sponsorship proposals

SITXMPR006 Obtain and manage sponsorship

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR40316 Certificate IV in Motorsport Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR40520 Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of high-level evaluation and assessment functions in the vehicle loss assessing industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing must have completed one of the following automotive Certificate III qualifications or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

AUR30320 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology

AUR30620 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology

AUR31120 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology

AUR32120 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology

AUR32420 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 17

11 core units

6 elective units, of which:

all 6 elective units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 3 elective units may be from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURVLA001 Identify and report vehicle claim fraud indicators

AURVNA001 Provide vehicle loss assessments and identify repair requirements

AURVNA002 Provide vehicle total loss assessments

AURVNA003 Review vehicle repair quotations

AURVNA004 Apply insurance industry knowledge to vehicle loss assessments

AURVNA005 Inspect quality of vehicle repair work

AURVNA006 Identify and value vehicle salvage

AURVNA008 Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessments

AURVNA107 Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments

AURVNN101 Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements

AURVNP101 Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements

Elective Units

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAEA004 Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAKA001 Use information technology systems

AURAMA005 Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace

AURVTA104 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs

BSBCUE405 Survey stakeholders to gather and record information

BSBLDR413 Lead effective workplace relationships

BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities

BSBSTR402 Implement continuous improvement

BSBTWK401 Build and maintain business relationships

BSBWHS311 Assist with maintaining workplace safety

FNSPIM410 Collect, assess and use information

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR40514 Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR40620 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Minor update to qualification to include additional elective units.
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURTTL010 Install LPG, CNG and LNG electrical control equipment. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who work as master diagnostic technicians the automotive service and repair industry; servicing, diagnosing and repairing vehicle electrical systems and components. A range of advanced electrical diagnostic skills and knowledge is necessary, and leadership and supervision of others would be expected.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology must have completed AUR30320 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

1 core unit, plus

9 elective units, of which:

all 9 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 3 units may be from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Specialisations

Any combination of elective units that meets the packaging rules above can be selected for the award of the Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology. Where relevant, the choice of elective units set out in those packaging rules can serve to provide the qualification with one of the following specialisations. The rules to achieve a specialisation are detailed below.

The achievement of a specialisation will be identified on testamurs as follows:

Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology (Battery Electric Vehicle)

Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology (Hybrid Electric Vehicle).

Battery Electric Vehicle specialisation

Complete at least 6 units in Specialist Elective Unit Group A, noting the prerequisite unit requirements of some units in this stream.

Hybrid Electric Vehicle specialisation

Complete all units listed in Specialist Elective Unit Group B, noting the prerequisite unit requirements of some units in this stream.

Core Units

AURTTA021 Diagnose complex system faults

Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Battery electric vehicles

AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles*

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETH103 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles*

AURETH104 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles

AURETH105 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

AURETH106 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles*

AURETH107 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles*

AURETH108 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle*

AURETH109 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles*

Group B: Hybrid electric vehicles

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles*

AURETH110 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles*

General Elective Units

AURAEA003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAFA007 Develop and document specifications and procedures

AURAFA106 Conduct research and present technical reports

AURAKA002 Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace

AURANN011 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs

AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace

AURAQA003 Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace

AURATA004 Provide technical guidance

AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs

AURETB101 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems

AURETH015 Diagnose, remove and replace heavy electric vehicle rechargeable energy storage systems

AURETH016 Diagnose and repair complex faults in battery electric vehicle powertrains

AURETH114 Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems

AURETR033 Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications

AURETR034 Develop and apply electrical system modifications

AURETR104 Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETR137 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems

AURETR138 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

AURETR139 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems

AURETR140 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems

AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURETU106 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

AURTNA001 Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications

AURTTA017 Carry out vehicle safety inspections

AURTTA126 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

AURTTE001 Apply knowledge of engine science

BSBHRM413 Support the learning and development of teams and individuals

BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities

BSBSTR401 Promote innovation in team environments

BSBWHS411 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction

TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS QUALIFICATION	PREREQUISITE UNIT(S)
AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles	AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles	AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles
AURETH103 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH106 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH107 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH108 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH109 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETH110 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles	AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR40616 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR40720 Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package version 7.0. The following elective unit of competency has been reinstated as directed by the AISC: AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing workplace.
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing workplace. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform as a team leader or workplace manager in the automotive body repair and refinishing sector. A wide range of technical skills, knowledge, leadership and supervision of others is expected.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology must have completed one of the following automotive Certificate III qualifications or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

AUR32120 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology

AUR32220 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology

AUR32320 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology

AUR32420 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

6 core units, plus

4 elective units, of which

all 4 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURAEA003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

AURAMA005 Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace

AURANN011 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs

AURVNA005 Inspect quality of vehicle repair work

AURVTN132 Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures

AURVTN135 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs

Elective Units

AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing workplace

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURVNA003 Review vehicle repair quotations

AURVNA008 Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessments

AURVNA107 Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments

AURVNN101 Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements

AURVNP101 Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements

AURVTA002 Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems

AURVTA104 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs

BSBINS309 Maintain business records

BSBLDR413 Lead effective workplace relationships

BSBTWK401 Build and maintain business relationships

BSBWHS411 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs

MSS403086 Improve cost factors in work practices

TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace

TLIL4005 Apply conflict/grievance resolution strategies

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR40718 Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR40820 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0
Release 2	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURHTB004 Overhaul air braking system components AURTTX010 Overhaul hydrostatic transmissions. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform advanced troubleshooting and repair tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling must have completed an automotive mechanical Certificate III qualification or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

1 core unit, plus

9 elective units, of which:

all 9 units may be from the elective units listed below

up to 2 units may be from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course.

Elective units chosen must be relevant to the work environment and the qualification, maintain the overall integrity of the AQF alignment, not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification, and contribute to a valid vocational outcome.

Core Units

AURTTA121 Diagnose complex system faults

Elective Units

AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators

AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors

AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors

AURHTB003 Overhaul hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components

AURHTD104 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations

AURLTB001 Overhaul light vehicle braking system components

AURLTD106 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations

AURMTA007 Conduct non-destructive testing

AURMTE101 Test engines using a dynamometer

AURPTE104 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines

AURRTE011 Overhaul two and four-stroke cycle marine outboard engines

AURTTD005 Overhaul steering system components

AURTTE005 Overhaul engines

AURTTF003 Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components

AURTTF007 Overhaul carburettor fuel system components

AURTTM001 Operate and monitor computer numerical control machines

AURTTM002 Repair bearing tunnels and connecting rods in engines

AURTTM003 Apply metal to rebuild engine components

AURTTM004 Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies

AURTTM005 Balance rotating and reciprocating engine components

AURTTM006 Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components

AURTTM007 Carry out crankshaft grinding

AURTTM008 Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies

AURTTM009 Fit sleeves and bore and hone engine cylinders

AURTTM010 Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components

AURTTM011 Recondition engine cylinder heads

AURTTQ004 Overhaul final drive assemblies

AURTTW003 Carry out machining operations

AURTTX007 Overhaul clutch assemblies

AURTTX008 Overhaul manual transmissions

AURTTX009 Overhaul automatic transmissions

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AUR40816 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR50116 Diploma of Automotive Management

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 2	Removal of deleted imported units within elective bank.
Release 1	New qualifications.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who undertake leadership and management roles in the automotive industry. It is suitable for entry into senior management roles in all sectors of the automotive industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

6 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate IV qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA004	Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAMA005	Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace
AURAMA006	Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace
BSBFIM501	Manage budgets and financial plans
BSBMGT502	Manage people performance
BSBWHS501	Ensure a safe workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAAA002	Determine retail rates for automotive products and services
BSBCUS501	Manage quality customer service
BSBFIA401	Prepare financial reports
BSBFRA403	Manage relationship with franchisor
BSBHRM405	Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff
BSBHRM505	Manage remuneration and employee benefits
BSBINN502	Build and sustain an innovative work environment
BSBLED401	Develop teams and individuals
BSBMGT517	Manage operational plan
BSBMKG523	Design and develop an integrated marketing communication plan
BSBPUR402	Negotiate contracts
BSBWOR501	Manage personal work priorities and professional development
BSBWOR502	Lead and manage team effectiveness
TLIA4005	Check and evaluate records and documentation
TLIA5058	Manage facility and inventory requirements

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR50112 Diploma of Automotive Management

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUR50216 Diploma of Automotive Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 4	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.1. The following elective units of competency have been deleted as directed by the AISC: AURHTX005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems AURJTA003 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems AURJTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle braking systems AURJTD006 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems AURJTR001 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems AURKTA006 Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems AURKTA007 Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems AURKTD003 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems AURKTD004 Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems AURKTE001 Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant engine and fuel systems AURKTX002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems AURRTA007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hydraulic systems AURRTA008 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hull performance and stability systems AURRTE012 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine engine and powerhead systems AURRTX005 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine transmission systems AURTTA023 Develop and apply hydraulic system modifications AURTTA024 Develop and apply pneumatic system modifications AURTTL015 Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications. The above training products were identified as having zero enrolments over a three year period.
Release 3	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0. Release created to reflect updated units of competency.
Release 2	Update of imported unit in elective bank.
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who diagnose, analyse, evaluate, design and modify vehicle systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking the Diploma of Automotive Technology must have completed an automotive Certificate IV qualification in one of the following disciplines, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

AUR40216 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis

AUR40816 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

1 core unit, plus

11 elective units, of which:

up to 11 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate IV qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA007	Develop and document specifications and procedures

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA006	Conduct research and present technical reports
AURETA001	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems
AURETA002	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems
AURETA003	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems
AURETA004	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems
AURETA005	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems
AURETA006	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETB002	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems
AURETE001	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems
AURETH013	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems
AURETR033	Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications
AURETR034	Develop and apply electrical system modifications
AURETX001	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems
AURHTB005	Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems
AURHTD005	Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems
AURHTE004	Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems
AURKTB002	Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems
AURLTB002	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems
AURLTD007	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems
AURLTE003	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems
AURLTQ003	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems
AURTNA001	Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications
AURTTA022	Develop and apply mechanical system modifications
AURTTL014	Analyse and evaluate faults in gas fuel systems
AURVTN134	Evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMENV672	Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR50212 Diploma of Automotive Technology

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSS00063 Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnose and Repair Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSS00034 Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnose and Repair Skill Set. Edited to better reflect industry requirements and increase consistency of language with other skill sets.
Release 2	Minor change resulting in the addition of the AUR31220 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology to the Pathways Information section.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge to diagnose and repair battery electric vehicle (BEV) systems for a range of purposes required in an automotive retail, service and repair industry context.

Pathways Information

This skill set is limited to those who have completed one of the following qualifications:

AUR30320 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology or equivalent

AUR30620 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology or equivalent

AUR31120 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology or equivalent

AUR31220 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology, or equivalent. (Graduates of the EWP stream must have completed AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems and AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems)

The units provide credit towards AUR40620 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology, AUR32721 Certificate III in Automotive Electric Vehicle Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this skill set. Users are advised to check with the relevant jurisdiction/s for current requirements.

Skill Set Requirements

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETH104 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles

AURETH105 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

AURETH106 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles *

AURETH108 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicles *

AURETH109 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles *

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS SKILL SET	PREREQUISITE UNIT
AURETH106 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH108 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH109 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals with existing automotive technology skills and knowledge, who work in automotive mechanical or electrical technical contexts, and who are looking to upskill in the area of BEVs.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package meet industry requirements for BEV technicians in automotive workplace contexts.

AURSS00064 Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSS00035 Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set. Edited to better reflect industry requirements and increase consistency of language with other skill sets.
Release 2	Minor change resulting in the addition of the AUR31220 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology to the Pathways Information section.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge to inspect and service battery electric vehicle (BEV) systems for a range of purposes required in an automotive retail, service and repair industry context.

Pathways Information

This skill set is limited to those who have completed one of the following qualifications:

AUR30320 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology or equivalent

AUR30620 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology or equivalent

AUR31120 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology or equivalent

AUR31220 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology, or equivalent. (Graduates of the EWP stream must have completed AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems and AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems)

The units provide credit towards AUR40620 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology, AUR32721 Certificate III in Automotive Electric Vehicle Technology and other qualifications that allow for selection of these units.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this skill set. Users are advised to check with the relevant jurisdiction/s for current requirements.

Skill Set Requirements

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles *

AURETH103 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles *

AURETH107 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation in safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles *

*Note the following prerequisite unit requirements.

UNIT IN THIS SKILL SET	PREREQUISITE UNIT(S)
AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH103 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH107 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation in safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Target Group

This skill set is for individuals with existing automotive technology skills and knowledge, who work in automotive mechanical or electrical technical contexts, and who are looking to upskill in the area of BEVs.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package meet industry requirements for BEV technicians in automotive workplace contexts.

AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify customer needs and enquiries and provide effective information and advice when supplying automotive products and services.

The unit applies to those working in an automotive workplace.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS Elements describe the essential outcomes.	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify customer need or enquiry regarding product or service	1.1 Greet customer according to workplace procedures and customer service standards 1.2 Identify and clarify customer requirement relating to specific product or service 1.3 Provide referrals to personnel where customer need or enquiry is outside scope of own responsibility or authority in line with workplace procedures
2. Provide information and advice to customer	2.1 Provide information that addresses customer need or enquiry in a timely, efficient and courteous manner to build a positive relationship and customer loyalty 2.2 Ask questions to confirm that information satisfies customer need or enquiry 2.3 Identify outstanding customer requirements and address promptly in a courteous and discreet manner, or refer to personnel in line with workplace procedures
3. Finalise customer contact	3.1 Seek customer feedback about product or service and record as required according to workplace procedures 3.2 Complete follow-up action effectively according to workplace procedures and timeframes 3.3 Address customer complaints or dissatisfaction or escalate to personnel according to workplace procedures 3.4 Conclude interaction with customer in line with workplace procedures and customer service standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Speaks clearly to be understood, using required automotive workplace terms Uses required visual gestures to assist customer understanding Listens effectively, giving feedback to customer to confirm clear understanding.
Writing	Fills out workplace documentation legibly Provides information or records customer requirements in relevant forms or documentation.
Planning and organising	Sets and monitors timeframes or schedules relating to customer service.
Problem solving	Identifies own role and responsibilities in the workplace Follows workplace procedures for responding to customer enquiries.
Technology	Operates telephone systems and other communication equipment Operates computer systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURACA001 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURACA101 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify needs or enquiries of at least three different customers with different requirements, including at least one dissatisfied customer

provide advice or information on automotive products and services to the above three customers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

workplace procedures required to respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace, including:

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures techniques for assisting customers, including:

effective questioning, including open and closed

active listening

building rapport

explaining clear options

making recommendations

finalising contact

storage of personal information

customer service standards and practices relevant to automotive workplaces, including:

greeting and farewelling customers

providing features and benefits of workplace product or service using clear, jargon-free language

discussing alternative products or services where required

recommending products or services suitable to customer requirements

recording customer requirements and enquiries

customer service delivery standards

contact and follow-up procedures

indicators of customer dissatisfaction, including verbal and non-verbal cues

techniques for resolving customer problems, including procedures for complaint escalation

key legal requirements relating to customer rights as a consumer, and business obligations under Australian Consumer Law (ACL)

procedures for making referrals relating to:

customer dissatisfaction

suppliers of other products and services

key features and benefits of workplace-specific products and services

techniques for undertaking basic calculations to provide information to customers relating to quantities, timeframes, and delivery of automotive products and services.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having responded to customer needs and enquiries, e.g. complaints register.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

three different customers with different requirements, including one dissatisfied customer.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURACA102 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage and assist customers with complex automotive industry product or service requirements. It involves confirming customer needs, suggesting options and providing costs, and determining a course of action for customers with complex requirements.

The unit applies to those in customer service sales and administrative roles in an automotive workplace.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm customer requirements	1.1 Use collaborative techniques, including active listening and questioning, to elicit, clarify and confirm customer requirements 1.2 Document customer requirements clearly and legibly according to workplace procedures and organisational legal requirements 1.3 Obtain customer acknowledgement and confirmation of the documented requirements
2. Advise customer of available options	2.1 Generate viable options in response to customer needs and workplace legal requirements according to workplace procedures 2.2 Research further information as required to confirm or clarify options 2.3 Explain and discuss options with customer to assist informed decision making 2.4 Provide supporting information as required to assist customer understanding 2.5 Communicate sales or service conditions verbally or through written correspondence according to workplace procedures
3. Agree action plan with customer	3.1 Detail and document customer’s preferred option in action plan 3.2 Gain customer commitment to agreed action plan according to workplace procedures 3.3 Provide assistance in completing relevant documentation to customers as required 3.4 Seek customer feedback on services provided

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Uses customer feedback and experience to inform future options and customer dealings.
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and percentages, to determine price and timeframes suitable to customer options.
Oral communication	Summarises and presents key information in presenting options to customers Relates to people from diverse backgrounds using clear language and tone, and unambiguous terminology.
Reading	Interprets sales or service conditions relating to workplace products and services Identifies and reviews information about product and service options that meet customer needs.
Planning and organising	Uses a planned approach to sequence and schedule customer requirements in the action plan.
Problem solving	Develops solutions unique to a customer and their issue Uses conflict resolution techniques to avoid escalation of issues.
Technology	Uses general office equipment Uses digital systems and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURACA002 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURACA102 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop an action plan for at least three different customers with different complex requirements relating to automotive products or services, which must include:

costing details

quotation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

negotiation, communication and problem-solving techniques, including:

active listening

questioning techniques

interpreting body language

negotiating or closing a deal

types of complex customer requirements relating to:

cost requirements

warranty requirements

customised, bespoke, or unusual requirements

special timeframes

availability of parts or components

requirements of special or important customers

complex technical problems

matters involving more than one solution or area of service

needs of customers dissatisfied with previously provided product or service

complex financial or insurance arrangements

key legal requirements relating to customer rights as a consumer, and business obligations under Australian Consumer Law (ACL), including:

antidiscrimination

equal opportunity

privacy and confidentiality

consumer protection and rights

freedom of information

industry codes of practice and ethical principles, including duty of care and consumer access to appeal processes

parameters to consider in viable options for customer needs, including:

benefits

timeframes

approximate costs

requirements in a document action plan, including:

agreed delivery timeframe

agreed cost

workplace policies and procedures relating to:

customer service

feedback and complaints handling

quality requirements

documentation and recording procedures

digital security and record keeping

detailed automotive product and service knowledge relevant to workplace, manufacturers or suppliers

methods to locate and interpret information required to manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace, including:

information provided by customer

manufacturer and supplier specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

internet and social media

workplace procedures

workplace procedures required to manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace, including:

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed complex customer issues in an automotive workplace, e.g. complaints register.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to customer service

three different customers with different complex requirements

commercially realistic workplace with manufacturer and/or supplier product or service information

computer hardware and software and general office equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURACA103 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain a customer database, monitor existing customer service processes and operations, and identify opportunities to value add to customer experiences in an automotive workplace.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive vehicle or component sales and service environment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Maintain customer database	1.1 Upload information relating to new customers regularly to database according to workplace procedures 1.2 Update information relating to existing customers regularly to maintain relevance and currency of database 1.3 Access and analyse information relating to customers and their sales and service history
2. Determine customer value-adding opportunities	2.1 Monitor customer needs and value-adding opportunities regularly via information accessible on the company database and through informal channels 2.2 Assess current automotive products and services against customer needs 2.3 Document and report trends in customer service needs and value-adding opportunities to supervisor
3. Contribute to workplace business operations	3.1 Review customer service operations with supervisor to check alignment with current customer service requirements 3.2 Make recommendations for changes to customer service operations following consultation with supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets textual and numerical information in automotive product and service documentation.
Writing	Structures customer service reports logically using required data and effective spelling and grammar.
Oral communication	Explains clearly customer needs and product and service information.
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information relating to percentages and trends over time in workplace databases, charts and documentation.
Problem solving	Interprets information and recommends improvements to customer service.
Technology	Operates workplace business technology records customer feedback and profile in a logical sequence within workplace database.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURACA003 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURACA103 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

update and maintain a customer database according to workplace procedures

provide a report that shows evidence of monitoring and reviewing information relating to customer needs and value-adding opportunities

provide evidence of conducting one of the following activities to address customer service standards and requirements:

staff or team meeting

staff or team training session

staff or team information session

staff or team member feedback or review.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to build customer relations in an automotive workplace, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to build customer relations in an automotive workplace, including:

documentation procedures

procedures for using workplace databases, including:

accessing database and entering data

developing and maintaining customer profiles

retrieving data

analysing data, including basic statistical processes, including mean, median and mode

presenting data, including tables and graphs

customer service principles and practices relevant to automotive workplaces, including:

recording customer requirements and enquiries

contact and follow-up procedures

feedback and complaints handling, including feedback surveys

techniques for value adding to customer services, including creating positive consumer experiences through customer-centred approaches

procedures for comparing actual customer service operations against expected operations.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to customer relationship building activities in an automotive workplace, e.g. customer feedback surveys.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources should be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

office equipment, computer and database software

customer database containing customer information and data

workplace procedures relating to customer service and use of database.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to communicate in an automotive workplace. It involves communicating effectively by conveying and receiving information using verbal and non-verbal techniques and correct automotive technical terminology.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to communicate	1.1 Establish purpose of communication and identify required information 1.2 Interpret and examine non-verbal information, as required 1.3 Choose communication method to suit audience and purpose 1.4 Prepare relevant information and prioritise in a logical manner
2. Participate in routine verbal communication	2.1 Verbally exchange information using language, tone and pace suited to audience and purpose 2.2 Use automotive terminology, including vehicle and component descriptions, accurately and according to industry conventions 2.3 Conduct verbal exchanges with others in a courteous and professional manner, according to workplace communication protocols. 2.4 Use active listening and questioning techniques to clarify and confirm understanding 2.5 Clearly express own opinions and listen to the opinions of others without interruption
3. Carry out routine communications	3.1 Use written and other non-verbal communication techniques to convey accurate and factual information according to workplace communication protocols. 3.2 Clarify intended meaning with recipients 3.3 Use workplace communication devices required for the task according to equipment specifications and workplace procedures
4. Contribute to workplace communication	4.1 Respond to requests for information from colleagues in a timely manner 4.2 Contribute to work group activities and meetings 4.3 Clarify instructions from supervisor or colleagues 4.4 Seek feedback from supervisor or colleagues and incorporate into own communication

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets instructions and requirements in written automotive workplace material.
Digital literacy	Uses digital systems and tools to: communicate with others access, extract, organise and present information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURAFA003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA103 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

exchange verbal information regarding work task with colleague

exchange verbal information regarding work task with supervisor

request verbal clarification of work task from supervisor

request information from external customer using the telephone

request information from external customer using email.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

common automotive technical terms and their application to an automotive workplace

active listening and questioning techniques

verbal communication techniques, including:

one-on-one

group and team interactions

collaborative and inclusive techniques for interacting with others, including techniques appropriate to differing ages, cultural backgrounds and special needs

workplace forms and documents in electronic or hard copy, including:

workplace instructions or work orders

manufacturer service, repair and equipment manuals

types of non-verbal communication techniques, including:

visual gestures and sign language

body language

signage

workplace procedures and requirements relating to:

workplace document style, format and layout

use of communication systems, including email, telephone, intercom and social media

reporting

types of communication devices in automotive workplaces

operating features of communication devices, including:

computers and tablets with email

intercoms and two-way radios

telephone systems, including mobile phones.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having communicated effectively in the automotive workplace, e.g. emails, text messages, or written documentation of conversations.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

supervisor, colleagues and customers with whom to communicate in verbal and written exchanges

workplace communication devices, including a telephone system and computer.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and resolve routine basic problems commonly encountered in an automotive workplace. It involves developing and implementing solutions to identified problems and reporting on their effectiveness.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify the problem	1.1 Identify early indicators of problems according to workplace procedures 1.2 Confirm existence of problem according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify information regarding problem according to workplace procedures
2. Develop, implement and evaluate solution	2.1 Identify a range of possible methods for resolving the problem according to workplace procedures 2.2 Analyse strengths and weaknesses of each option 2.3 Identify and implement optimal solution according to workplace procedures 2.4 Compare effectiveness of chosen solution against other identified options
3. Assist others to identify and resolve problems	3.1 Provide assistance to help others identify routine problems according to workplace procedures 3.2 Discuss problems and potential solutions with others 3.3 Use information gathered through discussion to help resolve problems.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Reviews own skills required to perform routine problem solving Identifies learning opportunities to gain skills required to solve routine problems. Reflects on actions and outcomes during routine problem-solving activities, recognising and correcting errors Draws on knowledge to identify routine problems and potential solutions.
Reading	Selects and applies workplace procedures and other written documentation found in the automotive workplace to solve routine problems.
Oral communication	Speaks clearly to be understood and uses automotive workplace terms Uses non-verbal feedback to support effective communication Listens to others and gives feedback to the sender to confirm clear understanding.
Teamwork	Applies knowledge of own role to effectively support team activities and tasks.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURAFA004 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA104 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and resolve at least three routine problems in an automotive workplace, each caused by a different one of the following causes:

inaccurate or outdated workplace procedure

internal changes to work conditions or environment

external changes to work conditions or environment

additional or non-standard work activities.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

workplace procedures relating to routine problem identification and resolution strategies

problem solving methods and techniques, including:

brainstorming

root cause analysis

trial and error approach

problem cause and effect strategies.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having solved routine basic problems in their automotive workplace, e.g. workplace memos.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to employee participation in problem solving activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA105 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to complete standard automotive industry forms that accurately convey meaning and information.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The unit includes routine workplace texts for different purposes, including industry-related forms.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to complete routine automotive workplace text	1.1 Identify purpose and audience for routine automotive text 1.2 Identify and confirm due date, relevant organisation, and method of lodgement with supervisor 1.3 Gather information required to complete the text according to workplace procedures
2. Finalise draft of written text	2.1 Draft text according to workplace procedures 2.2 Clarify queries or concerns about information required in the text with required internal or external personnel 2.3 Review text for accuracy and meaning 2.4 Collect and attach supporting documentation or information according to workplace procedures 2.5 Obtain signatory requirements according to workplace procedures
3. Submit text	3.1 Lodge routine text, supporting documentation, and any required payment according to workplace procedures 3.2 Verify receipt of text according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and applies workplace procedures Interprets technical information and instructions to determine requirements for written text.
Writing	Spells with reasonable accuracy Constructs text with reasonable accuracy of grammatical structure and punctuation Writes text legibly using required automotive terminology.
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and records it accurately in documentation.
Digital literacy	Uses digital systems and tools to access, filter, extract, organise and submit written text.
Self-management	Sequences task and follows workplace procedures for preparing and lodging written text.
Technology	Uses office equipment to lodge forms and copy or send written texts.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURAFA005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA105 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

write at least two short routine texts used in an automotive workplace for different audiences and purposes

complete and lodge at least one industry form with an external organisation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic principles of effective written communication, including:

differences between requirements for written as opposed to spoken English

purposes of written communication used in automotive workplaces

features of routine formal and informal workplace texts, including layout

writing strategies to complete routine workplace texts, including planning, drafting and reviewing

grammar and vocabulary sufficient to complete routine workplace texts legibly

writing conventions for routine workplace texts and forms

workplace procedures or style guides for preparing written texts, including:

protocols relating to workplace documentation, including emails and memos

workplace sign-off and approval processes relating to written texts

types, uses and layouts of industry forms, including:

forms from licensing and regulatory organisations

workplace-specific forms, including:

leave application forms

requisitions

time cards

electronic and manual lodgement processes.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having written a range of routine texts in an automotive workplace, e.g. workplace-specific documents and forms that they have completed.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace-specific documents that can be completed

writing equipment and materials

office equipment and communication devices

dictionaries or written language aids.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA106 Conduct research and present technical reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research technical subject matter and prepare and present a technical report of findings. It involves identifying and analysing research requirements, planning and conducting research, evaluating findings, and developing and presenting the technical report.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry at a specialist technician or manager level.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine research requirements	1.1 Define and confirm research purpose, objectives, limits, and timeframe 1.2 Prepare research outline according to research requirements and confirm with key stakeholders
2. Plan research	2.1 Develop systematic methodology for information collection 2.2 Identify, access and evaluate sources of research information according to research requirements 2.3 Develop research strategy, including data gathering and analysis methodologies according to research requirements 2.4 Identify and obtain resources required to support research activities
3. Conduct research	3.1 Carry out research according to established purpose, process and objectives 3.2 Collect and manipulate research data according to research requirements 3.3 Store research data for future reference according to workplace procedures
4. Analyse research information	4.1 Prepare research data for analysis 4.2 Analyse data according to workplace procedures 4.3 Draw and document conclusions, findings and recommendations from data analysis according to workplace procedures
5. Prepare and present research report	5.1 Prepare technical report and presentation materials according to report requirements and workplace standards 5.2 Present report according to workplace procedures 5.3 Store report and supporting resources according to information management protocols and workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates and analyses a range of technical information and documents relevant to work activities Develops strategies to research and write technical reports.
Reading	Interprets technical information, instructions and requirements Interprets graphical illustrations, technical information and terminology in manuals and textbooks.
Writing	Communicates ideas and information using relevant automotive terminology Prepares and presents textual and numerical information in technical reports.
Numeracy	Collects and analyses quantitative data Calculates mean, mode, median and percentages.
Oral communication	Clarifies and confirms report requirements, including target audience.
Organisation	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses workplace technology to access technical documents, including computerised technology.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURAFA006 Conduct research and prepare technical reports.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA106 Conduct research and present technical reports

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

research and prepare at least two different technical reports, in which the work must involve:

accessing and interpreting relevant automotive technical information

developing a research outline

undertaking detailed research of the subject area

analysing data

developing conclusions, findings and recommendations

presenting reports to intended target audience.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures relating to the research and presentation of technical reports, including:

agreed quality standards

information entry, management and storage

use of specialist or management summaries

compliance with protocols, conventions and legal requirements relating to acknowledgements and intellectual property

research methods, including:

qualitative, including:

participant observations

interviews

focus groups

desktop research

quantitative, including:

questionnaires

laboratory experiments

procedures for undertaking research, including:

planning the research, including:

identifying the problem

defining purpose and limits of the research

developing a research outline

sourcing information

designing the research, including:

methodology

data gathering

data analysis

conducting pilot studies

conducting the research, including data gathering and common testing procedures

drawing conclusions from data analysis, including findings and proposed actions or recommendations

preparing and presenting a technical report, including:

writing for a specific purpose

writing for a specific audience

using pictures and diagrams

using style guides.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to researching, preparing and presenting technical reports in the automotive workplace, e.g. technical reports and presentation notes.

Assessment must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

situations requiring research activities and technical report writing

range of reference materials relevant to technical research activities

commercially realistic number of co-workers to which the technical report may be presented.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA108 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to source, interpret and apply repair requirements from automotive workplace instructions and work orders. It involves following worksheets and work orders when conducting vehicle repairs.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop work plan for repair	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret repair information, including workplace and manufacturer procedures and specifications 1.3 Identify recommended repair procedures and prepare work plan according to workplace and manufacturer procedures and specifications
2. Initiate repairs	2.1 Identify tools and equipment required for servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 2.2 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures and specifications and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Report additional required work identified during repair process to supervisor and document according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Inspect completed work according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates a range of technical information required to conduct repair.
Reading	Accesses and interprets technical information and diagrammatic representations in written repair instructions and recommended repair procedures.
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning to clarify and confirm repair instructions.
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate manufacturers repair measurements and calibrations.
Planning and organising	Plans and sequence order of repair work Prepares work area and select equipment and materials prior to commencing repair work.
Technology	Uses workplace and specialist repair tools, equipment and measuring devices.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURAFA008 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA108 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

interpret at least three different sets of work orders for different types of automotive repairs and for each work order:

prepare a work plan

follow the prepared work plan and

recommend automotive repair procedures when carrying out the repair work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements, including procedures for working safely with system being repaired

automotive vehicle and repair terminology

symbols, codes, legends and diagrammatic representations included in workplace manuals and recommended repair specifications

repair work planning processes, including:

planning and sequencing tasks

preparing work area and selecting tools, materials and equipment

checking work against instructions and recommended repair specifications

methods to locate recommended repair specifications, including:

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications and procedures authorised agency requirements

use of specialist equipment

automotive workplace repair procedures relating to:

quality and continuous improvement processes

workplace instructions and work orders

equipment use, maintenance and storage

environmental management, including waste disposal, recycling and reuse guidelines.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having applied automotive repair instructions in the workplace, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

OEM or authorised agency’s recommended repair procedures

repair instructions and work orders

three different vehicles with repair requirements matched to work orders

tools and equipment relating to automotive repairs

workplace procedures relating to repair instructions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA110 Identify routine problems in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify routine basic problems commonly encountered in an automotive workplace. It involves identifying problems and proposing solutions to those problems.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify the problem	1.1 Identify early indicators of problems according to workplace procedures 1.2 Verify existence of problem according to workplace procedures 1.3 Gather information regarding problem according to workplace procedures
2. Develop, evaluate and communicate solution	2.1 Identify a range of possible methods for resolving the problem according to workplace procedures 2.2 Identify strengths and weaknesses of each option 2.3 Identify optimal solution according to workplace procedures 2.4 Communicate optimal solution to workplace personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Reviews own skills required to perform routine problem solving Identifies learning opportunities to gain skills required to solve routine problems Reflects on actions and outcomes during routine problem-solving activities, recognising and correcting errors Draws on prior knowledge to identify routine problems and potential solutions.
Reading	Selects and applies workplace procedures and other written documentation found in the automotive workplace to identify routine problems and propose solutions.
Writing	Completes workplace documentation, such as quality control sheets and graphs, problem solving checklists and reports.
Oral communication	Speaks clearly to be understood Speaks using automotive workplace terms Uses non-verbal feedback to support effective communication Listens to others and give feedback to the sender to confirm clear understanding.
Teamwork	Applies knowledge of own role to effectively support team activities and tasks.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA110 Identify routine problems in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify at least three routine problems in an automotive workplace caused by one of the following:

inaccurate or outdated workplace procedure

internal changes to work conditions or environment

external changes to work conditions or environment

additional or non-standard work activities.

in the course of the above work, identify at least one spillage or leakage.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

workplace procedures relating to problem identification and resolution strategies

problem solving methods and techniques, including:

brainstorming

root cause analysis

trial and error approach

problem cause and effect strategies

workplace reporting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having identified routine problems in an automotive workplace, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to problem identification and resolution strategies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAMA102 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to communicate business information effectively in verbal and written forms and through participating in meetings and presentations. It involves reaching agreement on work-related issues and formally communicating specific business information on a day-to-day basis using a range of communication devices and methods.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Communicate information verbally	1.1 Determine purpose of verbal communication and choose communication style to suit audience requirements and purpose 1.2 Deliver information verbally using clear, succinct and unambiguous language and required industry terminology 1.3 Question listeners to verify that information provided has been received and understood as required 1.4 Provide clarification, rephrasing or additional explanations as required 1.5 Listen to verbal information received from others carefully, and clarify and confirm with the speaker as required
2. Communicate information in writing	2.1 Determine purpose or objectives of written communication and choose communication style to suit audience and purpose 2.2 Draft written text using required vocabulary, grammatical structures and conventions 2.3 Structure text logically, format and present following workplace procedures 2.4 Check text to confirm that key messages are clear, succinct and unambiguous and meet intended purpose 2.5 Read written information received from others carefully and clarify information as required
3. Communicate in meeting	3.1 Identify purpose of meeting and clarify as required 3.2 Attend meeting and make positive contribution to outcomes according to workplace meeting procedures and own level of responsibility 3.3 Carry out own responsibilities relating to meeting outcomes according to workplace meeting procedures
4. Present information to others	4.1 Identify and clarify purpose for presenting information to others and features of the target audience 4.2 Plan information to be presented and organise logically 4.3 Identify and select resources needed to present information 4.4 Check resources prior to presenting information to ensure that they are functioning properly 4.5 Conduct presentation as planned and provide required responses to audience questions and feedback 4.6 Review audience feedback on presentation to improve future practice
5. Discuss and resolve a workplace issue	5.1 Analyse key factors and issues relating to a workplace issue 5.2 Plan key discussion points and suitable approach to discussion 5.3 Conduct discussion according to planned approach with solutions or outcomes acceptable to both parties negotiated and agreed 5.4 Carry out required follow-up action according to workplace procedures and further discussions with other parties conducted as required 5.5 Document solutions or outcomes according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets and conveys numerical information in verbal information and written texts.
Teamwork	Works with others and in a team by using collaborative communication techniques.
Planning and organising	Sequences and structures information to convey to others in a clear and logical manner.
Technology	Operates equipment and technology Uses digital systems and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURAMA002 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA102 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

receive and respond to at least one piece of verbal communication relating to the automotive workplace that includes asking questions and providing responses

receive and respond to at least one piece of written communication relating to the automotive workplace

participate in at least one workplace meeting relating to the automotive workplace that includes asking questions and providing responses

prepare and make at least one presentation of information relating to the automotive workplace

prepare for and participate in at least one discussion to resolve a workplace issue and document the outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information to be communicated in an automotive workplace, including:

information provided by customer and supervisor

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to communicate business information in an automotive workplace, including:

documentation procedures

automotive industry technical terms and their application to an automotive workplace

use of communication systems, including email, telephone, intercom and social media

procedures for communicating verbally, including:

active listening and questioning techniques

creating clear, succinct and unambiguous language

clarifying meaning

choosing language to suit audience

procedures for communicating in writing, including:

accessing and interpreting key concepts of written material

organising responses to address questions and according to communication medium

creating draft documents, including structure and formatting

editing documents

procedures for participating in meetings, including:

accessing and reviewing previous meeting minutes and agendas

contributing to meeting outcomes

determining own role in meeting outcomes

procedures for presenting information, including:

determining target audience

determining presentation format, including choosing equipment and materials

delivering a presentation

procedures for negotiating between parties, including:

determining key factors of issues

planning discussions

conducting discussions, including:

establishing rapport

acknowledging disagreements and the views of others

dealing constructively with differences

staying focused

making a strong case without overselling or becoming personal or aggressive

compromising to achieve realistic and achievable outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having communicated business information in an automotive workplace, e.g. emails, meeting minutes, or presentation slides.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic range of internal and external customers with whom to communicate

written communication from internal or external customers

meetings to attend, including meeting agendas and previous minutes

equipment and materials appropriate for workplace presentations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and follow safety and emergency procedures in an automotive workplace. It involves safety procedures to be followed when using workplace hand tools and hand-held power tools, fixed equipment, and chemicals, and when running vehicles and machinery. It includes the individual’s responsibility for safety and emergency response in the event of an accident or incident.

The unit applies to those who work on agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Common - Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and follow workplace safety procedures	1.1 Identify workplace procedures relating to personal safety 1.2 Identify and report unsafe situations and hazards according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify and report machinery and equipment breakdowns according to workplace procedures 1.4 Identify and report fire hazards according to workplace procedures and taking the required precautions 1.5 Identify and follow workplace procedures and safety requirements for handling and storing dangerous goods and hazardous substances 1.6 Identify and follow workplace manual handling procedures 1.7 Participate in workplace health and safety (WHS) consultative arrangements established by workplace
2. Identify and follow workplace emergency procedures	2.1 Identify and follow workplace emergency procedures regarding illness and accidents 2.2 Identify and follow safety warning alarms and workplace evacuation procedures 2.3 Identify and locate firefighting appliances and equipment for emergency use and application 2.4 Identify and contact qualified persons in the event of an incident, accident or sickness of self, co-workers, staff, customers and others 2.5 Complete accident and incident documentation requirements are according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking procedures required to carry out work safely
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Informs personnel of workplace hazards
Numeracy	Identifies hazardous material weights and volumes according to safety data sheets (SDS) and work instructions
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements to achieve required outcomes while working according to safety requirements
Self-management	Identifies and look after own safety
Problem solving	Recognises when unsure of safety procedures and seek help

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURASA002 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURASA102 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

move two heavy items in an automotive workplace, safely

safely use two different dangerous goods in an automotive workplace

identify fire safety equipment and its application in an automotive workplace

identify emergency evacuation procedures and responsibilities of self and co-workers in an automotive workplace

raise one safety concern at a workplace health and safety (WHS) consultative meeting

carry out one hazard inspection in an automotive workplace

complete one incident report.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

basic aspects of relevant state or territory workplace health and safety (WHS) legislation, including:

employer responsibilities for workplace practices

employee responsibilities to participate in WHS practices

employee responsibility to ensure own work practices protect the safety of self, other workers and other people in the workplace

workplace procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards, including slip hazards and trip hazards

running motor vehicles in the workplace

emergency, fire and accident procedures, including:

personnel responsibilities

evacuation procedures and assembly points

housekeeping procedures

purpose and structure of WHS committees, including:

roles of workplace personnel

qualifications held by workplace personnel, including:

first aid

cardiopulmonary resuscitation

fire warden and workplace evacuation

work health and safety representative

personal safety in an automotive workplace, including:

hearing protection

skin protection

protective clothing

protective footwear

eye protection

manual handling, including:

storing items

planning the lift

using correct lifting techniques and equipment

meaning of WHS symbols and signs

machine and equipment safety, including:

using hand tools and hand-held power tools

using compressed air

using machine guards

electrical tools, including:

checking before use

faulty equipment tagging and isolation procedures

vehicle lifting equipment, including:

working in pits

using jacks and stands

using hoists

safe working load (SWL) of jacks and hoists

vehicle safety, including:

engine moving parts

engine and exhaust hot components

electrical hazards associated with:

high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

using electrical tools around water

batteries

fuel, including petrol, diesel and natural and petroleum gas

high voltage in battery electrical and hybrid vehicles

high voltage injectors

hazardous materials, including handling and storing:

oils

brake fluid

brake dust

chemicals

cleaning products

safety data sheets (SDS).

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having followed safe work practices while working in an automotive workplace, e.g. documented hazard inspection or incident report.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures and instructions relating to safe work practices

workplace safety and emergency evacuation procedures

hazardous chemicals and dangerous goods information

safety materials and equipment relevant to an automotive workplace

fire safety equipment

documents for recording workplace safety, accidents and incidents.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBCA101 Work in a retail bicycle environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work in a bicycle retail environment. The unit involves determining own career goals, developing bicycle industry knowledge, maintaining tools, equipment and own workspace, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to work in a retail bicycle environment	1.1 Determine job requirements in accordance with workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace information relating to own job role 1.3 Identify workplace and team practices and lines of communication required of own job role
2. Undertake workplace activities	2.1 Greet customer in line with workplace customer service standards 2.2 Identify and address customer needs in accordance with workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Escalate complex customer requirements and feedback to supervisor as required 2.4 Complete sale in line with workplace procedures and processes
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Clear work area and dispose or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.2 Maintain workplace sales equipment within scope of own role and report if faulty 3.3 Complete workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Uses bicycle terminology in verbal exchanges with customers Reports customer issues and outcomes.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Self-management	Selects and uses required equipment, materials and processes.
Technology	Uses workplace electronic devices when completing customer sales.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBCA001 Work in a retail bicycle environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBCA101 Work in a retail bicycle environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

sell bicycle product to at least three different retail bicycle store customers in line with workplace procedures and customer service standards, in which the work must involve:

completing workplace documentation

operating and maintaining workplace equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to work in a retail bicycle environment, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to work in a retail bicycle environment, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to working in a retail bicycle environment, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and components

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

retail bicycle workplace procedures and practices, including:

customer service techniques

reporting and communication channels

retail bicycle workplace expectations, including:

ethical practice

maintaining privacy and confidentiality

key features of specialist bicycle equipment

key bicycle industry knowledge, including:

bicycle types and their features

bicycle parts, accessories and their uses

bicycle categories and trends

key bicycle terminology

key bicycle websites and other sources of information

key cycling events

benefits of cycling for transport, health and fitness.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle retail store in which they have worked, e.g. employment contract, training record book or job card.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle retail workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

electronic devices with internet connection

different retail bicycle store customers with commercially realistic bicycle requirements

tools and equipment appropriate to a retail bicycle environment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBCA102 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and adjust a bicycle to suit its rider. The unit involves gathering rider information and matching the bicycle to the rider’s ability and cycling requirements, adjusting the bicycle to fit, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to adjust bicycle	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify and confirm customer cycling requirements and preferences 1.3 Assess physical attributes of customer through discussion, observation and if appropriate, measurements 1.4 Identify suitable bicycle types and configurations to match customer requirements 1.5 Discuss features and benefits of selected bicycle with customer
2. Adjust bicycle to fit the rider	2.1 Source and interpret workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Identify and manage hazards and risks associated with the work 2.3 Select and check tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE) 2.4 Adjust bicycle components to match rider’s attributes and requirements using specialist tools and equipment and according to workplace procedures 2.5 Observe customer test ride of bicycle to confirm riding comfort and efficiency and make further adjustments as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Make final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations and present bicycle ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Identifies customer measurements for bicycle type, size, component and adjustment requirements.
Oral communication	Listens actively and uses questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer requirements and feedback Uses relatable bicycle terminology.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBCA002 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBCA102 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select, fit and adjust at least three different bicycles to differing requirements and builds with a different rider for each bicycle.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to select and adjust bicycles to fit riders, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to select and adjust bicycles to fit riders, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to adjusting bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

procedures for use, maintenance and storage of specialist bicycle tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

bicycle types, categories and trends, including:

with and without gears

with lever-operated brakes

key bicycle terminology

bio-mechanical principles of cycling

techniques and procedures for selecting and adjusting bicycles, including:

bicycle components and assembly methods

bicycle measuring techniques, including:

rider height and body shape

length of rider’s arms and legs

bicycle and component adjustment procedures, including:

checking frame size to match rider’s physical attributes

checking and adjusting seat setting to fit rider

checking and adjusting handlebars and stem settings to fit rider

checking and adjusting clip-less pedal settings to match rider’s needs

features of rider comfort on a bicycle, including:

stability

efficiency

aerodynamics.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the riders they have measured and fitted to a bicycle, e.g. bicycle order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle retail workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required when fitting bicycle to rider

bicycle manufacturer specifications

three riders with differing requirements and build requiring bicycle fittings

three different bicycle models, including:

with and without gears

with lever-operated brakes

tools and equipment appropriate for selecting and adjusting bicycles to fit riders.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTA102 Adjust bicycles and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to adjust bicycles and components. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and checking specialist tools and equipment, adjusting bicycle components to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation for entering the bicycle retail, service and repair industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to adjust bicycle	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions and identify bicycle to be adjusted 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work and report to workplace supervisor 1.3 Inspect bicycle to determine component adjustment requirements according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.4 Report inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures and obtain authorisation to proceed
2. Carry out adjustments to bicycle components	2.1 Identify and check tools and equipment required for adjusting bicycles for serviceability and confirm adjustment method 2.2 Carry out adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Carry out post-adjustment testing to ensure safe and required operation of the bicycle according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Measures bicycle components and uses basic mathematical operations including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies job requirements and reports inspection findings.
Reading	Interprets adjustment procedures and specifications in manufacturer specifications and workshop literature.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTA002 Adjust bicycles and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA102 Adjust bicycles and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

adjust the following components on at least three different bicycles:

brakes

suspension

chain tension

seat

handlebars and steering

gears.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to adjust bicycles and components, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to adjust bicycles and components, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to adjusting bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

key bicycle terminology

techniques and procedures for adjusting bicycles, including:

bicycle measuring techniques

reporting procedures and adjustment recommendations

bicycle and adjustment procedures for components specified in the performance evidence

bicycle post-adjustment inspection and testing procedures

types and use of specialist tools and equipment to adjust bicycles

assembly procedures for bicycles and components.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycles that they have adjusted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

bicycle manufacturer specifications

three different bicycles with components requiring adjustments

tools and equipment appropriate for adjusting bicycles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTA103 Assemble bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assemble bicycles from a semi-assembled state. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, selecting bicycle components, assembling bicycle frames, fitting, adjusting and testing bicycle components and accessories, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to assemble bicycle	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret bicycle manufacturer assembly specifications and the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) product safety standards relating to bicycles 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check assembly tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for serviceability 1.5 Prepare work area and plan work to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Select components	2.1 Select components according to job specifications 2.2 Remove components from packaging and inspect for quality 2.3 List and report components identified as damaged or faulty to required personnel according to workplace procedures
3. Fit, test and adjust components	3.1 Fit components to bicycle frame according to assembly plan, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements, without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Lubricate components and adjust torque and tensions according to manufacturer assembly specifications 3.3 Inspect and test assembled bicycle for required tension of components and operation, and adjust as required according to workplace procedures 3.4 Check assembly to ensure it complies with ACCC product safety standards
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to match component codes, serial numbers and manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTA003 Assemble bicycles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA103 Assemble bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assemble three different semi-assembled bicycles, in which the work must involve:

at least one bicycle with gears

at least one bicycle with disc brakes

at least one road bicycle

fit and adjust the following components during the above assemblies:

head stem and bearings

disc and rim brakes

seats

wheels

pedals

sprockets, gears and chains.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to assemble bicycles, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to assemble bicycles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to assembling bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) product safety standards relating to assembling bicycles

key bicycle component and accessory terminology

types of bicycles and their key features

procedures for assembling and adjusting bicycles, including:

types and use of bicycle assembly tools and equipment, including torque wrenches

bicycle measuring techniques

fitting and adjustment procedures for the components specified in the performance evidence, as well as:

accessories, including bell and reflectors

controls

handlebars

seat greasing and lubrication procedures bicycle testing procedures, including post-assembly adjustment and safety checks.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycles that they have assembled, e.g. bicycle assembly orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

ACCC product safety standards relating to bicycles

three different bicycles requiring assembly, including one bicycle with gears, one with disc brakes, and one road bicycle

tools and equipment appropriate for assembling bicycles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTA104 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assemble new bicycles for retail sale. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying bicycle components, interpreting manufacturer assembly instructions, assembling the bicycle, checking and testing assembled bicycle for safe operation, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to assemble new bicycle	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret bicycle manufacturer assembly specifications and the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) product safety standards relating to bicycles 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check assembly tools and equipment for serviceability 1.5 Prepare work area and plan work to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Assemble bicycle	2.1 Unpack bicycle and check to ensure all components are included and not damaged 2.2 Report missing or damaged components according to workplace procedures 2.3 Assemble and lubricate bicycle and components, and adjust fastener tensions according to assembly plan, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.4 Inspect and test assembled bicycle for required tension of components and operation, and adjust as required according to workplace procedures 2.5 Check assembly to ensure it complies with ACCC product safety standards
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to match component codes, serial numbers and manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTA004 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA104 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assemble three different new boxed bicycles for retail sale, including:

at least one with gears

at least one with disc brakes

fit and adjust the following components during the above assemblies:

head stem and bearings

disc and rim brakes

seats

wheels

pedals

sprockets, gears and chains.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to assembling boxed bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

reusing or recycling surplus boxes

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) product safety standards relating to assembling bicycles

key bicycle component and accessory terminology

types of bicycles and their key features

procedures for assembling and adjusting bicycles, including:

types and use of bicycle assembly tools and equipment, including torque wrenches and personal protective equipment (PPE)

bicycle measuring techniques

accessory and component fitting and adjustment procedures for the components specified in the performance evidence, as well as:

bell and reflectors

controls

handlebars

seat

greasing and lubrication procedures

bicycle testing procedures, including post-assembly adjustment and safety checks.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the new boxed bicycles that they have assembled, e.g. bicycle assembly orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

ACCC product safety standards relating to bicycles

three different new boxed bicycles requiring assembly

tools and equipment appropriate for assembling boxed bicycles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTA106 Assemble components for custom bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and assemble bicycle components in order to custom bicycles to meet client cycling requirements. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying and selecting bicycle frames, wheels and components, assembling and testing the bicycle, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather customer information	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Assess customer requirements and riding style through observation, discussion and taking measurements 1.3 Use sizing cycle or other methods to determine optimum bicycle set-up 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks
2. Select bicycle frame	2.1 Identify suitable frame types that match customer requirements 2.2 Research frame specifications, design and availability using various sources of information 2.3 Select bicycle frame to match customer physical attributes and intended use 2.4 Calculate frame measurements, and select frame material and build method
3. Select wheels	3.1 Determine wheel size that suits frame measurements 3.2 Identify rims, spokes and hub types that suit customer needs 3.3 Discuss and determine features and benefits of different wheel designs and components with the customer 3.4 Select stock wheels and components or choose custom wheel design and calculate specifications
4. Select components	4.1 Research options for components and discuss with customer 4.2 Select components that meet customer design and price preferences
5. Confirm bicycle details	5.1 Specify custom paint requirements, as required 5.2 List components and parts and confirm details of availability 5.3 Calculate and document costs, and obtain customer approval for work
6. Assemble components	6.1 Prepare work area and plan work to minimise waste and use time efficiently 6.2 Prepare customer approved components for assembly 6.3 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 6.4 Assemble and lubricate bicycle and selected components and adjust fastener tensions according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 6.5 Inspect and test assembled bicycle for required tension of components and operation, and adjust as required according to workplace procedures
7. Complete work processes	7.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 7.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 7.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Matches component codes, serial numbers and specifications Uses bicycle sizing measuring equipment Measures bicycle components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate: frame size component specifications and ratios adjustments and settings.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify job, customer and supplier requirements.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Self-management	Uses required methods and processes to select bicycle components that meet customer requirements for a customised bicycle.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle fitting and adjusting tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTA006 Assemble components for custom bicycles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA106 Assemble components for custom bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assemble, adjust and test at least one custom bicycle to meet customer requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of

methods to locate and interpret information required to assemble components for custom bicycles, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to assemble components for custom bicycles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to assembling custom bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

types of bicycles and range of components and accessories, including:

wheels, rims, spokes and hubs

handlebars and headset

forks and suspension

saddle and seat post

cassette, chain rim, chain and crank

pedals

front and rear derailleur

bottom bracket

brake, brake lever and brake shift

racks, lights and other accessories

key bicycle terminology

biomechanical principles of cycling

customer requirements relating to assembling components for custom bicycles, including:

bicycle features

frame materials

techniques for measuring and/or selecting custom bicycle components, including:

selecting and checking personal protective equipment (PPE)

procedures for using bicycle sizing measuring equipment

design requirements of bicycle frames and wheels

purpose and relationships of bicycle frames, wheels, suspension, drivetrain and steering systems

principles of bicycle safety

physical attributes to consider when selecting a bicycle frame, including:

height

body shape and weight distribution

length of arms and legs

fitness, injuries and style of cycling

key features and materials used in bicycle frames, wheels and components

bicycle component specifications

bicycle accessories and fitting requirements

techniques for assembling, adjusting and testing custom bicycles, including:

custom build procedures

testing and adjustment methods

types and use of bicycle assembly tools and equipment

greasing and lubrication procedures

fitting and adjustment procedures for the accessories and components essential to bicycle set-up, including:

fork trail, rake and offset

head tube length and angle

wheelbase

bottom bracket drop

seat tube length and angle

top tube length

setback

stem length

saddle height

post-assembly safety checks

bicycle and component adjustment procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the components for custom bicycles that they have selected and assembled, e.g. build orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

personal protective equipment (PPE) required to assemble a custom bicycle

bicycle and component manufacturer specifications

customer requiring a custom bicycle

a bicycle frame and components for assembly

bicycle sizing measuring equipment

tools and equipment appropriate for selecting components and assembling a custom bicycle.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTA108 Disassemble and pack a bicycle for transport

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to disassemble and pack a bicycle for transport. It involves the skills and knowledge required to prepare to pack a bicycle for transport, disassemble a bicycle, select appropriate packing material and pack a bicycle for transport following the relevant operating procedures and codes of practice required for the task whilst completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle sales and service and repair industry. This unit does not apply to light and heavy vehicle engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to pack a bicycle for transport	1.1 Determine job requirement from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards and manage risks associated with packing bicycle for transport 1.3 Analyse and select method to pack bicycle for transit according to manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
2. Disassemble bicycle	2.1 Source and interpret service information to disassemble bicycle 2.2 Inspect, check and select tools, equipment and materials for serviceability 2.3 Identify hazards and manage risks associated with the work 2.4 Disassemble bicycle according to workplace and manufacturer procedures
3. Pack bicycle for transport	3.1 Carry out packing of bicycle into determined transport container according to workplace procedures 3.2 Inspect transport container and confirm bicycle is secure and seal transport container 3.3 Report condition of transport container and document according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates weights and volumes, including multiplication, division, addition and subtraction.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Reports inspection findings and makes packing recommendations.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when packing a bicycle for transport.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA108 Disassemble and pack a bicycle for transport

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

disassemble and pack two bicycles into one of the following containers, selecting a different container type for each bicycle:

manufacturer provided cardboard box

soft bicycle transit bag

hard shell bicycle case.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to disassemble and pack a bicycle into a box, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to disassemble and pack a bicycle into a box, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to disassembling a bicycle and packing for transit, including:

securing all disassembled components

maintaining structure and integrity of the transport container

inspection procedures for packing a bicycle into a container, including:

identifying protrusions

identifying vulnerable and critical components

selecting the transport container for the application

post-packing testing procedures for packing a bicycle into a container, including tests across vulnerable components of transport container.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to disassembling and packing a bicycle into a transport container equipment that they have worked on, e.g. logistics orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications

two bicycles specified in the performance evidence and requiring disassembly

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for disassembling and packing bicycles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTB101 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, planning, inspecting, servicing and repairing, and testing the bicycle braking system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service and repair bicycle mechanical braking system	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for serviceability 1.5 Plan work to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Inspect and diagnose braking system	2.1 Inspect mechanical braking system for faults and worn or damaged components using visual inspection methods and comparison of measurements against manufacturer specifications 2.2 Determine condition of bicycle braking system in line with system specifications and customer requirements 2.3 Identify service and repair options 2.4 Document and cost service and repair items for customer approval according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair of braking system	3.1 Use tools and equipment according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 3.2 Carry out service and repair of mechanical braking system according to work plan and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Check and fit required replacement parts according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Check and test braking system specifications for required operation in a safe location 3.5 Make adjustments to braking system as required according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses measuring equipment, including metric and imperial units of measurement Matches component codes, serial numbers and specifications.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Reading	Interprets mechanical brake component technical information and manufacturer specifications.
Problem solving	Identifies faults, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle mechanical braking systems during service and repair activities.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTB001 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB101 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service, repair and adjust at least three of the following different types of bicycle mechanical braking systems:

cantilever

disc brakes

internal coaster

drum brakes

composite material brake pads

mechanical linkages and cables

integrated brake and gear levers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of

methods to locate and interpret information required to service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing bicycle mechanical braking systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their systems

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying safe location for testing brakes

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

bicycle braking system terminology

application, purpose and function of bicycle mechanical braking system principles

mechanical braking system types, including:

cantilever, disc, internal coaster and drum brakes

composite material brake pads

mechanical linkages and cables

integrated brake and gear levers

types and use of tools and equipment used to service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

servicing and repair options, including:

on- and off-site servicing

servicing and adjusting mechanical braking system components

upgrading braking components

techniques for servicing and repairing bicycle mechanical braking systems, including:

identification of bicycle mechanical brake components, materials and specifications

fault identification

brake repair and adjustment techniques

bicycle measuring techniques

mechanical brake testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle mechanical braking systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle braking system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

PPE required to service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

manufacturer or brake component specifications and technical information for mechanical braking system

components and parts to suit different mechanical braking systems

three different bicycles with mechanical braking systems specified in the performance evidence and requiring repair and servicing

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing and repairing bicycle mechanical braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTD101 Service bicycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service bicycle steering systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, servicing and testing the bicycle steering system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical – Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service bicycle steering system	1.1 Identify job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspect condition of steering system for faults and worn or damaged components and overall condition using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check materials, parts, tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for serviceability 1.5 Prepare work area and plan service sequence, including post-service testing, to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of steering system	2.1 Use tools and equipment according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Service bicycle steering system according to job requirements, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Test operation of serviced steering system through its full range and make adjustments as required 2.4 Report results and quality issues to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy	Completes measurements to determine steering system condition and operation.
Problem solving	Identifies technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle steering system during service activities.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTD001 Service bicycle steering systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD101 Service bicycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service and test at least three different bicycle steering systems according to manufacturer specifications

in the course of the above work service the following:

bicycle headsets

handlebars and stems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to service bicycle steering systems, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service bicycle steering systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing bicycle steering systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their steering systems

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

application, purpose and function of bicycle steering system principles

bicycle steering system components, including:

forks

headsets

handlebars and stems

techniques for servicing bicycle steering systems, including:

identification of bicycle steering components, materials and specifications

fault identification

bicycle measuring techniques

steering system servicing and adjustment techniques

steering system testing procedures

bicycle steering system terminology

types and use of tools and equipment used to service bicycle steering systems

servicing options, including:

on- and off-site servicing

servicing and adjusting steering system components

upgrading steering components.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle steering systems that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle steering system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer and steering system component specifications

three different bicycles requiring servicing and testing of their steering systems

PPE required to service bicycle steering systems

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing bicycle steering systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTD102 Service bicycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service bicycle suspension systems. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, servicing and testing the bicycle suspension system and its components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service bicycle suspension system	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information 1.3 Inspect condition of bicycle suspension system for faults and worn or damaged components using visual and physical methods and compare with manufacturer specifications 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for serviceability 1.6 Prepare work area and plan service sequence to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of suspension system	2.1 Use tools and equipment according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Service bicycle suspension system according to job requirements, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Test operation of serviced suspension system through its full range and make adjustments as required 2.4 Report results and quality issues to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Completes measurements to determine suspension system condition and operation Identifies and calculates bicycle suspension system settings and adjustments.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Problem solving	Identifies technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle suspension system during service activities.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTD002 Service bicycle suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD102 Service bicycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service and test at least one of each of the following three different bicycle suspension systems according to manufacturer specifications:

elastomer and spring units system

mechanical system

hydraulic system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to service bicycle suspension systems, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service bicycle suspension systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing bicycle suspension systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their suspension systems

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

bicycle suspension system terminology

types of bicycle suspension systems and application of suspension mechanical principles

service requirements of a bicycle suspension system

types and use of tools and equipment used to service bicycle suspension systems

techniques and processes for servicing bicycle suspension systems, including:

identification of bicycle suspension components, materials and specifications, including:

elastomer and spring units

mechanical systems

pneumatic systems

hydraulic systems

fault identification

bicycle measuring techniques

suspension system adjustment techniques

suspension system testing procedures

servicing options, including:

on- and off-site servicing

servicing and adjusting suspension system components

upgrading suspension components.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle suspension systems that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle suspension system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer specifications for suspension systems

PPE required to service bicycle suspension systems

three different bicycle suspension systems specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing and testing

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing bicycle suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTD103 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, repairing and testing the bicycle headset, handlebar and stem, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair and overhaul bicycle steering system	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.5 Plan work to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Inspect steering system	2.1 Check bicycle steering system for faults and worn or damaged components using visual inspection methods and by comparison of measurements against manufacturer specifications 2.2 Identify, document and cost repair and replacement options for customer approval according to workplace procedures 2.3 Prepare work area, replacement parts and bicycle for repair work
3. Carry out repair and overhaul of steering system	3.1 Carry out repair and overhaul activities according to workplace procedures, work plan, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Check and fit required replacement parts according to manufacturer specifications 3.3 Check and test repaired steering system for required operation according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Adjust repaired steering system and align as required according to workplace procedures 3.5 Report results and quality issues to authorised personnel as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy	Completes measurements to determine repair requirements.
Problem solving	Identifies technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle steering systems.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTD003 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD103 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair and overhaul at least three different bicycle steering systems according to manufacturer specifications

in the course of the above work, repair and overhaul the following components:

forks

headsets

handlebars and stems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing and overhauling bicycle steering systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their steering systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle steering system terminology

purpose of bicycle steering systems and their relationship to suspension, wheels, drivetrain, frame and braking systems

operating principles of steering system components, including:

forks

headsets

handlebars and stems

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

techniques and processes for repairing and overhauling bicycle steering systems, including:

identification of bicycle steering components, materials and specifications

selection and checking of personal protective equipment

fault identification

measuring techniques

steering system adjustment techniques.

steering system testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle steering systems that they have repaired and overhauled, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle steering system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer specifications and technical information for bicycle steering systems

PPE required to repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

component parts as required

three different bicycles with steering systems requiring repair and overhaul

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing and overhauling bicycle steering systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTD104 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, repairing and testing the bicycle suspension and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair and overhaul bicycle suspension system	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other required technical information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.5 Plan work to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Inspect suspension system	2.1 Check bicycle suspension system for faults and worn or damaged components using visual inspection methods and by comparison of measurements against manufacturer specifications 2.2 Identify, document and cost repair and replacement options for customer approval according to workplace procedures 2.3 Prepare work area, replacement parts and bicycle for repair work
3. Carry out repair and overhaul of suspension system	3.1 Carry out repair and overhaul activities according to workplace procedures, work plan, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Check and fit required replacement parts according to manufacturer specifications 3.3 Check and test repaired suspension system for required operation according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Adjust repaired suspension system and align as required according to workplace procedures 3.5 Report results and quality issues to authorised personnel as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with the customer.
Problem solving	Identifies technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle suspension systems.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTD004 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD104 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair and overhaul at least one of each of the following three different bicycle suspension systems according to manufacturer specifications:

elastomer and spring units system

mechanical system

hydraulic system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing and overhauling bicycle suspension systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their suspension systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle suspension terminology

types of bicycle suspension systems, system components and their functions

application of mechanical and hydraulic principles as they relate to bicycle suspension systems

suspension system components, including:

elastomer and spring units

mechanical system

pneumatic system

hydraulic system

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

techniques and processes for repairing and overhauling bicycle suspension systems, including:

selection and checking of personal protective equipment

identification of bicycle suspension components, materials and specifications

fault identification

measuring techniques

suspension system adjustment techniques

suspension system testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle suspension systems that they have repaired and overhauled, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle suspension system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer specifications and technical information for bicycle suspension systems

PPE required to repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

component parts as required

three different bicycles with suspension systems requiring repair and overhaul

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing and overhauling bicycle suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTJ101 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, removing the tyres and identifying tyre damage causes, repairing the tyres, inflating them to recommended pressure and fitting, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry. The bicycle tyres to be repaired and refitted include road, off-road, tubed or tubeless.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions and customer requirements 1.2 Source and interpret bicycle rim types and tyre manufacturer specifications and fitting instructions 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.5 Prepare work area and plan work to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Carry out removal, repair and refitting of bicycle tyres	2.1 Identify and confirm repair options and techniques 2.2 Carry out removal, repair, refitting and testing of bicycle tyre and tube according to safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Remove, repair, refit and inflate tyres and tubes without causing damage to bicycle or wheels 2.4 Check refitted bicycle tyres and tube against customer requirements and test according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 3.2 Report problems outside own area of responsibility to required person 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets stock codes and identify tyre sizes Interprets and applies tyre inflation pressures from specifications.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with the customer.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTJ001 Remove, repair and fit bicycle tyres.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ101 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove, repair, refit, inflate and test at least five different bicycle tyres, including at least one for each of the following types of bicycles:

road bicycle

hybrid

BMX

commuter.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing, repairing and refitting bicycle tyres, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and tyres

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology

types and use of tools and equipment used to remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

techniques for removing, repairing and refitting bicycle tyres, including:

selection and checking of personal protective equipment

bicycle types and categories

tyre and tube sizes

rim size and rim material type, including:

steel

aluminium

composite material

inflation pressures and test procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle tyres that they have removed, repaired and refitted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer tyre and rim specifications and fitting instructions

PPE required to remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

bicycle wheels, tyres and tubes for the types of bicycles specified in the performance evidence

tools and equipment appropriate for removing, repairing, refitting and inflating bicycle tyres.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTJ102 Service bicycle wheels and hubs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service bicycle wheels and hubs. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, removing, adjusting and refitting the bicycle wheels and hubs, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service bicycle wheels and hubs	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Research and interpret bicycle manufacturer specifications and service instructions for wheels and hubs 1.3 Inspect condition of bicycle wheels and hubs for faults and worn or damaged components using visual inspection methods and comparison of measurements against manufacturer specifications 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.6 Prepare work area and plan work to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of wheels and hubs	2.1 Remove bicycle wheels according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Service wheels and hubs according to work plan, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Refit serviced wheels and hubs to bicycle and test and adjust as required according to job requirements and workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 3.2 Report problems outside own area of responsibility to required person 3.3 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.4 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates required adjustments and settings.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with the customer.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTJ002 Service bicycle wheels and hubs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ102 Service bicycle wheels and hubs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service at least three different bicycle wheels and at least three different hubs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to service bicycle wheels and hubs, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service bicycle wheels and hubs, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing bicycle wheels and hubs, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and wheels

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to wheels and hubs

application, purpose and function of bicycle wheels and hubs

bicycle wheel and hub components, including:

spoke, disc and tri-spoke wheels

conventional, clincher, tubular, aero, deep dished and composite material wheel rims

quick release, allen head and nut wheel fasteners

vertical and horizontal frame lugs

disc, drum and coaster, and internal foot brake hubs

loose ball, cage and roller bearings

types of lubricants and their application

types and use of tools and equipment used to service bicycle wheels and hubs

techniques for servicing bicycle wheels and hubs, including:

procedures for different types of bicycles

identifying wheel and hub service needs

selection and checking of personal protective equipment

wheel and hub specifications

wheel and hub mechanical principles

wear or faults in bicycle wheel and hubs

torque measurement and adjustment of wheels

wheel and hub testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle wheels and hubs that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

wheel and hub technical and component specifications

PPE required to service bicycle wheels and hubs

three bicycles with differing wheels and hubs requiring servicing and testing

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing bicycle wheels and hubs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTJ103 Design and build bicycle wheels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and build bicycle wheels with different hub, spoke and rim configurations. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment to design and carry out the building and testing of bicycle wheels, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to design and build bicycle wheels	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions, including wheel materials, components and spoke patterns 1.2 Research and interpret bicycle wheel design requirements and manufacturer specifications 1.3 Confirm bicycle wheel design and specifications with customer
2. Prepare to build bicycle wheels	2.1 Check wheel components against specifications and inspect for quality prior to build 2.2 Plan bicycle build to use time efficiently 2.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 2.4 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 2.5 Prepare work area, wheels, components and materials
3. Build and test bicycle wheels	3.1 Build bicycle wheels according to job and customer requirements, work plan, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Select bicycle wheel hubs and rims and calculate spoke lengths 3.3 Lace and tension bicycle wheel spokes according to manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions 3.4 Check built bicycle wheels for symmetry and test for trueness against specifications 3.5 Report results and quality issues to authorised personnel as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets stock codes Identifies wheel and hub sizes and spoke numbers Uses basic mathematical operations to calculate: spoke lengths settings and adjustments to wheel and hub components.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with customers and suppliers.
Problem solving	Identifies: potential faults in wheel design technical and procedural problems to avoid waste.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTJ003 Design and build bicycle wheels.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ103 Design and build bicycle wheels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design and build at least three different bicycle wheels to specification, with each wheel including the following:

lacing a 32 hole three-cross spoke pattern

disc and non-disc brake specific patterns.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to design and build bicycle wheels, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to design and build bicycle wheels, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to designing and building bicycle wheels, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycle wheels

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

job requirements for spoke patterns, wheel components and wheel materials

key bicycle terminology relating to wheel build for different bicycle types

key features to be considered in wheel design:

hubs, spoke and rim selection

32 hole three-cross spoke pattern

disc and non-disc brake specific patterns

symmetrical and asymmetrical patterns

wheel dynamics and loading

wheel and hub mechanical principles

bicycle wheel components and their specifications, including:

steel, aluminium and composite material rims

high flange, low flange and integrated brake hubs

metal and composite hub material

steel, aluminium and composite spoke material

straight gauge, double butted and bladed spokes

spoke nipples

spoke lacing patterns

types and use of tools and equipment used to design and build bicycle wheels

techniques for designing and building bicycle wheels, including:

material used in bicycle wheels

selecting and checking of personal protective equipment

planning time efficient build sequence and post-build testing

lacing and tensioning spoke pattern

calculating spoke lengths

assembly, truing and tensioning of wheels

symmetrical and asymmetrical patterns of wheels

wheel dynamics and loading

torque measurement and adjustment of wheels

wheel and hub testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle wheels they have designed and built, e.g. build orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer and technical bicycle wheel specifications

PPE required to design and build bicycle wheels

wheel components specified in the range of conditions

three different bicycle wheels as specified in the performance evidence requiring a complete build

tools and equipment appropriate for designing and building bicycle wheels.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTJ104 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair and overhaul bicycle wheels with different hub, spoke and rim configurations. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, repairing and testing the bicycle wheels and hubs to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions, including wheel and hub repair methods and materials 1.2 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other required technical information 1.3 Inspect bicycle wheels and hubs for worn or damaged components 1.4 Identify and confirm repair options and techniques, and identify hazards associated with the work 1.5 Source replacement wheel and hub parts and components 1.6 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.7 Plan work avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently 1.8 Prepare work area and wheel and hub for repair or overhaul
2. Carry out repair and overhaul of bicycle wheels and hubs	2.1 Remove bicycle wheels according to manufacturer specifications and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Check rims and adjust as required 2.3 Check spokes and replace any broken 2.4 Adjust and tension spokes 2.5 Use wheel truing equipment and techniques to check for required operation according to manufacturer specifications and adjust as required, prior to refitting wheel 2.6 Refit wheels and regrease wheel hubs according to workplace procedures 2.7 Report results and quality issues to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets wheel and hub specifications Calculates quantities of repair materials and components.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with the customer.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTJ004 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ104 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair and overhaul at least three different bicycle wheels and hubs according to manufacturer specifications, including:

at least one spoke wheel

at least one disc wheel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing and overhauling bicycle wheels and hubs, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycle wheels

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle wheel and hub terminology

wheel and hub mechanical principles

types of bicycle wheel and hub systems and components, and their specifications, including:

spoke, disc and tri-spoke wheels

conventional, clincher, tubular, aero, deep dished and composite material wheel rims

quick release, allen head and nut wheel fasteners

disc, drum and coaster and internal foot brake hubs

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

techniques and processes for repairing and overhauling bicycle wheels and hubs, including:

selection and checking of personal protective equipment

types of wear or faults in bicycle wheel and hubs

measuring techniques

torque measurement and adjustment of wheels

testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle wheels and hubs that they have repaired and overhauled, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

wheel and hub technical and component specifications

PPE required to repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

three different bicycles requiring wheel and hub system repair and overhaul as specified in the performance evidence

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing and overhauling bicycle wheels and hubs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTK101 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain specialised tools and equipment used when servicing and repairing bicycles. The unit involves preparing for the work, identifying correct tools and equipment, maintaining them according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical – Tools and Equipment

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and prepare specialised bicycle tools and equipment	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret manufacturer operating instructions relating to tools and equipment, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks within scope of own role 1.4 Select and check personal protective equipment (PPE) for serviceability
2. Service and maintain tools and equipment	2.1 Service, adjust and maintain tools and equipment according to workplace procedures and manufacturer schedules 2.2 Identify, remove and report damaged or worn tools and equipment according to workplace procedures 2.3 Report quality issues as required to authorised personnel
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Update and maintain maintenance logs and report regularly according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets labels and instructions to determine differences between metric and imperial tools, including sizes.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTK001 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTK101 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform maintenance on at least three different specialised bicycle repair tools

complete log or report relating to maintenance of above tools.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to maintaining specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment, including procedures for:

manually handling the tools

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

types and uses of hand tools, including:

sockets and ratchets

spanners, including ring spanners, open-ended spanners

allen keys

screwdrivers

methods of identifying faults in specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

reporting procedures relating to specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment they have maintained, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

PPE required to maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

maintenance schedules of specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

operating instructions or manuals relating to specialised tools and equipment

specialised tools and equipment appropriate for repairing bicycles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTR101 Inspect and service electric power-assisted bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service electric power-assisted bicycle systems and components. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting the bicycle condition, interpreting manufacturer specifications, performing routine maintenance and testing on electric bicycle components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry. Electric power-assisted bicycles are throttle and pedal assist sensor (PAS) bicycles with 250 watts rated power at the wheel.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service electric power-assisted bicycle	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.3 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Prepare work area and plan service sequence to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Inspect bicycle	2.1 Inspect condition of bicycle for faults and worn, non-serviceable or damaged parts according to workplace procedures 2.2 Identify bicycle components needing repair, replacement or maintenance according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings, and identify and confirm service options and techniques for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service bicycle	3.1 Carry out routine servicing and maintenance of bicycle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Carry out post-service testing and operation checks on serviced bicycle according to manufacturer specifications, and make adjustments as required 3.3 Report results and quality issues to authorised personnel as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Clean bicycle, conduct final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations, and confirm bicycle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Completes measurements to test electric power-assisted bicycle against manufacturer specifications Identifies and calculates electric power-assisted bicycle settings and adjustments.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Problem solving	Identifies technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with electric power-assisted bicycles.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTR001 Service electric power-assisted bicycles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR101 Inspect and service electric power-assisted bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service at least three different electric power-assisted bicycles in which the work for each bicycle involves:

battery testing and charging

checking operation of controller

checking wiring

checking connectors at motor plug

testing brake cut-outs, throttle and pedal assist sensor (PAS).

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing electric power-assisted bicycles, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

electric power-assisted bicycle terminology

operating principles of electric power-assisted bicycles, including:

throttle response

power and performance

pedal assist function

throttle function

function of electric power-assisted bicycle components specified in the range of conditions

types and use of tools and equipment used to inspect and service electric power-assisted bicycles

techniques and processes for inspecting and servicing electric power-assisted bicycles, including:

identification of electric power-assisted bicycle components and specifications, including:

hub motor

motor connectors and plugs

electric controllers

battery

selection and checking of personal protective equipment

fault identification

bicycle measuring techniques

adjustment techniques

battery testing and charging

checking operation of controller, wiring, and connectors at motor plug

testing procedures, including:

brake cut-outs

throttle

pedal assist sensor

servicing options, including:

on- and off-site servicing

servicing and adjusting components

upgrading components.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electric power-assisted bicycles that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycles

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

workplace procedures relating to the service of electric power-assisted bicycles

electric power-assisted bicycle manufacturer specifications

PPE required to service electric power-assisted bicycles

three different electric power-assisted bicycles requiring service and maintenance

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing electric power-assisted bicycles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTR103 Retrofit electric drivetrain systems to bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to retrofit and modify bicycles with electric drivetrain systems. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the tooling, carrying out the retrofit and modification procedures, performing post-modification testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle industry, including those working in sales, service and repair.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to retrofit system	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret retrofit information, manufacturer specifications, and codes of practice 1.3 Analyse retrofit options and select those required by the circumstances 1.4 Identify hazards and manage risks associated with the work 1.5 Identify, select and check retrofit tools and equipment for serviceability
2. Dismantle system	2.1 Dismantle required components of bicycle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 2.2 Recover all additional parts of bicycle not required for refit and store for customer
3. Retrofit system	3.1 Access and interpret technical information relating to electric drivetrain system and the donor bicycle being retrofitted 3.2 Carry out electric drivetrain system modification procedures according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Test system for electrical and mechanical functionality according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Calibrate computer control system according to local regulations, laws and manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.5 Carry out post-modification testing according to workplace procedures and check test results to confirm system performance is operating to manufacturer specifications, resolve reported pre-modification issues, and confirm no other faults are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Make final inspection to ensure work meets workplace and customer specifications, and present components ready for use 4.2 Clean work area, dispose of waste and non-recyclable materials, and collect and store recyclable material 4.3 Completes workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Matches retrofit options and bicycle specification numbers to kit specifications, workplace instructions, bicycle and component part lists, and code of practice requirements Interprets readings on digital and analogue testing equipment Measures output and speed, uses basic mathematical operations including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Listens to workplace instructions and asks questions to clarify job requirements.
Reading	Interprets text, symbols and diagrams relating to retrofit and modification information from manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures Interprets key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice relating to retrofitting and modifying bicycles with and electric drivetrain.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR103 Retrofit electric drivetrain systems to bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

retrofit and modify three bicycles with different electric drivetrain systems in which the work must include one of each of the following types of electric drivetrains:

a rear wheel drive electric bicycle retrofit kit

a front wheel drive electric bicycle retrofit kit

a crank drive electric bicycle retrofit kit.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to retrofit electric drivetrain systems to bicycles, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to retrofit electric drivetrain systems to bicycles:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to retrofitting and modifying bicycles with electric drivetrain systems to include procedures for:

working with electric battery technologies and the different risks with each chemistry

working with system lubricants

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

disposal of dangerous goods and battery technology

handling materials and battery recycling protocols

key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice: calibration and power output restrictions of electric and pedelec bicycles

application, purpose and operation of retrofit electric bicycle systems and components, including:

wheel drive and crank drive kits

different battery chemistry, including:

lithium ion

lithium ion polymer

lithium cobalt

lithium manganese

lead acid

procedures for identifying and repairing wiring looms

procedures for routing cables and positioning looms

procedures for mounting equipment, including:

battery packs

crank sets

brake levers

control units

wiring harnesses

wheel sets

procedures for retrofitting and modifying electric bicycles, including:

determining original system fitted to the bicycle, including drive type and battery chemistry

determining retrofit and modification options, including:

determining required system performance output

appropriate retrofit kit type

component replacement, including battery, harness and controller

procedures for removing and replacing existing system components

procedures for testing bicycle electrical drivetrain kit, including:

testing electrical faults with a digital multimeter

calibrating system controller to applicable standards

ensuring maximum bicycle speed is set according to standards.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the retrofit of electric drivetrain systems to bicycles.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle electronic drivetrain systems

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer fitting instructions and specifications

PPE required to install and adjust electric drivetrain systems

bicycle electric drivetrain systems

three different bicycles requiring the installation and adjustment of electric drivetrain systems

tools and equipment appropriate for installing and adjusting electric drivetrain systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTR104 Diagnose and repair electric bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in electric bicycles. This unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, diagnosing the bicycle condition, interpreting manufacturer specifications, performing repairs and testing on electric bicycle components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry. Electric power-assisted bicycles are throttle and pedal assist sensor (PAS) bicycles with 250 watts rated power at the wheel.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electric bicycle	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret diagnostic information 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy, selecting those required by the circumstances 1.4 Identify hazards and manage risks associated with the work 1.5 Select and check diagnostic tools and equipment required by testing strategy for serviceability
2. Diagnose electric bicycle system	2.1 Carry out diagnostic tests according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Identify faults from diagnostic test results and determine causes of faults 2.3 Confirm and report diagnosis findings and develop recommendations for required repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electric bicycle system	3.1 Source and interpret repair information 3.2 Analyse and select repair options required by the circumstances 3.3 Check and select repair tools, equipment and materials 3.4 Carry out repairs and component replacements and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and rectify any further problems introduced during the repair process
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Matches electric bicycle system components and identification numbers to workplace instructions, bicycle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets electric bicycle drivetrain and control system voltages and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electric bicycle drivetrain system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR104 Diagnose and repair electric bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the electric drivetrain system of two different electric bicycles, each time repairing a different fault from the following:

wheel speed sensor

charging system

battery pack

wiring harness and connectors

electric motor

controller.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair electric bicycles, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair electric bicycles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electric bicycles, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment, including multimeters

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage electric drivetrain systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of electric bicycles and associated components, including:

generating principles, including Faraday’s law and inducing an electromotive force (EMF)

application, purpose and operation of electric bicycle systems and components, including:

battery packs:

chemistry and associated hazards and risks associated with each type

mounting and securing battery packs

electric drive motors:

brushless electric motors

brushed electric motors

wiring connectors

electric controllers:

interface display units

adjustment and calibration requirements

harness connections

wiring harnesses:

mounting and routing of wiring harnesses

continuity of electrical system

wiring gauges and capacity

measuring voltage, resistance and current across two points

throttle control systems

diagnostic testing procedures for electric bicycle drivetrain systems, including:

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of electric bicycle driveline system circuits

electric motors

repair procedures for electric bicycle systems, including:

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

adjusting bicycle control system speed restrictors

removing and replacing electric motors and batteries

post-repair testing procedures for electric bicycles, including static and dynamic performance tests of electric bicycle.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electric bicycles that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electric bicycle specifications

two different bicycles with electric driveline system faults

diagnostic equipment for electric bicycle systems, including:

multimeter

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing electric bicycle driveline systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTV101 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove, refit and adjust electrical and non-electrical bicycle accessories. The unit involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, removing and replacing bicycle accessories according to fitting instructions and manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Bicycle Technical - Accessories

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Interpret bicycle accessory removal and fitting instructions and check accessory specifications against customer requirements 1.3 Inspect accessories for quality and compare with customer requirements 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.6 Prepare work area and plan work to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Remove accessories	2.1 Identify and check accessories to be removed or repaired according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 Remove accessories in line with planned sequence according to workplace instructions and without causing damage to bicycle frame, other components and accessories
3. Fit, test and adjust accessories	3.1 Determine required positioning of new or repaired accessories regard to operational requirements, aesthetics and customer requirements 3.2 Refit bicycle accessories according to job requirements, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Test and adjust refitted accessories as required according to job requirements and customer requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm bicycle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Completes measurements for accessory fitting.
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with customers.
Technology	Uses specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURBTV001 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTV101 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove, refit and adjust the following bicycle accessories on different bicycles:

at least one bicycle computer

at least two different accessories from the following:

seat

bicycle carrier

pedals water bottle frame.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing, refitting and adjusting bicycle accessories, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles

identifying workplace hazards

using materials, tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle and accessory terminology

purpose of bicycle accessories and their relationship to safe bicycle use

types and key features of bicycle accessories, including:

bicycle computers

seats

bicycle carriers

pedals

water bottle frames

types and use of tools and equipment used to remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

techniques and processes for removing, refitting and adjusting bicycle accessories, including:

selection and checking of personal protective equipment

fitting instructions

fault identification

removal instructions

measuring techniques

adjustment techniques

testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle accessories that they have removed, refitted and adjusted, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

technical specifications and fitting instructions for bicycle accessories

PPE required to remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

range of accessories specified in the performance evidence to be fitted on bicycles

three different bicycles requiring accessories

tools and equipment appropriate for removing, refitting and adjusting bicycle accessories.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETB101 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair electric braking systems. These systems are single wire (non CAN-bus) circuits and include electric braking systems in light vehicles and machinery fitted with electric trailer braking controllers or trailers fitted with electric brakes. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The electric braking systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electric braking system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose electric braking system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electric braking system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electric braking system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electric braking system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electric braking measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and use mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETB001 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETB101 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least one of the following components in the electrical non CAN-bus networked braking system of at least two different vehicles or machinery:

brake controller

circuit protection device

switch, relay or globe

sensor

actuator.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including circuit types, diagrams and symbols

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair electric braking systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair electric braking systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electric braking systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems, including:

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electric braking systems

electrical principles, including:

current, voltage, resistance and power

identification and operation of simple electrical circuits, including:

series circuits

parallel circuits

series parallel circuits

Ohm’s law

Faraday’s law

Kirchhoff’s law

electromagnetic interference and radiation

purpose and operation of electric braking systems and components, including:

control systems, including:

electric over hydraulic

electric over vacuum

circuit protection devices

switches, relays and globes, including light emitting diodes (LEDs)

cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity

sensors (two and three-wire)

actuators, including pulse width modulated (PWM)

diagnostic testing procedures for electric braking systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

visual, aural and functional assessments of electric braking system components, including:

component damage and wear

component or connector corrosion

component water or moisture ingress

repair procedures for electric braking systems, including procedures for removing and replacing:

brake controllers

electric drum brakes

electric disc brakes

electric braking system wiring and connectors

post-repair testing procedures for electric braking systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests of steering system.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electric braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electric braking system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with electric braking system faults

diagnostic equipment for electric braking systems, including scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle and machinery electric braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETD101 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits in the embedded network electronic control system of a vehicle or machinery. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronically controlled steering systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, motorcycles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose electronically controlled steering system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronically controlled steering system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electronically controlled steering system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electronically controlled steering system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electronically controlled steering measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and use mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETD011 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETD101 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair at least two of the following faults in electronically controlled steering system components of two different vehicles or machinery:

steering wheel torque sensor circuit

steering wheel angle sensor circuit

wheel speed sensor circuit

ultrasonic position sensor self-parking system circuit

power steering motor control circuit

power steering hydraulic pump control circuit.

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

high resistance in an input system

damaged circuits.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronically controlled steering systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with high pressure and high temperature steering systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronically controlled steering systems

principles of electronically controlled steering systems and associated components, including:

adaptive steering topography, inputs and outputs

typical vehicle or machinery equipped with electronically controlled steering systems

purpose and operation of electronically controlled steering systems and components, including:

adaptive steering control module

control sensors and actuators

actuators, including pulse width modulated (PWM)

steering control module functions, including:

control of hydraulic fluid settings

pressure control valve settings

power steering pump operation

diagnostic testing procedures for electronically controlled steering systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for electronically controlled steering systems, including procedures for removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures for electronically controlled steering systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests of steering system.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronically controlled steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for electronically controlled steering systems

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the electronically controlled steering system components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for electronically steering controlled system, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing the electronically controlled steering systems of vehicle and machinery.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and maintain battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves working with automotive electrical components, maintaining rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS), and performing basic tests on electric drive motors. Importance is placed in the unit on applying high voltage (HV) RESS and separated extra low voltage (SELV) electrical safety procedures.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and maintain BEV	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test RESS and drive motor system operation	2.1 Diagnostic equipment is used to retrieve system parameters and information 2.2 RESS and vehicle drive motor system are tested for correct operation according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Problems associated with performance of RESS or drive motor system are identified and reported according to workplace procedures
3. Deactivate vehicle RESS	3.1 Vehicle is depowered according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Vehicle is identified with warning tag or sign to indicate potential hazards 3.3 SELV supply is located and disconnected according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and removed to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Vehicle is stabilised and checked for zero residual voltage according to manufacturer procedures 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is secured and retained to prevent refitting by third party
4. Check drive motor and associated components	4.1 Electrical drive motor is checked to confirm condition 4.2 Problems associated with performance of electric drive motor and associated components are identified 4.3 Corrective action required to achieve optimum motor performance is reported according to workplace procedures
5. Check associated electrical subsystems and components	5.1 Condition and operation of associated electrical subsystems and components are checked 5.2 Problems associated with performance of electrical subsystems and components are identified 5.3 Required corrective action is reported according to workplace procedures
6. Reinitialise vehicle RESS	6.1 SELV and RESS service plug or manual service disconnect are reconnected in correct order, and vehicle is reactivated 6.2 Diagnostic test equipment is used to check and recalibrate subsystems affected by depower process as required 6.3 RESS and vehicle subsystems are checked for correct operation 6.4 Post-service testing is carried out to ensure correct and safe operation of BEV, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
7. Complete work processes	7.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 7.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 7.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 7.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in testing, servicing and maintenance information from manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify workplace instructions participate in verbal exchanges to report faults, and service and maintenance findings, and make required repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match materials and component part numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical circuits measure materials and components to determine compliance with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand’ rule following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool.
Corrective action must include:	tightening connections balancing state of charge replacing faulty or damaged cable connections removing and replacing faulty or damaged components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH3002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

safely test, service and maintain two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and maintaining BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated high voltage (HV) insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

key components of BEVs and their functions

RESS battery construction, including:

battery internal resistance

battery types

terminal corrosion

terminal resistance

key components of RESS theory, including:

cell failure theory

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

battery charger characteristics and operation, including battery cooling system and refrigerant flow through RESS

battery management system (BMS) theory

power distribution unit (PDU) operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEVs they have serviced and maintained, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications and service procedures for the BEVs being worked on

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different operational BEVs requiring service and maintenance

electrical test equipment appropriate to BEVs being serviced, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for testing, servicing and maintaining BEVs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH015 Diagnose, remove and replace heavy electric vehicle rechargeable energy storage systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose, remove and replace high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) in heavy electric vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the removal and replacement and post-replacement testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to individuals who work in the automotive service and repair industry and apply battery electric safety procedures according to Australian Standards (AS) 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose, remove and replace heavy electric vehicle rechargeable energy storage systems	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify information required for diagnostic activity from customers and supervisors 1.3 Assess diagnostic options and source testing strategy according to workplace and manufacturer specifications 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnostic, removal and replacement activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures according to workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy electric vehicle rechargeable energy storage systems	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests according to testing strategy, manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Analyse diagnostic test results and identify cause of fault 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary removal and replacement according to workplace procedures
3. Remove and replace heavy electric vehicle rechargeable energy storage systems	3.1 Identify information required for removal and replacement activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for removal and replacement activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Isolate RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Identify potential stored energy sources and implement control measures 3.5 Carry out removal and replacement of HV RESS according to workplace manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.6 Reconnect RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and repower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.7 Carry out post-removal and replacement testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	efficiently locates required sources of information
Reading	interprets symbols and wiring diagrams
Writing	legibly and accurately fills out workplace documentation
Oral communication	clarifies instructions obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measures voltage, current and resistance uses mathematical operations calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	uses specialised tools and equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH015 Diagnose, remove and replace heavy electric vehicle rechargeable energy storage systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose, remove and replace high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) in at least two different heavy battery electric vehicles (BEVs).

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose, remove and replace HV RESS in heavy vehicle BEVs including information from:

customers and supervisors

Australian Standards (AS) 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to diagnose, remove and replace HV RESS in BEVs, including:

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including those for:

examining and storing tools and equipment

identifying, tagging and isolating faulty equipment

disposing and recycling of excess materials

workplace health and safety requirements relating to diagnosing, removing and replacing HV RESS in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment

using the one hand rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing, removing and replacing HV RESS in BEVs, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during activity

safe operating procedures for tools and equipment, including:

digital multimeter with minimum Cat III 1000volt rating or CAT IV 600 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

operating principles of HV RESS in BEVs, including:

battery pack construction, including:

battery types

battery internal resistance

battery pack system, including:

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

short circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

purpose and operation of HV RESS in BEVs and components, including:

HV battery charger and direct current (DC) to DC converter

battery management system (BMS)

power distribution unit (PDU)

diagnostic testing procedures for HV RESS in BEVs, including procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

repair procedures for HV RESS in BEVs, including procedures for:

battery cell replacement

charging and discharging procedures

sensor replacement

battery management system or power distribution replacement

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing controller input and output signals and waveforms

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

testing RESS cooling system

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing motor controller.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the RESS in BEVs that they have removed and replaced.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications for BEV and RESS

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different heavy BEVs with RESS and associated components accessible for diagnosis, removal and replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEVs being diagnosed, removed and replaced, including:

digital multimeter with minimum Cat III 1000 volt rating or Cat IV 600 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials required for removing and replacing BEV RESS and their components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH016 Diagnose and repair complex faults in battery electric vehicle powertrains

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair complex faults in battery electric vehicle (BEV) powertrains. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to the skills and knowledge required of individuals who work in the automotive service and repair industry and apply battery electric vehicle safety procedures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Unit Sector

Electric Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair complex faults in battery electric vehicle powertrains	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify information required for diagnostic activity from customers and supervisors 1.3 Assess diagnostic options, source testing strategy and identify cause of fault according to workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnostic and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures according to workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose complex faults in battery electric vehicle powertrains	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests according to testing strategy, manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Analyse diagnostic test results and identify cause of fault 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair complex faults in battery electric vehicle powertrains	3.1 Identify information required for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Isolate rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) service plug or manual service disconnect and depower vehicle high voltage (HV) RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Reconnect RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and repower vehicle HV RESS 3.6 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	efficiently locates required sources of information
Numeracy	matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Reading	organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Writing	legibly and accurately fills out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used
Oral communication	clarifies instructions
Planning and organising	plans own work requirements prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH016 Diagnose and repair complex faults in battery electric vehicle powertrains

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

safely depower a battery electric vehicle (BEV) in each of the following charging systems:

BEV with an AC charging system

BEV with a DC charging system

diagnose at least one complex fault in a powertrain for the above

carry out repair of faults identified from diagnostic tests during the above for at least one of the following faults:

insulation faults in high voltage (HV) cables of the traction motor

HV component faults

low voltage (LV) interlock fault

traction motor noise fault

traction motor sensor fault

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair vehicle complex faults in BEV powertrains, including:

manufacturer specific procedures

Australian Standards (AS) 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

workplace procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing BEV powertrains, including:

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination and storage of tools and equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal and recycling of materials

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using of fire safety equipment

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltages on vehicle electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

safe manual handling techniques, including those for lifting and moving high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems

procedures for minimising risks associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment

using the one hand rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV Rechargeable Energy Storage System (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

operating principles of BEV components, including:

AC power

induction motors

driver invertors

AC/DC and DC/DC power conversion

AC and DC charging systems

electric braking systems

HV battery components and architecture, including state of charge (SOC) and internal component monitoring

HV battery management systems

HV battery discharge procedures

HV system precharge concepts

driver assist systems for BEVs

infotainment systems in BEV

safety interlocks

short circuit monitoring

open circuit monitoring

onboard charging and communication protocols

diagnostic testing procedures for high voltage traction motors in BEVs, including procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

using diagnostic flow charts

testing the electrical system, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to traction motor

windings

checking insulation resistance of traction motor windings

checking routing and damage to HV cabling

conducting vehicle dynamic and static tests

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

repair procedures for battery electric vehicle powertrains, including:

removing and replacing damaged components

removing and replacing the powertrain

post repair procedures for battery electric vehicle powertrains, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating static and dynamic performance tests of powertrains.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the diagnosis and repair of complex faults in battery electric vehicle powertrains, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace instructions

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat.

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

manufacturer battery electric vehicle powertrain specifications

BEVs with an AC and DC charging system and one complex powertrain fault in each BEV

battery electric vehicle powertrain diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter with CAT III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in battery electric vehicle powertrains

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves ensuring the vehicle high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) is isolated before commencing any service or repair work. It also involves calibrating vehicle systems that may need resetting once the energy storage system is reinitialised. Importance is placed in the unit on applying RESS and separated extra low voltage (SELV) electrical safety procedures.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to depower and reinitialise BEV	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for servicing activity 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Deactivate vehicle RESS	2.1 Locate and disconnect SELV supply according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 Locate and remove RESS service plug or manual service disconnect to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Stabilise vehicle is stabilised ensure zero residual voltage according to manufacturer procedures 2.4 Secure and retain RESS service plug or manual service disconnect to prevent refitting by third party
3. Reinitialise vehicle RESS	3.1 Reconnect SELV and RESS service plug or manual service disconnect in the correct order and reactivate vehicle 3.2 Carry out diagnostic tests to ensure correct recalibration of subsystems affected by depower process according to manufacturer procedures 3.3 Check RESS and vehicle subsystems for correct operation 3.4 Report post-reactivation faults according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets text, symbols and diagrams in depowering and reinitialising information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Listens to workplace instructions and ask questions to clarify job requirements Participates in verbal exchanges when depowering and reinitialising BEVs
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges Interprets measurements of residual voltage and high voltages relating to BEVs
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Problem solving	Identifies faults in reinitialising process that need to be reported
Technology	Uses specialised tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

safely depower the rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) and separated extra low voltage (SELV) system of two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs), and stabilise the vehicles ensuring that no residual high voltage (HV) is measured

safely reinitialise each BEV’s RESS and SELV system and confirm correct vehicle operation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles, including:

vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to depowering and reinitialising BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

operating principles of RESS and SELV electrical systems relevant to a range of BEVs

purpose and operation of a range of vehicle RESS depowering and reinitialising methods.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEVs that they have depowered and reinitialised e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications and service procedures for the BEVs being depowered and reinitialised

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs as specified in the performance evidence

electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for depowering and reinitialising BEVs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves working with automotive electrical components, maintaining rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS), and performing basic tests on electric drive motors. Importance is placed in the unit on applying both high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems RESS and separated extra low voltage (SELV) electrical safety procedures.

It applies to individuals working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Prepare to inspect and maintain BEV	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for inspecting activity and establishing serviceability according to workplace procedures
2.Test RESS and drive motor system operation	2.1 Use diagnostic equipment to retrieve system parameters and information 2.2 Test RESS and vehicle drive motor system for correct operation according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Identify problems associated with performance of RESS or drive motor system according to workplace procedures
3.Deactivate vehicle RESS	3.1 Check vehicle is depowered according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Check vehicle is identified with warning tag or sign to indicate potential hazards 3.3 Locate SELV supply and disconnect according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Locate and remove RESS service plug or manual service and disconnect to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Stabilise vehicle and check for zero residual voltage according to manufacturer procedures 3.6 Secure RESS service plug or manual service disconnect to prevent refitting by third party
4.Check drive motor, electrical subsystems and associated components	4.1 Check electrical drive motor and electrical subsystem and confirm condition 4.2 Identify problems associated with performance of electrical drive motor, electrical subsystems and associated components 4.3 Report corrective action according to workplace procedures
5.Reinitialise vehicle RESS	5.1 Reconnect SELV and RESS service plug or manual service and disconnect in the correct order and reactivate vehicle 5.2 Carry out diagnostic tests and confirm correct recalibration of subsystems affected by depower process according to manufacturer specifications 5.3 Check RESS and vehicle subsystems for correct operation according to manufacture specifications 5.4 Report post-reactivation faults according to workplace procedures
6.Complete work processes	6.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 6.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 6.3 Check tools and equipment are stored, and faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 6.4 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Locates appropriate sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets text, symbols and diagrams in testing, servicing and maintenance information from manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures
Writing	Legibly and accurately fills out workplace documentation
Oral	Listens to workplace instructions and asks questions to clarify job requirements Participates in verbal exchanges to report faults and inspect and maintenance findings, and makes required repair recommendations
Numeracy	Interprets measurements of residual voltage and high voltages relating to BEVs
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Confirms tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised tools and equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH102 Inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and maintain at least two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs).

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles, including:

Australian Standards (AS) 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures and policies required to inspect and maintain battery electric vehicles, including:

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including those for:

examining and storing tools and equipment

identifying, tagging and isolating faulty equipment

disposing and recycling of excess materials

work health and safety (WHS) relating to inspecting and maintaining BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated high voltage (HV) insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

key components of BEVs and their functions

RESS battery construction, including:

battery internal resistance

battery types

terminal corrosion

terminal resistance

key components of RESS theory, including:

cell failure theory

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

battery charger characteristics and operation, including battery cooling system and refrigerant flow through RESS

battery management system (BMS) theory

power distribution unit (PDU) operation.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEVs that they have inspected and maintained e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications and inspection procedures for the BEVs being inspected and maintained

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs as specified in the performance evidence

electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for servicing and maintaining BEVs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH103 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) of battery electric vehicles (BEVs).

The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on HV RESS.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Isolate RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Reconnect RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and repower vehicle HV RESS 3.6 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets symbols and wiring diagrams
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges Measures voltage, current and resistance Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH003 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH103 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) in at least two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct at least one of the following performance deficiencies in each:

high resistance in an input system

component failure

abnormal or irregular noises.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

Australian Standards (AS) 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment

using the one hand rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair.

safe operating procedures for tools and equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

operating principles of high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles, including:

battery pack construction, including:

battery types

battery internal resistance

battery pack system, including:

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

purpose and operation of high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles and components, including:

HV battery charger and direct current (DC) to DC converter

battery management system (BMS)

power distribution unit (PDU)

diagnostic testing procedures for high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing controller input and output signals and waveforms

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

RESS cooling system testing

repair procedures for high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing motor controller

post-repair testing procedures for high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

performance testing RESS.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the RESS in BEVs that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications for BEV and RESS

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with RESS and associated components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing BEV RESS and their components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH104 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the traction motor speed control systems of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). These systems may be referred to as digital motor controllers (DMCs) or motor control units (MCUs). The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair traction motor speed control system in battery electric vehicle	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose traction motor speed control system in battery electric vehicle	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair traction motor speed control system in battery electric vehicle	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Isolate RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Reconnect RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and repower vehicle HV RESS 3.6 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets symbols and wiring diagrams.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges Measures voltage, current and resistance Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH104 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems and associated components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct at least one of the following performance deficiencies in each:

high resistance in an input system

component failure

abnormal or irregular noises.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

Australian Standards AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment

using the one hand rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair.

safe operating procedures for tools and equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

operating principles of traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles, including:

types of batteries

types of traction motors, including alternating current and direct current

types of motor controllers

battery charging

purpose and operation of traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles and components, including:

controller inputs

resolvers

controller outputs

battery interface

diagnostic testing procedures for traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing controller input and output signals and waveforms

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

motor speed controller cooling system testing

repair procedures for traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing motor controller

post-repair testing procedures for traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of traction motors.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV traction motor speed control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV traction motor speed control systems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with traction motor speed control systems accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing high voltage traction motors in BEVs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH105 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the high voltage traction motors of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair high voltage traction motor in battery electric vehicle	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose high voltage traction motor in battery electric vehicle	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair high voltage traction motor in battery electric vehicle	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Isolate RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Reconnect RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and repower vehicle HV RESS 3.6 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets symbols and wiring diagrams
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges Measures voltage, current and resistance Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH105 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) traction motors systems and associated components on at least two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct at least one of the following performance deficiencies in each:

damaged or faulty cabling

component failure

damaged tractor motor windings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

Australian Standards AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment

using the one hand rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair.

safe operating procedures for tools and equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

operating principles of high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles, including:

motor generators

types of batteries

battery charging

purpose and operation of high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles and components, including:

direct current (DC) motor generators

alternating current (AC) motor generators

diagnostic testing procedures for high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to traction motor windings

checking insulation resistance of traction motor windings

checking routing and damage to HV cabling

conducting vehicle dynamic and static tests

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

repair procedures for high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing the traction motor

post-repair testing procedures for high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of traction motors.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV HV traction motors that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV HV traction motor systems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with HV traction motor systems accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing HV traction motors in BEVs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH106 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the auxiliary motors of battery electric vehicles (BEVs), and in their associated components and control systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicle	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicle	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicle	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Isolate RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Reconnect RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and repower vehicle HV RESS 3.6 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets symbols and wiring diagrams.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges Measures voltage, current and resistance Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH106 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair auxiliary motors, associated components and control systems in at least two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct at least one of the following performance deficiencies in each:

high resistance in an input system

component failure

faulty or damaged cable connections.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment

using the one hand rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair.

safe operating procedures for tools and equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

operating principles of auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles, including:

electric-assisted power steering

electric-assisted braking

electric-assisted passenger comfort systems, including heating, cooling and air conditioning (HVAC) systems

diagnostic testing procedures for auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing motor controller input and output signals and waveforms

testing auxiliary motor operation

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

repair procedures for auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing the auxiliary motor and controllers

post-repair testing procedures for auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

performance tests of auxiliary motor system.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV auxiliary motors and associated components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV auxiliary motors and subsystems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with auxiliary motors and associated components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing BEV auxiliary motors and their components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH107 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the system instrumentation and safety interlocks of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicle	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicle	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicle	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Isolate RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Reconnect RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and repower vehicle HV RESS 3.6 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets symbols and wiring diagrams.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges Measures voltage, current and resistance Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH107 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks and their associated components on at least two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct at least one of the following performance deficiencies in each:

high resistance in an input system

faulty instrumentation or safety interlocks

damaged or loose connectors, fuse holders or wiring.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

Australian Standards (AS) 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment

using the one hand rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair.

safe operating procedures for tools and equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

operating principles of system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles, including reasons for safety interlocks in BEVs

purpose and operation of BEV instrumentation and safety interlocks, including:

battery charger, including charge cable sensor

controller signals

gear selector inhibitor switch

ignition or power key

inertia or impact sensor

isolation componentry, including HV contactor

motor over temperature control

under voltage protection

diagnostic testing procedures for system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining battery state of charge

operational tests of safety interlocks

testing instrumentation data communication systems using scan tool and oscilloscope

undertaking vehicle dynamic and static tests

repair procedures for system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing instrumentation

post-repair testing procedures for system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV system instrumentation and safety interlocks that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV system instrumentation and safety interlocks

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with system instrumentation and safety interlocks accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in OEM requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing system instrumentation and safety interlocks in BEVs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH108 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). The unit involves removing and replacing refrigerant, as well as performance testing the HVAC and RESS cooling system. It involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. HVAC and RESS cooling systems include circuits in BEVs.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Isolate RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Reconnect RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and repower vehicle HV RESS 3.6 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets symbols and wiring diagrams.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges Measures voltage, current and resistance Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH008 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH108 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system and rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) cooling system components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs), in which the work must involve:

repairing or replacing one HVAC system component to correct performance deficiencies

repairing or replacing one RESS cooling system component to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicles, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

Australian Standards (AS) 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment

using the one hand rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicles, including:

trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from HVAC and RESS cooling systems

preventing the escape of refrigerant to the atmosphere

safe operating procedures for tools and equipment, including:

those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

temperature and pressure measuring equipment, including:

manifold and gauge set

contact thermometer

infrared thermometer (pyrometer)

electronic temperature probe

psychrometer (humidity detector)

digital vacuum gauge (vacrometer)

refrigerant leak detecting equipment, including electronic leak detector

refrigerant recovery equipment, including:

recovery unit

vacuum pump

electronic scales

miscellaneous equipment, including:

valve core removing or replacement tool

oil injector

operating principles of HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicles, including:

types of HVAC systems, including engine operated and electric motor operated systems

types of RESS and RESS charging

reasons for cooling the RESS

purpose and operation of HVAC systems and RESS cooling systems and components, including:

alternating current (AC) electric motor compressors

HVAC control units

HVAC control unit inputs and outputs

HVAC ejector cycle systems

RESS cooling systems, including air cooling, liquid cooling and HVAC cooled systems

diagnostic testing procedures for HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to compressor motor windings

checking insulation resistance of compressor motor windings

checking routing and damage to HV cabling

HVAC dynamic and static testing

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

repair procedures for HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of HVAC systems and RESS cooling systems

procedures for completing ARCtick service decal sticker, including:

name of service organisation

ARCtick business authority number

quantity of refrigerant added

refrigerant and oil type

service date

technician name and licence number.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV HVAC and RESS cooling systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

ARC accredited service decal sticker (ARCtick)

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV HVAC and RESS cooling systems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with HVAC and RESS cooling system components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV HVAC and RESS cooling being diagnosed and repaired as specified under tools and equipment in the range of conditions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing HVAC and RESS cooling systems in BEVs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards; and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH109 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the high voltage (HV) direct current (DC) to low voltage (LV) DC of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. HV DC to LV DC converters include circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH101 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicle	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicle	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicle	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Isolate RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Reconnect RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and repower vehicle HV RESS 3.6 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets symbols and wiring diagrams.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements Measures voltage, current and resistance Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH109 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair the DC to DC converter and its system components on at least two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

Australian Standards (AS) 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment

using the one hand rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair.

safe operating procedures for tools and equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

operating principles of DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles, including:

step-down converters

step-up converters

continuous current mode

discontinuous current mode

signal noise, including radio frequency (RF) noise, input noise and output noise

purpose and operation of DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles, including:

linear converters

switched mode conversion

magnetic converters

capacitive converters

diagnostic testing procedures for DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking voltage input and output of DC to DC converters

checking routing and damage to cabling

repair procedures for DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles, including procedures for:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV DC to DC converters that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV DC to DC converters

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with DC to DC converters accessible for diagnostic and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing DC to DC converters in BEVs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH110 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems of hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs). The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Hybrid Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicle	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicle	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicle	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Isolate RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Reconnect RESS service plug or manual service disconnect and repower vehicle HV RESS 3.6 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets symbols and wiring diagrams.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges Measures voltage, current and resistance Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH010 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH110 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) in two different hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) or plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

Australian Standards (AS) 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in HEV and PHEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment

using the one hand rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair

safe operating procedures for tools and equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

operating principles of high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in HEVs and PHEVs, including:

battery pack construction, including:

battery types

battery internal resistance

battery pack system, including:

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

purpose and operation of RESS, including:

HV battery charger and direct current (DC) to DC converter

battery management system (BMS)

power distribution unit (PDU)

diagnostic testing procedures for high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles, including procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing controller input and output signals and waveforms

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

RESS cooling system testing

repair procedures for high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles, including procedures for:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing motor controller

post-repair testing procedures for high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles, including procedures for:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

performance testing RESS.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the RESS in HEVs and PHEVs that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications for HEV or PHEV RESS

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different HEVs or PHEVs RESS and associated components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the HEVs or PHEVs being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing HEV or PHEV RESS and their components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH114 Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in hybrid, plug-in hybrid and battery electric vehicle (HEV, PHEV and BEV) network management systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. The systems used vary based on the work context. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS). Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions. 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery.
Reading	Researches, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking network management system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures network management system components and uses mathematical operations to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETH014 Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH114 Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose complex faults in the embedded network management systems of:

at least one battery electric vehicle (BEV)

at least one hybrid electric vehicle (HEV) or one plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (PHEV)

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following complex faults, each present in one of the above vehicles:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems, including:

hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems

working with hazardous materials and toxic substances

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

minimising risk, including:

analysing task to define risk

applying electrical safety precautions, including one hand rule, live system warning tags and signs, depowering the vehicle, isolating the high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply, and stabilising the vehicle electrical system

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using fire safety equipment

lifting and moving the RESS using safe manual handling techniques

using workplace first aid equipment

environmental requirements relating to hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems

types of complex faults relating to hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

operating principles of network management systems and data multiplexing in HEVs, PHEVs and BEVs

key features of hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems, including:

direct current (DC) electric motor types, including:

separately excited motors

permanent magnet motors

alternating current (AC) electric motor types, including:

induction motors

brushless motors

motor controllers, including:

variable pulse width DC types

variable frequency, variable amplitude AC types

inverters and converters, including:

AC to DC

DC to AC

batteries, including:

lead acid batteries

nickel metal hydride batteries

lithium ion batteries

ultra capacitors and super capacitors

parallel hybrid electric vehicles

series hybrid electric vehicles

power split hybrid electric vehicles

testing procedures for hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems, including:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

key features and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults relating to hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the HEV, PHEV and BEV network management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

manufacturer HEV, PHEV and BEV network management system specifications

one BEV and one HEV or PHEV with complex network management system faults

BEV, HEV and PHEV network management system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

specialist BEV, PHEV and HEV tools and equipment as specified in original equipment manufacturer requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in HEV, PHEV and BEV network management systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair electronic monitoring, management and tracking systems fitted to heavy vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the systems, repairing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems include those in heavy vehicles, agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection, servicing and repair procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and electrical test equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Circuits are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair system	3.1 System is serviced and repaired according to manufacturer and component specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 System is performance tested and final adjustments are made 3.3 Post-repair testing is carried out to confirm system is operating to manufacturer specifications, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use with protective guards, safety features and cowlings in place 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and electrical test equipment, including scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for recycling and disposing of replaced electronic management, monitoring and tracking system components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair three of the following electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems:

receivers

displays

electronic controllers

steering actuators

telematics

connectors and harnesses.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including procedures for:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for recycling and disposing of replaced electronic management, monitoring and tracking system components

operating principles of electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including:

system overview

global positioning system (GPS)

electronic sensors and processors

electrical actuators

application, purpose and operation of electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including:

receivers

displays

electronic controllers

steering actuators

telematics

connectors and harnesses

techniques for reading and interpreting automotive technical information, graphic symbols and wiring diagrams

inspection procedures, including:

analysing system operation

identifying software versions

interrogating electronic fault codes

testing electrical systems, including procedures for accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

service and repair procedures, including:

component removal and replacement procedures

downloading and installing relevant component software

component and associated system adjustment procedures to include variable operating conditions

post-repair testing procedures, including:

confirming that vehicle or machinery electronic monitoring, management and tracking systems are serviceable and operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic management, monitoring and tracking system that they have inspected, serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

vehicles or machinery with the electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems specified in the performance evidence requiring service or repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including scan tool.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR049 Install in-vehicle entertainment and convenience

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely install in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and installing entertainment and convenience systems, testing system functionality and completing workplace documentation.

It applies to those who undertake routine installation tasks in the automotive sector and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install, in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems	1.1 Determine job requirements according to workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications and workplace procedures 1.3 Identify installation option according to the identified job requirements 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with work tasks, assess potential risks and implement control measures according to workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Select components of in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems according to job requirements 1.6 Check tools and equipment for serviceability
2. Install and test system	2.1 Install in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Conduct post-installation testing of system functionality and rectify faults where required according to workplace policies and procedures 2.3 Conduct final inspection and confirm vehicle is ready for use according to road safety standards
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Clean work area, collect recyclable material and dispose of waste and non-recyclable materials 3.2 Store tools and equipment according to workplace procedures 3.3 Document installation and testing process according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	locates required sources of information efficiently
Numeracy	matches materials and component part numbers to work instructions and component part lists measures voltage using basic arithmetic operations
Oral communication	clarifies instructions, determine work requirements, report findings, and seek feedback
Reading	interprets information from manufacturer and workshop policies when seeking specifications and procedures interprets workplace policies and procedures interprets text, symbols and diagrams of in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems in manufacturer specifications, fitting instructions and workplace procedures
Writing	legibly and accurately fills out workplace documentation for reports and records
Planning and organising	plans own work requirements and prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	uses specialised workplace technology, equipment and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR049 Install in-vehicle entertainment and convenience

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install two different in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems into two different vehicles

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to installing in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems, including those relating to:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks

key specialised technologies, tools and equipment associated with in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems, including:

amplifiers and speakers

crimpers

digital multimeters

soldering irons

wire strippers

system functionality testing procedures and tools used for installing in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems, including:

digital multimeter and scan tool

electrical equipment testing

system operations

wiring diagrams

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

workplace policies and procedures required to install in-vehicle convenience and entertainment systems, including:

serviceability of tools and equipment

techniques to operate, examine and store specialised technologies, tools and equipment

documentation processes including tagging of faulty equipment

safe disposal and recycling procedures for materials

key features of in-vehicle convenience, entertainment and safety systems, including:

advanced driver-assistance systems (ADAS)

connectivity systems

electronic control units (ECUs)

fibre-optic communication systems

infotainment systems

intelligent transport systems

multi-plex systems

passenger comfort systems

safety restraint systems

telematics systems

vehicle tracking systems

key theories and principles of system installation procedures including:

Controller Area Network (CAN)-bus

electrical

Local Interconnect Network (LIN) bus

OHM’s law

vehicle body operations.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the installation of in-vehicle entertainment and convenience systems, e.g., work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace instructions, policies and procedures

manufacturer specifications and installation fitting instructions

two different vehicles requiring the installation of in-vehicle convenience and entertainment systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing in-vehicle convenience and entertainment systems

PPE required to install in-vehicle convenience and entertainment systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR051 Diagnose, repair and replace precision agriculture systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose, repair and replace precision agriculture systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the systems and circuits, servicing, repairing, replacing and testing the systems, and completing workplace finalisation processes and documentation.

It applies to individuals who work in the service and repair industry, specifically within precision agriculture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose, repair and replace precision agriculture systems	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify information required for diagnosing, repairing and replacing activities from customers and supervisors 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with the activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures according to workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for diagnosis and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose precision agriculture systems	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Analyse diagnostic test results and identify cause of fault 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault to supervisor according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and replace precision agriculture systems	3.1 Identify information required for repair and replacement activity 3.2 Identify required tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs and replacement according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer component specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair and replacement testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements and verify that calibrations and operational set up is complete
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle has safety features and cowlings in place and systems are ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Check tools and equipment and tag and isolate any faulty equipment according to workplace procedures 4.4 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
Writing	completes workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations and recording parts and material used
Oral communication	clarifies instructions obtains information from customers and supervisors reports inspection findings to supervisors
Numeracy	matches components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications reads and interprets vehicle measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	plans own work requirements prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes completes tasks within workplace timeframes develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Technology	uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR051 Diagnose, repair and replace precision agriculture systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose, repair and replace at least two of the following precision agriculture systems:

autoguidance

application and machine control

satellite constellation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test circuits according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems

test performance of systems and make any final adjustments as required

confirm systems are operating to manufacturer specifications and workplace requirements

confirm any reported problems are resolved and no other problems are present

confirm vehicle has protective guards, safety features and cowlings in place.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose, repair and replace precision agriculture systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

types, uses and operation of precision agriculture systems, including:

global network satellite system (GNSS)

in-vehicle monitoring systems (IVMS)

electronic data interchange (EDI) systems

mobile phone technologies & satellite telecommunications

cloud-based portals

workplace procedures required to diagnose, repair and replace precision agriculture systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing precision agriculture systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working with high current electrical systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for recycling and disposing of replaced precision agriculture system components

application and purpose of electronic tools and test equipment used in diagnosis and repair of precision agriculture systems, including:

scan tools

hydraulic circuit testing system

electrical testing system

handheld multimeter

onboard diagnostic systems

operating procedures of precision agriculture systems, including:

system overview

global network satellite system (GNSS)

mobile phone technologies

electronic sensors and processors

electrical actuators

hydraulic systems and sensors

receivers

displays

electronic controllers

steering actuators

hydraulic systems and controllers

telematics

connectors and harnesses

electronic components and units, including:

universal control module (UCM)

electronic diesel controller (EDC17)

body control module (BCM)

immobilizer module (IM)

armrest control module (ACM)

driveline electronic controller (DEC)

instrument control module (ICM)

advanced steering technology (AST)

cab suspension module (CSM) procedures, including:

analysing system operation

identifying software versions

interrogating electronic fault codes

methods of testing electronic communication systems and operations, including procedures for accessing terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

service and repair procedures, including:

component removal and replacement procedures

downloading and installing relevant component software

component and associated system adjustment and calibration procedures to include variable operating conditions

calibration of components and systems

post-repair testing procedures, including:

confirming that vehicle precision agriculture systems are serviceable and operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the precision agriculture system that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for precision agriculture systems

precision agriculture systems

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

equipment with precision agriculture systems specified in the performance evidence requiring service or repair

tools, equipment and materials for diagnosing and repairing precision agriculture systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR103 Identify automotive electrical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify the function and basic operation of a range of vehicle electrical systems and components. It involves preparing for the task, locating information on the systems and components, and demonstrating knowledge of electrical systems.

The unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Locate and identify electrical system and its components	1.1 Identify task requirements from task instructions including vehicle or machinery to be worked 1.2 Obtain technical information regarding electrical system to be identified 1.3 Identify electrical system major components according to workplace health and safety requirements and task instructions
2. Demonstrate knowledge of electrical system	2.1 Confirm system function from technical information and demonstrate during workplace activities 2.2 Confirm system major component function and basic operation from technical information and demonstrate during workplace activities 2.3 Confirm system relationship to vehicle or machinery operation is from technical information

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Oral communication	Participates effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarifies and clearly conveys information
Numeracy	Uses and communicates basic numerical information relating to automotive electrical systems and components.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR003 Identify automotive electrical systems and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR103 Identify automotive electrical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, locate and check the operation of the following basic electrical systems while carrying out required workplace activities:

vehicle electrical power supplies

ignition system

fuel delivery system

charging system

starting system

lighting system

fuses and circuit breakers

wiring looms and harnesses.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the identification of automotive electrical systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and equipment

following workplace safety procedures

basic theory and principles of automotive electrical systems, including:

alternating current (AC)

direct current (DC)

Ohm’s law

identification, function and basic operation of vehicle electrical systems and components, including:

vehicle electrical power supplies

ignition system

fuel delivery system

charging system

starting system

lighting system

body electrical systems

fuses and circuit breakers

wiring looms and harnesses

basic automotive terminology relating to electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the automotive electrical system information that they have applied, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workshop or task instructions

information regarding basic electrical principles and fundamentals

information regarding vehicle electrical systems and components

workplace safety equipment, including PPE

a vehicle with the automotive electrical systems specified in the performance evidence

automotive tools and equipment relating to workplace activities being carried out.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR104 Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle embedded network convenience and entertainment systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. The systems used vary based on the work context. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The convenience and entertainment systems include those in vehicles from all sectors of the industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates and evaluates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking convenience and entertainment system specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR004 Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR104 Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in the convenience and entertainment systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery in which the work for each must involve a different complex fault selected from the following:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of the complex faults in the above two vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems, including:

convenience and entertainment system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in vehicle convenience and entertainment systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working around vehicle supplementary restraint systems (SRS), including airbags

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

environmental requirements relating to convenience and entertainment systems

types of complex faults relating to vehicle convenience and entertainment systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

key features of convenience and entertainment systems in vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

infotainment systems

telematics systems

intelligent transport systems

safety restraint systems

passenger comfort systems

testing procedures for vehicle convenience and entertainment systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

key features and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle convenience and entertainment systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the convenience and entertainment systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer convenience and entertainment system specifications

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with complex faults in their convenience and entertainment systems

convenience and entertainment system electrical and electronic system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect, test and repair basic electrical circuits in vehicle and machinery electrical systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting and testing the circuit, repairing the circuit, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The basic electrical circuits include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to test basic electrical circuit	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for testing activity and select fault finding options according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with test and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for testing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Test circuit	2.1 Inspect extent of failure or damage to basic electrical circuit according to workplace procedures 2.2 Test circuit according to workplace procedures and workplace health and safety requirements 2.3 Identify cause of fault through analysis of test results. 2.4 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures
3. Repair circuit	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Analyse repair options and select procedure according to workplace procedures. 3.3 Identify tools and equipment required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.4 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to basic electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions
Numeracy	Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised tools and equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent AURETR012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR112 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test the following basic electrical circuits:

one short circuit across an electrical resistive load

one open circuit before or after an electrical resistive load

one high resistance circuit before or after an electrical resistive load

current flow across an electrical resistive load

voltage drop across an electrical resistive load

test for continuity in a basic wiring harness and visually check terminals in the wiring harness for moisture ingress and corrosion

carry out four different circuit repairs in which the work must involve:

crimping various terminal sizes

soldering wire gauges to terminals

applying heat shrink insulation to crimped or soldered joints

replacing male and female terminals in a connector housing

performing terminal retention checks to replaced terminals.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to test and repair basic electrical circuits, including:

technical information, including:

circuit types

circuit diagrams

circuit symbols

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to test and repair basic electrical circuits, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around electrical systems

environmental procedures relating to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits

basic theory and principles of automotive electrical systems, including:

current

alternating current (AC)

direct current (DC)

voltage

resistance

power

Ohm’s law

identification and operation of the following electrical circuits:

series circuits

parallel circuits

series parallel circuits

key features of basic electrical circuit components, including:

cable types, including:

cable sizes

current carrying capacity

circuit protection devices

switches

relays

automotive globes

procedures for using and operating electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeters

test lights suitable for circuit testing, including resistive and light emitting diode (LED)

test probes suitable for testing circuit continuity

fused test lead

common types of faults, including:

open circuits

high resistance circuits

short circuits

damaged insulation

frayed wires

burnt wiring

water and moisture ingress

connector damage

terminal damage

testing procedures for electrical systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

electrical measuring and testing procedures, including:

electrical resistance checks

open and short circuit tests

voltage drop tests

current flow tests

visual testing procedures, including:

component moisture ingress

connector damage

repair procedures for electrical circuits, including:

wire soldering procedures

terminal crimping procedures

replacing male and female terminals in a connector housing

connector removal and replacement procedures

basic electrical components removal and replacement procedures

post-repair testing procedures, including:

confirming that electrical system is operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the basic electrical circuits they have tested and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electrical system specifications

vehicle or machinery with faults in the basic electrical circuits specified in the performance evidence

electrical test equipment to test basic electrical circuits and components

consumable materials relevant to repairing basic electrical circuits and components, including connectors, terminals, wire, electrical tape and heat shrink sleeving

electrical repair tools, equipment and materials relating to basic electrical circuits and components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service vehicle, vessel and machinery batteries. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting battery systems, servicing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The battery systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect, test and service battery	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for inspect and servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Inspect and test battery	2.1 Carry out inspection and testing of battery systems according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Carry out inspection and testing of battery circuits according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Compare inspection results against manufacturer specifications 2.4 Report inspection findings and make recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Service and maintain battery	3.1 Service and maintain battery according to manufacturer and battery specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to manufacturer specifications workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking battery service procedures and specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and reports inspection findings to required personnel
Numeracy	Matches battery types and identification numbers to workplace instructions and manufacturer specifications Interprets and compares battery specifications and procedures
Technology	Uses specialised tools and equipment when inspecting, testing and servicing batteries

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR015 Inspect, test and service batteries.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR115 Inspect, test and service batteries

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect, test and service the batteries of three different vehicles, vessels or machinery, in which the work must involve one maintenance-free battery.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect, test and service batteries, including:

vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

battery manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to inspect, test and service batteries, including:

inspecting, testing, servicing and post-service testing batteries

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting, testing and servicing batteries, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

identifying a hybrid vehicle

identifying a battery electric vehicle

working with high current electrical systems

manually handling batteries and toxic and corrosive substances

conducting risk assessments of battery, vehicle and equipment movement before carrying out work

working safely when using battery testing equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for recycling and disposing of replaced batteries

tools, equipment and materials relating to inspecting, testing and servicing batteries, including:

battery load testing device

multimeter

battery cleaning materials

basic operating principles of batteries, including:

using chemical energy to produce electrical energy

the difference between voltage and current

types of automotive batteries, including:

lead acid batteries

deep cycle batteries

maintenance-free batteries

gel batteries

absorbed glass mat batteries

calcium batteries

lithium ion and lithium ion phosphate batteries

battery classifications, including:

reserve capacity

amp hour rating

cold cranking amps

battery specifications and measurements, including:

battery-specific gravity measurements

cold cranking amp (CCA) measurements

battery connection methods for 6 volt, 12 volt, 24 volt and 48 volt, including:

series

parallel

series parallel

inspection and testing procedures for batteries, including:

terminals and leads

battery securing system

testing battery with load testing devices

testing battery with a hydrometer

battery memory retention

servicing procedures for batteries, including:

cleaning battery and battery compartments

topping up battery fluid

post-service testing procedures, including confirming that battery is serviceable and operating to manufacturer specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the batteries that they have inspected, tested and serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer battery specifications

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with batteries as specified in the performance evidence requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, testing and servicing batteries, including battery load testing devices, multimeters and cleaning materials.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR116 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to read and apply technical information in the wiring schematics and drawings of vehicles, vessels and machinery when testing and fault-finding electrical wiring systems. It involves preparing for the task, reading and interpreting the schematics and drawings, and completing work processes.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The wiring schematics and diagrams include those in electrical systems in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify wiring schematics and drawings for vehicle, vessel or machinery electrical system being tested 1.3 Check schematics and drawings for currency and inclusion of latest amendments
2. Apply information	2.1 Identify and interpret electrical circuit information in schematics and drawings 2.2 Use information to assist when carrying out testing and repair procedures on electrical wiring systems
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Store schematics and drawings according to workplace procedures 3.2 Report damage to schematics and drawings according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Oral communication	Clarifies information
Numeracy	Interprets numbers and units relating to electrical circuits and wiring systems in automotive workshop hard copy and online documentation Determines correct measurement relationships for voltage, current and resistance in electrical circuits from wiring schematics and drawings Interprets correct wiring gauge and dimensions from wiring schematics and drawings

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR116 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

read, interpret and apply information from three different vehicle, vessel or machinery wiring schematics and diagrams when testing and fault finding their electrical wiring systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret vehicle wiring schematics and drawings, including:

procedures for identifying currency and version control of wiring schematics and drawings

workplace procedures required to apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings, including:

storage and maintenance of vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

reporting damage to vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

types of information in wiring schematics and drawings, including:

circuit symbols

wiring codes

vehicle zone tables

legends

diagrammatic representations

key components of wiring schematics and drawings, including:

vehicle wiring schematics

electrical component symbols

electrical operational block schematics

controller area network databus (CAN-bus) circuit diagrams

vehicle zoning information tables

electrical component drawings

connector drawings that include connector end view drawings.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle or machinery wiring schematics and drawings they have interpreted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

wiring schematics and drawings relating to three different vehicles, vessels or machinery.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR120 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair network electronic control systems. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits essential to control engine powertrain, vehicle dynamic control functions and body control functions. They include vehicle infotainment and climate control systems. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. Embedded networked systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair network electronic control system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose network electronic control system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair network electronic control system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Reads and interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR020 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR120 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least three different network electronic control circuits that set network communication diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including one single wire circuit (LIN-bus) and one two-wire circuit (CAN-bus).

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above work for at least one of the following faults:

high resistance in an input system

worn or damaged wiring or connectors

shorted system components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair network electronic control systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair network electronic control systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing network electronic control systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental procedures relating to diagnosing and repairing network electronic control systems.

diagnostic testing procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

using diagnostic flow charts

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

DTCs, including ‘U’ type communication codes

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to system wiring and connectors

repair procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

connector removal and replacement procedures

removal and replacement procedures for vehicle network electronic control system components

post-repair testing procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

confirming fault rectification

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

operating principles of network electronic control systems and associated components, including:

assurance of message delivery, non-conflicting messages, minimum time of delivery, and electromagnetic field (EMF) noise resilience

network topographies

network protocols, including characteristics and data speeds

purpose and operation of network electronic control systems and components, including:

controlled area network (CAN), including:

nodes: host processor, CAN controller, and transceiver

gateway modules

terminating resistors

data transmission

vehicle data logic connector (DLC)

local interconnect network (LIN), including:

master and slaves

data transmission.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the network electronic control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for network electronic control systems

two different network electronic control circuits

diagnostic equipment for network electronic control circuits, including:

multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing network electronic control circuits.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR121 Diagnose, repair and replace heavy vehicle electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR021 Diagnose, repair and replace electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose, repair and replace electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems fitted to heavy vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the systems and circuits, servicing, repairing and replacing, and testing the systems and completing workplace finalisation processes and documentation.

It applies to individuals who work in the heavy vehicle service and repair industry and service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems including those in heavy vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose, repair and replace electronic management, monitoring and tracking system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify information required for inspection, servicing, repair and replacement activities from customers and supervisors 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with the activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and electrical equipment required for diagnosis and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose electronic management, monitoring and tracking system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Analyse diagnostic test results and identify cause of fault 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault to supervisor according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and replace electronic management, monitoring and tracking system	3.1 Identify information required for repair and replacement activity 3.2 Identify required tools, equipment and materials required for repair and replacement activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs and replacement according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer component specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair and replacement testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle has safety features and cowlings in place and systems are ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Check tools and equipment and tag and isolate any faulty electrical equipment identified according to workplace procedures 4.4 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	locates required sources of information efficiently develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
Writing	completes workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used
Oral communication	clarifies instructions obtains information from customers and supervisors reports inspection findings to supervisors
Numeracy	matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications reads and interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	plans own work requirements prioritises actions and achieves required outcomes completes tasks within workplace timeframes
Technology	uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR121 Diagnose, repair and replace heavy vehicle electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR021 Diagnose, repair and replace electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose, repair and replace at least three of the following electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems in at least one heavy vehicle or mobile plant machinery:

receivers

displays

electronic controllers

steering actuators

telematics

connectors and harnesses.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

test circuits according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems

test performance of systems and make any final adjustments as required

confirm systems are operating to manufacturer specifications and workplace requirements

confirm any reported problems are resolved and no other problems are present

confirm vehicle has protective guards, safety features and cowlings in place.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose, repair and replace electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose, repair and replace electronic, monitoring and tracking systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing, repairing and replacing electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working with high current electrical systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for recycling and disposing of replaced electronic management, monitoring and tracking system components

application of electronic tools and electrical test equipment used in the diagnosis, repair and replacement of electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including:

scan tools

telematics programs

multimeter

test lamps

operating principles of electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including:

system overview

global network satellite system (GNSS)

electronic sensors and processors

electrical actuators

operation of different electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems and components of heavy vehicle or mobile plant machinery, including:

sensors

receivers

displays

electronic controllers

steering actuators

telematics

connectors and harnesses

inspection procedures used on electronic management, monitoring and tracking system components of heavy vehicle or mobile plant machinery, including:

analysing system operation

identifying software versions

interrogating electronic fault codes

methods of testing electrical systems, including procedures for accessing electrical terminals and using test probes and breakout harnesses without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

service and repair procedures, including:

component removal and replacement procedures

downloading and installing relevant component software

component and associated system adjustment procedures to include variable operating conditions

post-repair testing procedures, including:

confirming that vehicle or machinery electronic monitoring, management and tracking systems are serviceable and operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic management, monitoring and tracking system that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

vehicles or machinery with electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems specified in the performance evidence requiring service or repair

tools, equipment and materials for diagnosing and repairing electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems. These systems include the functions of a vehicle electronic braking control module (EBCM), such as anti-lock braking, brake assist, descent control, electronic brake force distribution, electronic park brake, hill start assist, stability control, traction control and active roll-over protection. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. Embedded networked systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose vehicle dynamic control system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair vehicle dynamic control system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR122 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in each of two of the following dynamic control systems of:

one vehicle or machinery with an anti-lock braking system (ABS)

one vehicle or machinery with a traction control system (TCS)

one vehicle or machinery with an active safety system.

carry out diagnostic tests in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

high resistance in an input system

worn or damaged wiring or connectors

shorted system components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

vehicle dynamic control systems manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing vehicle dynamic control systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high and low voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of vehicle dynamic control systems and associated components, including:

active roll-over protection

anti-lock braking

brake assist

descent control

electronic brake force distribution

electronic park brake

hill start assist

stability control

traction control

active and passive collision avoidance

lane keeping assist

occupant detection systems

adaptive cruise control

roll-over protection

purpose and operation of vehicle dynamic control systems and components, including:

ABS, including system inputs, electronic control unit (ECU), ABS modulator, and system outputs

TCS, including system inputs, ECU, and system outputs, including associated throttle and braking system controls

electronic stability control (ESC), including system inputs, including yaw and steering angle sensors, and ECU and system outputs, including associated throttle and braking system controls

diagnostic testing procedures for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to system wiring and connectors

repair procedures for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

connector removal and replacement procedures

removal and replacement procedures for vehicle dynamic control system components

calibration and re-setting procedures

post-repair testing procedures for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle dynamic control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vehicle dynamic control system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with dynamic control system faults

diagnostic equipment for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle dynamic control systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the spark ignition engine management systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in an automotive service and repair industry. The spark ignition engine management systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management system	1.1 Access workplace instructions to identify job requirements and confirm existence of fault according to workplace procedures 1.2 Source and interpret required information for diagnosis activity, including customer complaint, workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.3 Source testing strategy to efficiently identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies 1.5 Identify diagnostic tools and equipment required for the job and examine them for serviceability
2. Diagnose engine management system	2.1 Carry out diagnostic tests according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Analyse diagnostic test results to identify cause of fault, conducting further tests if required 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Repair engine management system	3.1 Source and interpret required information for repair activity, including manufacturer specifications, workplace and manufacturer procedures 3.2 Identify repair tools, equipment and materials required for the job and examine for serviceability 3.3 Carry out repairs or component replacements and adjustments according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements to confirm fault rectification and repair any issues identified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Carry out final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations and vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR023 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR123 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the spark ignition engine management systems of three different vehicles or machinery, including:

faults in two system input sensors

faults in one system output actuator

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

low or high pressure in the fuel system

damaged sensors, connectors or wiring

leaking or restricted injectors.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) relating to diagnosing and repairing spark ignition engine management systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment, including multimeters, scan tools and oscilloscope

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

working with high pressure petrol fuel systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing spark ignition engine management systems

diagnostic testing procedures for spark ignition engine management systems, including:

diagnostic flow charts

fuel system testing, including:

low pressure fuel system testing

high pressure fuel system testing

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

injector testing

sensor testing

actuator testing

accessing and interpreting industry-relevant test equipment data, including:

fault codes

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

repair procedures for spark ignition engine management systems, including procedures for:

removing and replacing the following electrical or electronic components:

sensors

actuators, including fuel injectors and fuel pumps

adjusting and recalibrating components and associated systems

post-repair testing procedures, including procedures for:

clearing fault codes

assessing engine performance

checking for electrical connector mating

operating principles of spark ignition engine management systems and associated components, including:

combustion, including:

air-fuel ratios and chemistry of combustion

composition of petrol fuel, including octane rating

indirect and direct fuel injection

purpose and operation of spark ignition engine management systems and components, including:

fuel system, including:

fuel filters

fuel pumps

fuel pressure regulators

fuel injectors

electronic control system, including the following system inputs:

throttle position sensors

coolant temperature sensors

oxygen sensors

load sensors and air flow meters

intake air temperature sensors

crankshaft position sensors

camshaft position sensors

battery voltage

accessory load sensors

knock sensors

key features of electronic control units (ECUs), including:

read-only memory (ROM)

programmable read-only memory (PROM)

electronically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM)

random access memory (RAM)

multiplexing

adaptive learning

short-term fuel trim (STFT)

long-term fuel trim (LTFT)

sensor reference voltages and sensor grounds

system outputs, including:

injectors

idle speed control devices

fuel pump relays

engine cooling fans

air conditioning compressor controls

broadband intake manifolds

exhaust gas recirculation solenoid controls

carbon canister purge controls

throttle motor (drive by wire) controls

variable valve timing controls

assembly line diagnostic link (ALDL)

ignition systems and components, including:

spark plugs

ignition leads

ignition coils, including electromagnetic induction

ignition timing, including varying ignition timing according to engine load, speed and knock sensor input

dwell period

ECU control of ignition coil switching and methods of generating timing signals, including:

crankshaft position sensor signals, including inductive pick-up, Hall effect and light emitting diode (LED)

waste spark ignition systems

coil-on-plug ignition systems

integrated ignition systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the spark ignition engine management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for spark ignition engine management systems

three different vehicles or machinery with spark ignition engine management system faults

diagnostic equipment for spark ignition engine management systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing spark ignition engine management systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the compression ignition engine management systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in an automotive service and repair industry. The compression ignition engine management systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management system	1.1 Access workplace instructions to identify job requirements and confirm existence of fault according to workplace procedures 1.2 Source and interpret required information for diagnosis activity, including customer complaint, workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.3 Source testing strategy to efficiently identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies 1.5 Identify diagnostic tools and equipment required for the job and examine them for serviceability
2. Diagnose engine management system	2.1 Carry out diagnostic tests according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Analyse diagnostic test results to identify cause of fault, conducting further tests if required 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Repair engine management system	3.1 Source and interpret required information for repair activity, including manufacturer specifications, workplace and manufacturer procedures 3.2 Identify repair tools, equipment and materials required for the job and examine for serviceability 3.3 Carry out repairs or component replacements and adjustments according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements to confirm fault rectification and repair any issues identified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Carry out final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations and vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR024 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR124 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the compression ignition engine management systems of three different vehicles or machinery, including:

faults in two of the following:

engine position sensor

throttle position sensor

engine coolant temperature sensor

engine mass airflow (MAF) sensor

inlet air temperature (IAT) sensor

faults in one of the following:

fuel injector

engine fuel pressure sensor

boost pressure sensor

low pressure fuel delivery pump

high pressure fuel rail pump

electronic control unit (ECU)

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

low or high pressure in the fuel system

damaged sensors, connectors or wiring

leaking or restricted injectors.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

use of specialised tools and equipment, including multimeters, scan tools and oscilloscope

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing compression ignition engine management systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high pressure diesel fuel systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing compression ignition engine management systems

key features of compression ignition engine management systems and components, including common rail fuel systems and unit injection systems:

low pressure stage

high pressure stage, including:

high pressure injection pump

injectors

high pressure fuel line

compression ignition engine management systems, including:

sensors

actuators

wiring harness

electronic control module (ECM)

associated vehicle systems

diagnostic testing procedures for compression ignition engine management systems, including:

diagnostic flow charts

fuel system testing, including:

low pressure fuel system testing

high pressure fuel system testing

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors or wiring

injector testing

sensor testing

actuator testing

accessing and interpreting industry-relevant test equipment data, including:

fault codes

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

repair for compression ignition engine management systems, including procedures for:

removing and replacing sensors

removing and replacing actuators, including fuel injectors and fuel pumps

adjusting and recalibrating components and their associated systems

post-repair testing procedures, including procedures for:

checking fault codes

assessing engine performance

checking for electrical connector mating

operating principles of diesel fuel injection systems and associated components, including:

phases of combustion

composition of diesel fuel, including cetane and sulphur content.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the compression ignition engine management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for compression ignition engine management systems

three different vehicles or machinery with compression ignition engine management system faults

diagnostic equipment for compression ignition engine management systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing compression ignition engine management systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test, charge, replace, retest and secure a range of automotive batteries, including vehicle or machinery jump-starting procedures. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting and testing the battery to determine serviceability, charging, jump-starting, removing and replacing, and undertaking the final retesting of batteries, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The batteries include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicle	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret technical information and safe operating procedures for testing batteries and equipment 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for the work and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Test battery	2.1 Inspect and test battery according to manufacturer or other required specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Identify faults and damage on battery cables, terminals and case through visual inspection 2.3 Check and top-up electrolyte levels when required according to manufacturer or other required specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Clean battery and terminals according to manufacturer or other required specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.5 Check battery voltage and load and confirm if battery requires charging, jump-starting or replacement according to workplace procedures
3. Charge battery	3.1 Obtain and interpret battery charging information 3.2 Prepare tools and equipment for charging battery according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Check and top-up electrolyte levels when required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Identify battery charge rate and connect battery charger to battery according to manufacturer or other required specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Charge battery according to manufacturer or other required specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.6 Turn off and disconnect battery charger according to manufacturer or other required specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements and confirm electrolyte levels are in line with manufacturer or other required specifications
4. Carry out jump-start procedures	4.1 Identify and confirm battery voltage is in line with manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements to begin jump-start procedures 4.2 Connect jumper leads in sequence and polarity according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirement 4.3 Jump-start vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Disconnect leads in sequence and polarity according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirement
5. Remove and replace battery	5.1 Connect power source memory back-up device according to workplace procedures 5.2 Disconnect battery terminals according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 5.3 Remove battery from vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 5.4 Choose replacement battery according to electrical and physical specifications and measurements of vehicle or machinery 5.5 Replace and secure battery according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 5.6 Re-connect and tighten battery terminals according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 5.7 Carry out post-replacement testing of battery charging system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 6.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 6.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets safety data sheets (SDS), and safe operating procedures in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Reports inspection findings and makes recommendations
Numeracy	Identifies, interprets and matches components and requirements to manufacturer specifications, including: battery types battery identification numbers and specifications Calculates charge rate from cold cranking amp (CCA) and reserve capacity (RC) battery rating requirements
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR125 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test two different types of automotive batteries

charge two batteries, in which the work must involve:

slow or trickle charging one battery

rapid charging the second battery

remove and replace batteries from two different vehicles or machinery

jump-start two different vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles, including:

battery and vehicle manufacturer specifications

safety data sheets (SDS)

workplace procedures required to test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles, including:

testing batteries

charging batteries

replacing batteries

jump-starting vehicles

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures relating to testing, charging and replacing batteries and jump-start vehicles, including procedures for:

safely operating:

battery testing equipment

battery charging equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

battery, vehicle and machinery movement before carrying out work

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

identifying hybrid vehicles

identifying battery electric vehicles

environmental requirements relating to testing, charging and replacing batteries and jump-starting vehicles, including procedures for:

following safety data sheets (SDS) to trap, store and dispose of toxic and corrosive substances

disposing of or recycling batteries

tools and equipment required for testing, charging and replacing batteries and jump-starting vehicles, including:

load testing devices

hydrometers

multimeters

jumper leads

battery chargers

battery cleaning materials

difference between voltage and current

key features and uses of batteries, including:

lead acid batteries, including deep cycle batteries

gel batteries

absorbed glass mat batteries

calcium batteries

lithium ion and lithium ion phosphate batteries

battery connection methods for 6 volt, 12 volt, 24 volt and 48 volt, including:

series

parallel

series parallel

battery classification methods, including:

cold cranking amps (CCA)

reserve capacity (RC)

amp hour rating

battery testing procedures, including:

testing safety requirements

visual inspection procedures

voltage drop testing

hydrometer testing

high rate discharge testing

battery charging procedures, including:

charging safety requirements

slow, fast and trickle charging

battery memory retention

battery replacement procedures, including:

determining battery specifications to suit vehicle or machinery manufacturer specifications, including correct:

voltage

CCA and RC ratings

replacement safety requirements

terminal disconnection

battery selection

battery installation and terminal connection

securing battery in vehicle

system recalibration procedures

battery jump-start procedures, including:

vehicle and personnel safety requirements

battery terminal disconnection

jumper lead connection and disconnection.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the batteries that they have tested, charged, replaced and jump-started, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer battery specifications

PPE for testing, charging, removing and replacing batteries and jump-starting vehicles and machinery, including safety glasses

two different types of serviceable batteries

two different vehicles or machinery requiring jump-starting

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for battery testing, charging and replacement, including:

load testing device

hydrometer

multimeter

jumper leads

battery charger

battery cleaning materials.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR128 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The instruments and warning systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair instruments and warning system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose instruments and warning system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair instruments and warning system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to instruments and warning system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches instruments and warning system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle instruments and warning measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR128 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two of the following instruments and warning system components, each in a different vehicle, vessel or piece of machinery:

driver instrument warning gauge assembly

engine monitoring warning assembly

vehicle warning visual alert assembly

vehicle warning audible alert assembly

remove, refit or replace an instrument panel in at least one vehicle, vessel or machinery

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

high resistance in an input system

loose connections

shorted system components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing instruments and warning systems, including procedures for working with high current wiring systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing instruments and warning systems

purpose and operation of instruments and warning systems and components, including:

instrument panel construction

panel illumination

magnetic and thermal gauges

voltage regulators

mechanical gauges

digital electronic gauges and systems

warning lights and indicators

diagnostic testing procedures for instruments and warning systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage instruments and warning systems

repair procedures for instruments and warning systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for instruments and warning systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of instruments and warning systems, including test-driving procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the instruments and warning systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer instrument and warning system specifications

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with instrument and warning system faults

diagnostic equipment for instruments and warning systems, including multimeter

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery instruments and warning systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair charging systems. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The charging systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair charging system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose charging system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair charging system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer or other required specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches alternator types and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR029 Diagnose and repair charging systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR129 Diagnose and repair charging systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two of the following charging system components, each in a different vehicle, vessel or piece of machinery:

alternator stator or rotor circuit

alternator internal regulator control circuit

external regulator battery management system circuit

battery to alternator wiring and earthing system circuit

DC – DC charging system circuit

machinery charging system circuit

solar charging system circuit

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

high resistance in an input system

loose or damaged connectors or wiring

shorted system components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair charging systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair charging systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing charging systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of charging systems and associated components, including:

charging batteries with direct current

vehicle system power and electrical current requirements

generating principles, including Faraday’s law and inducing an electromotive force (EMF)

producing direct current (DC) EMF

producing alternating current (AC) EMF

changing AC to DC, including half-wave and full-wave rectification

purpose and operation of charging systems and components, including:

alternators, including:

internal component function and operation

external components and drive function and operation

star-connected and delta-connected stator windings

regulation of output voltage, including zener diodes and exciter diodes

battery management systems

solar

diagnostic testing procedures for charging systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

load testing charging systems

resistance, current flow and voltage drop checks of charging system circuits

repair procedures for charging systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for charging systems, including:

DTC checking procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of charging systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the charging systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for vehicle, vessel or machinery charging systems

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with charging system faults

diagnostic equipment for vehicle, vessel or machinery charging systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery charging systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with the Automotive Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Updated to resolve typographical errors.
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair starting systems. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The starting systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair starting system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose starting system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair starting system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches starter motor types and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR030 Diagnose and repair starting systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR130 Diagnose and repair starting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with Automotive Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Updated to resolve typographical errors.
Release 1	This version first released with Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the starting system of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery in which the fault in each system is within one of the following:

vehicle starter motor and solenoid circuit

vehicle ignition switch to solenoid control circuit

vehicle battery to starter motor circuit

machinery starting system circuit

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

high resistance in an input system

loose or damaged connectors or wiring

broken or worn solenoids.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair starting systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair starting systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing starting systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of starting systems and associated components, including:

producing movement due to the force between magnetic fields

producing magnetic fields due to current flow through conductors

basic direct current motor operation, including simple armature, magnetic field and commutator

purpose and operation of starting systems and components, including:

high current systems, including:

armature, commutator, field windings

starter motor windings, including series wound, shunt wound, and compound wound

permanent magnet starter motors

direct drive and reduction-type starter motors

starting electrical systems, including:

solenoids

shift levers

overrunning clutch flywheel ring gears

control circuits systems including:

ignition switching, including key start, push-button start, remote start and start-stop systems

safety switches, including inhibitor switches and clutch neutral switches

diagnostic testing procedures for starting systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

load testing starting systems

resistance, current flow and voltage drop checks of starting system circuits

solenoid test

field winding tests

armature tests, including using a growler

commutator tests

brushes and holder tests

overrunning clutch and pinion tests

flywheel ring gear tests

starter motor bench tester operation

repair procedures for starting systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for starting systems, including:

DTC checking procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of starting systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the starting systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for vehicle, vessel or machinery starting systems

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with starting system faults

diagnostic equipment for vehicle, vessel or machinery starting systems, including multimeter

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery starting systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the ignition systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in an automotive service and repair industry. The ignition systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair ignition system	1.1 Access workplace instructions to identify job requirements and confirm existence of fault according to workplace procedures 1.2 Source and interpret required information for diagnosis activity, including customer complaint, workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.3 Source testing strategy to efficiently identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies 1.5 Identify diagnostic tools and equipment required for the job and examine them for serviceability
2. Diagnose ignition system	2.1 Carry out diagnostic tests according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Analyse diagnostic test results to identify cause of fault, conducting further tests if required 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Repair ignition system	3.1 Source and interpret required information for repair activity, including manufacturer specifications, workplace and manufacturer procedures 3.2 Identify repair tools, equipment and materials required for the job and examine for serviceability 3.3 Carry out repairs or component replacements and adjustments according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements to confirm fault rectification and repair any issues identified
4. Compete work processes	4.1 Carry out final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations and vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR031 Diagnose and repair ignition systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR131 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the ignition systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery, including faults in two of the following:

magneto with contact points

magneto with solid state trigger

capacitive discharge ignition

distributor with contact points

distributor with hall effect sensor

distributor with induction magnetic trigger

distributor with optical sensor

waste spark

coil on plug

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

high resistance in an ignition system

loose or damaged connectors or wiring

malfunctioning ignition coils.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair ignition systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace information required to diagnose and repair ignition systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing ignition systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment, including multimeters, scan tools and oscilloscope

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing ignition systems

diagnostic testing procedures for ignition systems, including:

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of ignition system circuits

testing ignition coils

using oscilloscopes, including interpreting ignition system primary and secondary waveforms

repair procedures for ignition systems, including:

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for ignition systems, including static and dynamic performance tests of ignition systems

operating principles of ignition systems and associated components, including:

generating principles, including Faraday’s law and inducing an electromotive force (EMF)

key features of ignition systems and components, including:

ignition coils, including:

internal component function and operation: primary windings, iron core and secondary windings

electromagnetic induction in the coil

spark plugs: identification, thread size, reach, heat range, resistance-type plugs, and type and number of earth electrodes

ignition leads

firing order

electronic ignition systems, including:

pulse generator systems: stator and rotor units, ignition control units, current limiting and dwell control

Hall effect systems: Hall effect device, and permanent magnet and signal waveform

optical ignition systems: light emitting diodes (LEDs), rotating disc and optical electronic semiconductors

coil on plug ignition systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the ignition systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer ignition system specifications

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with ignition system faults

diagnostic equipment for ignition systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery ignition systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The automotive electrical systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery, or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair automotive electrical system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose automotive electrical system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair automotive electrical system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches alternator types and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR032 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR132 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least three of the following electrical system single wire (non CAN-bus) circuits:

entry-exit locking systems with electric motor control circuit

power windows circuit

interior or exterior lighting circuit

turning indicator circuit

brake light circuit

hazard warning light circuit

electrical drive motor circuit

carry out at least four of the following electrical connector repairs to a vehicle or machinery wiring harness:

crimp two different terminal types and sizes

remove two faulty connectors from the back of different terminals

solder two different wire gauges to electrical terminals

apply heat shrink insulation to two different crimped or soldered joints

check terminal retention on two different female terminals and connectors

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

high resistance in an input system

damaged connectors or wiring

shorted or worn system components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing automotive electrical systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of automotive electrical systems and associated components, including:

current, voltage, resistance and power

series circuits

parallel circuits

series and parallel circuits

Ohm’s law

Faraday’s law

Kirchhoff's law

magnetism and direct current (DC) motor operation

electromagnetic interference and radiation

cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity

circuit protection devices

purpose and operation of automotive electrical systems and components, including:

wiper motors

electric windows

electric door locks

fan motors

horns

lighting

radio aerials

diagnostic testing procedures for automotive electrical systems, including:

visual, aural and functional assessments of electrical system components, including:

component damage and wear

component or connector corrosion

component water or moisture ingress

common faults in electrical circuits, including:

open circuits

high resistance circuits

short circuits

damaged insulation

frayed wires

burnt wiring

water and moisture ingress

connector damage

terminal damage

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of system circuits

procedures for using:

digital multimeters

test lights and probes

oscilloscopes

repair procedures for automotive electrical systems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing electrical systems and their components

post-repair testing procedures for automotive electrical systems, including:

checking for electrical connector mating

checking circuit current flow

static and dynamic performance tests of automotive electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer automotive electrical system specifications

three different vehicles or machinery with electrical system faults

diagnostic equipment for electrical systems, including multimeter

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing automotive electrical systems, including:

automotive wiring

heat shrink

soldering iron.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR135 Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine components and systems, as well as of the principles of engine operation, during the testing and repair of basic electrical circuits in vehicles, vessels and machinery.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The engines include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify relevant information relating to petrol and diesel engine operation in work activities	1.1 Identify functions of engine components during testing and repair activities 1.2 Identify functions of ignition, charging, starting and engine management systems during testing and repair activities
2. Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation in work activities	2.1 Identify effect of electrical system on engine performance during testing and repair activities 2.2 Apply knowledge of the relationship that a four-stroke cycle petrol engine has with vehicle ignition, starting, air and fuel delivery and cooling systems 2.3 Apply knowledge of the relationship that a diesel engine has with vehicle ignition, starting, air and fuel delivery and cooling systems
3. Evaluate knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation	3.1 Regularly check knowledge with colleagues and supervisor 3.2 Update knowledge as required according to role requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets a range of technical information relating to petrol and diesel engines and their operation
Numeracy	Interprets numbers and units relating to petrol and diesel engines in automotive technical information Uses basic mathematical operations to calculate engine dimensions, such as bore, stroke power, and torque Interprets numbers and units used with measuring equipment, such as compression gauges and cylinder leakage testers.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR035 Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR135 Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation during the testing and repair of three different vehicle, vessel or machinery electrical systems

evaluate and expand knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation, including demonstrating knowledge of one of the following:

a new automotive petrol and diesel engine testing procedure

a new automotive petrol and diesel engine repair procedure

a new automotive petrol and diesel engine technology.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret sources of technical information relevant to automotive electrical systems, including:

workplace service information

automotive engine mechanical texts

vehicle workshop manuals

service bulletins

technical articles

automotive textbooks

classifications of engines, including:

internal combustion

reciprocating and rotary engines

spark ignition engines

compression ignition engines

engine cylinder arrangements

engine configurations, including:

inline engines, V type engines and slant cylinder engines

opposed cylinder engines

camshaft and valve locations, including:

overhead cam (OHC)

overhead valve (OHV)

engine operating principles, including:

two-stroke cycles

four-stroke cycles

engine measurement and performance ratings

operating performance of engines, including:

petrol engines

diesel engines

petrol and diesel engine operation, including:

engine construction

engine types and configuration

two-stroke and four-stroke

cycles of engine operation, including:

intake stroke

compression stroke

power stroke

exhaust stroke

firing orders

ignition types, including:

spark

compression

engine mounting location, including:

front longitudinal

front transverse

mid transverse

measurement and performance, including:

bore and stroke

displacement

compression ratio

engine efficiency

torque versus horsepower

engine components, including:

top of engine, including:

timing belt or chain

camshaft timing pulley

camshaft single and dual

rocker arms and shafts

intake valves and springs

exhaust valves and springs

cylinder head

front of engine, including:

crankshaft

crankshaft timing pulley

crankshaft pulley and balancer

rear of engine, including:

flywheel

starter ring gear

bottom of engine, including:

engine block

crankshaft

crankshaft balance weights

crankshaft main bearing journals

pistons

connecting rods

relationships between electrical systems and engine performance, including:

ignition system and engine power and torque, including:

ignition timing

combustion stroke pressure

diesel injection system and engine power and torque, including:

injection timing

combustion stroke pressure

starter motor system, including:

current draw of starting system of high compression engines

types of batteries and starter motors for petrol and diesel engines

wiring requirements of starter motor systems for petrol and diesel engines

charging system, including system requirements for low and high-speed engines.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having applied knowledge of petrol and diesel engine systems and components to the vehicles and machinery that they have worked on, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

technical information relating to petrol and diesel engines

automotive tools and electrical test equipment relating to the system being tested or repaired

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with functional electrical systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR137 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle or light commercial vehicle embedded network safety systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. The systems used vary based on the work context. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking safety system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures safety system components and uses mathematical operations to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR037 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR137 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose complex faults in the light vehicle safety systems of two different light vehicles, in which the work for each vehicle must involve a different fault chosen from the following:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of the two complex faults in the vehicles above.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems, including:

light vehicle safety systems system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle safety systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems

working around the vehicle’s supplementary restraint systems (SRS), including airbags

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

disarming vehicle airbag and safety restraint systems

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle safety systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle safety systems, including:

active and passive collision avoidance

adaptive front lighting systems

airbag systems

lane keeping assist

occupant detection systems

radar cruise control

roll-over protection

seatbelt pre-tensioners

testing procedures for light vehicle safety systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

vehicle dynamic and static testing

component failure analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

types and key features of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

waveforms.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle safety systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle safety system specifications

two different light vehicles or light commercial vehicles with complex faults in their safety systems

light vehicle safety system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle safety systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR138 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical and electronic systems include those in motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking electronic and electrical system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures electronic and electrical system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR038 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR138 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in the electrical or electronic systems of at least two different motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs) in which the work for each must involve a different type of complex fault from among the following:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of the two complex faults above.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle or ATV electrical and electronic system, including:

motorcycle or ATV electrical and electronic system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle or ATV electrical and electronic systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

high voltage vehicle ignition systems

high current vehicle electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

environmental requirements relating to motorcycle electrical and electronic systems.

types of complex faults relating to motorcycle electrical and electronic systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of motorcycle and ATV electrical and electronic systems, including:

lighting system

ignition system

charging system

starting system

engine management system

anti-lock braking system (ABS)

immobiliser system

testing procedures for motorcycle electrical and electronic systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

vehicle dynamic and static testing

component failure analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical and electronic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle or ATV electrical and electronic system specifications

two different types of motorcycles or ATVs with complex faults in their electrical or electronic systems

motorcycle or ATV electrical and electronic system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle or ATV electrical and electronic systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR139 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle or light commercial vehicle embedded network theft-deterrent systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

This unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The light vehicle theft-deterrent systems include those of light vehicles and light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking light vehicle theft-deterrent system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures light vehicle theft-deterrent system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR039 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR139 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose complex faults in the theft-deterrent systems of two different light vehicles, in which the work for each must involve a different complex fault chosen from the following:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of the complex faults in the two vehicles above.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems, including:

light vehicle theft-deterrent system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle theft-deterrent systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle theft-deterrent systems, including:

vehicle locking and securing

passive entry

integrated alarm

engine immobiliser

remote access

testing procedures for light vehicle theft-deterrent systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle theft-deterrent systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle theft-deterrent system specifications

two different light vehicles with complex faults in their theft-deterrent systems

light vehicle theft-deterrent system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR140 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle embedded network vehicle monitoring and protection systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. The systems used vary based on the work context. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The vehicle monitoring and protection systems include those in vehicles from all sectors of the industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates and evaluates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking monitoring and protection system specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures monitoring and protection system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR040 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR140 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose complex faults in the monitoring and protection systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery in which the work for each must involve a different complex fault selected from the following:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of the complex faults in the above vehicles, vessels or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems, including:

vehicle monitoring and protection systems system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

environmental requirements relating to vehicle monitoring and protection systems

types of complex faults relating to vehicle monitoring and protection systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

key features of vehicle monitoring and protection systems, including:

display types, including:

liquid crystal display (LCD)

vacuum fluorescent display (VFD)

cathode ray tube (CRT)

heads-up display (HUD)

reconfigurable systems

electronic analogue display

on-board diagnostics

remote and wireless monitoring systems

testing procedures for vehicle monitoring and protection systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

key features and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults relating to vehicle monitoring and protection systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the monitoring and protection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vehicle, vessel or machinery monitoring and protection system specifications

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with complex faults in their monitoring and protection systems

monitoring and protection system diagnostic equipment relating to vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in monitoring and protection systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR143 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair electronic body management systems. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits in the vehicle or machinery’s embedded network electronic control system and are essential to controlling vehicle, vessel or machinery body control functions, including passenger convenience, comfort, navigation and infotainment systems. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronic body management systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electronic body management system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose electronic body management system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronic body management system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electronic body control components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR043 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR143 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two of the following electronic body management systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery:

entry and exit systems, which must include:

power door lock circuit

key coding to vehicle

anti-theft immobilisation circuit

power window system

lighting system

navigation system

infotainment system

passenger comfort system

supplemental restraint system (SRS) air bag

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

high resistance in an input system

damaged connectors or wiring

shorted or worn system components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair electronic body management systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair electronic body management systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronic body management systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

disarming vehicle airbag and safety restraint systems, including:

airbag construction

safe testing

safe deployment

safe disposal

operating principles of electronic body management systems and associated components, including types of electronic body management systems

purpose and operation of electronic body management systems and components, including:

entry and exit systems, including:

power door lock circuits

key coding to vehicles

anti-theft immobilisation circuits

power window systems

lighting systems

navigation systems

infotainment systems

passenger comfort systems

diagnostic testing procedures for electronic body management systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for electronic body management systems, including procedures for removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures for electronic body management systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests of electronic body management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic body management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer body management system specifications

vehicles, vessels or machinery with electronic body management system faults

diagnostic equipment for body management systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery electronic body management systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR144 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the engine and transmission management systems of vehicles or machinery. These systems communicate on the vehicle two-wire (CAN-bus) networked controlled circuit and are an integral part of an engine and transmission management system. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in an automotive service and repair industry. The engine and transmission management systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair engine and transmission management system	1.1 Access workplace instructions to identify job requirements and confirm existence of fault according to workplace procedures 1.2 Source and interpret required information for diagnosis activity, including customer complaint, workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.3 Source testing strategy to efficiently identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies 1.5 Identify diagnostic tools and equipment required for the job and examine them for serviceability
2. Diagnose engine and transmission management system	2.1 Carry out diagnostic tests according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Analyse diagnostic test results to identify cause of fault, conducting further tests if required 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Repair engine and transmission management system	3.1 Source and interpret required information for repair activity, including manufacturer specifications, workplace and manufacturer procedures 3.2 Identify repair tools, equipment and materials required for the job and examine for serviceability 3.3 Carry out repairs or component replacements and adjustments according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements to confirm fault rectification and repair any issues identified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Carry out final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations and vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR044 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR144 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the integrated engine and transmission management systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve removing, refitting or replacing a system component that affects the operation of both the engine and the transmission management system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing integrated engine and transmission management systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing integrated engine and transmission management systems

diagnostic testing procedures for integrated engine and transmission management systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for integrated engine and transmission management systems, including procedures for removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures, including:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests

integrated engine and transmission management system principles, including:

engine and transmission management system topography, inputs and outputs

typical vehicle or machinery systems equipped with engine and transmission management systems

key features of integrated engine and transmission management systems and components, including:

control modules

control sensors and actuators

communication systems, including controlled area network data bus (CAN-bus).

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the integrated engine and transmission management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for engine and transmission management systems

two different vehicles or machinery with integrated engine and transmission management system faults

diagnostic equipment for integrated engine and transmission management systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle engine and transmission management systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR146 Remove and refit vehicle batteries

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove and refit lead-acid batteries from a vehicle. It involves preparing for the task, investigating battery types and connections, removing and refitting the battery from a vehicle, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove and refit battery	1.1 Identify task requirements from task instructions, including vehicle battery to be worked on 1.2 Obtain and interpret technical information and safe operating procedures for battery removal and refitting 1.3 Identify potential hazards and risks associated with the task according to workplace health and safety and environmental requirements and report to workplace supervisor 1.4 Implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for battery removal and refitting and establish serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
2. Remove battery	2.1 Prepare vehicle for battery removal according to workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Remove battery from vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Inspect battery according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Record battery inspection results according to workplace procedures
3. Refit battery	3.1 Refit battery according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Check vehicle for correct electrical operation according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Selects and interprets key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely remove and refit batteries Selects and interprets key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site
Oral communication	Participates effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information embedded in battery identification codes
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes
Self-management	Recognises own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seeks timely advice
Problem-solving	Refers problems that cannot be readily resolved and seeks assistance from workplace supervisor
Technology	Sets up and operates specialised equipment and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR046 Remove and refit vehicle batteries.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR146 Remove and refit vehicle batteries

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and refit the batteries of at least two different operational vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and refit vehicle batteries, including:

battery and vehicle manufacturer specifications

safety data sheets (SDS)

workplace procedures required to remove and refit vehicle batteries, including:

battery identification procedures

battery polarity and connection methods

battery removal and refitting methods, precautions and procedures

battery cleaning methods

post-fitting inspection procedures

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

key aspects of workplace health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements when removing and refitting batteries, including procedures for:

handling, storing and disposing of used automotive batteries

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of hand tools and lifting equipment

key battery types and their uses, including:

lead-acid batteries, including deep cycle batteries

maintenance-free batteries, including gel batteries and absorbed glass mat batteries

lithium-ion batteries.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles where they have removed and refitted batteries, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two operational vehicles with lead-acid batteries

hand tools for removing and refitting lead-acid batteries.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR147 Recharge vehicle batteries

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to recharge a vehicle battery. It involves preparing for the task, investigating battery types and connections, inspecting, testing and charging batteries; and completing work processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to recharge battery	1.1 Identify task requirements from task instructions, including vehicle battery to be worked on 1.2 Obtain and interpret technical information and safe operating procedures for battery recharging 1.3 Identify potential hazards and risks associated with the task according to workplace health and safety and environmental requirements and report to workplace supervisor 1.4 Implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for battery removal and refitting and establish serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
2. Determine battery serviceability	2.1 Clean battery and prepare for inspection and testing according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspect and test battery according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Record battery condition, serviceability and issues requiring further exploration according to workplace procedures
3. Charge battery	3.1 Identify tools and equipment required for battery charging and establish serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Charge battery according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Check post-charging condition of battery and serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Record battery condition, serviceability and issues requiring further exploration according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Selects and interprets key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety requirements and workplace procedures relating to recharging vehicle batteries Selects and interprets key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site
Oral communication	Participates effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information in battery identification codes and ratings Uses mathematical operations, to calculate appropriate charge rates Interprets electrical test equipment, including voltmeters and hydrometers, and reports and records the results using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. V for volts)
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes
Self-management	Recognises own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seeks timely advice
Problem-solving	Refers problems that cannot be readily resolved and seeks assistance from workplace supervisor
Technology	Sets up and operates specialised equipment and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR047 Recharge vehicle batteries.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR147 Recharge vehicle batteries

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

recharge at least two automotive batteries with different cold-cranking amp (CCA) ratings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and refit vehicle batteries, including:

battery and vehicle manufacturer specifications

safety data sheets (SDS)

workplace procedures required to recharge vehicle batteries, including:

battery inspection and testing procedures, including:

visual checks

hydrometers

high-rate discharge testers

resting battery voltage

battery charging procedures, including:

methods for determining charging rate, including reserve capacity (RC) and CCA methods

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

key aspects of workplace health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, including:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

dangers of working with battery testing and charging equipment

procedures for handling, storing and disposing of automotive batteries and battery fluid

key features and operating procedures for automotive battery chargers.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles where they have recharged batteries, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two lead-acid automotive batteries with different CCA ratings

battery testing equipment, including hydrometer and high-rate discharge tester

battery charger

automotive hand tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR149 Apply knowledge of ADAS technology in vehicle pre-repair scans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply knowledge and key features of autonomous driver assistance systems (ADAS) when undertaking a pre-repair scan of a vehicle. It involves identifying ADAS components, undertaking a diagnostic scan of the ADAS present to identify the damage for repair, and evaluating their own knowledge of ADAS, escalating tasks to external repairers. This unit does not involve undertaking direct repairs to the ADAS or the clearing of any diagnostic trouble codes related to these systems, which are to be undertaken by authorised repairers with the required equipment and manufacturer specifications.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. ADAS technology includes that used in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, and outdoor power equipment.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify ADAS components used in vehicle pre-repair scan	1.1 Identify and clarify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify information, tools and equipment required for diagnosis activity 1.3 Apply workplace procedures to locate ADAS technology and identify its components according to manufacturer specifications 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Identify damage to ADAS components	2.1 Identify information required to identify ADAS faults, including any limitations to workplace procedures for diagnosis and repair activity 2.2 Carry out diagnostic scan of ADAS according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Carry out visual inspection of components to identify any damage 2.4 Identify and document diagnostic scan and visual inspections findings with reference to workplace procedures 2.5 Confirm and report diagnosis findings according to workplace procedures, recording any limitations
3. Evaluate knowledge of ADAS	3.1 Check knowledge regularly with colleagues and supervisor to ensure currency and accuracy 3.2 Identify any authorised external repairers for escalation of further diagnosis and repair 3.3 Refer diagnostic findings to required workplace personnel 3.4 Complete pre-repair scan documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Applies a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Measure materials and components to determine compliance with specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies task instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets ADAS-related information in manufacturer specifications or equivalent documentation.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Escalates actions to required workplace personnel to achieve outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses tools and diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR149 Apply knowledge of ADAS technology in vehicle pre-repair scans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct a pre-repair scan on at least three different vehicles or machinery.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and locate the presence of ADAS on each of the vehicles or pieces of machinery

identify tasks where ADAS technology must be recalibrated by an authorised repairer or dealer.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply knowledge of ADAS technology during vehicle pre-repair scans, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to apply knowledge of ADAS technology during vehicle pre-repair scans, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

escalation of tasks to authorised external repairers or dealers

using diagnostic scan tools and interpreting fault codes

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing ADAS, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around electrical systems

external repairers authorised to diagnose and repair ADAS technology including:

original equipment manufacturers

dealerships

key features, components and operating principles of ADAS, including:

sonar sensors

radar, light detection and ranging (LIDAR) and cameras

types of ADAS, including:

adaptive cruise control

collision avoidance

blindspot detection

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information

common types of faults, including:

connector damage

terminal damage

bent brackets

visual inspection procedures for damage to ADAS and related components, including:

mirror measurements

diagnostic testing procedures for ADAS and their limitations, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

variations in scan tool system data where manufacturer specifications are not present

safety implications for customers in diagnosing ADAS faults.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the knowledge of ADAS they have applied, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer ADAS specifications or equivalent documentation

three difference vehicles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR236 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronically controlled suspension systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose electronically controlled suspension system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronically controlled suspension system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electronically controlled suspension system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches electronically controlled suspension system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electronically controlled suspension measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETR136 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR236 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following electronically controlled suspension system components of at least two different vehicles or machinery:

ride height sensor circuits

wheel speed sensor circuits

steering rate sensor circuits

ride height control relay circuits

air compressor motor control circuits

air spring fill-vent solenoid control valve circuits

remove, refit or replace either a solenoid actuated shock absorber or a load sensing shock absorber from an electronically controlled suspension system in one of the above vehicles or machinery, and retest the system

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

high resistance in an input system

loose or damaged connectors or wiring

damaged control sensors.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronically controlled suspension systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with stored energy in springs and torsion bars, including procedures for removing tension from suspension components

manual handling heavy suspension system components

principles of electronically controlled suspension systems and associated components, including:

vehicle ride and handling

typical vehicle or machinery equipped with electronically controlled suspension systems

purpose and operation of electronically controlled suspension systems and components, including:

adaptive suspension control module

control sensors and actuators

suspension control module functions, including:

control of air spring settings

shock damper settings

air compressor operation

diagnostic testing procedures for electronically controlled suspension systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for electronically controlled suspension systems, including procedures for removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures for electronically controlled suspension systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests of suspension system.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronically controlled suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for electronically controlled suspension systems

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in their electronically controlled suspension systems

diagnostic equipment for electronically controlled suspension systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing electronically controlled suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU102 Recover vehicle refrigerants

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to recover vehicle air conditioner refrigerants in designated recovery cylinders for disposal according to safety and environmental procedures while observing critical precautions, given that refrigerant may be flammable.

The unit applies to those who work as vehicle dismantlers, automotive parts recycling contractors, and vehicle body repairers in automotive service and repair workplaces who are required to recover automotive air conditioning refrigerants. Automotive air conditioners, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Restricted Refrigerant Recoverer licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to recover refrigerant	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret refrigerant recovery information, including Australian automotive code of practice 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify vehicle air conditioning system, components and refrigerant service ports for refrigerant recovery 1.5 Identify equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE) and firefighting equipment for refrigerant recovery and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Operate recovery equipment	2.1 Identify vehicle refrigerant with a refrigerant identifier or analyser 2.2 Weigh recovery cylinder and record available capacity and tare weight of cylinder 2.3 Connect recovery equipment to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Recover refrigerant and transfer into designated recovery cylinder using recovery equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health safety and environmental requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Record quantity and details of recovered refrigerant according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 3.2 Clear work area according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker and workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets text, symbols and diagrams in workplace and safe operating procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Asks questions to clarify job requirements
Numeracy	Matches refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace procedures and code of practice requirements Interprets weight measurements, including tare and gross weights Interprets readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges Completes numerical data in documentation and charts
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses workplace technology and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETU002 Recover vehicle refrigerants.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU102 Recover vehicle refrigerants

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

recover and identify vehicle refrigerants from three different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve one of the following refrigerant types:

synthetic greenhouse and ozone depleting (SGOD) refrigerant

hydrocarbon (HC) refrigerant

hydrofluorocarbon (HFC) refrigerant

a mixture of SGOD and HC refrigerant.

In the course of the above work, the candidate must use the following equipment:

refrigerant hose and coupler

refrigerant recovery unit

refrigerant scales

refrigerant identifier or analyser

designated and appropriately labelled recovery cylinders.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to recover vehicle refrigerants, including:

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

workplace procedures required to recover vehicle refrigerants, including:

recovering vehicles and refrigerants

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

safe shut down and disconnecting recovery equipment

safe storage of refrigerant

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to safety requirements for recovering vehicle refrigerants, including procedures for:

managing risk of frostbite while working with refrigerants at boiling point

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

identifying refrigerant and oil type, including:

service decal sticker

testing refrigerant

types and location of service ports

handling, storing and transporting refrigerant cylinders and recovery cylinders, including:

pressure ratings

pressure relief devices

outlet connection type

environmental requirements associated with refrigerant recovery and refrigerant waste disposal, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

storing and transporting refrigerants

key features of various types of refrigerants and oils found in automotive vehicle and equipment HVAC systems, including:

synthetic SGOD refrigerants, such as:

chlorofluorocarbons (CFC)

hydrofluorocarbons (HFC)

HC refrigerants

mineral and synthetic refrigerant oils

key features of refrigerant recovery equipment, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

types of recovery cylinders

refrigerant analyser

vacuum recovery equipment and scales

procedures for recovering automotive refrigerant, including:

testing refrigerant to determine its type

connecting manifold and gauge set and recovery unit, including types and location of service ports

identifying recovery cylinder suitable to the refrigerant

operating recovery unit, including weighing recovery cylinder before and after recovery

disconnecting and storing recovery unit and cylinder

work completion procedures for recovering vehicle refrigerant, including:

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements

workplace regulatory documentation to be completed

procedures for completing ARCtick decal sticker, including:

name of service organisation

ARCtick business authority number

quantity of refrigerant added

refrigerant and oil type

service date

technician name and licence number.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to vehicle refrigerant that they have recovered from HVAC systems, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace, parts recycling yard or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE and firefighting equipment required when recovering vehicle refrigerants

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

three different vehicles or machinery with refrigerant to be recovered

refrigerant recovery equipment designed for safe operation, including:

hose and vehicle couplings

refrigerant scales

refrigerant identifier or analyser

vehicle refrigerant designated and labelled recovery cylinders

appropriate hand tools for refrigerant recovery.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards; and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service air conditioning systems, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, fitted to a range of vehicles and machinery. It involves preparing for the task, carrying out performance testing and correct servicing procedures, performing post-service testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. Automotive air conditioners, in addition to HVAC systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery. It does not involve removing, replacing or topping up of refrigerant. The systems used vary depending on the work context.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Refrigerant Handling licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret servicing information, including manufacturer specifications and Australian automotive code of practice 1.3 Identify servicing option required for the job 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for inspect and servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Test operation of system and components	2.1 Visually check system and report extent of damage according to workplace procedures 2.2 Carry out system performance tests according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Report findings and make recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Service system and components	3.1 Read and interpret Australian automotive code of practice regulations 3.2 Service system and components according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and Australian automotive code of practice 3.3 Carry out post-service performance tests according to workplace procedures 3.4 Confirm and report service issue has been resolved according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker and workplace documentation according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets text, symbols and diagrams relating to service information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Listens to workplace instructions and ask questions to clarify job requirements Participates in verbal exchanges to report faults, diagnostic and test findings and service repair recommendations to relevant personnel
Numeracy	Matches refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, part lists, manufacturer specifications, and code of practice requirements Interprets weight measurements, including tare and gross weights Interprets readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges Measures temperatures and pressures, and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes. Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses workplace technology and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETU003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU103 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service the air conditioning and HVAC systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve:

one air conditioning system, in which the work must include checking system pressure

one heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system

complete Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal stickers for the above jobs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to service air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

air conditioning and HVAC system manufacturer specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

workplace procedures required to service air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

servicing air conditioning and HVAC system procedures

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

identifying flammable refrigerants

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

environmental requirements relating to servicing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment

identification and function of major air conditioning and HVAC system components, including:

compressor

condenser

receiver-dryer

expansion valve

evaporator

blower fan

principles of operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including transferring heat from cabin to exterior using refrigerant gas

workplace procedures for recording and reporting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

types of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

single zone and multi-zone

climate control

inspection procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

conducting visual, aural and functional assessments for:

component damage and wear

component corrosion

vacuum and leaks

system performance testing, including:

checking blower fan output

checking engine fan output

checking filters

service and adjustment procedures of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

checking and adjusting compressor drive belts

changing filters

clearing evaporator water outlet

cleaning condenser

post-service testing procedures of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

system performance testing

using thermometers to check vent temperatures

procedures for completing those components of the ARCtick service decal sticker present in the air conditioning and HVAC systems of the vehicles or machinery described in the performance evidence, including:

name of service organisation

ARCtick business authority number

quantity of refrigerant added

refrigerant and oil type

service date

technician name and licence number.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

air conditioning and HVAC system manufacturer specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for servicing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

thermometer

manifold and gauge set.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards; and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the air conditioning systems, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, fitted to a range of vehicles and machinery for passenger convenience and comfort. The systems used vary based on the work context. It involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in an automotive service and repair industry. Automotive air conditioners, in addition to HVAC systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Refrigerant Handling licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Select diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose air conditioning and HVAC system	2.1 Carry out diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through examination of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Operate recovery equipment	3.1 Identify vehicle refrigerant with a refrigerant identifier or analyser 3.2 Weigh recovery cylinder and record available capacity and tare weight of cylinder 3.3 Connect recovery equipment to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Recover refrigerant and transfer into designated recovery cylinder using recovery equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health safety and environmental requirements
4. Repair air conditioning and HVAC system	4.1 Identify required information for repair activity 4.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 4.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Recharge system with required refrigerant gas according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker and workplace documentation according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams relating to diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, parts lists, manufacturer specifications, code of practice and regulatory requirements Interprets weight measurements, including tare and gross weights Interprets readings on pressure gauges Measures temperatures and pressures and uses mathematical operations, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETU004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU104 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the air conditioning and heating, ventilation and cooling (HVAC) systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve removing, refitting or replacing two of the following:

condenser

evaporator

expansion valve

compressor

heater box

remove, refit or replace two different types of refrigerant.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

air conditioning and HVAC system manufacturer specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

identifying refrigerant and oil type, including:

service decal sticker

testing refrigerant

types and location of service ports

handling, storing and transporting refrigerant cylinders and recovery cylinders, including:

pressure ratings

pressure relief devices

outlet connection type

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

emergency procedures and incident management requirements and procedures

handling flammable refrigerants

identifying and using fire safety equipment

procedures for recovering automotive refrigerant, including:

testing refrigerant to determine its type

connecting manifold and gauge set and recovery unit, including types and location of service ports

identifying recovery cylinder suitable to the refrigerant

operating recovery unit, including weighing recovery cylinder before and after recovery

disconnecting and storing recovery unit and cylinder

system performance testing, including:

using manifold gauges and thermometers to check system pressures and vent temperatures

checking blower fan output

checking engine fan output

checking filters

environmental requirements relating to servicing air conditioning and HVAC, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment

air conditioning and HVAC system principles, including:

heat transfer principles, including convection, conduction and radiation

functions of the following air conditioning components:

compressor

condenser

receiver-drier

evaporator

blower fan

refrigerant

functions of the following heating components:

radiator

thermostat

radiator and heater hoses

heater tap

heater box

single zone and multi-zone vehicle layouts

purpose and operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems and components, including:

high pressure and low pressure sides of air conditioning systems

compressors, including:

axial type, including variable capacity compressors

scroll type

vane type

electromagnetic clutches

condensers

receiver-dryer, including filters and desiccants

expansion valves, including capillary tube

evaporator

thermostat

refrigerants, including R12, R134, R1234yf and hydrocarbon refrigerants

compressor oils

air conditioner and heating controls, including levers and ducting

air conditioner and heating electrical circuits and sensors, including:

high and low pressure switches

pressure relief valves

temperature sensors

climate control systems

diagnostic testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

using manifold gauges on systems with different refrigerants, including analysis of high and low pressure readings in conjunction with temperature probes

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

using manifold gauges to discharge, evacuate and charge system refrigerants

removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for checking for:

refrigerant leaks

heater core and system water coolant leaks

ambient temperature

centre vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature

manifold gauge pressure readings

static and dynamic performance tests of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including checking:

ambient temperature

vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature

procedures for completing ARCtick service decal sticker, including:

name of service organisation

ARCtick business authority number

quantity of refrigerant added

refrigerant and oil type

service date

technician name and licence number.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for air conditioning and HVAC systems

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

ARCtick service decal stickers

procedures for servicing and adjusting vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC system faults

minimum of two different types of refrigerant

diagnosis and repair equipment for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

vacuum pump

electronic leak detector

nitrogen cylinder and regulator

multimeter

electronic scales

oil injector

infra-red thermometer

temperature probe

scan tool.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards; and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to retrofit automotive air conditioning systems, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, fitted to a range of vehicles and machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct de-gas procedure, carrying out the retrofit and associated modifications, performing post-retrofit testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Air conditioning systems may contain a mixture of both natural and flammable synthetic refrigerants that are difficult to accurately identify and safely recover. To minimise the possibility of ignition, the procedures and equipment used when recovering refrigerants must be those required for flammable refrigerants.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. Automotive air conditioners, including HVAC systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Refrigerant Handling licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to retrofit system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for retrofit activity, including manufacturer specifications and Australian automotive code of practice 1.3 Identify refrigerant required according to workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 1.4 Identify retrofit option required for the job 1.5 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace procedures 1.6 Identify tools and equipment required for inspect and servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. De-gas system	2.1 De-gas system according to manufacturer specifications, Australian automotive code of practice, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Refrigerant is recovered into required refrigerant recovery cylinder according to manufacturer specifications, Australian automotive code of practice, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Measure oil recovered and determine replacement volume
3. Retrofit system	3.1 Carry out air conditioning retrofit procedures according to manufacturer specifications, Australian automotive code of practice, workplace procedures, and workplace health safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Pressure test system and confirm there are no leaks according to manufacturer specifications, Australian automotive code of practice, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Evacuate system according to manufacturer specifications, Australian automotive code of practice, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Re-gas system with refrigerant gas and lubricating oil according to manufacturer specifications, Australian automotive code of practice, and workplace procedures 3.5 Carry out post-retrofit testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker and workplace documentation according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets text, symbols and diagrams relating to retrofit and associated modification information from manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures Interprets key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice relating to retrofitting air conditioning and HVAC systems
Writing	Fills out workplace documentation legibly, including ARCtick stickers, when reporting test findings, making retrofit recommendations, and recording parts and material used
Oral communication	Listens to workplace instructions and asks questions to clarify job requirements
Numeracy	Matches refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and code of practice requirements Interprets weighting measurements, including tare and gross weights Interprets readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges Measures temperatures and pressures, and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses workplace technology and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETU005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU105 Retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

retrofit the air conditioning and HVAC systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must include changing the type of refrigerant.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

air conditioning and HVAC system manufacturer specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

workplace procedures required to retrofit automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to retrofitting air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

identifying refrigerant and oil type, including:

service decal sticker

testing refrigerant

types and location of service ports

handling, storing and transporting refrigerant cylinders and recovery cylinders, including:

pressure ratings

pressure relief devices

outlet connection type

identifying and handling refrigerants, including hydrocarbon (HC) refrigerants

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment

key requirements of federal Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Management Regulations, including refrigerant handling licence and refrigerant trading authorisation

purpose and operation of automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems and components, including:

high pressure and low pressure sides of air conditioning systems

compressors, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors electromagnetic clutches

condensers

receiver-dryers, including filters and desiccants

expansion valves, including capillary tubes

evaporators

thermostats

refrigerants, including R12, R134a, R1234yf, and hydrocarbon blends

compressor oils

air conditioner and heating controls, including levers and ducting

air conditioner and heating electrical circuits and sensors, including:

high and low pressure switches

pressure relief valves

temperature sensors

climate control systems

procedures for retrofitting and associated modifications for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

determining original system fitted to vehicle, including refrigerant and oil type and types of components

determining appropriate retrofit and associated modification options, including:

determining required system performance output

component replacement, including O rings and seals

refrigerant and oil selection

procedures for removing and replacing system components

procedures for changing system refrigerant, including:

changing refrigerant gas from R12 to R134a:

receiver dryer filter replacement

change system fittings for manifold gauge attachment

change oil type

reasons why R134a refrigerant must not be retrofitted to R1234yf

reasons why R134a refrigerant must not be retrofitted to blends of hydrocarbons

procedures for recovering automotive refrigerant, including:

testing refrigerant to determine its type

connecting manifold and gauge set and recovery unit, including types and location of service ports

identifying recovery cylinder appropriate to the refrigerant

operating recovery unit, including weighing recovery cylinder before after recovery

disconnecting and storing recovery unit and cylinder

procedures for re-gassing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

testing system for leaks using vacuum testing and dry nitrogen pressure testing

evacuating the system using a vacuum pump and vacuum gauge

using manifold gauges, refrigerant scales or charging station to charge system

post-retrofit testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for checking for:

refrigerant leaks

heater core and system water coolant leaks

system performance is operating to manufacturer specifications

reported pre-modification issue has been resolved

no other faults are present

static and dynamic performance tests of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including checking:

ambient temperature

vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have retrofitted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle or machinery air conditioning and HVAC system manufacturer specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC systems requiring retrofitting

retrofit and testing equipment for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit and recovery cylinder

vacuum pump and gauge

leak detector

refrigerant analyser

refrigerant

refrigerant scales or charging station

dry nitrogen cylinder and gauge.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards; and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU106 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems and identify the repair action necessary to restore system performance. The systems used vary based on the work context. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those who work in an automotive service and repair industry. The air conditioning and HVAC systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Refrigerant Handling licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Unit Sector

Electrical Technical – Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnosis activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles, vessels or machinery
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking air conditioning and HVAC system specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures air conditioning and HVAC system components and uses mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment, including: manifold and gauge sets leak detectors digital multimeters thermometers.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURETU006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU106 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in the air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery in which the work must involve developing a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

develop testing strategies in the course of the above work for faults in the following systems:

multiple zone systems

electric controlled compressor systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

air conditioning and HVAC system manufacturer specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners, procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to atmosphere

communicating with customers and supervisors

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

emergency procedures and incident management requirements and procedures

handling flammable refrigerants

preventing loss of refrigerant to environment

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment

types of complex faults relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types and function of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

climate control systems

single and dual zone systems

electric controlled compressor systems

testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

vehicle HVAC performance testing

component failure analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

procedures for using testing and diagnostic tools and equipment, including:

scan tools

oscilloscopes

manifold and gauge sets

vacuum pumps

leak detectors

nitrogen cylinder and regulators

digital vacuum gauges (vacrometer)

digital multimeters

infra-red thermometers (pyrometer)

key features and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer air conditioning and HVAC system specifications

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with complex faults in their air conditioning and HVAC systems

testing and diagnostic tools and equipment appropriate for diagnosing and repairing complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

manifold and gauge sets

leak detectors

digital multimeters

thermometers

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards; and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTB101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the air braking systems of heavy vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The air braking systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy vehicle air braking system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy vehicle air braking system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures braking system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses measuring and diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTB001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in three heavy vehicle air braking systems as follows:

one disc braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the brake actuators, disc pads and disc rotors

one drum braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the brake actuators, brake shoes and drums

one air braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing at least one of the following:

air compressor, delivery and storage components

slack adjusters

pneumatic valve

electro-pneumatic valve and electronic control circuits.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38 relating to repairing heavy vehicle brakes, including:

key features and differences of both American and European braking systems

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle air braking systems, including procedures for:

working safely with stored energy in springs and high air pressure systems

managing and controlling brake dust

removing and refitting wheel assemblies

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle air braking systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including brake dust and fibres

operating principles of heavy vehicle air braking systems and associated components, including:

levers

friction

pneumatics

electronics

purpose and operation of heavy vehicle air braking systems and components, including:

disc braking systems

drum braking systems

air compressors, air storage, air dryers and valves

brake actuators

foot valves

air control valves

manual and automatic slack adjusters

trailer brake valves

pneumatic and electronic control circuits and valves

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle air braking systems, including procedures for:

friction material wear

drum brake component serviceability

disc brake component serviceability

air pressure testing

air control system testing

air brake component inspection and evaluation

brake system stationary and mobile performance tests

repair procedures for heavy vehicle air braking systems, including:

procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting:

wheel end components, including disc braking systems and drum braking systems

air compressors, air storage, air dryers and valves

brake actuators

foot valves

manual and automatic slack adjusters

trailer brake valves

pneumatic and electronic control circuits and valves

dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting systems

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle air braking systems including stationary and mobile performance tests.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle air braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two different heavy vehicles with faults in the air braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle air braking systems

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle air braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTB106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The heavy commercial vehicle braking systems include those of trucks or buses.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures braking system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised testing equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTB006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in each of the following heavy commercial vehicle braking systems:

air braking system

air over hydraulic braking system

anti-lock braking system

the work must involve developing a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including:

heavy commercial vehicle braking system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy, including pneumatic pressure and spring energy

handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including hydraulic fluid, brake fluid and brake fibres

types of complex faults relating to heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types and operation of heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including:

air braking systems

hydraulic braking systems

air over hydraulic braking systems

anti-lock braking systems

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

key features and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle braking system specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with complex faults in the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

heavy commercial vehicle braking system diagnostic equipment, including:

pressure gauge

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTB107 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the electronically controlled braking systems of heavy commercial vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Matches heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring and diagnostic tools and equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTB007 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB107 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the electronic components of at least two different heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including circuit types, diagrams and symbols

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38 relating to repairing heavy vehicle brakes

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems, including procedures for working safely with high air pressure systems and an electronically controlled actuator

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems

operating principles of heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems and associated components, including:

electronic systems

pneumatic systems

purpose and operation of heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems and components, including:

electronic control unit (ECU)

dual circuit pneumatic foot pedal control valve with electronic position sensing

front circuit electric over air modulation and relay valve

rear circuit electric over air modulation and relay valve

wheel speed sensors and pole wheel

tractor protection air valve

pressure sensor in airbag system or load sensor

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems that comply with manufacturer specifications, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

repair procedures for heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems that comply with manufacturer specifications, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting braking system components

post-repair testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems, including static and dynamic performance tests of electronic braking system.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle electronic braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two different heavy commercial vehicles with faults in their electronic braking systems

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTD102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle steering systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle steering system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy vehicle steering system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy vehicle steering system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Identifies steering system information in degrees and metric units of measurement Measures steering system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTD002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle steering systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least one of the following heavy commercial vehicle steering systems:

electronically assisted steering

hydraulic power assisted steering

diagnose and repair a fault in at least three of the following heavy commercial vehicle steering components:

power steering pump

hydraulic valves

electronic valves

tie rods and linkages

king pin

front wheel bearings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle steering systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle steering systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle steering systems, including procedures for working with high pressure steering systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle steering systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of power steering hydraulic fluid released from steering systems

purpose and operation of heavy vehicle steering systems and components, including:

manual steering systems, including:

steering box

steering column

tie rods and linkages

king pins

wheel bearings

hydraulic power assisted steering systems, including:

integral piston steering box

power steering pump

hydraulic valves

electronic valves

twin axle steering systems

electronically assisted steering systems

identification, function and basic operating principles of steering angles, including:

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

caster

camber

Ackermann principle of steering

steering axis inclination

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle steering systems, including procedures for analysing:

operational testing

hydraulic steering system testing

analysing component wear analysis

repair procedures for heavy vehicle steering systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting:

power steering pump

steering box

steering column

king pin

electronically assisted steering

tie rods and linkages

wheel bearings

post-repair testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle steering systems or components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system specifications

heavy commercial vehicle with faults in the power assisted steering systems and components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle steering systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTD103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The suspension systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy vehicle suspension system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy vehicle suspension system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Identifies suspension system information in degrees and metric units of measurement Measures suspension system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTD003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in:

the following two heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems:

leaf spring suspension

air spring suspension

at least one of the following heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems:

equaliser beam suspension

torsion bar suspension

electronically controlled suspension.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension systems including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle suspension systems, including identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with stored energy in spring, air springs, and torsion bars, including procedures for working with suspension components under tension

lifting, supporting and manual handling heavy suspension systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle suspension systems

principles of heavy vehicle suspension systems and associated components, including:

rigid and independent suspensions

sprung and unsprung mass

ride height

spring dampers

spring types

purpose and operation of heavy vehicle suspension systems and components, including:

air spring suspension

leaf spring suspension

front suspension

rear suspension, including single and tandem axle

equaliser beam suspension

torsion bar suspension

electronically controlled suspension

equipment for diagnostic testing procedures, including scan tools

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for analysing:

component wear

checking axle alignment

checking fluid leaks

checking air leaks

checking ride height

control system tests

repair procedures for heavy vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for:

removing, repairing and replacing suspension components, and springs and spring dampers

aligning axles

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer suspension system specifications

heavy commercial vehicles with faults in the different suspension systems listed in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTD104 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work, carrying out pre-alignment inspection, performing heavy vehicle wheel alignment, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel alignment operations include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. The unit does not apply to light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or motorcycles.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret heavy vehicle wheel alignment pre-check information 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for the job and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment pre-checks	2.1 Test vehicle according to workplace procedures and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Complete vehicle wheel alignment pre-check according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.3 Identify and report faults according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out vehicle wheel alignment activities	3.1 Obtain and interpret heavy vehicle wheel alignment information 3.2 Connect wheel alignment measuring equipment to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out wheel alignment and record readings 3.4 Carry out corrective adjustments to wheel according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.5 Re-check wheel alignment and confirm accuracy of adjustments 3.6 Record post-adjustment wheel alignment readings according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets safe operating procedures for wheel alignment equipment from workplace signs and procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking vehicle wheel alignment specifications and procedures
Numeracy	Measures steering and suspension system components Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction and understanding angles in degrees Calculates distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Understands measurements in metric and imperial units of measurement
Planning and organising	Identifies and prepares tools and equipment to allow the job to be completed without time wastage Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTD004 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD104 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

align wheels on all steerable axles of at least three different heavy vehicles.

In the course of the above, the candidate must measure each of the following steering angles, and make adjustments where required by job specifications:

camber

caster

king pin inclination (KPI)

toe (toe-in and toe-out)

toe-out on turns.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

pre and post wheel alignment procedures

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations, including:

procedures for raising and supporting heavy vehicles or machinery

steering geometry and wheel alignment angles, including:

Ackermann principle of steering

camber

caster

KPI

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

steering axis inclination

two wheel and twin four wheel steer

vehicle pre-alignment inspection procedures, including:

analysing tyre wear

inflating tyre

adjusting wheel bearing

inspecting steering and suspension

determining wheel run-out

determining vehicle height

checking chassis and axle alignment

types and operation of wheel alignment systems, including:

laser aligners

visual aligners

camera aligners

procedures for measuring and adjusting steering angles, including:

camber

caster

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

post-wheel alignment testing procedures for heavy vehicles.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle wheel alignments that they have carried out, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheel alignment specifications

three different heavy vehicles requiring wheel alignment

wheel alignment equipment for heavy vehicles

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out wheel alignment operations on heavy vehicles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTD106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those of heavy commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the job requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering and suspension system specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures steering and suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTD006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in each of the following:

steering system of a heavy commercial vehicle

suspension system of a different heavy commercial vehicle

steering or suspension system of a third heavy commercial vehicle.

develop a testing strategy in the course of the above work to diagnose the cause of two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for working with:

stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars

high pressure and high temperature steering system fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from steering and suspension systems

types of complex faults relating to heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

key features of heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

manual steering systems

power assisted steering systems, including:

power steering pumps

power steering boxes

rack and pinion steering

electronic and load sensing steering systems

leaf spring suspension

equaliser beam-leaf spring and solid rubber spring suspension

rubber block and torsion bar suspension

air spring suspension, including:

pneumatic

combination pneumatic and leaf spring

axle alignment

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing, including hydraulic tests of power assisted steering systems

component analysis

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

key features and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with complex faults in their steering and suspension systems

heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension system diagnostic equipment, including:

pressure gauge

scan tool

heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension system specifications

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the compression ignition engines of heavy vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The compression ignition engines include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, mobile plant machinery or marine vessels.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair engine	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose engine	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair engine	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures engine components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTE002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two heavy vehicle compression ignition engines.

In the course of the above work, the candidate must:

diagnose and repair a fault in:

an engine cylinder head, which must include removing the cylinder head from the engine

an engine bottom end, which must include removing the crankshaft, pistons and connecting rods from the engine

dismantle and reassemble one of the above compression ignition engines, ensuring that the engine is running at the end of the repair.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including procedures for:

isolating and stabilising heavy vehicles or machines

lifting and supporting heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

working with compression ignition engines

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from compression ignition engines

operating principles of heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including:

combustion, including:

combustion cycles

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

purpose and operation of heavy vehicle compression ignition engines and components, including:

lubrication system, cylinder blocks, cylinder liners, pistons, cylinder heads, combustion chambers, inlet and exhaust manifolds, connecting rods, crankshafts, pistons, piston rings, gudgeon pins, camshafts, timing gears, vibration dampers and flywheels

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including:

scan tool testing

engine compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests

checking sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling, inspection and reassembly procedures for heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances, including:

crankshaft and camshaft bearings and journals

main bearing and connecting rod tunnels

cylinder bores and pistons

liner depths and protrusions

cylinder heads

inspecting components

repair procedures for heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including procedures for removing and refitting the:

cylinder head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

cylinder liner

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle compression ignition engines.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle compression ignition engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

two different heavy vehicle compression ignition engines with faults

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle compression ignition engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTE103 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The diesel engines include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine management system specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures engine components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTE003 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE103 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in three different heavy vehicle diesel engines in which the work for at least two of the engines must involve a different type of complex fault selected from the following:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

develop a testing strategy to diagnose cause of the complex faults in the above engines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines, including heavy vehicle diesel engine manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines, including procedures for working with:

hot engine components

rotating engine components

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from diesel engines

types of complex faults relating to heavy vehicle diesel engines, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

key features of heavy vehicle diesel engines, including:

intake, exhaust, lubrication, cooling and engine mounting systems and components

turbochargers

valve timing

testing procedures for heavy vehicle diesel engines, including:

abnormal noise analysis

compression testing

cylinder leak-down testing

oil pressure testing

component failure analysis

key features and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle diesel engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy vehicle diesel engine specifications

three different heavy vehicle diesel engines with complex faults

heavy vehicle diesel engine diagnostic equipment, including:

compression tester

cylinder leakage tester

oil pressure gauge

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the diesel fuel injection systems of heavy vehicles and machinery. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The diesel fuel injection systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, mobile plant machinery or marine vessels. The unit does not apply to electronic compression ignition engine management systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair fuel injection system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose fuel injection system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair fuel injection system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures fuel injection system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses diagnostic equipment Uses precision measuring equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTF002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTF102 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two different heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, completing the following with each system:

testing the low-pressure fuel supply

removing and refitting a low-pressure fuel pump

removing, refitting and timing a diesel high pressure pump

removing, refitting and testing injectors

bleeding a diesel fuel injection system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

working with:

high fuel pressures

stored fuel pressures

high voltage diesel fuel injectors

engine start-up and shut-down

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of diesel fuel released from injection systems

operating principles of heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including:

phases of combustion

composition of diesel fuel

purpose and operation of heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems and components, including:

low pressure fuel supply systems, including:

fuel pumps

filters and separators

common rail injection systems

high pressure diesel fuel injection systems, including:

distributor type injection pumps

in-line injection pumps

electronic unit injection (EUI)

hydraulic electronic unit injection (HEUI)

high pressure injection (HPI)

injectors

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including:

assessing exhaust smoke

testing low pressure fuel systems

testing injector opening pressure, back leakage, nozzle leakage and spray pattern

assessing air induction systems

measuring individual cylinder exhaust temperature to determine underperforming cylinders

repair procedures for heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

dismantling, cleaning, adjusting and reassembling conventional injectors

removing, installing and timing high pressure injection pumps

adjusting and tuning mechanical unit injection systems

bleeding fuel systems

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

checking fuel system leakage

assessing engine performance.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection system specifications

two different heavy vehicles with faults in their diesel fuel injection systems

diagnostic equipment for diesel fuel injection systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTJ102 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims to suit specific applications. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work, selecting tyres, wheels and rims and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The tyres, wheels and rims include those of agricultural machinery, forklifts, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify tyre and wheel options	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret tyre and wheel information in order to identify tyre and wheel options required for the job 1.3 Identify hazards and issues associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures from workplace health and safety requirements
2. Select tyres and wheels for specific applications	2.1 Assess technical compliance and economic benefits of tyre, wheel and rim options 2.2 Select tyres, wheels, and rims according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, Australian Design Rules, and customer requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Communicate selection to appropriate personnel or customer according to workplace procedures 3.2 Complete and process workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking tyre, wheel and rim specifications
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information when selecting tyres, wheels and rims Understands both metric and imperial units of measurement

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTJ002 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ102 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select the tyres, wheels and rims for four different heavy vehicles to suit specific customer requirements, which must involve accessing and interpreting information in manufacturer specifications relating to the selection.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and apply manufacturer specifications for the following heavy vehicle wheels and tyres:

tubeless and tubed tyres

bias ply and radial ply tyres

demountable rims

disc wheels

tyre tread designs

methods to locate and apply Australian Design Rules relating to heavy vehicle tyres and wheels

procedures to communicate with customers the selection of tyres and wheels

workplace procedures relating to the selection of heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims, including:

documentation for heavy vehicle wheels and tyres

workplace housekeeping procedures

documentation procedures

workplace health and safety requirements relating to heavy vehicle wheels and tyres

heavy vehicle tyre, wheel and rim technical information, including:

heavy vehicle tyre fitment guide

Tyre and Rim Association of Australia Standards Manual

heavy vehicle tyre and wheel assembly terminology and codes

heavy vehicle tread patterns, and tyre and wheel assembly types

specific tyre applications for varying terrain, soil and weather conditions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims that they have selected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle manufacturer tyre, wheel and rim specifications and tyre, wheel and rim fitment guide

Australian Design Rules relating to heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims

four different heavy vehicles for the selection of tyres, wheels and rims

equipment and material appropriate for selecting heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTJ103 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove, inspect and refit the wheel and tyre assemblies of heavy vehicles. It involves identifying and confirming job requirements; preparing for the task; removing, inspecting and refitting the wheel and tyre assembly; and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel and tyre assemblies include those of agricultural machinery, forklifts, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. This unit does not apply to off-the-road tyres of mobile plant machinery, motorcycle or light vehicle wheel assemblies.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove wheel and tyre assembly	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for wheel and tyre removal, inspection and re-fitting activity 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for the job and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Remove and inspect wheel and tyre assembly	2.1 Remove wheel and tyre assembly according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspect wheel and tyre assembly, mounting points and fittings according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Report inspection findings and make recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Refit wheel and tyre assembly	3.1 Identify required information for refitting activity 3.2 Re-fit and adjust wheel and tyre assembly according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety requirements 3.3 Complete tightening sequence and torque settings according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Check wheel assembly for correct assembly and run-out according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking wheel and tyre specifications, including tightening procedures
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information in: manufacturer specifications, including wheel nut tension settings demountable rim assembly documentation tyres disc wheels tyre inflation gauges Understands numerical divisions in metric and imperial units of measurement
Technology	Operates specialised tools and equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTJ003 Remove, inspect, and refit heavy vehicle wheel assemblies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ103 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove, inspect, refit and adjust the wheel and tyre assemblies on the steer and drive axle dual wheels of a heavy vehicle

remove, inspect, refit and adjust the demountable rim and tyre assemblies on the steer and drive axle dual wheels of a second heavy vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove, inspect and re-fit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to remove, inspect and re-fit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including procedures for:

working with wheel and tyre assemblies and air inflation pressures

working with multi-piece split wheels, split and multi-piece wheels and rims

manually handling wheel and tyre assemblies

lifting and supporting heavy vehicles

types and applications of wheel assemblies, including:

cast spoke wheels

disc wheels, including:

stud piloted wheels

hub piloted wheels

studs and nuts for disc wheels

multi-piece split wheels

demountable rims, including:

single piece tyre-to-rim assemblies

multi-piece tyre-to-rim assemblies

spacer band

rim clamps, studs and nuts for demountable rims

procedures for removing, inspecting and refitting heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including wheel nut tensioning procedures

post-fitting procedures and checks of heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including:

correct operation of vehicle systems affected by the removal and refitting of wheel assemblies

wheel and tyre assembly run-out.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies that they have worked on e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheel and tyre assembly specifications

two different heavy vehicles and heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including:

disc wheels and tyres

demountable rims, tyres and cast spoke wheels

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting and refitting heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTJ104 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural tyres and tubes from wheels. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the task, removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting the tyres and tubes, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The tyres and tubes include those of agricultural machinery equipment. This unit does not apply to heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, motorcycles, or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural tyres and tubes	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for tyre and tube removal, inspection and repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for the job and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Remove and inspect tyres, tubes and wheels	2.1 Remove tyres and tubes from wheels according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspect tyres, tubes and wheels according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Report inspection findings and make recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and refit tyres and tubes	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Mount tyre to wheel according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, without causing damage to components or systems 3.4 Check assembled wheel and tyre for correct assembly and serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and rectify any issues identified 3.5 Inflate tyre according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Reads and interprets information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and documentation when seeking tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information when repairing tyres and tubes Understands both metric and imperial units of measurement
Technology	Operates specialised tools and equipment Operates specialised repair equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTJ004 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ104 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural tyres and tubes, including:

at least two tyres and tubes fitted to split or multi-piece wheels

at least two tyres and tubes fitted to drop centre wheels.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove, inspect, repair and re-fit agricultural tyres and tubes, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to remove, inspect, repair and re-fit agricultural tyres and tubes, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety requirements relating to agricultural tyres and tubes, including procedures for:

deflating and inflating tyres on agricultural equipment

raising and supporting machinery on unstable surfaces

manual handling when lifting wheel assemblies

removing, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes

environmental requirements relating to agricultural tyres and tubes, including:

procedures for trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair

procedures for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes, including:

rim or hub mounted multi-piece rims

one piece wheels

types and uses of tyres, tubes, wheels and rims, including:

radial and bias ply tyres

tubed and tubeless tyres

rim or hub mounted multi-piece wheels

one piece wheels

types and operation of tyre changing equipment and tyre and tube repair equipment

post-fitting procedures and checks of agricultural tyres and tubes.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the agricultural tyres and tubes that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications

agricultural tyres and tubes specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting, repairing and fitting agricultural tyres and tubes, including:

tyre and tube repair tools and equipment

tyre and tube repair consumables

tyre changing tools and equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTJ106 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes from wheels. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the task, removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting the tyres and tubes, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The tyres and tubes include those of forklifts, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. This unit does not apply to off-the-road (OTR) tyres of mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for tyre and tube removal, inspection and repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for the job and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Remove and inspect tyres, tubes and wheels	2.1 Remove tyres and tubes from wheels according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspect tyres, tubes and wheels according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Report inspection findings and make recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and refit tyres and tubes	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Mount tyre to wheel according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, without causing damage to components or systems 3.4 Check assembled wheel and tyre for correct assembly and serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and rectify any issues identified 3.5 Inflate tyre according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets information in manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information when repairing tyres and tubes Understands both metric and imperial units of measurement
Technology	Operates specialised tools and equipment Operates specialised repair equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTJ006 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ106 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres to both split lock ring and one piece wheels, including repairs or replacements to:

at least two tubes

at least two radial ply tyres.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove, inspect, repair and re-fit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures required to remove, inspect, repair and re-fit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to heavy vehicle tyres and tubes, including procedures for:

deflating and inflating tyres

manual handling when lifting wheel assembly

removing, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes

environmental requirements relating to heavy vehicle tyres and tubes, including procedures for:

trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair procedures

procedures for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes, including:

split lock rings

rim or hub mounted multi-piece rims

one piece wheels

two piece split wheels

types and uses of tyres, tubes, wheels and rims, including:

radial and bias ply tyres

tubed and tubeless tyres

rim or hub mounted multi-piece wheels

one piece wheels

two piece split wheels

types and operation of tyre changing equipment and tyre and tube repair equipment

post-fitting procedures and checks of heavy vehicle tyres and tubes.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle tyres and tubes that they have worked on e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications

heavy vehicle tyres, tubes, wheel and rim assemblies specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting heavy vehicle tyres and tubes, including:

tyre and tube repair tools and equipment

tyre and tube repair consumables

tyre changing tools and equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTL101 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines. The unit involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work on the alternative fuel systems of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Alternative Fuels

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect alternative fuel system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Inspect fuel system	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings according to workplace procedures
3. Prepare to diagnose and repair fuel system	3.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 3.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 3.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 3.4 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
4. Diagnose fuel system	4.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 4.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results. 4.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 4.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
5. Repair fuel system	5.1 Identify required information for repair activity 5.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 5.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 5.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 6.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 6.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures alternative fuel system components Uses mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction and multiplication Calculates distances, areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment and diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTL001 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems for heavy vehicle engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTL101 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in two different heavy vehicle engines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting, diagnosing and repairing alternative fuel systems, including procedures for:

working with alternative fuel systems

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements relating to inspecting, diagnosing and repairing alternative fuel systems, including procedures for preventing fuel leakage from fuel systems

operating principles of alternative fuel systems

application and function of alternative fuel systems

inspect and repair procedures for alternative fuel systems

diagnostic testing procedures for alternative fuel systems

post-repair testing procedures for alternative fuel systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the alternative fuel systems that they have inspected and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer alternative fuel system specifications

two different heavy vehicle engines with alternative fuel systems requiring repair

diagnostic equipment for alternative fuel systems, including exhaust gas analyser

repair tools, equipment and materials for alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTQ102 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the final drive assemblies of heavy commercial vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The final drive assemblies include those in heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assembly	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy commercial vehicle final drive assembly	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assembly	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures final drive assembly components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Calculates gear ratios and torque reduction
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTQ002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ102 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least one heavy commercial vehicle final drive assembly and in the course of doing so:

undertake a complete dismantle and reassembly of a crown wheel and pinion final drive assembly

remove, refit or replace one final drive assembly

remove, refit or replace one rear axle wheel bearing assembly.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assembles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for:

isolating and stabilising vehicles

lifting and supporting final drive assemblies

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from final drive assemblies

operating principles of heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies and associated components, including:

final drive gears, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

differential function

purpose and operation of heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies and components, including:

single reduction

two-speed reduction

double reduction

tandem drive

power divider

differentials, including limited slip differentials

axle shafts and bearings

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for:

road testing procedures, including:

final drive assembly noise diagnostic

final drive assembly operation

pre-dismantling inspection procedures

repair procedures for heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for:

dismantling final drive assemblies

inspecting final drive assemblies

reassembling and adjusting the following components:

pinion depth

pinion bearing preload

crown wheel and pinion backlash

side bearing preload

crown wheel and pinion tooth contact

post-repair testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

mechanical repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer final drive assembly specifications

heavy commercial vehicle crown wheel and pinion final drive assembly with faults

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTQ103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the drive shafts of heavy vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The drive shafts include those in heavy vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shaft	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy vehicle drive shaft	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy vehicle drive shaft	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures drive shaft components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Understands angles in degrees
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTQ003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least one heavy vehicle drive shaft, including:

replacing one universal joint

completing at least two of the following further actions:

replacing centre support bearing assembly

measuring drive shaft angles and phasing

measuring run-out of drive shaft

balancing drive shaft

replacing slip spline.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle drive shafts, including procedures for:

isolating and stabilising vehicles or machines

working with rotating shafts

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle drive shafts

operating principles of heavy vehicle drive shafts and associated components, including:

universal joint working angles

drive shaft phasing angles

velocity fluctuation of universal joints

purpose and operation of heavy vehicle drive shafts and components, including:

single and multi-piece shafts

universal joints

centre support assembly

slip joints

shaft alignment

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle drive shafts, including road testing procedures for:

drive shaft noise diagnostic

vibration diagnostic

drive line geometry and phasing

drive shaft run-out

repair procedures for heavy vehicle drive shafts, including procedures for:

dismantling drive shafts

inspecting drive shafts

reassembling drive shaft and aligning components

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle drive shafts.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle drive shafts that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer drive shaft specifications

heavy vehicle with faults in its drive shaft

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle drive shafts

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle drive shafts.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTR105 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the electronically controlled stability systems of heavy commercial trailers over 4.5 tonnes. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronically controlled roll, stability systems are fitted to heavy commercial trailers.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer roll stability system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy commercial trailer roll stability system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy commercial trailer roll stability system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm commercial trailer is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures roll stability system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Operates diagnostic and test equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTR005 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTR105 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the electronically controlled, roll stability systems of at least two different heavy commercial trailers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems, including procedures for using specialised tools and equipment

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems

purpose and operation of heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems and components, including:

roll stability control module

wheel speed sensor

yawl sensor

load sensor

electrical wiring and connector

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled, roll stability systems, including:

accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes

analysing system operation using electrical test equipment, scan tools and another industry-relevant test equipment

visual, aural and functional assessments, including component damage and wear

repair procedures for heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems, including procedures for:

roll stability control module

wheel speed sensor

yawl sensor

load sensor

electrical wiring and connector

post-repair testing procedures for heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy trailer roll stability specifications

two different heavy commercial trailers with faults in their electronically controlled roll stability systems

diagnostic equipment for heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTX101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the manual transmissions of heavy vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The manual transmissions include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmission	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy vehicle manual transmission	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy vehicle manual transmission	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures manual transmission components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Calculates gear ratios Calculates torque reduction and multiplication
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTX001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

disassemble and reassemble one heavy vehicle manual transmission that has a minimum of nine speeds

diagnose and repair a fault in at least three of the following components of a heavy vehicle manual transmission:

input shaft

gear shift mechanisms

gears and shafts

transmission bearings

auxiliary section and controls

gasket and seal leaks

remove, refit or replace a heavy vehicle manual transmission.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle manual transmissions, including procedures for:

using transmission lifting and supporting equipment

manual handling heavy vehicle manual transmissions

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle manual transmissions, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of clutch dust, clutch fluid and oils released from manual transmissions

operating principles of heavy vehicle manual transmissions and associated components, including:

power flows, including:

longitudinal manual transmissions

transfer cases

synchromesh operation

gearshift mechanisms, including:

mechanical

air

electrical/pneumatic

electronically automated manual transmissions

transfer cases

power take-off

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle manual transmissions, including:

abnormal noise diagnosis

electronic diagnosis

shift diagnosis

dismantling procedures for heavy vehicle manual transmissions, including:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for heavy vehicle manual transmissions, including:

gears, shafts and bearings

electronic control systems

gear shift mechanism

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle manual transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer manual transmission specifications

one heavy vehicle with faults in its manual transmission that has a minimum of 9 speeds

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle manual transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle manual transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTX103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the automatic transmissions of heavy vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The automatic transmissions include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. The unit does not apply to electronically controlled drive management systems or power shift transmissions.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmission	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy vehicle automatic transmission	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy vehicle automatic transmission	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures automatic transmission components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Calculates gear ratios Calculates torque reduction and multiplication
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTX003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX103 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

disassemble and reassemble one heavy vehicle automatic transmission

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following components of a heavy vehicle automatic transmission:

torque converter

transmission oil pump

front pump seal

valve body

shift or pressure solenoid

clutch pack

one-way clutch

planetary gear set

internal bearings or thrust washers

gasket and seal leaks

sensors

heat exchanger

remove, refit or replace a heavy vehicle automatic transmission.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including procedures for:

using transmission lifting and supporting equipment

isolating and stabilising vehicles

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from automatic transmissions

operating principles of heavy vehicle automatic transmissions and associated components, including:

fluid couplings

mechanical systems, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque

simple and compound planetary gear trains

gear range and transfer case power flows

hydraulic systems

electronic systems, including:

electronic control unit (ECU)

electronic sensors

solenoids

purpose and operation of heavy vehicle automatic transmissions and components, including:

torque converters, including:

impeller, stator, one-way clutch and turbine operation

lock-up torque converters

automatic transmission mechanical components, including:

clutch packs, one-way clutches, simple and compound planetary gear sets, and transfer case

power flows, including:

longitudinal automatic transmissions

transfer case

power take-off

automatic transmission hydraulic components and hydraulic control components, including:

oil pumps

valve body and hydraulic valves

heat exchanger

automatic transmission electronic components, including:

ECU input sensors

ECU outputs

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

stall tests

pressure test

using scan tools when testing

repair procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including for hydraulic, mechanical and electrical components

dismantling procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle automatic transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer automatic transmission specifications

one heavy vehicle with faults in its automatic transmission

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle automatic transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTX104 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the clutch systems of heavy vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The clutch systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy vehicle clutch system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy vehicle clutch system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures clutch system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTX004 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX104 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair faults in the clutch system of a heavy vehicle, in which the work must involve:

removing and refitting a heavy vehicle manual transmission

removing, refitting or replacing the following components:

clutch friction disc

clutch pressure plate assembly

release bearing

diagnose and repair a fault in one heavy vehicle clutch operating system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle clutch systems, including procedures for:

using lifting and supporting heavy vehicle manual transmission equipment

handling and controlling clutch dust and clutch fluid

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle clutch systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of clutch dust and fluids released from clutch systems

purpose and operation of heavy vehicle clutch systems and components, including:

single-disc clutch assemblies

multi-disc clutch assemblies

coil spring clutches

diaphragm spring clutches

clutch brakes

flywheel

clutch operating systems, including:

mechanical

hydraulic

pneumatic

electronic

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle clutch systems, including:

inspecting and evaluating clutch assembly components

inspecting and evaluating clutch operating system

testing stationary and mobile clutch performance

repair procedures for heavy vehicle clutch systems, including procedures for:

clutch operating systems

removing and refitting clutch assembly

inspecting and evaluating clutch components

adjusting clutches

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle clutch systems, including testing stationary or mobile performance.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle clutch systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer clutch system specifications

one heavy vehicle with clutch system faults

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle clutch systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle clutch systems, including:

transmission lifting and supporting equipment

clutch aligning and adjusting tools.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTX106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems include those of trucks or buses.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking transmission and driveline system specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures transmission and driveline system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment Uses specialised testing equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTX006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX106 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in each of the following:

transmission system of a heavy commercial vehicle

driveline system of a different heavy commercial vehicle

transmission or driveline system of a third heavy commercial vehicle

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following complex faults in the course of the above work:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including:

heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manual handling heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from transmission and driveline systems

types of complex faults relating to heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

key features of heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including:

automatic transmissions

manual and automated manual transmissions

Hookes-type joints

drive shafts

final drives

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

transmission oil pressure tests

sources of fluid leaks

driveline angle measurement

key features and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline system specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with complex faults in their transmission and driveline systems

transmission and driveline diagnostic equipment, including:

oil pressure gauge

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTY102 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the mechanical connections fitted to both heavy vehicles and trailers. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The mechanical connections include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, trailers over 4.5 tonnes or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Chassis and Frame

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle mechanical connection	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy vehicle mechanical connection	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy vehicle mechanical connection	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm commercial trailer is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures mechanical connection components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses test and diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTY002 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTY102 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two of the following mechanical connections of a heavy vehicle and trailer:

fifth wheel assembly

king pins and upper couplers

pintle hook and drawbar

landing gear

diagnose and repair a fault in both of the following:

electrical connections of a heavy vehicle and trailer

pneumatic connection of a heavy vehicle and trailer.

In the course of the above work, the candidate must:

check for slack in the fifth wheel operation when connected to a trailer

inspect top plate and brackets for cracks

inspect the fifth wheel and mounting plate welds

check fifth wheel operation using a lock tester.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting heavy vehicles and trailers

safely manoeuvring heavy vehicles and trailers

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes, including procedures for safely handling and disposing of lubricants

purpose and operation of mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes, including:

fifth wheel assemblies

king pins and upper couplers

pintle hook and drawbar

landing gear

electrical connections

pneumatic connections

types and applications of fifth wheel lubricants

diagnostic testing procedures for mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes, including:

checking for slack in the fifth wheel operation when connected to a trailer

inspecting top plate and brackets for cracks

inspecting the fifth wheel and mounting plate welds

checking fifth wheel operation using a lock tester

testing electrical connections

testing pneumatic connections

repair and adjustment procedures for mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes, including:

fifth wheel assembly

king pins and upper couplers

pintle hook and drawbar

landing gear

electrical connections

pneumatic connections

post-repair testing procedures for mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mechanical connection specifications

two different heavy vehicle and trailer mechanical connections with faults

lubricating equipment for mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the emission control systems of heavy vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The emission control systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Heavy Vehicle Technical – Emission and Exhaust

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy vehicle emission control system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy vehicle emission control system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Interprets numeric information, including: exhaust gas percentages exhaust gas ratios
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised testing equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURHTZ001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTZ101 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least three of the following heavy vehicle emission control systems:

closed crankcase ventilation system

exhaust gas recirculation system

diesel engine particulate filter system

selective catalytic reduction system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for working with vehicles that produce toxic emissions

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for containing and disposing of emission control system fuels, fluids and components

heavy vehicle emissions and their effects on the environment and health:

carbon monoxide

carbon dioxide

oxides of nitrogen

ozone

sulphur dioxide

particulate matter

hydrocarbons

purpose and operation of heavy vehicle emission control systems and components, including:

closed crankcase ventilation system

exhaust gas recirculation system

diesel engine particulate filter system

selective catalytic reduction system

catalytic converter system

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for testing:

closed crankcase ventilation system operation

exhaust gas recirculation system operation

diesel engine particulate filter system operation

selective catalytic reduction system operation

catalytic converter system operation

exhaust gas analysis

exhaust smoke analysis

repair procedures for heavy vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting the system components

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle emission control systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle emission control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy vehicle emission control system specifications

heavy vehicle engines with faults in the emission control systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for testing heavy vehicle emission control systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing, replacing and adjusting heavy vehicle emission control systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTB101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the braking systems of motorcycles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those in motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle braking system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose motorcycle braking system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motorcycle braking system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures braking system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses measuring diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURJTB001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTB101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following two braking systems of at least two different motorcycles, each time repairing a different system from the following:

at least one hydraulically-operated two-wheel disc braking system, in which the work must involve:

removing, bleeding and adjusting hand brake lever and brake pedal, master cylinder, brake hose, brake callipers, brake pads and brake rotors

refitting or replacing them

at least one mechanically-operated drum braking system, in which the work must involve:

removing and adjusting hand brake lever and brake pedal, cables and rods, brake drums and shoes, and actuating mechanisms

refitting or replacing them.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle braking systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting motorcycles

handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle braking systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from motorcycle braking systems

operating principles of motorcycle braking systems, including:

levers

friction

hydraulics, including the relationship between force, pressure and area

properties of brake fluids, including:

Department of Transportation (DOT) classification

synthetic and non-synthetic

compatibility of fluid types

purpose and operation of motorcycle braking systems and components, including:

master cylinders

brake fluids

disc brake systems, including:

types of brake discs

disc pads

self-adjustment of disc pads

fixed, floating and multi-piston brake callipers

drum brake systems, including:

self-energising, servo effect

mechanically operated systems

hydraulically operated systems

manual and self-adjustment systems

combined braking systems

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle braking systems, including procedures for:

operational tests of master cylinder

testing brake fluid

operational tests of hand brake

operational tests of drum and disc brakes

measuring and evaluating brake drums, shoes, discs and pads

repair procedures for motorcycle braking systems, including procedures for:

removing, replacing and adjusting braking system components, including master cylinder, switches, brake hoses and lines, rods and cables, disc callipers and disc pads, brake drums, brake shoes and wheel cylinders

removing, replacing and adjusting braking system components, including brake lever, rods and cables, brake drums and brake shoes

bleeding brakes

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle braking systems, including procedures for road testing and bedding in brakes.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle braking system specifications

two different motorcycles with faults in the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTD103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose motorcycle suspension system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motorcycle suspension system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures suspension system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURJTD003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the front suspension systems of at least two different motorcycles, in which the work must involve:

removing, dismantling, reassembling, refitting and adjusting front forks

changing seals, valves, bushings and oil

diagnose and repair a fault in the rear suspension systems of at least two different motorcycles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle suspension systems, including procedures for working with:

stored energy in springs

suspension system oils

gas struts

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle suspension systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from suspension systems

principles of motorcycle suspension systems and associated components, including:

brake dive

fork spring rate

fork compression damping

purpose and operation of motorcycle suspension systems and components, including:

shock absorbers, including:

twin shock absorbers

mono-shock absorbers

telescopic fork suspension

inverted telescopic fork suspension

front tele-lever and duo-lever

rear swing arm suspension (twin-sided, mono-shock and para-lever)

gas struts

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle suspension systems, including procedures for analysing:

performance

component wear

abnormal system noise

repair procedures for motorcycle suspension systems, including procedures for:

adjusting pre-load and damping

removing, dismantling, reassembling and replacing components, including:

seal, bushing and valve replacement

oil replacement

air purging

replacing front fork slider bushes

removing and replacing rear shock absorbers

dismantling and repairing rear shock absorbers

repairing steering damper assemblies

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle suspension system specifications

two different motorcycles with faults in the front suspension systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTD104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle steering system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose motorcycle steering system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motorcycle steering system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures steering system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURJTD004 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the steering systems of at least two different motorcycles, in which the work for each must involve removing, refitting or replacing, and adjusting the following:

headset bearings

front fork units in the triple clamps

handlebars.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle steering systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy in springs

handling steering system bearing grease

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle steering systems

operating principles of motorcycle steering systems, including:

wheelbase

steering axis angle

fork offset

fork length

trail

wheel flop

purpose and operation of motorcycle steering systems and components, including:

head tubes

headset bearings

triple clamps

hydraulic steering dampers

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle steering systems, including procedures for analysing:

abnormal system noises

component wear analysis

repair procedures for motorcycle steering systems, including procedures for:

removing, refitting and adjusting triple clamp forks

aligning front axles

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle steering system specifications

two different motorcycles with faults in the steering systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle steering systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTD105 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those in motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical – Steering and suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering and suspension system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures steering and suspension system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURJTD005 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD105 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose complex steering and suspension system faults in at least three different motorcycles, including:

at least one steering system fault

at least one suspension system fault

develop a testing strategy in the course of the above work to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle or ATV steering and suspension system, including:

motorcycle or ATV steering and suspension system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle or ATV steering and suspension systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting motorcycles

working with stored energy in springs

handling steering system bearing grease

environmental requirements relating to motorcycle steering and suspension systems

types of complex faults relating to motorcycle steering and suspension systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

testing procedures for motorcycle steering and suspension systems, including:

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types and key features of motorcycle steering and suspension systems, including:

telescopic forks, including:

fork tubes

gaiters

stanchions

triple clamps

steering dampers

upside down forks

anti-dive fork systems

trailing link fork suspension

leading link fork suspension, including:

springer fork

Earles fork

girder fork

Saxon-Motodd (telelever) fork

duolever front suspension (Hossack or Fior)

coaxial steering front suspension

non-fork front suspension, including hub centre steering

rear suspension, including:

twin shock swingarm

monoshock swingarm

monoshock single sided swingarm

rear monolever

rear paralever

steering angles, including:

wheelbase

trail

offset

rake angle.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle steering and suspension specifications

three different motorcycles with complex faults in their steering and suspension systems

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle steering and suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTE101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the engines of motorcycles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair engine	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose engine	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle engine	3.1 Identify tools and equipment required to dismantle engine and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dismantle engine, clean and inspect components according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Measure and compare components against manufacturer specifications 3.4 Confirm recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and re-assemble engine	4.1 Identify required information for repair activity 4.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 4.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Re-assemble engine according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures engine components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURJTE001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least three different motorcycle engines in which the work must involve removing, dismantling, reassembling, replacing and adjusting the engine cylinder heads

dismantle and reassemble at least one of the above engines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle engines, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle engines, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle engines, including procedures for lifting and supporting motorcycle engines

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle engines, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

operating principles of motorcycle engines, including:

combustion, including:

air-fuel ratios and combustion cycles

direct injection

detonation

engine design, including:

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle engines, including:

wet and dry compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests

checking sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling procedures for motorcycle engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for motorcycle engines, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

assembly procedures for motorcycle engines, including procedures for:

fitting components

checking tolerances and clearances

torquing retaining bolts

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle engines, including:

checking oil pressure

road testing under load

checking for fluid leaks.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle engine specifications

three different motorcycles with engine faults

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTE102 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engine and transmission systems include those in motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical – Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine and transmission system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures engine and transmission system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURJTE002 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE102 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose at least one complex fault in each of the following:

engine system of a motorcycle

manual transmission of a second motorcycle

automatic transmission or continuously variable transmission (CVT) of a third motorcycle

develop a testing strategy in the course of the above to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle or ATV engine and transmission system, including:

motorcycle or ATV engine and transmission system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle or ATV engine and transmission systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting motorcycles

environmental requirements relating to motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engine and transmission systems

types of complex faults relating to motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including:

two and four-stroke air and liquid-cooled engines

manual transmissions

automatic transmissions

CVT

testing procedures for motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including:

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including conditions that set and run the DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

motorcycle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle engine and transmission systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle engine and transmission system specifications

three different motorcycles with complex faults in their engine and transmission systems

motorcycle engine and transmission system diagnostic equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTE103 Inspect and service motorcycle engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service motorcycle engines. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the engine, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working on motorcycles in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service engine	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Inspect motorcycle engine	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings and recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Service motorcycle engine	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine service procedures and specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Numeracy	Calculates liquid volumes and service schedule intervals, using mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE103 Inspect and service motorcycle engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service the engines of two different motorcycles, and for each engine the work must involve:

inspecting the vehicle for oil and fluid leaks

inspecting and shim adjusting the valve clearances of a single cylinder engine

analysing abnormal engine noises

inspecting ancillary components

replacing the engine oil and filters

starting up and running engine to operating temperature

checking for leaks and abnormal noises.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service motorcycle engines, including:

vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service motorcycle engines, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing engines, including procedures for working with:

rotating and hot components

engine oils

high energy ignition and charging systems

environmental requirements relating to inspecting and servicing engines, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

identification and function of major engine components, including:

cylinder block and head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

valve train

manifolds

ports and reed valve

identification and function of engine systems, including:

lubrication

cooling system

fuel system

air system

basic operation of spark ignition engines and compression ignition engines, including:

two-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke spark ignition engines

types and applications of engine configurations, including:

two-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke spark ignition engines

types and applications of engine oils and filters

inspection procedures for engines, including:

oil and fluid leaks

ancillary components, including:

mountings

belts, pulleys and hoses

service and adjustment procedures for engines, including:

adjusting or replacing engine components

replacing oil

replacing filter

valve clearances

post-service testing procedures for engines.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle engine specifications

two different motorcycles for servicing as specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing motorcycle engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTE104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the motorcycle engine management systems of motorcycles. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical and electronic systems include those in motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair engine management system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose engine management system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair engine management system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the engine management systems of at least three different motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs), including:

faults in at least two system input sensors

faults in at least one system output actuator.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle engine management systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle engine management systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle engine management systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

working with high pressure petrol fuel systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle engine management systems

operating principles of motorcycle engine management systems and associated components, including:

combustion, including:

air-fuel ratios and chemistry of combustion

composition of petrol fuel, including octane rating

indirect and direct fuel injection

purpose and operation of motorcycle engine management systems and components, including:

fuel system, including:

fuel filters

fuel pumps

fuel pressure regulators

fuel injectors

electronic control system, including the following system inputs:

throttle position sensors

coolant temperature sensors

oxygen sensors

intake air temperature sensors

crankshaft position sensors

camshaft position sensors

battery voltage

knock sensors

key features of electronic control units (ECUs), including:

long-term fuel trim (LTFT)

short-term fuel trim (STFT)

sensor reference voltages and sensor grounds

system outputs, including:

Pulse Air Injection Recirculation (PAIR) solenoid controls

injectors

fuel pump relays

engine cooling fans

throttle motor (drive by wire) controls

variable valve timing controls

ignition systems and components, including:

spark plugs

ignition leads

ignition coils, including electromagnetic induction

ignition timing, including varying ignition timing according to engine load, speed and knock sensor input

dwell period

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle engine management systems, including:

diagnostic flow charts

fuel system testing, including:

low pressure fuel system testing

high pressure fuel system testing

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

injector testing

sensor testing

actuator testing

accessing and interpreting industry-relevant test equipment data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)

live data

freeze frame data

repair procedures for motorcycle engine management systems, including procedures for:

removing and replacing the following electrical or electronic components:

sensors

actuators, including fuel injectors and fuel pumps

adjusting and recalibrating components and associated systems

post-repair testing procedures, including procedures for:

clearing fault codes

assessing engine performance

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle engine management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle engine management system specifications

three different motorcycles or ATV’s with faults in their engine management systems as specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle engine management systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle engine management systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTQ102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the driveline systems of motorcycles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical – Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose motorcycle driveline system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motorcycle driveline system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures driveline system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURJTQ002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTQ102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following driveline systems of at least three different motorcycles, each time repairing a different one of the following:

one chain drive system, in which the work must involve removing, replacing or refitting the chain and sprockets

one belt drive system, in which the work must involve removing, replacing or refitting the belt and sprockets

one shaft drive system, in which the work must involve removing, replacing or refitting the drive shaft.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle driveline systems, including procedures for handling shaft and chain driveline oils and lubricants

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle driveline systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from shaft and chain drivelines

purpose and operation of motorcycle driveline systems and components, including:

chain drive systems, including:

chain construction, including chain pitch, roller width and roller diameter

cush drives

types of sprockets

belt drive systems, including:

belt construction

methods of tensioning belts

shaft drive systems, including:

side gear assemblies

final gear assemblies

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle driveline systems, including procedures for analysing:

component wear

abnormal system noise

repair procedures for motorcycle driveline systems, including procedures for:

repairing chain drives, including:

procedures for removing and refitting front and rear chain sprockets

procedures for removing chains and fitting new chains

procedures for adjusting chain tension and wheel alignment

repairing belt drives, including:

procedures for removing and refitting toothed belt sprockets

procedures for removing belts and fitting new belts

procedures for measuring and adjusting belt tension and wheel alignment

repairing shaft drive systems

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle driveline systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle driveline system specifications

one motorcycle with a fault in its chain drive system

one motorcycle with a fault in its belt drive system

one motorcycle with a fault in its shaft drive system

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle driveline systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle driveline systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTR102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle charging systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair motorcycle charging systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The charging systems include those in motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle charging system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose motorcycle charging system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motorcycle charging system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches alternator types and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTR102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle charging systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two different motorcycles in which the fault for each must involve a different component from among the following:

external regulator/rectifier assembly

power and earth circuits linking alternator and battery

motorcycle charging system circuit

alternator control

alternator output.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle charging systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle charging systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle charging systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of motorcycle charging systems and associated components, including:

motorcycle charging batteries with direct current

vehicle system power and electrical current requirements

generating principles, including Faraday’s law and inducing an electromotive force (EMF)

producing direct current (DC) EMF

producing alternating current (AC) EMF

changing AC to DC, including half-wave and full-wave rectification

purpose and operation of motorcycle charging systems and components, including:

alternators, including:

internal component function and operation

external components and drive function and operation

star-connected and delta-connected stator windings

excited field winding and permanent magnet type alternators

regulation of output voltage, including zener diodes and exciter diodes

battery management systems

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle charging systems, including:

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

load testing motorcycle charging systems

resistance, current flow and voltage drop checks of motorcycle charging system circuits

repair procedures for motorcycle charging systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle charging systems, including:

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of motorcycle charging systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle charging systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle charging system specifications

two different motorcycles with faults in their charging systems as specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle charging systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle charging systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTR103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle starting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair motorcycle starting systems. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The charging systems include those in motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle starting system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose motorcycle starting system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motorcycle starting system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches alternator types and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTR103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle starting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the starting system of two different motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATV’s) in which the fault for each is within a different circuit chosen from the following:

vehicle starter motor and solenoid circuit

vehicle ignition switch to solenoid control circuit

vehicle battery to starter motor circuit

motorcycle starting system circuit.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle starting systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle starting systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle starting systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of motorcycle starting systems and associated components, including:

producing movement due to the force between magnetic fields

producing magnetic fields due to current flow through conductors

basic direct current motor operation, including simple armature, magnetic field and commutator

purpose and operation of motorcycle starting systems and components, including:

high current systems, including:

armature, commutator, field windings

starter motor windings

permanent magnet starter motors

direct drive and reduction-type starter motors

motorcycle starting electrical systems, including:

solenoids

shift levers

overrunning clutch flywheel ring gears

control circuits systems, including:

ignition switching, including key start and push-button start

safety switches, including inhibitor switches and clutch neutral switches

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle starting systems, including:

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

load testing motorcycle starting systems

resistance, current flow and voltage drop checks of motorcycle starting system circuits

solenoid test

overrunning clutch and pinion tests

starter motor bench test

repair procedures for motorcycle starting systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle starting systems, including:

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of motorcycle starting systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle starting systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle starting system specifications

two different motorcycles or ATV’s with faults in their starting systems as specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle starting systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle starting systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTR104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle dynamic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair motorcycle dynamic control systems. These systems include the functions of a motorcycle electronic braking control module (EBCM), such as anti-lock braking, traction control, anti-dive control and front wheel lift control. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The dynamic control systems include those in motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle dynamic control system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose motorcycle dynamic control system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motorcycle dynamic control system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm motorcycle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, motorcycle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets motorcycle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

New Unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTR104 Diagnose and repair motorcycle dynamic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the dynamic control systems of:

at least one motorcycle with an anti-lock braking system (ABS)

at least one motorcycle with a traction control system (TCS).

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle dynamic control systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

motorcycle dynamic control systems manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle dynamic control systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle dynamic control systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on motorcycle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of motorcycle dynamic control systems and associated components, including:

anti-lock braking

brake assist

traction control

purpose and operation of motorcycle dynamic control systems and components, including:

ABS, including system inputs, electronic control unit (ECU), ABS modulator, and system outputs

TCS, including system inputs, ECU, and system outputs, including associated throttle and braking system controls

electronic stability control (ESC), including system inputs, steering angle sensors, and ECU and system outputs, including associated throttle and braking system controls

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle dynamic control systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to system wiring and connectors

repair procedures for motorcycle dynamic control systems, including:

connector removal and replacement procedures

removal and replacement procedures for motorcycle dynamic control system components

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle dynamic control systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle dynamic control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle dynamic control system specifications

two different motorcycles with faults in their dynamic control systems

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle dynamic control systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle dynamic control systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTX101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the clutch systems of motorcycles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose motorcycle clutch system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motorcycle clutch system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures clutch system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURJTX001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX101 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two of the following motorcycle clutch systems:

wet multi-plate clutch system, in which the work must involve removing, replacing or refitting the clutch pack

cable operated clutch system

hydraulic operated clutch system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle clutch systems, including procedures for handling transmission fluids and clutch materials

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle clutch systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions and clutches

operating principles of motorcycle clutch systems and associated components, including coefficient of friction

purpose and operation of motorcycle clutch systems and components, including:

pressure plates, including:

coil spring

diaphragm

types and compatibility of clutch system oils and additives

clutch operating systems, including:

cable

hydraulic

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle clutch systems, including procedures for analysing:

component wear

abnormal system noise

repair procedures for motorcycle clutch systems, including procedures for removing, dismantling, reassembling and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle clutch systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle clutch systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle clutch system specifications

two different motorcycles with faults in the clutch systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle clutch systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle clutch systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTX102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the manual transmissions of motorcycles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmission	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose motorcycle manual transmission	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motorcycle manual transmission	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures manual transmission components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURJTX002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX102 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two different motorcycles with different manual transmissions, in which the work must involve removing, dismantling, reassembling and refitting the transmissions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle manual transmissions, including procedures for handling transmission fluids and clutch materials

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle manual transmissions, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from manual transmissions

operating principles of motorcycle manual transmissions and associated components, including:

gear types

gear ratios

purpose and operation of motorcycle manual transmissions and components, including:

transmission types, including:

vertical split-type crankcase

horizontal split-type crankcase

cassette-type

sliding gear transmissions, including:

dog clutches

shifter drums

cam plates

constant-mesh transmissions, including ball lock-type systems

quick shifters

types and compatibility of transmission system oils and additives

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle manual transmissions, including:

abnormal noise

component wear

repair procedures for motorcycle manual transmissions, including procedures for dismantling, reassembling, refitting and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle manual transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle manual transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle manual transmission specifications

two different motorcycles with different manual transmissions with faults

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle manual transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle manual transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURJTX103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the automatic transmissions of motorcycles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmission	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose motorcycle automatic transmission	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motorcycle automatic transmission	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures automatic transmission components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURJTX003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX103 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two different motorcycles with different automatic transmissions, in which the work must involve removing, dismantling, reassembling and refitting the transmissions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle automatic transmissions, including procedures for handling transmission fluids and clutch materials

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle automatic transmissions, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from automatic transmissions

operating principles of motorcycle automatic transmissions and associated components, including:

gears types

gear ratios

purpose and operation of motorcycle automatic transmissions and components, including:

continuously variable transmissions (CVT), including:

wet types

dry types

semi-automatic transmissions

dual clutch transmissions

automatic transmission electronic components, including:

electronic control module

input sensors, including vehicle speed sensor, throttle position sensor, mass air flow (MAF) sensor, manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, transmission range sensor, engine speed sensor and temperature sensors

electronic control module outputs, including indicator lamps, shift solenoids and pressure control solenoids

types and compatibility of transmission system oils and additives

types of diagnostic trouble codes and procedures for accessing codes

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle automatic transmissions, including:

component wear

abnormal system noise

repair procedures for motorcycle automatic transmissions, including procedures for removing, dismantling, reassembling, refitting and adjusting components

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle automatic transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle automatic transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle automatic transmission specifications

two different motorcycles with different automatic transmissions with faults

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle automatic transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle automatic transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKKJ001 Manage use of tyre management software

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify the scope of information available in tyre management software, and to make decisions using the software. The unit also involves monitoring the use of tyre management software, and providing support for others using the software.

It applies to those who use tyre management software to coordinate the effective use of tyres in a vehicle fleet or similar operation.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Information Technology - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Identify scope of tyre management software	1.1 Categories of information held in tyre management software are identified and accessed 1.2 Categories of information relevant to organisation are identified 1.3 Information available for inputting into tyre management software is identified
2. Use tyre management software	2.1 Data is identified and accessed using software 2.2 Completed tasks are entered into software 2.3 Work processes that require information from tyre management software are identified 2.4 Data and information on current tyre performance are obtained from tyre management software
3. Make decisions using information from tyre management software	3.1 Tyre management software is interrogated to find required current, historical or predicted information 3.2 Information is interpreted and analysed 3.3 Actions are taken in response to information, according to workplace procedures and Australian standards
4. Monitor the use of tyre management software	4.1 Tyre management software is routinely monitored 4.2 Use and performance of tyre management software are reviewed with team
5. Support others to use tyre management software	5.1 Regular communication with team or other work groups is undertaken 5.2 Improvements to software and team use of software are identified 5.3 Actions to implement improvements are taken and recorded

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	read and interpret workplace procedures and Australian standards interpret and analyse written information on tyre performance.
Writing skills to:	document performance improvement actions complete a range of workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate performance information and receive feedback from team and other work groups report tyre performance data results.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret both metric and imperial systems of measurement. interpret numerical tyre performance data.
Digital literacy skills to:	manipulate data in tyre management software produce reports using tyre management software.
Initiative skills to:	plan and prioritise own work to achieve required outcomes.
Planning and organising skills to:	use appropriate processes and procedures recognise limitations and seek timely advice.
Self-management skills to:	seek information and assistance as required to solve problems.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify software deficiencies and determine required actions.
Teamwork skills to:	monitor team use of software support team to achieve required outcomes identify team deficiencies and take appropriate action.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Communication must include:	face to face use of tyre management software.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKKJ001 Manage use of tyre management software

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently used tyre management software on a minimum of three occasions, inputting and accessing at least two different types of tyre reports.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

communicate effectively with team regarding software and its use

input and access data into tyre management software

prioritise own work

read, interpret and analyse tyre management information

use basic and advanced computer functions that support the use of tyre management software.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

basic and advanced computer functions relating to tyre management software

Australian standards and workplace procedures relating to tyre management

key features of the following types of tyre reports:

end of month reports

health safety and environment (HSE) reports

job safety analysis reports

rim reports

tyre failure reports

tyre maintenance reports

tyre management software.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the tyre management software that they have worked on, e.g. tyre reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

Australian standards and workplace procedures relevant to tyre management

a range of tyre reports

tyre management software.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTA109 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking mobile plant hydraulic system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures hydraulic system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses gauges and interpret units, including kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTA009 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA109 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in the hydraulic systems of three different mobile plant machinery

develop a testing strategy in the course of the above work to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

heavy commercial vehicle hydraulic system manufacturer specifications

requirements of Australian Standard 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

managing stored energy in springs and accumulators

working with high pressure fluid hazards

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from hydraulic systems

types of complex faults relating to mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, functions and operation of mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

reservoirs

accumulators

pumps

valves

actuators

motors

filters

conductors and connectors

testing procedures for mobile plant hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

abnormal noise analysis

implement creep

oil flow and pressure testing

excessive internal leakage in both actuators and pumps

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

scan tool

oil pressure gauge

temperature measuring equipment

flow meter

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant hydraulic system specifications

hydraulic systems of three different mobile plant machinery with complex faults

mobile plant hydraulic system diagnostic equipment, including:

scan tool

flow meter

oil pressure gauge

temperature measuring equipment

AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTA111 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic systems include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose mobile plant hydraulic system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair mobile plant hydraulic system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets hydraulic symbols and circuits.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures hydraulic system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Reads hydraulic system pressures, forces, distances and temperature Interprets precision measuring equipment including, micrometers, vernier callipers, and flow, temperature and pressure gauges.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTA011 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA111 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the hydraulic systems of two different mobile plant or agricultural machinery, including:

removing, refitting or replacing at least two different types of hydraulic valves

removing, refitting or replacing at least one hydraulic cylinder

undertake at least two of any of the following in the course of the above work:

rebuild hydraulic cylinder

rebuild motor or pump

remove, refit or replace hose

remove, refit or replace pump

remove, refit or replace motor

remove, refit or replace accumulator.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

Australian Standard 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

using raising, lowering and supporting equipment

isolating and stabilising machines

working with stored hydraulic pressure

working with escaping high pressure oil

working with hot fluid hazards

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant hydraulic systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from hydraulic systems

operating principles of hydraulic systems and associated components, including:

transmission of energy by hydraulic fluid

mechanical advantage

hydraulic circuits, including open and closed centred systems

temperature, force, pressure, area and flow

purpose and operation of systems and components, including:

reservoirs

gas loaded accumulators

pumps, including gear and piston

valves, including:

directional control, including valve banks

pressure control, including spike or circuit protection valving

flow control, including meter in and meter out

linear and rotary actuators

hoses, pipes fittings and couplings

heat exchangers

hydraulic fluids

hydraulic system schematics

diagnostic testing procedures for hydraulic systems, including:

applying and using a flow meter to diagnose faults by carrying out an in-line, bypass or Tee test to evaluate system components

visually inspecting hoses, pipes and connectors

oil sampling and contamination control

repair procedures for hydraulic systems, including procedures for removing, replacing, repairing and adjusting hydraulic system components

post-repair testing procedures for hydraulic systems, including:

operational functionality

flow testing.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant hydraulic system specifications

two different mobile plant or agricultural machinery with hydraulic systems requiring the work specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic tools and equipment for hydraulic systems, including pressure gauges and flow meters

AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant hydraulic systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTB101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the braking systems of agricultural machinery and mobile plant machinery. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair braking system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose braking system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair braking system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures braking system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Interprets braking system hydraulic pressure gauges.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Operates diagnostic and testing equipment Uses specialised measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTB001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two different spring applied hydraulically released mobile plant braking systems

diagnose and repair a fault in at least one of the following mobile plant braking systems:

hydraulic applied

full air actuated

air over full hydraulic.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant braking systems, including procedures for:

working with high fluid pressure and high pneumatic pressure

working with stored hydraulic accumulator pressures and stored pneumatic pressures

isolating and stabilising machines

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant braking systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluids, brake fluids and brake fibres released from braking systems

operating principles of mobile plant braking systems and associated components, including:

levers

friction

pneumatics

electronics

hydraulics, including the relationship between force, pressure and area

mobile plant braking systems, including:

multi-disc wet braking systems, including associated cooling systems

disc braking systems

parking brake systems

purpose and operation of mobile plant braking systems and components, including:

air over full hydraulic

full air actuated

hydraulic applied

spring applied hydraulically released

diagnostic testing procedures for mobile plant braking systems, including procedures for:

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

repair procedures for mobile plant braking systems, including procedures for repairing and adjusting the following braking system components:

multi-disc wet braking systems, including wheel end and inboard mounted

disc braking systems

parking brake systems

post-repair testing procedures for mobile plant braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant braking system specifications

three different mobile plant braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for mobile plant braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTB103 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm mobile plant is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different mobile plants or machinery.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions, including job cards Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures braking system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Interprets units, such as kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTB003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB103 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in the braking systems of at least three different pieces of mobile plant equipment

in the course of the above work, develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems, including:

mobile plant braking system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant braking systems, including procedures for:

managing stored energy in springs and accumulators

working with high pressure fluid hazards

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including hydraulic fluid, brake fluid and brake fibres

types of complex faults relating to mobile plant braking systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, functions and operation of mobile plant braking systems, including:

hydraulic pressurised

spring applied hydraulically released

braking systems, including:

multi-disc wet braking systems, including wheel end and inboard mounted

disc braking systems

parking brake systems

testing procedures for mobile plant braking systems, including procedures for:

abnormal noise analysis

brake performance test

oil pressure and flow testing

accumulator pressure

component failure analysis

types, and key features of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

waveforms

mobile plant continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant braking system specifications

braking systems of three different mobile plant with complex faults

mobile plant braking system diagnostic equipment, including:

scan tool

brake performance test equipment

oil pressure gauge

accumulator pressure gauge

component wear gauge

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTD101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The suspension systems include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose mobile plant suspension system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair mobile plant suspension system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures suspension system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Interprets suspension system hydraulic and gas pressure gauges.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Operates diagnostic and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTD001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least three mobile plant suspension systems as follows:

at least one gas charged hydraulic suspension

at least two of the following:

pivoting axle suspension

solid rubber suspension

hydraulic suspension.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant suspension systems, including procedures for:

suspension lock-out

isolating and stabilising machines

working with stored fluid pressures from accumulators

working with high pressure fluid hazards

using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant suspension systems

purpose and operation of mobile plant suspension systems and components, including:

suspension hydraulic circuitry

pivoting axle suspension

solid rubber suspension

gas charged hydraulic suspension

hydraulic suspension

pneumatic tyres

diagnostic testing procedures for mobile plant suspension systems, including procedures for analysing:

component wear

abnormal system noise

suspension cylinder

erratic operation

repair procedures for mobile plant suspension systems, including procedures for:

repairing and adjusting suspension components

recharging suspension cylinders

post-repair testing procedures for mobile plant suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant suspension system specifications

three different mobile plant suspension systems specified in the performance evidence with system faults

diagnostic equipment for mobile plant suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTD102 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair mobile plant steering system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose mobile plant steering system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair mobile plant steering system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures steering system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Interprets steering system hydraulic pressure gauges.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Operates diagnostic and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTD002 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD102 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least three mobile plant steering systems as follows:

at least one articulated steering system

at least two of the following systems:

front wheel steering

all wheel steering

differential steer

steering clutch and brake

inspect and charge one accumulator according to manufacturer specifications and relevant Australian standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant steering systems, including procedures for:

isolating and locking articulated steering systems

isolating and stabilising machines

working with stored fluid pressures from accumulators

working with high pressure fluid hazards

using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant steering systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from steering systems

operating principles of mobile plant steering systems and associated components, including full hydraulic steering and:

safety protection valves in the circuits

hand metering units (HMUs) and flow amplifier

hydraulic and electrohydraulic control

accumulator steering circuit

purpose and operation of mobile plant steering systems and components, including:

articulated steering

front wheel steering

all wheel steering

differential steer

steering clutch and brake

identification, function and adjustment of toe-in and toe-out steering angles

diagnostic testing procedures for mobile plant steering systems, including:

pressure and flow testing the system and individual components

accumulator tests

HMU and flow amplifier tests

testing the pressure settings on all safety protection valves in the circuit

repair and adjustment procedures for mobile plant steering systems, including:

accumulator inspection and charging procedures that reflect manufacturer specifications and Australian standards

pressure settings and adjustment procedures for main and safety protection valves in the steering circuit

post-repair testing procedures for mobile plant steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant steering system specifications

three different mobile plant steering systems specified in the performance evidence with system faults

diagnostic equipment for mobile plant steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant steering systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTD105 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical – Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm mobile plant is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.4 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different mobile plants or machinery.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering and suspension system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures steering and suspension system components and uses mathematical operations to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Interpret units, including kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTD005 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD105 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in each of the following:

steering system of a piece of mobile plant machinery

suspension system of a different piece of mobile plant machinery

steering or suspension system of a third piece of mobile plant machinery

develop a testing strategy in the course of the above work to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including:

mobile plant steering and suspension system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS)) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including procedures for working with:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with hazardous materials and substances, including hydraulic fluid and nitrogen gas

managing stored energy in springs and accumulators

working with high pressure and high temperature fluid hazards

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from steering and suspension systems

types of complex faults relating to mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, and function of mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including:

steering systems, including:

articulated steering

front wheel steering

all wheel steering

differential steer

steering clutch and brake system

suspension systems, including:

spring

solid rubber

gas charged hydraulic

hydraulic

testing procedures for mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including procedures for:

operational tests

abnormal noise analysis

flow, temperature and pressure tests

component wear analysis

sources of fluid leaks

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including flow, temperature and pressure gauges

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

waveforms

continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant steering and suspension system specifications

steering and suspension systems of three different mobile plant machinery with complex faults

mobile plant steering and suspension system diagnostic equipment, including:

flow, temperature and pressure gauges

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTQ101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the final drive assemblies of mobile plants. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The final drive assemblies include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical – Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assembly	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose mobile plant final drive assembly	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair mobile plant final drive assembly	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures final drive assembly components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Calculates gear ratios and torque reduction.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTQ001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTQ101 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair faults in at least two mobile plant final drive assemblies as follows:

at least one differential carrier assembly

at least one of the following final drive assemblies:

double reduction

planetary final drive

chain drive.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant final drive assemblies, including procedures for isolating and stabilising machinery

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant final drive assemblies, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from final drive assemblies

operating principles of mobile plant final drive assemblies and associated components, including:

final drive gears, including:

gear types and specific lubrication requirements

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

differential function

chain drives

purpose and operation of mobile plant final drive assemblies and components, including:

differential carrier

limited slip, no-spin and differential lock

double reduction

planetary final drive

chain drive

diagnostic testing procedures for mobile plant final drive assemblies, including:

sources of fluid leaks

abnormal final drive vibration, noises and operation

pre-dismantling inspection procedures

repair procedures for mobile plant final drive assemblies, including procedures for:

dismantling final drive assemblies

inspecting final drive assemblies

reassembling and adjusting the following components:

pinion depth

pinion bearing preload

crown wheel and pinion backlash

side bearing preload

crown wheel and pinion tooth contact

chain drive system

post-repair testing procedures for mobile plant final drive assemblies.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant final drive assemblies that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant final drive assembly specifications

two different mobile plant with the final drive assemblies specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for mobile plant final drive assemblies

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant final drive assemblies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTR101 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronic over hydraulic control systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose electronic over hydraulic control system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronic over hydraulic control system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle or machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets electronic over hydraulic control symbols and circuits.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures electronic over hydraulic control system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Interprets system hydraulic pressure gauges Interprets electrical test meters.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Operates diagnostic and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTR001 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTR101 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following electronic over hydraulic control system components:

all four of the following:

hydraulic proportional control solenoids (flow, pressure and directional)

joysticks, potentiometer or touchscreens

sensors and feedback devices

electronic control amplifier units

at least one of the following:

electronic over hydraulic circuitry

servo control valves (flow, pressure and directional)

electronic control unit (ECU).

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronic over hydraulic control systems, including procedures for:

working with high pressure fluid hazards

isolating and stabilising machines

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronic over hydraulic control systems

operating principles of electronic over hydraulic control systems, including operating principles of flow, pressure and directional control in:

electronic open loop circuits

electronic semi open loop circuits

electronic closed loop circuits

purpose and operation of systems and components, including:

hydraulic proportional control solenoids

servo control units

sensors

feedback devices

electronic control amplifier units

joysticks

electronic control units

electronic over hydraulic circuitry

diagnostic testing procedures for electronic over hydraulic control systems, including:

electronic system analysis while using industry-relevant test equipment

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

repair procedures for electronic over hydraulic control systems, including procedures for:

testing electronic devices

replacing electronic devices and adjusting the following:

maximum and minimum flow points

dither

opening ramps

closing ramps

post-repair testing procedures for electronic over hydraulic control systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic over hydraulic control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electronic over hydraulic control system specifications

two different electronic over hydraulic control systems with faults as specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for electronic over hydraulic control systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant electronic over hydraulic control systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTX101 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in powershift transmissions. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The powershift transmissions include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair powershift transmission	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose powershift transmission	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair powershift transmission	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle or machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures powershift transmission components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Interprets hydraulic pressure gauges and other measuring equipment.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Operates diagnostic and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTX001 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX101 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different vehicles or machines with the powershift transmissions as follows:

one with multiple countershaft transmission

one with planetary shift transmission

conduct powershift transmission stall test during above work according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair powershift transmissions, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair powershift transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing powershift transmissions, including procedures for isolating and stabilising machines

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing powershift transmissions, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from powershift transmissions

operating principles of powershift transmissions and associated components, including:

torque converters, torque divider torque converters and variable capacity torque converters

electronically modulated transmission

countershaft transmissions, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

simple and compound gear trains

compound planetary transmissions, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

simple and compound planetary gear trains

transmission control valves and solenoids

hydraulic circuits and schematics

purpose and operation of powershift transmissions and components, including:

power flows in:

multiple countershaft transmissions

compound planetary transmissions

torque converters, torque divider torque converters, and variable capacity torque converters

hydraulic components and hydraulic control components, including:

oil pumps

hydraulic valves

electronic transmission pressure modulation

power train electronic control system

mechanical components, including:

clutch packs

one-way clutches

planetary gears

compound gear sets

powershift electronic control systems

transfer cases

hydraulic oils and filters

diagnostic testing procedures for powershift transmissions, including:

following safety requirements when stall testing

stall testing according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures

repair procedures for powershift transmissions, including procedures for inspecting, evaluating and measuring component wear

post-repair testing procedures for powershift transmissions including:

stall testing according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the powershift transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer powershift transmission specifications

two different vehicles or machines with powershift transmission faults

diagnostic equipment for powershift transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting powershift transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTX103 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The transmission and driveline systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical - Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking transmission and driveline system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures transmission and driveline system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTX003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX103 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in each of the following:

transmission system of a piece of mobile plant machinery

driveline system of a different piece of mobile plant machinery

transmission or driveline system of a third piece of mobile plant machinery

develop a testing strategy in the course of the above work to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including:

mobile plant transmission and driveline system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for:

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

working with rotating shaft hazards

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from transmission and driveline systems

types of complex faults relating to mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, and functions of mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including:

transmissions

drivelines

final drives

testing procedures for mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for:

transmission and driveline performance test

abnormal noise analysis

component wear analysis

transmission oil pressure test

sources of fluid leaks

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant transmission and driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant transmission and driveline system specifications

transmission and driveline systems of three different types of mobile plant machinery with complex faults

mobile plant transmission and driveline system diagnostic equipment, including:

oil pressure gauge

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURKTX104 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in continuously variable transmissions. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The continuously variable transmissions include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair continuously variable transmission	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose continuously variable transmission	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair continuously variable transmission	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures continuously variable transmission components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Interprets hydraulic pressure gauges and other measuring equipment.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Operates diagnostic and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURKTX004 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX104 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two different machines with continuously variable transmissions

remove, refit or replace at least one of the above transmissions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing continuously variable transmissions, including procedures for:

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

working with high pressure fluid hazards

using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing continuously variable transmissions, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from continuously variable transmissions

operating principles of continuously variable transmissions and associated components, including:

hydrostatic systems

countershaft transmissions

planetary transmissions

transmission control valves and solenoids

hydraulic circuits and schematics

electronic control system

purpose and operation of continuously variable transmissions and components, including:

power flows, including compound planetary transmissions

hydrostatic components

hydraulic components and hydraulic control components, including:

oil pumps

air pumps

filters

hydraulic valves

power train electronic control system

mechanical components, including clutch packs and compound gear sets

continuously variable electronic control system, including:

sensors

solenoids

electronic controllers

calibration

diagnostic testing procedures for continuously variable transmissions that comply with manufacturer specifications, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

waveforms

repair procedures for continuously variable transmissions, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for continuously variable transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the continuously variable transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer continuously variable transmission specifications

two different machines with continuously variable transmission faults

diagnostic equipment for continuously variable transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting continuously variable transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTA101 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Updated to resolve typographical errors.
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify the function and basic operation of a range of vehicle mechanical systems and components. It involves preparing for the task, locating information on the systems and components, and demonstrating knowledge of mechanical systems.

The unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Light Vehicle – Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Locate and identify mechanical system and its components	1.1 Identify task requirements from task instructions including vehicle or machinery to be worked 1.2 Obtain technical information regarding mechanical system to be identified 1.3 Identify mechanical system major components according to workplace health and safety requirements and task instructions
2. Demonstrate knowledge of mechanical system	2.1 Confirm system function from technical information and demonstrate during workplace activities 2.2 Confirm system major component function and basic operation from technical information and demonstrate during workplace activities 2.3 Confirm system relationship to vehicle or machinery operation is from technical information

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Oral communication	Participates effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarifies and clearly conveys information
Numeracy	Uses and communicates basic numerical information that relates to automotive systems and components

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTA001 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTA101 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Updated to resolve typographical errors.
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, locate and check of the operation of the following vehicle mechanical systems while carrying out required workplace activities:

engine systems

transmission and drivetrain

steering system

suspension system

fuel system

cooling system

braking system

exhaust system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to the identification of vehicle mechanical systems and components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and equipment

following workplace safety procedures

basic theory and principles of automotive mechanical systems, including:

mechanical advantage

gear ratio

hydraulics

pneumatics

identification, function and basic operation of vehicle mechanical systems and components, including:

engine systems

transmission and drivetrain

steering system

suspension system

fuel system

cooling system

braking system

exhaust system

basic automotive terminology relating to mechanical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles or machinery that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workshop or task instructions

information regarding basic mechanical principles and fundamentals

information regarding vehicle mechanical systems and components

workplace safety equipment, including PPE

vehicle or a range of automotive mechanical systems and components

automotive tools and equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the hydraulic braking systems of light vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic braking systems include those in light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose light vehicle hydraulic braking system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair light vehicle hydraulic braking system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures hydraulic braking system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTB003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in:

two different light vehicle four-wheel disc hydraulic braking systems, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the brake callipers, disc pads and disc rotors

one light vehicle drum braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing brake drums, brake shoes and wheel cylinders

one light vehicle brake master cylinder, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the brake master cylinder

carry out diagnostic tests in each of the above tasks for at least one of the following faults:

worn brake pads

malfunctioning master cylinders

contaminated brake fluid.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting light vehicles

handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from hydraulic braking systems

operating principles of light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including:

levers

friction

hydraulics, including the relationship between force, pressure and area

properties of brake fluids, including:

Department of Transportation (DOT) classification

synthetic and non-synthetic

compatibility of fluid types

purpose and operation of light vehicle hydraulic braking systems and components, including:

front and rear split systems

diagonal split systems

master cylinders, including:

tandem master cylinders

compensating-type master cylinders

centre-valve master cylinders

drum braking system and components, including:

self-energising or servo effect

leading and trailing shoe braking systems

duo-servo braking systems

two-leading shoe braking systems

wheel cylinders

manual and self-adjustment systems of drum braking systems

disc braking systems and components, including:

types of brake discs

disc pads

self-adjustment of disc pads

fixed, floating and dual-piston brake callipers

parking brake systems and components, including:

parking brake levers

drum parking brakes

disc parking brakes

electronic parking brake systems

braking system valves and switches, including:

pressure differential valves and switches

proportioning valves

load-sensing proportioning valves

drum brake check valves

fluid-level warning devices

vacuum operated brake boosting systems

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

checking brake pedal

operational tests of brake booster

operational tests of master cylinder

testing brake fluid

operational tests of hand brake

operational tests of drum and disc brakes

measuring and evaluating brake drums, shoes, discs and pads

repair procedures for light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

removing, replacing and adjusting hydraulic system components, including master cylinder, proportioning valves, switches, brake hoses and lines, disc callipers and wheel cylinders

removing, replacing and adjusting braking system components, including brake booster, master cylinder, hand brake lever and cables, brake shoes and drums, brake pads and brake discs

bleeding brakes, including anti-lock braking systems (ABS)

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for road testing and bedding in brakes.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle hydraulic braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two different light vehicles with four-wheel hydraulic disc brake systems with faults

one light vehicle with a rear drum brake system

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTB104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The light vehicle braking systems include those of light vehicles and light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures braking system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTB004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in three different light vehicle braking systems, including one anti-lock braking system, in which the work for each must involve a different complex fault chosen from the following:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of the complex fault in each of the above three light vehicle braking systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems, including:

light vehicle braking system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle braking systems, including procedures for managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluid

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids and material released from braking systems

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle braking systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, functions and operation of light vehicle braking systems, including mechanical, hydraulic and electronic subsystems

testing procedures for light vehicle braking systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types, and key features of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle braking system specifications

three different light vehicles with complex faults in their braking systems, including a vehicle with an anti-lock braking system

light vehicle braking system diagnostic equipment, including scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTD008 Replace and refit steering, suspension and braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to replace steering, suspension and braking system components that have been removed, and refit components into a vehicle. This involves preparing for the work, replacing the component, refitting the component and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those who undertake routine servicing tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to replace and refit steering, suspension or braking system component	1.1 Determine job requirements according to workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications and workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with work tasks, assess potential risks and implement control measures according to workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify components requiring servicing, and select tools and equipment according to job requirements 1.5 Check tools and equipment for serviceability
2. Inspect and replace system component	2.1 Inspect faulty components and determine solutions to restore component functionality 2.2 Select solution and prepare tools and equipment to restore component functionality 2.3 Replace component according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements
3. Refit and test system component	3.1 Prepare replaced system component, tools and equipment for vehicle refitting 3.2 Refit system component according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements, without causing damage to vehicle 3.3 Conduct post-refit testing of system functionality and rectify faults where required according to OEM procedures 3.4 Conduct final inspection and confirm vehicle is ready for use according to road safety standards and safety requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Clean work area, collect recyclable material and dispose of waste and non-recyclable materials 4.2 Store tools and equipment according to workplace procedures 4.3 Document vehicle safety inspection and system component installation process according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	interprets component specifications, work sheets, electrical diagrams, programming, and code to install system components
Writing	legibly and accurately fills out workplace documentation for records and reports
Numeracy	measures system components and use basic mathematical operations
Planning and organising	plans own work requirements and prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technical	uses specialised tools and equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD008 Replace and refit steering, suspension and braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

replace at least one component in vehicle from each of the following systems:

steering

suspension

braking

refit at least one replaced steering, suspension and braking system component in vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to replacing and refitting steering, suspension and braking system components, including those relating to:

working with stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars

working with brake dust and hydraulic fluids

identifying hazards and controlling risks

key environmental requirements relating to replacing and refitting steering, suspension and braking system components, including:

trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids

safely disposing of contaminated parts and components

checking components for serviceability

key basic functions of system components, including:

steering

suspension

braking

key workplace policies and procedures for replacing and refitting steering, suspension and braking system components, including:

component tagging, including key information required on tags

component inspection

restoring component functionality

component, tool and equipment storage

component refitting

quality standards and specifications for replacing and refitting steering, suspension and braking system components, including:

manufacturer specifications

road safety standards

requirements of Vehicle Standards and modifications

The Australian Design Rules (ADRs).

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the steering, suspension and braking system components that they have removed and tagged, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

task instructions

manufacturer steering, suspension and braking component specifications

vehicle with the components specified in the performance evidence requiring replacement and refitting

tools, equipment and materials for replacing and refitting steering, suspension and braking system components

PPE required to replace and refit steering, suspension and braking system components

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTD101 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTD001 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to, select and install enhanced suspension products to suit a customer’s suspension system modification requirements. It involves preparing for the task, assessing requirements, installing enhanced suspension systems, testing system functionality, and completing workplace procedures and documentation. The suspension systems are those of four-wheel drive (4WD) vehicles, light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or motor sport vehicles.

It applies to those who undertake routine installation tasks in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	Performances CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify job requirements	1.1 Determine job requirements and confirm practicality of proposed suspension system enhancements according to safety requirements 1.2 Determine cost and timeframe of enhanced suspension system installation and create a quote for the proposed work 1.3 Confirm customer authorisation of quote according to workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Select installation option according to the identified job requirements 1.5 Test vehicle and confirm proposed modifications are relevant and appropriate to safely incorporate safety incorporate performance enhanced systems
2. Prepare for modification	2.1 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications and workplace inspection procedures 2.2 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with work tasks, assess potential risks and implement control measures according to workplace policies and procedures 2.3 Select and source performance enhanced suspension system products according to job requirements 2.4 Check products, tools and equipment for serviceability 2.5 Remove and store original suspension products from vehicle according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
3. Install and test performance enhanced suspension products	3.1 Install new performance enhanced suspension products according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, without interfering with existing systems 3.2 Conduct vehicle road test and rectify suspension system functionality faults where required according to workplace procedures 3.3 Conduct final inspection and confirm vehicle is ready for use according to road safety standards and safety requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Clean work area, collect recyclable material and dispose of waste and non-recyclable materials 4.2 Store tools and equipment according to workplace procedures 4.3 Document vehicle safety inspection and performance enhanced product installation process according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	locates appropriate sources of information efficiently
Numeracy	understands and communicate suspension system information in degrees and metric and imperial units of measurement measures performance enhanced suspension system products and use basic mathematical operations uses basic mathematics to prepare quotes
Oral communication	clarifies instructions, report findings, gain customer approval of quote and make installation recommendation
Reading	interprets components specifications, work sheets, electrical diagrams, programming, code and inspection forms
Writing	legibly and accurately fills out workplace documentation for reports, installation recommendations and records
Planning and organising	plans own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	uses specialised tools and equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTD001 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD101 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTD001 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select and install at least one of the following performance enhanced suspension system:

suspension coil springs with modified spring rates and/or heights

modified shock absorbers and/or struts

modified sway bars

modified suspension bushes

modified torsion bars.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key work health and safety (WHS) and regulatory requirements relating to selecting and installing performance enhanced suspension system products, including procedures for managing stored energy in springs and torsion bars

workplace policies and procedures required to select and install performed enhanced suspension systems, including:

establishing serviceability of equipment

document procedures and requirements

identifying hazards and controlling risks

key theories and methodologies of suspension systems

standards, rules and specifications relating to suspension system products, including:

road safety standards

operation instructions, code software and diagrams

The Australian Design Rules (ADRs)

state government rules and regulations

requirements of Vehicle Standards and modifications

key features of safety systems in vehicles, including:

advanced driver-assistance systems

electronic control systems

safety restraint systems

telematics systems

operating principles of suspension systems, including:

rigid and independent suspensions

sprung and unsprung mass

ride and curb height

key features of performance enhanced suspension system products, including:

shock absorbers

guard covers

impact sensors

coil springs, torsion bars and leaf springs

adjustable coil-overs

rubber and urethane bushings

sway bars and sway bar links

strut mounts

key policies and procedures for fitting, adjusting and removing performance enhanced suspension system components, including:

interpreting original equipment manufacturer (OEM) guides

integrating accessories to controller area network data bus (CAN-bus) system

key procedures for operating equipment to test suspension systems, including:

shock absorber testers

suspension system road testing principles and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the knowledge of enhanced suspension systems they have applied, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

work sheets, workplace instructions and manufacturing documentation related to enhanced suspension system products

workplace policies and procedures

tools, equipment and materials required to select and install enhanced suspension system products

PPE required to select and install enhanced suspension system products

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems include those in light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle steering system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose light vehicle steering system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair light vehicle steering system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures steering system information in degrees and metric units of measurement Measures steering system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTD004 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD104 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in a light vehicle in:

a power-assisted rack and pinion steering assembly

a power steering pump

at least one of the following steering components:

power steering hose

tie-rod end

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

leaking seals or hoses

low power steering fluid levels

worn components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle steering systems, including procedures for working with high pressure and high temperature steering systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle steering systems

operating principles of light vehicle steering systems, including:

manual steering systems

power steering systems

purpose and operation of light vehicle steering systems and components, including:

steering wheels, including clock springs

steering columns

manual steering systems, including:

rack and pinion

steering boxes

hydraulic power steering systems, including:

integral piston

power assisted rack and pinion

electronically controlled power steering systems

electric steering systems, including steering angle sensors

identification, function and basic operating principles of steering angles, including:

steering angles:

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

caster

camber

Ackermann principle of steering

steering axis inclination

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle steering systems, including procedures for analysing:

operational testing

hydraulic steering system testing

electronic and load sensing steering testing

component wear analysis

repair procedures for light vehicle steering systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting the systems

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system specifications

one light vehicle with faults in its power-assisted rack and pinion steering system

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing and repairing light vehicle steering systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The suspension systems include those in light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose light vehicle suspension system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair light vehicle suspension system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures suspension system information in degrees and metric units of measurement Measures suspension system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTD005 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD105 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in:

a MacPherson strut suspension system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the MacPherson strut

a coil spring suspension system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the coil spring

at least one of the following suspension system components, in which the work must involve removing the spring component from the vehicle:

leaf spring suspension system

torsion bar suspension system

pneumatic suspension system

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above work for at least one of the following faults:

worn components

abnormal system noise.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle suspension systems, including identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with stored energy in springs and torsion bars, including procedures for removing tension from suspension components

manual handling heavy suspension system components

principles of light vehicle suspension systems and associated components, including:

rigid and independent suspensions

sprung and unsprung mass

ride and curb height

purpose and operation of light vehicle suspension systems and components, including:

coil spring suspension, including:

types of coil springs and deflection rates

front coil spring suspension arrangements, including short arm and long arm suspension

rear coil spring suspension arrangements

strut or MacPherson suspension

leaf spring suspension

torsion bar suspension

multi-link suspension

hydraulic suspension

pneumatic suspension

suspension system components, including:

ball joint function and operation

stabiliser bar function and operation

Watts link and Panhard rod function and operation

independent rear suspension arrangements and operation

shock absorber function and operation, including:

gas-filled shock absorbers

strut or MacPherson shock absorbers

hub assemblies and bearing arrangements, including:

hubs with tapered roller bearings

hubs with unitised bearings

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for analysing:

component wear

abnormal system noise

repair procedures for light vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for:

removing and replacing:

ball joints

suspension bushes

shock absorbers

MacPherson struts

coil springs

leaf springs

torsion bars

compressing coil springs

replacing and adjusting bearings for hubs with:

tapered roller bearings

unitised bearings

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer suspension system specifications

light vehicles with faults in the suspension systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTD106 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work, carrying out pre-alignment inspection, performing light vehicle wheel alignment, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel alignment operations include those with light vehicles or light commercial vehicles. The unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Mechanical - Light Vehicle Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry out light vehicle wheel alignment	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret light vehicle wheel alignment pre-check information 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for the job and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment pre-checks	2.1 Test vehicle according to workplace procedures and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Complete vehicle wheel alignment pre-check according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.3 Identify and report faults according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out vehicle wheel alignment activities	3.1 Obtain and interpret light vehicle wheel alignment information 3.2 Connect wheel alignment measuring equipment to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out wheel alignment and record readings 3.4 Carry out corrective adjustments to wheel according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.5 Re-check wheel alignment and confirm accuracy of adjustments 3.6 Record post-adjustment wheel alignment readings according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets safe operating procedures for wheel alignment equipment from workplace signs and procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking vehicle wheel alignment specifications and procedures.
Numeracy	Measures steering and suspension system components Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction and understanding angles in degrees Calculates distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses measurements in metric and imperial units of measurement.
Planning and organising	Identifies and prepares tools and equipment to allow the job to be completed without time wastage Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTD006 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD106 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

align all four wheels of:

one front wheel drive vehicle

one rear wheel drive vehicle

while completing the above tasks, adjust all of the following steering angles:

camber

caster

steering axis inclination (SAI)

toe (toe-in and toe-out)

toe-out on turns.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out light vehicle wheel alignment including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures

workplace procedures required to carry out light vehicle wheel alignment including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

pre and post wheel alignment procedures

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to light vehicle wheel alignment, including:

procedures for using air jacks

steering geometry and wheel alignment angles, including:

Ackermann principle of steering

camber

caster

SAI

thrust angle

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

included angle

point of intersection

scrub radius

vehicle pre-alignment inspection procedures, including:

analysing tyre wear

determining wheel run-out

determining vehicle height

checking frame alignment

types and operation of wheel alignment systems, including:

laser aligners

visual aligners

camera aligners

relationships between fault symptoms and component defects

procedures for measuring and adjusting steering angles, including:

camber

caster

steering axis inclination

thrust angle

toe

toe-out on turns

procedures for carrying out four-wheel alignment

post-wheel alignment testing procedures for light vehicles including steering system reset procedures to calibrate on-board system sensors with the steering geometry.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle wheel alignments that they have carried out, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheel alignment specifications

one front wheel drive light vehicle and one rear wheel drive light vehicle requiring the adjustments specified in the performance evidence

wheel alignment equipment for light vehicles

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out wheel alignment operations on light vehicles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTD109 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical – Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering and suspension system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures steering and suspension system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent AURLTD009 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD109 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in the following three systems:

steering system of a light vehicle

suspension system of a different light vehicle

steering or suspension system of a third light vehicle

the above work must involve developing a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

light vehicle steering and suspension system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS)) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for working with:

stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars

high pressure and high temperature steering system fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from steering and suspension systems

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, and key features of light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

hydraulic power assisted steering

electric power assisted steering

active suspension

adaptive suspension

testing procedures for light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types, and key features of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle steering and suspension specifications

three different light vehicles with complex faults in their steering and suspension systems

steering and suspension system diagnostic equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in steering and suspension systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTE102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the spark ignition engines and compression ignition engines of light vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engines include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicle.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair engine	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose engine	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle engine	3.1 Identify tools and equipment required to dismantle engine and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dismantle engine, clean and inspect components according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Measure and compare components against manufacturer specifications 3.4 Confirm recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and re-assemble engine	4.1 Identify required information for repair activity 4.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 4.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Re-assemble engine according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures engine components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTE002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair three different light vehicle engines

in the course of the above work, diagnose and repair the following faults:

a fault in an engine cylinder head with an overhead camshaft, in which the work must involve removing the cylinder head from the engine

a fault in two different engines that affects one of the following components for each, in which the work must involve removing the component from the engine:

engine valve timing belt

engine valve timing chain

engine valve lifters

cylinder head valve stem seals

camshaft

camshaft bearings

crankshaft

balance shaft or its bearings

pistons and connecting rods

cylinder block sleeves

main bearings and big-end bearings

internal oil pump

in the course of the above work, carry out a diagnostic test for at least one of the following faults:

leaking cylinders

low oil pressure

abnormal engine noises.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle engines, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle engines, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle engines, including procedures for lifting and supporting light vehicle engines

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle engines, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

operating principles of light vehicle engines, including:

combustion, including:

air-fuel ratios and combustion cycles

direct injection

detonation

engine design, including:

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle engines, including:

wet and dry compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests

checking sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling procedures for light vehicle engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for light vehicle engines, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

assembly procedures for light vehicle engines, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle engines, including:

checking oil pressure

road testing under load

checking for fluid leaks.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

three different light vehicle engines with faults specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTE104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The petrol engines include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical – Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking petrol engine system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures petrol engine system components and uses mathematical operations to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interprets units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTE004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in three different light vehicle petrol engines, in which the work for at least two of the engines must involve a different complex fault chosen from the following:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of the complex fault in each of the three petrol engines above.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines, including:

light vehicle petrol engine manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines, including procedures for:

working with hot engine components and rotating engine components

controlling hazards associated with hazardous substances, including engine oil and coolants

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from petrol engines

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle petrol engines, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle petrol engines, including:

intake, exhaust, lubrication, cooling and engine mounting systems and components

valve timing and variable valve timing

testing procedures for light vehicle petrol engines, including:

abnormal noise analysis

compression testing

cylinder leak-down testing

oil pressure testing

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

waveforms.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle petrol engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle petrol engine specifications

three different light vehicles with complex faults in their petrol engines

engine diagnostic equipment, including:

compression gauge

vacuum gauge

cylinder leak-down gauge

oil pressure gauge

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTE105 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The diesel engines include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical – Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking diesel engine system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures diesel engine system components and uses mathematical operations to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTE005 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE105 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in three different light vehicle diesel engines, in which the work for at least two of the engines must involve one of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of the complex fault in each of the three engines above.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines, including:

light vehicle diesel engine manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines, including procedures for working with:

hot engine components

rotating engine components

engine oil and coolants

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from diesel engines

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle diesel engines, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types and key features of light vehicle diesel engines, including:

intake, exhaust, lubrication, cooling and engine mounting systems and components

turbochargers

valve timing

testing procedures for light vehicle diesel engines, including:

abnormal noise analysis

compression testing

cylinder leak-down testing

oil pressure testing

component failure analysis

types, key features and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle diesel engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle diesel engine specifications

three different light vehicles with complex faults in their diesel engines

light vehicle diesel engine diagnostic equipment, including:

compression gauge

vacuum gauge

cylinder leak-down gauge

oil pressure gauge

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTF101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the mechanical fuel injection systems of light vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The mechanical fuel injection systems include those in light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical – Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose light vehicle mechanical fuel injection system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures mechanical fuel injection system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications Interprets ratios and units, such as parts per million (PPM) from exhaust gas analysers.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTF001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTF101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in three mechanical fuel injection system components, including:

at least one fuel distributor

at least two of the following:

fuel injector

fuel pressure regulator

fuel pump and filter

fuel accumulator

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

low system pressure

leaking injectors

low fuel pump volume.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems, including procedures for working with high pressure petrol fuel systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from fuel system

operating principles of light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems, including carburation

purpose and operation of light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems and components, including:

fuel supply, including:

high and low pressure system

electric fuel pump

fuel accumulator

fuel metering, including:

air-flow sensor

fuel distributor

differential pressure valves

fuel injectors

cold-start enrichment and warm-up enrichment, including:

cold-start valve

thermo-time switch

warm-up regulator

auxiliary air device

full load enrichment

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

cold-start enrichment inspection

testing injectors, including:

opening pressure

leakage integrity

spray shape

chatter

testing system pressure, including:

primary system pressure

control pressure

analysing exhaust gas, including cold and hot engine exhaust gas analysis.

repair procedures for light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and injection pump timing mechanical fuel injection systems

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mechanical fuel injection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mechanical fuel injection system specifications

vehicles with faults in the mechanical fuel injection system components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for mechanical fuel injection systems, including exhaust gas analyser

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing mechanical fuel injection systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTF102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the mechanically controlled diesel fuel injection systems of light vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The diesel fuel injection systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical – Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose light vehicle diesel fuel injection system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures diesel fuel injection system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTF002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTF102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair two different light vehicles with diesel engines, over the course of which the work must involve:

removing, refitting and timing a diesel high pressure pump

removing, refitting and testing injectors

bleeding a diesel fuel injection system

removing and refitting a low pressure fuel pump

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

low fuel pump pressure

leaking injectors.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for working with high pressure fuel systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from fuel system

operating principles of light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including:

phases of combustion

composition of diesel fuel, including cetane and sulphur content

purpose and operation of light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems and components, including:

high pressure injection pump systems

distributor pumps, including axial and radial types

in-line injection pump systems

mechanically controlled unit type systems

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

assessing exhaust smoke

testing low fuel pressure pump

testing injector opening pressure and spray pattern

testing injector for back leakage and nozzle leakage

assessing and testing air induction system

assessing and testing engine performance

repair procedures for light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

dismantling, cleaning, adjusting and reassembling conventional and two-spring injectors

removing, installing and timing high pressure injection pumps

bleeding fuel systems

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including assessing:

system leakage

engine performance.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle diesel fuel injection specifications

two different light vehicles with diesel engines with faults

diagnostic equipment for diesel fuel injection systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing diesel fuel injection systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes from wheels. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the task, removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting the tyres and tubes, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those who work within the automotive service and repair industry. The tyres and tubes include those of light vehicles, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical - Light Vehicle Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for tyre and tube removal, inspection, repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for the job and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Remove and inspect tyres, tubes and wheels	2.1 Remove tyres and tubes from wheels according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspect tyres, tubes and wheels according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Report inspection findings and make recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and refit tyres and tubes	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Mount tyre to wheel according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, without causing damage to components or systems 3.4 Check assembled wheel and tyre for correct assembly and serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and rectify any issues identified 3.5 Inflate tyre according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Reads and interprets information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and documentation when seeking tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information when repairing tyres and tubes Understands metric and imperial units of measurement.
Technology	Operates specialised tools and equipment Operates specialised repair equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ102 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres to both steel and alloy wheels, including repairs or replacements to:

two tubes

two radial ply tyres.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove, inspect, repair and re-fit light vehicle tyres and tubes including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures

workplace procedures required to remove, inspect, repair and re-fit light vehicle tyres and tubes including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to light vehicle tyres and tubes, including procedures for:

deflating and inflating tyres

manually handling light vehicle wheel assemblies

environmental requirements relating to light vehicle tyres and tubes, including procedures for:

trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair

procedures for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes, including:

split lock rings

one piece wheels

types and uses of tyres, tubes and wheels, including:

radial and bias or diagonal ply tyres

tubed and tubeless tyres

steel and alloy wheels

run flat tyres

types and operation of tyre changing equipment and tyre and tube repair equipment

post-fitting procedures and checks of light vehicle tyres and tubes.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle tyres and tubes that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications

light vehicle tyres, tubes and wheels specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting light vehicle tyres and tubes, including:

tyre and tube repair tools and equipment

tyre and tube repair consumables

tyre changing tools and equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTJ104 Provide advice on the effects of light vehicle wheel and tyre combinations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide advice to customers regarding specific non-standard wheel and tyre combinations that could affect the ride and handling characteristics of their vehicle. It involves confirming customer needs, analysing technical needs and options, providing advice on compliance with Australian Design Rules (ADR), recommending best options for wheel and tyre combinations, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel and tyre combinations include those for light vehicles, including four wheel drive (4WD) vehicles, light commercial vehicles or motorsport vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical - Light Vehicle Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm customer requirement	1.1 Discuss wheel and tyre combinations with customer including alternative wheel and tyre combinations 1.2 Clarify and confirm specifications of proposed wheel and tyre combinations with customer
2. Locate and confirm data to inform technical opinion	2.1 Consult technical product personnel from wheel and tyre manufacturers 2.2 Confirm and report compliance of wheel and tyre combinations with Australian Design Rules according to workplace procedures 2.3 Consult colleagues with technical knowledge and experience according to workplace procedures
3. Recommend wheel and tyre options that meet customer requirements	3.1 Discuss effects of wheel and tyre combinations on vehicle performance, handling and comfort with customer 3.2 Advise customer on suitability of wheel and tyre combination 3.3 Develop options that meet customer needs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Discuss implications of non-compliant wheel and tyre combination according to Australian Design Rules with customer 3.5 Complete workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Identifies ADR regulations
Reading	Interprets ADR regulations Interprets manufacturers’ wheel and tyre technical specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies and confirms information and instructions Determines customer requirements through open-ended questioning, active listening, paraphrasing and summarising Discusses compliance issues with colleagues and negotiate solutions Presents technical information to customers using relevant language and clarifying information as required
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information in wheel and tyre specifications Interprets metric and imperial units of measurement
Problem solving	Determines suitable or alternative wheel and tyre combinations

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTJ004 Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ104 Provide advice on the effects of light vehicle wheel and tyre combinations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

provide advice to three different customers on the effects of different wheel and tyre combinations on their vehicles’ ride and handling characteristics.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to provide advice on wheel and tyre combinations including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to wheels and tyres

legislation concerning ADR compliance.

wheel and tyre combinations, including:

wheel rim sizes

wheel material

wheel diameters

tyre sizes

tyre compounds

tyre tread designs.

principles of wheel and tyre technology, including:

directional tyres

wheel offsets

wheel track

tyre to road contact

effects of wheel and tyre combinations on vehicle comfort, handling and safety.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the wheel and tyre advice that they have provided, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

three different customers requiring advice on wheel and tyre combinations

manufacturer wheel and tyre specifications

ADRs relating to wheel and tyre combinations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove, inspect and refit wheel and tyre assemblies of light vehicles. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the task, removing, inspecting and refitting wheel and tyre assemblies, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel and tyre assemblies include those of light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or trailers. The work does not involve removing the tyre from the wheel.

This unit does not apply to motorcycle or heavy vehicle wheel assemblies.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical - Light Vehicle Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove wheel and tyre assembly	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for wheel and tyre removal, inspection and re-fitting activity 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for the job and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Remove and inspect wheel and tyre assembly	2.1 Remove wheel and tyre assembly according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspect wheel and tyre assembly, mounting points and fittings according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Report inspection findings and make recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Refit wheel and tyre assembly	3.1 Identify required information for refitting activity 3.2 Re-fit and adjust wheel and tyre assembly according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety requirements 3.3 Complete tightening sequence and torque settings according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Check wheel assembly for correct assembly and run-out according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking wheel and tyre specifications, including tightening procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information in: manufacturer and component supplier specifications tyres and wheels workplace instructions tyre inflation gauges Interprets numerical divisions in metric and imperial units of measurement
Technology	Operates specialised tools and equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTJ013 Remove, inspect, and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ113 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove, inspect and refit three different light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

in the course of the above work, remove, inspect and refit at least two of the following wheel types:

one steel wheel assembly

one alloy wheel assembly

one four wheel drive vehicle wheel assembly

one split or multi-piece wheel assembly.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove, inspect and re-fit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures

workplace procedures

workplace procedures required to remove, inspect and re-fit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting vehicles

using wheel assembly removal tools

manually handling wheel assemblies

working with high air pressure

working with split and multi-piece wheels

types and applications of wheel assemblies, including:

stamped or pressed steel wheels

alloy wheels

wheel studs and nuts

run flat tyres

procedures for pre-removal inspections of wheel assemblies, including split and multi-piece wheels

procedures for removing, inspecting and refitting light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including wheel nut tensioning procedures

post-fitting procedures and checks of light vehicle wheel assemblies, including:

wheel assembly run-out

correct operation of vehicle systems affected by the removal and refitting of wheel assemblies

rechecking tightness of attachment devices.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheel and tyre specifications

three different light vehicles with the wheel and tyre assemblies specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting and refitting light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTQ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the final drive assemblies of light vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The final drive assemblies include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical – Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assembly	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose light vehicle final drive assembly	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair light vehicle final drive assembly	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures final drive assembly components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Calculates gear ratios and torque reduction.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTQ001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in both of the following light vehicle final drive assemblies:

removable carrier housing (banjo) type

integral carrier housing type

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

abnormal system noise

worn components

contaminated differential fluid.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for working with hazardous oils

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from final drive assemblies

operating principles of light vehicle final drive assemblies and associated components, including:

final drive gears, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

differential function

purpose and operation of light vehicle final drive assemblies and components, including:

removable carrier housing (banjo) type final drives

integral carrier housing type final drives

transaxle final drives

differentials, including limited slip differentials

axle shafts for rigid axles, including:

semi floating live axles

three quarter floating live axles

fully floating live axles

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for:

road testing procedures, including:

final drive assembly noise diagnostic

wheel bearing noise diagnostic

pre-dismantling inspection procedures

repair procedures for light vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for:

dismantling final drive assemblies

inspecting final drive assemblies

reassembling and adjusting pinion depth, pinion bearing preload, crown wheel and pinion backlash, side bearing preload and crown wheel and pinion tooth contact

repairing wheel bearings of rear wheel drive light vehicles

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle final drive assemblies.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle final drive assemblies that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle final drive assembly specifications

two different light vehicles:

one with faults in its removable carrier housing (banjo) type final drive assembly

one with faults in its integral carrier housing type final drive assembly

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle final drive assemblies

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for light vehicle final drive assemblies.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTQ102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the drive shafts of light vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The drive shafts include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical – Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shaft	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose light vehicle drive shaft	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair light vehicle drive shaft	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures drive shaft components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Measures angles in degrees.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTQ012 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair drive shafts in two different light vehicles, in which the work must involve:

one rear wheel drive vehicle with drive shaft with universal joints, including removing the drive shaft from vehicle, replacing one universal joint, and refitting the drive shaft

one front wheel drive vehicle with constant velocity joint drive shaft, including removing the drive shaft from the vehicle and refitting it

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

abnormal drive shaft noise

vibrations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle drive shafts, including procedures for working with hazardous oils

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle drive shafts, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from drive shafts

operating principles of light vehicle drive shafts and associated components, including:

torque reaction of rear axle housings

torque steer

purpose and operation of light vehicle drive shafts and components, including:

propeller shafts, including:

single and multi-piece shafts

universal joints, including cross and yoke joints, double cardan joints and Lobro joints

velocity fluctuation of universal joints

shaft alignment

constant velocity joints, including:

Birfield joints

double offset joints

tripod joints

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle drive shafts, including road testing procedures for:

drive shaft noise diagnostic

vibration

repair procedures for light vehicle drive shafts, including procedures for:

dismantling drive shafts

inspecting drive shafts

reassembling and aligning components

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle drive shafts.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle drive shafts that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle drive shaft specifications

light vehicle with front engine and rear wheel drive

light vehicle with front wheel drive constant velocity joint drive shaft

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle drive shafts

tools, equipment and materials tools appropriate for repairing light vehicle drive shafts.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTX101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the manual transmissions of light vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The manual transmissions include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical - Light Vehicle Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmission	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose manual transmission	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results. 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair manual transmission	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Measures manual transmission components and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Calculates gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking manual transmission specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTX001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair faults in two different light vehicle manual transmissions, including faults in a different component from among the following for each vehicle:

input or primary shaft gear or bearing

secondary shaft or main shaft gear or bearing

synchroniser assembly

shift rail, shift fork, interlock and detent mechanisms

counter shaft gear or bearing

remove, refit or replace one manual transmission in a light vehicle

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above work for at least one of the following faults:

abnormal or irregular noises

faulty shifts

mechanical malfunctions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation and diagnosis reporting procedures, including:

recommendations for required repairs or adjustments

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle manual transmissions, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manual handling light vehicle manual transmissions

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

operating principles light vehicle manual transmissions, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

simple gear trains

compound gear trains

lubricant types

application, purpose and operation of light vehicle manual transmissions and components, including:

power flows, including:

longitudinal manual transmissions

transaxles

transfer cases

synchromesh operation

gearshift mechanisms

transfer cases, including:

part-time four wheel drives

full-time four wheel drives

all-wheel drives

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle manual transmissions, including:

abnormal noise diagnosis

shift diagnosis

repair procedures for light vehicle manual transmissions, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle manual transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle manual transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle manual transmission specifications

two different light vehicles with faults in the manual transmission components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle manual transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle manual transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTX102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the automatic transmissions of light vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The automatic transmissions include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical - Light Vehicle Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmission	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret diagnostic information 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy, selecting those required for the circumstances 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check diagnostic tools and equipment required for testing strategy for serviceability
2. Diagnose automatic transmission	2.1 Perform diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Identify faults from diagnostic test results and determine causes of faults 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for required repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair automatic transmission	3.1 Source and interpret repair information 3.2 Analyse repair options and select those required for the circumstances 3.3 Select and check repair tools, equipment and materials 3.4 Carry out repairs and component replacements and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and rectify any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Measures automatic transmission components and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Calculates gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking automatic transmission specifications and procedures Interprets automatic transmission hydraulic and electrical circuit diagrams.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTX002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX102 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different light vehicles with different automatic transmissions, in which the fault in each must involve a different component from the following:

torque converter

transmission oil pump

front pump seal

valve body

shift or pressure solenoid

clutch pack

brake band

brake band servo

one-way clutch

planetary gear set

continuously variable transmission (CVT) belt or pulley

internal bearings or thrust washers

in course of the above, remove, refit or replace one of the light vehicle automatic transmissions

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above work for at least one of the following faults:

abnormal or irregular noises

leaking fluid pressure

damaged solenoids, connectors or wiring.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation and diagnosis reporting procedures, including:

recommendations for required repairs or adjustments

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle automatic transmissions, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manual handling light vehicle automatic transmissions

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from light vehicle automatic transmissions

operating principles of light vehicle automatic transmissions and associated components, including:

fluid couplings

planetary gears, including:

single planetary gear operation

types of compound planetary gears, including Ravigneaux and Simpson planetary gear sets

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

lubricant types and properties

application, and key features of light vehicle automatic transmissions and components, including:

torque converters, including:

impeller, stator, one-way clutch and turbine operation

lock-up torque converters

automatic transmission mechanical components, including brake bands, clutch packs, one-way clutches, and compound planetary gear sets

power flows, including:

longitudinal automatic transmissions

automatic transaxles

automatic transmission hydraulic components and hydraulic control components, including:

oil pumps

hydraulic valves, including pressure regulating valves, manual valves, shift valves, governor valves and throttle pressure valves

automatic transmission electronic components, including:

electronic control module

input sensors, including vehicle speed sensor, throttle position sensor, mass air flow (MAF) sensor, manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, transmission range sensor, engine speed sensor and temperature sensor

electronic control module outputs, including indicator lamps, shift solenoids, pressure control solenoids and torque converter clutch solenoids

continuously variable transmissions, including operating principles of belts and pulleys

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle automatic transmissions, including procedures for:

stall tests

pressure test

using scan tools when testing

repair procedures for light vehicle automatic transmissions, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle automatic transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle automatic transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle automatic transmission specifications

two different light vehicles with faults in the automatic transmission components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle automatic transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle automatic transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTX103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the clutch systems of light vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The clutch systems include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose light vehicle clutch system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair light vehicle clutch system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures clutch system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTX013 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX103 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair faults in the clutch system of a light vehicle, in which the work must involve:

removing and refitting a light vehicle manual transmission

removing, refitting or replacing each of the following components:

a light vehicle flywheel

clutch friction disc

clutch pressure plate assembly

release bearing

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

misadjusted cables or parts

worn or malfunctioning components

oil leakage or contamination.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle clutch systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting light vehicle manual transmissions

handling and controlling clutch dust and clutch fluid

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle clutch systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluids released from clutch systems

operating principles of light vehicle clutch systems and associated components, including coefficient of friction

purpose and operation of light vehicle clutch systems and components, including:

wet and dry single and multi-plate clutch

dual mass flywheels

dampening systems

cable operated clutch

hydraulically operated clutch

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle clutch systems, including road testing procedures

repair procedures for light vehicle clutch systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle clutch systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle clutch systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle clutch system specifications

light vehicle with manual transmission and with clutch system faults

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle clutch systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle clutch systems, including:

transmission lifting equipment

clutch aligning tool.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTX104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including drive shafts and final drives, and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

This unit applies to those in the automotive service and repair industry. The transmission and driveline systems include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical - Light Vehicle Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Determine nature and objective of diagnostic requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm existence of fault in light vehicle automatic transmission or driveline system from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications and other technical information for automatic transmission or driveline system 2.2 Identify diagnostic procedures and options 2.3 Identify and select diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes from the range of available options 2.4 Obtain and prepare testing equipment according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Identify, select and prepare tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Follow selected diagnostic process and carry out testing according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Verify diagnostic findings, as required, by using alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Draw conclusions from findings and document according to workplace procedures 3.4 Provide conclusions to required personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Numeracy	Measures transmission and driveline system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTX004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX104 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in each of the following:

automatic transmission of a light vehicle

driveline system of a different light vehicle

electronically controlled automatic transmission or driveline system of a third light vehicle

the above diagnosis must involve at least two of the following types of complex faults, each in a different vehicle:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures including:

recommendations for necessary repairs

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manually handling light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmission and driveline systems

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including:

electronically controlled automatic transmissions

continuously variable transmissions (CVTs)

constant velocity joints

Hookes-type joints

rear wheel drive shafts

rear wheel drive final drives

front wheel drive final drives

testing procedures for light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including:

test drive procedures

abnormal noise analysis

transmission oil pressure tests

sources of fluid leaks

driveline angle measurement

types and key features of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline system specifications

three different light vehicles with complex faults in their automatic transmission or driveline systems, including one vehicle with an electronically controlled automatic transmission

automatic transmission and driveline system diagnostic equipment, including:

oil pressure gauge

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in the automatic transmission and driveline systems of light vehicles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURLTZ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the emission control systems of light vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The emission control systems include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical – Emission and Exhaust

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose light vehicle emission control system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair light vehicle emission control system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Interprets numeric information, including: exhaust gas percentages exhaust gas ratios.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURLTZ001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURLTZ101 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the emission control systems of two different light vehicles, in which the work must involve:

at least one of the following systems:

positive crankcase ventilation system

evaporative control system

air injection system

at least one of the following systems:

exhaust emission control system

exhaust gas recirculation system

diesel engine particulate filter system

diesel engine selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system

carry out a diagnostic test in the course of the above for at least one of the following faults:

malfunctioning valves

malfunctioning air pumps

leaking or contaminated components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for working with vehicles that produce toxic emissions

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle emission control systems

operating principles of light vehicle emission control systems and associated components, including:

combustion chemistry and combustion emissions

engine blow-by

fuel volatility

purpose and operation of light vehicle emission control systems and components, including:

evaporative control systems, including:

fuel tank vapour space

charcoal canister

crankcase ventilation systems, including:

positive crankcase ventilation (PCV)

diesel engine crankcase ventilation systems

exhaust emission control systems, including:

reduction and oxidation catalytic converters

air injection systems

diesel engine particulate filter systems

diesel engine SCR systems

exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) systems

emission control through engine design, including:

combustion chamber design

valve overlap

variable valve timing

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for testing:

evaporative control system operation

crankcase ventilation system operation

catalytic converter operation

air injection system operation

diesel engine particulate filter system operation

diesel engine SCR system operation

exhaust gas analysis

EGR system operation

repair procedures for light vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle emission control systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle emission control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle emission control system specifications

two different light vehicles with emission control systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for petrol or diesel light vehicle emission control systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing petrol or diesel light vehicle emission control systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMBA101 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and transport equipment and a light competition vehicle. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and packing tools and equipment, fitting transportation devices, components and covers to a competition vehicle, and loading and unloading required tools, equipment and competition vehicle. The light competition vehicles are under 300 kg of unladen weight, including go-carts, motorcycles, mountain bikes or jet skis.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Support and Logistics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare requirements for motor sport event	1.1 Determine job requirements from team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations 1.2 Source and select specific tooling and equipment needed for event 1.3 Pack tools and equipment for transportation and secure to avoid damage 1.4 Check equipment listing and account for resources
2. Load and secure light competition vehicle and tools and equipment for transportation	2.1 Compile checklist for securing resources and vehicle 2.2 Load vehicle, tools and equipment according to safety requirements and team procedures 2.3 Secure vehicle, tools and equipment and check restraint mechanisms according to safety requirements and team procedures 2.4 Store hazardous material according to safety requirements and team procedures 2.5 Secure transporter tailgates, ramps, doors and bins as required according to safety requirements and team procedures
3. Unload vehicle, tools and equipment	3.1 Release vehicle, tools and equipment from restraints and unload according to safety requirements and team procedures 3.2 Clean transport vehicle and prepare for subsequent use 3.3 Check restraint mechanisms and holding points for integrity according to team procedures 3.4 Report problems with transport vehicle to specified personnel as required and according to team procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to: count equipment calculate weight.
Oral communication	Reports problems with transport vehicle to team members.
Writing	Fills out equipment logs and official documentation legibly.
Teamwork	Works as part of a team to ensure materials are available as needed and time wastage is minimised.
Planning and organising	Uses available space within transporter efficiently Interprets loading and unloading sequence and avoids backtracking or workflow interruptions.
Problem solving	Determines methods of loading and unloading disabled or damaged vehicles.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMBA001 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMBA101 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

load and unload at least two different light competition vehicles, each under 300 kg of unladen weight, and support equipment on and off a vehicle transporter, including one vehicle at a sanctioned motor sport event.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to transport light competition vehicles and support equipment, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to transport light competition vehicles and support equipment, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to transporting light competition vehicles and support equipment, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including hearing and eye protection

manually handling loads

transporting and storing dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals

job requirements relating to transporting light competition vehicles and support equipment, including:

light competition vehicle to be transported

materials and equipment to be loaded

procedures for transporting light competition vehicles and support equipment, including:

preparing light competition vehicles for transportation

preparing support equipment for transportation, including tools, tyres and wheels

loading and unloading light competition vehicles and support equipment

securing vehicles and support equipment

procedures for cleaning and preparing transport vehicles for subsequent use, including procedures for checking restraints, mechanisms and holding points.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace, for one sanctioned event.

Other competencies are to be assessed in an automotive repair workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light competition vehicles that they have transported, e.g. team event documentation.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

PPE, including hearing and eye protection

two different light competition vehicles and support equipment requiring transport to a motor sport event

vehicle transporter suitable for a light competition vehicle.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMCA101 Manage motor sport team media liaison

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to liaise with the media on behalf of a motor sport team and to support team members during media interviews and appearances. It involves researching the media liaison needs of the team and identifying the most appropriate media outlets, arranging media interviews, and preparing a budget to support media liaison activities. The unit requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills when developing media releases and arranging media interviews.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify team media requirements and limitations	1.1 Identify desired outcomes of media liaison relevant to team goals 1.2 Identify limitations on information to be provided 1.3 Develop media liaison budget 1.4 Research media outlets and persons, and make decision regarding choice of required media according to team requirements, ethical conduct, and promotional partner requirements
2. Prepare media information	2.1 Select type of media suitable for promotional strategy and team requirements 2.2 Research specific media outlet information needs 2.3 Consider media needs and requests in light of team objectives, confidentiality requirements and ethical issues 2.4 Research and document team information and performance statistics 2.5 Prepare suitable information for release
3. Issue media information	3.1 Contact media personnel and agree on timing arrangements for release 3.2 Obtain team management approval and provide information to media outlet 3.3 Advise promotional partner representatives of release details
4. Arrange media interviews	4.1 Contact media persons and negotiate requirements 4.2 Determine interview schedule and agenda 4.3 Research and prepare material for interviews 4.4 Brief team persons and coach in presentation techniques as required 4.5 Inform team management regularly of arrangements and outcomes 4.6 Advise promotional partner representatives of interview details
5. Evaluate publicity benefits	5.1 Obtain exposure statistics from media outlets 5.2 Obtain promotional partner feedback on media release and interview 5.3 Analyse data and feedback to assess effectiveness 5.4 Measure outcomes against media liaison budget and team objectives

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets dates and time Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate budgets.
Oral communication	Clarifies media requirements with a range of people, including team personnel, team management and media outlet personnel.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets information from a range of sources, including internet websites, promotional literature, media statistics and internal workplace literature.
Writing	Fills out workplace documentation legibly and produces a range of material, including business emails, letters, team information for media outlets, and updates to team management.
Teamwork	Works collaboratively with team members to promote the motor sport team.
Planning and organising	Ensures personnel are in the right places at the right time.
Problem solving	Determines most effective media for the budget and achievement of team’s goals.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to Equivalent to AURMCA001 Manage motorsport team media liaison.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMCA101 Manage motor sport team media liaison

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop different media releases for at least three types of media

arrange at least two different media appearances of a motor sport team member, including two of the following:

radio

television

live appearance at a motor sport race event

guest speaker at a motor sport promotional event.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to manage motor sport team media liaison including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

internet resources and digital data

workplace procedures required to manage motor sport team media liaison including:

documentation procedures

procedures for identifying team media requirements, including:

types of media suitable for motor sport

media outlet information needs

legislation and codes of practice relating to ethical advertising

procedures for developing media budgets

procedures for preparing media information, including researching and documenting team information and performance

limitations affecting information to be provided:

team requirements

confidentiality

ethical conduct

promotion partner requirements

attributes for suitability of information including:

clarity and succinctness

appropriateness to target audience

targeting to team and media outlet needs

compliance with industry ethics

media interview procedures, including:

appropriate presentation of team personnel

coaching techniques of team personnel

methods of evaluating media publicity, including:

interpreting media outlet exposure

obtaining, analysing and interpreting promotional partner feedback

measuring media publicity against team media budget and team objectives.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the media information and interviews they have managed for motor sport team members, e.g. media releases.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport team or simulated team

types of media specified in the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMCA102 Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to determine opportunities and requirements in relation to marketing a motor sport team and attracting and managing promotional partnerships. It involves researching promotional requirements, devising and implementing marketing strategies, preparing partnership proposals, and coordinating promotional activities. The unit requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills when researching promotional opportunities and devising marketing strategies.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research team marketing opportunities and promotional partnership requirements	1.1 Identify, analyse and document strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) of current partnerships and marketing strategies 1.2 Consult team members and other parties regarding potential marketing opportunities, and seek specialist marketing advice as required 1.3 Research and document promotional partnership requirements 1.4 Identify and document principles, policies and strategic direction of the team in relation to marketing and partnerships to enable marketing effort to be focused
2. Devise and implement a team marketing strategy	2.1 Analyse promotional strategies emphasising team strengths with team members 2.2 Identify legal, ethical and environmental market constraints and determine their effect on marketing objectives 2.3 Research promotional strategies and develop and document a marketing strategy 2.4 Develop and document risk management strategies 2.5 Brief team members on their roles and responsibilities with regard to marketing strategy
3. Prepare promotional partnership proposal	3.1 Determine required team funding or sponsorship amount and type 3.2 Research and develop networks for funding and sponsorship in line with team policies, aims and objectives 3.3 Identify potential promotional partner on the basis of supporting team principles and policies, and approach with the aim of proposing a promotional partnership 3.4 Research and document potential promotional partner requirements 3.5 Identify and document benefits to promotional partner 3.6 Prepare information regarding opportunities and benefits in a professional format and distribute to potential promotional partner
4. Present proposal to promotional partners	4.1 Conduct follow-up with promotional partner representatives and arrange meeting 4.2 Prepare presentation and supporting material specific to potential promotional partner 4.3 Forward supporting material prior to meeting 4.4 Attend meeting with potential promotional partner and conduct presentation 4.5 Identify proposed variations to partnership terms and conditions during negotiations and document as required
5. Coordinate promotional partnership activities	5.1 Establish written contract or agreement with promotional partner 5.2 Brief team members on details and commitments of promotional partnership arrangements 5.3 Organise activities according to promotional partnership agreements and honour agreements made 5.4 Monitor and evaluate activities in terms of team and promotional partner objectives 5.5 Provide feedback to and request from promotional partner as required 5.6 Action and monitor payments from promotional partner and other contract formalities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate payments.
Oral communication	Discusses team marketing opportunities and promotional partnership requirements with a range of people, including team personnel, team management and promotional partners.
Reading	Interprets information from a range of sources, including internet websites, promotional pamphlets, media statistics and internal workplace material.
Writing	Produces a range of material, including business emails, letters and presentations to promotional partners.
Teamwork	Works collaboratively with team members when managing promotional partnerships and marketing.
Planning and organising	Sets up meetings Organises promotional activities.
Problem solving	Conducts SWOT analyses Analyses promotional strategies Develops risk management strategies Develops networks for funding and sponsorship Determines potential benefits to promotional partners.
Technology	Uses digital communication devices to gather and disseminate information.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMCA002 Manage motorsport team promotional partnerships and marketing.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMCA102 Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare, present, implement and evaluate two different promotional proposals for a motor sport team, each of which must include:

profile of team and team members

team achievements

proposed partnership arrangements

marketing strategy for team events

benefits to promotional partner.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

internet resources and digital data

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing, including:

documentation procedures

procedures for identifying team marketing opportunities and promotional partner requirements, including analysis of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT)

key components of Australian Consumer Law (ACL) relating to legal and ethical requirements of advertising, including misleading or deceptive conduct

key considerations in developing a marketing strategy, including:

measurable performance targets

key components of written agreements or contracts with promotional partners, including:

full details of commitments made by both parties

procedures for devising and implementing a motor sport team marketing strategy

procedures for preparing promotional partnership proposals

methods of presenting promotional partnership proposals to promotional partner representatives

procedures for implementing promotional partnership activities, including:

methods of producing and required content of written contracts or agreements

procedures for monitoring promotional activities for effectiveness and value

procedures for providing feedback to, and gaining feedback from, promotional partners.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the promotional partnerships and marketing that they have managed for a motor sport team, e.g. marketing brief.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport team or simulated team

key components of Australian Consumer Law (ACL) relating to legal and ethical requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMDA101 Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and update general knowledge of the motor sport industry, including industry structure, event categories and classifications, rules and regulations, and roles of officials and volunteers. It involves researching, sourcing, developing and applying current and emerging information about the industry.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Officiating

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research information on the structure and operation of the motor sport industry	1.1 Determine motor sport industry structure and operation 1.2 Identify sources of information about the motor sport industry 1.3 Access sources of information, establish networks, and establish key contacts within the motor sport sector
2. Source and apply information on ethical and legal issues for motor sport officiating	2.1 Obtain information on legal and ethical issues to assist effective work performance 2.2 Apply legal obligations and ethical industry practices in the course of own work
3. Explore opportunities to participate and update motor sport knowledge	3.1 Compile annual calendar of events for own motor sport discipline 3.2 Identify and document key officiating and volunteer roles at motor sport events relating to discipline 3.3 Identify and document roles best suited to own level of knowledge, skills and interest 3.4 Identify and use opportunities to improve own performance and update knowledge of the motor sport industry

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Liaises with team members and other persons involved in the motor sport industry to improve own motor sport industry knowledge.
Reading	Interprets technical information and terminology found in: motor sport organisation literature, code of conduct, policies and procedures controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations event policies and procedures relating to own motor sport discipline.
Writing	Fills out workplace documentation legibly.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMDA001 Develop and update motorsport industry knowledge.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA101 Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and document knowledge of the organisational structure, competition categories, event rules and regulations, and roles of officials and volunteers in at least one of the following motor sport industry disciplines:

automobile (car, truck or go-cart)

motorcycle

powerboat

compile a calendar of events for the above selected motor sport discipline.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to develop and update motor sport industry knowledge, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

internet resources

workplace procedures required to develop and update motor sport industry knowledge, including:

documentation procedures

key features of the motor sport industry, including:

structure and hierarchy

major industry bodies and associations

motor sport disciplines

general knowledge of different types of motor sports

participation opportunities within the motor sport industry

key characteristics of motor sport discipline selected in the performance evidence, including:

competition categories and scope

event protocols, rules and regulations, including supplementary regulations

types and roles of officials and volunteers

protocols and procedures for communicating with stewards, officials and other relevant persons

competition calendars

key motor sport organisations and associations

legal and ethical issues that impact on motor sport officials and volunteers, including ethical conduct while officiating.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having developed and updated their motor sport industry knowledge, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

information and communication technology, including the internet

current sources of motor sport industry information

National Competition Rules (NCR) and event supplementary regulations

industry magazines and related publications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMDA107 Act as a steward at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to act as a steward at a motor sport event. It requires strong verbal and written communication skills, as well as extensive knowledge of the conduct of the applicable motor sport category, its rules and regulations, and its judiciary processes. The steward is usually appointed by the motor sport controlling body and has the authority to act on the body’s behalf to ensure the event is conducted in compliance with all applicable rules and regulations. This includes ensuring all aspects of the event organisation meet requirements before the event can proceed. During the event, the steward must ensure it is conducted according to the rules and regulations and has the power to stop the event or suspend participants. The steward can also adjudicate on protests, disputes or breaches of the rules.

This unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Officiating

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Authorise the commencement of event	1.1 Evaluate event documentation for clarity and compliance with controlling body requirements 1.2 Confirm that all essential official positions are filled by qualified or experienced people as required 1.3 Confirm that facilities, equipment, personnel and safety arrangements meet controlling body requirements 1.4 Order commencement of event according to category rules and supplementary regulations
2. Monitor the event	2.1 Monitor event progress to ensure that rules and regulations are followed, settle issues that arise and impose penalties subject to the right of appeal, according to category rules and supplementary regulations 2.2 Communicate with Clerk of Course throughout the event according to category rules and supplementary regulations 2.3 Authorise modifications to program or event conditions reflecting safety requirements or exceptional circumstances in consultation with Clerk of Course and according to category rules and supplementary regulations 2.4 Exclude vehicles deemed unsafe or non-compliant and participants deemed unfit from event according to category rules and supplementary regulation 2.5 Order vehicle, fuel or other compliance test as required and according to category rules and supplementary regulations 2.6 Amend event results as required according to category rules and supplementary regulations
3. Adjudicate on protests or disputes	3.1 Notify persons involved in attending hearings on protests and disputes according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.2 Clarify nature of protest or dispute and identify applicable rules and regulations 3.3 Hear and evaluate evidence according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.4 Make decision and impose required penalty according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.5 Implement procedures for appeal as required and according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.6 Maintain records of proceedings and outcomes according to category rules and supplementary regulations
4. Complete final report	4.1 Collect personal notes, event documentation and results on which report will be based at conclusion of event 4.2 Write event report according to category rules and supplementary regulations 4.3 Secure and store evidence for appeals for future reference 4.4 Submit final report to controlling body within designated timeframe and according to category rules and supplementary regulations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Applies procedures to different situations and motor sport events Keeps abreast of motor sport event rules and regulations.
Oral communication	Gathers, interprets and relays information with other stewards, officials and event personnel.
Reading	Evaluates event documentation Interprets category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing	Produces legible records of protests and disputes.
Teamwork	Leads and works effectively with others.
Planning and organising	Ensures events run according to timelines.
Self-management	Works autonomously.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMDA007 Act as a steward at motor sport events.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA107 Act as a steward at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

act as a steward in two different motor sport events, one of which must be a sanctioned event and must include an adjudication of a protest or dispute

produce a final report for each event.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to act as a steward at motor sport events, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

information provided by controlling body

event documentation

workplace procedures required to act as a steward at motor sport events, including:

documentation procedures

key features of motor sport events, including:

organisational structures of events, including authority and communication lines

category rules and supplementary regulations of events

motor sport officiating at above events, including:

responsibilities and tasks of a steward

protocols for communicating with other officials

professional and ethical responsibilities of stewards

personal preparation, resources and equipment required for officiating

motor sport protest, inquiry and appeal processes and procedures

principles of administrative law and natural justice when applied to motor sport investigations, protests, inquiries and appeals

conflict management techniques

applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relating to motor sport events, including work health and safety (WHS) and environmental regulations

key features in event reports, including:

details of conduct of event

results of each competition

details of any protests, decisions, appeals and penalties

organisational policies and procedures relating to acting as a motor sport steward, including:

emergency response procedures

risk management procedures

reporting and recording procedures

planning processes for event.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace, for one sanctioned event.

Other competencies are to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having acted as a steward at a motor sport event, e.g. event sign on-sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

motor sport event officiating documentation, including rules and regulations, safety procedures and event procedures

motor sport event officiating equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMGA101 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up a temporary work location and equipment at a motor sport event according to team requirements. It involves preparing, setting up and dismantling a temporary work location and equipment storage, laying out equipment, erecting team promotional signage, and setting up a functional workspace in the temporary location.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare site	1.1 Determine site information and requirements and confirm with site supervisor or circuit manager 1.2 Consider security and confidentiality issues and select risk management measures 1.3 Identify hazards associated with work site and manage risks according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 1.4 Consider access paths when positioning equipment and tooling, and take measures to eliminate hazards
2. Assemble temporary work shelter	2.1 Unload tools and equipment from transporters according to safety requirements and team requirements and procedures 2.2 Source work shelter and interpret fittings information 2.3 Assemble, erect and secure shelter and associated fittings according to shelter manufacturer procedures, team requirements, event supplementary regulations, and safety requirements 2.4 Identify and report problems with temporary work shelter to necessary persons according to team procedures as required
3. Position equipment and tooling in work area	3.1 Assemble and prepare equipment according to manufacturer procedures, team requirements and safety requirements 3.2 Position equipment according to team requirements, controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations, and safety requirements 3.3 Identify, fit and install required personal protective equipment (PPE) according to manufacturer specifications and team requirements 3.4 Identify problems with work area and report to necessary persons according to team procedures as required 3.5 Monitor effectiveness of area layout during use, and make recommendations for change to persons as required
4. Dismantle temporary work shelter	4.1 Clean, dismantle and pack shelter in preparation for transportation according to team procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Account for, check and pack tooling and equipment in preparation for transportation according to team procedures and safety requirements 4.3 Load shelter, tools and equipment on to vehicle transporters according to team procedures and safety requirements 4.4 Clean work area and inspect for serviceable condition according to team procedures and local requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to count tools and equipment.
Oral communication	Confirms site requirements with site supervisor or circuit manager Reports unsafe situations and hazards and clarifies team safety procedures and requirements with team members.
Reading	Interprets labels and signage associated with dangerous goods and hazardous substances.
Teamwork	Works with others and in a team using cooperative approaches to optimise work practices.
Planning and organising	Implements team safety requirements, controlling body rules, category rules or supplementary regulations to manage unsafe situations and hazards.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMGA001 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMGA101 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

set up and dismantle a temporary work location at three different motor sport event locations, including at least one sanctioned motor sport event.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

information provided by controlling body

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

event documentation

workplace procedures required to set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to setting up and dismantling a temporary work location and equipment at a motor sport event, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and managing risks

key requirements of motor sport event category rules and supplementary regulations

principles and functionality requirements of the layout of temporary work shelter, including:

workflow of pit lane and service area operations

tooling and equipment required for specific events

methods of monitoring effectiveness of area layout

temporary shelter assembly and erection methods and techniques, including procedures for:

positioning equipment for ease of access, security, logical workflow and ergonomic use

setting up equipment for safe and effective operation, including:

correct boom height

securing gas bottles

securing service area moorings.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace, for one sanctioned event.

Other competencies are to be assessed in an automotive repair workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motor sport events in which they have set up and dismantled temporary work locations and equipment, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

three different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

motor sport event officiating documentation, including rules and regulations, safety procedures and event procedures

site instructions

temporary shelter

temporary shelter specifications and erection procedures

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for erecting temporary shelter

tools and equipment appropriate for setting up and dismantling temporary work locations and equipment at specific motor sport events.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMGA102 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage personal presentation, and learning and career options, develop personal conflict management skills and a health and fitness plan in a motor sport environment. It involves being able to identify personal presentation requirements and personal strengths, and support career paths with appropriate learning, manage physical health and fitness, and communicate effectively in a team.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish personal presentation standards	1.1 Clarify personal presentation expectations from position description, and work and team role 1.2 Develop and implement strategies to achieve personal presentation standards 1.3 Maintain personal presentation standards according to team requirements
2. Determine potential career paths in motor sport	2.1 Identify personal strengths and opportunities for improvement 2.2 Review and link personal goals and team goals 2.3 Identify career options within and outside the team and potential career paths to achieve personal goals 2.4 Document career achievements and experience and prepare a comprehensive résumé
3. Manage personal learning in motor sport	3.1 Research different learning styles and identify own learning style preference 3.2 Research and apply effects of preferred learning styles in the team environment 3.3 Develop strategies to maximise effectiveness of personal learning 3.4 Review and modify learning strategies as required
4. Develop personal health and fitness plan	4.1 Identify and manage personal nutritional requirements required for optimal performance in motor sport environment 4.2 Manage stress and fatigue using required strategies 4.3 Identify and manage personal physical fitness requirements in relation to team role requirements 4.4 Develop strategies to manage impact of negative factors on personal competence and performance within motor sport environment 4.5 View and modify own health and fitness plan as required
5. Establish personal conflict resolution strategies	5.1 Identify potential causes of conflict in relation to preferred learning style within the team environment 5.2 Implement personal strategies for dealing with conflict 5.3 Research communication techniques and implement strategies for improving communication with team members

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a simple plan to achieve personal goals.
Oral communication	Clarifies own personal presentation requirements, career paths and conflict resolution strategies with team members and supervisors within the motor sport environment.
Teamwork	Works as part of a team, using the team as a resource.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMGA002 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMGA102 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

meet team personal presentation requirements throughout three different motor sport events, which must include one of each of the following:

workshop

competition event

promotional activity

develop a personal résumé, including detailed statements of the following:

qualifications and training

experience in the motor sport industry

relevant experience beyond the motor sport industry

testimony from employers, colleagues or training bodies

develop a personal health and fitness plan, including detailed statements of the following:

three strategies for managing nutrition needs that demonstrate a knowledge of recommended nutritional intake

one strategy for increasing personal fitness in each of the following:

flexibility

cardiovascular fitness

muscular strength and endurance

three stress management strategies

demonstrate conflict resolution strategies during one of the following situations at one motor sport event:

tight timeframes or extended work hours

different work styles

persons external to the team.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

online resources

industry contacts

workplace procedures required to manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment, including:

documentation procedures

personal presentation standards, including:

team roles, responsibilities and relationships

motor sport sectors and categories

presentation standards of motor sport team roles, including hair, clothes, personal hygiene, posture, body language and speech

types of career paths in motor sport

methods for identifying personal strengths, including:

positive attitude to succeed in motor sport

strategies that maximise effectiveness of personal learning

key features of goal setting methods, such as specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, and timely (SMART)

key features for developing personal learning management program, including:

developing résumé

identifying and catering for different learning styles when working together in teams

key features of personal health and fitness plans, including:

human nutritional requirements, food groups and their effect on the human body, including specific nutritional requirements for functioning in a motor sport environment

impact of legal and illegal drugs on the human body and their implications in motor sport

principles of physical fitness, and fitness requirements for functioning effectively in a motor sport environment

key features of personal conflict resolution strategies and techniques, including:

common causes of conflict within a motor sport team environment

communication principles and techniques

group dynamics in high pressure environments.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed their personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment, e.g. own résumé.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workshop, competition event and promotional activity

computer with word processing capabilities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMMA101 Operate in a motor sport environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine a career path, meet motor sport team expectations and employment expectations, manage daily work activities, and contribute to the effective working of the team.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine potential career path in motor sport and develop individual goals	1.1 Identify structure of motor sport sector 1.2 Assess personal skills to identify strengths and weaknesses 1.3 Research and determine motor sport team expectations 1.4 Set goals to achieve personal expectations 1.5 Research and match potential career paths with personal goals 1.6 Identify and incorporate training needs into career planning
2. Meet motor sport team employment requirements	2.1 Identify team organisational structure 2.2 Comply with obligations to employers and others 2.3 Observe regulatory and safety requirements throughout work 2.4 Identify and comply with team lines of communication and authority 2.5 Identify and comply with applicable legislation, regulations, codes of practice and team expectations, policies and procedures
3. Manage daily work activities in motor sport environment	3.1 Use required lines of communication with supervisors, peers and external persons 3.2 Identify, prioritise and complete individual tasks within designated timeframes and according to team standards and work schedule 3.3 Monitor and adjust own work according to feedback obtained from supervisors 3.4 Seek assistance from required persons when difficulties arise in achieving allocated tasks 3.5 Make changes to workload or work priorities when unforeseen circumstances or developments occur 3.6 Maintain well organised and safe personal workspace according to team and workplace standards 3.7 Identify and report potentially discriminating or hazardous practices and policies to team persons
4. Contribute to productive team environment	4.1 Share information and knowledge with team members to ensure designated work goals are met 4.2 Identify and prioritise personal work objectives according to team requirements 4.3 Receive, encourage and act upon constructive feedback from other team members 4.4 Detect variations from team standards in quality of components or work practices and report to team members according to team procedures 4.5 Seek assistance actively from, or provide to, other team members when difficulties arise 4.6 Use communication techniques to gather and understand instructions 4.7 Identify signs of interpersonal conflict and act constructively upon or refer to a supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Adapts to different work circumstances Recognises and corrects errors in own performance.
Numeracy	Interprets basic numerical information in work instructions.
Oral communication	Clarifies and confirms information and instructions using active listening and questioning techniques Speaks clearly and directly to present problems or issues to required personnel.
Reading	Interprets motor sport codes of practice and team policies and procedures.
Writing	Completes basic workplace documentation, such as job cards.
Teamwork	Works with others and in a team using cooperative approaches to optimise work practices and contribute to a productive team environment.
Planning and organising	Plans and organises activities, including equipment and resources, to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage.
Problem solving	Develops solutions to unpredicted situations, clarifies work instructions, and resolves conflict.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMMA001 Operate in a motorsport environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA101 Operate in a motor sport environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

follow task instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes on two occasions in a motor sport environment that result in:

minimising the risk of injury to self and others

preventing damage to competition vehicle or equipment

achieve above required outcomes within team time and quality standards

perform a range of daily work activities in three different motor sport environments, in which the work must involve covering:

routine maintenance

pre-event preparation

a competition event

post-event maintenance and repairs

work with and around other team members, including:

participating actively in a work group discussion or meeting

providing support on a work task to another group member

responding to feedback provided by a group member

contributing to the resolution of an issue, problem or conflict experienced by work group.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to operate in a motor sport environment, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

event documentation

industry contacts

workplace procedures required to operate in a motor sport environment, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures

human resource procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to operating in a motor sport environment, including procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

team organisational structure, including:

team member roles and responsibilities

key obligations to employers and others, including:

confidentiality requirements

motor sport fundamentals, including:

motor sport categories

roles of Australian and international motor sport regulatory bodies

structure of the motor sport sector and of roles within teams, including

roles and functions of industry and association bodies

authority and communication lines within teams

motor sport work ethic and team expectations

motor sport terminology

essential requirements of a motor sport environment, including:

routine maintenance

pre-event preparation

structure or format of competition event

goal setting methods and techniques

communication principles and techniques

conflict resolution principles and techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them having operated in a motor sport environment, e.g. team schedule.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

motor sport team policies and procedures relating to job descriptions, authority, and communication lines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMMA102 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop competition vehicle preparation specifications, checklists and schedules, and to supervise the preparation and assembly of a motor sport competition vehicle. It involves researching information, assessing personnel capabilities and schedule constraints, and supervising others to prepare a competition vehicle and check the post-preparation vehicle and work area.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop preparation specifications and checklists	1.1 Determine job requirements from competition information 1.2 Analyse rules, regulations, and vehicle specifications and tolerances for competitive advantage 1.3 Document and communicate work specifications to required personnel
2. Develop preparation schedule	2.1 Identify and source equipment and capabilities of required personnel to meet job specifications 2.2 Analyse constraints to schedule and document optimum sequence for vehicle preparation 2.3 Analyse critical path and document factors affecting that path 2.4 Finalise preparation schedule and distribute to required personnel
3. Supervise preparation	3.1 Monitor team adherence to preparation schedule according to team requirements 3.2 Monitor work area for layout according to job requirements and for cleanliness 3.3 Carry out checks of vehicle during and after installation of components to ensure complete fitting 3.4 Evaluate and resolve problems with work area or operation of equipment according to safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Evaluate proposals for modifications or adaptation of equipment and components and adapt or adopt changes as required according to team requirements
4. Supervise post-assembly checks	4.1 Inspect vehicle, and identify and address problems according to team requirements 4.2 Supervise post-preparation checks and vehicle start-up by team 4.3 Supervise vehicle baseline set-up by team 4.4 Supervise clean-up of work area by team 4.5 Carry out final inspection of work area and vehicle and complete documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Adapts procedures to different vehicles.
Numeracy	Works with units of time when developing timelines within a preparation schedule.
Oral communication	Communicates task specifications and preparation schedule to team members Receives and gives information and advice to team members during vehicle preparation.
Reading	Interprets team instructions and procedures and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Teamwork	Works as a leader of a team to ensure team member roles are understood and time wastage is minimised.
Planning and organising	Plans own tasks and those of a team to ensure work proceeds without interruption and within timelines.
Problem solving	Produces solutions to problems with scheduling, component and equipment supply, and personnel capability Evaluates a range of options and selects efficient solutions.
Self-management	Works efficiently with minimal supervision and within timeframes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMMA002 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA102 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage a team that is undertaking the assembly and preparation of at least one motor sport competition vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

event documentation

workplace procedures required to manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to preparing a competition vehicle, including:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using chemical cleaning and lubricating agents

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of chemicals and fluids released when assembling competition vehicles

methods of determining competition vehicle design, quality, and material, equipment and quantities from team instructions, supplementary regulations and manufacturer specifications

procedures for analysing rules, regulations, vehicle specifications and tolerances for competitive advantage

key competition information, including:

team instructions and procedures

controlling body rules

category rules

supplementary regulations

constraints to schedules, including:

timing and location of upcoming event

availability of equipment and components

availability of required personnel

procedures for developing preparation schedules, including:

assembly and preparation processes applicable to competition vehicle

procedures for analysing team member capability for tasks

documentation procedures for preparation schedule including preparation checklists

procedures for determining work area layout

procedures for supervising vehicle preparation, including:

procedures for developing and monitoring assembly inspection processes

methods of evaluating and remedying problems with work area and equipment operation

procedures for minimising waste material.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace, for one sanctioned event.

Other competencies are to be assessed in an automotive repair workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motor sport vehicles that they have prepared, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace

one motor sport competition vehicle requiring pre-event preparation

motor sport team with knowledge of competition vehicle pre-event preparation procedures

tools and equipment required for the preparation of a competition vehicle.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMMA103 Manage motor sport operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage motor sport operations, including logistics and resourcing as well as team compliance with motor sport regulatory requirements. It requires skills in motor sport team leadership and decision making.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan logistics for motor sport operation	1.1 Develop and document work plan for team sport operations in consultation with team members 1.2 Source and interpret safety requirements 1.3 Research and document resource and equipment requirements 1.4 Prioritise and match resource requirements to team budget, and confirm or modify priorities after consultation with team members 1.5 Document and amend operational plans according to team procedures and expectations
2. Oversee team activities during operation	2.1 Implement operational plans and brief team members with regard to their roles and responsibilities 2.2 Check operations to ensure optimum use of human and physical resources
3. Evaluate operational process	3.1 Evaluate operational progress against required quality of work and adherence to budget and time schedule, and report to required persons according to team requirements 3.2 Identify opportunities for preventative or corrective changes using outcomes of monitoring activity and feedback from team members 3.3 Communicate required changes to required persons in a logical and accessible manner 3.4 Monitor changes to confirm improvement to team efficiency 3.5 Maintain records of key information relating to operational processes according to team requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets dates and time Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate team budget requirements.
Oral communication	Discusses motor sport operations with a range of people, including team personnel, event management and regulatory body personnel.
Reading	Interprets information from a range of sources, including internet websites, regulatory body written material, and workplace internal documentation.
Writing	Fills out workplace documentation legibly, including emails, letters, operational work plans, and instructional material for team members.
Planning and organising	Sets up meetings Plans required resources and logistics.
Problem solving	Prioritises resource needs and develops and amends operational work plans.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMMA003 Manage motor sport operations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA103 Manage motor sport operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a motor sport operational procedure incorporating legislative safety requirements, including:

analysing the proposed procedure

producing a step-by-step operational procedure

identifying and analysing supporting documents to the procedure

implement a process for one operational area of the motor sport team, including:

disseminating process information

monitoring operations

review and update a process for an operational area of the motor sport team, including:

a system and sub-area/sub-system description

an evaluation of the effectiveness of the process in achieving desired outcomes

legal, regulatory or intellectual property law requirements

documentation of modifications to improve the process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to manage motor sport operations, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

information provided by motor sport regulatory body

internet resources and digital data

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

operational plans, including:

instructions and delegations

workplace procedures required to manage motor sport operations, including:

documentation procedures

reporting and review procedures

work health and safety (WHS) and motor sport regulatory body requirements relating to managing motor sport operations, including:

relevant legislation

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

procedures for leading team members, including:

leadership models

delegation strategies

key features of goal setting methods, such as specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, and timely (SMART)

methods for reviewing and reporting team member performance

decision making models and techniques

key considerations in a work plan, including:

timelines and milestones for team sport operations

team goals for operation

team member roles and responsibilities

team member performance reporting and review mechanisms

procedures for ensuring team compliance with regulatory body requirements, including compliance with national, state and technical regulations of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sports (CAMS)

procedures for determining team resource requirements

procedures for determining team logistical requirements, including logistics and procurement management techniques

procedures for evaluating operational processes, including analytical tools such as:

critical path analysis

cause and effect

force field analysis

Pareto analysis

strength, weakness, opportunity and threat (SWOT) analysis

decision trees.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the instances in which they have managed motor sport team operations, e.g. work plans.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport team or simulated team

CAMS regulations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMMA104 Manage motor sport team development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage motor sport team development. It includes fostering team morale and teamwork ethics, managing conflict, and supporting the health and safety needs of team members. It involves consulting and working with team members to develop a shared understanding of team goals, roles and responsibilities.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and implement team roles and responsibilities	1.1 Determine and document team roles and responsibilities in the workshop and event environment 1.2 Write role descriptions in conjunction with team members 1.3 Identify authority hierarchies and align to team roles, and identify and document joint responsibilities 1.4 Brief team members, implement roles, and make modifications to role descriptions as required
2. Develop and foster motor sport teamwork morale and ethics	2.1 Document and disseminate information on teamwork to team members 2.2 Discuss personal attitudes needed to succeed in motor sports with team members and develop strategies to support team members to reflect desired team image and approach 2.3 Communicate expectations of team standards of behaviour, commitment and presentation to team members 2.4 Encourage, monitor and correct maintenance of work ethic and image as required
3. Develop and implement team member health and fitness policy	3.1 Develop and document event catering procedures that meet nutritional requirements for persons operating in a motor sport team 3.2 Develop and monitor strategies for coping with stress and fatigue, communicate to team members 3.3 Develop physical fitness requirements of team members in relation to role requirements, communicate and monitor to team members 3.4 Communicate and monitor impact of negative factors on personal competence in a motor sport environment to team members
4. Apply conflict resolution strategies	4.1 Provide regularly opportunities for team members to discuss problems that directly or indirectly affect their work 4.2 Identify conflict situations and provide assistance to those involved to resolve conflict according to team procedures 4.3 Document outcomes and resolutions according to team procedures 4.4 Complete and store records of conflict and outcomes securely according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Discusses personal and work-related matters with team members in a professional manner.
Reading	Interprets team policies and procedures relating to team ethics, image, health and fitness, and workplace conflict avoidance and resolution.
Writing	Develops and produces a variety of workplace informative documentation for team members.
Self-management	Works autonomously.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMMA004 Manage motor sport team development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA104 Manage motor sport team development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage the development of one motor sport team, in which the work must involve:

developing role descriptions for all team members, including:

tasks and sub-tasks

responsibilities for outcomes

responsibilities for tooling, equipment and material

responsibilities for team members

responsibilities for systems

developing health and safety requirements for team members

developing and implementing three conflict resolution strategies, demonstrating for each strategy:

rationale for choice of strategy in relation to team environment

resolution options for conflict

analysis of strengths and weaknesses of strategy.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to manage motor sport team development, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to manage motor sport team development, including:

documentation procedures

reporting and record procedures

procedures for developing and implementing team roles and responsibilities, including typical team roles and hierarchical structure in a motor sport team

requirements for records, including:

accuracy and completion

compliance with workplace requirements

administration according to confidentiality and privacy requirements

negative factors impacting health and fitness, including:

misuse of prescription drugs

use of illicit drugs

poor nutrition or fitness regime

stress and fatigue

information on team to be disseminated, including:

common purpose and approach

team performance goals

image or brand

morale and ethics

procedures for developing and fostering motor sport teamwork ethics and image, including:

personal and work attitudes sought within the motor sport sector

positive and negative potential of different personal attitudes in a motor sport environment

positive and negative potential of differences between team and personal goals

ways in which individual team members can promote or negatively impact on desired team image

procedures for developing and implementing team member health and fitness policies, including:

principles of physical fitness and fitness requirements for operating in a motor sport environment

specific nutritional requirements for operating in a motor sport environment

impact on the human body of using legal and illegal drugs and implications for a motor sport team

procedures for applying conflict resolution strategies, including:

signs, stages and possible causes of conflict in the workplace

options for constructive responses to typical conflict situations

typical problems that can occur when applying conflict resolution strategies and related appropriate action that can be taken.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed motor sport team development, e.g. team development plan.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport team or simulated team

job role descriptions

team procedures and processes documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMMA108 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to coordinate operations of a small motor sport team consisting of a minimum of three persons at a club non-professional level. It involves setting team goals and individual roles and responsibilities, and managing team finances, logistics and competition strategy development.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for motor sport event	1.1 Check and interpret controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations requirements 1.2 Identify team member roles and responsibilities for event and check for compliance with controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations and modify as necessary 1.3 Clarify team goals and roles and responsibilities of each team member with team members 1.4 Document agreed roles and responsibilities according to team procedures 1.5 Estimate team financial requirements in consultation with team members and prepare team budget
2. Develop team competition strategy	2.1 Seek input into competition strategy from team members, review performance in previous events, and examine current event conditions 2.2 Develop team strategy to attain competitive advantage 2.3 Develop and document contingency plans as part of strategy
3. Coordinate team participation at event	3.1 Develop team event schedule and distribute to team members 3.2 Arrange team travel and accommodation requirements 3.3 Allocate event day tasks and brief team members 3.4 Supervise competition vehicle preparation as required and arrange transport requirements 3.5 Document financial transactions according to team procedures 3.6 Supervise team operations at events and make regular checks of team members
4. Coordinate post-event activities	4.1 Arrange and attend post-event team debriefing sessions 4.2 Coordinate competition vehicle post-event check and repairs as required 4.3 Coordinate component and material replenishment 4.4 Prepare and present financial reports to team members for review as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses addition, subtraction, division and multiplication functions to estimate team financial requirements and prepare team budgets Interprets calendars when developing team event schedules.
Oral communication	Consults with team members regarding team member roles and responsibilities, team financial requirements, and team competition strategies Briefs team members on allocated responsibilities and tasks Conveys aspects of event and team member performance during post-event debriefing sessions using language and pace required for audience and purpose.
Reading	Interprets controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Technology	Uses computer software to prepare team budgets Navigates computer software, programs and web browsers to source information when arranging team schedule and team travel and accommodation requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMMA008 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA108 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a team competition strategy and implement team operational requirements for at least two different motor sport events, one of which must be a sanctioned motor sport event

during above coordination work for each event, demonstrate two of the following:

identifying and clarifying team member roles and responsibilities

managing team finances

coordinating team participation in event

coordinating post-event activities.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to coordinate operations of a motor sport team, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

internet resources, digital programs and software data

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

controlling body rules, category rules, and supplementary regulation

workplace procedures required to coordinate operations of a motor sport team, including:

documentation procedures

team member expertise and knowledge

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to coordinating operations of a motor sport team, including procedures for identifying hazards and managing risks

key requirements of controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations for above events

principles of group dynamics

key features of basic bookkeeping systems

scenario and logistics planning

time management strategies to prioritise event requirements

elements of competitive advantage, including:

promotional advantage

technical advantage

psychological advantage

key requirements of commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relating to coordinating the operations of a motor sport team, including reporting and recording procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace, for one sanctioned event.

Other competencies are to be assessed in an automotive repair workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having coordinated team operations at a motor sport event, e.g. work schedule.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations

equipment, material, work instructions and deadlines appropriate for coordinating operations of a motor sport team.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMTA101 Prepare and service light competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and service an already assembled light competition vehicle in the workshop or at a motor sport event. It involves preparing for the task, servicing the light competition vehicle, making adjustments as required, and completing workplace processes and documentation. The light competition vehicles are under 300 kg of unladen weight, such as go-carts, motorcycles or jet skis.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Determine job requirements from team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations 1.2 Source servicing procedures and information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for serviceability 1.5 Clean work area and lay out for job requirements 1.6 Report problems with work area or operation of equipment to personnel as required
2. Prepare competition vehicle	2.1 Position and secure vehicle ready for servicing according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Remove temporary bungs and covers and conduct engine pre-start checks according to team procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Carry out pre-service inspection and preparation according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.4 Report inspection findings according to workplace procedures, and report recommendations for service, repairs or adjustments
3. Service competition vehicle	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Start vehicle and systems, check pressures and temperatures for abnormal noise and leaks, according to team procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Check vehicle sub-assembly and systems operation according to team procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Shield vehicle components as required and according to team procedures 3.5 Document and report potential or existing problems to personnel as required and according to team procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Applies team procedures to different situations and motor sport events.
Reading	Interprets team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to measure and calculate fluid volumes using metric and imperial units of measurement Interprets units of temperature and pressure.
Planning and organising	Ensures that own tasks are carried out within team operation timeframes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMTA001 Prepare and service light competition vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA101 Prepare and service light competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare and service two different light competition vehicles, each under 300 kg of unladen weight.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to prepare and service light competition vehicles, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to prepare and service light competition vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment, surplus components and consumables

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to preparing and servicing light competition vehicles, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes

methods of panel creation and their processes

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released during vehicle preparation

team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations relating to motor sport events

competition vehicle servicing and preparation procedures, including:

work area and component layout procedures

cleaning methods and precautions

types of securing devices and securing methods

types of shielding devices and shielding methods

pre- and post-servicing adjustments, including procedures for checking:

electronic control units

data acquisition system components

communication equipment

circuit breakers, and relay and isolation switches

fuel tank and cell

pumps and reservoirs

fire bottles and controller

record keeping procedures

procedures for reporting equipment faults and component defects

engine pre-start checks

procedures for checking vehicle system pressures and temperatures

common types of abnormal noises and leaks

procedures for checking and storing tools and equipment

procedures for cleaning vehicles.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light competition vehicles that they have prepared and serviced, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations

manufacturer light competition vehicle specifications

personal and motor sport team safety procedures and requirements

two different light competition vehicles requiring service

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and adjusting light competition vehicles.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMTA102 Assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assemble and prepare a competition vehicle in a motor sport environment. It involves preparing for the task, preparing components, installing sub-assemblies and systems, setting vehicle baseline configuration according to team requirements, supplementary regulations and component supplier specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry. A competition vehicle is any vehicle that competes in a motor sport event of a competitive nature under one of the following categories: race, speed, rally road, off road, auto test and timed.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collect event category information and analyse assembly requirements	1.1 Determine job requirements from event category information and workplace instructions 1.2 Check vehicle operating conditions and seek clarification of specifications as required 1.3 Source and interpret methods for assembly and preparation and select those required for the circumstances 1.4 Propose modifications or adaptation of equipment as required 1.5 Prepare component requirements list and communicate to required persons 1.6 Determine procedures for minimising waste material
2. Prepare work area and equipment	2.1 Source and check tools and equipment for safe and effective operation 2.2 Clean and lay out work area for job requirements according to work safety requirements and team procedures 2.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 2.4 Report problems with work area or operation of equipment to persons according to team procedures
3. Prepare components for assembly	3.1 Source and interpret assembly procedures and information 3.2 Clean components to facilitate pre-assembly inspection according to team procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components 3.3 Inspect components for function and quality to ensure optimum use of resources 3.4 Report problems with components to persons according to team procedures as required
4. Install sub-assemblies	4.1 Inspect sub-assemblies for quality and readiness for installation according to manufacturer specifications 4.2 Install sub-assemblies and tension fasteners according to safety requirements and manufacturer installation sequences and techniques 4.3 Make checks to ensure accurate and complete fitting according to team procedures and manufacturer specifications 4.4 Report problems with sub-assemblies to persons according to team procedures as required
5. Install ancillary systems	5.1 Locate critical components according to function, susceptibility to damage, and ease of maintenance 5.2 Install critical components and tension fasteners according to team procedures and manufacturer specifications 5.3 Confirm optimum layout for wiring loom, connectors, hoses, hard lines and ancillary components 5.4 Install wiring loom, connectors, hoses, hard lines and ancillary components and tension fasteners according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 5.5 Secure entire installation and shield to maximise reliability and minimise susceptibility to damage according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 5.6 Make checks during and after installation to ensure accurate and complete fitting according to team procedures and manufacturer specifications 5.7 Report problems with components to persons according to team procedures as required
6. Conduct post-assembly checks	6.1 Check and top up vehicle fluid levels as required according to team procedures and manufacturer specifications 6.2 Remove temporary bungs and covers and conduct engine pre-start checks 6.3 Check sub-assemblies and ancillary systems for operation
7. Set vehicle baseline configuration	7.1 Determine vehicle baseline settings from team instructions, category regulations, and component supplier specifications 7.2 Establish level surface on which to place vehicle for set-up 7.3 Install springs and dampers according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 7.4 Measure and adjust ride height and corner weight as required and according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 7.5 Measure and adjust steering angles as required and according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 7.6 Report potential or existing problems to persons according to team procedures as required
8. Complete work processes	8.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 8.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 8.3 Check and store tools and equipment, and pack and store surplus components and consumables according to workplace procedures 8.4 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Measures components and uses basic addition, subtraction, division and multiplication, to calculate tolerances and clearances Uses basic mathematical operations to calculate volume and area.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Reports problems with the work area, the operation of the equipment, or components and sub-assemblies.
Reading	Interprets team instructions, supplementary regulations and manufacturer specifications.
Problem solving	Determines assembly sequence and avoids backtracking or workflow interruptions.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMTA002 Assemble and prepare a competition vehicle for motor sport events.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA102 Assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

assemble and prepare at least two different competition vehicles in which the work must involve each of the following:

installing body, mechanical and electrical systems

installing fluid or pneumatic and fire systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation, including:

allowable design

quality

materials, equipment, and quantities

event category information, including:

supplementary regulations

workplace procedures required to assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to assembling and preparing competition vehicles, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) when assembling competition vehicles

using chemical cleaning and lubricating agents

methods of panel creation and their processes

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of chemicals and fluids released during assembly process

details of competition vehicle design, quality, and material, equipment and quantities in team instructions, supplementary regulations and manufacturer specifications

typical stages of competition vehicle assembly

procedures for setting up work area and component layout

component cleaning and inspection procedures

procedures for assembling and installing sub-assemblies and ancillary systems, including:

sub-assembly and ancillary system installation sequence and techniques

optimum layout for conduits and ancillary components

types of securing devices and securing methods

types of shielding devices and shielding methods

procedures for checking fitting of sub-assemblies and ancillary systems

post-assembly checking procedures, including:

checking and topping up fluid levels

engine pre-start checks, including:

abnormal noise

leaks

pressures

temperatures

measuring pressures, temperatures, noise and checking for leaks of components

checking correct operation of sub-assemblies and ancillary systems

procedures for establishing vehicle baseline configuration

procedures for installing springs and dampers and measuring and adjusting ride height and corner weight

procedures for measuring and adjusting steering angles.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the competition vehicles that they have assembled and prepared for a motor sport event, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport repair workplace or simulated workplace

two different motor sport competition vehicles

sub-assemblies and ancillary components to be installed in competition vehicles

controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations for the motor sport event

personal and motor sport team safety procedures and requirements, including PPE

tools, equipment and material for assembling and preparing a competition vehicle.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMTA103 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine material suitability for constructing competition vehicle components. It involves determining component performance specifications, researching component operating environments, establishing material specifications for the components, and testing material suitability. It involves producing new components from a design as well as producing existing components from new material.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish component performance specifications	1.1 Determine component specifications from performance specifications 1.2 Establish component operating environment 1.3 Confirm component operating function 1.4 Prepare component performance specifications
2. Establish material performance specifications	2.1 Confirm material operating function 2.2 Identify and document criteria to be used in selection of material and in evaluation of outcomes 2.3 Access and interpret specifications for material 2.4 Consider and respond to legal and safety impacts of material chosen according to regulatory and team obligations and practices 2.5 Prepare and document material performance specifications to industry and team standards
3. Test material suitability against material performance specifications	3.1 Identify material capable of undertaking the required operating function 3.2 Select proposed material following identification, consideration and evaluation of full range of available options 3.3 Select or construct material to component specifications, according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.4 Develop selected option, including material choices and processes, in detail and validate progressively against established criteria 3.5 Test material against material performance specifications 3.6 Identify causes of material failure as required 3.7 Document testing procedures and results
4. Test component suitability against component performance specifications	4.1 Determine component test procedures 4.2 Test component against component performance specifications according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.3 Document testing procedures and results

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Adapts procedures to different vehicles, components and materials.
Numeracy	Interprets numbers and units of measurement of material specifications and testing equipment.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and material requirements, report findings, and make recommendations regarding material suitability.
Reading	Interprets team instructions and procedures and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations Interprets information from material manufacturer specifications.
Writing	Documents material selection criteria and performance specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Self-management	Works efficiently with minimal supervision.
Technology	Operates specialised material testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMTA003 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA103 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine material suitability for at least two different competition vehicle components of which:

at least one component must be made of metal

at least one component must be made of a composite material.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to determine material suitability for competition vehicle components, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to determine material suitability for competition vehicle components, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to determining material suitability for competition vehicle components, including procedures for:

following equipment and system isolation requirements

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

methods of panel creation

key requirements of regulatory body and category rules and their impact on component supplier specifications

performance specifications for components, including:

design, quality, material, equipment and required quantities allowable in regulatory body and category rules, event

regulatory body and category rules

event supplementary regulations

component supplier specifications

team instructions

types of materials suitable for competition vehicle components, including:

metals and alloys

plastics

fibreglass

carbon

Kevlar

properties of material suitable for competition vehicle components, including:

molecular structure of material

physical properties of fabrication material and material composites

chemical properties of fabrication material and material composites

mechanical properties of fabrication material and material composites

material treatment processes

causes of material degradation

testing result documentation, including:

recommendations for material use

recommendations for component use

material and component testing procedures, including:

destructive

non-destructive.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the material that they have tested to determine its suitability for competition vehicle components, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

customer requirements, organisational procedures, safety procedures and regulations

competition vehicles requiring components specified in the performance evidence

material, testing equipment and fabrication equipment for the two different competition vehicle components specified in the performance evidence

tools and equipment appropriate for determining material suitability for competition vehicle components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMTA104 Prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to perform competition vehicle preparations at a motor sport event. It involves preparing for the task, interpreting category and event team specifications, finalising technical preparations, conducting pre-race checks and post-race maintenance, and preparing a vehicle for scrutineering.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Determine job requirements from event information and check against ‘on the day’ operating conditions, and seek required clarification of specifications 1.2 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Clean work area and lay out for job requirements
2. Finalise technical preparation	2.1 Configure vehicle settings for each race 2.2 Report problems with work area or operation of equipment to persons according to team procedures as required 2.3 Propose modifications or adaptation of equipment as required according to team procedures 2.4 Document vehicle settings according to team procedures
3. Conduct pre-race checks	3.1 Carry out checks according to team checklists and without causing damage to components 3.2 Report problems with components or systems as required to persons according to team procedures
4. Prepare vehicle for scrutineering	4.1 Inspect vehicle systems and safety components according to regulatory body requirements, category rules and supplementary regulations 4.2 Identify and rectify problems with vehicle compliance according to team procedures as required 4.3 Report problems with vehicle compliance that cannot be rectified to persons according to team procedures as required
5. Conduct between-race maintenance	5.1 Inspect condition of components and systems according to team checklist, and repair or replace as required according to safety requirements and team procedures 5.2 Clean and refuel vehicle according to team procedures and safety and environmental requirements 5.3 Collect and log vehicle manual and electronic data according to team procedures 5.4 Conduct driver or rider technical debrief according to team procedures
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 6.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 6.3 Complete team and event documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Applies team procedures to different situations and motor sport events.
Numeracy	Measures components and uses basic addition, subtraction, division and multiplication, to calculate tolerances and clearances Uses basic mathematical operations to calculate volume and area.
Reading	Interprets team instructions, team checklists, regulatory body requirements, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Planning and organising	Ensures that own tasks are carried out within team operation timeframes.
Problem solving	Proposes modifications or adaptation of equipment to overcome preparation issues Proposes possible solutions to compliance issues.
Self-management	Works efficiently with minimal supervision.
Technology	Navigates computer software and accesses and logs manual and electronic data.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMTA004 Perform competition vehicle preparation procedures at motor sports events.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA104 Prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare a different competition vehicle for at least two different motor sport events, one of which may be a simulated event.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

team instructions

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

category rules and supplementary regulations, including:

allowable design

quality

material, equipment and quantities

workplace procedures required to prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to preparing competition vehicles at motor sport events, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using motor sport event safety equipment, including firefighting equipment

identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes

methods of panel creation and their processes

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids and contaminants released during vehicle preparation

technical preparation procedures, including procedures for configuring:

vehicle settings for individual events, including:

team specifications

baseline configurations

category rules and supplementary regulations

work area for individual events

pre-race checking procedures

vehicle scrutineering preparation procedures, including:

inspection techniques

regulatory body requirements, category rules and supplementary regulations

non-compliance rectification procedures

between-race maintenance procedures, including:

inspection procedures

gear ratio calculations

cleaning and re-fuelling procedures

vehicle manual and electronic data collection and logging procedures

procedures for reporting and recording equipment and component defects

procedures for driver or rider technical debriefings

post-race clean-up procedures, including:

work area and vehicle cleaning procedures

tool and equipment checking and storage procedures

procedures for processing team and event documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace, for one sanctioned event.

Other competencies are to be assessed in an automotive repair workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the competition vehicles that they have prepared, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations for the motor sport event

personal and motor sport team safety procedures and requirements, including PPE

two different motor sport competition vehicles

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for preparing competition vehicles at a motor sport event.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMTA109 Collect and log motor sport data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to collect and log motor sport data. It involves identifying data requirements, preparing for the task, collecting, logging, and evaluating data, and completing workplace documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify motor sport data collection requirement	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Determine data specific requirements from team instructions and procedures and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations 1.3 Identify purpose and end users of data 1.4 Identify sources of data
2. Prepare resources for data collection	2.1 Develop checklists and recording sheets according to team procedures 2.2 Prepare manual instruments for data collection 2.3 Check electronic data acquisition system settings 2.4 Check and adjust equipment settings, calibration and system according to task requirements and equipment manufacturer instructions 2.5 Conduct trial runs to check equipment and procedures and make required adjustments
3. Collect data	3.1 Carry out data acquisition system start-up procedure according to manufacturer procedures 3.2 Operate data acquisition system according to its designed capacity and purpose and to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 3.3 Determine potential for inaccurate results arising from variables 3.4 Check data for accuracy according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Report problems with required data or operation of equipment to persons as required
4. Log data	4.1 Import selected data into data analysis software according to manufacturer procedures 4.2 Evaluate data for preliminary indication of non-conformity and trends or patterns 4.3 Collate findings from data and report to persons according to team procedures 4.4 Store data for later retrieval according to team procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Adapts to different race event conditions and vehicles.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate and compare numerical information with expected values.
Reading	Determines data requirements from team instructions and procedures and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations Interprets data acquisition system and data analysis software operating procedures from manufacturer instructions.
Technology	Operates computer-based data acquisition systems and data analysis software Connects and disconnects data acquisition system to vehicle without causing damage.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMTA009 Collect and log motor sport data.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA109 Collect and log motor sport data

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

collect and log data at two different motor sport events, including at least one sanctioned motor sport event

use both manual and electronic systems at each of the above events

collect the following types of data at each of the above events:

vehicle data

weather data

circuit data

driver or rider characteristics.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to collect and log motor sport data, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations

computer-based data and data analysis software

workplace procedures required to collect and log motor sport data, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to collecting and logging motor sport data, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and managing risks

identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes

motor sport data acquisition systems, including:

types, characteristics, components, uses and limitations

types of motor sport data, including data irregularities and tolerance levels

end users of motor sport data

manual data collection and logging methods

electronic data collection and logging methods

types of data analysis software, including:

methods of importing data and performing preliminary data evaluation

methods of collating, reporting and recording data findings

data acquisition system inspection, maintenance and system check procedures, including:

checks for function

checks for accuracy

checks for efficiency.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace, for one sanctioned event.

Other competencies are to be assessed in an automotive repair workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motor sport data they have collected and logged, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

motor sport vehicle

manual motor sport data acquisition system, including:

stopwatches

tyre pyrometer

weather station

electronic motor sport data acquisition system, including data analysis software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMTE101 Test engines using a dynamometer

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test engines using a dynamometer. The engines being tested may be in a vehicle or stand alone. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct test procedure, carrying out testing, analysing test results, and completing workplace processes and documentation. It involves setting up and conducting dynamometer tests on engines, and logging, analysing and reporting the test data in order to maximise engine performance.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for dynamometer operation	1.1 Determine job requirements from test information 1.2 Check dynamometer for calibration and serviceability according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 1.3 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for serviceability 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks according to safety and environmental requirements 1.5 Check engine or vehicle prior to testing according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 1.6 Check and secure engine or vehicle connections to dynamometer according to manufacturer, workplace and safety procedures
2. Conduct dynamometer testing	2.1 Determine required load and run sequence and test parameters 2.2 Carry out selected dynamometer testing sequence according to manufacturer and team procedures and safety requirements, and document data 2.3 Calculate correction factors and apply to data
3. Analyse test results	3.1 Analyse dynamometer test data and draw conclusions about condition and performance of engine and associated systems according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Report findings based on dynamometer data according to workplace procedures 3.3 Test recommended engine modifications on dynamometer according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements, and document data 3.4 Present data to team members according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Carry out dynamometer shutdown procedure according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Disconnect engine from dynamometer according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 4.3 Check and maintain dynamometer and associated equipment according to workplace procedures 4.4 Check and store tools and equipment according to workplace procedures 4.5 Process workplace documentation, including dynamometer test results, according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Applies learning and processes to different situations.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment, and present test results.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information relating to engine dynamometer testing.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMTE001 Test engines using a dynamometer.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMTE101 Test engines using a dynamometer

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out dynamometer testing on at least two different engines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to test engines using a dynamometer, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

test information and workplace instructions, including:

category regulations and component supplier specifications, including allowable quality, materials, equipment and specifications

workplace procedures required to test engines using a dynamometer, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures, including:

dynamometer test results

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to testing engines using a dynamometer, including procedures for:

connecting and securing engines to dynamometers

dealing with exhaust gases from engines

dealing with high levels of noise

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released during engine testing

application, purpose and operation of engine dynamometers, including associated hardware and software

dynamometer testing parameters, including:

run-in period for new engines

engine and chassis dynamometer testing procedures, including:

dynamometer preparation procedures

engine connection and securing procedures

vehicle connection and securing procedures

test environment correction factors

dynamometer data interpretation and analysis, including:

recommendations for engine configuration and/or modifications to improve performance

required checks of engine and vehicle, including:

engine oil level and condition

cooling system condition and coolant level

exhaust extraction system connection

drive shaft condition and connection

operator dynamometer maintenance procedures

engine performance and dynamometer terminology.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engines that they have tested using a dynamometer, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

two different engines requiring testing using a dynamometer

engine or chassis dynamometer

tools and equipment appropriate for connecting, securing and disconnecting engines to dynamometers.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURMTQ101 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse and repair performance transmissions, final drive and drivelines, including engine to transmission drive couplings. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying, documenting and carrying out the most appropriate rectification method or variation. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

The unit applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Motorsport Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Determine objective of analysis and evaluation from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret specifications for driveline system 1.3 Identify, confirm and document system faults, deficiencies or discrepancies from direct and/or indirect evidence 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks according to safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and repairs	2.1 Develop or adopt evaluative criteria to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Develop or identify analytical and evaluative methodology from technical information 2.3 Identify possible causes of faults are identified from analysis of technical support information and available on-board diagnostic systems 2.4 Analyse diagnostic options and select those most appropriate to the circumstances according to evaluative criteria 2.5 Select and prepare test equipment according to manufacturer procedures and team requirements 2.6 Select and check tools and materials required to support the diagnostic process for serviceability 2.7 Prepare vehicle driveline system and components for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out analysis and determine repairs and performance enhancement strategies	3.1 Follow selected analytical and evaluative methodology according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 3.2 Carry out tests according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Verify analytical and other diagnostic findings, as required, by using available alternative or optional processes 3.4 Assess analytical findings and results against the evaluative criteria 3.5 Draw valid conclusions from the available evidence and document to workplace requirements 3.6 Determine options for responding to the analysis and evaluation objective from further research of technical support information 3.7 Select and document repair or modification method from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, controlling body rules, category rules, and financial implications
4. Conduct repairs and implement performance improvement strategies	4.1 Select and prepare repair tools and materials 4.2 Carry out repairs and component replacements and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, team requirements, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.3 Carry out post-repair testing and vehicle start-up to ensure performance and operation are to team requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Measures system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Interprets units of measurement of angles and torque.
Reading	Interprets controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking driveline system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURMTQ001 Analyse and repair faults performance driveline systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURMTQ101 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out the analysis, repair and post-repair checks on at least two different competition vehicles with performance driveline system faults, including:

gear selection

noise

vibration

harsh engagement

slipping.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation and reporting procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to analysing and repairing faults in performance driveline systems, including procedures for:

working with hot oils

working with rotating driveline components

methods of creating and repairing panels

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from driveline components

analytic and evaluative methodology used to repair faults in performance driveline systems, including:

diagnostic process, sequence, tests, and testing equipment

types and key features of performance transmission, final drive and driveline components, including:

manual transmissions

automatic transmissions

drive shafts

final drives

drive axles

diagnostic testing procedures of performance driveline systems, including:

noise and vibration analysis

road testing procedures

scan tool and data logger

procedures for identifying the causes of faults, including intermittent faults

procedures for the repair and improvement of performance driveline systems, including:

driveline component dismantling, cleaning, repair and reassembly procedures

driveline component replacement and adjustment procedures

post-repair testing procedures of performance driveline systems, including gear selection.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the performance driveline systems that they have analysed and repaired, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

manufacturer specifications for vehicle performance driveline systems

two different competition vehicles with faults in their performance driveline systems

diagnostic equipment for performance driveline systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and repairing performance driveline systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURNTB101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the hydraulic braking systems of forklift machinery. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Lifting Equipment Technical – Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose forklift hydraulic braking system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair forklift hydraulic braking system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures hydraulic braking system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Operates diagnostic and testing equipment Conducts performance testing of components, systems and equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURNTB001 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURNTB101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two of the following types of forklift hydraulic braking systems:

drum bake system

dry disc brake system

wet multi-plate disc brake system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing forklift hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

working with brake dust and hydraulic oil hazards

using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing forklift hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from hydraulic braking systems

operating principles of forklift hydraulic braking systems, including:

levers

friction

hydraulics, including the relationship between force, pressure and area

properties of brake fluids, including:

Department of Transportation (DOT) classification

synthetic and non-synthetic

compatibility of fluid types

purpose and operation of forklift hydraulic braking systems and components, including:

power assisted systems, including:

drum brake systems

dry disc brake systems

wet multi-plate disc systems

parking brake systems

master cylinders

braking system valves and switches

brake boosting systems

full hydraulic systems, including:

wet multi-plate disc systems

parking brake systems

braking system valves and switches

oil pump and cooler

diagnostic testing procedures for forklift hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

checking brake pedal

operational tests of brake booster

operational tests of master cylinder

testing brake fluid

parking brake operational tests

drum, dry disc and wet multi-plate disc brake operational tests

measuring and evaluating brake drums, shoes, discs and pads

repair procedures for forklift hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting:

hydraulic system components

braking system components

post-repair testing procedures for forklift hydraulic braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the forklift hydraulic braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer forklift hydraulic braking system specifications

operational forklifts with faults in two different braking systems

diagnostic equipment for forklift hydraulic braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting forklift hydraulic braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURNTD101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the hydrostatic steering systems of forklift machinery. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical – Lifting Equipment Technical – Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose forklift hydrostatic steering system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair forklift hydrostatic steering system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures hydrostatic steering system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Interprets steering system hydraulic pressure gauges.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Operates diagnostic and testing equipment Conducts performance testing of components, systems and equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURNTD001 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURNTD101 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least three of the following forklift hydrostatic steering system components:

king pin assembly

steering control unit

hydraulic valves

pump

steering column

hydraulic cylinders.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing forklift hydrostatic steering systems, including procedures for:

working with high pressure fluid hazards

using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing forklift hydrostatic steering systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluids released from hydrostatic steering systems

operating principles of forklift hydrostatic steering systems, including full hydraulic steering

purpose and operation of forklift hydrostatic steering systems and components, including:

king pin assembly

steering control unit

hydraulic valves

pump

steering column

hydraulic cylinders

diagnostic testing procedures for forklift hydrostatic steering systems, including:

pressure and flow testing the system and individual components

system operation analysis

component wear analysis

repair procedures for forklift hydrostatic steering systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting the systems

post-repair testing procedures for forklift hydrostatic steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the forklift hydrostatic steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer forklift hydrostatic steering system specifications

operational forklifts with faults in the hydrostatic steering system components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for forklift hydrostatic steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting forklift hydrostatic steering systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA101 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and clean outdoor power equipment prior to repair or storage. The unit involves preparing for the task, cleaning and tagging equipment for repair or storage, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The equipment includes lawn mowers, chainsaws, pumps, post hole borers, portable generators, stationary engines, brush cutters, leaf blowers or other outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to undertake pre-repair operations	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for pre-repair activity 1.3 Select and analyse cleaning options 1.4 Identify and manage risks and hazards associated with the work 1.5 Select tools, equipment and materials and check for serviceability
2. Clean and tag equipment prior to repair or storage	2.1 Clean equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to equipment or systems 2.2 Tag equipment and prepare for further repair procedures and treat with rust prevention material for storage as required 2.3 Dispose of used cleaning materials and waste safely according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, calculates chemical mixing volumes and proportions from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets instructions from cleaning agent information Interprets cleaning equipment operating procedures.
Writing	Fills out component identification tags.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Operates specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA001 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA101 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out pre-repair operations to at least three of the following pieces of outdoor power equipment:

lawn mower

chainsaw

pump

post hole borer

post hole digger

stationary engine

brush cutter

leaf blower.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out pre-repair operations, including procedures for:

operating cleaning equipment

using hazardous chemicals

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, gloves and protective clothing

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and residue released during the cleaning process

identification and operation of cleaning equipment, including:

steam cleaning

high pressure washing

manual washing

sand or bead blasting

chemical cleaning agents, including:

dewaxing, detergents, degreasers and special purpose agents

rust prevention

material cleaning procedures, techniques and materials appropriate to the job requirement

types and application of cleaning agents

tagging and storage procedures for cleaned outdoor power equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the outdoor power equipment that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer cleaning agent specifications

area and equipment, including PPE, for safe cleaning of equipment

three different pieces of outdoor power equipment for pre-repair operations as specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out pre-repair operations on outdoor power equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA102 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment. The unit involves preparing for the task, inspecting and carrying out minor adjustments, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The equipment includes lawn mowers, chainsaws, pumps, post hole borers, portable generators, stationary engines, brush cutters, leaf blowers or other outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and adjust outdoor power equipment	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for inspection and adjustment activity 1.3 Identify hazards and manage risks associated with the work 1.4 Select tools, equipment and materials and check for serviceability
2. Inspect outdoor power equipment	2.1 Inspect outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings according to workplace procedures, and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed with service and repair in line with recommendations
3. Carry out minor adjustments	3.1 Select adjusting tools and equipment according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Carry out minor adjustments on outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Carry out post-adjustment testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, adjusting equipment to manufacturer specifications Interprets gauges and test equipment.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturers and workshop literature and seeks minor adjustment specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Operates specialised tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA002 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA102 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out minor adjustments to at least two of the following pieces of outdoor power equipment:

lawn mower

chainsaw

line trimmer

mulcher

pump

post hole borer

portable generator

stationary engine

brush cutter

leaf blower.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment, including:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including protective clothing, and hearing and eye protection

safely operating equipment to be adjusted

identification and basic operation of the outdoor power equipment specified in the performance evidence

inspection and adjustment procedures for outdoor power equipment, including engine high and low speed adjustments

post-adjustment testing procedures for outdoor power equipment, including operating equipment through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the outdoor power equipment that they have adjusted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for outdoor power equipment

area and equipment, including PPE, for minor adjustment of equipment

outdoor power equipment specified in the performance evidence requiring minor adjustments

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA103 Service and repair rotary cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service and repair faults in the rotary cutting systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. The unit involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The rotary cutting systems include electric or internal combustion engine driven rotary mowers, lawn edgers, brush cutters, chippers or mulchers. This unit is for the service and repair of the rotary cutting system only and not the driving engine or motor.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service and repair rotary cutting system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for service and repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards and manage risks according to workplace procedures 1.4 Select tools, equipment and materials and check for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of rotary cutting system	2.1 Identify faults through inspection and identify causes 2.2 Report inspection findings and test results according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.3 Obtain authorisation to proceed with service and repair in line with recommendations
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Select and check tools, equipment and materials required to conduct service and repair 3.2 Remove and inspect components for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Fit and adjust reusable, repaired and replacement components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check rotary cutting system for normal operation	4.1 Operate system and compare to manufacturer specifications 4.2 Adjust and re-test rotary cutting system as required
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Measures rotary cutting system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking rotary cutting system service and repair procedures and specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA003 Service and repair rotary cutting systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA103 Service and repair rotary cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service and repair at least three of the following rotary cutting systems:

rotary mower

lawn edger

brush cutter

chipper

mulcher.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to service and repair rotary cutting systems:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service and repair rotary cutting systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) relating to servicing and repairing rotary cutting systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

working with electrical systems

working with rotating cutting system

checking protective guards, cowlings and safety features

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from rotary cutting systems

types of lubricants, and their application and methods of lubrication

application, and key features of rotary cutting systems, including the electric or internal combustion engine driven systems specified in the performance evidence

inspection, servicing and adjustment procedures for rotary cutting systems, including:

cutting blades and attachments

cutting deck housing

blade mounting

wheels

drive systems

repair procedures for rotary cutting systems, including removal, replacement and adjustment procedures for components, including:

cutting blades and attachments

cutting deck housing

blade mounting

wheels

drive systems

post-repair testing procedures for rotary cutting systems, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the rotary cutting systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for rotary cutting systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test rotary cutting systems

three different rotary cutting systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing rotary cutting systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA104 Service and repair drum cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service and repair faults in the drum cutting systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. The unit involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The drum cutting systems include push type, electric or internal combustion powered systems, and include reel mowers or gang mowers. This unit relates to the service and repair of the drum cutting system only and not the driving engine or motor.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service and repair drum cutting system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for service activity 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools, equipment and materials and check for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of drum cutting system	2.1 Inspect and test system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Identify faults through inspection and identify causes 2.3 Report inspection findings and test results according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed with service and repair in line with recommendations
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Select and check tools, equipment and materials required to conduct service and repair 3.2 Remove and inspect components for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Fit and adjust reusable, repaired and replacement components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check drum cutting system for normal operation	4.1 Operate system and compare to manufacturer specifications 4.2 Make adjustments as required and re-test drum cutting system
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications using basic mathematical skills.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking drum cutting system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA004 Service and repair drum cutting systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA104 Service and repair drum cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service and repair two different drum cutting systems, including at least two of the following systems:

push type single reel

motorised single reel

gang (multi-reel)

service and repair all of the following in the course of the above:

cutting blades and attachments

blade mounting

drive system

wheels.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to service and repair drum cutting systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service and repair drum cutting systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing drum cutting systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

working with electrical systems

working with drum cutting systems

checking protective guards, cowlings and safety features

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricating oils released from drum cutting systems

application, and key features of drum cutting systems, including push type, electric and internal combustion powered systems, including:

reel mowers

gang (multi-reel) mowers

types of lubricants, and their application and methods of lubrication

service and repair procedures for drum cutting systems, including:

grinding, adjusting and aligning cutting blades

aligning cutter housing

adjusting cutting blade mounting and attachments

analysing wear of drive system

post-repair testing procedures for drum cutting systems, including requirements for operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the drum cutting systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for drum cutting systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test drum cutting systems

two different drum cutting systems as specified in the performance evidence requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing drum cutting systems, including specialised blade grinding equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA105 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service and repair faults in the chainsaw cutting systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. The unit involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The chainsaw cutting systems include those of electric, cordless and hydraulic or petrol-powered systems, or pole saws.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service and repair chainsaw cutting system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace service and repair procedures 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of chainsaw cutting system	2.1 Inspect chainsaw cutting system and test according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Identify faults through inspection and identify causes 2.3 Report inspection findings and test results according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed with service and repair in line with recommendations
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Determine service and repair options and select appropriate methods 3.2 Select and inspect tools, equipment and materials 3.3 Remove components and inspect for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Fit and adjust reusable, repaired and replacement components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check chainsaw cutting system for normal operation	4.1 Operate and compare system to manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Adjust chainsaw cutting system as required and re-test system
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications using basic mathematical skills.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking chainsaw cutting system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA005 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA105 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service and repair at least three different chainsaw cutting systems, including:

at least two service and repair jobs that involve sharpening saw chains

at least one service and repair job that involves fabricating and replacing a saw chain and refurbishing or replacing a guide bar.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to service and repair chainsaw cutting systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service and repair chainsaw cutting systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing chainsaw cutting systems, including procedures for:

starting and checking operation of chainsaw cutting system

adjusting and aligning chainsaw cutting system components

operating chain brake

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

handling and operating chainsaw, including chain brake

workplace procedures, including for:

obtaining authorisation to service and repair

checking tools and equipment

managing risks

reporting inspection findings

processing workplace documentation

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricating oils released from chainsaw cutting systems

application, and key features of chainsaw cutting systems, including:

saw chain types and mounting bar

drive system and sprocket

chain brake and overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

manual and automatic lubrication systems

chain adjusting systems

clutch drum assembly

service and repair procedures for chainsaw cutting systems, including:

chain and mounting bar

drive system and sprocket

chain brake and overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

manual and automatic lubrication systems

chain adjusting systems

clutch drum assembly

types of lubricants, and their application and methods of lubrication

post-repair testing procedures for chainsaw cutting systems, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the chainsaw cutting systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for chainsaw cutting systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test chainsaw cutting systems

three different chainsaw cutting systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing chainsaw cutting systems, including:

sharpening equipment

saw chain

equipment stands and vices

grinders

chain breaking and riveting equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA106 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service line trimming systems and components according to manufacturer instructions. The unit involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system and components, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The line trimming systems include brush cutters and grass trimmers which may be electric, or petrol driven, stand-alone or fitted to other equipment systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service line trimming system of outdoor power equipment	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace service and repair procedures 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability
2. Inspect line trimming system	2.1 Inspect and test line trimming system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Service line trimming system	3.1 Select service options according to manufacturer maintenance schedule and lubrication charts 3.2 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Measures line trimming system components Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications using basic mathematical skills.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking line trimming system specifications and procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA006 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA106 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service one of each of the following line trimming systems:

auto line feed system

manual line feed system

bent and straight shaft systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service line trimming systems and components, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service line trimming systems and components, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing line trimming systems and components, including procedures for:

starting and operating line trimming equipment

adjusting and aligning line trimming systems

using personal protective equipment (PPE) relevant to operating line trimmers

application, and key features of line trimming systems, including:

overload protection

line sizes and types

auto and manual line feed systems

metal and composite blades

handles and harnesses

brush cutter angle drives

bent and straight shafts

protective guards and cowlings

stand-alone or fitted to other equipment systems

types and application of lubricants, and lubricating methods

inspection procedures for line trimming systems and components, including:

analysing component wear

checking bearings and housing condition

checking automatic and manual line feed systems

checking physical damage to protective guards and cowlings

service and adjustment procedures for line trimming systems and components, including:

lubricating bent and straight shaft drive systems

testing automatic and manual line feed systems

testing overload devices

post-repair testing and re-testing procedures for line trimming systems and components, including operating line trimming system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the line trimming systems and components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer line trimming specifications

outdoor power equipment line trimming system and components specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing line trimming systems and components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA107 Service and repair post boring systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service and repair faults in the post boring systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. The unit involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The post boring systems may be stand-alone, or chainsaw attached, and petrol powered or electric powered.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service and repair post boring system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace service and repair procedures 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of post boring system	2.1 Inspect and test system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Identify faults and determine causes of faults 2.3 Report inspection findings and test results according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Analyse service and repair options and select those most appropriate to the circumstances 3.2 Select and check tools, equipment and materials 3.3 Remove components and inspect for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 3.4 Fit and adjust reusable, repaired and replacement components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check post boring system for normal operation	4.1 Operate and compare system to manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Make adjustments as required and re-test post boring system
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications using basic mathematical skills.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking post boring system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA007 Service and repair post boring systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA107 Service and repair post boring systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service and repair at least two different post boring systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to service and repair post boring systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service and repair post boring systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing post boring systems, including procedures for:

safely starting and checking operation, adjustment and alignment of post boring system

safely operating overload system

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

application, and key features of stand-alone or chainsaw attached post boring systems, including:

petrol powered

electric powered

augers and drill bit types and their application

service and repair procedures for post boring systems, including:

drive system gearbox

overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

handle assembly

lubrication systems

chuck assembly

augers and drill bits

clutch drum assembly

reversing system

post-repair testing procedures, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the post boring systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for post boring systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test post boring systems

two different post boring systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing post boring systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA108 Service and repair post hole digging systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service and repair faults in the post hole digging systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. The unit involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The post hole digging systems may be powered by electric or internal combustion engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service and repair post hole digging system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace service and repair procedures 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of post hole digging system	2.1 Inspect and test system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Identify faults and determine causes of faults 2.3 Report inspection findings and test results according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Analyse service and repair options and select those most appropriate to the circumstances 3.2 Select and check tools, equipment and materials 3.3 Remove components and inspect for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 3.4 Fit and adjust reusable, repaired and replacement components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check post hole digging system for normal operation	4.1 Operate and compare system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Make adjustments as required and re-test post hole digging system
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications using basic mathematical skills.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking post hole digging system specifications and procedure.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA008 Service and repair post hole digging systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA108 Service and repair post hole digging systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service and repair at least two different post hole digging systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to service and repair post hole digging systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service and repair post hole digging systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing post hole digging systems, including procedures for:

safely starting and checking operation, adjustment and alignment of post hole digging system

safely operating overload system

selecting and using suitable personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricating oils and greases released from post hole digging systems

application, and key features of post hole digging systems, including:

electric powered

engine powered

power take-off

types of lubricants, and their application and methods of lubrication

different types of augers and their applications, including:

tungsten

steel

service and repair procedures for post hole digging systems, including:

drive system gearbox

reversing system

overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

handle assembly

lubrication systems

drilling spindle

augers

auger brake

clutch drum assembly

auger sharpening

post-repair testing procedures for post hole digging systems, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the post hole digging systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for post hole digging systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test post hole digging systems

two different post hole digging systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing post hole digging systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA109 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service and repair faults in the reciprocating cutting systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. The unit involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The reciprocating cutting systems include hedge trimmers, tree loppers or power shears, which may be electric, or petrol driven.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service and repair reciprocating cutting system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace service and repair procedures 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of reciprocating cutting system	2.1 Inspect and test system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Identify faults and determine causes of faults 2.3 Report inspection findings and test results according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Analyse service and repair options and select those most appropriate to the circumstances 3.2 Select and check tools, equipment and materials 3.3 Remove components and inspect for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 3.4 Fit and adjust reusable, repaired and replacement components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check reciprocating cutting system for normal operation	4.1 Operate system and compare to manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Make adjustments as required and re-test reciprocating cutting system
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications using basic mathematical skills Interprets angles for sharpening cutting blades.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking reciprocating cutting system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA009 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA109 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service and repair at least three different reciprocating cutting systems, including at least one of each of the following:

double and single sided powered hedge trimmers

mechanical tree loppers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service and repair reciprocating cutting systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing reciprocating cutting systems, including:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

starting and checking operation, adjustment and alignment of reciprocating cutting system

operating overload system

working with 240 volt equipment

application, and key features of reciprocating cutting systems, including:

double and single sided powered hedge trimmers

mechanical tree loppers

power shears

types of lubricants, and their application and methods of lubrication

service and repair procedures for reciprocating cutting systems, including:

drive system gearbox

overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

handle assembly

anti-vibration system

cleaning, sharpening and adjusting blades

procedures for using sharpening equipment and setting sharpening angles for reciprocating cutting tools

post-repair testing and re-testing procedures for reciprocating cutting systems, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the reciprocating cutting systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for reciprocating cutting systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test reciprocating cutting systems

three different reciprocating cutting systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing reciprocating cutting systems, including reciprocating cutting blade sharpening equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA110 Inspect and service pumping systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service pumping systems according to manufacturer instructions. The unit involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The pumping systems include centrifugal pumps used for firefighting, irrigation and water transfer, high pressure piston pumps used for pressure cleaners, or diaphragm pumps used in orchard spraying.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service pumping system of outdoor power equipment	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace inspection and service procedures 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability
2. Inspect pumping system	2.1 Inspect and test system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Identify faults and determine causes of faults 2.3 Report inspection findings and test results according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Service pumping system	3.1 Select service options according to manufacturer maintenance schedule and lubrication charts 3.2 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets pressure and flow volumes and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service specifications and procedures relating to outdoor power equipment pumping systems.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required personnel.
Technology	Uses test equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA010 Inspect and service pumping systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA110 Inspect and service pumping systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service the following three outdoor power equipment pumping systems:

centrifugal pumping system

high pressure piston pumping system

diaphragm pumping system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service pumping systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service pumping systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing pumping systems, including procedures for:

safely starting and operating pumping systems

working with exhaust fume hazards

working with 240 volt equipment

identification and function of positive and non-positive displacement pumping systems

application and purpose of pumping systems, including:

centrifugal pumps as used for firefighting, irrigation and water transfer

high pressure piston pumps as used in pressure cleaners

diaphragm pumps as used in orchard spraying

drive systems

types of lubricants and fluids, and their application

inspection procedures for pumping systems, including:

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

service and adjustment procedures for pumping systems, including:

filters, strainers and seals

hose and pipe fittings and attachments

overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

handle assembly

lubrication systems

mounting brackets and frame

test procedures and pump pressure, suction and discharge

drive systems

replacing service items

inspecting hoses fittings and mountings

post-service testing and re-testing procedures for outdoor power equipment pumping systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the pumping systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for pumping systems

three pumping systems specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing pumping systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTA111 Diagnose and repair pumping systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the pumping systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing the testing strategy, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The pumping systems are those of outdoor power equipment and include:

centrifugal pumps used for firefighting, irrigation and water transfer

diaphragm pumps used in orchard spraying

high pressure piston pumps used for pressure cleaners.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment pumping system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose pumping system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results. 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair pumping system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Measures pumping system components and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Interprets pressure and flow volumes for pumping systems.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking pumping system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTA011 Diagnose and repair pumping systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA111 Diagnose and repair pumping systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair at least one fault in each of the following pumping systems:

centrifugal pumping system

high pressure piston pumping system

diaphragm pumping system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair pumping systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair pumping systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing pumping systems, including procedures for:

starting and operating pumping systems

working with exhaust fume hazards

working with 240 volt equipment

operating principles of positive and non-positive displacement pumping systems and associated components

application, purpose and operation of the following pumping systems and components, including:

centrifugal pumps used for firefighting, irrigation and water transfer

high pressure piston pumps used in pressure cleaners

diaphragm pumps used in orchard spraying

types of lubricants, and associated application and methods of lubrication

diagnostic testing procedures for pumping systems, including:

testing system for pressure, suction and discharge

isolating faults, including internal and external leakage

repair procedures for pumping systems, including:

dismantling, inspecting and evaluating, replacing and adjusting the following pumping system components:

filters and strainers

hose and pipe fittings and attachments

overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

handle assembly

lubrication systems

drive systems

mounting brackets and frame

assembling pumping system and completing operational tests

post-repair testing and re-testing procedures for pumping systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the pumping systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for pumping systems

area for safely testing pumping systems

pressure gauge

three pumping systems specified in the performance evidence with faults

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing and repairing pumping systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTE102 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service engines according to manufacturer instructions. The unit involves preparing for the task, inspecting the engine, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. This unit does not apply to light and heavy vehicle engines. The engines include those of two-stroke and four-stroke spark ignition, or four-stroke compression ignition engines of outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service an outdoor power equipment engine	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace inspection and service procedures 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability
2. Inspect engine	2.1 Inspect and test system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Identify faults and determine causes of faults 2.3 Report inspection findings and test results according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Service engine	3.1 Select service options according to manufacturer maintenance schedule and lubrication charts 3.2 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates liquid volumes and service schedule intervals using basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Interprets measuring equipment divisions.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine service specifications and procedures for outdoor power equipment.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required persons.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTE002 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE102 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service the following outdoor power equipment engine types:

two-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke compression ignition engine

the above work must involve:

minor engine adjustments

replacing oil and oil filter

inspecting ancillary components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing outdoor power equipment engines, including procedures for working with:

rotating and hot components

engine oils

high energy ignition and charging systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricant and fluids released from outdoor power equipment engines

identification and function of two-stroke and four-stroke major engine components, including:

cylinder block and head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

valve train

manifolds

ports and reed valves

carburettors and fuel injectors

identification and function of outdoor power equipment engine systems, including:

lubrication

cooling system, including:

air cooled

liquid cooled

fuel system

basic operation of spark ignition engines and compression ignition engines, including:

two-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke compression ignition engines

types and applications of:

engine configurations

engine oils and filters

inspection procedures for engines, including:

oil and fluid leaks

ancillary components, including:

mountings

belts and pulleys

service and adjustment procedures for engines, including:

minor adjustments

changing oil and filter

post-service testing and re-testing procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including operating engine through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the equipment or outdoor power equipment engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

three different outdoor power equipment engines specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing outdoor power equipment engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTE103 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the spark ignition and compression ignition engines of outdoor power equipment. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engines include those in outdoor power equipment. This unit does not apply to light or heavy vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engine	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose engine	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair engine	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Measures engine components and use mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Operates specialised measurement and calibration equipment.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking outdoor power equipment engine specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses engine test and diagnosis equipment Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTE003 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE103 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two different outdoor power equipment engines, each one being a different engine type chosen from the following:

two-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke compression ignition engine

in the course of the above work remove, refit or replace each of the following:

cylinder head

camshaft

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing outdoor power equipment engines, including procedures for working with rotating and hot components

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from outdoor power equipment engines

operating principles of the outdoor power equipment engines and associated components, including two and four-stroke spark ignition engines and four-stroke compression ignition engines, including:

combustion cycle

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

valve timing

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

engine measurement and performance, including:

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

valve timing

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

types of lubricants, and associated application and methods of lubrication

application, and key features of outdoor power equipment engines and components, including:

lubrication system, cylinder blocks, cylinders, pistons, cylinder heads, combustion chambers, inlet and exhaust manifolds, connecting rods, crankshafts, pistons, piston rings, gudgeon pins, camshafts, timing gears, vibration dampers and flywheels

diagnostic testing procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including:

engine compression tests

vacuum tests

checking for sources of fluid leak

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including procedures for removing and replacing the:

cylinder head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

camshaft

worn components

assembly procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including adjusting components

post-repair testing and re-testing procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including idle and governor adjustments, running engines to operating temperature.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the outdoor power equipment engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer outdoor power equipment engine specifications

different types of outdoor power equipment engines specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for outdoor power equipment engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing and repairing outdoor power equipment engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTE104 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to return outdoor power equipment engines to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. The unit involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the engine, carrying out the overhaul procedures, reassembling and testing the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment and the engines may be two and four stroke spark ignition and four stroke compression ignition engines. The unit does not apply to light or heavy vehicle engines. This unit does not apply to light or heavy vehicle engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to dismantle outdoor power equipment engine	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for overhaul activity 1.3 Analyse and select dismantling options appropriate to the circumstances 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with overhaul activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Dismantle and evaluate engine and components	2.1 Dismantle engine and relevant components in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Clean components and evaluate according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Measure components and compare with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Determine component repair method 2.5 Identify unserviceable parts and source replacement parts 2.6 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Source and interpret overhaul information 3.2 Analyse overhaul options and select most appropriate to the circumstances 3.3 Select and check overhaul tools and equipment for serviceability 3.4 Machine, repair and replace components, as required, and carry out adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble engine and components	4.1 Assemble engine according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Measure tolerances and clearances against manufacturer specifications and make necessary adjustments 4.3 Complete assembly of engine within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Carry out post-assembly testing according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and rectify any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Uses websites to download owner manuals, workshop literature and service bulletins.
Numeracy	Measures engine components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division Calculates distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions, reports evaluation findings and makes overhaul recommendations.
Reading	Interprets and assesses information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised engine overhaul equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTE004 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE104 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

overhaul at least two different outdoor power equipment engines, including:

at least one four-stroke spark ignition engine

at least one of the following:

two-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke compression ignition engine.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to overhaul outdoor power equipment engines, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to overhaul outdoor power equipment engines, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to overhauling engines and associated engine components, including procedures for:

operating specialised engine overhaul tools, equipment and machinery

using cleaning chemicals and toxic substances

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from engines

types, characteristics and operating principles of outdoor power equipment engines and associated engine components

outdoor power equipment engine overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing an engine for overhaul

engine dismantling procedures

engine component inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

engine and engine component repair and adjustment procedures, including:

engine cylinder head and cylinder block

engine crankshaft and camshaft

engine cylinder and engine sleeve fitting, boring and honing

engine bearing tunnel and connecting rod repair

engine assembly and adjustment procedures for achieving component tolerances, including:

piston to connecting rod big-end alignment

big-end bearing to crankshaft journal clearance

big-end bearing crush with bearing blue

piston ring end gap, back clearance and side clearance

main bearing to crankshaft journal clearance

cylinder head, valves, guides and seats

camshafts and cam followers

camshaft end float

crankshaft end float

gear backlash

governors

oil pump sealing and pick-up oil piping

component assembly procedures and processes, including:

welch plugs and oil gallery plugs

piston and connecting rod assemblies

big-end bearings

piston rings to pistons

main bearings and thrust washers

crankshafts, including protection measures for crankshaft journals, bearings, rings and bores

finished camshaft bearings

cylinder head and components

camshafts and cam followers

timing gears

oil pumps, oil squirters, oil splashers, and oil pump pick-ups

governors

balance shafts

fitting ancillary components, including covers and cowlings, seals, housings, crankshaft pulleys and flywheels

post-overhaul testing procedures for engines, including:

fuel system adjustments

governor speed adjustments

engine protection devices.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the outdoor power equipment engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer outdoor power equipment engine specifications

two different outdoor power equipment engines requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting outdoor power equipment engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTR101 Test and service 240 volt portable generators

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test and service 240 volt portable generators according to manufacturer specifications. The unit involves preparing for the task, testing and servicing the equipment, performing post-service testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The portable generators may be driven by petrol or diesel engines. Testing and servicing relate only to the 240 volt generator, and not the engine driving the generator.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to undertake load test of portable generator	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace inspection and service procedures 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability
2. Conduct test and interpret results	2.1 Inspect and test system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Compare test results with manufacturer specifications to determine service requirements 2.3 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Prepare to service generator	3.1 Analyse service options and select those most appropriate based on the circumstances 3.2 Check and select tools, equipment and materials for serviceability
4. Service generator	4.1 Service components, and adjust and replace as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.2 Run generator and perform resistive load test and compare with manufacturer specifications
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, when testing and servicing generator Interprets gauges and test equipment.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking test and service specifications and procedures relating to 240 volt portable generator.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Operates specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTR001 Test and service 240 volt portable generators.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR101 Test and service 240 volt portable generators

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test and service at least two different 240 volt portable generators.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to test and service 240 volt portable generators, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to test and service 240 volt portable generators, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to testing and servicing 240 volt portable generators, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

safely using electrical test equipment

working with exhaust fume hazards

working with hot or rotating parts

licensing and regulatory requirements for working with 240 volt components

application, purpose and operation of different types of 240 volt portable generators, including:

inverter

standard, including:

brush

brushless

test and service procedures for 240 volt portable generators, including:

alternating current (AC) output voltage and frequency

battery voltage

load testing

generator mountings and frame

engine oil level check

engine performance test

control panel inspection

post-service testing and re-testing procedures for 240 volt portable generators, including operating portable generators through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the 240 volt portable generators that they have tested and serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for 240 volt portable generators

area and equipment, including PPE, for safely testing 240 volt portable generators

two different 240 volt portable generators requiring testing and service

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for testing and servicing 240 volt portable generators, including electrical load test equipment and engine tachometer.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTR102 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test and service electric outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. The unit involves preparing for the task, testing and servicing the equipment, performing post-service testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The electric outdoor power equipment may be 240 volt, and includes shears, blowers, shredders, mulchers, chainsaws, line trimmers, or lawn edgers. This unit does not apply to 240 volt portable generators.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for test	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace inspection and service procedures 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability
2. Conduct test and interpret results	2.1 Carry out operational tests according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Compare test results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Prepare to service equipment	3.1 Analyse and select service options most appropriate to the circumstances 3.2 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for serviceability
4. Service equipment	4.1 Service, adjust and replace components according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, when testing and servicing electric outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications Interprets gauges and test equipment.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature and seeks test and service specifications and procedures relating to electric outdoor power equipment.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Operates electrical equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTR002 Test and service electric outdoor powered equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR102 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

test and service at least two different 240 volt electric outdoor power equipment tools.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to test and service electric outdoor power equipment, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to test and service electric outdoor power equipment, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to and environmental requirements relating to the test and service of electric outdoor power equipment, including:

procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

observing warnings in relation to working with 240 volt systems

procedures for safely using electrical test equipment

application, purpose and operation of 240 volt outdoor electric equipment

licensing and regulatory requirements for 240 volt components

test and service procedures for 240 volt electric outdoor power equipment, including:

brush assembly

resistive load testing

circuit breaker

stator windings

rotor windings

handle, mountings and frame

electrical leads

switch

protective guards

post-repair testing procedures for electric outdoor power equipment, including operating equipment through its full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electric outdoor power equipment that they have tested and serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electric outdoor power equipment specifications

area and equipment, including PPE, for safely testing electric outdoor power equipment

electric powered equipment specified in the performance evidence requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for testing and servicing electric outdoor power equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTR103 Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems (EMS) according to manufacturer specifications. The unit involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The EMS include electronic fuel injection and emission systems in hand-held or wheeled equipment. EMS may include those of two and four-stroke spark ignition engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical- Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service and repair EMS	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace inspection and service procedures 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the tasks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of EMS	2.1 Inspect and test system according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Identify faults through inspection and identify causes 2.3 Report inspection findings and test results according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed with service and repair in line with recommendations
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Select and check tools, equipment and materials required to conduct service and repair 3.2 Remove and inspect components for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Fit and adjust reusable, repaired and replacement components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check EMS for normal operation	4.1 Operate system and compare to manufacturer specifications 4.2 Make adjustments as required and adjust and re-test rotary cutting system
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Measures EMS components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Measures electrical components for comparison to manufacturer specifications.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature and seeks EMS specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses diagnostic EMS equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURPTR003 Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR103 Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use diagnostic tools to perform checks on at least two different outdoor power equipment engine management systems (EMS), in which the work must involve validating error codes and downloading EMS software

service and repair the above two outdoor power equipment EMS

in the course of the above work service and repair the following components:

fuel injection pump

fuel injector or carburettor

spark plug

ignition coil pack

generator or compensator

electronic control unit

sensors, including:

crankshaft angle

engine speed sensor

crankcase temperature and pressure sensor

emission control systems

on two occasions, carry out EMS diagnosis, calibration and adjustment using relevant manufacturer engine diagnosis device.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing engine management systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

working with electrical systems

operating engines safely

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fuel released from the EMS

operating principles of outdoor power equipment EMS, including:

air fuel ratios and chemistry of combustion

composition of petrol fuel, including octane rating

open and closed loop injection

engine emissions

application and key features of EMS components, including:

fuel system components:

fuel injection pump

fuel injector

tank, cap and lines

electronic control system components:

electronic control unit

throttle position sensor

generator

crankshaft angle and engine speed

crankcase air temperature and pressure sensor

manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor

oxygen sensor

ignition system, including:

spark plug

high tension lead

coil

engine emission control system, including:

emission standards

engine emission design technology

evaporative

exhaust

crankcase

identification, selection and operation of EMS diagnostic tools relevant to the engine brand and system type

procedures for system data retrieval in order to determine usage of product, fuel quality values, system parameters and service history

service and repair procedures available from EMS manufacturer manuals, including removal, replacement, calibration and adjustment procedures for EMS, including:

fuel system

ignition system

electronic control system

emission control system

post-repair testing procedures for EMS, including:

operating engine system through full operating range

verify manufacturer specifications

performance benchmarking product against specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the EMS that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for EMS

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test EMS

two outdoor power equipment EMS requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for servicing and repairing EMS, including:

industry relevant engine diagnosis devices, including computer and system software, communications adaptor and connecting cables

multimeter tool.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTR104 Inspect and service cordless electric tool skins

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service cordless electric tool skins. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the cordless electric tool skin, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the cordless electric tool skin, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. This unit does not apply to light and heavy vehicle engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical - Electrical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service an outdoor power equipment cordless electric tool skin	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret service information 1.3 Identify hazards and manage risks associated with the work according to workplace procedures 1.4 Inspect, check and select tools, equipment and materials for serviceability
2. Inspect cordless electric tool skin	2.1 Inspect and test cordless electric tool skin according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings according to workplace procedures and recommend required repairs or adjustments 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Service cordless electric tool skin	3.1 Select service options according to manufacturer maintenance schedule 3.2 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Make final inspection to ensure work is to workplace expectations and present equipment ready for use 4.2 Clean work area, dispose of waste and non-recyclable materials, and collect recyclable material 4.3 Complete workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates voltage and current loadings using basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Interprets measuring equipment divisions.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking cordless electric tool skin service specifications and procedures for outdoor power equipment.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required person.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR104 Inspect and service cordless electric tool skins

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service skins from at least three of the following different brushed or brushless cordless electric tools:

line trimmer

chainsaw

lawn mower

edger

hedger

blower

pressure washer.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service cordless electric tool skins, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service cordless electric tool skins, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures, including:

recommendations for required repair or adjustment

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing cordless electric tool skins, including procedures for working with:

high voltage DC systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricant and fluids released from outdoor power equipment skins

identification and function of cordless electric tool skin components, including:

cutting shears

cutting chains

cutting blades

reduction gearboxes

waste traps

low pressure fans

high pressure water pumps

electrical switches

brushes

brushless motors

wiring harnesses

identification and function of cordless electric tool skin outdoor power equipment systems, including:

lubrication

operation function

operational voltage

basic operation of electric motors within cordless electric tool skin, including:

brush motors

brushless motors

types and applications of:

electric motors

lubricating oils and filters

inspection procedures for cordless electric tool skins, including:

oil and fluid leaks

ancillary components, including:

mountings

chains and blades

service and adjustment procedures for cordless electric tool skins, including:

minor adjustments

changing lubricating fluids and filters

post-service testing procedures for cordless electric tool skins, including operating skin through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the equipment or outdoor power cordless electric tool skins that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications

three different outdoor power equipment cordless electric tool skins specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing outdoor power equipment cordless electric tool skins.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTR105 Diagnose and repair cordless electric tool skins

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair cordless electric tool skins. It involves preparing for the task, sourcing the diagnostic testing strategy, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. This unit does not apply to light and heavy vehicle engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical - Electrical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair an outdoor power equipment cordless electric tool skin	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards, assess and manage potential risks associated with diagnose and repair activity in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose cordless electric tool skin	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results. 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair cordless electric tool skin	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and present equipment ready for use 4.2 Clean work area, dispose of or recycle materials, according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Calculates voltage and current loadings using mathematical operations Interprets measuring equipment divisions Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking cordless electric tool skin service specifications and procedures for outdoor power equipment.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required person.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR105 Diagnose and repair cordless electric tool skins

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair at least three of the following brushed or brushless cordless electric tool skin types:

line trimmer

chainsaw

lawn mower

edger

hedger

blower

pressure washer.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair cordless electric tool skins, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair cordless electric tool skins, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing outdoor power equipment engines, including procedures for working with:

high voltage DC systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricant and fluids released from outdoor power equipment skins

identification and function of cordless electric tool skin components, including:

cutting shears

cutting chains

cutting blades

reduction gearboxes

waste traps

low pressure fans

high pressure water pumps

electrical switches

brushes

brushless motors

wiring harnesses

identification and function of cordless electric tool skin outdoor power equipment systems, including:

lubrication

battery systems

basic operation of electric motors within cordless electric tool skin, including:

brush motors

brushless motors

types and applications of:

electric motors

lubricating oils and filters

diagnosis procedures for cordless electric tool skins, including:

operation switches

brush motors

brushless motors

fluid leaks

ancillary components, including:

mountings

chains and blades

repair procedures for cordless electric tool skins, including:

replacement switches

replacement control units

brush replacement

post-service testing procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including operating cordless electric tool skin through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the equipment or outdoor power cordless electric tool skins that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

three different outdoor power equipment cordless electric tool skins specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing and repairing outdoor power equipment cordless electric tool skins.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURPTR106 Deploy and service autonomous outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to deploy and service autonomous outdoor power equipment. It involves preparing for the task, deploying autonomous outdoor power equipment, inspecting the autonomous outdoor power equipment, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the equipment, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. This unit does not apply to light and heavy vehicle engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment Technical - Electrical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to deploy autonomous outdoor power equipment	1.1 Remove packaging, inspect autonomous outdoor power equipment and determine set up requirements from manufacturer instructions 1.2 Identify hazards and manage risks associated with the deployment conditions 1.3 Set up perimeter zoning and define operating conditions for autonomous outdoor power equipment as per manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 1.4 Set up charging station and dock autonomous outdoor power equipment 1.5 Carry out installation of autonomous outdoor power equipment
2. Prepare to inspect and service autonomous outdoor power equipment	2.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions and identify required tools, equipment and materials 2.2 Source and interpret service information 2.3 Identify hazards and manage risks associated with the work according to workplace procedures 2.4 Inspect, check and select tools, equipment and materials for serviceability
3. Inspect autonomous outdoor power equipment	3.1 Inspect and test autonomous outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 3.3 Report inspection findings according to workplace procedures and recommend required repairs or adjustments 3.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
4. Service autonomous outdoor power equipment	4.1 Identify and select service options according to manufacturer maintenance schedule 4.2 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.3 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Make final inspection to ensure work is to workplace expectations and present equipment ready for use 5.2 Clean work area, dispose of waste and non-recyclable materials, and collect recyclable material 5.3 Process workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates voltage and current loadings using basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Interprets measuring equipment divisions.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking autonomous outdoor power equipment specifications and procedures for outdoor power equipment.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required person.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR106 Deploy and service autonomous outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

deploy and service at least two different autonomous outdoor equipment devices from the following:

robotic lawn mower

robotic edger

robotic weeder.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to deploy and service autonomous outdoor power equipment, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to deploy and service autonomous outdoor power equipment, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to deploy and service outdoor power equipment, including procedures for working with:

high voltage AC and DC systems

open circuits

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricant and fluids released from autonomous outdoor power equipment

identification and function of autonomous outdoor power equipment components, including:

cutting blades

servo motors

brushless motors

battery systems

charging systems

perimeter definition

GPS control systems

software updates

user interface display

electrical switches

identification and function of autonomous outdoor power equipment systems, including:

lubrication

operation function

operational voltage

inspection procedures for autonomous outdoor power equipment, including:

oil and fluid leaks

cutting blades

software updates

control module functionality

service and adjustment procedures for cordless autonomous outdoor power equipment, including:

minor adjustments

updating software

sharpening blades

post-service testing procedures for autonomous outdoor power equipment, including operating equipment through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the equipment or autonomous outdoor power equipment that they have worked on, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications

two autonomous outdoor power equipment devices specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing autonomous outdoor power equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURRTC101 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the exhaust and cooling systems of marine vessels. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Marine Technical – Cooling Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose marine exhaust and cooling system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle marine exhaust and cooling system	3.1 Identify tools and equipment required to dismantle engine and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dismantle exhaust and cooling system, clean and inspect components according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Measure and compare components against manufacturer specifications 3.4 Confirm recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and re-assemble marine exhaust and cooling system	4.1 Identify required information for repair activity 4.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 4.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Re-assemble exhaust and cooling system according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures marine exhaust and cooling system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment including infra-red thermometers.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURRTC001 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURRTC101 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the freshwater cooling exhaust and cooling systems of two different vessels

diagnose and repair a fault in the raw water exhaust and cooling systems of two different vessels.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine exhaust and cooling systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting exhaust and cooling system components

working with hot exhaust and cooling system components

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine exhaust and cooling systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of materials released from exhaust systems

purpose and operation of marine exhaust and cooling systems and components, including:

fresh watercooling systems, including:

circulation pumps

thermostats

heat exchangers

exhaust manifolds

turbochargers

dry exhausts

raw water-cooling systems, including:

pumps, including camshaft, belt, shaft and gear driven

relief valves

engine oil coolers

transmission oil coolers

sacrificial anodes

intercoolers

seawater strainers

exhaust manifolds

exhaust elbows and risers

exhaust tubes and hoses

wet exhausts

mufflers and waterlocks

siphon breaks

exhaust outlet flappers

diagnostic testing procedures for marine exhaust and cooling systems, including:

manometer measurement

turbocharger boost measurement

raw water system pressure and flow measurement

freshwater cooling system pressure testing

infra-red temperature measurement

dismantling and repair procedures for marine exhaust and cooling systems, including procedures inspecting and evaluating the following components:

circulation pumps

thermostats

heat exchangers

turbochargers and intercoolers

raw water pumps, including camshaft, belt, shaft and gear driven

relief valves

sacrificial anodes

seawater strainers

exhaust manifolds

exhaust elbows and risers

exhaust tubes and hoses

mufflers and waterlocks

siphon breaks

exhaust outlet flappers

post-repair testing procedures for marine exhaust and cooling systems, including water testing procedures while under load.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine exhaust and cooling systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer exhaust and cooling system specifications

two different marine vessels with faults in their freshwater cooling exhaust and cooling systems

two different marine vessels with faults in their raw water exhaust and cooling systems

diagnostic equipment for marine exhaust and cooling systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, testing, repairing and reassembling marine exhaust and cooling systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURRTD101 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair marine steering systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Marine Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair marine steering system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose marine steering system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair marine steering system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures steering system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURRTD001 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURRTD101 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two of the following marine steering systems:

mechanical cable

hydraulic steering

electrohydraulic steering.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair marine steering systems including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair marine steering systems including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine steering systems, including procedures for:

avoiding pinch points when operating steering systems

working with high hydraulic oil pressures

determining safe working loads of ropes, chains and cables

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine steering systems

operating principles of marine steering systems, including:

rudders and the principle of unequal water pressures

propwash

purpose and operation of marine steering systems and components, including:

rope, cable and chain systems

inboard steering systems, including:

steering gear

balanced and unbalanced rudders

electrohydraulic steering

outboard engine steering, including:

mechanical cable

hydraulic steering

electrohydraulic steering

stern drive steering, including:

power steering

electrohydraulic steering

bow and stern thrusters, including:

electric systems

hydraulic systems

diagnostic testing procedures for marine steering systems, including:

rudder wear down

mechanical cable testing, including:

helm evaluation, including backlash

draglink wear

hydraulic system testing, including:

pressure testing

testing system for air

draglink wear

electrohydraulic system testing, including:

pressure testing

component electrical testing

repair procedures for marine steering systems, including procedures for:

selecting steering system appropriate to vessel

dismantling, repairing and lubricating steering system components

replacing components

replacing helm and ram seal

identifying and measuring cables

post-repair testing procedures for marine steering systems, including procedures for testing for smooth operation and full range of movement.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system specifications

marine vessels with faults in the steering systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for marine steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting marine steering systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURRTE106 Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair marine outboard engines. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Marine Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair marine outboard engine	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose marine outboard engine	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle marine outboard engine	3.1 Identify tools and equipment required to dismantle engine and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dismantle engine, clean and inspect components according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Measure and compare components against manufacturer specifications 3.4 Confirm recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and re-assemble marine outboard engine	4.1 Identify required information for repair activity 4.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 4.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Re-assemble engine according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures outboard engine components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURRTE006 Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE106 Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different marine two-stroke powerheads, in which the work must involve dismantling and reassembling the powerhead

diagnose and repair a fault in two different marine four-stroke powerheads, in which the work must involve dismantling and reassembling the powerhead.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair marine outboard engines including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair marine outboard engines including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine outboard engines, including procedures for lifting and supporting outboard engines

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine outboard engines, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

operating principles of marine outboard engines, including:

combustion, including:

air-fuel ratios and combustion cycles

direct injection

detonation

engine measurement and performance, including:

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

purpose and operation of outboard engines and components, including:

lubrication systems, cylinder blocks, cylinders, pistons, cylinder heads, combustion chambers, inlet manifolds, poppet and reed valves, connecting rods, crankshafts, piston rings, piston pins, camshafts, timing gears, vibration dampers and flywheels

diagnostic testing procedures for marine outboard engines, including:

wet and dry compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests

sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling procedures for outboard engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for marine outboard engines, including procedures for repairing cylinder blocks and cylinder heads

assembly procedures for outboard engines, including procedures for fitting components and obtaining clearances and tolerances

post-repair testing procedures for marine outboard engines, including:

load testing engines

tank testing engines

water testing engines.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer outboard engine specifications

two different marine two-stroke powerheads with system faults

two different marine four-stroke powerheads with system faults

diagnostic equipment for outboard engines and components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting outboard engines and components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURRTE107 Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair inboard spark ignition and compression ignition engines of marine vessels. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Marine Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair marine inboard engine	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose marine inboard engine	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle marine inboard engine	3.1 Identify tools and equipment required to dismantle engine and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dismantle engine, clean and inspect components according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Measure and compare components against manufacturer specifications 3.4 Confirm recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and re-assemble marine inboard engine	4.1 Identify required information for repair activity 4.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 4.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Re-assemble engine according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures inboard engine components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURRTE007 Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE107 Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in three different marine inboard engines, including:

a fault in an engine cylinder head, in which the work must involve removing the cylinder head from the engine

a fault in two other engines where it affects one of the following components in each, and in which the work must involve removing the components from the engine:

engine valve timing belt

engine valve timing chain

engine valve lifters

cylinder head valve stem seals

camshaft

camshaft bearings

crankshaft

balance shaft or its bearings

pistons and connecting rods

cylinder block sleeves

main bearings and big-end bearings

internal oil pump

dismantle and reassemble one of the above marine inboard engines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair marine inboard engines including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair marine inboard engines including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine inboard engines, including procedures for lifting and supporting inboard engines

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine inboard engines, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

operating principles of marine inboard engines, including:

combustion, including:

air-fuel ratios and combustion cycles

direct injection

detonation

engine measurement and performance, including:

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

purpose and operation of inboard engines and components, including:

lubrication systems, cylinder blocks, cylinders, pistons, cylinder heads, engine valves, combustion chambers, inlet and exhaust manifolds, connecting rods, crankshafts, piston rings, gudgeon pins, camshafts, timing gears, vibration dampers and flywheels

diagnostic testing procedures for marine inboard engines, including:

wet and dry compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests

sources of water ingress

checking sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling procedures for inboard engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for marine inboard engines, including procedures for repairing cylinder blocks and cylinder heads

assembly procedures for inboard engines, including procedures for fitting components and obtaining clearances and tolerances

post-repair testing procedures for marine inboard engines, including:

load testing engines

water testing engines.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine inboard engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer inboard engine specifications

three different marine inboard engines with the faults specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for inboard engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting marine inboard engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURRTQ104 Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair inboard propeller drive systems of marine vessels. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Marine Technical – Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose marine inboard propeller drive system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair marine inboard propeller drive system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures inboard propeller drive system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURRTQ004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ104 Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in three different marine inboard propeller drive systems, including repairs to at least two of the following:

direct drive

V-drive

drop-centre.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for working with rotating shafts

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine inboard propeller drive systems

purpose and operation of inboard propeller drive systems and components, including:

direct drive, including:

drive plate

transmission (forward, neutral and reverse)

coupling and key

propeller shaft

gland

log

strut, including A frame and I type

bearing, including cutlass and fibre bearings

propeller

V-drive, including:

drive plate

jack shaft

transmission (forward, neutral and reverse)

coupling and key

propeller shaft

gland

log

strut, including A frame and I type

bearing, including cutlass and fibre bearings

propeller

drop-centre drive, including:

drive plate

transmission (forward, neutral and reverse)

coupling and key

propeller shaft

gland

log

strut, including A frame, I type and stern tube

bearing, including cutlass and fibre bearings

propeller

diagnostic testing procedures for marine inboard propeller drive systems, including:

propeller shaft wear, including trueness and run-out

bearing wear and run-out measurements

coupling alignment checking methods, including laser and feeler gauge procedures

engine and transmission mount testing procedures

dismantling procedures for inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for:

using propeller pullers

using bearing pullers

applying heat and cooling

inspecting components, including shaft run-out

repair procedures for marine inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for replacing couplings and bearings

assembly procedures for inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for:

checking and adjusting propeller shaft run-out

aligning couplings

post-repair testing procedures for marine inboard propeller drive systems, including water testing.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the inboard propeller drive systems in marine vessels that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer inboard propeller drive system specifications

three different marine vessels with faults in the inboard propeller drive systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for inboard propeller drive systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting marine inboard propeller drive systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURRTQ106 Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the jet drive propulsion systems of marine vessels. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Marine Technical – Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose marine jet drive propulsion system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle marine jet drive propulsion system	3.1 Identify tools and equipment required to dismantle engine and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dismantle propulsion system, clean and inspect components according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Measure and compare components against manufacturer specifications 3.4 Confirm recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and re-assemble marine jet drive propulsion system	4.1 Identify required information for repair activity 4.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 4.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Re-assemble propulsion system according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures jet drive propulsion system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURRTQ006 Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ106 Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following two jet drive propulsion systems in different marine vessels:

centrifugal

axial flow.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine jet drive propulsion systems, including procedures for lifting and supporting jet drive propulsion systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine jet drive propulsion systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from jet drive propulsion systems

operating principles of jet drive propulsion systems and associated components, including:

producing thrust using water pressure

changing vessel direction

purpose and operation of jet drive propulsion systems and components, including:

types of jet pumps, including:

centrifugal

axial flow

methods of reversing thrust, including:

cable-operated buckets

hydraulically-operated buckets

electrically-operated buckets

gearboxes

diagnostic testing procedures for marine jet drive propulsion systems, including:

housing to impeller clearance and wear

bearing wear

seal wear

bilge pump operation

gearbox operation

bucket operation

dismantling procedures for jet drive propulsion systems, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for marine jet drive propulsion systems, including procedures for:

replacing impellers and housing

replacing bearings and seals, including oil replacement

replacing couplings

servicing buckets

post-repair testing procedures for marine jet drive propulsion systems, including water testing.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the jet drive propulsion systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer jet drive propulsion system specifications

a centrifugal jet drive propulsion system in a marine vessel with system faults

an axial flow jet drive propulsion system in a marine vessel with system faults

diagnostic equipment for jet drive propulsion systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting marine jet drive propulsion systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURRTR106 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the low-voltage electrical systems of marine vessels, such as dash instrumentation, switch and fuse panels, bilge pumps and lighting, global positioning systems (GPS), depth sounders, fish finders, communications equipment and radars. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair marine electrical system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose marine electrical system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair marine electrical system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Interprets wiring diagrams Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations Calculates current flow, resistance and voltage Interprets numbers on electrical measuring equipment Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses electrical measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURRTR006 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR106 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following marine electrical systems and components:

dash instrumentation

switch and fuse panels

bilge pump system

lighting system

depth sounder or fish finder

global positioning system (GPS)

marine radio.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair marine electrical systems including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair marine electrical systems including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine electrical systems, including procedures for:

checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats, including LPG and hydrogen, prior to starting electrical system work

working with potentially high-current electrical systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine electrical systems

operating principles of electrical systems and associated components, including:

Ohm’s law

electromagnetic interference

purpose and operation of electrical systems and components, including:

marine vessel lighting systems, including marine regulations for vessel lighting

dash instrumentation

switch and fuse panels

bilge pump systems

depth sounders and fish finders

GPS

marine radios

12-volt marine accessories, including winches

autopilot and radar

marine battery charge management systems

networked communication topographies

diagnostic testing procedures for marine electrical systems, including:

testing for circuit resistance, voltage drop and current draw

testing for open and short circuits

testing for shorts to power circuits and grounds

inspecting for component moisture ingress and connector damage

testing marine battery charge management systems

testing networked communication topographies

repair procedures for marine electrical systems, including procedures for:

selecting wiring gauge

soldering wiring

insulating wiring

crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

repairing networked communication topographies

post-repair testing procedures for marine electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine electrical systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electrical system specifications

marine vessel with faults in the electrical systems and components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for marine vessel electrical systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing marine vessel electrical systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURRTR108 Diagnose and repair marine network electronic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair network electronic control systems in marine vessels. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits essential to control engine powertrain, vehicle dynamic control functions and body control functions. They include vehicle infotainment and climate control systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Marine Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair network electronic control system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose network electronic control system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair network electronic control system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Matches electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications Interprets vehicle electrical measurements and readings Measures voltage, current and resistance and uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR108 Diagnose and repair marine network electronic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in three different network electronic control circuits that set network communication diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including at least one of each of the following:

a single wire circuit (LIN-bus)

a two-wire circuit (CAN-bus).

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair network electronic control systems including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair network electronic control systems including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing network electronic control systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental procedures relating to diagnosing and repairing network electronic control systems

diagnostic testing procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

using diagnostic flow charts

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

DTCs, including ‘U’ type communication codes

live data

waveforms

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to system wiring and connectors

repair procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

connector removal and replacement procedures

removal and replacement procedures for vehicle network electronic control system components

post-repair testing procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

confirming fault rectification DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

operating principles of network electronic control systems and associated components, including:

assurance of message delivery, non-conflicting messages, minimum time of delivery, and electromagnetic field (EMF) noise resilience

network topographies

network protocols, including characteristics and data speeds

purpose and operation of network electronic control systems and components, including:

controlled area network (CAN), including:

nodes: host processor, CAN controller, and transceiver

gateway modules

terminating resistors

data transmission

vehicle data logic connector (DLC)

local interconnect network (LIN), including:

master and slaves

data transmission.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic control systems in marine vessels that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer transmission specifications

two different network electronic control circuits

diagnostic equipment for marine network electronic control systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing, testing, repairing, and adjusting marine network electronic control systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURRTX103 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the outboard and stern drive transmissions of marine vessels. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Marine Technical – Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair transmission	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose transmission	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle transmission	3.1 Identify tools and equipment required to dismantle engine and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dismantle transmission, clean and inspect components according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Measure and compare components against manufacturer specifications 3.4 Confirm recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and re-assemble transmission	4.1 Identify required information for repair activity 4.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 4.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Re-assemble transmission according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures transmission components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURRTX003 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX103 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in:

at least two different marine outboard transmissions

at least one marine stern drive transmission.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for:

working with turning propellers

operating manual and mechanical lifting equipment

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

operating principles of outboard and stern drive transmissions and associated components, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

purpose and operation of outboard and stern drive transmissions and components, including:

power flows

gearshift mechanisms, including:

cone clutches

mechanical dog clutches

methods of matching propeller to transmission gear ratio, engine output and boat performance

diagnostic testing procedures for marine outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for analysing:

gear selection problems

abnormal system noise

dismantling procedures for outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for marine outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for:

gearshift mechanisms

bearings and seals, including oil replacement

gears

propellers

assembly procedures for outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for:

shimming bearings and gears

adjusting preload and rolling torque

checking gear tooth contact patterns

post-repair testing procedures for marine outboard and stern drive transmissions, including water testing.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the outboard and stern drive transmissions in marine vessels that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer transmission specifications

two different marine outboard transmissions with faults

one marine stern drive transmission with faults

diagnostic equipment for marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting marine outboard and stern drive transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURRTX104 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the inboard transmissions of marine vessels. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Marine Technical – Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair transmission	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose transmission	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle transmission	3.1 Identify tools and equipment required to dismantle engine and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dismantle transmission, clean and inspect components according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Measure and compare components against manufacturer specifications 3.4 Confirm recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and re-assemble transmission	4.1 Identify required information for repair activity 4.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 4.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Re-assemble transmission according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 4.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures transmission components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURRTX004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX104 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two different marine inboard transmissions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine inboard transmissions, including procedures for:

working with inboard propeller drive systems and rotating shafts

working near hot exhaust systems

working in restricted spaces

using manual and mechanical lifting equipment

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine inboard transmissions, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

operating principles of inboard transmissions and associated components, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

simple gear trains

compound gear trains

lubricant types

purpose and operation of inboard transmissions and components, including:

power flows

V-drive transmissions

in-line transmissions

step-up transmissions

hydraulic transmissions

counter shaft transmissions

planetary gear transmissions

mechanical dog clutch transmissions

cone clutch transmissions

methods of matching propeller to transmission gear ratio, engine output and boat performance

diagnostic testing procedures for marine inboard transmissions, including procedures for analysing:

gear selection problems

drive problems

abnormal system noise

removal procedures for inboard transmissions

dismantling procedures for inboard transmissions, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for marine inboard transmissions, including procedures for:

gearshift mechanisms

bearings and seals, including oil replacement

gears and transmission shafts

assembly procedures for inboard transmissions, including procedures for:

shimming bearings and gears

adjusting preloads

installation procedures, including procedures for aligning engines

post-repair testing procedures for marine inboard transmissions, including water testing.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the inboard transmissions in marine vessels that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer transmission specifications

two different marine inboard transmissions with faults

diagnostic equipment for marine inboard transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting marine inboard transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSBA102 Identify and match uncommon automotive parts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify uncommon or unusual automotive components, parts and products to meet customer vehicle requirements. It involves matching these automotive parts or products to customer vehicle or equipment by cross-referencing manufacturer, model and other identifiable numbers using manuals, and computer-generated or online catalogue systems.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Support and Logistics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine required information relating to uncommon part	1.1 Gather and document available information on required uncommon part and confirm with customer 1.2 Determine original host for part from available information
2. Identify and record details of part	2.1 Identify and access parts index system for host 2.2 Match part to cataloguing information by accessing and using parts index system, its aids and user guides, and identify potential suppliers 2.3 Seek clarification regarding potential match from supplier as required 2.4 Document and process identifying details of part
3. Supply or order part	3.1 Supply part to customer or order if not in stock according to workplace procedures 3.2 Process workplace documentation, including customer records, according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Writing	Enters information into sales orders legibly, workplace forms and databases.
Initiative and enterprise	Applies analytical skills when identifying and analysing technical information when sourcing non-standard parts or products that meet a customer need.
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSBA002 Identify and match uncommon automotive parts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURSBA102 Identify and match uncommon automotive parts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and match one uncommon automotive part from each of the following categories for three different customers:

vintage part

obsolete part

non-original part.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to identify and match uncommon automotive parts, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

information gathering techniques, including:

active listening and questioning

effective face-to-face and telephone customer service

workplace procedures required to identify and match uncommon automotive parts, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

information gathering techniques, including:

active listening and questioning

effective face-to-face and telephone customer service

common automotive terminology

attributes that make parts or products uncommon including their being:

difficult to match

vintage or obsolete

not original

identification and function of automotive vehicle systems

application and operation of automotive parts index systems, including:

catalogues

computer databases

online resources

key legal requirements relating to supplying uncommon automotive parts, including obligations under Australian Consumer Law (ACL).

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to identifying and matching uncommon automotive parts, e.g. customer invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

three different customers with different commercially realistic requirements for uncommon parts

automotive parts index systems, including:

catalogues

computer databases.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSCA101 Select and supply automotive parts and products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, select and supply automotive parts and products to meet customer requirements. It involves matching a diverse range of automotive components, parts and products to a customer’s vehicle or equipment by cross-referencing manufacturer, model and other identifiable numbers using manual, computer-generated and online catalogue systems.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine required information relating to part or product	1.1 Gather and document available information on required item and confirm with customer 1.2 Determine original host for the part or product from available information
2. Identify part or product and record details	2.1 Identify and access index system for part or product host 2.2 Match part or product with cataloguing information using the parts index system, its aids and user guides, and identify potential suppliers 2.3 Seek clarification regarding potential match from supplier as required 2.4 Document and process identifying details of part or product
3. Supply or order part or product	3.1 Supply part to customer or order if not in stock according to workplace procedures 3.2 Process workplace documentation according to workplace procedures 3.3 Update customer records according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Writing	Enters information into sales orders, workplace forms and databases legibly.
Initiative and enterprise	Applies analytical skills when identifying and analysing technical information when sourcing parts or products that meet a customer need.
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSCA001 Select and supply automotive parts and products.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA101 Select and supply automotive parts and products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select and supply at least one automotive part or product from each of the following categories for three different customers:

service items, including filters, oils, coolants, spark plugs, fan belts, electrical accessories, sensors and actuators

non-specific items, including merchandise, apparel, cleaning products and tools

accessory items, including car mats, seat covers, lighting and vehicle covers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to select and supply automotive parts and products, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

information gathering techniques, including:

active listening and questioning

effective face-to-face and telephone customer service

workplace procedures required to select and supply automotive parts and products including:

documentation procedures, including:

customer records

common automotive terminology

identification and function of automotive vehicle systems

types and applications of the automotive parts and products specified in the performance evidence

application and operation of automotive parts index systems, including:

catalogues

computer databases

online resources

key legal requirements relating to supplying automotive parts and products, including obligations under the Australian Consumer Law (ACL).

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to selecting and supplying automotive parts and products, e.g. customer invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

three different customers with different commercially realistic requirements for automotive parts or products

automotive parts index systems, including:

catalogues

computer databases.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSCA102 Present automotive products and services for sale

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to present automotive products and services in a business sales area to maximise product and service impact on customers. It also involves monitoring and reviewing customer feedback. The unit involves applying knowledge of automotive products and basic display concepts to maintain and maximise product and service sales and the overall appearance of the sales area.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sales and Parts, Administrations and Management Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1. Maximise presentation of sales area	1.1 Define stock presentation area from floor and display plan, observation of space available and work instructions 1.2 Determine and present minimum product numbers and types according to workplace procedures 1.3 Prepare ancillary display materials to enhance presentation of stock 1.4 Keep stock display areas clean, tidy and safe 1.5 Use handling, storage and display techniques according to product types, workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Display individual products	2.1 Determine display requirements from workplace instructions 2.2 Source product to be displayed according to workplace procedures 2.3 Display product to maximise market appeal according to workplace procedures 2.4 Prepare and locate display labels, price tickets and ancillary materials with product 2.5 Monitor product condition during display period and take action to maintain market appeal according to workplace procedures
3. Review effectiveness of presentation area	3.1 Seek feedback on display and presentation area from customers 3.2 Determine and undertake action to improve presentation of stock and area within scope of own role

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information in floor and display plans Uses mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to estimate quantity and volume of product and stock.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and makes recommendations relating to display presentation.
Reading	Interprets information from workplace instructions, floor and display plans, and product and service labelling and literature.
Writing	Prepares display labels and price tickets legibly.
Technology	Uses digital systems Uses specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSCA002 Present automotive products and services for sale.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA102 Present automotive products and services for sale

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

organise at least three different displays or presentation areas in an automotive workplace for different automotive products

organise at least two different displays or presentation areas in an automotive workplace for different automotive services.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to present automotive products and services for sale, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to present automotive products and services for sale, including:

documentation procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to presenting products and services in an automotive workplace, including procedures for:

manually handling stock

ensuring clear walkways

handling chemicals and dangerous goods

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

principles of display design, including:

creating impact

use of colour and illumination

accessibility and ease of maintenance

interactivity

considerations for maximising market appeal, including:

ensuring product is clean and complete

locating product in a position that maximises presentation

types and applications of display and presentation areas, including:

areas, including:

interior and exterior

permanent and temporary

publicly accessible

display systems, including cable, rod and sign systems

showcases

brochure and information display systems

graphic display systems, including computer monitor, television and projector

gaining feedback on effectiveness of display and presentation areas, including procedures for:

analysing sales

delivering and analysing simple customer questionnaires.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to presenting automotive products and services for sale, e.g. sales area floor plan.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic range of automotive services and products for sale

commercially realistic presentation or display area

materials needed for display of products and service information.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to effectively apply sales procedures when selling a range of automotive products and services. It involves approaching customers, conveying product and service knowledge, overcoming customer objections, and closing off a sale.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop product and sales knowledge	1.1 Research and clarify use, features and application of products and services according to workplace procedures 1.2 Research customer buying behaviour 1.3 Consult experienced sales staff or product information guides to increase and confirm knowledge of products, services and sales techniques
2. Approach customer and address product or service requirements	2.1 Approach customer according to workplace standards and customer behaviour 2.2 Determine customer buying motives and requirements, and guide customer to suitable product, service or specialist as required 2.3 Respond to routine customer questions about features and benefits of product or service, or refer to more experienced sales staff
3. Identify and resolve objections	3.1 Identify and acknowledge customer objections 3.2 Analyse solutions to objections in line with category of objection 3.3 Offer solutions to objections within scope of own responsibility and according to workplace procedures
4. Close sale	4.1 Monitor, identify and respond to customer buying signals 4.2 Select and apply method of closing sale to encourage customer purchase decision according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required source of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and percentages, to calculate price and discounts.
Oral communication	Conveys positive and welcoming approach to customers Uses questioning techniques and listening skills to determine customer requirements.
Reading	Interprets product and service information in workplace and manufacturer literature.
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSCA003 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA103 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

engage with at least three potential automotive customers and respond to their enquiries regarding product and service features in line with workplace customer service standards

sell automotive products or services to at least three different customers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace including:

documentation procedures

product and service knowledge applicable to automotive workplace, including:

specific product knowledge for area or section including

use and safety requirements

company merchandise and service range

stock databases and service delivery calendar

equipment safety features

warranties and conditions

price and discounts available

customer types and needs, including:

customer behaviour and cues

customer buying motivations, including functional and emotional motivation

demographics, lifestyle and income

individual and cultural differences

key features of automotive industry codes of practice and statutory requirements that are reflected in workplace procedures relating to:

sale of products and services

consumer rights and protection

sales techniques relating to selling products and services in an automotive workplace, including:

techniques for opening and closing a sale

recognising buying signals

overcoming customer objections, including those relating to:

characteristics and feature of merchandise

price of merchandise

strategies to focus customers on specific merchandise

common workplace procedures relating to:

analysing individual and workplace sales performance

approaching customers, including:

greeting customer according to workplace conventions and customer service standards

conveying a positive impression to encourage customer interest

interpreting customer non-verbal communication cues

handling customer complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to applying sales techniques when selling automotive products and services in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to sales and customer service

commercially realistic range of automotive retail products and services for sale

product and service information

three different customers with commercially realistic product and service needs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSCA104 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake cash and non-cash transactions and prepare and distribute invoices.

The unit applies to those working in administration and financial sales roles in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Handle cash and non-cash payment transactions	1.1 Determine transaction amount taking into account factors that impact on the balance 1.2 Receive and count cash, and give change 1.3 Process credit and debit card transactions using required equipment and according to financial provider and workplace procedures 1.4 Receive cheques and examine for correctness 1.5 Store cash, cheques and credit and debit card records according to workplace procedures 1.6 Note and refer irregularities to supervisor for resolution 1.7 Issue receipts and document transactions according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out invoicing procedures	2.1 Determine invoicing requirements and perform calculations to produce customer invoices 2.2 Complete documentation and check content for accuracy 2.3 Distribute invoices to required persons or section for verification and approval prior to being dispatched 2.4 Dispatch approved invoices within designated timeframes 2.5 File invoice copies for auditing purposes according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Performs mathematical operations, including, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, percentages and fractions, to determine pricing and payment requirements.
Oral communication	Participates in verbal exchanges to convey and clarify information relating to irregularities in payment transactions.
Reading	Interprets information in a range of financial operation documentation and workplace procedures.
Writing	Prepares receipts and invoices relating to transactions legibly.
Technology	Uses workplace office or sales equipment Operates specialised point-of-sale equipment Uses digital systems and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSCA004 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA104 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

determine transaction amount and conduct one of each of the following different payment operations:

cash

credit or debit card

cheque

prepare at least three invoices for different products or services and submit them for payment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out cash and non-cash payment operations, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to carry out cash and non-cash payment operations, including:

documentation procedures

key legal requirements relating to carrying out cash and non-cash payment operations, including obligations under the Australian Consumer Law (ACL)

factors to be considered when calculating final price, including:

goods and services tax (GST)

sales, discounts and promotions

deposits and partial payments

procedures for carrying out cash and non-cash operations, including:

calculating sales balance

receiving and counting money

common sales security procedures for handling cash

calculating and returning change, including using:

manual methods

point-of-sale (POS) equipment

receiving and processing cheques

using electronic funds transfer at point-of-sale (EFTPOS) equipment

issuing receipts

operation and maintenance of common sales equipment, including:

calculators

POS equipment, including procedures for changing receipt rolls

EFTPOS terminals

procedures for preparing and distributing invoices, including:

types and applications of invoices

required contents of invoices

common types of software for producing invoices

common methods of distributing invoices to customers.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having carried out cash and non-cash payment operations in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. sales receipts and invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures for carrying out cash and non-cash payment operations and distributing invoices

commercially realistic situations involving cash and non-cash payment transactions

point-of-sale software

computer hardware, software and business equipment required for processing cash and non-cash transactions and preparing invoices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSCA105 Sell automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to sell products and services in an automotive retail environment. It involves identifying potential sales opportunities, and presenting, demonstrating and selling a range of automotive products and services.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Engage customer and identify potential sale	1.1 Maintain welcoming customer environment and approach customer in a timely and professional manner according to workplace procedures 1.2 Use interpersonal skills to engage the customer according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify customer needs and expectations for specific products and services through questioning and active listening
2. Present and demonstrate product or service to customer	2.1 Select product or service options that best meet customer needs 2.2 Explain and demonstrate product or service features, functions and accessories, eliciting customer interaction 2.3 Give customers the opportunity to test or trial the product or service in line with workplace procedures 2.4 Assist customers to identify their preferred option
3. Obtain customer agreement to purchase product or service	3.1 Discuss or negotiate price for product or service and agree with customer 3.2 Make sale using closing technique according to workplace procedures 3.3 Process and document sale according to workplace procedures
4. Complete transaction and customer follow-up procedures	4.1 Supply or deliver product or service transaction to customer according to supplier specifications and workplace delivery procedures 4.2 Determine customer satisfaction and take remedial action as required to maximise repeat business or referral opportunities 4.3 Identify opportunities for value adding or repeat sales and take follow-up action in line with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete customer records and develop plans for follow-up of potential new sales of products and services

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate quantities and prices Estimates and calculates timeframes for organising delivery and follow-up services.
Reading	Interprets textual and numerical information in product or service documentation to provide customer advice Interprets key information in sales documentation and work instructions to determine required action.
Writing	Enters information into sales orders, workplace forms and databases legibly.
Problem solving	Resolves routine problems relating to product availability and service delivery.
Technology	Operates specialised point-of-sale equipment Uses digital systems and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSCA005 Sell automotive products and services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA105 Sell automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

sell automotive products or services to at least three different customers in an automotive sales and service workplace or simulated location.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to sell automotive products and services, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer and supplier specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to sell automotive products and services, including:

documentation procedures

sales processes

dealing with customers

complaints handling

consumer rights and responsibilities

sales communication techniques, including:

customer buying signals

effective face-to-face and telephone selling techniques

upselling and value adding sales techniques

active listening and questioning techniques

strategies for dealing with dissatisfied customers

key features of loyalty programs and strategies for encouraging repeat business

key features of point-of-sale equipment, stock databases and service delivery calendars

key legal requirements relating to selling automotive products and services, including obligations under the Australian Consumer Law (ACL).

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having sold a range of automotive products and services, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated location

workplace procedures relating to customer sales and service

product and service information

commercially realistic range of automotive retail products and services

point-of-sale equipment

three different customers with commercially realistic sales needs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSCA106 Promote automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to promote automotive products and services. It involves applying a high level of product or service knowledge, promoting products and services to current and potential customers, establishing on-selling opportunities in a sales situation, and recommending complementary products and services to customers.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop knowledge of automotive products and services	1.1 Research and clarify the use, purpose and application of products and services according to workplace procedures 1.2 Research and interpret comparisons between available products and services 1.3 Research and interpret workplace promotional and marketing activities relevant to products and services
2. Identify and match customer needs to products and services	2.1 Determine customer buying motives and requirements through questioning, active listening and non-verbal communication cues 2.2 Guide customer to product or service that matches their identified buying motives and requirements 2.3 Explain and highlight features and benefits of product or service and relevance to customer requirements 2.4 Conduct and align demonstrations to customer buying motives and requirements according to workplace marketing and sales practices 2.5 Use selling techniques according to workplace procedures and legal requirements
3. Maximise sales opportunities	3.1 Identify and apply opportunities for making additional sales 3.2 Assess on-sell opportunities through knowledge of customer needs and available complementary automotive products and services 3.3 Determine customer need and interest in additional or complementary products and services 3.4 Discuss and promote benefits of additional or complementary products and services to customer

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and percentages, to estimate and calculate costs for customers.
Oral communication	Describes and explains features and benefits of products and services using clear, jargon-free language, and tone and pace required for customer.
Reading	Interprets product and service specifications and promotional materials to advise customers Interprets and analyses customer information for on-selling opportunities.
Writing	Prepares quotes and completes workplace forms and documentation relating to sales or promotional activities legibly.
Technology	Demonstrates automotive products and services Uses digital systems and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSCA006 Promote automotive products and services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA106 Promote automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

promote different automotive products or services to at least three different customers in line with workplace customer service standards.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to promote automotive products and services, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

complementary products and services

internet resources

workplace procedures required to promote automotive products and services, including:

documentation procedures

methods used to promote products and services, including:

strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) analysis

marketing and research techniques

face-to-face selling techniques

active listening and questioning techniques

upselling and value adding sales techniques

negotiation strategies when dealing with dissatisfied customers

loyalty programs and strategies for encouraging repeat business

digital communication through catalogues, emails and product information distribution

customer types, including:

customer buying signals and buyer behaviour

individual and cultural differences

comparable products and services of major competitors including:

brand options

features of compared product or service

price of compared product or service

workplace procedures relating to promotional processes and marketing activities, including marketing campaigns and advertising materials

workplace procedures relating to promoting automotive products and services, including:

consumer protection

automotive industry codes of practice relating to sales

advertising codes of practice.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having promoted products and services in an automotive workplace, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated location

workplace procedures relating to promotional sales activities

sales material, including product and service information

commercially realistic range of customers requiring different automotive products and services

commercially realistic range of automotive retail products and services and associated promotional activities.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSCA109 Provide vehicle technology information

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to present aftermarket or integrated vehicle technology information and vehicle operating instructions to customers at point-of-sale, delivery or handover. It involves explaining and demonstrating product and operational vehicle technology to a diverse range of customers purchasing a motor vehicle.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Obtain and evaluate aftermarket or integrated vehicle technology information	1.1 Locate and analyse vehicle and aftermarket accessory instructions to determine key operational features 1.2 Access and follow workplace procedures 1.3 Analyse vehicle operating instructions to identify operating procedures 1.4 Review and update information relating to vehicle type and model operating instructions regularly
2. Communicate information to customers	2.1 Explain and demonstrate vehicle features, technology and functions to customers according to dealership procedures 2.2 Simplify and communicate difficult to interpret operating instructions to customer 2.3 Communicate key information to customer in a professional manner
3. Record vehicle handover information	3.1 Record customer vehicle handover information and obtain sign-off according to workplace procedures 3.2 Record information using workplace systems and procedures 3.3 Supply key items and accessories to customer
4. Recommend and implement improvements to vehicle handover	4.1 Seek feedback on vehicle handover techniques and evaluate according to workplace procedures 4.2 Review vehicle handover techniques regularly and implement improvements that maximise effective customer service and repeat business in line with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets, calibrates or sets vehicle operating equipment and system settings.
Reading	Interprets written specifications, operating instructions and charts in owner and integrated equipment manuals.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSCA009 Provide vehicle technology information.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA109 Provide vehicle technology information

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

provide clear and accurate technology information and operating instructions relating to a vehicle, to at least two different customers at point-of-sale, delivery or handover.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret vehicle technology information, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to provide vehicle technology information, including:

safety requirements relevant to vehicle handover

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures,

vehicle technical product knowledge relevant to the operation of vehicle technology systems, including:

infotainment systems

navigation systems

blue tooth systems

keyless entry

interior adjustment systems

basic maintenance requirements

spare wheel replacement procedures

warning lights

vehicle safety cameras

park assist systems

climate control system

passenger safety systems

diesel particulate diffuser and filter system regeneration

face-to-face and telephone communication techniques, including active listening and questioning

digital communication skills through email and online resources

key features of loyalty programs and strategies for encouraging repeat business

workplace or dealership processes for maintaining customer databases.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having provided vehicle technology information to customers at vehicle point-of-sale or delivery, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales workplace or simulated location

two different vehicles and integrated technologies

owner manuals, handbooks and specifications containing vehicle information relating to relevant make and model

two different customers requiring commercially realistic point-of-sale delivery or handover information regarding vehicle features and technology.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSCA111 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct online transactions when selling a range of automotive products and services. It also includes dispatching goods and checking processed online transactions.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Perform online transactions	1.1 Confirm workplace requirements for online sale of automotive products and services 1.2 Secure online personal authentication information according to workplace requirements 1.3 Determine required online functions and processes to supply required automotive products and services 1.4 Report technical difficulties in accessing and using online facilities to online service provider
2. Administer online transactions	2.1 Complete online transaction and dispatch purchased automotive product or service according to terms of online transaction 2.2 Complete records of transactions and maintain according to workplace procedures 2.3 Compare workplace records with online records, and report irregularities according to workplace procedures
3. Review effectiveness of online transactions	3.1 Review automotive products and services rendered to determine quality and timeliness of delivery in relation to advertised profile and content 3.2 Analyse customer feedback against online transaction history to determine customer satisfaction 3.3 Report any issues with service provider to supervisor according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate quantities and prices.
Oral communication	Articulates requirements clearly using listening and questioning techniques to clarify and confirm understanding Delivers specific and factual information appropriate to audience and environment.
Reading	Interprets key information in sales documentation and work instructions to determine required sales action.
Writing	Uses specific and relevant language when communicating required information Enters information into sales orders, workplace forms and databases legibly.
Self-management	Estimates and calculates timeframes for organising delivery and follow-up services.
Technology	Uses a range of online applications to access, filter and extract information and process online transactions.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSCA011 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA111 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

sell different automotive products or services online to at least three different customers

review the effectiveness of the above online transactions, confirming that quality of products and services delivered met customer expectations.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

key legal requirements relating to carrying out online transactions, including obligations under the Australian Consumer Law (ACL)

factors to be considered when calculating final price, including:

goods and services tax (GST)

sales, discounts and promotions

deposits and partial payments

types and key features of common electronic bill payment systems, including:

biller direct

bank aggregator

procedures for carrying out online transactions, including:

following bill payment system processes, including:

logging in

receiving orders

generating accounts

generating billing

dispatching goods, including tracking goods and confirming delivery

creating, maintaining and reconciling sales records

procedures for reviewing bill payment system, including:

assessing customer satisfaction

comparing costs of other providers.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having carried out online transactions in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive workplace procedures relating to sales

automotive retail products and services for sale online

online product or service information, including automotive online sales website

three different online customers with commercially realistic purchasing requirements

computer system with internet connection

stock databases and service delivery calendars.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURSCP101 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide basic information to customers on automotive refinishing products, including information on surface preparation, fillers, coatings and polishes. It requires knowledge of automotive body repair and refinishing products.

The unit applies to customer service and sales personnel working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Sales and Marketing - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Access and interpret information on refinishing products	1.1 Access and interpret information on automotive refinishing products and their applications and limitations according to workplace procedures 1.2 Research and evaluate differences between similar products
2. Identify customer requirements relating to refinishing products	2.1 Greet customer according to workplace customer service standards 2.2 Determine and clarify nature of customer enquiry 2.3 Gather and confirm information relating to customer product requirement with customer
3. Provide information to customer on refinishing products	3.1 Evaluate refinishing products against customer requirements 3.2 Provide or demonstrate information relating to applicable products to satisfy customer requirements and create a buying environment 3.3 Seek advice from product specialist as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Locates required sources of information efficiently Interprets and compares product numerical information in order to evaluate automotive refinishing products.
Oral communication	Uses questioning techniques suitable to customer and customer requirement Conveys technical information effectively using language, tone and pace required for audience and purpose.
Reading	Accesses and interprets technical information relating to automotive refinishing products from a range of sources.
Technology	Identifies and attains information on automotive refinishing products through online resources and digital databases Distributes automotive refinishing product information via digital pathways.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURSCP001 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURSCP101 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

access, collate and interpret information relating to at least five different automotive refinishing products

provide accurate advice on automotive refinishing products to at least three different customers with different product information requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information on automotive refinishing products including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

product specialists

workplace procedures required to provide information on automotive refinishing products to customers, including:

documentation procedures

refinishing product knowledge, including:

features, benefits and limitations of product

safety implications of product

differences between similar products, including:

brand options

product features and price

warranties

automotive coatings

fillers

anti-rust material

abrasives and buffers

polishes and polishing material

cleaning materials

automotive refinishing techniques, including:

repair of minor dents

treatment of rust

selection and application of fillers

surface preparation, including application of primers

coats and finishing putties

application of top coats and clear coats

buffing

colour matching

mixing procedures for automotive finishes

workplace-specific information, including:

product and merchandise range

service range

workplace procedures specific to automotive refinishing and related products, including procedures for dealing with customers

key requirements specific to automotive refinishing and related products, including automotive industry codes of practice relating to the sale of vehicle finishes and repair products.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having provided information to customers on automotive refinishing products in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic range of refinishing products

documentation relating to range of refinishing products, such as inventory lists, price lists, delivery costs and details of available services

workplace procedures relating to customer service

three different customers with different information requirements relating to refinishing products.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out servicing operations. It involves preparing for the task, identifying lubricant requirements, servicing and adjusting vehicle and machinery, reporting the inspection findings, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The servicing operations include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment. The servicing undertaken will vary based upon on occupation of the learner.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to conduct servicing operations	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Identify lubricants and fluid leakage	2.1 Identify lubricants and fluids required for the job according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Handle lubricants and fluids according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Identify and report fluid leakages and component faults according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out servicing activities	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements, 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking vehicle and machinery service procedures and specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Reports inspection findings.
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to determine liquid quantities and calculates service intervals.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTA004 Carry out servicing operations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA104 Carry out servicing operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out servicing operations on at least two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work for each must involve:

hoisting a vehicle

one minor logbook service

one major logbook service

completing service reports to manufacturer’s specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out servicing operations, including:

vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to carry out servicing operations, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures, including service logbooks

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing operations, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting vehicles and machinery, including using a pit

isolating and stabilising vehicles or machinery

safely handling hazardous oils, fluids and greases

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released during servicing operations

service requirements and procedures for vehicle or machinery systems and components applicable to the performance evidence, including:

steering and suspension

driveline and final drive

braking

wheels and tyres

transmission

engine

battery and electrical

fuel

cooling

types of filters, oils, fluids and greases, including:

additives

oil, fluid and grease classification

viscosity ratings

filter types

oil sampling procedures

post-service testing procedures, including resetting service interval indicators.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles or machinery that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer servicing specifications

two different vehicles or machinery to carry out servicing operations

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out servicing operations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives in the automotive vehicle industry. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using sealants and adhesives, preparing and installing bearings, seals and gaskets, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry, It includes agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicle, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment. The vehicles used will vary based upon the occupation and work context of the learner.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret technical information required for the job 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for the job and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Install bearings, seals and gaskets	2.1 Select sealants and adhesives according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Apply sealants and adhesives according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.3 Store sealants and adhesives according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Carry out installation of bearings, seals and gaskets according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Reports inspection findings Makes repair recommendations.
Numeracy	Measures and adjusts automotive components Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate sealant and adhesive volumes.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTA005 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA105 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare and install:

at least two of the following bearing types:

roller type bearing

ball type bearing

plain type bearing

at least two different gaskets

at least two different seals

select and use at least two different sealants and adhesives.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives:

manufacturer specifications, procedures and supporting information for preparing, inspecting and installing sealants and adhesives

manufacturer specifications, procedures and supporting information for preparing, inspecting and installing bearings, seals and gaskets

workplace procedures required to select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to selecting and using bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives, including:

procedures for working safely with sealants and adhesives, lubricants and greases

environmental requirements relating to selecting and using bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives, including:

procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of excess materials produced when applying sealants and adhesives

procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and greases released during work processes

identification and function of:

bearings, including:

ball

roller

plain

seals, including:

lip

face

O ring

square section ring

metal surface

gaskets, including:

treated paper

cork

composite materials

metal, synthetic, rubber, fibre, and nylon

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of sealants and adhesives, including application techniques

inspection, service, installation and adjustment procedures, including:

bearings, including:

roller types

ball types

plain types

seals and sealing surface condition

gaskets

types and applications of bearing lubricants and greases.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives they have selected and used, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications relating to bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

vehicle or equipment requiring the application of bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives as specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and material appropriate for installing bearings, seals and gaskets.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair hydraulic systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or outdoor power equipment. This unit does not apply to agricultural or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair hydraulic system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose hydraulic system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair hydraulic system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle or machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications Interprets hydraulic symbols and circuits.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures hydraulic system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Calculates hydraulic system pressures, forces, distances and temperature Interprets precision measuring equipment.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTA013 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA113 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two different hydraulic systems, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing three of the following in each:

hydraulic cylinder

hydraulic pump

hydraulic motor

hydraulic valves

hydraulic hose.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair hydraulic systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

Australian Standard 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair hydraulic systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

using raising, lowering and supporting equipment

working with fluids under pressure

working with stored pressure hazards

working with hot fluid hazards

isolating and stabilising machines or vehicles

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing hydraulic systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from hydraulic systems

operating principles of hydraulic systems and associated components, including:

transmission of energy by hydraulic fluid

mechanical advantage

hydraulic circuits, including open and closed centred systems

temperature, force, pressure, area and flow

purpose and operation of systems and components, including:

reservoirs

gas loaded accumulators

pumps, including gear and piston

valves, including:

directional control

pressure control

flow control

linear and rotary actuators

hoses, pipes fittings and couplings

heat exchangers

hydraulic fluids

hydraulic symbols and system schematics

diagnostic testing procedures for hydraulic systems, including:

applying and using a flow meter to diagnose faults by carrying out an in-line, bypass or Tee test to evaluate system components

visually inspecting hoses, pipes and connectors

oil sampling and contamination control

repair procedures for hydraulic systems, including procedures for removing, replacing, repairing and adjusting hydraulic system components

post-repair testing procedures for hydraulic systems, including:

operational functionality

flow testing.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hydraulic system specifications

two hydraulic systems with faults in the components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic tools and equipment for hydraulic systems, including pressure gauges or flow meters

AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting hydraulic systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and carry out a diagnostic testing strategy on vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves confirming the existence of
a fault, identifying the required diagnostic information, developing a diagnostic strategy, applying the diagnostic strategy, and reporting conclusions.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous – Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop diagnostic testing strategy	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm existence of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify systems and components to be tested 1.4 Obtain and interpret information required to develop diagnostic testing strategy 1.5 Develop testing strategy to identify cause of fault 1.6 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Diagnose faults	2.1 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results. 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task Applies diagnostic procedures to different vehicles or machinery Interprets diagnostic test results and comments on usefulness of outputs in determining cause of fault
Reading	Researches, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and/or supervisors Reports diagnostic findings
Numeracy	Measures components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTA018 Carry out diagnostic procedures.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA118 Develop and carry out diagnostic test strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose faults in three different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve:

using manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and information obtained from the customer to develop a diagnostic testing strategy

using the diagnostic testing strategy to identify the cause of three of the following faults:

loss of vehicle power

excessive fuel consumption

excessive emissions

poor handling

poor hydraulic system performance

poor pneumatic system performance

incorrect mechanical system performance

incorrect electrical system performance

vibration

abnormal noise

recording the diagnostic procedures followed with the above vehicles or machinery, the cause or causes of faults and the recommended repairs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods of gathering information, including:

questioning customers

effective questioning techniques

research techniques

workplace procedures relating to diagnosing faults, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

benefits of following a strategy-based diagnostic procedure

methods to locate and interpret information required to develop a diagnostic testing strategy, including:

customer complaint

manufacturer specifications and procedures, including:

flow charts

diagnosis charts

vehicle systems data, including the outputs of diagnostic scan tools

inspection of vehicle

work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures relating to carrying out diagnostic procedures, including procedures for working safely with the system being tested

environmental requirements relating to carrying out diagnostic procedures, including procedures for complying with requirements specific to the system being tested

key features and limitations of common diagnostic tools

methods of differentiating between fault symptoms and fault causes.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles or machinery in which they have diagnosed faults, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing customer fault complaint

manufacturer vehicle or machinery specifications

three different vehicles or machinery with system faults specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials required for diagnosing system faults.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTA121 Diagnose complex system faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose faults in complex vehicle, vessels or machinery systems to determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a complex system fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault reporting conclusions, and making repair recommendations. A complex system integrates two or more automotive systems, or incorporates three or more mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical or electronic sub-systems. Examples include electronically controlled automatic transmissions, anti-lock braking systems, and engine management systems integrating ignition, fuel and transmission control systems.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement regarding complex system fault	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify function and correct operation of system with fault 1.4 Identify other systems affected by fault
2. Develop testing strategy	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 2.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnosis activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
3. Perform diagnosis	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates and evaluates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors Reports diagnostic findings, and makes repair recommendations
Numeracy	Measures components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised integrated system diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTA021 Diagnose complex system faults.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA121 Diagnose complex system faults

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose complex system faults on three different vehicles, machinery or vessels in which the work must involve the following complex faults, each on a separate vehicle, piece of machinery or vessel:

one fault that is in a complex system that integrates two or more automotive systems

one fault that incorporates three or more mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical or electronic sub-systems

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the cause of the complex faults in the work above.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults, including:

manufacturer specifications and other technical information

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex system faults in vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

working safely with the systems being tested

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

safely using tools and equipment

types and operation of complex systems, including:

systems that integrates two or more automotive systems

systems that incorporate three or more mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical or electronic sub-systems

diagnostic procedures for complex systems, including stages within the diagnostic procedure

methods of gathering information on complex system faults, including:

customer questioning techniques to provide a full overview of all faults and conditions under which they occur

types and applications of diagnostic flow charts

key features and limitations of diagnostic tools, including:

multimeters

scan tools, including:

diagnosis trouble codes (DTC) and the conditions that caused the code to be set

live data

snap shots

oscilloscopes

mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic test equipment

methods of differentiating between fault symptoms and fault cause.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle or machinery complex system faults that they have diagnosed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer system specifications

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery that have the complex system faults specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex system faults in vehicles, vessels or machinery.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTA125 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

This unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The stability control systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking integrated stability control system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures integrated stability control system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTA025 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA125 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in the integrated stability control systems of three different vehicles or machinery in which the work for at least two of the stability control systems must involve a different type of complex fault from among the following:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

develop a testing strategy in the course of the above work to diagnose the cause of the complex faults in the above three vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems, including:

vehicle integrated stability control systems manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting motorcycles

environmental requirements relating to vehicle integrated stability control systems

types of complex faults relating to vehicle integrated stability control systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types and key features of vehicle integrated stability control systems, including:

anti-lock braking systems (ABS)

traction control systems

electronic stability control (ESC) systems

testing procedures for vehicle integrated stability control systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle integrated stability control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vehicle integrated stability control system specifications

three different vehicles or machinery with complex faults in their integrated stability control systems

vehicle integrated stability control system diagnostic equipment, including scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTA126 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

This unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronic over hydraulic systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking vehicle or machine hydraulic systems system specifications and procedures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures electronic over hydraulic system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTA026 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA126 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in at least three different electronic over hydraulic systems

develop a testing strategy in the course of the above work to diagnose the cause of at least two of the following complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems, including:

electronic over hydraulic systems system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems, including procedures for working with high pressure fluid systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from hydraulic systems

types of complex faults relating to electronic over hydraulic systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, functions and operation of electronic over hydraulic systems, including:

input sensors

output actuators

computer systems

testing procedures for electronic over hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

electronic control analysis

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

types, and key features of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems, including:

scan tool

vacuum gauge

oil pressure gauge

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic over hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electronic over hydraulic system specifications

three different electronic over hydraulic systems with complex faults

electronic over hydraulic system diagnostic equipment, including:

scan tool

vacuum gauge

oil pressure gauge

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTA127 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out basic vehicle servicing operations. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct equipment and servicing the major vehicle systems according to manufacturer servicing procedures and specifications, recording the findings and completing workplace processes. It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to carry out basic vehicle servicing operations	1.1 Identify task requirements and vehicle to be serviced from task instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret basic vehicle servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and report to workplace supervisor 1.4 Implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for servicing activity and establish serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
2. Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations	2.1 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Identify and record worn vehicle components and issues requiring further exploration according to workplace procedures 2.3 Record basic vehicle servicing operation procedures according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets metric and imperial systems of measurement Interprets mathematical information, including charts and drawings Uses tools and measuring equipment, including gauges Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate volumes and ratios.
Oral communication	Participates effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem-solving	Identifies potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk Refers problems that cannot be readily resolved and seeks assistance from workplace supervisor.
Reading	Selects and interprets key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety requirements and workplace procedures to perform basic vehicle servicing operations Selects and interprets key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Self-management	Recognises own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Technology	Sets up and operates specialised equipment and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTA027 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA127 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform basic servicing operations on at least two different operational vehicles, in which the work for each must involve servicing each of the following:

engine and exhaust system

drive belt

cooling system

transmission and final drive

tyres, suspension and steering

fuel and intake system

electrical system

braking system

body fittings and pedal rubbers.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out servicing operations, including:

vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to carry out basic vehicle servicing operations, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements relating to basic vehicle servicing operations, including:

use of personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of hand tools

use of lifting equipment

safety data sheets (SDS)

procedures for handling, storing and disposing of used oil, lubricants, coolants, transmission and brake fluids

reasons for servicing vehicles

basic vehicle servicing procedures, including:

servicing the engine:

checking for leaks, worn or loose fittings, cracks or other damage

changing the engine oil

changing the oil filter

servicing the drive belt:

checking for cracks, fraying, oil soaking and glazing at the belt to pulley contact area

adjusting the belt

servicing the cooling system:

checking for leaks, signs of corrosion, damaged or cracked hoses, worn or loose fittings

topping up the coolant

servicing transmission and final drive systems:

checking for leaks, worn or loose fittings, cracks or other damage

checking and topping up transmission and final drive lubricant level

topping up the clutch master cylinder fluid

servicing the tyres and suspension and steering system:

checking for leaks, splits in rubber boots, worn or loose fittings, and tyre wear

adjusting air pressure

lubricating ball joints

topping up power steering reservoir fluid

servicing the fuel intake system:

checking for leaks, worn or loose fittings, cracks or other damage

replacing air filters

servicing the electrical system:

checking the lighting system

checking and topping up the battery

servicing the brakes:

checking for leaks, wear, excessive heat damage, cracks or other damage

topping up the master cylinder fluid

servicing body fittings and pedal rubbers

other tasks, including checking:

windscreen wipers

windscreen washers (fluid level)

heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC) operation

body panels

exhaust system

mirrors

condition of foot pedal rubbers

hand and power tools and equipment used in vehicle servicing.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two vehicles for servicing

automotive hand and power tools and lifting and supporting equipment

automotive fluids and oils, including:

engine oil

transmission oil

brake fluid.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service braking systems according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation. The servicing undertaken will vary based on the work context.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery, outdoor power equipment or trailers. The braking systems may be hydraulic, air over hydraulic, air, mechanical, or hand and parking braking systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service braking system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Inspect braking system	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings and recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Service braking system	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to braking systems.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Numeracy	Measures brake components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Interprets measuring equipment scales.
Technology	Uses measuring equipment.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required person.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTB001 Inspect and service braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB101 Inspect and service braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service the brakes of at least two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work for each must involve inspecting and servicing at least one of the following:

disc braking system

drum braking systems

complete dynamic and static testing.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service brakes, including:

vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service brakes, including:

inspecting and servicing brakes

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing braking systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting vehicles or machinery

managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

environmental requirements relating to inspecting and servicing braking systems, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems

identification and function of major braking components, including:

discs, pads and callipers

drums, brake linings, wheel cylinders and hydraulic components

master cylinder

hydraulic and vacuum brake booster

diesel engine vacuum brake booster pump

electric and manual park braking systems

basic operation of braking systems, including:

hydraulic braking systems

mechanical braking systems

air over hydraulic systems

air braking systems

types, applications and testing of brake hydraulic fluids

inspection procedures for braking system components, including:

component wear analysis

brake fluid testing

service and adjustment procedures for braking systems, including:

brake bleeding

brake adjustment

park brake adjustment

post-service testing procedures for braking systems, including static and dynamic testing.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with disc and drum braking systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing braking systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the cooling systems of vehicles. The systems used vary based on the work context. It involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The cooling systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Cooling Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair cooling system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose cooling system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair cooling system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify required repair tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Refill system with required coolant and water mix according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking cooling system specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Interprets pressure gauges and metric units of pressure Uses mathematical operations to calculate volumes from ratios
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTC003 Diagnose and repair cooling systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC103 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different cooling systems, in which the work must involve:

removing and refitting or replacing at least one of the following components:

radiator

water pump

engine core plugs

removing and refitting or replacing at least two of the following components:

thermostat

radiator hoses

heater hoses

heater core

heater valve

heat exchanger

engine fan system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair cooling systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

cooling system manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair cooling systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing cooling systems, including:

procedures for handling hot pressurised cooling systems

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing cooling systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from cooling systems

operating principles of cooling systems and associated components, including:

effects of heat, including changes of temperature, colour, state and volume of substances

heat transfer, including conduction, convection and radiation

air cooled systems

liquid cooled systems

purpose and operation of the following components of cooling systems and components, including:

engine coolant types and composition

water pumps

thermostats and bypass systems

mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electric cooling fan systems

radiators

pressure caps

heat exchangers

expansion tanks

hoses

drive belts

temperature sensors and gauges

diagnostic testing procedures for cooling systems, including testing procedures for:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

effects of corrosion, cavitation and electrolysis

transient voltage

engine coolant

cooling system pressure

combustion leak

cooling fan system

thermostat

temperature sensors/senders

infra-red thermal devices

cooling system hose

water pump

repair procedures for cooling systems, including procedures for bleeding coolant systems

post-repair testing procedures for cooling systems, including:

fan system operation

thermostat operation

checks for leaks.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the cooling systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer cooling system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with cooling system faults

diagnostic equipment for cooling systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing cooling systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service engines.
It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the engine, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation. The servicing undertaken will vary based on the work context.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engines include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant or motorcycles. The unit does not apply to outdoor power equipment engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service engine	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Inspect engine	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings and recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Service engine	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine service procedures and specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Numeracy	Calculates liquid volumes and service schedule intervals, using mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTE004 Inspect and service engines.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE104 Inspect and service engines

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service the engines of a least two different vehicles or machinery, completing the following in the course of the above work:

inspecting a vehicle for oil and fluid leaks

reporting any identified abnormal engine noises

inspecting ancillary components

replacing engine oil and filters

starting up and running engine to operating temperature

checking for leaks.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service engines, including:

vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service engines, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing engines, including procedures for working with:

rotating and hot components

engine oils

high energy ignition and charging systems

high voltage injectors

lifting and supporting equipment, including pits

hoists, including:

two-point hoists

four-point hoists

jack hoists

procedures for daily inspection of hoist

environmental requirements relating to inspecting and servicing engines, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

identifying and handling oils and fluids

identification and function of major engine components, including:

cylinder block and head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

valve train

manifolds

ports and reed valve

identification and function of engine systems, including:

lubrication

cooling system

fuel system

air system

basic operation of spark ignition engines and compression ignition engines, including:

two-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke compression ignition engines

types of engine configurations, including:

two-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke compression ignition engines

types and applications of engine oils and filters

difference between mineral and synthetic fluids

inspection procedures for engines, including:

oil and fluid leaks

ancillary components, including:

mountings

belts, pulleys and hoses

service and adjustment procedures for engines, including:

adjusting or replacing engine components

replacing oil

replacing filter

post-service testing procedures for engines.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with engines requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing engines.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service vehicle petrol fuel systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the fuel system for leaks, inspecting the air filter, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the petrol fuel system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The petrol fuel systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment. The servicing operations undertaken may vary based on the occupation of the learner.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1. Prepare to inspect and service petrol fuel system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Inspect petrol fuel system	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Service petrol fuel system	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Carry out final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations and confirm vehicle or machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Locates information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to petrol fuel systems.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Makes repair recommendations.
Numeracy	Calculates liquid volumes and service schedule intervals using basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction.
Problem solving	Refers to problems outside area of responsibility to required person.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTF001 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF101 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service the petrol fuel systems of at least two different vehicles or machinery in which the work for each must involve all of the following:

pre-inspection of all petrol fuel system components

servicing air filters

replacing fuel filters.

post-inspection of all petrol fuel system components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service petrol fuel systems, including:

vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service petrol fuel systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing petrol fuel systems, including procedures for working with:

stored fuel pressure

flammable liquids

environmental requirements relating to inspecting and servicing petrol fuel systems, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of flammable liquids released from fuel systems

disposing of filters.

inspection procedures for petrol fuel systems, including:

inspecting components for damage and leaks

inspecting air filter and air intake housing and ducting for blockage or damage

service and adjustment procedures for petrol fuel systems, including:

replacing fuel filter

cleaning or replacing air filter and checking air intake housing and ducting for damage

checking and adjusting base idle speed as required

fuel pressure testing as required

post-service testing procedures for petrol fuel systems, including:

starting up and running system to full operation

testing system for leaks and correct operation

identification, function and basic operation of petrol fuel system components, including:

types and applications of fuels, including petroleum and biofuels

fuel tank, cap and lines

fuel filters

fuel pumps, including:

mechanical

electrical

electronic control unit and sensors

fuel injection system components

accelerator pedal or control lever.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the petrol fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer petrol fuel system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with petrol fuel systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing petrol fuel systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the fuel injection system for leaks, inspecting the air filter, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The diesel fuel injection systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service diesel fuel injection system	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for serviceability
2. Inspect diesel fuel injection system	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings according to workplace procedures
3. Service diesel fuel injection system	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures, including engine start-up check for leaks and operation
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates liquid volumes and service schedule intervals using basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to diesel fuel injection systems.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required person.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTF002 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF102 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service a diesel fuel injection system on at least two different vehicles or machines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures, including:

inspection findings such as recommendations for required repairs or adjustments

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

working with high pressure diesel fuel systems

working with high voltage diesel fuel injectors

working with stored fuel pressures

engine start-up and shut-down

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from fuel systems

application, purpose and operation of air filter and air intake housing and ducting

identification and function of mechanically controlled diesel fuel injection system and components, including:

types and applications of fuels, including diesel and biofuels

fuel tank and lines

fuel filters and sedimenter filters

fuel supply pumps

injection pumps, including:

in-line

rotary

injector pipes

injectors

overflow or leak-off pipes

identification and function of electronic diesel fuel injection systems and common rail fuel systems and components, including:

fuel tank and lines

fuel filters and sedimenter filter

fuel supply pumps

injection pumps

pressure and injector pipes

fuel rail

injectors

overflow or leak-off pipes

electronic control unit and sensors

inspection procedures for diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures relating to leaks, damaged piping and sedimentary sight glasses

service and adjustment procedures for diesel fuel injection systems, including:

servicing sediment filters

replacing fuel filters

bleeding fuel system as required

servicing air filter and air intake housing and ducting

engine speed adjustments as required and operational testing

post-service testing procedures for diesel fuel injection system.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the diesel fuel injection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer diesel fuel injection system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with diesel fuel injection systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing diesel fuel injection systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in engine forced-induction systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The engine forced-induction systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair forced-induction system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose forced-induction system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair forced-induction system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures engine forced-induction components Uses mathematical operations Carries out calculations such as areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTF005 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF105 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a turbocharger fault in an engine forced-induction system

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two of the following components of engine forced-induction systems:

variable turbocharger

compound turbocharger

waste-gate actuator

intercooler

supercharger.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing engine forced-induction systems, including procedures for working with high temperature exhaust and intake system components

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing engine forced-induction systems, including those relevant to exhaust gases such as hydrocarbons

purpose and operation of engine forced-induction systems, including procedures for testing:

turbochargers, including:

twin scroll

twin turbocharger

turbo compounding

variable geometry turbocharger

waste-gate operation

lubrication and cooling

intercooler operation, including air to air and water to air

supercharger operation

diagnostic testing procedures for engine forced-induction systems, including:

intake manifold pressure and vacuum testing

intake and exhaust system leak testing

turbo boost air pressure

intercooler pressure and temperature checks, types include air to air and air to water

oil supply

oil return to sump

turbocharger waste-gate testing

visual inspection for oil leakage

turbine rotating assembly end float and axial movement

repair procedures for engine forced-induction systems, including procedures for:

removing and replacing turbochargers

testing, removing, replacing and adjusting waste-gates

post-repair testing procedures for engine forced-induction systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engine forced-induction systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine forced-induction system specifications

one vehicle or machinery with engine forced-induction systems and a fault in turbocharger

diagnostic equipment for engine forced-induction systems, including dial indicator, vacuum and pressure gauges, and temperature gauges

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing engine forced-induction systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTF106 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the petrol carburettor systems of vehicles. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The petrol carburettor systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair petrol carburettor system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose petrol carburettor system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair petrol carburettor system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures petrol carburettor system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTF006 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF106 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in each of the following different petrol carburettor systems fitted to different vehicles or engines:

one type of variable venturi carburettor

one type of multi-barrel carburettor

one simple carburettor.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing petrol carburettor systems, including procedures for working with working with flammable petrol fuel

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing petrol carburettor systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from fuel system

operating principles of petrol carburettor systems, including:

fuel atomisation

air-fuel ratios and combustion cycles

detonation and pre-ignition

venturi action

purpose and operation of petrol carburettor systems and components, including:

carburettor systems, including:

float system

idle system

fast idle system

main system

choke system

power system

accelerating system

single barrel carburettor operation, including:

mixture correction, including air-bleed, compensating jet, and metering rod mixture correction

manual and automatic choke operation

multi-barrel carburettors, including:

two-barrel and four-barrel carburettors

two-stage carburettors, including vacuum and mechanical control of second stage

diagnostic testing procedures for petrol carburettor systems, including procedures for:

fuel pump pressure, volume and vacuum testing

air-leak testing

cold-start enrichment testing

exhaust gas analysis

repair procedures for petrol carburettor systems, including procedures for:

installing fuel pumps

dismantling, cleaning, repairing and reassembling carburettors

removing, replacing and adjusting carburettors

post-repair testing procedures for petrol carburettor systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the carburettors that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vehicle petrol carburettor system specifications

three different vehicles or engines with faults in the petrol carburettor systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for petrol carburettor systems, including an exhaust gas analyser,

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing petrol carburettor systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, use, maintain and store tools and equipment in an automotive workplace.

The unit applies to those who work in all sectors of the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Tools and Equipment

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and use tools and equipment	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Select tools and equipment to meet job requirements 1.3 Check tools and equipment for serviceability according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 1.4 Use tools, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) according to manufacturer procedures and safety requirements
2. Service, maintain and store workplace tools and equipment	2.1 Service, adjust and maintain tools and equipment according to workplace and manufacturer schedules and procedures to ensure safe and accurate operation, within scope of own responsibility 2.2 Clean remaining tools and equipment, check for serviceability, and store according to workplace procedures 2.3 Tag and remove damaged or worn tools and equipment and report according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Identifies scope of own responsibility
Reading	Interprets work health and safety (WHS) procedures in workplace and manufacturer literature Interprets information from manufacturer instruction manuals
Numeracy	Identifies different size metric and imperial tools Understands the progression of fractions in imperial tools Uses basic mathematical processes, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distance, area and volume
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTK002 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTK102 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use and maintain workplace tools and equipment, which must include the following:

five different hand tools

two different power tools

two different air tools

one piece of vehicle lifting equipment

one piece of vehicle supporting equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to using and maintaining workplace tools and equipment, including procedures for:

using specific tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

key functions, limitations and operating procedures for hand and power tools, including:

sockets and ratchets

spanners, including ring spanners, open-ended spanners, combination spanners and flare nut spanners

wrenches, including torque wrenches and adjustable wrenches

oil filter removal tools

allen keys

screwdrivers, including impact screwdrivers

pliers, including combination, adjustable, long nose, snap ring, side cutting and vice grip pliers

hammers

chisels and punches

hacksaws

files

bench grinders

presses

impact guns

air ratchets and blowguns

key features and limitations of workplace equipment, including:

vehicle lifting and supporting equipment, including:

jacks, including air jacks

jack stands

vehicle hoists

fasteners, including:

bolts

washers

nuts

studs

screws

specialised tools, including:

screw extractors

stud installation and removal tools

gear and bearing pullers

sealing and adhesive equipment

procedures for selecting tools and equipment

identification and tagging procedures for faulty tools and equipment

basic maintenance and storage procedures for tools and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the tools and equipment that they have used and maintained, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

workplace hand and power tools and equipment as specified in the performance evidence

PPE required to use workplace tools and equipment

vehicles, components or materials that require the use of tools and equipment

material relevant to maintaining workplace tools and equipment, including:

tool and equipment operating instructions or manuals

relevant tool and equipment adjusting or calibration equipment

tagging material.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTL015 Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop, apply and validate significant modifications to existing gas fuel systems in order to vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying the modification requirement, developing the modification specifications, applying and testing the modification, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

Significant and non-routine modifications are those that require compliance with Australian Design Rules and Vehicle Safety Bulletins.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The gas fuel systems include those of agricultural machinery, forklifts, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Alternative Fuels

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the modification requirement	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Reasons for the modification are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons 1.3 Modification options are identified and presented to appropriate persons according to workplace procedures 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Legal and safety impacts of the modification are considered, as required, according to regulatory requirements
2. Develop and validate the modification specification	2.1 Manufacturer benchmark specifications for the existing gas fuel system are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Criteria for selecting the modification method and evaluating the outcomes are identified and documented 2.3 Proposed modification method is identified, selected and evaluated from available options 2.4 Selected option, including material choices and processes, is developed in detail and progressively assessed against established criteria 2.5 Modification specification is documented according to workplace procedures
3. Apply and test the modification specification	3.1 Tools, test equipment and materials required to support the modification procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 3.2 Selected modification method is carried out according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Post-modification testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm modification outcomes are as intended, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the modification process are rectified 3.4 Test results and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.5 Variations needed during the modification process or as a result of testing are incorporated into the modification specification 3.6 Information and detail relating to the modification are documented and provided to the appropriate parties according to regulatory and commercial obligations
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information.
Reading skills to:	interpret the operating and testing procedures for gas fuel system testing equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking gas fuel system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting modification findings and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from supervisors, and report modification outcomes.
Numeracy skills to:	measure gas fuel system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret precision measuring equipment and test equipment units and scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised testing equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with extremely cold and flammable gas environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of gas to atmosphere.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTL5015 Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL015 Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop and apply the following significant and non-routine modifications on the gas fuel systems of two different vehicles or machinery:

adapt or modify gas fuel system to a significantly changed capability

adapt gas fuel system for different work conditions

modify or install a significant gas fuel system for a special purpose.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to developing and applying gas fuel system modifications, including procedures for working with extremely cold and flammable gas

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of gas to atmosphere

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing modifications to gas fuel systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of gas fuel systems being modified, including:

liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)

compressed natural gas (CNG)

liquefied natural gas (LNG)

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required for gas fuel system modifications

associated vehicle systems and their impact on gas fuel system operation

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and Vehicle Safety Bulletins (VSBs) relating to gas fuel system modifications

procedures for documenting and reporting the modification specifications and outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the gas fuel systems that they have modified, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer gas fuel system specifications

ADRs and Vehicle Safety Bulletins (VSBs) relating to gas fuel system modifications

two different vehicles or machinery requiring gas fuel system modification n

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out gas fuel system modifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTL102 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the compressed natural gas (CNG) fuel systems of vehicles or machinery. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The CNG fuel systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Alternative Fuels

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair CNG fuel system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose CNG fuel system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair CNG fuel system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, Australian Standards, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, Australian Standards, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Interprets Australian standards relating to repairing CNG fuel systems Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures CNG fuel system components Uses mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division Calculates distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTL002 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL102 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two vehicles with different compressed natural gas (CNG) fuel systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

Australian Standard - AS/NZ 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing CNG fuel systems, including procedures for:

working with extremely cold and flammable gas

storing CNG

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing CNG fuel systems, including procedures for preventing loss of gas to atmosphere

purpose and operation of CNG fuel systems and components, including:

mixers

regulators

fuel lock-off valves

filters

tanks

control valves and switches

diagnostic testing procedures for CNG fuel systems, including procedures for testing:

mixers

regulators

fuel lock-off valves

electronic control valves and switches

repair procedures for CNG fuel systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting the systems

post-repair testing procedures for CNG fuel systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the CNG fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vehicle CNG fuel system specifications

AS/NZ 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines

two vehicles with different CNG fuel systems with faults

diagnostic equipment for CNG fuel systems, including exhaust gas analyser

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing CNG fuel systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTL104 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service liquefied natural gas (LNG) fuel systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The LNG fuel systems include those of agricultural machinery, forklifts, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Alternative Fuels

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service LNG fuel system	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with work and manage risks according to safety and environmental requirements 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for serviceability
2. Inspect LNG fuel system	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety requirements, and AS/NZS 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Service LNG fuel system	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, AS/NZS 2739, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate service schedule intervals.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to LNG fuel systems.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required person.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTL004 Inspect and service LNG fuel system.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL104 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service two different light vehicle, heavy commercial vehicle or forklift liquefied natural gas (LNG) fuel systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service LNG fuel systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service LNG fuel systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing LNG fuel systems, including procedures for:

working with a lighter-than-air flammable gas

avoiding cold burns

storing LNG

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of gas to atmosphere

licensing requirements for working on LNG systems

identification and function of LNG fuel system components

basic operation of LNG fuel systems

requirements of AS/NZS 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines

inspection procedures for LNG fuel systems, including:

leakage check

LNG container identity

container life

container recertification date

container corrosion and damage

container attachment

automatic fuel shut-off device

manual valves

compartment and sub-compartment refuelling connection

refuelling interlock device

flexible piping and hoses

ground clearances

vehicle identification, including identification markers

service and adjustment procedures for LNG fuel systems, including checking compliance of fuel system emissions

post-service testing procedures for LNG fuel systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle LNG fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

AS/NZS 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines

manufacturer servicing schedules and vehicle LNG fuel system specifications

vehicles and machinery specified in the performance evidence with operating LNG fuel systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing LNG fuel systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTL105 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the liquefied natural gas (LNG) fuel systems of vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, sourcing the diagnostic testing strategy, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The unit applies to LNG fuel systems in agricultural machinery, forklifts, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Alternative Fuels

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair LNG fuel system	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret diagnostic information 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy, selecting those required for the circumstances 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check diagnostic tools and equipment required for testing strategy for serviceability
2. Diagnose LNG fuel system	2.1 Perform diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Identify faults from diagnostic test results and determine causes of faults 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for required repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Repair LNG fuel system	3.1 Source and interpret repair information 3.2 Analyse repair options and select those required for the circumstances 3.3 Select and check repair tools, equipment and materials 3.4 Carry out repairs and component replacements and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and AS/NZ 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures and AS/NZ 2739 to confirm fault rectification, and rectify any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Process workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Measures LNG fuel system components and uses mathematical operations to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking LNG fuel system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTL005 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL105 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in one of the following components in at least two vehicles with different liquefied natural gas (LNG) fuel systems:

mixers

regulators

fuel lock-off valves

electronic control valves or switches.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing LNG fuel systems, including procedures for:

working with extremely cold and flammable gas

storing LNG

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of gas to atmosphere

key requirements of AS/NZ 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines

operating principles of LNG fuel systems and associated components

application, purpose and operation of LNG fuel systems and components, including:

mixers

regulators

fuel lock-off valves

filters

tanks

control valves and switches

diagnostic testing procedures for LNG fuel systems, including:

mixers

regulators

fuel lock-off valves

electronic control valves and switches

repair procedures for LNG fuel systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting the systems

post-repair testing procedures for LNG fuel systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the LNG fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer LNG fuel system specifications

AS/NZ 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines

two vehicles with different LNG fuel systems with faults

diagnostic equipment for LNG fuel systems, including exhaust gas analyser

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing LNG fuel systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTL108 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) fuel systems of vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, sourcing the diagnostic strategy, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The unit applies to LPG fuel systems in agricultural machinery, forklifts, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Alternative Fuels

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair LPG fuel system	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret diagnostic information 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy, selecting those required for the circumstances 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check diagnostic tools and equipment required for testing strategy for serviceability
2. Diagnose LPG fuel system	2.1 Perform diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Identify faults from diagnostic test results and determine causes of faults 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for required repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Repair LPG fuel system	3.1 Source and interpret repair information 3.2 Analyse repair options and select those required by the circumstances 3.3 Select and check repair tools, equipment and materials 3.4 Carry out repairs and component replacements and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and AS/NZ 1425 LP Gas fuel systems for vehicle engines, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures and AS/NZ 1425 to confirm fault rectification, and rectify any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Measures LPG fuel system components and uses mathematical operations to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets Australian Standards relating to repairing LPG fuel systems Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking LPG fuel system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTL008 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL108 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in at least two vehicles with different liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) fuel systems, in which the fault in each involves a different component from among the following:

mixers

regulators

fuel lock-off valves

electronic control valves or switches.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing LPG fuel systems, including procedures for:

working with extremely cold and flammable gas

storing LPG

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of gas to atmosphere

key requirements of AS/NZ 1425 LP Gas fuel systems for vehicle engines

licensing requirements for working on LPG fuel systems

application, purpose and operating principles of LPG fuel systems and associated components, including:

mixers

regulators

fuel lock-off valves

filters

tanks

control valves and switches

diagnostic testing procedures for LPG fuel systems, including:

mixers

regulators

fuel lock-off valves

electronic control valves and switches

repair procedures for LPG fuel systems, including removing, replacing and adjusting the systems

post-repair testing procedures for LPG fuel systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the LPG fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer LPG fuel system specifications

AS/NZ 1425 LP Gas fuel systems for vehicle engines

two vehicles with different LPG fuel systems with faults

diagnostic equipment for LPG fuel systems, including exhaust gas analyser

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing LPG fuel systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTL111 Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in compressed natural gas (CNG) fuel systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The CNG fuel systems include those in vehicles from all sectors of the industry.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Alternative Fuels

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Determine nature and objective of diagnosis requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm existence of fault in CNG fuel system from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications and other technical information for CNG fuel system 2.2 Identify diagnostic procedures and options 2.3 Select diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes from the range of identified options 2.4 Select and prepare testing equipment according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Identify, select and prepare tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Follow selected diagnostic process and carry out testing according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Confirm diagnostic findings, as required, by using alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Draw and document conclusions from findings according to workplace procedures and develop recommendations for required repairs that comply with AS/NZS 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines 3.4 Provide conclusions to required personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Applies diagnostic skills to different CNG fuel systems.
Numeracy	Measures CNG fuel system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Uses gauges and interpret units, such as kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking CNG fuel system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTL011 Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL111 Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in at least three different compressed natural gas (CNG) systems

the above diagnoses must involve at least two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in CNG fuel systems, including procedures for working with lighter-than-air flammable gas

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of gas to atmosphere

types of complex faults relating to CNG fuel systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types and key features of CNG fuel systems, including:

fuel lock-offs

injectors

mixers

metering units

requirements of AS/NZS 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines

testing procedures for CNG fuel systems, including:

component failure analysis

safety component operation

electrical control systems

exhaust emissions

on-road fuel efficiency

data interpretation

types and key features of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the CNG fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

AS/NZS 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines

manufacturer CNG fuel system specifications

three different CNG fuel systems with complex faults

CNG fuel system diagnostic equipment, including scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in CNG fuel systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTL112 Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in liquefied natural gas (LNG) fuel systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The LNG fuel systems include those in vehicles from all sectors of the industry.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Alternative Fuels

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Determine nature and objective of diagnosis requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm existence of fault in LNG fuel system from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications and other technical information for LNG fuel system 2.2 Identify diagnostic procedures and options 2.3 Select diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes from the range of identified options 2.4 Select and prepare testing equipment according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Identify, select and prepare tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Follow selected diagnostic process and carry out testing according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Confirm diagnostic findings, as required, by using alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Draw and document conclusions from findings according to workplace procedures, and develop recommendations for required repairs that comply with AS/NZS 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines 3.4 Provide conclusions to required personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Applies diagnostic skills to different LNG fuel systems.
Numeracy	Measures LNG fuel system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Uses gauges and interprets units, such as kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking LNG fuel system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTL012 Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL112 Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in at least three different liquefied natural gas (LNG) systems

the above diagnoses must involve at least two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in LNG fuel systems, including procedures for working with lighter-than-air flammable gas

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of gas to atmosphere

types of complex faults relating to LNG fuel systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types and key features of LNG fuel systems, including:

fuel lock-offs

injectors

mixers

metering units

requirements of AS/NZS 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines

testing procedures for LNG fuel systems, including:

component failure analysis

safety component operation

electrical control systems

exhaust emissions

on-road fuel efficiency

data interpretation

types and key features of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the LNG fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

AS/NZS 2739 Natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines

manufacturer LNG fuel system specifications

three different LNG fuel systems with complex faults

LNG fuel system diagnostic equipment, including:

scan tools

compression gauges

vacuum gauges

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in LNG fuel systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTL113 Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) fuel systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

This unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The LPG fuel systems include those in vehicles from all sectors of the industry.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Alternative Fuels

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Determine nature and objective of diagnosis requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm existence of fault in LPG fuel system from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications and other technical information for LPG fuel system 2.2 Identify diagnostic procedures and options 2.3 Select diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes from the range of available options 2.4 Select and prepare testing equipment according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Identify, select and prepare tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Follow selected diagnostic process and carry out testing according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Confirm diagnostic findings, as required, by using alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Draw and document conclusions from findings according to workplace procedures, and develop recommendations for required repairs that comply with AS/NZS 1425 LP Gas fuel systems for vehicle engines 3.4 Provide conclusions to required personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Applies diagnostic skills to different LPG fuel systems.
Numeracy	Measures LPG fuel system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications Uses gauges and interprets units, such as kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking LPG fuel system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTL013 Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL113 Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in at least three different liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) fuel systems

the above diagnoses must involve at least two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in LPG fuel systems, including procedures for working with heavier-than-air flammable gas

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of gas to atmosphere

types of complex faults relating to LPG fuel systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types and key features of LPG fuel systems, including:

converter-mixer systems

injection systems

requirements of AS/NZS 1425 LP Gas fuel systems for vehicle engines

testing procedures for LPG fuel systems, including:

component failure analysis

safety component operation

electrical control systems

exhaust emissions

on-road fuel efficiency

data interpretation

types and key features of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the LPG fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

AS/NZS 1425 LP Gas fuel systems for vehicle engines

manufacturer LPG fuel system specifications

three different LPG fuel systems with complex faults

LPG fuel system diagnostic equipment, including:

scan tool

vacuum gauge

compression gauge

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in LPG fuel systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service vehicle drive shafts. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the drive shaft for damage or abnormal wear, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the drive shaft, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The drive shafts include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment. The servicing operations undertaken may vary based on the occupation of the learner.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service drive shaft	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for servicing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Inspect drive shaft	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report inspection findings for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Service drive shaft	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Carry out final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations and confirm vehicle or machinery is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Locates information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to drive shafts.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Numeracy	Measures components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Problem solving	Refers to problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTQ003 Inspect and service drive shafts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTQ103 Inspect and service drive shafts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service the drive shafts of at least two different vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service drive shafts, including:

vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service drive shafts, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing drive shafts, including procedures for:

working with rotating shafts

handling lubricants

environmental requirements relating to inspecting and servicing drive shafts

identification of drive shaft components, including:

single and multi-piece shafts

universal joints

rubber type couplings

slip joints

support bearings

constant velocity joints

types and applications of drive shaft lubricants

inspection procedures for drive shafts, including:

component wear or damage

lubricant leaks

service and adjustment procedures for drive shafts, including lubricating components as required

post-service testing procedures of drive shafts.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the drive shafts that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer drive shaft specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with drive shafts requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing drive shafts.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTR101 Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose complex faults in engine management systems and identifying the repair action necessary to restore system performance. The systems used vary based on the work context. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, developing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The engine management systems include those in vehicles from all sectors of the industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Electrical and Electronics

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Confirm nature of fault according to workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose complex faults	2.1 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 2.2 Analyse diagnostic options and develop testing strategy, including, diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes 2.3 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 3.2 Verify and report diagnostic findings using reliable alternative process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures 3.4 Communicate findings to workplace supervisor and customer and confirm next steps
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for repair process or return to customer 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops own approach to a task, including steps to confirm findings Applies diagnostic skills to different vehicles or machinery
Reading	Identifies, organises and interprets technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine management system specifications and procedures
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Gains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures engine management system components and uses mathematical operations, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications Uses electrical measuring equipment and interpret units, such as amperes, ohms, and volts
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises and sequences actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses measuring equipment Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTR001 Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTR101 Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose a complex fault in three different engine management systems in which the work for at least two of the systems must involve a different complex fault from the following:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

develop a testing strategy to diagnose the causes of the complex faults in the above systems.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair complex faults in engine management systems, including:

engine management system manufacturer specifications

information from customers and supervisors

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair complex faults in engine management systems, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

safe disposal of materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in engine management systems, including procedures for:

working with high pressure petrol fuel systems

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements relating to engine management systems

types of complex faults relating to engine management systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

key features of engine management systems, including:

injectors

air flow meters

temperature sensors

pressure sensors

throttle position sensors

testing procedures for engine management systems, including procedures for:

dynamic and static testing of vehicle or machinery

component failure analysis

types and key features of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in engine management systems, including:

scan tools

oscilloscopes

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engine management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine management system specifications

three different vehicles or machinery with complex faults in their engine management systems

engine management system diagnostic equipment, including scan tools and oscilloscopes

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in engine management systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTS101 Fabricate exhaust systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fabricate and test exhaust systems and their components. It involves preparing for the task, selecting procedures for fabrication, performing post-fabrication testing, and completing processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The exhaust systems and components that are fabricated are for internal combustion engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Fabrication

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to fabricate exhaust system component	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret fabrication information 1.3 Analyse and select suitable fabrication options 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for the job and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Fabricate and test component	2.1 Identify and obtain component material according to job requirements 2.2 Shape, machine and weld material according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Measure component to ensure compliance with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Carry out component fabrication according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.5 Test component according to workplace procedures and job requirements and rectify any issues identified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Reads and interprets complex information and ideas from workplace procedures, documentation, legislation and regulations for safely operating fabrication equipment.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Numeracy	Understands welding gas pressures and welding wire feed rates Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances and material requirements.
Planning and organising	Prepares work area and tools Designs exhaust system components to fit within vehicle and other system constraints.
Technology	Uses specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTS001 Fabricate exhaust systems and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTS101 Fabricate exhaust systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

fabricate at least two different exhaust systems

complete the following activities in the course of the above work:

manufacture flanges

undertake pipe bending

join components by welding.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to fabricate exhaust systems and components, including:

manufacturers specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to fabricate exhaust systems and components, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

the following workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to fabricating exhaust systems and components:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

procedures for using tools and equipment

procedures for safely handling fabrication equipment

procedures for controlling abnormal noise and hazardous fumes

environmental requirements for fabricating exhaust systems and components

technical exhaust systems information, including:

scavenging

back pressure

purpose and operation of the following exhaust systems:

mufflers

extractor pipes

catalytic converters

diesel particulate filters

purpose and operation of the following exhaust component fabrications:

pipe bending

flange manufacture

welding techniques

purpose and operation of the following exhaust fabrication tools:

exhaust pipe benders

pipe cutters

formers

welding equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the exhaust systems that they have fabricated, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

exhaust system fabrication material, including:

exhaust pipe

exhaust flanges

exhaust brackets

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for exhaust system fabrication, including:

exhaust pipe benders

pipe cutters

formers

welding equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service manual transmissions. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the transmission, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the transmission, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The manual transmissions include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service manual transmission	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for serviceability
2. Inspect manual transmission	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report recommendations for required repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Service manual transmission	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to manual transmissions.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Numeracy	Calculates liquid volumes and service schedule intervals using basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTX002 Inspect and service manual transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX102 Inspect and service manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service the manual transmissions of at least two different vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service manual transmissions, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service manual transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures, including:

inspection findings and recommendations for required repairs or adjustments

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing manual transmissions, including procedures for handling transmission oils

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from transmissions

identification and function of manual transmissions, including:

major components

gearshift mechanisms

basic operation of manual transmissions, including:

transaxle

longitudinal transmission

transfer case

types and applications of transmission oils

inspection procedures for manual transmissions, including:

evaluating lubricant condition

carrying out visual inspections for damage or lubricant leaks

service and adjustment procedures for manual transmissions, including:

replacing oils as required

inspecting and adjusting lubricant levels

adjusting linkages as required

post-service testing procedures for manual transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the manual transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer manual transmission specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with manual transmissions requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing manual transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTX103 Inspect and service automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service automatic transmissions. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the transmission, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the transmission, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The automatic transmissions include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service automatic transmission	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for serviceability
2. Inspect automatic transmission	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report recommendations for required repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Service automatic transmission	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Calculates liquid volumes and service schedule intervals using basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to automatic transmissions.
Technology	Uses specialised tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTX003 Inspect and service automatic transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX103 Inspect and service automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service the automatic transmissions of at least two different vehicles or machinery, including:

replacing transmission fluid and filter

making transmission adjustments.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service automatic transmissions, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service automatic transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures, including:

inspection findings and recommendations for required repairs or adjustments

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing automatic transmissions, including procedures for handling transmission fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

identification and function of automatic transmission components, including:

torque converter

control valve body

housings

gear trains

bands and clutch packs

servos

oil pumps

electronic controls

selector mechanisms

basic operation of automatic transmission, including:

torque converter

transaxle

longitudinal transmission

types and applications of transmission fluids

inspection procedures for automatic transmissions, including:

fluid levels and condition

fluid leaks

internal and external physical condition

transmission sensors and controls

service and adjustment procedures for automatic transmissions, including:

replacing transmission fluid and filter

checking transmission fluid levels

adjusting bands, linkages and sensors as required

post-service testing procedures for automatic transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the automatic transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer automatic transmission specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with automatic transmissions requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing automatic transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTX104 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions and associated components. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the transmission and components, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the transmission, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydrostatic transmissions include those of agricultural machinery, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect and service hydrostatic transmission	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret servicing information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for serviceability
2. Inspect hydrostatic transmission	2.1 Carry out inspection according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Compare inspection results with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Report recommendations for required repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
3. Service hydrostatic transmission	3.1 Carry out service and adjustments according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Carry out post-service testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to determine liquid quantities Interprets pressure gauges and units of pressure.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to hydrostatic transmissions.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required person.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTX004 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX104 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect and service the hydrostatic transmissions of at least two different pieces of machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures, including:

inspection findings and recommendations for required repair or adjustment

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing hydrostatic transmissions, including procedures for:

working with high oil pressures

working with stored hydraulic accumulator pressures

isolating and stabilising machinery

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oil released from hydrostatic transmissions

identification, function and basic operation of hydrostatic transmission and components, including:

charge pump

main pump

drive motor

filters

hydraulic lines

heat exchanger

reservoir

control valve

types and applications of hydraulic oil

inspection procedures for hydrostatic transmissions, including:

hydraulic oil sampling

oil leaks

pressure checks as required

service and adjustment procedures for hydrostatic transmissions, including

adjusting or replenishing oil level as required

replacing filters as required

post-service testing procedures for hydrostatic transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hydrostatic transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

mechanical repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hydrostatic transmission specifications

two different machinery with hydrostatic transmissions requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing hydrostatic transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTX106 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in hydrostatic transmissions and their associated components. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydrostatic transmissions include those in agricultural machinery, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Transmissions

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydrostatic transmission	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Analyse diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose heavy vehicle hydrostatic transmission	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Develop and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair heavy vehicle hydrostatic transmission	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors
Numeracy	Measures hydrostatic transmission components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised diagnostic equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTX006 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX106 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in the hydrostatic transmission systems of two different vehicles or machinery, including in three of the following components:

charge pump

main pump

drive motor

hydraulic lines

heat exchanger

control valve.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing hydrostatic transmissions, including procedures for:

working with high pressure and stored energy hazards

isolating and stabilising machines

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing hydrostatic transmissions, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from hydrostatic transmissions

operating principles of hydrostatic transmissions and associated components, including:

closed loop

charge circuitry

flushing circuit

purpose and operation of hydrostatic transmissions and components, including:

charge pump

main pump, including pilot control systems

drive motor, including control systems

filtering

hydraulic lines

heat exchanger

reservoir

diagnostic testing procedures for hydrostatic transmissions, including:

testing charging system

testing closed loop system

testing flushing system

measuring case drains

testing internal and external fluid leaks

checking abnormal noises and operation

using scan tools and multimeter

repair procedures for hydrostatic transmissions, including procedures for:

isolating faults

dismantling components and parts

inspecting and evaluating worn components

repairing and replacing parts

post-repair flow and pressure testing procedures for hydrostatic transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hydrostatic transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for hydrostatic transmissions

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the hydrostatic transmission components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for hydrostatic transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting hydrostatic transmissions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in the exhaust systems of vehicles. The systems used vary based on the work context. The unit involves preparing for the task, sourcing a diagnostic testing strategy, diagnosing the cause of the fault, carrying out the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The exhaust systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical – Emission and Exhaust

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair exhaust system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for diagnosis activity 1.3 Select diagnostic options and source testing strategy to identify cause of fault using workplace and manufacturer procedures 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with diagnose and repair activity, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for testing strategy and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Diagnose exhaust system	2.1 Implement diagnostic tests set out in testing strategy according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and workplace health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify cause of fault through analysis of diagnostic test results 2.3 Confirm and report cause of fault according to workplace procedures 2.4 Identify and report recommendations for necessary repairs according to workplace procedures
3. Repair exhaust system	3.1 Identify required information for repair activity 3.2 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures 3.3 Carry out repairs according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Numeracy	Measures exhaust system components Uses mathematical operations Calculates distances, areas, volumes and tolerances Calculates deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses diagnostic equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURTTZ002 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURTTZ102 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different vehicles, in which the fault for each must involve a different exhaust system component from among the following:

exhaust manifold or extractor pipes

manifold gasket fitted to a vehicle

catalytic converter

muffler or resonator

exhaust pipe.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to diagnose and repair exhaust systems, including:

information provided by customers and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to diagnose and repair exhaust systems, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing exhaust systems, including procedures for working with hot components and exhaust systems producing toxic gases

environmental requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing exhaust systems

operating principles of exhaust systems, including:

scavenging

back pressure

purpose and operation of exhaust systems and components, including:

mufflers

extractor pipes

catalytic converters

diesel particulate filters

diagnostic testing procedures for exhaust systems, including procedures for:

exhaust leak testing

vibration and noise locating procedures

back pressure testing

repair procedures for exhaust systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and aligning components

post-repair testing procedures for exhaust systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the emission control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer emission control system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with exhaust systems requiring servicing

equipment, tools and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing exhaust systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVNA107 Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify mechanical and electrical damage resulting from a vehicle accident.

The unit applies to those applying specialist automotive knowledge to a vehicle loss assessment in the loss assessment environment. Loss assessment may relate to light vehicles, commercial vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural and plant equipment, recreational vehicles and motorcycles.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Loss Assessment and Repair Quoting

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and apply an understanding of automotive mechanical knowledge	1.1 Employ research techniques, including discussions with customers and supervisors, and advanced specialist knowledge to identify vehicle mechanical damage 1.2 Develop knowledge of the operating principles of suspension and steering systems, brake systems, transmission and driveline assembly, and engine and fuel systems 1.3 Apply knowledge of suspension and steering systems, brake systems, transmission and driveline assembly, and engine and fuel systems to loss assessment processes, procedures and policies
2. Develop and apply an understanding of automotive electrical knowledge	2.1 Develop knowledge of the operating principles of electrical and electronic systems 2.2 Apply knowledge of electrical and electronic systems to loss assessment processes, procedures and policies 2.3 Identify electrical damage
3. Develop and apply an understanding of advanced specialist vehicle knowledge	3.1 Develop knowledge of specific vehicle types, clarify where required, and apply to loss assessment processes, procedures and policies 3.2 Develop knowledge of latest technology relating to automotive mechanical and electrical systems, clarify where required, and apply to loss assessment processes, procedures and policies

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets technical measurements.
Oral communication	Engages with repairers and specialist providers.
Reading	Applies loss assessment processes, procedures and policies Identifies, interprets and applies automotive mechanical, electrical and advanced specialist vehicle knowledge.
Problem solving	Clarifies problems relating to: brake systems engine and fuel systems electrical and electronic systems latest automotive technology specific vehicle types suspension and steering systems transmission and driveline assembly Clarifies knowledge of specific vehicle types and latest technology relating to automotive mechanical and electrical problems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVNA007 Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA107 Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

undertake each of the following on at least one occasion:

apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessment processes, procedures and policies

apply latest automotive technology knowledge and knowledge of specific vehicle types to vehicle loss assessment processes, procedures and policies

identify vehicle mechanical and electrical damage.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workshop manuals

subject matter experts

workplace procedures required to apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments, including:

documentation, recording and reporting procedures

use of digital images

motor vehicle mechanical systems and components, including:

damage and faults

dismantling and repair methods

motor vehicle operating principles of electrical and electronic systems and components, including:

damage and faults

dismantling and repair methods

batteries and charging systems

electrical circuits

electronic body and drive management systems

electronic spark ignition engine management system

ignition systems

starting systems

lights and vehicle sensors

motor vehicle operating principles of mechanical systems and components, including:

brake systems, including:

air braking system

anti-lock braking system (ABS)

autonomous braking system

hydraulic braking system

stability control

engine and fuel systems, including:

cooling system

emission control system

engine components

fuel system

suspension and steering systems, including:

dependant suspension

independent wishbone suspension

double wishbone suspension

McPherson strut suspension

transmission and driveline assembly, including:

automatic and manual transmission

clutch assembly

driveline

final drive assembly

technical knowledge relating to a specific vehicle type, including light vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural and plant equipment, recreational vehicles and motorcycles

technical knowledge of latest technology relating to mechanical, electrical and electronic motor vehicle repair, including repair of battery electric vehicles (BEV) and hybrid vehicles

vehicle inspection and damage assessment procedures and methodologies, including repair set-ups and dismantling procedures

current assessing and quoting methodologies

relevant automotive websites to locate current best practice and future trends

applicable commonwealth, state or territory laws, regulations and standards relating to vehicle loss assessment and reporting requirements, including:

environmental regulations

intellectual property

legislation

applicable Workplace Health and Safety Act.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have assessed, e.g. assessment reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

a range of vehicles with mechanical and electrical damage

relevant information including OEM or authorised agencies repair procedures, component supplier specifications and repair guides

relevant materials and resources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVNN101 Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate the bodywork of a vehicle for damage and to identify the materials, equipment and processes required to repair it. This unit involves using vehicle paint, body and mechanical technical knowledge and locating, evaluating and documenting relevant information when selecting materials, equipment and processes.

The unit applies to those who evaluate the bodywork of a vehicle for damage and select materials, equipment and processes to repair the vehicle in a vehicle repair or vehicle loss assessment environment. Vehicles may include light vehicles, commercial vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural and plant equipment, recreational vehicles and motorcycles.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Loss Assessment and Repair Quoting - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Use work instructions to determine job requirements 1.2 Read, interpret and comply with workplace policies, safety requirements, procedures, legal requirements, and component supplier specifications 1.3 Select and check safety equipment, tooling equipment, and materials and equipment
2. Assess vehicle bodywork for damage	2.1 Locate vehicle to be inspected 2.2 Dismantle and inspect vehicle system and components to determine vehicle damage and faults 2.3 Inspect vehicle in line with workplace policies and procedures, legal requirements, vehicle manufacturer and component supplier specifications, safety requirements and workplace environmental practices 2.4 Determine suitability of vehicle for insurance according to workplace policies and procedures
3. Gather vehicle data and specifications	3.1 Identify and document bodywork process specifications 3.2 Consult staff and management to identify additional or altered specifications 3.3 Evaluate existing materials and equipment 3.4 Compile and document vehicle data and specifications
4. Evaluate and select materials, equipment and processes	4.1 Determine materials and equipment options 4.2 Assess materials and equipment for quality finish and conformity to standards 4.3 Compare specifications of materials and equipment for performance and cost 4.4 Determine commercial, environmental and safety impact of materials and equipment selection 4.5 Select materials, equipment and processes based on performance, cost, specifications and impact comparison 4.6 Document evaluation process as required by organisational policies and procedures, and legal requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Teamwork	Works effectively and cooperatively with others in identifying specifications that contribute to evaluation of vehicle repair requirements.
Planning and organising	Organises activities Identifies and evaluates options systematically.
Problem solving	Identifies potential technical and procedural problems and variables.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVNN001 Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVNN101 Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate the damage on bodywork of at least of two vehicles and identify repair requirements, with at least one evaluation relating to minor damage and the other relating to extensive damage

for each evaluation:

determine the impact of decisions in terms of commercial and safety risks

document bodywork materials, equipment and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and suggest repair materials, equipment and processes, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

recognised agency information, component supplier specifications, workshop manuals and repair guides

workplace procedures required to evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and suggest repair materials, equipment and processes, including:

documentation, recording and reporting procedures

use of digital images

motor vehicle mechanical, electrical, paint, panel and structural:

extensive damage, which is damage that affects the safety and roadworthiness of a vehicle and includes:

body panel damage

bolt-on vehicle component damage

mechanical component damage

structural component damage

structural damage

welded or bonded key structural components, such as chassis rails damage

faults

dismantling and repair methods

minor damage, which is damage that does not affect the safety and roadworthiness of a vehicle and includes:

bumper bar graze

hail damage

panel damage

methods for sourcing current retail costs of vehicles and vehicle components and materials

vehicle inspection and damage assessment procedures and methodologies, including repair set-up and dismantling procedures

current assessing and quoting methodologies

vehicle testing machines and procedures

relevant automotive websites to locate information on current best practice and future trends in the vehicle loss assessment environment

general insurance industry knowledge, including relevant sections of:

contract and insurance law

Insurance Contracts Act

intellectual property

Motor Vehicle Insurance and Repair Industry Code of Conduct

state or territory Fair Trading Act

types of component supplier specifications available, including:

vehicle design specifications and drawings

repair instructions and procedures

component replacement instructions and procedures

applicable commonwealth, state or territory laws, regulations and standards relating to evaluating vehicle damage, and suggesting repair materials, equipment and processes, including:

commercial-in-confidence practices

environmental regulations

intellectual property

personal legal liability

applicable Workplace Health and Safety Act

safety requirements in accordance with applicable commonwealth, state or territory Workplace Health and Safety Act, including:

ensuring safe location of vehicle to be inspected

following workplace safety procedures

identifying potential safety hazards

materials and equipment for evaluating vehicle damage, including:

digital camera

electronic or paper-based information and reports

maps

elcometer

hoist

personal computer, laptop or tablet, and internet connection

personal protective equipment (PPE) kit and protective covers

portable light

workplace policies and procedures relating to evaluating vehicle damage, and suggesting repair materials, equipment and processes, including:

quality policies and procedures according to Australian standards

industry codes of practice.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have assessed, e.g. assessment reports

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

a range of vehicles with both minor and extensive vehicle damage

computer hardware, software and calculators

internet access

necessary tools and equipment

relevant information, including OEM or recognised agency information and repair procedures, workshop and body repair manuals

workplace technology.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVNP101 Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify the paint refinish required to repair a vehicle. This unit involves using technical understanding of paint applications and procedures and locating, evaluating and documenting relevant information.

The unit applies to those who evaluate the paintwork on a vehicle for damage and identify appropriate paint refinish to repair the vehicle in a vehicle repair or vehicle loss assessment environment. Vehicles may include light vehicles, commercial vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural and plant equipment, recreational vehicles and motorcycles.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Loss Assessment and Repair Quoting - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Use work instructions to determine job requirements 1.2 Read and comply with workplace safety requirements and workplace environmental practices and policies 1.3 Read, interpret and comply with workplace policies, safety requirements, procedures, legal requirements, and component supplier specifications 1.4 Select and check safety equipment, tools, materials and other equipment
2. Assess vehicle paintwork for damage	2.1 Locate vehicle to be inspected 2.2 Inspect paintwork to identify vehicle paintwork damage and potential paint problems 2.3 Inspect vehicle in line with workplace policies and procedures, legal requirements, specification of vehicle manufacturer or component suppliers, safety requirements and workplace environmental practices
3. Gather vehicle data and specifications	3.1 Identify and document painting specifications 3.2 Consult staff and management to identify additional or altered specifications 3.3 Evaluate existing paint refinish materials and equipment 3.4 Compile and document vehicle data and specifications
4. Evaluate and select materials, equipment and processes	4.1 Determine materials and equipment options 4.2 Assess materials and equipment for quality finish and conformity to standards 4.3 Compare specifications of materials and equipment for performance and cost 4.4 Determine commercial, environmental and safety impact of materials and equipment selected 4.5 Select materials, equipment and processes based on performance, cost, specifications and impact comparison 4.6 Complete evaluation report detailing required specifications and repair process according to workplace policies and procedures, and legal requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions.
Teamwork	Works effectively and cooperatively with others in identifying specifications that contribute to evaluation of paintwork repair requirements.
Planning and organising	Organises activities Identifies and evaluates options systematically.
Problem solving	Identifies and resolves potential technical and procedural problems and variables within scope of own responsibility.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVNP001 Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVNP101 Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements on at least two different damaged vehicles

for each evaluation:

determine the impact of decisions in terms of commercial, environmental and safety risks

document refinish materials, equipment and processes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and suggest refinish materials, equipment and processes, including:

information provided by supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and suggest refinish materials, equipment and processes, including:

documentation, recording and reporting procedures

motor vehicle paintwork damage and refinishing techniques, including:

damage and faults

bolt-on and welded vehicle painted components

paint problems, including:

blistering

delaminating

flaking

humidity bubbles

inclusions

incorrect colour

incorrect film build

mottle

orange peel

poor cover or hiding

paint types:

acrylic enamel

air dry enamel

clear over base (COB)

fillers

multi-layer

pearls

polyurethane

special effects

waterborne paint

two-pack paint

current assessing and quoting methodologies

vehicle paint testing equipment and procedures

current vehicle material allowances

relevant automotive websites to locate information on current best practice and future trends in the vehicle loss assessment environment

general insurance industry knowledge, including relevant sections of:

contract and insurance law

Insurance Contracts Act

intellectual property

Motor Vehicle Insurance and Repair Industry Code of Conduct

state or territory Fair Trading Act

methods for sourcing paint manufacturer and component supplier specifications, including:

vehicle design specifications and drawings

repair instructions and procedures

component replacement instructions and procedures

applicable commonwealth, state or territory laws, regulations and standards relating to evaluating the paintwork of a damaged vehicle, and suggesting repair materials, equipment and processes, including:

commercial-in-confidence practices

environmental regulations

intellectual property

personal legal liability

applicable Workplace Health and Safety Act

safety requirements in accordance with applicable commonwealth, state or territory Workplace Health and Safety Act, including:

ensuring safe location of vehicle to be inspected

following workplace safety procedures

identifying potential safety hazards

tools, materials and equipment relating to evaluating paintwork of a damaged vehicle, and suggesting refinish materials, equipment and processes, including:

calculators and general office equipment

digital camera

computer hardware and software

paint code list

portable light

recording equipment

specialist tools, including colour spectrometers and paint film thickness gauges

workplace policies and procedures relating to evaluating paintwork of a damaged vehicle, and suggesting refinish materials, equipment and processes, including:

environment and sustainability

quality policies and procedures, including Australian standards

industry codes of practice.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have evaluated, e.g. evaluation reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

a range of vehicles with both minor and extensive paint damage

computer hardware, software and calculators

internet access

paint testing equipment

relevant information, including paint manufacturer specifications

workplace technology.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTA104 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repair options. This unit involves preparing for the task, inspecting vehicle system damage, determining the extent of damage by measuring and recommending repair options consistent with original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency repair instructions. It also involves completing workplace processes and other documentation, including a final inspection report.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive body service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for inspection	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret vehicle specifications from OEM or authorised agency and workplace inspection procedures 1.3 Analyse inspection methods, and select and prepare required option for vehicle and job requirements 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Source technical and calibration equipment for vehicle system inspection and check for serviceability
2. Inspect damaged vehicle	2.1 Carry out inspection according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Record extent of vehicle damage and damage location during inspection
3. Analyse inspection results	3.1 Compare results with vehicle specifications to identify compliance or non-compliance 3.2 Determine required repair action following analysis of options 3.3 Document repair options with supporting evidence and information 3.4 Complete final inspection report according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Check and store technical and calibration equipment according to workplace procedures 4.2 Process workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Interprets repair and vehicle specifications using metric and imperial systems of measurement Measures system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and asks questions to gather information Conveys inspection findings and makes repair recommendations.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialised tools and measuring equipment to inspect damage.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTA004 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA104 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect at least two different vehicles, each with a different damaged system selected from the list below, and recommend required repair options:

air conditioning system

braking system

cooling system

electrical system

exhaust system

steering and suspension system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs, including:

documentation procedures, including:

reporting on repair recommendations

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting damaged vehicle systems and recommending repairs, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using hand tools and lifting equipment

operating principles of vehicle systems, including:

air conditioning system

braking system

cooling system

electrical system

exhaust system

steering and suspension system

original equipment manufacturer (OEM), authorised agency and component supplier specifications, and recommended repair and replacement procedures, including:

vehicle design specifications and drawings

repair instructions and methods

component replacement instructions

procedures for inspecting damaged vehicles and determining repair action, including:

repair quality requirements

inspection and reporting procedures

testing and operational assessments for defects.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have inspected, e.g. inspection reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

OEM or authorised agency component specifications and repair methods

workplace instructions

two different vehicles with damaged systems requiring inspection

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting damaged vehicle systems and determining repair action.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTG101 Repair laminated glass windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair chipped or cracked laminated glass windscreens. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, cleaning and removing moisture from chipped or cracked laminated glass windscreens, injecting resin into chip or crack, finishing repair work to industry standard, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive glazing service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair laminated glass windscreen	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Check size of chip or crack against industry repair standards and identify compliance requirements 1.3 Identify required information for repair activity 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Repair chipped and cracked laminated glass	2.1 Carry out repair process for chipped or cracked glass according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Finish glass surface according to manufacturer specifications and safety data sheets (SDS)
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations Calculates quantities of required materials
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises action to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes Carries out work without causing damage to vehicle or components
Technology	Uses specialised equipment and tools safely

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTG001 Repair laminated glass windscreens.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG101 Repair laminated glass windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair at least three different laminated glass windscreens, at least one of which must be chipped and at least one cracked.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair laminated glass windscreens, including:

AS/NZS 2366.1 Windscreen repairs - Repair procedures

AS/NZS 2366.2 Windscreen repairs - Repair systems

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

safety data sheets (SDS) relating to repair chemicals and resins

workplace procedures required to repair laminated glass windscreens, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing laminated glass windscreens, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using glass repair systems

using safety data sheets (SDS) when working with chemicals and resins

material handling and storage

protection and safe location of vehicle

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste chemicals, resins and materials

laminated glass repair systems and procedures for:

conducting inspection of vehicle for prior damage

identifying types and use of laminated glass repair resins

opening windscreen chip or crack to allow access for the repair resin

cleaning repair area and removing moisture from laminated glass

removing moisture from laminated glass

removing air from repair area using a vacuum tool

pressure injection of repair resin

ensuring capillary action

finishing glass surfaces

procedures for protecting vehicle systems and components during repair work

pre- and post-inspection procedures for laminated glass windscreen repairs.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the laminated glass windscreens that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive glazing workplace, off-site workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

SDS for repair chemicals and resins

PPE required to repair laminated glass

AS/NZS 2366.1 Windscreen repairs - Repair procedures

AS/NZS 2366.2 Windscreen repairs - Repair systems

glass repair resins and materials

three different laminated glass windscreens as specified in the performance evidence requiring repair

vehicle protection equipment

cleaning products

tools, specialist equipment and materials appropriate for repairing laminated glass.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTG102 Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove and install rubber glazed windscreens on a range of vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment according to removal and installation procedures, applying rubber sealants and adhesives according to manufacturer specifications, cleaning and finishing the windscreen, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive glazing service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove and install rubber glazed windscreen	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out removal and installation activities	2.1 Remove windscreen according to workplace procedures 2.2 Install, seal, and finish replacement windscreen according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Cure adhesive according to adhesive manufacturer specifications and timelines
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Clearly reports quality issues and job outcomes
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information in specifications, and records it
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes and minimise waste Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTG002 Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG102 Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and install rubber glazed windscreens on at least two different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and install rubber windscreens, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) for sealants and adhesives

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove and install rubber windscreens including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing and installing butyl sealed windscreens, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

material handling and storage

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and chemicals

removal and installation methods and techniques for rubber glazed windscreens, including:

type and use of windscreen specialist tools and equipment

windscreen handling techniques

removal methods

sealing methods

cleaning methods

procedures for protecting vehicle and components during windscreen removal and installation

procedures for final inspection of fitted rubber glazed windscreens.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the rubber glazed windscreens they have removed and installed, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive glazing workplace, off-site workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

SDS for sealants and adhesives

PPE required to remove and install rubber glazed windscreens

vehicle manufacturer, windscreen supplier, and workplace technical specifications

two different vehicles or frames requiring a windscreen to be removed and fitted using rubber glazed methods

vehicle protection covers

glass cleaning materials

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and installing rubber glazed windscreens.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTG103 Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove and install butyl sealed windscreens. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, and removal procedures, applying butyl sealants, installing windscreen according to manufacturer specifications, cleaning and finishing the windscreen, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive glazing service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove and install butyl sealed windscreen	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for windscreen replacement and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out removal and installation activities	2.1 Carry out windscreen removal according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Install, seal and finish replacement windscreen to workplace procedures 2.3 Cure adhesive according to adhesive manufacturer specifications and timelines
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, glass repair system specifications, industry standards and safety data sheets (SDS)
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Clearly reports quality issues and job outcomes
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises action to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTG003 Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG103 Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and install butyl sealed windscreens on at least two different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and install butyl sealed windscreens, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) relating to butyl sealants

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove and install butyl sealed windscreens, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing and installing butyl sealed windscreens, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using safety data sheets (SDS) for butyl sealants

material handling and storage

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and chemicals

removal and installation methods and techniques for butyl sealed windscreens, including:

windscreen handling techniques

butyl sealing methods

inspection procedures to ensure correct operation of components prior to carrying out windscreen replacement

procedures for protecting vehicle and components before and during windscreen removal and installation

procedures for final inspection of fitted butyl sealed windscreens.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the butyl sealed windscreens they have removed and installed, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive glazing workplace, off-site workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

SDS for butyl sealants

PPE required to remove and install butyl sealed windscreens

vehicle manufacturer, windscreen supplier, and specific workplace technical specifications

two different vehicles or frames requiring windscreen to be fitted using butyl sealed techniques

vehicle protection covers

cleaning agents

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and installing butyl sealed windscreens.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTG104 Remove and install direct glazed windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove and install direct glazed windscreens in a variety of vehicles. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, removing the windscreen, applying primers, activators and adhesives, installing the windscreen according to manufacturer specifications, cleaning and finishing it, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive glazing service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove and install direct glazed windscreen	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out removal and installation activities	2.1 Carry out windscreen removal according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Install, bond and finish replacement windscreen according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Cure adhesive according to adhesive manufacturer specifications and timelines
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, glass repair system specifications, industry standards and safety data sheets (SDS)
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Clearly reports quality issues and job outcomes
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations Calculates adhesive curing times
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Problem solving	Identifies defects in direct glazed windscreens
Technology	Uses specialised equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTG004 Remove and install direct glazed windscreens.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG104 Remove and install direct glazed windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and install direct glazed windscreens on three different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and install direct glazed windscreens, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) relating to direct glazing chemicals and cleaning agents

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove and install direct glazed windscreens, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing and installing direct glazed windscreens, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and lifting equipment

using safety data sheets (SDS) for primers, activators and adhesives

material handling and storage

environmental requirements relating to removing and installing direct glazed windscreens, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and chemicals

types and use of windscreen specialist tools, equipment and materials, including:

specialist tools for removing direct glazed windscreens

lifting assistance tools to help install windscreens

direct glazing materials, including:

adhesives

activators

primers

cleaning agents

removal and installation methods and techniques for direct glazed windscreens, including:

windscreen handling techniques

adhesive methods

potential problems and consequences

inspection of vehicle to ensure correct operation of components prior to carrying out windscreen replacement

procedures for protecting vehicle and components before and during windscreen removal and installation

procedures for final inspection of fitted direct glazed windscreens.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the direct glazed windscreens they have removed and installed, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive glazing workplace, off-site workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

SDS for primers, activators and adhesives

PPE required to remove and install direct glazed windscreens

vehicle manufacturer, windscreen supplier, and specific workplace technical specifications

windscreens

three different vehicles or frames requiring windscreens to be fitted using direct glazing

vehicle protection covers

cleaning agents

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and installing direct glazed windscreens.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTG105 Remove and install framed type windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove and install framed type windscreens. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, removing the windscreen, applying sealants, installing the windscreen according to manufacturer specifications, cleaning and finishing it, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive glazing service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove and install framed type windscreen	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out removal and installation activities	2.1 Carry out windscreen removal according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Install, seal and finish replacement windscreen according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Cure adhesive according to adhesive manufacturer specifications and timelines
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, glass repair system specifications, industry standards and safety data sheets (SDS)
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Clearly reports quality issues and job outcomes
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Problem solving	Identifies quality issues and potential problems associated with removing and installing framed type windscreens
Technology	Uses specialised equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTG005 Remove and install framed type windscreens.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG105 Remove and install framed type windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and install framed type windscreens on at least two different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and install framed type windscreens, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) relating to sealants

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove and install framed type windscreens, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing and installing framed type windscreens, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and lifting equipment

using SDS for sealants

material handling and storage

environmental requirements relating to removing and installing framed type windscreens, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and chemicals

types and use of windscreen specialist tools, equipment and materials, including:

types of framed windscreens

lifting assistance tools to help install windscreens

sealants and adhesives

solvents and glass cleaning materials

removal and installation methods and techniques for removing and installing framed type windscreens, including:

windscreen handling techniques

sealing methods

inspection procedures to ensure correct operation of components prior to carrying out windscreen replacement

procedures for protecting vehicle and components before and during windscreen removal and installation

procedures for final inspection of fitted framed type windscreens.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the framed type windscreens they have removed and installed, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive glazing workplace, off-site workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

SDS for sealants

PPE required to remove and install framed type windscreens

vehicle manufacturer, windscreen supplier, and specific workplace technical specifications

frame type windscreens

two different vehicles or frames requiring framed type windscreen to be fitted

vehicle protection covers

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and installing framed type windscreens.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTG109 Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove and install fixed body glass in various applications in vehicles. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, removing the glass, applying adhesives or sealants, installing the glass according to manufacturer specifications, cleaning and finishing the glass, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive glazing service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove and install fixed body glass	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out removal and installation activities	2.1 Carry out body glass removal according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Install, bond or seal and finish fixed body glass component according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Cure adhesive according to adhesive manufacturer specifications and timelines
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, glass repair system specifications, industry standards and safety data sheets (SDS)
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Clearly reports quality issues and job outcomes
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations Calculates adhesive curing times
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Problem solving	Identifies fixed body glass defects
Technology	Uses specialised equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTG009 Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG109 Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and install:

at least one direct glazed fixed body glass

at least one rubber glazed fixed body glass.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and install vehicle fixed body glass, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) relating to direct glazing chemicals and cleaning agents

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove and install vehicle fixed body glass, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing and installing vehicle fixed body glass, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and lifting equipment

using safety data sheets (SDS) for adhesives and sealants

material handling and storage

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and chemicals

types and use of fixed body glass tools and equipment, including:

adhesive and sealant types, including:

urethane for direct glazed fixed body glass

sealants for rubber glazed fixed body glass

solvents and cleaning materials

fixed body glass removal and installation methods and techniques, including:

glass and material handling techniques

bonding and sealing methods

procedures for protecting vehicle and components during removal and installation work

procedures for final inspection of fitted fixed body glass.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the fixed body glass they have removed and installed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive glazing workplace, off-site workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE to remove and install fixed body glass

SDS for adhesives and sealants

vehicle manufacturer, fixed body glass supplier, and specific workplace technical specifications

body glass components as specified in the performance evidence

vehicles or frames requiring fixed body glass to be fitted

glass sealants and adhesive

glass cleaning materials

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and installing fixed body glass.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTG110 Remove and install vehicle movable body glass

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove and install movable body glass in various applications in vehicles. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, selecting materials, removing and installing glass according to manufacturer specifications, cleaning and finishing the glass, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive glazing service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove and install movable body glass	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and materials required for windscreen replacement and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out removal and installation activities	2.1 Identify vehicle airbags and supplementary restraint systems which may be affected by work and escalate to required personnel according to workplace procedures 2.1 Remove moveable body glass component according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Install and finish new moveable glass component according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Cure adhesive according to adhesive manufacturer specifications and timelines
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, glass repair system specifications, industry standards and safety data sheets (SDS)
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Clearly reports quality issues and job outcomes
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations Calculates quantities of required materials
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Problem solving	Identifies movable body glass defect and refers problems to appropriate person
Technology	Uses specialised equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTG010 Remove and install vehicle movable body glass.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG110 Remove and install vehicle movable body glass

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and install at least two different movable body glass components in a vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and install moveable body glass, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) relating to fixed body glass

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove and install moveable body glass, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing and installing vehicle movable body glass, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and lifting equipment

using safety data sheets (SDS) for adhesives

material handling and storage

environmental requirements relating to removing and installing vehicle movable body glass, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and chemicals

movable body glass removal and installation methods and techniques, including:

types and uses of movable body glass tools and equipment

glass and material handling techniques

adhesive types and bonding methods

potential problems associated with removal and installation, and their consequences

movable body glass location

testing procedures

procedures for protecting vehicle and components during removal and installation work

procedures for final inspection of fitted movable body glass.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the movable body glass they have removed and installed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive glazing workplace, off-site workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE to remove and install movable body glass

SDS for adhesives

supplier or manufacturer specifications or fitting instructions

two different movable body glass components

a vehicle requiring movable body glass to be removed and installed

movable body glass installation materials, including glass sealants and adhesives

glass cleaning materials

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and installing movable body glass.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTG112 Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove and install rubber and urethane glazed heavy vehicle windscreens. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, removing the damaged windscreen, cutting a replacement windscreen according to original size, preparing and applying windscreen sealing rubber, applying primers, activators and adhesives according to manufacturer specifications, cleaning and finishing the windscreen, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive glazing service and repair industry. The windscreens include those of trucks, buses and coaches.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove and install heavy vehicle rubber or direct glazed windscreen	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber or direct glazed windscreen	2.1 Remove windscreen according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Cut, install, seal or bond and finish replacement windscreen according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Cure adhesive according to adhesive manufacturer specifications and timelines
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and safety data sheets (SDS)
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Clearly reports quality issues and job outcomes
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate: cutting and fitting dimensions quantities of required materials
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Problem solving	Identifies quality issues and potential problems associated with removing and installing heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens
Technology	Uses specialised equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTG012 Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG112 Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and install windscreens in at least two different heavy vehicles, in which the work must involve:

at least one rubber glazed windscreen

at least one direct glazed windscreen.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) relating to primers, activators and adhesives

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) and requirements relating to removing and installing heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and lifting equipment

working at height using harnesses and scaffolds

using safety data sheets (SDS) for primers, activators and adhesives

windscreen handling and storage

environmental requirements relating to removing and installing heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and chemicals

types and uses of windscreen specialist tools, equipment and materials, including:

types of rubber and direct glazed windscreens

windscreen support systems and work height safety harness equipment

rubber glazing materials, including:

rubber sections

sealants

direct glazing materials, including:

adhesives

activators

primers

cleaning materials

removal and installation methods and techniques for heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens, including:

windscreen handling techniques

sealing methods

adhesive curing times and finishing techniques

procedures for protecting vehicle and components during removal and installation of windscreens

procedures for final inspection of fitted heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens they have removed and installed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive glazing workplace, off-site workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

SDS for primers, activators and adhesives

PPE required to remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens

safety harnesses and scaffold equipment to remove and install large vehicle windscreens

heavy vehicle manufacturer and windscreen supplier specifications and fitting instructions

heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens

two different types of heavy vehicles requiring rubber or direct glazed windscreens to be fitted

vehicle protection covers

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and installing heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTG113 Remove and install large vehicle windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge outcomes required to remove and install large vehicle windscreens. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, removing the damaged windscreen, cutting a replacement windscreen according to original size, applying adhesives according to manufacturer specifications, cleaning and finishing the windscreen, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive glazing service and repair industry. The windscreens include those of large commercial, mining and agricultural vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove and install large vehicle windscreen	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment, materials and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Remove, cut and install large vehicle windscreen	2.1 Remove windscreen according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Cut, install, bond or seal, and finish windscreen according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Cure adhesive according to adhesive manufacturer specifications and timeframes
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and safety data sheets (SDS)
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Clearly reports quality issues and job outcomes
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates: cutting and fitting measurements quantities of required materials Interprets numerical information in specifications, and records it accurately
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Problem solving	Identifies quality issues and potential problems associated with removing and installing large vehicle windscreens
Technology	Uses specialised equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTG013 Remove and install large vehicle windscreens.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG113 Remove and install large vehicle windscreens

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and install windscreens on two different large vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair laminated glass windscreens, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) relating to adhesives

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair laminated glass windscreens including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing and installing large vehicle windscreens, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and lifting and support equipment

working at heights using harnesses and scaffolds

using safety data sheets (SDS) for adhesives

material handling and storage

environmental requirements relating to removing and installing large vehicle windscreens, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and chemicals

type and uses of windscreen specialist tools, equipment and materials including:

manufacturer or windscreen supplier approved adhesives and sealants

flat laminated glass

material for templates

cleaning solvents and materials

application equipment for adhesives and sealants

template preparation equipment

glass cutting tools and equipment

removal and installation methods and techniques for different types of large vehicle windscreens, including:

rubber and direct glazed installation methods

windscreen handling techniques

flat laminated glass cutting equipment and processes

windscreen attachment methods, including frames, clamps and special rubber sections

types of glass, including:

sealing methods

adhesive curing times and finishing techniques

potential problems and consequences

procedures for protecting vehicle and components during windscreen removal and installation work

procedures for final inspection of fitted large vehicle windscreens.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the large vehicle windscreens they have removed and installed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive glazing workplace, off-site workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

SDS for adhesives

PPE required to remove and install large vehicle windscreens, including safety harnesses and scaffold equipment

vehicle manufacturer, windscreen supplier, and specific workplace technical specifications

materials for preparing templates

windscreen or glass components

flat laminated glass and cutting equipment

two different large vehicles requiring windscreens to be fitted

vehicle protection covers

cleaning agents

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and installing large vehicle windscreens.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN043 Install external vehicle equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess the external safety features of a vehicle and install equipment to protect the vehicle body. This unit involves preparing for the task, assessing external safety features, selecting and installing external vehicle equipment and completing workplace procedures and documentation.

It applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry in mechanical roles, operating with a small degree of autonomy in structured and stable contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body - Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install external vehicle equipment	1.1 Determine job requirements and interpret vehicle specifications from original equipment manufacturer (OEM) guides or authorised agency and workplace inspection procedures 1.2 Confirm external vehicle equipment according to regulatory requirements, standards and safety data sheets (SDS) 1.3 Select installation option according to the identified job requirements 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with work tasks, assess potential risks and implement control measures according to workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Prepare tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
2. Assess external vehicle safety features	2.1 Conduct safety inspection of vehicle body according to workplace policies and procedures 2.2 Report on vehicle safety features according to SDS 2.3 Select and source external vehicle equipment according to job requirements 2.4 Check external vehicle equipment for serviceability
3. Complete installation and test external vehicle equipment	3.1 Install external vehicle equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, without interfering with existing systems 3.2 Conduct post-installation testing of external vehicle equipment and rectify faults where required according to workplace policies and procedures 3.3 Conduct final inspection and confirm vehicle is ready for use according to road safety standards
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Clean work area, collect recyclable material and dispose of waste and non-recyclable materials 4.2 Store tools and equipment according to workplace procedures 4.3 Document vehicle safety inspection and installation process according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	locates required sources of information efficiently
Numeracy	interprets repair and vehicle specifications using metric and imperial systems of measurement measures system components and uses basic mathematical operations calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications
Reading	interprets component specifications, work sheets and inspection forms
Writing	legibly fills out workplace documentation, including vehicle safety inspection report
Planning and organising	plans work requirements prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes completes tasks within workplace timeframes develops a sequenced plan for a specific task

Unit Mapping Information

Newly created unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN043 Install external vehicle equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Newly created unit.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install three different types of external vehicle equipment in at least one vehicle which includes the following:

bull bars

tow bars

snorkels

install one of the following external vehicle equipment:

side bars

rear bars

side steps

under bodyguards

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key workplace policies and procedures, and regulatory, work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to installing external vehicle equipment, including those relating to:

using specialised technology, tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

cleaning work area

collecting recycling material

disposing non-recyclable material

documenting vehicle safety inspection and installation process

identifying hazards and controlling risks

key safety features in vehicles, including:

fibre-optic communication systems

safety restraint systems

telematics systems

key vehicle testing procedures and tools, including:

electrical equipment

system operations

wiring diagrams

interpreting vehicle safety data sheet (SDS)

quality standards and specifications for installing external vehicle components, including:

manufacturer specifications

road safety standards

requirements of Vehicle Standards and modifications

key techniques for installing external vehicle equipment without damaging vehicle systems

active motor vehicle safety features, and their impact on external vehicle equipment installation, including:

advanced driver assistance systems (ADAS)

anti-lock braking system (ABS)

electronic brake assist (EBA)

electronic brake force distribution (EBD)

electronic stability control (ESC)

safety assist technologies (SAT)

seat belt pre-tensioners

structural integrity

key features, components and operating principles of Advanced Driver Assistance systems (ADAS) and their impact on external vehicle equipment installation, including:

sonar sensors

radar, lighting detection and ranging (LIDAR) cameras)

types of ADAS and their impact on external vehicle equipment installation, including:

adaptive cruise control

collision avoidance

blindspot detection

passive motor vehicle safety features, and their impact on external vehicle equipment installation, including:

mirrors

airbags (front, side and curtain)

frontal impact protection and head restraints

seats and seat belts

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the installation of protective vehicle equipment, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

work sheets, workplace instructions and manufacturing documentation to install external vehicle equipment

workplace policies and procedures

tools for assessing external safety features and installing external vehicle equipment

PPE required to install external vehicle equipment

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN102 Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to perform non-structural vehicle panel repairs to pre-paint condition. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, repairing panels according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for non-structural panel repairs	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace procedures and product manufacturer and original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check equipment and hand and power tools for serviceability 1.5 Plan work to minimise waste according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out non-structural panel repairs to pre-paint condition	2.1 Repair panels using required repair methods, materials and equipment according to OEM specifications and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Finish repairs to pre-paint condition according to workplace procedures 2.3 Obtain advice from required personnel if repair interferes with the vehicle’s trim or electrical and mechanical systems
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates specifications and required information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate filler quantities and mixing ratios Sets repair tools and equipment.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Teamwork	Seeks advice from and uses strengths of team members and supervisor.
Technology	Uses tools and measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN002 Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN102 Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs on at least three different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out non-structural vehicle panel repairs, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling vehicle panels

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

panel repair methods and techniques, including:

panel repair tools, equipment and materials

panel beating techniques

body filler types and recommended applications

abrasive grades and types

body filler finishing procedures

repair quality requirements to pre-paint condition

procedures for final inspection of completed non-structural panel repairs.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the non-structural panel repairs that they have carried out, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) and component supplier repair specifications

PPE to carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs

three different vehicles with non-structural damage requiring repair

body filler

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out non-structural panel repairs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN104 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove, reassemble and align vehicle body panels as part of vehicle body repair activities. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, following original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency specifications and workplace procedures. It also involves carrying out a final alignment inspection and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Determine removal, replacement and alignment methods from workplace procedures and vehicle specifications 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Identify and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.5 Prepare vehicle and work area according to workplace procedures 1.6 Plan work to minimise waste
2. Carry out removal, replacement and alignment activities	2.1 Remove bolt-on body panels and components according to vehicle specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Tag and store removed parts according to workplace procedures 2.3 Replace bolt-on panels and components using required processes, sealants, materials and equipment 2.4 Align bolt-on panels and components without causing damage to vehicle or components
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Uses mathematical operations including addition and subtraction, to calculate alignment measurements Sets tools and equipment Interprets and records numerical information.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses tools and measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN004 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN104 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove, replace and align bolt-on body panels and components on at least four different vehicles, in which the work for at least one of the vehicles must involve at least one combination of three adjoining vehicle bolt-on panels and components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing, replacing and aligning bolt-on vehicle panels and components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling vehicle panels and components

using tools and equipment

location and content of accessing vehicle specifications

bolt-on panels and components, including:

guards

doors and door components

bonnets

boot lids

bumper bars

light assemblies

body mouldings and badges

removal, replacement and alignment methods and techniques, including:

measuring bolt-on panel gaps

electronic warning sensors

tagging and storing bolt-on panels and components

panel sealant and application

gap measuring

headlight and panel alignment techniques

procedures for protecting vehicle and components during removal, replacement and alignment work, including protecting electrical, electronic and mechanical systems

procedures for final inspection of fitted bolt-on panels and components.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bolt-on panels and components that they have removed, replaced and aligned, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle manufacturer specifications

four different vehicles requiring the removal, replacement and alignment of bolt-on panels, sections and components

bolt-on body panels and components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, replacing and aligning bolt-on panels and components, including required PPE.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN111 Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove and install rear vision mirrors attached to vehicle windscreens. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using tools and equipment, selecting glass adhesives, cleaning glass surface, apply adhesive, positioning and securing rear vision mirror, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those who work in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove and install rear vision mirror	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for repair activity 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Remove and install rear vision mirror	2.1 Carry out rear vision mirror removal according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Clean and prepare glass surface according to workplace procedures 2.3 Prepare and apply adhesive to glass surface 2.4 Position and install mirror according to workplace and manufacturer procedures and manufacturer specifications
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required information efficiently
Reading	Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety data sheets (SDS)
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly
Numeracy	Measures location for mirror on windscreen and positions it accurately
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology	Uses specialised tools and measuring equipment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN011 Remove and install rear vision mirrors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN111 Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and install rear vision mirrors on three different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and replace rear vision mirrors, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) relating to adhesives

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove and replace rear vision mirrors, including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing and installing vehicle rear vision mirrors, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools, equipment and adhesives

using safety data sheets (SDS) for adhesives

cleaning glass surfaces

environmental requirements relating to removing and installing vehicle rear vision mirrors, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and adhesives

mirror removal and installation methods and techniques, including:

types and use of equipment and materials

glass and rear vision mirror surface cleaning

types of mirror adhesives and their application

correct placement and location of rear vision mirrors

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when removing and installing mirrors

procedures for final inspection of fitted rear vision mirrors.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the rear vision mirrors they have removed and installed, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

SDS for adhesives

adhesives or adhesive system

cleaning products

three different vehicles requiring the removal and installation of rear vision mirrors

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and installing rear vision mirrors.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN112 Install vehicle sunroofs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN012 Install vehicle sunroofs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to position and install sunroofs in vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting tools and equipment, installing vehicle sunroof to manufacturer specifications and completing workplace procedures and documentation.

It applies to those who undertake routine installation tasks in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install, vehicle sunroof	1.1 Determine job requirements according to workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications and product installation instructions 1.3 Select installation option according to identified job requirements 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with work tasks, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Select and source equipment according to job requirements 1.6 Check equipment for serviceability
2. Install and test vehicle sunroof	2.1 Install sunroof according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.3 Conduct post-installation testing of sunroof functionality according to workplace procedures 2.4 Test sunroof sealing and adjust where required, in accordance with workplace policies and procedures 2.5 Conduct final inspection and confirm vehicle is ready for use in line with road safety standards
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Clean work area, collect recyclable material and dispose of waste and non-recyclable materials 3.2 Check, tag, and isolate faulty tools and equipment according to workplace procedures 3.3 Store working tools and equipment according to workplace procedures 3.4 Document installation and testing process according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	locates appropriate sources of information efficiently
Numeracy	uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to measure and mark out templates, panel and trim sections
Oral communication	clarifies instructions and procedures clearly reports issues or outcomes.
Reading	interprets information from manufacturer and technical instructions when seeking specifications and procedures interprets workplace policies and procedures interprets text, symbols and diagrams of sunroof installation in manufacturer specifications, fitting instructions and workplace procedures
Writing	legibly and accurately fills out workplace documentation for reports and records
Planning and organising	plans own work requirements and prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Problem solving	identifies defects or quality issues, reinforcement requirements and potential problems associated with installing sunroofs
Technology	uses specialised workplace technology, equipment and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN012 Install vehicle sunroofs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN112 Install vehicle sunroofs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN012 Install vehicle sunroofs.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

install a sunroof in at least one vehicle

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements relating to installing vehicle sunroofs, including those relating to:

selecting and using PPE

manually handling sunroofs

using tools and equipment

trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

identifying hazards and controlling risks

quality standards and specifications relating to installing vehicle sunroof components, including:

manufacturer specification

road safety standards

requirements of Vehicle Standards and modifications

workplace policies and procedures relating to installing vehicle sunroofs, including:

establishing serviceability of equipment

documentation requirements

materials used in the installation of sunroofs, their properties and when to use them, including:

sunroof

templates

adhesives and sealants

fasteners

cleaning materials

tools and equipment used in the installation of sunroofs, their properties and when to use them:

personal protective equipment (PPE)

measuring equipment

marking out equipment

metal or panel cutting equipment

vehicle protection equipment.

operating network electronic control systems and components, including:

suitability of sunroof control integration on vehicle controller area network (CAN-bus)

key sunroof system functionality testing procedures and methodologies, including:

electrical equipment testing

system and software calibration analysis

wiring diagram analysis

key sunroof installation methods and procedures, including:

selecting and using personal protecting equipment (PPE)

manually handling tools, equipment and materials safely

identifying sunroof specifications and fitting location

measuring and marking procedures prior to cutting and filing vehicle sunroof

template fabrication techniques

panel and trim cutting procedures

panel reinforcing methods

sunroof sealing and leak testing procedures

fitting accessories without implicating or damaging vehicle systems

confirming tools and equipment are fit for purpose

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to installation of vehicle sunroofs, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

work sheets, workplace instructions and manufacturing documentation relating to sunroof installation

workplace policies and procedures

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing and testing sunroof installation process

PPE required to install vehicle sunroofs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN113 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair shallow dents and hail damaged body panels using paint-less dent repair (PDR) processes. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools, repairing vehicle panels to pre-damage condition using PDR methods, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry out PDR repairs	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret workplace procedures and PDR tool manufacturer specifications 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.5 Plan work to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Repair panel using PDR process	2.1 Prepare vehicle panels and work area for PDR work 2.2 Fabricate and modify PDR tools to suit work requirements 2.3 Repair components using required PDR methods and equipment according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.4 Obtain advice from authorised personnel if repair interferes with vehicle trim or electrical systems 2.5 Finish painted surface according to workplace procedures, and check PDR repairs against workplace instructions and workplace quality standards and finish requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Interprets and records numerical information in specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Teamwork	Seeks advice and uses strengths of authorised personnel and team members in carrying out repair process.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN013 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN113 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out paint-less dent repairs (PDR) on at least ten different vehicle body panels, in which the work for at least one repair must involve completing PDR on a panel with shallow dents to a minimum dimension of 20 mm diameter x 2 mm depth.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out PDR on vehicle body panels, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling vehicle body panels

PDR methods and techniques, including:

type and use of PDR tools, lighting equipment, and paint polishing materials

establishing lighting requirements

trim removal processes

paint film build and its effects on PDR

PDR push to paint surface

paint finishes, including peel and texture

paint fractures and delamination

corrosion prevention resulting from PDR

types of dents appropriate to PDR method

PDR techniques, including pushing, pressing, reforming, levering, pulling, gluing, and suction cups

PDR tools and equipment, including:

PDR hand tools

lighting

personal protective equipment

PDR finish and quality standard

procedures for final inspection of completed PDR repairs.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the PDR repairs they have carried out, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicles, panels and components requiring PDR as specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out paint-less dent repairs, including required PPE.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN115 Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out metal finishing, incorporating heat shrinking, to repair vehicle body panels. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, setting an oxyacetylene plant, panel beating and file finishing vehicle panels to pre-paint condition without using body fillers, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry. It does not cover aluminium panels.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair vehicle body panel using metal finishing	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret repair information from original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s specifications 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check materials, tools and equipment for serviceability 1.5 Plan work to identify repair methods, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Carry out metal finishing and heat shrinking activities	2.1 Repair components using OEM or authorised agency’s required methods and equipment 2.2 Remove dents using hammer and dolly techniques, and file finish panel surface to pre-paint condition 2.3 Apply heat shrinking if panel surface is over stretched using an oxyacetylene plant 2.4 Use dust and fume collection equipment during repair process according to safety and environmental requirements 2.5 Seek and organise assistance where repair of components disturbs vehicle trim or electrical, mechanical or air conditioning systems 2.6 Check repairs to ensure work is completed to workplace, OEM or authorised agency specifications and requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Develops a sequenced plan for a specific task.
Numeracy	Interprets and sets oxyacetylene plant working pressures.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Teamwork	Seeks advice and assistance, and uses strengths of authorised personnel.
Problem solving	Identifies potential problems associated with body panel repairs, including those associated with disturbance to vehicle trim or electrical, mechanical or air conditioning systems.
Technology	Uses specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN015 Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN115 Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

complete repairs using metal finishing techniques to the following damaged vehicle body panels:

front guard or quarter panel with a minimum damage size of 200 mm x 200 mm

door skin panel that includes:

body style lines

pressings damage.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing vehicle body panels using metal finishing, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling body panels

using tools and equipment, including dust and fume collection equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency repair procedures and specifications

high strength steel repair processes

repair processes for mild steel body panel, splits, tears and dents

tools and equipment for body panel repair techniques, including:

personal protective equipment

body repair hand tools, including:

panel hammer

hand dolly

body file

heat shrinking equipment

body panel repair techniques and methods, including:

use of metal finishing repair tools and equipment

panel stripping and preparation

hand dolly planishing and file finishing

file finishing vehicle body panel without using body filler

heat shrinking using oxyacetylene plant

pre-paint panel finishing

procedures for final inspection of metal finished repair.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle body panels that they have repaired using metal finishing techniques, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required for metal finishing

materials required to repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing

damaged body panels to be repaired as specified in the performance evidence

hand tools, equipment and materials appropriate for metal finishing vehicle body panels.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN116 Repair vehicle body panels using filler

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair vehicle body panels using filler. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying body filler type and specifications, calculating and mixing body filler and applying to panels, completing repairs to pre-paint condition, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry. Filler used in repair work must include two-pack polyester.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair body panels using filler	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret manufacturer specifications for body filler application and required safety data sheets (SDS) 1.3 Select materials required for body panel repair and check for quality 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.6 Prepare work area and plan work to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out repair activities using filler	2.1 Remove paint and prepare damaged panel for filler repair 2.2 Rectify damaged panel sections using panel beating techniques to workplace pre-filler application standard 2.3 Mix body filler according to manufacturer specifications 2.4 Apply filler to repair panels using required body filler instructions and equipment according to workplace procedures, body filler manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.5 Complete repairs to pre-paint condition
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate ratios for dilution rates to: calculate body filler quantities and mix required ratios calculate surface area.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Problem solving	Determines underlying causes of faults Identifies risk factors and takes action to minimise risk.
Technology	Uses specialised tools and measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to AURVTN016 Repair vehicle body panels using filler.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN116 Repair vehicle body panels using filler

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair body panels on at least five different vehicles using body filler

in the course of the above work the following repairs must be conducted on at least one occasion:

one dent to a maximum depth of 3 mm

one damaged body panel with minimum dimension of approximately 200 mm x 300 mm, including style lines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair vehicle body panels using filler, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair vehicle body panels using filler, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing vehicle body panels using filler, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling body panels

using safety data sheets (SDS) for body fillers

selecting fillers

using tools and equipment, including dust and fume collection equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

body filler manufacturer specifications

types of body fillers and application methods and techniques, including:

preparing surface and removing paint

mixing and applying body fillers

storage to prevent contamination

weld-on dent pulling systems

pre-paint panel finishing

procedures and requirements for protecting vehicle and components when using filler to repair body panels

procedures for final inspection of body filler repair.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle body panels that they have repaired using body filler, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

SDS for body fillers

five different vehicles requiring the filler repair work on their body panels specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing body panels using filler, including:

required PPE

body filler materials, including two-pack polyester filler.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN119 Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair structural damage on a vehicle, using riveting techniques. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, repairing or replacing riveted panels, including straightening, realignment and attachment procedures, finishing repair to pre-paint condition, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair riveted structural damage	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret structural repair and riveting information from original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s specifications and workplace procedures 1.3 Select and check materials for repair for quality 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability 1.6 Prepare work area and plan work to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out structural riveting procedures	2.1 Repair or replace components according to OEM or approved agency’s riveting procedures, and equipment, safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Seek assistance from authorised personnel where straightening, realigning and riveting of components disturb vehicle trim or electrical, mechanical or air conditioning systems
3. Carry out body measuring procedures	3.1 Measure repaired and riveted structural components using workplace instructions and OEM or authorised agency’s approved methods and equipment 3.2 Carry out measuring activities and compare measurements with OEM or authorised agency’s specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to: calculate repair tolerances measure accurately Set and adjust riveting equipment.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required person.
Technology	Uses specialised tools and equipment Uses internet to research OEM procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN019 Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN119 Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

complete repair and riveting activities on at least three different damaged vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair vehicle structural damage by riveting, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair vehicle structural damage by riveting, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing vehicle structural damage by riveting, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling vehicle panels

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

vehicle components for repair, including radiator support riveted assemblies and skirt and rail assemblies

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s approved riveting instructions, rivet specifications and quality standards

tools and equipment relating to repairing vehicle structural damage by riveting, including:

personal protective equipment (PPE)

hand and power tools and equipment

hydraulic pneumatic push/pull equipment

OEM or authorised agency’s approved riveting and measuring equipment

straightening systems

riveting procedures and techniques, including:

use of repair, riveting and measuring equipment

hydraulic straightening and realigning

body component measuring

panel replacement

procedures for final inspection of riveted structural repair.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle structural damage they have repaired using riveting techniques, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

OEM or authorised agency’s approved repair and riveting procedures and specifications

PPE required to repair and rivet structurally damaged sections

materials required to rivet, repair and replace structurally damaged sections

three different structurally damaged vehicles requiring repair by riveting

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing structural damage by riveting.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN120 Remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove and replace vehicle welded panels and panel sections. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, removing, repairing, aligning and welding major vehicle panels and sections. It also includes finishing repair to pre-paint condition and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to replace major welded panels	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source vehicle specifications and original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s recommended repair procedures and check against workplace instructions 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.5 Plan work to identify methods, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Remove welded panels	2.1 Remove major welded panels and sections according to OEM or authorised agency’s approved methods and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Drill out spot welds using recommended drill bit and drill diameters 2.3 Seek assistance from authorised personnel where removal of welded panels and sections disturbs vehicle trim or electrical, mechanical or air conditioning systems
3. Replace and align welded panels	3.1 Replace, align and weld panel sections using approved OEM or authorised agency’s methods and procedures 3.2 Carry out replacement, alignment and welding of panel section to pre-paint condition
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Measures using universal measuring system Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate: OEM or authorised agency repair measurements and tolerances material requirements Adjusts welder displays settings Sets alignment equipment.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Problem solving	Refers problems outside area of responsibility to required person.
Technology	Uses specialised tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN020 Remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN120 Remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and replace major welded panels on at least three different vehicles, where each replacement must involve any three of the following:

quarter panel

turret

side panel

beaver panel

outer wheel house or similar non-structural panel

during above work, conduct welding according to specifications of original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing and replacing major welded panels on vehicles, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling vehicle panels

using tools and equipment when welding panels

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

tools and equipment relating to removing and replacing major welded panels on vehicles, including:

personal protective equipment (PPE)

universal measuring system

hand and power tools and equipment

approved heating equipment of OEM or authorised agency, as required

approved welding equipment of OEM or authorised agency

OEM or authorised agency vehicle specifications

major welded panel replacement procedures and techniques

repair and alignment methods and techniques, including:

use of tools and equipment, including tagging methods as required

approved welding processes

types and location of high strength steel (HSS)

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when replacing panels

procedures for final inspection of welded panel sections.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the major welded vehicle panels that they have replaced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required to replace major welded vehicle panels

universal measuring system

OEM or authorised agency’s specifications

OEM or authorised agency’s approved welding equipment

three different vehicles or sections of vehicle requiring replacement of major welded panels

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for replacing major welded vehicle panels.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN123 Repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair bonded vehicle body panels and structures using an adhesive attachment method. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, removing bonded structural damage, repairing panel sections, applying approved adhesives and realigning the structural repair, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair adhesive bonded structural damage	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s required bonding and repair procedures 1.3 Select and prepare adhesive specifications, application instructions and bonding materials 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check adhesive application tools and equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) for serviceability 1.6 Plan work to identify adhesive bonding methods, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Remove and replace bonded sections	2.1 Check replacement panels and components against vehicle specifications and for quality 2.2 Remove bonded panels and structures according to OEM procedures and without causing damage to system or components 2.3 Repair bonded panels and structures according to OEM procedures and store until required 2.4 Refit bonded panels and structures using approved bonding methods, adhesives, materials and equipment according to OEM or authorised agency specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.5 Select and apply sealants according to OEM or authorised agency’s specifications and workplace procedures 2.6 Clean bonded panels and structures without causing damage to systems or components
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Reads tape measure and takes measurements Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to: estimate surface area according to bonding instructions estimate adhesive curing times calculate quantities of required materials Interprets adhesive code, type and grade.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Problem solving	Identifies quality issues and potential problems associated with repair of adhesive bonded structural damage.
Technology	Uses specialised equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN023 Remove adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN123 Repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove and replace bonded panels on at least two different vehicles, in which the work in total must include at least two of the following:

door skins

vehicle turret

quarter panel

boot floor section

in the course of the above work, use the following bonding methods and securing techniques:

welding and bonding

rivet or screwing and bonding.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles, including procedures for:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using safety data sheets (SDS) for adhesives

manual handling vehicle panels

storing adhesives

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and adhesives

tools and equipment relating to repairing adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles, including:

adhesive application equipment

hand tool and securing clamps

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s recommended bonding procedures

location and types of structural foams

types of adhesives and their application methods and techniques

removal and replacement techniques for bonded panels

types of adhesive bonding methods

securing techniques, including:

welding and bonding

rivet or screwing and bonding

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when removing and replacing adhesive bonded panels

procedures for final inspection of bonded structural repair.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to vehicle structural damage that they have repaired using adhesive bonding, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

OEM or authorised agency repair procedures

PPE required to remove and replace adhesive bonded panels and structures

SDS for adhesives

vehicle specifications

two different vehicles or frames with bonded panels requiring repair

adhesives

cleaning agents and materials

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing adhesive bonded panels.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN126 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist aluminium repair tools and equipment, including tungsten inert gas (TIG) and metal inert gas (MIG) welding equipment, repairing vehicle aluminium body panels, finishing repair to pre-paint condition, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair aluminium body panels	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications and workplace procedures 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check aluminium repair materials, tools and equipment for serviceability 1.5 Plan work to identify aluminium repair methods, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Carry out repair and heat shrinking activities	2.1 Identify, remove, strip and prepare aluminium panel to be repaired for repair according to workplace procedures 2.2 Select tools and equipment to prevent cross-contamination 2.3 Source and test aluminium welding equipment for operation 2.4 Use oxyacetylene plant to anneal and heat shrink stretched panel section as required 2.5 Finish aluminium panel repair to pre-paint condition without the use of body filler using planishing and file finishing techniques, and according to OEM or authorised agency’s approved methods, workplace instructions, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses measuring equipment.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Discusses work that could potentially disturb trim or electrical, mechanical or air conditioning systems Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Problem solving	Identifies quality issues and potential problems associated with repairing aluminium body panels.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN026 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN126 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair and finish at least two different vehicle aluminium body panels to pre-paint condition without the use of body filler, including:

at least one panel with damage of a minimum size of 300 mm x 50 mm

at least one panel with a split of 150 mm.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling vehicle panels

using tools and equipment, including tungsten inert gas (TIG) and metal inert gas (MIG) welding equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

tools and equipment relating to repairing vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler, including:

personal protective equipment (PPE)

aluminium specific:

hammers

hand dollies

sanders

hand tools and equipment

TIG and MIG welding equipment.

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency repair technical information

different types of aluminium materials and their characteristics

types and use of aluminium-specific repair tools and materials to prevent cross-contamination

aluminium repair and finishing methods and techniques, including:

aluminium welding processes and techniques

pre-paint panel finish

procedures for final inspection of repaired aluminium body panels.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the aluminium body panels that they have repaired without the use of body filler, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

OEM or authorised agency repair specifications

PPE required to repair aluminium body panels

approved aluminium TIG and MIG welding equipment

two different damaged vehicle aluminium body panels requiring repair and finishing without the use of body filler to pre-paint quality standard

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN127 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to follow body filler procedures in order to repair vehicle aluminium body panels. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, cleaning panel surfaces, identifying suitable body filler type, calculating body filler amount, mixing and applying body filler to aluminium panels, completing repairs to pre-paint condition, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair aluminium body panels using filler	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications and workplace procedures 1.3 Select and check body filler and materials for repair for quality and identify and interpret body filler safety data sheets (SDS) 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check aluminium repair tools and equipment for serviceability 1.6 Plan work to identify aluminium repair methods, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Carry out repairs using filler	2.1 Identify aluminium body panels to be repaired according to workplace instructions 2.2 Repair panels to pre-filler condition following OEM or approved agency repair procedures, tools and equipment 2.3 Mix filler according to manufacturer specifications 2.4 Apply filler to repair panels using approved body filler instructions and equipment according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.5 Complete filler repairs to pre-paint condition following safety and environmental requirements 2.6 Check repairs according to workplace quality standards
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate body filler quantities and mix required ratios.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Problem solving	Identifies quality issues and potential problems associated with repairing aluminium body panels.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN027 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN127 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair at least three different aluminium body panels on a vehicle to pre-paint condition using body filler, including at least one repair to an aluminium body panel dent of a minimum of 200 mm x 200 mm to a maximum filler depth of 3 mm.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing vehicle aluminium body panels using filler, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using safety data sheets (SDS) for body filler

manually handling vehicle panels

using tools and equipment, including dust and fume collection equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

tools and equipment relating to repairing vehicle aluminium body panels using filler, including:

personal protective equipment (PPE)

aluminium specific:

hammers

hand dollies

sanders

hand tools and equipment

aluminium approved body filler

body filler specifications, including two-pack polyester

body filler types, characteristics and application methods

body filler repair procedures, methods and techniques, including:

surface area preparation

use of specialist tools and equipment

correct storage to prevent contamination

pre-paint panel finish

procedures for final inspection of completed repairs on vehicle aluminium body panels using filler.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the aluminium body panel that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

body filler application specifications

SDS for body filler

PPE required to repair aluminium body panel using filler

body filler materials relevant to repair of vehicle aluminium body panels

three different aluminium body panels or vehicles requiring filler repairs

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing aluminium body panels using filler.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN128 Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the knowledge and skills required to locate, identify and repair high strength steel (HSS) vehicle components, including advanced and ultra-high strength steel. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, confirming recommended repair procedure from original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency. It also includes selecting repair procedures and recommended welding method, removing and replacing HSS components, finishing HSS repairs to pre-paint condition, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Locate OEM or authorised agency repair procedures	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source, interpret and incorporate OEM or authorised agency repair procedures into planning process 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check required repair tools and equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) for serviceability 1.5 Plan work to identify required HSS repair methods, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Repair or replace HSS components	2.1 Protect sections not subject to repair, using approved methods and equipment 2.2 Identify and remove HSS sections to be replaced using OEM or authorised agency required removal methods and equipment, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Restore damaged surfaces to a condition suitable for fitting replacement HSS components 2.4 Use vehicle measuring or jigging equipment to position replacement HSS component according to OEM or authorised agency specifications 2.5 Protect or reapply OEM or authorised agency’s surface coatings 2.6 Align and secure replacement HSS components within OEM or authorised agency’s tolerances
3. Weld HSS components	3.1 Locate and check recommended welding equipment for HSS for operation 3.2 Conduct sample welds using recommended repair methods, and inspect and destruction test for defects according to workplace instruction 3.3 Refit HSS components using recommended repair methods, materials and equipment, and without causing damage to other systems or components 3.4 Follow grinding procedures according to OEM or authorised agency and weld material specifications
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Finish repairs to HSS components to pre-paint condition according to workplace and OEM or authorised agency repair procedures 4.2 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.3 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.4 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Sets approved measuring equipment and measures Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate measurements and tolerances.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Problem solving	Identifies defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with repairs to HSS components.
Technology	Uses specialist equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN028 Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN128 Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and repair high strength steel (HSS) components to pre-paint condition on at least three different damaged vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to identifying and repairing HSS vehicle components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling vehicle components

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s:

vehicle specifications and measurements

approved repair procedures and quality processes, including:

identifying HSS type and location

visual and physical testing procedures

repair and welding specifications

HSS repair, replacement and welding methods and procedures, including:

HSS recommended tools and equipment, including welding equipment

types and location of HSS components

pre-repair destruction testing of welds on similar material

body and panel alignment

bonding, riveting and welding

procedures for protecting vehicle and components during repair work

procedures for final inspection of HSS repair.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the damaged HSS vehicle components that they have repaired,
e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

OEM or authorised agency’s approved specifications and recommended repair procedures

OEM or authorised agency’s approved welding equipment

PPE required to repair HSS components

three different damaged vehicles requiring HSS component repairs

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for identifying and repairing HSS vehicle components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN132 Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect a vehicle for damage and determine suitable repair procedures. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using measuring equipment, inspecting damage, determining repair requirements, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to inspect vehicle damage	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret vehicle specifications and repair procedures from original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Locate, check and confirm vehicle to be inspected against vehicle information in workplace instructions 1.5 Analyse inspection methods, and select required option for vehicle and job requirement 1.6 Source and prepare materials and equipment required to conduct inspection
2. Inspect vehicle damage	2.1 Inspect vehicle to determine location and extent of direct and indirect damage according to OEM or authorised agency’s recommended procedures, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Take measurements and record inspection findings according to workplace procedures 2.3 Complete vehicle inspection without causing damage to vehicle or components
3. Complete repair report	3.1 Prepare vehicle inspection report and repair plan and give to required personnel according to workplace procedures 3.2 Identify direct and indirect damage to vehicle clearly in report, based on workplace and OEM or authorised agency’s recommended repair procedures 3.3 Check report for accuracy and completeness and finalise for submission to insurance company and/or customer according to workplace procedures 3.4 Provide responses to queries about the damage inspection and repair report when requested

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Interprets and calculates OEM or authorised agency repair and vehicle specifications using metric and imperial systems of measurement Compares measurements and identifies non-conformance measurements Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to calculate material for repairs in damage inspection report Calculates recommended remove and replacement times in damage inspection report.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses digital camera to complete reporting tasks.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN032 Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN132 Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

inspect at least three different damaged vehicles and legibly prepare damage inspection reports and recommended repair plans for each.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures, including:

photographs

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to inspecting vehicle damage and determining repair procedures, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using measuring equipment

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s vehicle specifications and repair procedures

types and application of vehicle inspection methods, including:

visual checking

physical checking, including:

taking measurements

partial dismantling

referencing OEM or authorised agency’s specifications

procedures to determine indirect damage

reporting requirements, including:

material list

estimation of time required to complete repairs.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the damaged vehicles that they have inspected, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

OEM or authorised agency’s vehicle specifications and repair procedures

three different damaged vehicles requiring inspection

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting vehicle damage and determining repair procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN133 Service and repair air compressors and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test, service and repair air compressors and associated components. This unit involves preparing for the task, cleaning and replacing filters, making adjustments and necessary repairs according to workplace instructions, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The compressors are for workshop air supply, drilling rigs or mobile compressors. This unit is not for air brake compressors on heavy vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to service and repair air compressor and components	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret service and repair procedures and information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements	2.1 Inspect and test air compressor and components according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Report inspection findings according to workplace procedures
3. Service and repair air compressor and components	3.1 Analyse service and repair options and select those required for the circumstances 3.2 Carry out service, repair, and component replacement and adjustment, according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Measures air compressor system components and uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates deviations and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies workplace instructions and determine job requirements Obtains information from customers and supervisors.
Reading	Interprets information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking air compressor system specifications and procedures.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses precision measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN033 Service and repair air compressors and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN133 Service and repair air compressors and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

service and repair at least two different air compressors, in which the work must involve the following components:

air compressor motor

air compressor tank

drive system

pressure regulator

water trap and filters

air lines and fittings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to service and repair air compressors and components, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to service and repair air compressors and components, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation and reporting procedures, including:

recommendations for required service, repair, replacement or adjustment

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing air compressors and components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

working with compressed air

working with rotating shafts, belts and pulleys

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of air compressor fluids released during service and repair process

types of air compressors and principles of operation, including:

reciprocating compressors

rotary screw compressors

vane

diaphragm

single and two-stage compressors

identification, function and operation of air compressor system components, including:

air compressor motor

air compressor tank

drive system

pressure regulator

water trap and filters

air lines and fittings

types and applications of compressor lubricants

procedures for final inspection and adjustment of air compressors and components, including:

compressor cut-out pressure

minimising unintended air loss

automatic timing switch adjustment.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air compressors that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer air compressor specifications

two different operating air compressors and components as specified in the performance evidence requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for servicing and repairing air compressors and components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN134 Evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes, and to select those most appropriate for establishing a new body repair facility or updating an existing business. This unit requires knowledge of original equipment manufacturer (OEM) repair requirements and evolving industry technologies.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine process requirements	1.1 Identify requirements for body repair facility 1.2 Develop framework and rating system to facilitate comparisons of materials, equipment and processes 1.3 Identify and assess OEM repair requirements to establish comparisons and benchmarks to be used
2. Identify specifications for required body repair materials, equipment and work processes	2.1 Identify repair steps and work processes and produce flow charts 2.2 Identify material and equipment specifications to match repair processes 2.3 Consult staff and management to identify additional or altered requirements 2.4 Identify materials, tooling and equipment requirements for body work undertaken in facility and document specifications 2.5 Identify work health and safety (WHS) requirements for safe facility and work practices 2.6 Compile and document required specification data
3. Evaluate materials, equipment and work processes against facility requirements	3.1 Identify and document material options against required quality, finish and conformity to OEM specifications and repair standards 3.2 Identify and document equipment options 3.3 Select materials and equipment based on facility work processes and comparisons of performance, cost and specifications compared to established rating system 3.4 Document outcomes and prepare report

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate material and data specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures.
Planning and organising	Identifies and evaluates material, equipment and work process options.
Technology	Uses the full scope of available workplace technology relating to body work materials and equipment for analysis and evaluation.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN034 Evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN134 Evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

locate, interpret, evaluate and select materials, equipment and processes suitable for establishing or updating one automotive body repair facility, which must involve consultation with staff

provide a report on above research, which includes an analysis of:

required and available materials and equipment with respect to facility work processes, specifications and standards

innovations applying to required materials and equipment

equipment capabilities and availability

cost-benefit analysis of materials, equipment and processes

impact of selected materials, equipment and processes on the environment and workplace safety.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

industry sector developments and trends in bodywork repair materials and equipment

workplace policies and plans, including forecast systems and products

body repair processes from original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s specifications

materials, equipment and processes, including:

personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements

equipment capabilities

costings.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes that they have evaluated, e.g. cost-benefit analysis.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive or simulated workplace

bodywork technology information

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for evaluating vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN135 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to locate and apply original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency recommended repair procedures during vehicle or component repair work. This unit involves preparing for the task, inspecting the vehicle damage, and identifying repair requirements according to OEM or authorised agency’s specifications, developing a repair plan, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review OEM procedures	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify required information for repair activity 1.3 Identify and confirm relevant procedures and vehicle specifications 1.4 Plan repair work to minimise waste and use time efficiently 1.5 Analyse OEM or authorised agency repair processes and incorporate into planning process
2. Apply knowledge of OEM standards	2.1 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 2.2 Locate vehicle and components and prepare for repair work 2.3 Identify tools, materials, and equipment required for repair activity and establish serviceability in line with OEM or authorised agency requirements 2.4 Carry out repair work according workplace and OEM or authorised agency’s recommended repair procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.5 Identify non-compliances against OEM or authorised agency specifications, and report to appropriate personnel for rectification according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Clearly reports quality issues, non-conformances and job outcomes.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates OEM or authorised agency repair measurements, including identify non-conformance measurements.
Planning and organising	Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving	Identifies potential or actual hazards and takes action to minimise risk Identifies non-conformances and quality issues associated with repairs Refers problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person and suggest possible causes.
Technology	Uses specialist repair tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN035 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN135 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency repair procedures to at least three different damaged vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply OEM manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs, including:

OEM or authorised agency’s vehicle specifications and repair procedures, including compliance requirements

workplace procedures required to apply OEM manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs including:

procedures for protecting vehicle and components

procedures for final inspection of OEM repair procedures

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to applying OEM repair procedures during vehicle repairs, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling vehicle components

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the OEM or authorised agency repair procedures they have applied when repairing a vehicle, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

OEM or authorised agency repair procedures

vehicle specifications

three different damaged vehicles

PPE requirements

internet access

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying OEM repair procedures during vehicle repairs.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN137 Test vehicle components for correct operation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test vehicle components to assess their suitability for future use. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using tools and equipment, removing, cleaning and testing vehicle components for correct operation, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to test components	1.1 Determine job requirements and units and components to be tested from workplace instructions 1.2 Source and interpret task information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools and equipment for safe and required operation 1.5 Plan work to identify disassembly and testing methods, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Disassemble components	2.1 Disassemble components according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Check disassembled components for damage or wear against manufacturer specifications
3. Clean components	3.1 Determine cleaning procedure from manufacturer specifications, safety data sheets (SDS), and workplace procedures 3.2 Clean components using approved cleaning products, materials and equipment according to safety and environmental requirements
4. Test components	4.1 Test component to determine required operation and quality standard 4.2 Determine repair or replacement of component according to test results and workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Identifies and interprets component part numbers Interprets manufacturer specifications and calculates tolerances and non-conformance from tests undertaken.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Problem solving	Identifies non-conformance and quality issues after dismantling and testing vehicle components.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN037 Test vehicle components for correct operation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN137 Test vehicle components for correct operation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

disassemble, clean and test the following components:

at least three different vehicle mechanical components

at least three different vehicle electrical components, including at least one head light assembly.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to test vehicle components for correct operation, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer component specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

cleaning agent safety data sheets (SDS)

workplace procedures required to test vehicle components for correct operation, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to testing vehicle components for correct operation, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using safety data sheets (SDS) for cleaning agents

handling and storing vehicle components

using tools and equipment

using chemicals and cleaning agents

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of chemicals, cleaning agents and waste materials

location and content of service and repair manuals

component checking and testing methods and techniques, including:

component disassembly and reassembly

cleaning methods

procedures for final inspection of vehicle component operation.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle units and components that they have tested, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle service and repair manuals

PPE required to remove and test vehicle components

SDS for cleaning agents

cleaning agents

vehicle components that require testing for correct operation, including:

three different vehicle mechanical components

three different vehicle electrical components, including head light assembly

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for testing vehicle components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN138 Carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Updated to resolve mapping errors.
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels. This unit involves planning and preparing for the task, identifying and using abrasives, body fillers, and heat shrink and metal finishing procedures, selecting and using tools and equipment, and maintaining the work area, tools and equipment.

The unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair body panel	1.1 Interpret task instructions and identify vehicle body panel to be worked on 1.2 Source and interpret manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for repairing body panel 1.3 Source and interpret safety and environmental requirements 1.4 Identify and report potential hazards and risks associated with task to workplace supervisor 1.5 Identify and check tools and equipment required for repairing body panel for serviceability
2. Carry out basic panel repairs	2.1 Shape damaged panel using basic panel beating techniques according to workplace instructions and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.2 Carry out body filling and metal finishing according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Complete panel repair to pre-paint condition according to workplace instructions and procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances.
Oral communication	Participates effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Reading	Selects and interprets key information from: manufacturer literature, safety requirements and workplace procedures for repairing a body panel Environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN038 Carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN138 Carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Updated to resolve mapping errors.
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out basic repairs on at least two different vehicle body panels, including:

at least one vehicle mud guard

at least one vehicle door.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out basic repairs to vehicle body panels, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

using hand tools

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during body panel repair processes

types and construction of vehicle body panels

body panel repair procedures, including:

basic panel beating

types and application of body fillers

basic body filler repair.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the body panels that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE for carrying out panel repairs

one vehicle mud guard

one vehicle door

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing body panels.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN140 Repair vehicle plastic components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out basic repairs to vehicle plastic components. This unit involves planning and preparing for the task, identifying types of automotive plastic components, selecting and using tools and equipment, welding plastic components, and maintaining the work area, tools and equipment.

The unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical -Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair plastic component	1.1 Interpret task instructions and identify plastic component to be worked on 1.2 Source and interpret manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for repairing component 1.3 Source and interpret safety and environmental requirements 1.4 Identify and report potential hazards and risks associated with task to workplace supervisor 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for repairing component and check for serviceability
2. Repair plastic component	2.1 Select and use required plastic welding techniques and adhesives to repair component according to workplace requirements and procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Select and apply body filler to the component according to workplace requirements, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Complete repairs to pre-paint condition according to workplace requirements and procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Inspect repaired component according to workplace requirements 2.5 Record component inspection results
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate volumes.
Oral communication	Participates effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Reading	Selects and interprets key information from: manufacturer literature, safety requirements and workplace procedures for repairing plastic components environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Technology	Sets up and operates specialised equipment and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTN040 Repair vehicle plastic components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN140 Repair vehicle plastic components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair at least two different vehicle plastic components, in which the work must involve:

at least one plastic welding repair

at least one plastic filling repair.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair vehicle plastic components, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair vehicle plastic components, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing vehicle plastic components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

using hand tools

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair processes

types and construction of vehicle plastic components

plastic component repair procedures, including:

plastic welding

types and application of body fillers

types and application of adhesives

repair finish standard.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the plastic components that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE for repairing vehicle plastic components

two different vehicle plastic components requiring repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle plastic components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTN143 Identify and repair high strength aluminium components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to locate, identify and repair high strength aluminium (HSA) vehicle components, including advanced and ultra-high strength aluminium. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment and confirming recommended repair procedure from original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency. It also involves selecting repair procedures and recommended welding method, removing and replacing HSA components, finishing HSA repairs to pre-paint condition, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Locate OEM or authorised agency repair procedures	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Source, interpret and incorporate OEM or authorised agency repair procedures into planning process 1.3 Identify and manage hazards associated with the work 1.4 Select authorised repair tools, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) and check for serviceability 1.5 Identify and plan work to required HSA repair methods to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Repair or replace HSA components	2.1 Protect sections not subject to repair, using approved methods and equipment 2.2 Identify HSA sections to be replaced and remove using OEM or authorised agency recommended removal methods and equipment, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Restore damaged surfaces to a condition required for fitting replacement HSA components 2.4 Position vehicle measuring, or jigging equipment used in the replacement of HSA component according to OEM or authorised agency specifications 2.5 Protect or reapply OEM or authorised agency’s surface coatings 2.6 Align and secure replacement HSA components within OEM or authorised agency’s tolerances
3. Weld HSA components	3.1 Locate and check recommended welding equipment for HSA for correct operation according to OEM procedures 3.2 Conduct sample welds using recommended welding techniques, and perform inspection and destruction tests for defects according to workplace instructions 3.3 Refit HSA components using recommended repair methods, materials and equipment, and without causing damage to other systems or components 3.4 Follow grinding and drilling procedures according to OEM or authorised agency and weld material specifications
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Finish repairs to HSA components to pre-paint condition according to workplace and OEM or authorised agency repair procedures 4.2 Perform final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations and manufacturer specifications, and components are presented ready for painting 4.3 Clean work area, dispose of waste and non-recyclable materials, and collect and store recyclable material 4.4 Check tools and equipment, tag any faults, and store according to workplace procedures 4.5 Process workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Sets and uses measuring equipment Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate measurements and tolerances.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving	Identifies defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with repairs to HSA components.
Technology	Uses specialist equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN143 Identify and repair high strength aluminium components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and repair high strength aluminium (HSA) components to pre-paint condition on at least three different damaged vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to identify and repair high strength aluminium components, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to identify and repair high strength aluminium components, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to identifying and repairing HSA vehicle components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

manually handling vehicle components

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s:

vehicle specifications and measurements

approved repair procedures and quality processes

HSA repair, replacement and welding methods and procedures, including:

HSA recommended tools and equipment, including welding equipment

types and location of HSA components

pre-repair destruction testing of welds on similar material

body and panel alignment

bonding, riveting and welding

procedures for protecting vehicle and components during repair work

procedures for final inspection of HSA repair.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the damaged HSA vehicle components that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

OEM or authorised agency’s approved specifications and recommended repair procedures

OEM or authorised agency’s approved welding equipment

PPE required to repair HSA components

three different damaged vehicles requiring HSA component repairs

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for identifying and repairing HSA vehicle components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP101 Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces using a variety of industry-approved methods and without causing damage to vehicle and components. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools, equipment and chemicals to remove paint from metal and plastic component surfaces in preparation for repairs or refinishing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive paint refinishing repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to remove paint from vehicle surface	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Assess paint removal methods and their effect on components according to workplace procedures and customer requirements 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Remove paint	2.1 Identify and prepare vehicle metal and plastic components requiring paint removal 2.2 Remove vehicle paint according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Clearly reports quality issues and job outcomes.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction Calculates quantities of required materials.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP001 Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP101 Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

remove paint from vehicle surfaces using chemical and sanding techniques on:

at least three different plastic vehicle body components

at least three different metal vehicle body components.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) relating to paint removal chemicals

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces including:

paint removal procedures

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing paint from vehicle painted surfaces, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using safety data sheets (SDS) for paint removing chemicals

handling and storing paint removing chemicals

using tools and equipment

using fume and dust collection equipment, including positive air feed masks

environmental requirements relating to removing paint from vehicle painted surfaces, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials and chemicals

paint manufacturer and workplace paint removal methods, including:

chemical substance

abrasive blasting

machine sanding

hand sanding

procedures for protecting vehicle and components during paint removal

procedures for final cleaning and inspection of vehicle surfaces.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to paint removal work they have completed on vehicle body panels, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

paint manufacturer specifications

PPE for paint removal, including fume and dust extraction equipment

SDS for paint removing chemicals

vehicle protection equipment

chemicals to remove paint

painted plastic and metal components as specified in the performance evidence requiring paint removal

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying paint removal methods.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP103 Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to clean and maintain vehicle spray painting equipment. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using cleaning materials and equipment, preparing spray painting equipment for vehicle refinishing activities, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Set up spray painting equipment ready for use	2.1 Set up, test and maintain spray guns according to workplace and manufacturer procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Set up paint mixing system and paint agitators and establish serviceability according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Set up paint drying systems and inspect for correct operation according to workplace procedures 2.4 Check pressure regulators and air lines according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm equipment is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and industry standards.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly
Numeracy	Interprets air pressure gauge settings and spray booth drying time.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP003 Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP103 Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare the following spray-painting equipment for at least two different vehicle spray painting tasks:

high volume low pressure (HVLP) spray guns

paint mixing system and paint agitators

positive air feed masks

gravity feed spray guns

spray and drying booths

suction feed spray guns

air pressure regulators

air compressors and air lines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use, including:

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use including:

paint equipment set-up

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to preparing vehicle spray painting equipment for use, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements relating to preparing vehicle spray painting equipment for use, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and uses of spray-painting equipment, including:

spray gun use and associated equipment set-up and maintenance

correct use of positive air feed masks

filters and dryers

spray equipment cleaning methods and materials

paint mixing systems

paint pressure pot systems

spray and drying booths

paint mixing system and paint agitators

gravity feed spray guns

suction feed spray guns

high volume low pressure (HVLP) spray guns

pressure regulators

air compressors and air lines

procedures for final inspection of vehicle spray painting equipment operation.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to vehicle spray painting equipment that they have prepared, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

equipment manufacturer specifications and operating procedures

PPE to prepare spray painting materials and equipment

spray guns

paint mixing systems

drying equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for preparing vehicle spray painting equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP104 Apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to colour match paints using original equipment manufacturer (OEM) paint codes. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, preparing colour matching test cards, mixing and spraying paint and conducting a visual colour match, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive paint refinishing repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to apply basic colour matching techniques	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Mix paint colour	2.1 Set up and check paint measuring system required for job according to workplace procedures 2.2 Carry out colour mixing using methods, tools, equipment and materials, according to workplace procedures
3. Prepare colour test cards and perform visual matching	3.1 Prepare and spray test cards according to workplace procedures, OEM paint codes, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Carry out visual matching and make comparisons between matched and original paint, and record paint codes 3.3 Remix paint for further matching if mix does not match original paint
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly
Numeracy	Interprets OEM paint codes and formulas Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division Determines ratios and calculate quantities of paint and materials.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP004 Apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP104 Apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

match solid colour paints on at least two different vehicle panels, in which the work must involve:

wet to wet matching

edge to edge matching

hard line matching.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes, including:

technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) relating to paint material

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) paint colour codes and formulas

vehicle paint code manuals

workplace procedures required to apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to applying basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for paint material

handling and storing paint and cleaning materials

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements relating to applying basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

paint colour mixing techniques, including:

mixing system set-up and operation

paint application methods

correct use of positive air feed masks

types and use of equipment and materials relating to paint colour matching, including:

spray gun set-up, use and maintenance

paint drying equipment and methods

pressure regulators

air compressors

heating and lighting systems

polishing and cleaning equipment

solid colour paints

paint thinners

paint reducers

cleaning materials

colour matching techniques, including:

wet to wet matching

edge to edge matching

hard line matching

dabbing

procedures for identifying vehicle paint condition, including paint fade

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when applying paint

procedures for final inspection of basic colour matching.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the paint colour matching techniques that they have applied, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

paint codes and formulas

TDS and SDS for paint material

two different vehicle panels requiring colour matching

PPE needed for paint colour matching

paint and colour matching materials

paint mixing materials and system

sample colours to be matched

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP107 Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare spray painting equipment and apply paint materials to minor vehicle paintwork damage. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, mixing and matching paint and touching up painted surfaces to pre-damage condition, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive paint refinishing repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to apply paint touch-ups	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret touch-up information 1.3 Select and inspect paint materials for quality 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.6 Plan work to identify required paint touch-up techniques and methods, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Apply touch-up paint	2.1 Clean and prepare surface area for touch-up paint using approved abrasive and cleaning materials 2.2 Prepare and match touch-up paint materials according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Apply touch-up paint to scratched or damaged area using recommended tools and equipment and according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Sand touch-up paint area using approved abrasives and polish 2.5 Apply glaze and sealant to touched up paint area
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate quantities and measure paint materials Sets air pressure gauges.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Technology	Uses specialist tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP007 Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP107 Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

touch up the damaged paintwork on at least two different vehicles in which the work must include a different one of the following for each vehicle:

blending and clearing a vehicle panel

partially blending and fading out blend on a vehicle panel.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS)

workplace procedures required to touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to touching up minor vehicle paintwork damage, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for paint and cleaning materials

handling and storing paint and cleaning materials

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

paint manufacturer specifications

types and features of paint materials, including:

primers

water-based paints

two-part enamels

hardeners

paint reducers

abrasives and polishes

glazes and sealants

types and use of painting equipment, including:

types of spray guns and maintenance requirements

spray gun techniques

correct use of positive air feed masks

paint touch-up techniques, including:

surface preparation methods

paint mixing procedures

paint application methods

paint drying methods and procedures

procedures for protecting vehicle and components during paintwork touch-up

procedures for final inspection of completed paint touch-up.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the damaged vehicle paintwork that they have touched up, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

TDS and SDS for paint and cleaning materials

PPE to touch up paint

paint materials required for paint touch-up

two different vehicles or panels requiring paint touch-up

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying paint touch-up techniques.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP109 Apply vehicle body film wrapping

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare vehicle body surfaces and apply vinyl film wrapping materials. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools, selecting vinyl film materials, checking vinyl film quality, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive paint refinishing repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to apply vehicle body film wrapping	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret workplace procedures and vinyl film supplier recommended application methods 1.3 Select and inspect vinyl film wrapping materials for quality 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.6 Assess vehicle panel surface for quality 1.7 Plan work to apply body film wrapping, minimise waste, and prevent damage to vehicle
2. Measure, cut and apply vinyl film	2.1 Measure surface area and produce patterns 2.2 Cut vinyl film material according to vinyl pattern specifications and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Prepare body surface using vinyl film supplier approved methods, materials and equipment 2.4 Apply vinyl film wrapping materials according to vinyl film supplier specifications and workplace procedures, and without causing damage to body surface
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: measure surface areas and vinyl film patterns Calculates vinyl film wrapping material requirements.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Technology	Uses specialist tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP009 Apply vehicle body film wrapping.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP109 Apply vehicle body film wrapping

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply vinyl film wrapping on at least three different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply vehicle body film wrapping, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to apply vehicle body film wrapping, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to applying vehicle body film wrapping, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using specialist tools

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste material

types and uses of vinyl film wrapping materials and tools, including:

vinyl film wrapping requirements

patterns

application tools

cleaning agents

vinyl film supplier recommended methods and techniques for applying vinyl film wrapping, including:

surface preparation

surface measurements and pattern development

quality requirements relating to vinyl film wrapping

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when applying film wrapping

procedures for final inspection of vehicle vinyl film wrapping.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the body film wrapping they have applied to vehicles, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE to apply vinyl film wrapping

vinyl film supplier specifications and application methods

three different vehicles requiring the application of vinyl film materials

vinyl film wrapping material

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying vehicle body film wrapping.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP110 Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare paint drying equipment. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, setting, operating and maintaining paint drying equipment to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive paint refinishing repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Set up paint drying equipment ready for operation	2.1 Set up paint drying equipment and check for correct operation, according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Organise vehicle protection materials according to workplace procedures 2.3 Set up and operate drying equipment according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Perform regularly scheduled checks, cleaning and maintenance on paint drying equipment according to manufacturer specifications
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Interprets paint drying equipment temperature settings and drying times.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP010 Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP110 Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare, operate and maintain the following paint drying equipment during the course of painting at least three different vehicles:

spray booth

air movement system

infra-red (IR) equipment

ultraviolet (UV) curing system.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment, including:

paint drying equipment manufacturer operating instructions, including procedures for the set-up and maintenance of equipment

workplace procedures required to prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to preparing and operating vehicle paint drying equipment, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

handling and storing materials

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements relating to preparing and operating vehicle paint drying equipment, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

paint drying methods

types and uses of paint drying equipment including:

spray booth

air movement system

infra-red (IR) equipment

ultraviolet (UV) curing system.

procedures for final inspection and testing of paint drying equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle paint drying equipment that they have prepared and operated, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

equipment manufacturer operating instructions

PPE to prepare and operate spray booths and paint drying equipment

materials required to prepare and maintain paint drying equipment

three different vehicles to be painted

spray booth and paint drying equipment for the three different vehicles

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for preparing and operating vehicle paint drying equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP111 Apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to a variety of vehicle components by spray gun application. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, mixing and applying automotive paint materials according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for refinishing activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out application activities	2.1 Mix and apply two-pack materials according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Dry materials according to workplace procedures 2.3 Check paint finish against manufacturers specifications 2.4 Remove paint surface faults using compounds, polishes and glazes
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: calculate quantities of required materials measure and determine ratios for mixing paint materials Sets spraying and drying equipment.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP011 Apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP111 Apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to at least three different vehicles

in the course of the above work, apply solid acrylic two-pack paint to:

two different vehicle panels

two different vehicle full sides

two different vehicle front ends or rear ends

check the above paintwork and rectify paint surface faults as required.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components, including:

paint manufacturer’s specifications

workplace procedures required to apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to applying solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for solid acrylic two-pack materials

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying area

environmental requirements relating to applying solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and use of solid acrylic two-pack paint materials

types and use of spray guns, including:

spray gun operation and spraying techniques

spray gun cleaning and maintenance methods

paint application methods and techniques, including:

drying methods for solid acrylic two-pack materials

paint surface fault identification and rectification procedures

correct use of positive air feed masks

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when applying solid acrylic two-pack materials

procedures for final inspection of solid acrylic two-pack painted surfaces, including:

checking colour, texture, depth and gloss

ensuring paint finish is contaminant-free

ensuring paint finish blends into surrounding surfaces.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the solid acrylic two-pack materials they have applied to vehicle components, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications

TDS and SDS for solid acrylic two-pack materials

PPE required to apply solid acrylic two-pack materials

solid acrylic two-pack paint materials

three different vehicles with components specified in the performance evidence requiring spray painting using solid acrylic two-pack materials tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying solid acrylic two-pack materials.

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying solid acrylic two-pack materials.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP112 Apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials to a variety of vehicle components by spray gun application. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, mixing and applying automotive paint materials according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out application activities	2.1 Mix and apply refinishing materials according to workplace procedures, manufacturer’s specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Dry refinishing materials according to workplace procedures 2.3 Check paint finish against manufacturers specifications 2.4 Remove paint surface faults using compounds, polishes and glazes
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: calculate quantities of required materials measure and determine ratios for mixing paint materials Sets spraying and drying equipment.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP012 Apply air dry and polyurethane enamel refinishing materials.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP112 Apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials to at least two different vehicle body components, including:

at least one component using paint with additive

at least one component using paint without additive.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials, including:

paint manufacturer’s specifications

workplace procedures required to apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to applying air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for polyurethane refinishing materials

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying area

environmental requirements relating to applying air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and use of air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials, including:

air dry synthetic enamels

enamel additives

polyurethane enamels

paint reducers

air dry and polyurethane refinishing material application methods and techniques, including:

spray and drying equipment

paint fault and rectification procedures

drying methods for air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials

correct use of positive air feed masks

types and use of spray guns, including:

spray gun operation and spraying techniques

spray gun cleaning and maintenance methods

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when applying paints

procedures for final inspection of polyurethane refinished surface:

checking colour, texture, depth and gloss

ensuring paint finish is contaminant-free

ensuring paint finish blends into surrounding surfaces.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials they have applied to vehicle components, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications

TDS and SDS for air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials

PPE required to apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials

air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials

two different vehicles requiring the application of air dry and polyurethane refinishing material

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying air dry and polyurethane refinishing material.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP113 Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing by removing surface rust and scale and applying primers and sealers before the final refinishing. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, selecting and using materials, cleaning vehicle substrate surfaces according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry. The preparation of plastic or composite materials for refinishing is not addressed in this unit.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Remove surface rust and apply primers	2.1 Remove surface rust and scale from substrate according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Protect or remove substrate components affected by application processes according to workplace procedures 2.3 Clean surfaces to be painted and remove contaminants 2.4 Apply primers and primer surfaces according to workplace procedures
3. Prepare primed and sealed surface for refinishing	3.1 Prepare surfaces to be refinished according to workplace procedures 3.2 Record and report identified surface defects
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate material quantities.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP013 Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP113 Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare two different vehicle substrates for refinishing,

during the course of the above work, prepare at least one of each of the following:

full steel vehicle body panel with surface rust

full aluminium vehicle body panel

stainless steel sheet measuring at least 150 mm x 150 mm or stainless-steel body moulding

galvanised coated sheet measuring at least 150 mm x 150 mm b

zinc anneal sheet measuring at least 150 mm x 150 mm.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing, including:

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to preparing vehicle substrates for refinishing, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including positive air feed masks

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for primers and chemical cleaners

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying areas

environmental requirements relating to preparing vehicle substrates for refinishing, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and uses of materials, including:

chemical cleaners

body fillers

primer fillers

abrasive papers

cleaning materials

masking materials

primers and etch primers

types and uses of tools and equipment, including:

primers and sealers

spray gun set-up, maintenance and application

cleaning agents

hand tools

air and power tools

cleaning equipment

spray equipment

paint measuring equipment

surface preparation methods and techniques for primers, sealers and surface repair:

masking off areas not to be coated

adhesion tests

primer mixing techniques

application methods for primers, fillers and sealers

sanding and blocking

feather edging procedures

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when preparing substrates

procedures for final inspection of prepared substrates.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle substrates that they have prepared for refinishing, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

TDS and SDS for primers and chemical cleaners

PPE required to prepare substrates for refinishing

materials required to prepare substrates for refinishing

vehicle substrates specified in the performance evidence requiring preparation for refinishing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for preparing vehicle substrates for refinishing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP114 Colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to match vehicle or component multi-layer and clear over base paint colours using original equipment manufacturer (OEM) paint codes. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying paint codes, preparing colour matching test cards, mixing and spraying paint and conducting a visual colour match, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Mix multi-layer clear over base colour	2.1 Set up and operate paint mixing system according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Mix paint according to manufacturer specifications, approved colour matching method, and workplace procedures
3. Prepare colour test card and perform visual matching	3.1 Prepare and spray colour matching test cards according to workplace procedures 3.2 Carry out visual matching, make comparisons between matched and original paint, and record paint codes according to workplace procedures and OEM paint codes 3.3 Remix paint for further matching prior to application if first mix does not match original paint
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Interprets OEM paint codes and formulas Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: determine ratios measure and calculate quantities of paint and materials.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist colour matching tools Uses computerised colour matching system and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP014 Colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP114 Colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

colour match at least five different vehicle body panels

in the course of the above work, colour match at least one of each of the following paint types:

metallic paints

pearl paints

multi-layer paints

solid clear over base (COB) paints.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components, including:

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) paint colour codes and formulas

workplace procedures required to colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to colour matching multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for paint materials

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying area

environmental requirements relating to colour matching multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and application methods for automotive paint, including correct use of positive air feed masks

types and uses of paint materials, including:

two-pack clear coats

metallic finishes

pearl finishes

paint hardeners

water-based finishes

paint thinners

paint reducers

cleaning materials

types and use of paint colour matching equipment, including:

paint mixing systems

spray gun set-up, use and maintenance

paint drying equipment and methods

tinting system

paint measuring system

viscosity measuring equipment

spectrometer type equipment

paint manufacturer colour swatches

approved spray area

polishing and cleaning equipment

metal or cardboard colour matching test cards

electronic paint mixing system and colour matching equipment

colour matching methods and techniques for multi-layer and clear over base paints, including:

mixing system set-up and operation

colour test cards

visual colour matching tests

wet to wet matching

edge to edge matching

hard line matching

dabbing

paint mixing techniques

using paint codes when matching

paint mixing methods

paint thinning methods

spraying techniques

drying procedures

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when colour matching

procedures for final inspection of colour matched multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paint.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the colour matching of multi-layer and clear over base paints they have undertaken with vehicles and components, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

OEM paint codes and formulas

TDS and SDS for paint materials

PPE required to colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints

paint and materials to colour match multi-layer and clear over base colours

colour test cards

five different vehicle panels requiring painting and colour matching

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for colour matching multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP115 Match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to match vehicle or component direct gloss solid paint colours using original equipment manufacturer (OEM) paint codes. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying paint codes, preparing colour matching test cards, mixing and spraying paint and conducting a visual colour match, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Mix direct gloss solid paint colours	2.1 Set up and operate paint mixing system according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Mix paint according to manufacturer specifications, approved colour matching method, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements
3. Prepare colour test card and perform visual matching	3.1 Prepare and spray colour matching test cards according to workplace procedures 3.2 Carry out visual matching, make comparisons between matched and original paint, and record paint codes according to workplace procedures, OEM paint codes, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Remix paint for further matching prior to application if first mix does not match original paint
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Interprets OEM paint codes and formulas Sets and use paint mixing system Sets painting equipment air pressure Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: determine ratios calculate quantities of paint and materials.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist tools Uses computerised system and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP015 Match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP115 Match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

perform visual paint colour matching on at least three different vehicle panels.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components, including:

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) paint colour codes and formulas

workplace procedures required to match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to matching direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for paint materials

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying area

environmental requirements relating to matching direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and application methods for automotive paint

types and use of painting tools and equipment, including:

tinting system

paint measuring scales

paint strainers

spray guns

approved spray area

polishing and cleaning equipment

metal or cardboard colour matching test cards

types and use of paint materials, including:

direct gloss two-pack enamels

paint hardeners

paint reducers

cleaning materials

types and use of paint colour matching equipment, including:

paint mixing systems

spray gun set-up, use and maintenance

paint drying equipment and methods

correct use of positive air feed masks

colour matching methods and techniques for solid colour paints, including:

mixing system set-up and operation

colour test cards

visual colour matching tests, including opacity and film build, texture and peel

wet to wet matching

edge to edge matching

hard line matching

dabbing

paint mixing techniques

using paint codes when matching

spraying techniques

drying procedures

paint mixing methods

paint thinning methods

appropriate light sources

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when colour matching

procedures for final inspection of completed solid colour matching.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the direct gloss solid paint colour they have matched to vehicles or components, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

OEM paint codes and specifications

TDS and SDS for paint materials

PPE required to colour match direct gloss solid paint colours

colour test cards

paint and materials to colour match solid paint colours

three different painted vehicle panels requiring colour matching of direct gloss solid paint

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for matching direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP116 Rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to rectify and touch up direct gloss paint faults on vehicle body components. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying and rectifying faults using two-pack paint according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Determine paint fault, its cause and rectification requirements	2.1 Identify cause of paint fault from available information 2.2 Inspect visually inspect faulty paintwork and determine extent of damage and areas requiring rectification 2.3 Assess damage to paintwork from visual comparison with undamaged paintwork 2.4 Identify requirements for fault rectification according to workplace procedures
3. Rectify and touch up paint fault	3.1 Identify materials required to restore paintwork to pre-damage condition according to paint manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Measure, mix and apply materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Rectify damaged paintwork and blend with existing paintwork using direct gloss two-pack system and approved blending and drying techniques 3.4 Complete rectification processes according to workplace procedures and manufacturers specifications
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Identifies paint specification codes Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: calculate and measure quantities of paint and materials determine ratios for mixing paint calculate and set paint drying times Sets spray painting air pressure and spray booth temperatures Sets paint measuring system.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP016 Rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP116 Rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

rectify and touch up faults in the direct gloss paint of at least three different vehicles using two-pack systems, including:

using partial blend and fade-out blend on at least one vehicle

blending and clearing panels on at least one vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems, including:

manufacturer’s specifications or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to rectifying and touching up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for direct gloss two-pack paint

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying area

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and features of direct gloss materials

types and use of painting equipment, including:

types of spray guns and maintenance requirements

spray gun set-up, use and maintenance

correct use of positive air feed masks

paint rectification and touch-up techniques and procedures, including:

identifying paint surface faults

surface preparation methods

paint mixing procedures

direct gloss paint application methods and techniques

paint drying methods for direct gloss materials

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when touching up paint faults

procedures for final inspection of paint rectification and touch-up work using direct gloss two-pack systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to vehicle paintwork they have rectified using direct gloss two-pack materials, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

TDS and SDS for direct gloss two-pack paint

PPE required to rectify paintwork using direct gloss two-pack paint systems

direct gloss refinishing materials

three different vehicles requiring paint rectification and touch-up using direct gloss two-pack refinishing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for rectifying and touching up paint faults using direct gloss two-pack paint.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP117 Rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to rectify and touch up paint faults on vehicle body components. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying and rectifying faults using clear over base (COB) two-pack paint materials according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Identify paint fault, its cause and rectification requirements	2.1 Identify cause of paint fault from paint manufacturer information and confirm with appropriate personnel 2.2 Inspect visually inspect faulty paintwork according to workplace procedures 2.3 Assess damage to paintwork through visual comparison with undamaged paintwork 2.4 Identify fault rectification requirements according to manufacturer and workplace procedures
3. Rectify and touch-up paint faults	3.1 Identify materials required to restore paintwork to pre-damage condition from paint manufacturer recommended procedures 3.2 Measure, mix and apply materials using approved equipment 3.3 Rectify and blend damaged paintwork with existing paintwork using COB two-pack system and blending and drying techniques according to workplace procedures 3.4 Complete rectification processes according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Identifies paint specification codes Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: calculate and measure quantities of paint and materials determine ratios for mixing paint calculate and set paint drying times Sets spray painting air pressure and spray booth temperatures Sets paint measuring system.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP017 Rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP117 Rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

rectify and touch up faults on at least three different vehicles using clear over base (COB) two-pack paint materials, including:

using partial blend and fade-out blend on at least one vehicle

blending and clearing panels on at least one vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems, including:

paint manufacturer specifications and paint codes

paint technical data sheets

paint safety data sheets (SDS)

workplace procedures required to rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to rectifying and touching up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for COB two-pack paint

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements relating to rectifying and touching up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and use of refinishing materials, including:

solvent base coats and clear coats

water-based materials

paint thinners and hardeners

polishing materials

types and use of painting equipment, including:

types of spray guns and maintenance requirements

spray gun set-up, use and maintenance

correct use of positive air feed masks

using approved drying area

tinting systems

cleaning equipment

paint rectification and touch-up techniques and procedures, including:

identifying paint surface faults

surface preparation methods

paint mixing procedures

COB two-pack paint application methods

paint drying methods

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when rectifying and touching up paint

procedures for final inspection of paint rectification and touch-up work using COB two-pack systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to vehicle paintwork they have rectified using COB two-pack systems, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

TDS and SDS for COB two-pack paint

vehicle paint codes and specifications

PPE required to rectify COB two-pack paint

materials required to rectify and touch up COB two-pack paint

three different vehicles requiring COB two-pack paint rectification and touch-up

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for rectifying and touching up paint faults using COB two-pack systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP118 Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to rectify multi-layer and pearl paint faults on vehicle body components. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying and rectifying paint faults using multi-layer and pearl two-pack paint materials according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Determine paint fault, its cause and rectification requirements	2.1 Identify cause of paint fault 2.2 Inspect visually faulty paintwork according to workplace procedures 2.3 Identify and assess existing paint film build-up 2.4 Compare visually compare damaged paintwork with undamaged paintwork 2.5 Identify fault rectification requirements according to workplace procedures and job requirements
3. Carry out rectification and touch-up activities	3.1 Identify materials required to restore paintwork to pre-damage condition from paint manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Measure, mix and apply materials using approved equipment 3.3 Rectify damaged paintwork and blend with existing paintwork using two-pack system 3.4 Complete rectification processes according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Identifies paint specification codes Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: calculate and measure quantities of paint and materials determine ratios for mixing paint calculate and set paint drying times Sets spray painting air pressure and spray booth temperatures Sets paint measuring system.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP018 Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP118 Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

rectify multi-layer and pearl paint faults on at least three different vehicles using two-pack materials

complete the following in the course of the above work:

blending and clearing a vehicle panel

partially blending and fading out blend.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems, including:

paint manufacturer specifications

paint technical data sheets (TDS)

paint safety data sheets (SDS)

workplace procedures required to rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to rectifying vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for multi-layer and pearl two-pack paint

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying area

environmental requirements relating to rectifying vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and features of paint materials, including:

solvent base coats and clear coats

water-based materials

paint thinners and hardeners

polishing materials

types and use of painting equipment, including:

types of spray guns and maintenance requirements

spray gun set-up, use and maintenance

correct use of positive air feed masks

paint rectification and touch-up techniques and procedures, including:

identifying paint surface faults

surface preparation methods

paint mixing procedures

multi-layer and pearl paint application methods

drying methods for multi-layer and pearl paint refinishing materials

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when rectifying and touching up paint faults

procedures for final inspection of paint rectification using multi-layer and pearl two-pack systems.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle paintwork they have rectified using multi-layer and pearl two-pack systems, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

TDS and SDS for multi-layer and pearl two-pack paint

PPE required to rectify multi-layer and pearl two-pack paint materials

multi-layer and pearl two-pack refinishing materials

three different vehicles requiring paint rectification using multi-layer and pearl two-pack paint refinishing materials

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for rectifying and touching up multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP123 Apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to mix and apply clear over base (COB) paint materials to vehicle body components. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying paint faults, preparing surface to be painted, selecting and applying COB two-pack refinishing materials according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Mix COB two-pack refinishing materials	2.1 Calculate COB two-pack refinishing materials according to paint manufacturer specifications, formulas and codes 2.2 Record codes and information relevant to job requirement 2.3 Mix materials according to workplace procedures
3. Apply COB two-pack refinishing material	3.1 Apply refinishing materials using manufacturer recommended method and intervals, and according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dry refinishing materials and equipment according to workplace procedures and ensure painted surface meets specifications
4. Rectify paint faults	4.1 Identify paint faults according to industry and workplace procedures 4.2 Select rectification procedures according to fault or damage type 4.3 Identify required materials to rectify paintwork from paint manufacturer information 4.4 Rectify paint surface faults using compounds, polishes and glazes to blend rectified areas with existing paintwork
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures.
Numeracy	Interprets paint codes and formulas Sets and adjusts spray painting air pressure and paint measuring system Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: determine ratios measure and calculate quantities of paint and materials.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP023 Apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP123 Apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

mix and apply clear over base (COB) two-pack refinishing materials to at least three different vehicles, at least two of which must include a different vehicle body component from among the following:

single vehicle panel

full vehicle side

vehicle front end or rear end.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components, including:

vehicle paint specifications

workplace procedures required to apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to applying clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for COB two-pack paint

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying area

environmental requirements relating to applying clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and use of refinishing material, including:

solid, metallic and pearl two-pack base coat

clear two-pack acrylic enamel

water-based paints

hardener

paint reducer

cleaning solvents.

types and application of automotive paint, including correct use of positive air feed masks

mixing and application techniques for COB two-pack materials, including:

paint mixing techniques and systems

visual colour matching techniques and use of colour test cards

paint fault identification and rectification methods for COB two-pack refinishing materials

types and use of paint colour matching equipment, including:

mixing system set-up and operation

set-up, operation and maintenance of spray guns

paint drying equipment

paint cleaning materials and equipment

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when applying refinishing materials

procedures for final inspection of completed COB two-pack application.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the COB two-pack materials they have applied to vehicle body components, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

paint and vehicle manufacturer specifications and paint codes

TDS and SDS for COB two-pack paint

PPE, including positive air feed masks

COB refinishing materials

three different vehicles with body components specified in the performance evidence requiring painting with COB two-pack refinishing materials

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying COB two-pack refinishing materials.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP124 Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to mix and apply clear over base (COB) multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying paint defects, preparing vehicle surfaces, selecting, mixing and applying refinishing materials according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Mix COB multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials	2.1 Calculate and mix refinishing materials according to workplace procedures, and paint manufacturer specifications, formulas and codes 2.2 Record codes and information relevant to job requirements 2.3 Carry out mixing activities according to workplace procedures
3. Apply COB multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials	3.1 Apply refinishing materials using manufacturer recommended method and intervals according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dry refinishing materials and equipment according to workplace procedures 3.3 Apply refinishing techniques to ensure painted surface meets job requirements 3.4 Rectify paint surface faults using compounds, polishes and glazes to blend rectified areas with existing paintwork according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Interprets paint codes and formulas Sets and adjusts settings for: spray painting air pressure paint measuring system spray booth temperature settings Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: determine ratios measure and calculate quantities of paint and materials.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP024 Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP124 Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

mix and apply clear over base (COB) multi-layer pearl refinishing materials on at least three different vehicles, at least two of which must include a different vehicle body component from among the following:

single vehicle panel

full vehicle side

vehicle front end or rear end.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components, including:

vehicle paint specifications

workplace procedures required to apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to applying clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for COB two-pack paint

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying area

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and application methods for automotive paint, including correct use of positive air feed masks

types and uses of refinishing materials, including:

metallic, pearl two-pack base coat

clear two-pack acrylic enamel

water-based paints

hardeners

paint reducers

mixing and application techniques for COB multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials, including:

paint mixing techniques and systems

visual colour matching techniques and use of colour test cards

paint fault identification and rectification methods for COB multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials

types and uses of paint colour matching equipment, including:

set-up and operation of paint mixing system

set-up, operation and maintenance of spray guns

paint drying equipment

paint cleaning materials and equipment

procedures for protecting vehicles and components when applying refinishing materials

procedures for final inspection of completed COB multi-layer pearl application.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the COB refinishing materials they have applied to vehicle body components, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

paint and vehicle manufacturer specifications, paint codes

TDS and SDS for COB multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials

PPE, including positive air feed masks

materials to apply COB multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials

COB refinishing materials

three different vehicles or panels requiring painting with COB multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for mixing and applying COB multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP125 Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to mix and apply water-based refinishing materials in order to refinish a variety of vehicle bodies and substrates. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying paint defects, preparing surfaces, selecting, mixing and applying water-based refinishing materials according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive refinishing industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.3 Identify tools, equipment and chemicals required for repair activity and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Mix water-based refinishing materials	2.1 Calculate and mix water-based paint materials according to paint manufacturer specifications, formulas, codes and workplace procedures 2.2 Record codes and information relevant to job requirements
3. Apply water-based refinishing materials	3.1 Apply refinishing materials using manufacturer recommended method and intervals, and techniques that ensure painted surface meets job requirements, according to workplace procedures 3.2 Dry refinishing materials using approved methods and equipment
4. Rectify paint faults	4.1 Identify paint faults according to workplace procedures 4.2 Select rectification procedures according to fault or damage type 4.3 Select materials to rectify paintwork from paint manufacturer information 4.4 Rectify paint surface faults using compounds, polishes and glazes to blend rectified areas with existing paintwork
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Reading	Interprets workplace instructions such as job cards Organises and interprets technical information from workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, industry standards and paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS).
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Interprets paint codes and formulas Sets and adjusts settings for: spray painting air pressure paint measuring system spray booth temperature settings Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: determine ratios measure and calculate quantities of paint and materials.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP025 Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP125 Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply water-based refinishing materials on at least three different vehicle substrates, at least two of which must include a different vehicle body component from among the following:

vehicle panel

full vehicle side

vehicle front end or rear end.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates, including:

paint manufacturer specifications

workplace procedures required to apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates including:

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to applying water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for water-based paint

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying area

environmental requirements relating to applying water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

types and uses of refinishing materials, including:

water-based solid, metallic and pearl paint materials

water-based paint reducers and hardeners

cleaning materials

types and application methods for automotive water-based refinishing materials, including correct use of positive air feed masks

mixing and application techniques for water-based refinishing materials, including:

paint mixing techniques and systems

paint fault identification and rectification methods for water-based refinishing materials

types and use of equipment used in water-based refinishing processes, including:

set-up and operation of paint mixing system

set-up, operation and maintenance of spray guns

paint drying equipment

paint cleaning materials and equipment procedures for protecting vehicle and components when applying refinishing materials

procedures for final inspection of applied water-based refinishing materials.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having applied water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

paint and vehicle manufacturer specifications

paint codes

TDS and SDS for water-based paint

PPE, including positive air feed masks

water-based refinishing materials

three different vehicle substrates specified in the performance evidence requiring painting with water-based refinishing materials

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for mixing and applying water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP128 Carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and apply custom painting techniques to a variety of vehicle body panels or substrates in order to produce custom illustrations, graphics and visual effects. It includes developing paint stencils and applying clear or tinted topcoat refinishing materials by spray gun application. This unit involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, selecting designs and creating special painted effects using refinishing materials according to workplace or customer instructions, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive paint refinishing repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry out custom painting on vehicle body panels	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret painting information 1.3 Access and interpret custom design specifications 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Identify and check design stencils, painting equipment, and materials for quality and serviceability 1.6 Prepare work plan to identify custom painting application methods, minimise waste, and prevent damage to vehicle
2. Determine custom design	2.1 Select custom paint design, layout and colour according to workplace instructions, design specifications, and customer order 2.2 Develop and refine draft design to customer requirements 2.3 Confirm approved custom graphic design with customer
3. Prepare design templates and stencils	3.1 Prepare design stencils and templates based on design and shape specifications and check against workplace instructions 3.2 Apply design to stencils 3.3 Cut out stencils using selected tools according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
4. Mix and apply paint to create a variety of different visual effects	4.1 Prepare substrate for the application of custom paint finishes 4.2 Select colour combinations and equipment required to produce various painting effects to reproduce the custom painting design 4.3 Mix paint colours and apply tonal order to replicate custom design 4.4 Produce lines, shapes, patterns and illustrations using freehand techniques with the assistance of stencils 4.5 Identify required backgrounds, colour combinations, and effective colours and apply special effects to produce custom illustrations and graphics 4.6 Produce visual texture, and light and shade, on the given design or subject matter according to customer specifications
5. Prepare and apply clear topcoat	5.1 Prepare painted surface for clear topcoat finish using solvent cleaners and tack rags 5.2 Mix and apply refinishing clear topcoat materials without causing damage to vehicle, systems or components
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 6.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 6.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently Interprets, responds and keeps up to date with ways to address diverse customer custom painting design requests.
Numeracy	Identifies and measures stencil and layout dimensions Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to: determine ratios Measures and calculates quantities of paint and materials.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Technology	Uses specialised equipment and measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP028 Carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP128 Carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply custom and special effects painting techniques to at least two different vehicle body panels, in which the work must involve:

determining design size

using a range of graphics

using different colours and paint layering.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

paint technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS)

workplace procedures required to carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

technical data sheets (TDS) and safety data sheets (SDS) for paint materials

handling and storing paint materials

using tools and equipment

using approved drying area

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

required components of draft design, including:

size and colour

number of overlays

stencils and graphics preferences

types and application methods for:

automotive paints used for custom painting

clear top coat refinishing materials, including:

meeting job requirements for texture, depth, and gloss

being free of contaminants

colour layering processes

custom painting and application techniques, including:

custom graphic design templates, stencils and layout techniques, including:

freehand drawing

photography

projector or computer-aided printing

cutting methods

custom painting pictorial reproduction techniques

custom painting special effect techniques, including:

highlighting, reflection and transparency techniques

simulating texture, including metal, stone, liquid, leather, fish scales and marbling

three-dimensional (3D) effects to create visual realism

tribal or indigenous art styles

colour layering processes

paint mixing and application

drying procedures

various spraying techniques

polishing and detailing surfaces

types and use of custom painting equipment and materials, including:

templates and stencils

masking mediums

paints and glazes

types of spray guns

correct use of positive air feed masks

spray gun operation and spraying techniques

spray gun cleaning methods

paint cleaning materials and equipment

procedures for protecting vehicle and components when applying paint

procedures for final inspection of custom paint job.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of task.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the custom paint work they have completed on vehicle body panels, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

TDS and SDS for paint materials

PPE required to apply custom painting, including positive air feed masks

paint and materials required for custom painting

airbrush spray guns

paint drying equipment

two different vehicle body panels requiring the application of custom painting

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out custom painting techniques on vehicle body panels.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP129 Prepare surface and prime repaired body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and prime a repaired body panel of a vehicle. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; identify types of automotive abrasives; remove protective waxes and surface contaminants; feather paint edges; apply filler; and maintain the work area, tools and equipment. This unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to prime a repaired body panel	1.1 Source and interpret safety and environmental requirements 1.2 Interpret task instruction and identify vehicle body panel to be worked on 1.3 Source and interpret manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for removing paint and preparing surface 1.4 Identify potential hazards and risks associated with task and report to workplace supervisor 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for priming body panel according to manufacturer specifications
2. Prepare body panel for priming	2.1 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for priming body panel prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Prepare vehicle body panel for priming according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.3 Inspect body panel according to manufacturer specifications 2.4 Record body panel inspection results
3. Apply primer to body panel	3.1 Prepare primer for application according to manufacturer specifications and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Apply primer according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Apply primer to body panel without causing damage to body panel, components, tools or equipment 3.4 Inspect body panel to ensure required application of primer to body panel 3.5 Record body panel inspection results
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Reads and interprets numerical information in paint information Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate volumes and ratios.
Oral communication	Participates effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Reading	Selects and interprets key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Planning and organising	Plans own work activities Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving	Identifies potential or actual hazards and takes action to minimise risk Refers problems that cannot be readily resolved and seeks assistance from workplace supervisor.
Self-management	Recognises own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Technology	Sets up and operates specialised equipment and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP029 Prepare surface and prime repaired body panels.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP129 Prepare surface and prime repaired body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

surface prepare and prime at least two major vehicle body panels.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to prepare surface and prime repaired body panels, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to prepare surface and prime repaired body panels, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, including:

use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of hand tools, including air and electric sanders

safety data sheets (SDS) and procedures for handling and disposing of used primer, emulsions and solvents

procedures for extraction of fumes

types, grades and uses of abrasives and sandpaper

tools, equipment and materials relating to preparing surface and prime repaired body panels, including:

preparation and spray areas with fume extraction

spray gun equipment

wet and dry paper

sanding discs

emulsion materials

filler

primers

types of vehicles that vehicle body panels could be sourced from, including:

passenger vehicle

light commercial vehicle

heavy vehicle

constructed vehicle

workplace procedures for:

wet and dry sanding

surface preparation

paint feather edging and precautions

types of filler and primers and their use, including:

etch primer

primer surfacer

filler and primer application procedures

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the repaired body panels that they have surface prepared and primed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two major vehicle body panels

tools, equipment and materials, including:

preparation and spray areas with fume extraction

spray gun equipment

wet and dry paper

spray gun equipment

sanding discs

emulsion materials

filler

primers, including:

etch primer

primer surfacer

solvents.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP130 Apply paint to vehicle body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply paint to vehicle body panels. This unit involves planning and preparing for the task, selecting paint from a colour code, tinting and mixing paint, applying paint to a panel using a spray gun, drying the panel, and maintaining the work area, tools and equipment.

This unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Interpret task instructions and identify vehicle body panel to be worked on 1.2 Interpret vehicle colour codes and determine paint type, colour, quality and quantity 1.3 Source and interpret manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for painting body panel 1.4 Source and interpret safety and environmental requirements 1.5 Spray gun and air line equipment, and identify and check paint mixing and tinting equipment for serviceability 1.6 Identify potential hazards and risks associated with task and report to workplace supervisor
2. Tint and mix paint	2.1 Calculate paint colour tint requirements to achieve vehicle colour code 2.2 Mix paint according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Record paint colour and mixing requirements
3. Apply top coat	3.1 Apply paint using manufacturer recommended method and intervals according to safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Dry paint using approved methods and equipment 3.3 Inspect body panel to ensure painted surface meets requirements for colour and finish
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate volumes.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures.
Reading	Selects and interprets key information from: manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures relating to applying paint to body panels environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Planning and organising	Plans own work activities Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Sets up and operates specialised equipment and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP030 Apply paint to vehicle body panels.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP130 Apply paint to vehicle body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply vehicle paint to at least two different major vehicle body panels.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to apply paint to vehicle body panels, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to apply paint to vehicle body panels, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to applying paint to vehicle body panels, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

using hand tools

using fume extraction equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of paint and cleaning materials

paint colour mixing procedures, including:

vehicle colour code systems

colour tint calculation procedures

use of mixing scales

determining top coat

panel painting procedures, including:

types, application and operation of spray guns

spray gun strain and spray test patterns

procedures for final inspection of painted vehicle body panels.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the body panels that they have painted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE for painting vehicle panels

two different major vehicle body panels

spray gun

tools, equipment and materials for painting vehicle panels.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP131 Cut and polish painted vehicle body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut and polish the painted surface of vehicle body panels. This unit involves planning and preparing for the task, identifying types of vehicle paint surfaces and finishes, cutting and polishing vehicle panels, and maintaining the work area, tools and equipment.

This unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to cut and polish vehicle body panel	1.1 Interpret task instructions and identify body panel to be worked on 1.2 Identify paint finish type and document according to workplace procedures 1.3 Source and interpret manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for cutting and polishing body panel surface 1.4 Source and interpret safety and environmental requirements 1.5 Identify potential hazards and risks associated with task and report to workplace supervisor 1.6 Identify tools and equipment required for cutting and polishing body panel and check for serviceability
2. Cut and polish body panel	2.1 Use polishing tools and equipment according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to vehicle components or systems 2.2 Use products according to vehicle paint finish type, workplace methods, and paint manufacturer specifications 2.3 Polish exterior paint finish according to workplace and manufacturer prescribed procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures.
Reading	Selects and interprets key information from: manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures for cutting and polishing vehicle body panels environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Planning and organising	Plans own work activities Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Sets up and operates specialised equipment and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP031 Cut and polish painted vehicle body panels.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP131 Cut and polish painted vehicle body panels

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

cut and polish the body panels of at least one vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to cut and polish painted vehicle body panels, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to cut and polish painted vehicle body panels, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to cutting and polishing painted vehicle body panels, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

using hand tools

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of polishing materials

types of vehicle panel paints and finishes and implications for choice of polishing materials

vehicle panel cutting and polishing procedures, including:

types and applications of polishing materials, including methods for testing on vehicle paints and finishes

types, application and operation of polishing equipment

procedures for final inspection of cut and polished vehicle body panels.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the body panels that they have cut and polished, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE for cutting and polishing vehicle panels

one vehicle requiring its body panels to be cut and polished

tools, equipment and materials for cutting and polishing vehicle panels.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTP132 Prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and mask the body panel of a vehicle. It involves planning and preparing for the task, identifying types of masking materials used in vehicle painting, removing protective waxes and surface contaminants, applying masking, and maintaining the work area, tools and equipment.

The unit applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Interpret task instructions and identify vehicle body panel to be worked on 1.2 Source and interpret manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for preparing panel surface 1.3 Source and interpret safety and environmental requirements 1.4 Identify potential hazards and risks associated with task and report to workplace supervisor 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for preparing body panel and check for serviceability
2. Prepare surfaces for masking	2.1 Clean panel surface and check for contaminants according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components and systems 2.2 Inspect body panel according to workplace requirements 2.3 Record body panel inspection results
3. Apply masking materials to surface	3.1 Protect or remove components and fittings that can be affected by the refinishing process according to workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components and systems 3.2 Apply masking to surfaces adjacent to the area to be refinished according to workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components and systems 3.3 Inspect body panel to ensure application of masking 3.4 Record body panel inspection results
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures.
Reading	Selects and interprets key information from: manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures for preparing surfaces and masking body panels environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Planning and organising	Plans work activities and prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes.
Technology	Sets up and operates specialised equipment and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTP032 Prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP132 Prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare the surface for masking and apply masking materials to at least two different major vehicle body panels.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to preparing and masking vehicle body panel surfaces, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

using hand tools

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of used cleaning agents

panel pre-painting preparation procedures, including cleaning and inspection

panel masking procedures, including types and use of masking materials, including:

spray on

paper

plastics

templates

wheel covers

procedures for final inspection of masked vehicle body panels.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the body panels that they have surface prepared and masked, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE for preparing and masking vehicle panels

two different major vehicle body panels requiring the application of masking materials

tools, equipment and materials for preparing and masking vehicle panels.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTS103 Fabricate vehicle composite material components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fabricate components for automotive application, using composite materials such as fibreglass and carbon fibre. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying composite materials, calculating material quantities, mixing and applying recommended composite materials, finishing components to workplace and customer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Fabrication

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to fabricate vehicle composite material component	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret composite information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check composite materials and equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) for serviceability 1.5 Measure and calculate component surface area to determine required quantities of gel coat, resins, catalyst and matting 1.6 Check work area with approved ventilation for required operation and report faults to authorised personnel 1.7 Plan work to identify methods to fabricate component, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Fabricate component	2.1 Set up and prepare equipment and materials for use 2.2 Mix and apply composite materials according to manufacturer and equipment specifications to fabricate component 2.3 Fabricate component using composite materials according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to vehicle and equipment 2.4 Check fabricated component against job specifications and workplace quality requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: calculate component surface area calculate quantities of composite materials Determines ratios and mixing percentages.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTS003 Fabricate vehicle composite material components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS103 Fabricate vehicle composite material components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

fabricate at least two different vehicle composite components, in which the work must involve at least one air intake.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to fabricate vehicle composite material components, including:

information provided by customer and supervisor

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

composite material safety data sheets (SDS)

workplace procedures

workplace procedures required to fabricate vehicle composite material components, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to fabricating vehicle composite material components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and equipment

satisfying ventilation requirements for work area

using safety data sheets (SDS) for composite materials

handling and storing hazardous resins and chemicals

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of resins, chemicals and waste materials produced during fabrication process

equipment relating to fabricating vehicle composite material components, including:

release agents

measuring equipment

composite specialist tools

mixing containers

moulds and jigs

types and features of composite materials, including:

gel coats

resins

catalysts

composite matting

fabrication methods and techniques, including:

hand and machine operations

mixing and measuring composite materials

mould and plug usage

procedures for final inspection of fabricated composite components.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the composite components that they have fabricated for vehicles, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required to fabricate composite components

SDS for composite materials

materials to fabricate composite components

two different vehicle composite components to be fabricated

tools, equipment and materials tools, equipment and materials appropriate for fabricating vehicle composite material components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTS104 Repair vehicle composite material components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair components on vehicle bodies using composite materials. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying suitable composite materials, calculating material quantities, mixing and applying recommended composite materials to repair components according to workplace and customer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the automotive service and body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical – Fabrication

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to repair vehicle composite material component	1.1 Use workplace instructions to determine job requirements 1.2 Access and interpret fibreglass and composite material repair information is accessed and interpreted from workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 1.3 Identify, select and inspect composite materials for quality 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Check work area with approved ventilation for required operation and report faults to authorised personnel 1.6 Identify composite tools and equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) and check for serviceability 1.7 Prepare work area and plan work to identify methods for repairing a vehicle using composite materials and to minimise waste
2. Carry out repair activities	2.1 Locate items to be repaired and assess damage or faults to determine repair methods 2.2 Set up tools and equipment and mix and prepare materials for use 2.3 Carry out repairs to composite material components according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Apply reinforcement techniques to reinstate pre-damage strength to composite materials 2.5 Apply finishing techniques to present composite surfaces to manufacturer and workplace quality standards 2.6 Complete repairs to composite material components without causing damage to equipment and components
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to: calculate component surface area calculate quantities of composite and fibreglass materials Determines ratios and mixing percentages.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist composite material tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTS004 Repair vehicle composite material components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS104 Repair vehicle composite material components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

repair composite components of at least two different vehicles, including a repair to a different one of the following for each:

a 50 mm diameter hole

a 100 mm split.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to repair vehicle composite material components, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to repair vehicle composite material components, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to repairing vehicle composite material components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and equipment

satisfying ventilation requirements for work area

using safety data sheets (SDS) for composite materials

handling and storing hazardous resins and chemicals

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of resins, chemicals and waste materials produced during fabrication process

fibreglass and composite material repair procedures and techniques, including:

types and application of specialist composite tools and equipment

composite material measuring equipment

specialist hand tools

types and features of fibreglass and composite materials including:

fibreglass matting

gel coats

release agents

resins

catalysts

cleaning materials

use of composite moulds required for support backing during repair

measuring and calculation techniques

surface preparation for composite repairs

mixing and applying composite materials according to manufacturer specifications

finishing techniques for composite surfaces

reinforcement methods to reinstate pre-damage strength

composite repair problems and resolution techniques

procedures for final inspection of repaired composite component.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle components made of composite materials that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required to repair composite components

SDS for composite materials

composite materials

two different vehicles requiring the composite component repairs specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle composite material components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTS105 Fabricate vehicle body panels and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to measure, develop patterns and templates, and fabricate body panels and components. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, selecting and cutting materials according to patterns, templates and specifications, preparing cut edges, fabricating panels, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Fabrication

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to fabricate vehicle body panel and components	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.3 Identify panel materials from workplace instructions and inspect for quality 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Identify and select fabrication tools and equipment and check for serviceability 1.6 Plan work to identify methods to fabricate vehicle body panel and components, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Produce patterns and templates	2.1 Identify and follow workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Produce paper patterns from sample panel or simulated frame 2.3 Produce templates to fit sample panel or simulated frame 2.4 Identify convex and concave shapes when developing templates and paper patterns
3. Cut material	3.1 Select panel steel or aluminium sections needed for the fabrication and inspect for quality 3.2 Transfer and secure paper patterns and templates to steel or aluminium sheet surface ready for cutting 3.3 Use selected hand tools to cut steel or aluminium to pattern and panel specification 3.4 File panels to remove sharp edges
4. Shape panels	4.1 Fabricate required shapes to pattern specification, following safety and environmental requirements and workplace procedures 4.2 Check shaped panel sections against pattern and template specifications for quality finish and conformity 4.3 Fit panels to vehicle or frame without distortion
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 5.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 5.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Reads tape measures and rulers Measures and calculates panel material, size, shape and specifications Uses basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate panel material quantity.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Sets up and operates specialised equipment and tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTS005 Fabricate vehicle body panels and components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS105 Fabricate vehicle body panels and components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

fabricate at least two different vehicle body panels and their components, at least one of which must include a vehicle door skin lower half.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to fabricate vehicle body panels and components, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to fabricate vehicle body panels, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to fabricating vehicle body panels and components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

tools and equipment relating to fabricating vehicle body panels and components, including:

specialist hand tools

panel shaping equipment

English wheeling machine

specialist cutting equipment

panel fabrication methods and techniques, including:

type of panel materials and application, including:

mild steel sheeting

aluminium sheeting

paper for pattern

cardboard for templates

marking out and cutting procedures

type and correct use of panel fabrication tools and equipment

techniques for producing paper patterns and templates

panel fabrication methods

wheeling and shaping techniques

paper pattern requirements, including:

panel size and shape

all folds and edges for fabrication process

procedures for final inspection of fabricated body panels and components.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle body panels and components that they have fabricated, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required to fabricate body panels

materials to fabricate body panels and components

two different vehicle body panels and components requiring fabrication

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for fabricating vehicle body panels and components.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTT119 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTT019 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to measure, trim, assemble and fit automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist equipment and materials and completing workplace procedures and documentation.

The unit applies to those undertake routine installation tasks in the automotive and marine trimming, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical - Trimming and Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install, frames, canopies and side curtains	1.1 Determine job requirements according to workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications and product installation instructions 1.3 Select automotive or marine upholstery installation method for the identified job requirements 1.4 Identify hazards and environmental issues associated with work tasks, assess potential risks and implement control measures according to workplace policies and procedures 1.5 Select and source fabrication materials according to job requirements 1.6 Select and check installation tools and equipment and personal protective equipment for serviceability
2. Fabricate frames, canopies and side curtains	2.1 Measure and trim materials according to job requirements and workplace instructions 2.2 Fabricate and assemble upholstery according to workplace procedures and job and safety requirements
3. Install frames, canopies and side curtains	3.1 Install upholstery components according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements without interfering with existing components 3.2 Test upholstery components and adjust where required, according to workplace procedures 3.3 Conduct final inspection and confirm vehicle is ready for use, according to road safety standards and operational requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Clean work area, collect recyclable material and dispose of waste and non-recyclable materials 4.2 Check, tag, and isolate faulty tools materials and equipment according to workplace procedures 4.3 Store working tools and equipment according to workplace procedures 4.4 Document installation and testing process according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	locates appropriate sources of information efficiently
Numeracy	uses basic mathematical operations to measure and mark out templates, panels and trim sections
Oral communication	clarifies instructions and procedures clearly reports quality issues and job outcomes
Writing	legibly and accurately fills out workplace documentation
Planning and organising	plans own work requirements and prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	uses specialised workplace technology, materials, equipment and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTT019 Fabricate and install canopies and curtains.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT119 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTT019 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

fabricate and install at least two of the following upholstery components into an automotive or marine vehicle:

frame

canopy

side curtain.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key work health and safety (WHS), environmental and occupational health requirements relating to fabricating and installing automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains, including those relating to:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using specialist tools and equipment

manual handling components

storing and disposing of waste materials

identifying hazards and controlling risks

workplace policies and procedures required to fabricate and install automotive marine frames, canopies and side curtains, including:

establishing serviceability of equipment

documentation requirements

quality standards and specifications relating to installing vehicle components, including:

manufacturer specifications

road safety standards

requirements of vehicle standards and modifications

key types of upholstery components, including:

frames, canopies and side curtains

key maintenance procedures of fabrication tools and equipment

types of materials and consumables used in upholstery fabrication and installation and their applications, including:

adhesives

aluminium or stainless steel tubing

bindings and zippers

canvas

fabrics

fasteners

polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

methods of operation and techniques for fabricating and installing upholstery components using specialised tools and equipment, including:

planning

measuring

selecting material

marking out

trimming and cutting

sewing materials, seams, attachments, bindings, zippers and pockets

using adhesives

fitting and fastening.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the fabrication and installation of automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains they have applied, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

work sheets, workplace instructions and manufacturing documentation relating to upholstery component installation

PPE required to fabricate and install a frame, canopy and/or side curtain

automotive or marine vessel or simulated jig requiring frame, canopy and side curtain to be fabricated and installed

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for fabricating and installing frames, canopies and side curtains.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTT121 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use adhesives with a range of automotive and marine surfaces. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using tools and equipment, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The adhesives include those used with automotive, marine, motorcycle, aircraft or recreational vehicle materials.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Trimming and Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret adhesive information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability 1.5 Prepare work area and plan work to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Select adhesive	2.1 Select required adhesive for specific automotive materials according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Identify and follow specific safety data sheet (SDS) information for selected adhesive
3. Apply adhesive to prepared surfaces	3.1 Clean and prepare surfaces according to adhesive manufacturer specifications 3.2 Apply adhesives according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to system or components
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Make final adhesive selection and present for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTT021 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT121 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select and apply adhesives to at least three different automotive or marine components, in which the work must involve at least one door trim.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to selecting and applying adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work, including procedures for:

selecting and using PPE

using safety data sheets (SDS) for adhesives

using specialist tools and equipment

storing adhesives

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of adhesives and waste materials

information relating to adhesives, including:

adhesive-specific specifications

adhesive-specific application and removal instructions and processes

SDS information

adhesive manufacturer specifications

adhesive types required for different automotive and marine materials

adhesive application techniques and procedures, including:

surface preparation

application

cleaning and disposal

procedures for protecting vehicle, vessel and components when applying adhesives

procedures for final inspection of applied adhesive.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the adhesives they have selected and used on vehicles, vessels and components, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive or marine trimming workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

instructions relating to the selection and use of adhesives

SDS for adhesives

adhesives

PPE required to use adhesives

three different automotive or marine components as specified in the performance evidence requiring the use of adhesives

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying adhesives.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and weld components using the manual metal arc welding (MMAW) process. It involves preparing for the task, setting up and operating MMAW equipment, performing welding to required standards and specifications, inspecting weld quality, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare to weld component	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret welding information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify welding electrodes, weld size, type and sequence, and quantity of materials required according to workplace procedures 1.5 Identify tools and equipment required for welding and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Weld materials using MMAW	2.1 Set up and operate welding equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Identify distortion prevention measures and adjust as required 2.3 Carry out welding test runs according to workplace procedures 2.4 Weld materials using MMAW process according to workplace procedures and required specifications
3. Check welds	3.1 Carry out non-destructive inspection and confirm weld quality and specifications 3.2 Identify weld defects and prepare for re-welding as required, notifying appropriate personnel
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm component is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Identifies and set welding machine settings Identifies welding rod specifications.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving	Identifies weld defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with MMAW process and refers problems to appropriate person.
Technology	Uses specialist MMAW equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTW001 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW101 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out manual metal arc welding (MMAW), including:

three bead runs, 200 mm long

three pad welds, 200 mm long

three butt welds, 200 mm long

three lap welds, 200 mm long

one T-fillet weld, 200 mm long.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out manual metal arc welding on components, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

Australian Standard 1554

workplace procedures required to carry out manual metal arc welding on components, including:

preparing and operating welding equipment

non-destructive testing of completed welds

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out manual metal arc welding on components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) when working with MMAW equipment, including approved welding helmet

using specialist welding tools and equipment

using protective screens and fume extraction system

manually handling components and MMAW equipment

identifying and controlling hazards, including:

arc eye and exposure to ultraviolet light

metal vapours, welding electrodes and welded components

molten metal spatter and fire danger

environmental requirements relating to carrying out manual metal arc welding on components, including:

procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

distortion control techniques, including:

bracing

pre-setting

tacking

bolting

clamping

jigs and fixtures

material preparation techniques, including characteristics of different metal types

procedures for setting up and operating MMAW equipment

methods and techniques for MMAW, including:

weld specifications

basic welding symbols

types of welding electrodes and their application

identification of electrode classifications

protection of vehicle electronics

weld inspection

identification and rectification of weld defects

procedures for final inspection and testing of welded components.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the MMAW that they have carried out, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required for MMAW

components to be welded as specified in the performance evidence

welding materials and consumables

MMAW equipment and operating instructions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out MMAW.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out advanced gas metal arc welding (GMAW) to replace structural and non-structural vehicle body sections during vehicle body repair work. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using GMAW equipment, operating gas metal arc welder, selecting and using suitable personal protective equipment (PPE), and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare to carry out advanced GMAW	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret welding information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for welding and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Weld using GMAW welder	2.1 Set up and make adjustments to welding equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Carry out welding test runs according to workplace procedures 2.3 Weld materials using GMAW process according to workplace procedures and required specifications
3. Check welds	3.1 Clean welds are according to workplace procedures 3.2 Carry out visual inspection and destructive testing and confirm weld quality and specifications 3.3 Identify weld defects and prepare for re-welding as required, notifying appropriate personnel
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm component is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Numeracy	Identifies and sets gas metal arc welder settings Identifies weld measurements from job requirements.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving	Identifies defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with GMAW processes and refers problems to appropriate person.
Technology	Uses specialist GMAW equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTW003 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW103 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use gas metal arc welding (GMAW) equipment to carry out the following welds:

a minimum of three butt welds to 0.8 mm and 1.2 mm panel steel in the following positions:

down hand

vertical

horizontal

a minimum of three lap welds to 0.8 mm and 1.2 mm panel steel in the following positions:

vertical

horizontal

a minimum of three plug welds to 0.8 mm and 1.2 mm panel steel in the following positions:

down hand

vertical

horizontal

a minimum of three butt welds on dissimilar material thickness 0.8 mm to 1.2 mm panel steel in the following positions:

down hand

horizontal.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out manual metal arc welding on components, including:

Australian Standard 1554

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures

workplace procedures required to carry out manual metal arc welding on components, including:

preparing and operating welding equipment

non-destructive testing of completed welds

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out advanced GMAW on vehicle body sections, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) when working with GMAW equipment, including approved welding helmet

using specialist welding tools and equipment

using protective screens and fume extraction system

manually handling vehicle components and GMAW equipment

identifying and controlling hazards

environmental requirements relating to carrying out advanced GMAW on vehicle body sections, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

GMAW equipment manufacturer operating procedures

material and consumable preparation techniques, including characteristics of different metal types, including high strength steels (HSS)

methods and techniques for advanced GMAW, including:

GMAW silicone bronze process

weld speed

weld angle

weld distance

welding positions

welding of dissimilar metal thicknesses

distortion control techniques

GMAW testing, including:

non-destructive inspection

destructive testing

identification and rectification of weld defects, including:

porosity

lack of penetration

excessive weld build-up

excess heat

undercut

weld distortion

heat affected zone

procedures for safeguarding vehicle electronics during GMAW

post-weld inspection procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the GMAW that they have carried out, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

GMAW equipment operating instructions

PPE required for GMAW

body sections specified in the performance evidence requiring GMAW

protective screens and fume extraction system

standard or inverter GMAW equipment

tools, equipment, consumables and materials appropriate for carrying out advanced GMAW.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out welding operations using tungsten inert gas (TIG) welding. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using TIG welding equipment, setting gas flow pressures and welder settings, selecting and using suitable personal protective equipment (PPE), performing welding to given specifications, inspecting and testing weld quality, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare to weld	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret welding information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.5 Prepare work area and plan work to carry out TIG welding, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Weld materials using TIG welder	2.1 Prepare, set up and adjust TIG welding equipment for specific welding job requirement 2.2 Use TIG welding equipment according to manufacturer operating procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Conduct weld test runs according to workplace instructions and weld specifications 2.4 Weld materials using standard or inverter TIG process to industry standards
3. Check welds	3.1 Clean welds using required tools and techniques and according to workplace instructions 3.2 Check and confirm weld specifications and quality requirements by non-destructive inspection 3.3 Identify weld defects, prepare for re-welding as required, and notify required personnel
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Process workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Identifies and sets TIG welder settings Identifies weld measurements from job requirements Measures material from specifications.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving	Identifies defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with TIG welding processes and refers problems to required person.
Technology	Uses specialist TIG equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTW004 Carry out gas tungsten inert gas welding.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW104 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out tungsten inert gas (TIG) welding to each of the following material sections:

150 mm long:

aluminium

steel

stainless steel

in the course of the above work, utilise each of the following weld positions:

butt

outside corner

fillet

lap.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out tungsten inert gas welding, including:

manufacturer specifications and operating procedures or equivalent documentation

national standards and codes of practice for welding

workplace procedures required to carry out tungsten inert gas welding, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out TIG welding, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) for TIG welding, including approved welding helmets

using specialist welding tools and equipment

using protective screens and fume extraction system

manually handling vehicle components and TIG equipment

identifying and controlling hazards

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

different types of shielding gases used in TIG welding

TIG manufacturer operating procedures

material and consumable preparation techniques, including:

aluminium

steel

stainless steel

procedures for setting up and operating TIG equipment, including:

standard and inverter TIG equipment

tungsten electrodes

protective screens and fume extraction system

shielding gas

filler rods

PPE, including approved welding helmets

methods and techniques for TIG welding, including:

welding positions:

butt

outside corner

fillet

lap

weld distortion and distortion control techniques

TIG testing procedures, including procedures for visual or non-destructive weld testing

procedures for identifying and rectifying weld defects, including:

lack of penetration

excessive weld build-up

excess heat

undercut

heat affected zone

procedures for protecting vehicle electronics during TIG welding

procedures for final inspection of welded components.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to TIG welding that they have carried out, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

TIG equipment operating instructions

PPE required for TIG welding

protective screens and fume extraction system

TIG welder and shielding gases

TIG consumables

materials specified in the performance evidence requiring TIG welding

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out TIG welding.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTW105 Carry out spot welding

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to carry out spot welding to replace structural and non-structural vehicle body sections according to original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency procedures. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using spot welding equipment, adjusting spot welder, operating spot welder, selecting and using suitable personal protective equipment (PPE), inspecting and testing weld quality, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for spot welding	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret welding information 1.3 Select and inspect materials for repairs and replacements for quality 1.4 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment for serviceability 1.6 Prepare work area and plan work to conduct and test spot welds, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Carry out spot welding activities	2.1 Prepare surfaces for spot welding and apply anti-corrosion coatings prior to spot welding 2.2 Set up and adjust welding equipment for specific welding job requirement following OEM or authorised agency repair guidelines 2.3 Perform and destructive test sample spot welds 2.4 Carry out welding using welding equipment according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.5 Complete spot welding without causing damage to components or systems 2.6 Inspect completed spot welds for quality, and rectify identified faults as required according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm vehicle is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Numeracy	Identifies and sets welder settings.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses welding equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTW005 Carry out spot welding.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW105 Carry out spot welding

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out spot welding to at least three different structural and non-structural vehicle body sections that include 50 spot welds to each

undertake above work according to original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency procedures and cover different spot weld locations and spot weld sizes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out spot welding, including:

original equipment manufacturer or authorised agency repair specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to carry out spot welding, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out spot welding, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) for spot welding, including safety glasses

using specialist welding tools and equipment

using protective screens

manually handling vehicle components and welding equipment

identifying and controlling hazards

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

OEM or authorised agency repair guidelines and quality requirements

types of metals that can be spot welded

types and key features of spot welding equipment covering:

set up

operation

methods and techniques for spot welding, including spot welding principles:

squeeze time

weld time

hold time

procedures for destructive testing of spot welds

types of spot weld defects, including:

shunting

splashing

insufficient heat

procedures for final inspection of welding work.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle spot welds that they have carried out, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

OEM or authorised agency repair guidelines

PPE required for spot welding

spot welder that meets current industry standard

spot welding consumables

materials requiring spot welding

vehicle body sections or components that require the spot welding specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out spot welding.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and weld components using the gas metal arc welding (GMAW) process. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using GMAW equipment, inspecting and testing weld quality, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to carry out basic GMAW welding	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret welding information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies and procedures 1.4 Identify tools and equipment required for welding and establish serviceability according to workplace procedures
2. Weld component using GMAW	2.1 Set up welding equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Carry out welding according to workplace procedures 2.3 Inspect welded component for conformity with job requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Conduct final inspection according to workplace procedures and confirm component is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and job requirements.
Numeracy	Measures components to check conformity with job requirements Interprets gauges and units of pressure.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses GMAW equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTW009 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW109 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

carry out gas metal arc welding (GMAW), including:

three butt welds, 150 mm long

three fillet welds, 150 mm long

three steel exhaust pipe butt welds.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to carry out gas metal arc welding on components, including:

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

Australian Standard 1554

workplace procedures required to carry out gas metal arc welding on components including:

preparing and operating welding equipment

non-destructive testing of completed welds

establishing the serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to carrying out basic GMAW, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) when working with GMAW equipment, including approved welding helmet

using specialist welding tools and equipment

using protective screens and fume extraction system

manually handling components and GMAW equipment

identifying and controlling hazards, including:

arc eye and exposure to ultraviolet light

molten metal spatter and fire danger

environmental requirements relating to carrying out basic GMAW, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

GMAW principles, including:

process of using an electric arc to melt and join metal

basic construction and operation of welding gun and wire feed unit

types and application of welding wire and shielding gases

properties and characteristics of metals to be welded

types of welds, including:

butt welds

fillet welds

tee joints

corner joints

procedures for protecting vehicle electronics during welding

GMAW procedures, including:

component cleaning and preparation

welder current and voltage settings, gas flow rates, wire diameters and wire feed speed

wire stick out distance, gun angle between the work pieces and travel angle

weld testing procedures, including non-destructive testing

post-weld inspection procedures, including, weld defects.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the basic GMAW they have carried out on components, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required for GMAW, including approved welding helmet

GMAW welder

steel sections requiring GMAW as specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out basic GMAW.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AUMABA012 Operate load shifting equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to safely use load shifting equipment.

It applies to those in a manufacturing environment and involves the application of skills and knowledge to select and use suitable load shifting equipment and perform pre-operational inspections to ensure its safe operation.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Unit Sector

Support and Logistics

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Inspect load shifting equipment	1.1 Complete inspection of load shifting equipment according to workplace procedures 1.2 Identify load weights and volumes and receive confirmation from supervisor 1.3 Identify and document equipment faults and report to appropriate personnel
2. Lift, shift and place load	2.1 Identify load characteristics and handling requirements to select an appropriate shifting device 2.2 Plan shifting route, and identify and control potential hazards 2.3 Place load in specified locations without causing damage to property, machinery or equipment 2.4 Complete lift, shift and placement of load using approved work health and safety (WHS) methods and equipment, according to workplace procedures
3. Complete load shifting operations	3.1 Complete post-inspection of load shifting equipment 3.2 Identify, tag and report faults 3.3 Store and secure load shifting equipment in accordance with workplace requirements 3.4 Complete load shifting documentation and maintenance records according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret load shifting equipment operating procedures and safety requirements review load shifting equipment pre- and post-inspection schedules.
Writing skills to:	legibly complete inspection schedules, maintenance reports and workplace documents.
Oral communication skills to:	convey identified equipment faults to appropriate personnel speak clearly and directly to inform others of loading and shifting requirements communicate equipment operating instructions and load weights and volumes to co-workers.
Numeracy skills to:	identify and where necessary estimate weights and volumes of objects to be shifted identify numbers in metric and imperial units and measurements.
Planning and organising skills to:	identify and prepare load shifting equipment and work area identify overhead and ground level workplace hazards conduct pre- and post-use inspection of equipment complete workplace documentation.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify load shifting equipment appropriate for the job identify load shifting equipment faults and defects.
Teamwork skills to:	advise co-workers of load shifting activities.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AUMABA012 Operate load shifting equipment	AUMABA002 Operate load shifting equipment	Additions to Assessment Requirements due to rationalisation of Range of Conditions. Minor changes to ensure policy adherence.	Equivalent

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

Assessment Requirements for AUMABA012 Operate load shifting equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently operated load shifting equipment on a minimum of two occasions, in the manner described in the Performance Criteria of this unit.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

conduct pre- and post-operational checks to load shifting equipment, including inspection of:

hydraulic and pneumatic leaks

lifting block

operation of control system

vehicle hazard warning light

wheels and tyres

wire rope, chains and lifting attachments

comply with workplace procedures and relevant load shifting regulations, standards and codes of practice

select and use load shifting equipment appropriate to weight and volume of load

store and secure load shifting equipment appropriately

complete load shifting equipment records.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

WHS requirements when operating load shifting equipment, including overhead and ground level workplace hazards

types, application and operation of load shifting equipment, including:

overhead travelling crane

pallet truck

trolley jack

pre and post-use inspection procedures for load shifting equipment

methods of determining load specifications, including weight, size and type

methods of determining appropriate load shifting equipment for the circumstance

load shifting equipment maintenance reports and schedules

load shifting equipment storage procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the operation of load-shifting equipment, e.g. load shifting equipment log books.

The following resources must be made available:

manufacturing workplace or simulated workplace

load shifting devices and equipment, including:

overhead travelling crane

pallet truck

trolley jack.

workplace documentation relating to load shifting, including load shifting equipment inspection documentation

load shifting equipment operating instructions and procedures relevant to a manufacturing environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

AUMAFA001 Apply for jobs and undertake job interviews

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMAFA1001 Manage personal career goals

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare and apply for a job in a range of contexts.

It involves the application of skills and knowledge at secondary school level or above.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Manufacturing – Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Gather and evaluate information on employment opportunities	1.1 Employment sources are identified and searched, and employment opportunities identified 1.2 Opportunities are reviewed and additional information obtained 1.3 Opportunities are clarified and graded according to own preferences, and a preferred opportunity is chosen
2. Prepare and apply for a job	2.1 Selection criteria in job opportunity are reviewed 2.2 Own skills profile is analysed against selection criteria 2.3 Application for preferred job opportunity is prepared against criteria and checked for errors
3. Prepare a résumé	3.1 Résumé content is identified and prepared 3.2 Résumé is completed using an appropriate structure and format, and checked for errors
4. Prepare for and undertake a job interview	4.1 Preparation for job interview is undertaken 4.2 Potential interviews are rehearsed 4.3 Interview is undertaken
5. Review and evaluate interview performance	5.1 Feedback on performance in the interview is sought 5.2 Strengths and areas for improvement in the application and interview process are identified 5.3 Strategies for improving application and interview skills are identified

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	pose simple questions to help focus information search use simple web searches to locate information evaluate relevance of information on familiar subjects develop a simple plan to achieve personal goals.
Reading skills to:	interpret job application and understand job role description check for errors in typed job application and résumé.
Writing skills to:	complete a job application and a résumé.
Oral communication skills to:	rehearse and undertake an interview for a job.
Numeracy skills to:	interprets and uses times and dates follows directions to get to interview location.
Digital literacy skills to:	operate a computer to search employment databases and find information about an employer and job opportunity.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and rehearse an interview arrive at interview on time wearing appropriate clothing and with relevant documentation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Preparation for job interview must include:	anticipating interview questions and planning suitable answers clarifying the time and place of the interview making sure personal presentation is appropriate sourcing accurate information on the organisation and job position.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

Assessment Requirements for AUMAFA001 Apply for jobs and undertake job interviews

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMAFA1001 Manage personal career goals

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently prepared for and undertaken a job interview on a minimum of three occasions.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

find an appropriate job offer using an employment database

complete a job application

complete a résumé

undertake and evaluate a job interview.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

methods of sourcing jobs

methods of prioritising job options

procedures for completing job applications, including procedures for completing selection criteria

procedures for completing résumés, including using résumé templates in computer word-processing programs

interview techniques and strategies for improving interview performance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to job applications and job interviews, e.g. an employer’s letter advising of job application outcome.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

employment databases, including paper-based and internet

computer with word-processing software that includes résumé templates.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMAMM3001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing environment

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to influence and lead work groups and resolve problems in an automotive manufacturing environment.

It involves the application of skills and knowledge at a specialist level.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Competency Field

Manufacturing - Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision - Manufacture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Plan and determine work group task	1.1 Work instructions and work health and safety (WHS) requirements are identified 1.2 Current work processes are monitored for efficiency and effectiveness 1.3 Process methods necessary to complete a group task are planned 1.4 Responsibility for planning and completing components of the group task is assigned on an individual or shared basis
2. Participate in work group task	2.1 Communication methods appropriate to the group task are applied 2.2 Responsibility for quality and project timelines and proposed productivity outcomes are agreed 2.3 Assistance in completing the group task is sought from appropriate personnel as required 2.4 Problems are discussed and resolved according to workplace procedures
3. Monitor progress of work group task	3.1 Contribution of individual group members to work task progress is monitored 3.2 Feedback is provided to the work group on effectiveness of the group task 3.3 Ways of improving performance are proposed and agreed on

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret team key production indicators and production goals interpret production requirements and meeting agendas interpret work instructions.
Writing skills to:	legibly enter information into manufacturing control documents complete production control sheets and graphs legibly complete safety, accident and incident reporting documents.
Oral communication skills to:	actively participate in team decision making and team meetings communicate and contribute to the structure of team tasks.
Numeracy skills to:	read, interpret and prepare control sheets and charts interpret team key production indicators and production goals.
Planning and Organising skills to:	adapting to changing work conditions manage time when planning, preparing and organising work priorities.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work instructions must include:	machine set-up procedures operator instruction sheets (OIS) or workplace equivalent preventative maintenance checklists process control plans (PCPs) or workplace equivalent standard operating procedures (SOPs) or workplace equivalent.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

Assessment Requirements for AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMAMM3001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing environment

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently participated in influencing and leading work groups on a minimum of three occasions.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

give and receive instructions relating to group task

work and communicate effectively with others in an automotive manufacturing environment

influence and lead work groups within scope of own authority to:

achieve production goals

achieve work quality goals

identify problems and apply problem-resolution techniques

follow work instructions, workplace diversity, equal opportunity and conflict-resolution procedures

respond constructively to changing work requirements

show initiative in adapting to changing work conditions or contexts

manage time when planning, preparing and organising work priorities.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

established workplace communication techniques, channels and protocols

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to influencing and leading automotive manufacturing work groups

workplace diversity, equal opportunity and conflict-resolution procedures when influencing and leading work groups

quality systems and performance measures

recording, reporting and maintenance procedures relating to influencing and leading automotive work groups.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to activities related to leading work groups in an automotive manufacturing environment.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive manufacturing workplace or simulated workplace

work instructions

workplace conflict-resolution, diversity and equal opportunity procedures that inform work involving influencing and leading automotive manufacturing work groups.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMGTG3001 Install fixed and moveable glass components
Release 2	Updated for clarity and policy adherence

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to cut, prepare and install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles.

It applies to those in an automotive manufacturing environment and involves the application of skills and knowledge at a production worker level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical - Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for work	1.1 Identify job specifications from work orders and work instructions 1.2 Identify relevant workplace procedures 1.3 Select materials to meet work requirements and job specifications
2. Fabricate templates, mark and cut glass openings	2.1 Fabricate templates to meet job specifications 2.2 Use templates to mark and cut glass opening using workplace methods and equipment 2.3 Prepare vehicle panels and trims for installing glass components
3. Install glass components	3.1 Identify and select adhesives or glass retaining systems according to work order and job specification 3.2 Install glass components according to vehicle manufacturer specifications 3.3 Check installed glass components against specifications and leak testing, taking corrective action as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Clean work area, disposing of recycling materials according to workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and maintain tools and equipment, and store according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret job specifications and work instructions identify work health and safety (WHS) requirements from workplace procedures interpret operating procedures of tools and equipment identify work orders.
Writing skills to:	complete job sheets relating to installation.
Numeracy skills to:	identify, mark out and measure glass components and templates according to specifications use measuring equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles (Release 2)	AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles (Release 1)	Minor updates to Assessment Requirements. Performance Criteria changed from passive to active voice. Rationalisation of Range of Conditions.	Equivalent

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMGTG3001 Install fixed and moveable glass components
Release 2	Updated for clarity and policy adherence

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently installed glass components on vehicles on a minimum of two occasions.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

interpret job information

mark out and fabricate templates for glass components

select appropriate glass sealants, adhesives, tools and equipment

prepare, install and adjust fixed and moveable glass components according to workplace procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including:

vehicle protection measures

personal protective equipment – safety glasses, gloves and coveralls

leak test installed glass components

check, clean and maintain tools and equipment, and store appropriately

clean and recycle appropriate material

complete workplace documentation relating to installation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes:

workplace procedures and WHS requirements relating to installing fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles

workplace quality guidelines for installing glass components in vehicles

work documentation covering procedures, specifications, schedules and work plans

template measuring and marking out procedures

cutting procedures for vehicle panels and trim

installation procedures for fixed, bonded and moveable glass components

urethane, rubber and butyl installation methods

bonded glass installation methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles on which they have worked, e.g. work sheets.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive manufacturing workplace or simulated workplace

tools and equipment required for installing glass components

automotive vehicle or simulated frame for glass installation

materials to produce templates for glass components

fixed and movable glass components

work orders and job specifications

WHS requirements for installing glass components on vehicles, including:

vehicle protection equipment

personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, gloves and coveralls

workplace procedures to install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles

workplace documentation relating to installing glass components on vehicles, including:

customer details

glass warranty information

work sheets.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

AUMGTS004 Fabricate parts for vehicle sub-assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMGTS3004 Fabricate parts for sub-assemblies

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to produce, finish and test parts and components for vehicle sub-assemblies.

It applies to those in an automotive manufacturing environment and involves the application of skills and knowledge at a production worker level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Manufacturing - Bus, Truck and Trailer

Unit Sector

Technical - Fabrication

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Plan and prepare	1.1 Work orders, job specifications and drawings are identified and confirmed 1.2 Tools, equipment and materials are identified, selected and prepared according to work order and job specification 1.3 Materials are inspected for quality, and defects identified and reported 1.4 Welding equipment is selected, inspected, tested and adjusted according to job requirements
2. Weld components	2.1 Components are welded as identified in working drawings according to workplace procedures 2.2 Welds are completed to workplace quality standards and weld specifications 2.3 Welded parts are checked against job specifications 2.4 Weld faults are identified and rectified according to workplace procedures
3. Assemble and finish sub-assemblies	3.1 Sub-assemblies are completed and checked against job specification 3.2 Sub-assembly fasteners are tensioned to specifications 3.3 Seals, adhesives and sealants are applied to ensure joints are leak free
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspections are made and faulty sub-assemblies are reworked in line with workplace procedures 4.2 Tools, equipment and work areas are cleaned, maintained, and inspected according to workplace procedures 4.3 Waste material is collected and recycled or disposed of according to workplace procedures 4.4 Faulty equipment is identified, tagged and reported according to workplace procedures 4.5 Work job sheets are completed and reported to supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret workplace procedures, work health and safety (WHS) requirements, work orders, job specifications and drawings interpret equipment operating procedures and work instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	identify part numbers and quantities interpret job specification measurements set welding equipment use measuring equipment.
Writing skills to:	complete faulty equipment tags legibly complete production documents.
Oral communication skills to:	inform team members of suitable fabrication sequence and methods.
Planning and organising skills to:	select and prepare equipment, materials and work area fabricate parts for sub-assemblies within required timelines.
Problem-solving skills to:	access, interpret and apply work orders and work instructions.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a production team.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Workplace procedures must include:	procedures for recording and reporting the fabrication of parts for vehicle sub-assemblies use of tools and equipment for fabricating parts for vehicle sub-assemblies WHS requirements for fabricating parts for vehicle sub-assemblies workplace quality standards relevant to fabricating parts for vehicle sub-assemblies.
Quality standards must include:	component fit and finish of fabricated parts for vehicle sub-assemblies weld quality of fabricated parts for vehicle sub-assemblies.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

Assessment Requirements for AUMGTS004 Fabricate parts for vehicle sub-assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMGTS3004 Fabricate parts for sub-assemblies

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently fabricated parts for sub-assemblies on a minimum of two occasions.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

locate, interpret and apply fabrication information and specifications

use tools, equipment and welding equipment safely

fabricate parts for sub-assemblies according to workplace procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements

follow work instructions and production schedules when fabricating parts for vehicle sub-assemblies

use inspection and checking processes and identify faulty parts of vehicle sub-assemblies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

WHS requirements relevant to fabricating vehicle sub-assemblies

types of vehicle sub-assemblies and their components

original equipment manufacturer operating procedures

component fabrication alignment procedures

welding types and techniques for fabricating vehicle sub-assemblies

assembly procedures of vehicle sub-assemblies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle sub-assemblies that they have fabricated, e.g. production work sheets.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive manufacturing workplace or simulated workplace

work instructions for fabricating vehicle sub-assemblies

vehicle sub-assembly components

vehicle sub-assembly specifications

tools, equipment and welding equipment relevant to fabricating vehicle sub-assemblies.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

AUMGTY002 Install vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMGTY3002 Mount and install assembled component to chassis or frame

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to mount and install assembled components to a chassis or frame (e.g. vehicle cabin, sleeper or vehicle bodies).

It applies to those in an automotive and related component manufacturing environment and involves the application of skills and knowledge at a specialist level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Manufacturing - Bus, Truck and Trailer

Unit Sector

Technical - Chassis and Frame

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Plan and prepare	1.1 Hand tools and equipment are selected and inspected, and faults repaired or reported 1.2 Appropriate lifting equipment is selected and checked for safe operation 1.3 Fasteners are identified from job specifications 1.4 Job information and working drawings are identified, interpreted and confirmed
2. Position and tension components	2.1 Workplace procedures are identified and followed 2.2 Components are matched, positioned and secured according to work instruction and component specifications 2.3 Fasteners are tensioned to specification 2.4 Components are inspected for alignment and quality according to work order and workplace quality standards
3. Hook up systems	3.1 Component service lines are hooked up according to drawings and component specifications 3.2 Completed hook-up is checked against job specifications, and then tested and inspected for quality and operation
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Work area and equipment are cleaned, inspected and maintained according to workplace procedures 4.2 Faulty equipment is identified, tagged and reported 4.3 Work sheets and production schedule are completed and given to appropriate personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	identify workplace procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements interpret job instructions, working drawings, original equipment manufacturer (OEM) guides and, if applicable, requirements of Vehicle Standards Bulletin 6 (VSB6) National Code of Practice  Heavy Vehicle Modifications interpret component specifications identify installation sequences identify work sheets and inspection forms.
Writing skills to:	complete production schedules, equipment maintenance forms and faulty equipment tags prepare sequence work plans.
Numeracy skills to:	identify drawing and component specifications use measuring equipment identify fastener quantities and tension specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	select and prepare components, equipment and work area.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Tools and equipment must include:	hand and power tools lifting equipment vehicle protection equipment.
Information must include:	component and service line specifications component assembly instructions customer requirements manufacturer specifications and guides VSB6 work orders and job specifications workplace procedures and instructions.
Workplace procedures must include:	equipment operations quality standards recording and reporting WHS requirements work instructions.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

Assessment Requirements for AUMGTY002 Install vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	Unit updated to reflect the new standards for Training Packages Replaces AUMGTY3002 Mount and install assembled component to chassis or frame

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently installed vehicle components on a minimum of two occasions.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

mount and install assembled components and service lines to a chassis or frame according to workplace procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements

follow job specifications and work instructions when installing vehicle components

identify materials lists, working drawings and production requirements

select components for installation

select and use tools and equipment for installing vehicle components

complete workplace documentation relating to installing vehicle components

apply manual-handling techniques relating to installing vehicle components.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures and WHS requirements relating to installing vehicle components, including safe use of vehicle component installation equipment

quality standards relating to installing vehicle components

manufacturing procedures and vehicle component specifications

material-handling techniques for installing vehicle components

work sheets and production schedule documentation relating to installing vehicle components

vehicle components

procedures for operating lifting equipment required to install vehicle components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles on which they have worked, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive manufacturing workplace or simulated workplace

working drawings and component specifications for installation

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) installation guides

service line fasteners and assembled components

tools and equipment required to install vehicle components

personal protective clothing and equipment relating to work requirements

Vehicle Standards Bulleting 6 (VSB6) National Code of Practice  Heavy Vehicle Modifications

workplace procedures for installing vehicle components

lifting equipment required to install vehicle components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=bd587669-08b3-4cd5-85f0-f9fa0c6304c1

AURAAA001 Work in an automotive administration role

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to understand the structure and culture of an automotive administration environment as well as the expectations of one’s own role, and apply that understanding to own administrative activities. It involves meeting own role requirements, managing daily work activities in a safe and efficient manner, contributing to team activities in a productive automotive administration workplace, and identifying own professional development needs.

It applies to those working in an automotive administration role.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Meet automotive administration employment requirements	1.1 Structure of automotive industry sector and relevant associations, occupations and job roles are identified 1.2 Company business requirements are interpreted and work conditions identified 1.3 Company organisational structure, and roles and responsibilities of team members and team leader, are identified 1.4 Own work role, personal responsibilities and accountabilities are clarified 1.5 Lines of authority and reporting requirements are identified and followed 1.6 Company expectations and requirements, including client focus and privacy and confidentiality requirements, are identified and followed
2. Manage daily work activities	2.1 Individual tasks are prioritised and completed according to work schedule, company standards, workplace procedures and team expectations, and within required timeframes 2.2 Assistance is sought from team leader when difficulties arise in achieving allocated tasks 2.3 Changes are made to workload or work priorities as required 2.4 Own work is monitored and adjusted according to feedback from supervisors
3. Maintain a safe environment	3.1 Safety requirements are identified and followed 3.2 Personal work space is kept in a clean, organised and safe condition according to workplace procedures 3.3 Potential hazards and hazardous practices are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4. Contribute to a productive team environment	4.1 Information and instructions relevant to team activities are identified and shared with team members to ensure work goals are met 4.2 Individual contributions to team activities are clarified and confirmed with team members 4.3 Assistance is provided to team members and constructive feedback is provided and encouraged 4.4 Improvements to work activities and variations in the quality of components and work practices are noted and reported to team leader according to workplace procedures 4.5 Causes of disharmony and other barriers to achievement are referred to team leader for resolution
5. Identify own development needs	5.1 Personal skills are assessed to identify strengths and improvement opportunities, and are matched against job role and company requirements 5.2 Personal goals are determined and potential automotive career path options explored and matched against personal goals 5.3 Steps are taken, in consultation with team leader or manager, to identify own learning needs for future work requirements 5.4 Opportunities to learn and develop required skills and knowledge for future automotive industry work are identified and acted on as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret textual and numerical information in product or service documentation.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information into workplace schedules, forms and databases.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate and calculate timeframes to manage work schedules.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to communicate with others access, organise and present information.
Technology skills to:	use office equipment to complete work schedules.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) following ergonomic work practices using correct manual handling procedures when moving workplace items.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAAA2001 Work in an automotive administration environment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAAA001 Work in an automotive administration role

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

complete assigned administrative work activities in an automotive administration workplace or a simulated environment on three occasions doing different administrative activities within commercially realistic timeframes

prepare one daily and one weekly individual work plan or schedule outlining own administrative duties and highlighting the interactions with other team members or activities

prepare a personal learning and development plan.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to working in an automotive administration workplace, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

following ergonomic work practices

using correct manual handling procedures when moving workplace items

structure of relevant automotive industry sector, and roles of the key industry associations, regulatory bodies, occupations and job roles

typical administrative duties in the relevant automotive industry sector

key features of relevant industrial awards, workplace agreements, and trainee or apprentice agreements

company expectations and requirements, including:

working hours, work ethic and presentation standards

authority and reporting lines

automotive terminology relating to work activity

privacy and confidentiality

client and customer service ethos

own job role and accountabilities, including:

position description

reporting and supervisory arrangements

role within team or work group

techniques for prioritising own work

methods for documenting work schedules or action plans

features of effective teams, including:

composition of work groups or teams

roles and responsibilities of members

group dynamics

impact of working effectively with others on individual and group performance

meeting and reporting procedures

communication techniques for obtaining and clarifying information and instructions, including:

active listening

questioning techniques

conflict resolution techniques

methods for obtaining and giving feedback, including:

formal and informal performance appraisal methods

verbal and non-verbal communication techniques

techniques for supporting team members

personal learning and development, including:

techniques for assessing own strengths and opportunities for improvement

goal setting methods and techniques

sources of information on learning opportunities

formats for documenting personal learning and development plans.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the assigned administrative work activities they have completed in an automotive workplace, e.g. an individual work plan, or a personal learning and development plan.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive administration workplace or simulated workplace

team members

workplace procedures relating to administrative processes

individual work space and office equipment and technology to complete administrative duties

sources of information relating to learning opportunities in the automotive industry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAAA002 Determine retail rates for automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to calculate fixed and variable costs to determine retail labour rates and cost of products and services for sale in automotive service and repair workplaces.

It applies to those working in administrative and sales areas of an automotive workplace who are required to calculate costs of products and services to ensure business profitability.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine fixed costs	1.1 Fixed cost components are identified and classified into categories 1.2 Past records and business requirements are used to estimate fixed costs for next period 1.3 Fixed administrative and business operation overhead costs are calculated 1.4 Proportion of fixed costs to be included in retail rates is determined
2. Determine labour rate	2.1 Cost components of labour are identified and classified into categories 2.2 Average charge per hour for each identified category is calculated 2.3 Cost component of subcontractors used on jobs is determined and included in calculations for relevant jobs 2.4 Hourly labour rates are calculated according to workplace procedures
3. Determine variable costs	3.1 Variable costs are identified and calculated using data obtained from accounting records or supplier information 3.2 Required materials are estimated and recorded
4. Determine retail price of products and services	4.1 Previous sales figures and trends in turnover volume are reviewed 4.2 Competitors’ price for similar products or services is researched and reflected in final retail rate 4.3 Retail prices, margins and mark-ups for each product or service category are finalised according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	access and research pricing information in order to cost products and services.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter data and record information in workplace documentation prepare quotations and reports based on pricing and costing of products and services.
Numeracy skills to:	perform mathematical operations, including, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, percentages and fractions, relating to quantity and time use mathematical ideas and techniques to calculate fixed and variable costs, labour rates, and profit margins.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and software to access, filter, extract and organise information in order to determine costs and retail rates of work, including spreadsheets and databases.
Self-management skills to:	follow workplace procedures and prepare retail rates and price information within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	determine pricing to meet workplace requirements relating to profitability and break even points.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Hourly labour rates must include:	provision for: fixed costs on costs.
Previous sales figures must include:	wholesale cost of product or service retail price of product or service.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAAA4002 Determine retail rates for work

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAAA002 Determine retail rates for automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

research and compare costs from external suppliers and competitors for:

two automotive workplace services

one consumable item

one automotive accessory product

calculate retail rates for above products and services.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

basic accounting principles and practices relating to costings:

Goods and Services Tax (GST) calculations

mark-up, break even and profit calculations

simple and compound interest

inflation effects

straight line depreciation

factors impacting on pricing products and services:

overheads, including accommodation costs, utilities, depreciation, insurances, licences and other business charges

labour costs, including on costs covering leave provision, superannuation, training and workers’ compensation

actual employee chargeable hours

sources of information on prices and costs:

supplier or component price lists

accounting records

labour or payroll records

purchasing records

repair orders and job cards

standard repair and warranty times

key features of workplace software and technology relating to extracting and manipulating data and information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to determining retail rates for automotive products and services, e.g. itemised calculation of retail rate.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

range of information and data relating to product and service costs, including supplier price lists, workplace sales and service data, financial data and payroll records

calculator, computer hardware and software, and general office equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURACA001 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify customer needs and enquiries, and provide effective information and advice when supplying automotive products and services.

It applies to those working in an automotive workplace.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify customer need or enquiry regarding product or service	1.1 Customer is greeted according to workplace procedures and customer service standards 1.2 Customer requirement relating to specific product or service is identified and clarified 1.3 Referrals to appropriate personnel are provided where customer need or enquiry is outside scope of own responsibility or authority
2. Provide information and advice to customer	2.1 Information that addresses customer need or enquiry is provided in a timely, efficient and courteous manner to build a positive relationship and customer loyalty 2.2 Questions are asked to confirm that information satisfies customer need or enquiry 2.3 Outstanding customer requirements are identified and promptly addressed in a courteous and discreet manner, or are referred to appropriate personnel
3. Finalise customer contact	3.1 Customer feedback about product or service is sought and recorded as required according to workplace procedures 3.2 Required follow-up action is completed effectively according to workplace procedures and timeframes 3.3 Customer complaints or dissatisfaction are addressed or escalated to appropriate personnel as required 3.4 Interaction with customer is concluded in line with workplace procedures and customer service standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation provide information or record customer requirements in relevant forms or documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	speak clearly to be understood, using appropriate automotive workplace terms use appropriate visual gestures to assist customer understanding listen effectively, giving feedback to customer to confirm clear understanding.
Planning and organising skills to:	set and monitor timeframes or schedules relating to customer service.
Problem solving skills to:	identify own role and responsibilities in the workplace follow workplace procedures for responding to customer enquiries.
Technology skills to:	operate telephone systems and other communication equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Clarification must include:	open and closed questioning active listening.
Information must include:	explaining features and benefits of workplace product or service using clear, jargon-free language discussing alternative product or service where appropriate recommending product or service suitable to customer requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURACA2001 Establish relations with customers

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURACA001 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

identify needs or enquiries of three different customers with different requirements, including one dissatisfied customer

provide advice or information on automotive products and services to above customers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

techniques for assisting customers, including:

effective questioning

active listening

building rapport

explaining clear options

making recommendations

finalising contact

customer service standards and practices relevant to automotive workplaces, including:

greeting and farewelling customers

recording customer requirements and enquiries

customer service delivery standards

contact and follow-up procedures

indicators of customer dissatisfaction, including verbal and non-verbal cues

techniques for resolving customer problems, including procedures for complaint escalation

key legal requirements relating to customer rights as a consumer, and business obligations under Australian Consumer Law (ACL)

procedures for making referrals relating to:

customer dissatisfaction

suppliers of other products and services

key features and benefits of workplace-specific products and services

techniques for undertaking basic calculations to provide information to customers relating to quantities, timeframes, and delivery of automotive products and services.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having responded to customer needs and enquiries, e.g. complaints register.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

three different customers with different requirements, including one dissatisfied customer.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURACA002 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to manage and assist customers with complex automotive industry product or service requirements. It involves confirming customer needs, suggesting options and providing costs, and determining a course of action for customers with complex requirements.

It applies to those working in customer service sales and administrative roles in an automotive workplace.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Confirm customer requirements	1.1 Collaborative techniques, including active listening and questioning, are used to elicit, clarify and confirm customer requirements 1.2 Customer requirements are clearly and legibly documented according to workplace procedures and organisational legal requirements 1.3 Customer acknowledgement and confirmation of the documented requirements are obtained
2. Advise customer of available options	2.1 Viable options are generated in response to customer needs and workplace legal requirements according to workplace procedures 2.2 Further information is researched as required to confirm or clarify options 2.3 Options are explained and discussed with customer to assist informed decision making 2.4 Supporting information is provided as required to assist customer understanding 2.5 Sales or service conditions are communicated verbally or in writing according to workplace procedures
3. Agree action plan with customer	3.1 Customer's preferred option is detailed and documented in action plan 3.2 Customer commitment to agreed action plan is gained according to workplace procedures 3.3 Assistance in completing relevant documentation is provided to customers as required 3.4 Customer feedback is sought on services provided

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	use customer feedback and experience to inform future options and customer dealings.
Reading skills to:	interpret sales or service conditions relating to workplace products and services research and review information about product and service options that meet customer needs.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace action plans, quotations and documentation outlining customer requirements and options.
Oral communication skills to:	summarise and present key information in presenting options to customers relate to people from diverse backgrounds using clear language and tone, and unambiguous terminology.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and percentages, to determine price and timeframes suitable to customer options.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to: communicate with others access, search and retrieve information relating to products and services.
Planning and organising skills to:	use a planned approach to sequence and schedule customer requirements in the action plan.
Problem solving skills to:	develop solutions unique to a customer and their issue use conflict resolution techniques to avoid escalation of issues.
Technology skills to:	use office equipment to prepare written information and to communicate with customers and suppliers via a range of channels.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Options must include:	benefits timeframes approximate costs.
Documented action plan must include:	agreed delivery timeframe agreed cost.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURACA3002 Establish customer requirements of a complex nature

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURACA002 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop an action plan for three different customers with different complex requirements relating to automotive products or services, which must include:

costing details

quotation.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

negotiation, communication and problem-solving techniques, including:

active listening

questioning techniques

interpreting body language

negotiating or closing a deal

types of complex customer requirements relating to:

cost requirements

warranty requirements

customised, bespoke, or unusual requirements

special timeframes

availability of parts or components

requirements of special or important customers

complex technical problems

matters involving more than one solution or area of service

needs of customers dissatisfied with previously provided product or service

complex financial or insurance arrangements

key legal requirements relating to customer rights as a consumer, and business obligations under Australian Consumer Law (ACL), including:

antidiscrimination

equal opportunity

privacy and confidentiality

consumer protection and rights

freedom of information

industry codes of practice and ethical principles, including duty of care and consumer access to appeal processes

workplace policies and procedures relating to:

customer service

feedback and complaints handling

quality requirements

documentation and recording procedures

detailed automotive product and service knowledge relevant to workplace, manufacturers or suppliers

sources of additional information about automotive products and services, including:

manufacturers and suppliers

internet and social media

competitors.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed complex customer issues in an automotive workplace, e.g. complaints register.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to customer service

three different customers with different complex requirements

commercially realistic workplace with manufacturer and/or supplier product or service information

computer hardware and software and general office equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURACA003 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to maintain a customer database, monitor existing customer service processes and operations, and identify opportunities to value add to customer experiences in an automotive workplace.

It applies to those working in the automotive vehicle or component sales and service environment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Maintain customer database	1.1 Information relating to new customers is uploaded regularly to database according to workplace procedures 1.2 Information relating to existing customers is regularly updated to maintain relevance and currency of database 1.3 Information relating to customers and their sales and service history is accessed and analysed
2. Determine customer value-adding opportunities	2.1 Customer needs and value-adding opportunities are regularly monitored via information accessible on the company database and through informal channels 2.2 Current automotive products and services are assessed against customer needs 2.3 Trends in customer service needs and value-adding opportunities are documented and reported to supervisor
3. Contribute to workplace business operations	3.1 Customer service operations are reviewed with supervisor to check alignment with current customer service requirements 3.2 Recommendations for changes to customer service operations are made following consultation with supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret textual and numerical information in automotive product and service documentation.
Writing skills to:	logically structure customer service reports using accurate data and correct spelling and grammar.
Oral communication skills to:	clearly explain customer needs and product and service information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information relating to percentages and trends over time in workplace databases, charts and documentation.
Problem solving skills to:	interpret information and recommend improvements to customer service.
Technology skills to:	operate workplace business technology to prepare reports and information obtained from workplace database.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURACA3003 Build customer relations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURACA003 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

update and maintain a customer database according to workplace procedures

provide a report that shows evidence of monitoring and reviewing information relating to customer needs and value-adding opportunities

provide evidence of conducting one of the following activities to address customer service standards and requirements:

staff or team meeting

staff or team training session

staff or team information session

staff or team member feedback or review.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

procedures for using workplace databases, including:

accessing database and entering data

retrieving data

analysing data, including basic statistical processes, including mean, median and mode

presenting data, including tables and graphs

customer service principles and practices relevant to automotive workplaces, including:

recording customer requirements and enquiries

contact and follow-up procedures

feedback and complaints handling, including feedback surveys

techniques for value adding to customer services, including creating positive consumer experiences through customer-centred approaches

procedures for comparing actual customer service operations against expected operations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to customer relationship building activities in an automotive workplace, e.g. customer feedback surveys.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources should be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

office equipment, computer and database software

customer database containing customer information and data

workplace procedures relating to customer service and use of database.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAEA001 Identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace. It involves identifying direct hazards to the environment from the service and repair of vehicles, as well as identifying sustainability practices that may reduce the environmental impact of work practices and outputs.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Environment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify methods of controlling hazards to stormwater and wastewater drainage systems	1.1 Storage methods for parts and components containing environmentally hazardous materials are identified 1.2 Trapping, storing and disposal procedures for liquid wastes are identified 1.3 Actions are identified that prevent waste from entering either stormwater or wastewater drainage systems 1.4 Uses of a spill kit are identified
2. Identify methods of protecting air quality and controlling noise hazards	2.1 Methods of minimising airborne particles, gases and fumes are identified 2.2 Methods of containing airborne particles, gases and fumes are identified 2.3 Methods of minimising noise are identified 2.4 Methods of insulating noise from immediate environment are identified
3. Identify general workplace sustainability practices	3.1 Methods of minimising waste are identified 3.2 Methods of sorting and storing items for recycling or disposal are identified 3.3 Methods to reduce resource consumption are identified

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from workplace procedures and literature when identifying environmental and sustainability best practices.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAEA1001 Identify environmental requirements in an automotive workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA001 Identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

identify the environmental and sustainability best practices of one automotive service and repair workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types of waste produced by automotive repair workplaces, including:

vehicle wastes, including:

coolants

oils

exhaust emissions

evaporative fuel emissions

waste components, including tyres

noise

workplace wastes, including:

cleaning materials

paper waste

procedures for controlling hazards to stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including:

trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from vehicles

trapping spills, including the use of spill kits

preventing hazards entering stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including grease traps and triple interceptors

procedures for protecting air quality and controlling noise hazards, including:

minimising the emission of airborne particles, gases, fumes and noise

containing and redirecting airborne particles, gases and fumes

insulating noise from automotive workshops

procedures for minimising waste

procedures for sorting and storing items for recycling or disposal

procedures for reducing resource consumption, including water, electricity, fossil fuels and chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the automotive repair workplace in which they have identified environmental and sustainability best practices, e.g. company name, address and workshop supervisor.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace that complies with current state or territory environmental regulations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to follow environmental and sustainability best practices, including complying with established workplace procedures and environmental regulations as well as following sustainability practices that may reduce the environmental impact of work practices and outputs.

It applies to those working in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Environment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify environmental and sustainability best practices relating to own automotive workplace	1.1 Reasons for ethical environmental practice in workplace are identified 1.2 Own environmental responsibilities in the workplace are identified 1.3 Procedures and equipment that enable compliance with environmental regulatory requirements are identified in own workplace 1.4 Procedures and equipment that support sustainability best practice are identified in own workplace
2. Follow environmental best practice procedures in course of own work	2.1 Wastewater and contaminants are identified and prevented from entering water systems or from contaminating land according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 2.2 Hazardous airborne particles, gases and fumes are identified and reduced or prevented from being emitted according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 2.3 Hazardous noise types and activities are identified, confined to agreed operating hours, and reduced or prevented according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 2.4 Environmental damage and breaches of environmental regulations are reported as required to supervisor
3. Follow sustainability best practice procedures in course of own work	3.1 Recyclable and non-recyclable materials are identified, sorted and stored according to workplace procedures 3.2 Recyclable and non-recyclable materials are disposed of according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 3.3 Methods to reduce energy resource consumption are followed according to workplace procedures 3.4 Problems with complying with sustainability best practice are reported as required to supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from workshop literature when seeking environmental and sustainability best practice procedures.
Oral communication skills to:	speak clearly and directly when presenting problems and issues and communicating information relating to environmental issues discuss environmental and sustainability best practice in automotive workplace with colleagues.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and actions to ensure environmental and sustainability best practices are followed.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Sustainability best practice must include:	recycling or reusing waste conserving energy conserving natural resources, such as water.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAEA2002 Apply environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace on three different occasions

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental regulations and standards relevant to own automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations

procedures for reporting environmental damage and breaches

procedures and processes that support environmental sustainability practices, including:

reducing waste

reusing materials

recycling waste

types of waste produced by automotive workplaces and their impact on the environment, including:

vehicle wastes, including:

coolants

oils

exhaust emissions

evaporative fuel emissions

waste components, including tyres

noise

workplace wastes, including:

cleaning materials

paper waste

general rubbish

procedures for minimising waste

procedures for sorting and storing items for recycling or disposal

procedures for reducing resource consumption, including water, electricity, fossil fuels and chemicals

procedures for controlling hazards to stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including:

capturing, storing and disposing of fluids released from vehicles

trapping spills, including the use of spill kits

preventing hazards entering stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including bunding, grease traps and triple interceptors

procedures for protecting air quality and controlling noise hazards, including:

minimising the emission of airborne particles, gases and fumes

containing and redirecting airborne particles, gases and fumes

insulating noise from automotive workshops.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having followed environmental and sustainability best practice in their automotive workplace, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

environmental regulations and standards relevant to own automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAEA003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to monitor environmental and sustainability practices and processes in an automotive repair workplace. It involves ensuring that existing environmental and sustainability workplace procedures and processes comply with workplace requirements and environmental regulations.

It applies to those working in the automotive repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Environment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to monitor workplace compliance with environmental regulations	1.1 Environmental laws, regulations and standards relevant to own workplace are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Procedures and equipment that enable compliance with environmental regulatory requirements are identified in own workplace 1.3 Procedures and equipment that support sustainability best practice are identified in own workplace
2. Monitor workplace compliance with environmental best practice	2.1 Cleaning activities are monitored to ensure wastewater and contaminants do not enter water systems or land areas according to workplace procedures 2.2 Liquid waste disposal activities are monitored to ensure waste is trapped, stored and disposed of according to workplace procedures 2.3 Hazardous airborne particles, gases and fumes reduction and containment procedures are monitored according to workplace procedures 2.4 Hazardous noise reduction and containment procedures are monitored to ensure they are at safe levels according to workplace procedures 2.5 Environmental damage and breaches of environmental regulations are monitored, responded to, and reported as required according to workplace procedures
3. Monitor and contribute to sustainability best practice in own workplace	3.1 Workplace sustainability best practice activities that minimise waste are monitored to ensure compliance with workplace procedures 3.2 Workplace sustainability best practice activities that reduce energy resource consumption are monitored to ensure compliance with workplace procedures 3.3 Problems with complying with sustainability best practice are identified, responded to, and reported as required according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from workshop literature when seeking environmental and sustainability best practice procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting issues.
Oral communication skills to:	inform colleagues and supervisors of workplace environmental problems and issues.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Teamwork skills to:	collaborate and cooperate with other team members.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Environmental laws, regulations and standards must include:	commonwealth, state and territory legislation local government by-laws and regulations.
Sustainability best practice must include:	recycling or reusing waste conserving energy conserving natural resources, such as water.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAEA3003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive mechanical industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out an environmental and sustainability audit of one automotive workplace that:

identifies the workplace’s environmental and sustainability practices and equipment

assesses the workplace’s ability to comply with commonwealth, state and territory environmental legislation and local government by-laws and regulations.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental regulations and standards relevant to own automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations

procedures for reporting environmental damage and breaches

procedures and processes that support environmental sustainability practices, including:

reducing waste

reusing materials

recycling waste

types of waste produced by automotive workplaces and their impact on the environment, including:

vehicle wastes, including:

coolants

oils

exhaust emissions

evaporative fuel emissions

waste components, including tyres

noise

workplace wastes, including:

cleaning materials

paper waste

general rubbish

procedures for minimising waste

procedures for sorting and storing items for recycling or disposal

procedures for reducing resource consumption, including water, electricity, fossil fuels and chemicals

procedures for controlling hazards to stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including:

capturing, storing and disposing of fluids released from vehicles

trapping spills, including the use of spill kits

preventing hazards entering stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including bunding, grease traps and triple interceptors

procedures for protecting air quality and controlling noise hazards, including:

minimising the emission of airborne particles, gases and fumes

containing and redirecting airborne particles, gases and fumes

insulating noise from automotive workshops

procedures for monitoring workplace environmental and sustainability practices and equipment, including workplace environmental auditing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having monitored environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace, e.g. workplace environmental audit.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

environmental regulations and standards relevant to automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations

workplace environmental auditing documentation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAEA004 Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to plan and implement a management system to ensure the protection of the environment, and implement and manage sustainability best practice activities in an automotive workplace.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Environment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Plan compliance with environmental regulations and sustainability best practice	1.1 Environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices relevant to own automotive workplace are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Penalties for workplace and individual breaches of legislation are identified 1.3 Workplace activities and equipment that are required to comply with environmental laws, regulations and standards are identified 1.4 Workplace activities relevant to sustainability best practices are identified 1.5 Environmental action plan is developed that incorporates workplace activities, environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices
2. Implement environmental action plan	2.1 Workplace procedures, equipment and materials are established to meet workplace environmental and sustainability best practice requirements, or existing procedures, equipment and materials are evaluated and updated as required to determine ability to meet requirements 2.2 Checklists are developed to ensure procedures are followed 2.3 Safety data sheets (SDS) are sourced and stored, and staff notified of their location 2.4 Emergency response procedures for major environmental accidents are developed and documented, and staff are notified of location and documentation developed for recording accidents and spills 2.5 Staff are advised of workplace procedures, and use of equipment, materials and checklists 2.6 Workplace procedures are put in place to address complaints regarding environmental issues
3. Review environmental action plan	3.1 Environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices relevant to work in the automotive industry are regularly sourced and interpreted 3.2 Environmental audit of workplace is carried out regularly and results are compared with environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices 3.3 Environmental action plan is updated as required to ensure compliance with environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices relevant to work in the automotive industry 3.4 Workplace procedures, equipment and materials are put in place, or existing ones modified, to meet changed workplace environmental and sustainability best practice requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret information relating to environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices.
Writing skills to:	develop workplace documentation, such as workplace procedures and checklists legibly and accurately complete environmental incident reports.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information to ensure all work is undertaken according to environmental best practice.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, estimate material requirements required for the work, and calculate wastage rates of various methods.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise activities, including: preparing equipment material recycling and waste management systems use planning, checking and inspection techniques to avoid environmental contamination and wastage.
Self-management skills to:	work autonomously.
Teamwork skills to:	supervise others in ensuring compliance with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Sustainability best practice must include:	recycling or reusing waste conserving energy conserving natural resources, such as water.
Environmental action plan must include:	workplace environmental and sustainability best practice requirements actions to meet requirements person or people responsible for carrying out actions timeframe for carrying out actions quantified reduction targets in volume, weight or costs.
Emergency response procedures must include:	dealing with large spills dealing with toxic chemical leaks.
Environmental audit must include:	determining staff adherence to workplace procedures determining types and occurrences of accidents identifying workplace activities and equipment that are required to comply with environmental laws, regulations and standards identifying workplace activities relevant to sustainability best practices analysing suitability of safety data sheets analysing suitability of workplace procedures and equipment to comply with environmental laws, regulations and standards, including analysing new technologies.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAEA4004 Manage environmental compliance in an automotive workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA004 Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop, implement and review an environmental action plan for one automotive workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental regulations and standards relevant to own automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations

procedures and processes that support environmental sustainability practices, including:

reducing waste

reusing materials

recycling waste

types of waste produced by automotive workplaces and their impact on the environment, including:

vehicle wastes, including:

coolants

oils

exhaust emissions

evaporative fuel emissions

waste components, including tyres

noise

workplace wastes, including:

cleaning materials

paper waste

general rubbish

procedures for minimising waste

procedures for sorting and storing items for recycling or disposal

procedures for reducing resource consumption, including water, electricity, fossil fuels and chemicals

procedures for controlling hazards to stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including:

capturing, storing and disposing of fluids released from vehicles

trapping spills, including the use of spill kits

preventing hazards entering stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including bunding, grease traps and triple interceptors

procedures for protecting air quality and controlling noise hazards, including:

minimising the emission of airborne particles, gases and fumes

containing and redirecting airborne particles, gases and fumes

insulating noise from automotive workshops

procedures for developing an environmental action plan, including:

identifying environmental and sustainability best practice requirements for an automotive workplace

identifying workplace measures, including equipment and processes, to meet environmental and sustainability best practice requirements

identifying persons responsible for carrying out measures within and outside the workplace

identifying timeframe for carrying out measures

identifying quantified reduction targets in volume, weight and costs

identifying frequency of performing workplace environmental audits

procedures for implementing an environmental action plan, including:

evaluating workplace environmental and sustainability measures

selecting suitable workplace environmental and sustainability measures

establishing workplace environmental and sustainability measures, including:

developing checklists

developing emergency response procedures

instructing staff

procedures for addressing complaints from the public, regulatory authorities and staff

procedures for reviewing an environmental action plan, including workplace environmental audit.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed environmental and sustainability compliance in their automotive workplace, e.g. environmental action plan.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

environmental regulations and standards relevant to automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations

workplace environmental auditing documentation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to make basic mathematical measurements and calculations relating to vehicle inspection, service and repairs. It includes undertaking calculations to inform parts and labour quotations and the completion of other automotive workplace documentation.

It applies to those required to apply entry-level proficiency in numerically orientated problem-solving skills.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Estimate and make measurements for work	1.1 Requirements for measurements are identified from task instructions 1.2 Numerical information in automotive workplace texts and tasks is identified 1.3 Workplace measuring equipment and operations appropriate to text and task are identified and selected 1.4 Accurate measurements are made according to task requirements and workplace procedures
2. Undertake mathematical calculations in workplace activities	2.1 Procedures are established for recording numerical information or interpreting measurement information relating to automotive inspection, service or repair 2.2 Calculations using required mathematical operations are undertaken as required 2.3 Conversions between units of measurement are undertaken as required 2.4 Problem solving processes are used to resolve measurement and calculation tasks
3. Check and communicate results	3.1 Measurement and calculation outcomes are reviewed and checked 3.2 Final calculations and numerical information are documented according to workplace procedures and using mathematical language and symbols appropriate for the task

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information and complete workplace documentation.
Numeracy skills to:	fill out workplace documentation, such as daily time sheets and repair work orders.
Technology skills to:	use calculators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Text and task must include one of the following:	text: repair work orders and job cards time sheets work schedules material and part requisitions repair quotations stock records supply quotations task: estimating resource or time requirements estimating and adjusting equipment and machinery settings sourcing numerical information from workshop service manuals and vehicle repair information.
Calculations must include:	using simple mathematical operations involving automotive data and equipment, with or without the assistance of a calculator and involving: addition subtraction multiplication division whole numbers, fractions and percentages.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA2001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

make accurate measurements relating to three vehicle inspection, service or repair tasks, presenting the measurement outcomes in whole numbers, fractions and percentages

make accurate calculations based on above measurements demonstrating the use of the following mathematical operations:

addition

subtraction

multiplication

division.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures relating to collecting numerical information

metric and non-metric systems of measurement as they relate to vehicle repairs

units of measurement used in vehicle inspection, service and repairs

mathematical operations involving calculations of whole numbers, fractions and percentages, including:

addition

subtraction

multiplication

division

procedures for checking measurement and calculation outcomes

protocols for using numbers when filling out:

timesheets

repair orders.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having used numbers in the automotive workplace, e.g. repair orders showing parts, time worked and work done.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

written automotive text and service information and documentation, such as workshop service manuals, vehicle repair information, stock records, job cards, repair quotations, time sheets, and supply quotations

equipment appropriate for undertaking measurements and calculations, such as calculators or computers.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to read automotive workplace documentation in order to perform routine inspection, service and repair tasks. It involves reading texts and manuals, and identifying and applying key information.

It applies to those working in an automotive workplace required to apply entry-level proficiency in reading inspection, service and repair texts and related manuals.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to read automotive workplace text	1.1 Type of automotive text is identified 1.2 Purpose and audience of text are identified 1.3 Features of text are identified
2. Identify key information in text	2.1 Relevant information is located using text navigation skills and reading strategies 2.2 High frequency automotive vocabulary and terms are identified
3. Confirm understanding and respond to automotive text	3.1 Understanding of information is checked 3.2 Information is used to respond appropriately

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify own skills and abilities required to carry out the job and learning opportunities to gain required reading comprehension skills.
Reading skills to:	interpret written documentation found in the automotive workplace.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify understanding of written texts.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA2002 Read in an automotive workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills:

read and respond to three of the following types of automotive text:

repair order

repair manual

workplace signage, including safe operating procedures

safety data sheet (SDS)

purchase order

packing slip.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types and purpose of common automotive texts, including:

repair orders

repair manuals

workplace signage, including safe operating procedures

SDS

purchase orders

packing slips

high frequency vocabulary in automotive texts, including automotive glossaries

reading strategies for locating and recognising information in automotive workplace texts.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having read automotive-specific texts in an automotive workplace, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

written automotive text specified in the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to communicate in an automotive workplace. It involves communicating effectively by conveying and receiving information using verbal and non-verbal techniques and correct automotive technical terminology.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to communicate	1.1 Purpose of communication is established and relevant information is identified 1.2 Non-verbal information is examined and interpreted, as required 1.3 Suitable communication method is chosen to suit audience and purpose 1.4 Relevant information is prepared and prioritised in a logical manner
2. Participate in routine verbal communication	2.1 Information is conveyed clearly in verbal exchanges using language, tone and pace appropriate to audience and purpose 2.2 Automotive terminology, including vehicle and component descriptions, is used accurately and according to industry conventions 2.3 Verbal exchanges with others are conducted in a courteous and professional manner 2.4 Active listening and questioning techniques are used to clarify and confirm understanding 2.5 Own opinions are clearly expressed and those of others are listened to without interruption
3. Carry out routine written and non-verbal communication	3.1 Accurate and factual information is conveyed clearly in written and other non-verbal communication 3.2 Non-verbal techniques appropriate to the situation are used effectively in interactions with others 3.3 Intended meaning is clarified with recipients as required
4. Operate workplace communication system	4.1 Workplace communication device appropriate for the task is selected according to workplace procedures 4.2 Key functions of workplace communication system are used according to equipment specifications and workplace procedures
5. Contribute to workplace communication	5.1 Requests for information from colleagues are responded to in a timely manner 5.2 Contributions are made to work group activities and meetings 5.3 Clarification is sought from supervisor or colleagues relating to instructions or information as required 5.4 Feedback from supervisor or colleagues is sought and incorporated into own communication

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret instructions and requirements in written automotive workplace material.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to: communicate with others access, extract, organise and present information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Professional manner must be:	consistent with workplace communication protocols appropriate to age, cultural diversity and special needs.
Communication system must include:	communication devices, including: telephones computers.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA2003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

complete three of the following communication tasks in an automotive workplace:

exchange verbal information regarding work task with colleague

exchange verbal information regarding work task with supervisor

request verbal clarification of work task from supervisor

request information from external customer using the telephone

request information from external customer using email.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

common automotive technical terms and their application to an automotive workplace

active listening and questioning techniques

verbal communication techniques, including:

one-on-one

group and team interactions

collaborative and inclusive techniques for interacting with others, including techniques appropriate to differing ages, cultural backgrounds and special needs

workplace forms and documents in electronic and hard copy, including:

workplace instructions or work orders

manufacturer service, repair and equipment manuals

types of non-verbal communication techniques, including:

visual gestures and sign language

body language

signage

electronic and mechanical signals

workplace procedures and requirements relating to:

workplace document style, format and layout

use of communication systems, including email, telephone, intercom and social media

reporting

types of communication devices in automotive workplaces

operating features of communication devices, including:

computers and tablets with email and social media software

intercoms and two-way radios

telephone systems, including mobile phones.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having communicated effectively in the automotive workplace, e.g. emails, text messages, or written documentation of conversations.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

supervisor, colleagues and customers with whom to communicate in verbal and written exchanges

workplace communication devices, including a telephone system and computer.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA004 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify, clarify and resolve routine basic problems commonly encountered in an automotive workplace. It involves determining and implementing solutions to identified problems, and identifying and reporting on their effectiveness.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and clarify nature of the routine problem	1.1 Early indicators of problems are identified or anticipated 1.2 Existence of actual problem is verified 1.3 Information regarding problem is gathered from a variety of sources 1.4 Key components of problem are identified within available timeframe
2. Determine, implement and evaluate solution	2.1 Range of possible methods for resolving the problem are identified 2.2 Strengths and weaknesses of each option are analysed 2.3 Optimal solution is determined and applied within workplace timeframes 2.4 Effectiveness of solution is evaluated against options and modifications to solution are made, as required
3. Assist others to identify, clarify and resolve problems	3.1 Assistance is provided to help others identify routine problems 3.2 Problem is discussed with others and any previous solutions are used to help resolve problem

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify own skills and abilities required to perform the job and learning opportunities to gain skills to solve day-to-day problems.
Reading skills to:	interpret and understand written documentation found in the automotive workplace.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, such as quality control sheets and graphs, problem solving checklists and reports.
Oral communication skills to:	speak clearly to be understood speak using appropriate automotive workplace terms use appropriate gestures to assist with understanding listen effectively and give feedback to sender to confirm clear understanding.
Teamwork skills to:	apply knowledge of own role to complete activities efficiently to support team activities and tasks.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Problems must include:	problems in normal work activities within the scope of own responsibility of that of the work group problems caused by internal or external changes in work conditions or the work environment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA2004 Solve routine problems in an automotive workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA004 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

clarify and resolve three of the following routine problems in an automotive workplace caused by:

inaccurate or outdated workplace procedure

internal changes to work conditions or environment

external changes to work conditions or environment

additional or non-standard work activities.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures relating to problem identification and resolution strategies

problem solving methods and techniques, including:

brainstorming

root cause analysis

trial and error approach

problem cause and effect strategies

reporting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having solved routine basic problems in their automotive workplace, e.g. workplace memos.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to employee participation in problem solving activities.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare and write routine texts and complete standard automotive industry forms that accurately convey meaning and information.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The unit includes routine workplace texts for different purposes, including industry-related forms.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to complete routine automotive workplace text	1.1 Purpose and audience for routine automotive text are identified 1.2 Due date, relevant organisation, and method of lodgement are determined 1.3 Key features of text and workplace conventions for written materials are identified 1.4 Information required to complete the text is sourced and collected
2. Finalise draft of written text	2.1 Text is drafted to convey intended meaning of factual information or message 2.2 Queries or concerns about information required in the text are clarified with relevant internal or external personnel 2.3 Text is reviewed and checked for accuracy and meaning, and revisions are made as required 2.4 Supporting documentation or information is collected, organised and attached as required 2.5 Signatory requirements are determined and obtained as required
3. Submit text	3.1 Routine text, supporting documentation, and any required payment, are lodged in a timely manner 32 Verification of receipt of text is sought and confirmed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information and instructions to determine requirements for written text.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information and record it accurately in documentation.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, filter, extract, organise and submit written text.
Self-management skills to:	sequence tasks and follow workplace procedures for preparing and lodging written text.
Technology skills to:	use office equipment to lodge forms and copy or send written texts.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Key features must include:	layout and organisation of text text that is appropriate for audience and purpose.
Conveying intended meaning must include:	spelling with reasonable accuracy mostly using correct grammatical structure and punctuation using appropriate automotive terminology.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA2005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

write two short routine automotive texts for different audiences and purposes

complete and lodge one industry form with an external organisation.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

basic principles of effective written communication, including:

differences between requirements for written as opposed to spoken English

purposes of written communication used in automotive workplaces

features of routine formal and informal workplace texts, including layout

writing strategies to complete routine workplace texts, including planning, drafting and reviewing

grammar and vocabulary sufficient to complete routine workplace texts legibly

writing conventions for routine workplace texts

workplace procedures or style guides for preparing written texts, including:

protocols relating to workplace documentation, including emails and memos

workplace sign-off and approval processes relating to written texts

types, applications and layouts of industry forms, including:

forms from licensing and regulatory organisations

workplace-specific forms, including:

leave application forms

requisitions

time cards

electronic and manual lodgement processes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having written a range of routine texts in an automotive workplace, e.g. workplace-specific documents and forms that they have completed.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace-specific documents that can be completed

writing equipment and materials

office equipment and communication devices

dictionaries or written language aids.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA006 Conduct research and present technical reports

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to research technical subject matter, and prepare and present a technical report of findings. It involves identifying and analysing research requirements, planning and conducting the research, evaluating findings, and developing and presenting the technical report.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry at a specialist technician or manager level.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine research requirements	1.1 Problem requiring research is identified and clarified 1.2 Research purpose, objectives and limits, and timeframe are identified, clearly defined, and confirmed 1.3 Research outline is prepared and confirmed with key stakeholders
2. Plan research	2.1 Systematic methodology for information collection is developed 2.2 Appropriate sources of research information are identified, reviewed and assessed 2.3 Research design is developed according to research requirements 2.4 Resources that support research requirements are identified and sourced 2.5 Pilot study is conducted to identify variations or additions to proposed research plan
3. Conduct research	3.1 Research is carried out according to established purpose, process and objectives 3.2 Research data is collected, manipulated as required, and stored for future reference
4. Analyse research information	4.1 Research data is prepared for analysis 4.2 Data is analysed using appropriate methods according to workplace procedures 4.3 Conclusions, findings and recommendations are drawn from data analysis and documented according to workplace procedures
5. Prepare and present research report	5.1 Technical report, and as required associated presentation materials, are prepared according to report requirements and workplace standards 5.2 Report is presented according to workplace procedures 5.3 Information management and report storage requirements are followed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and analyse a range of technical information and documents relevant to work activities develop strategies to research and write technical reports.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information, instructions and requirements interpret graphical illustrations, technical information and terminology in manuals and textbooks.
Writing skills to:	communicate ideas and information using relevant automotive terminology prepare and present textual and numerical information in technical reports.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify and confirm report requirements, including target audience.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology to access technical documents, including computerised technology.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Research outline must include:	information entry, including hard and soft copy data storage and version control print output.
Research must include one of the following:	desk-based research experiments tests.
Research design must include:	research methodology data gathering methods data analysis methods.
Report requirements must satisfy:	purpose objectives timeframe planned process reporting, including findings and proposed actions or recommendations.
Workplace standards must include:	agreed quality standards suitability for intended audience and purpose use of specialist or management summaries compliance with protocols, conventions and legal requirements relating to acknowledgements and intellectual property.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA5006 Prepare technical reports

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA006 Conduct research and present technical reports

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

research and prepare two different technical reports, in which the work must involve:

accessing and interpreting relevant automotive technical information

developing a research outline

undertaking detailed research of the subject area

analysing data

developing conclusions, findings and recommendations

presenting reports to intended target audience.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

research methods, including:

qualitative, including:

participant observations

interviews

focus groups

quantitative, including:

questionnaires

laboratory experiments

procedures for undertaking research, including:

planning the research, including:

identifying the problem

defining purpose and limits of the research

developing a research outline

sourcing information

designing the research, including:

methodology

data gathering

data analysis

conducting pilot studies

conducting the research, including data gathering, including common testing procedures

data analysis, including calculating mean, mode, median and percentages

drawing conclusions from data analysis

preparing and presenting a technical report, including:

writing for a specific audience

using pictures and diagrams

using style guides

storing data and documents.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to researching, preparing and presenting technical reports in the automotive workplace, e.g. technical reports and presentation notes.

Assessment must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

situations requiring research activities and technical report writing

range of reference materials relevant to technical research activities

commercially realistic number of co-workers to which the technical report may be presented.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA007 Develop and document specifications and procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify and analyse work task requirements and activities, and then develop and document technical specifications and procedures providing concise and unambiguous direction and guidance relating to them.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. It involves conducting research and writing technical specifications and procedures at a specialist technician or manager level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and plan requirements	1.1 Technical activities and tasks requiring specifications and procedures to be developed are identified 1.2 Requirements and formats for specifications and procedures are established and confirmed 1.3 Requirements for information entry, storage, output and quality of document production are identified according to workplace procedures 1.4 Document design is confirmed as appropriate for efficient entry of information and satisfies established document presentation requirements 1.5 Authoritative sources and references are identified for use in preparation of specifications and procedures
2. Prepare and develop specifications	2.1 Technical information for inclusion in specifications is collected and validated according to workplace procedures 2.2 Specifications are developed that reflect document design requirements and are written in a manner appropriate to workplace
3. Prepare and develop procedures	3.1 Technical activities and tasks requiring procedures to be developed are analysed, sequenced and logically grouped 3.2 Technical procedures are developed that reflect document design requirements and are written in a manner appropriate to workplace
4. Document specifications and procedures	4.1 Developed material is documented according to workplace procedures and document design requirements 4.2 Information management requirements, including document storage, are followed according to workplace procedures and document requirements 4.3 Document is presented ready for use as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information, instructions and requirements in written material as required to carry out technical research activities interpret and understand a range of written document specifications and procedures found in the automotive workplace.
Writing skills to:	communicate ideas and information in a manner appropriate to workplace.
Numeracy skills to:	use standard mathematical terminology and structures to incorporate measurements, calibration and test requirements into technical specifications and procedural documentation.
Digital literacy skills to:	navigate computer software to collect, add and edit information in documents.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise the research and writing of technical specifications and procedural requirements to avoid backtracking and workflow interruptions.
Technology skills to:	use computers and software.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA5007 Develop and document specifications and procedures

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA007 Develop and document specifications and procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

develop and document the technical specifications and procedures of an automotive repair or manufacturing process that would take more than thirty minutes to complete, including:

safety requirements of the process

steps involved in undertaking the process, including:

use of any tools, equipment and materials

explanatory graphics

specifications explaining the requirements that a product or assembly must meet or exceed

bibliography of sources of information.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types and application of technical documents, including:

technical background reports

technical guides

technical specifications, including:

open specifications

closed specifications

methods of describing limits, including tolerances, clearances and wear

technical and standard operating procedures, including:

safe operating procedures

dismantle and assembly procedures

literature reviews

technical document writing techniques, including:

confirming document scope

understanding the audience

developing a plan

collecting information, including:

using primary and secondary sources

acknowledging sources

methods of organising information to meet document requirements, including:

linear or chronological

parts of an object graphics

simple to complex

specific to general

general to specific

writing first drafts, including:

using style guides

using graphics

revising and editing drafts

workplace policies relating to publishing documents with company intellectual property content.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the specifications and procedures that they have developed, e.g. procedural documents relevant to their workplace.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

situations requiring research and documentation of technical specifications and procedures

range of reference materials relevant to technical research activities and vehicle specifications and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAFA009 Carry out research into the automotive industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out research into the nature and structure of an automotive retail service and repair (RS&R) or automotive manufacturing workplace. It also requires the learner to prepare a research report.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare and plan research	1.1 Automotive industry sectors and types of businesses are identified for research 1.2 Information on the structure and operation of the automotive industry is located 1.3 Safety and environmental requirements for the automotive business are sourced
2. Investigate nature and structure of automotive business	2.1 Type of business, product line and customer profile are identified 2.2 Basic supervision or management structure of business is identified 2.3 Employment conditions of business are identified 2.4 Employee clothing requirements for business are identified 2.5 Workplace plan is drawn detailing identified workplace safety features 2.6 Environment protection features of business are identified 2.7 Findings and details are recorded for research report
3. Prepare research report	3.1 Research findings are reviewed and summarised under broad headings 3.2 Research findings are presented as a document

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate key information quickly and efficiently in appropriate sources.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from industry and workplace documents.
Writing skills to:	organise findings and prepare a research report.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to obtain information on business structure and operation from business workers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	relevant workplace procedures reflecting health and safety requirements material safety management systems hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes.
Supervision or management structure must include one or more of the following:	employee supervision line or operational management team leaders trainers.
Employment conditions must include one or more of the following:	employee attendance times induction training shift work and weekend work requirements type of qualifications.
Employee clothing requirements must include:	any requirements in special work areas, such as foundry or paint shop ear protection personal protective clothing and footwear safety glasses any uniform requirements.
Workplace safety features must include:	emergency procedures fire extinguishers (type and location) first aid facilities hazardous warning signs manual-handling procedures.
Environment protection features must include:	emission control material recycling waste material disposal.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA009 Carry out research into the automotive industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

produce a research report on an automotive retail service or repair business or a component manufacturing business.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

automotive industry information, including:

sectors of the industry

types of businesses in each sector, including their products and services

distribution channels for industry products and services

relationships of the automotive industry with other industries

state and commonwealth government agencies responsible for directing safety and environmental requirements for the automotive industry

major automotive industry bodies and associations

career opportunities and career paths in the automotive industry

roles, responsibilities and inter-relationships of individual personnel in an industry environment, including:

unions and employer bodies

professional associations

industrial relations issues, including:

awards and enterprise bargaining agreements

non-award areas

cultural issues

employment obligations in day-to-day work activities in the automotive industry

new technologies in the automotive industry and their effect on the industry

procedures for recording, reviewing and presenting research findings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that validates the industry research.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

reference books and technical manuals

industry journals

computer and internet access

job descriptions

federal and state industrial awards

specialist technical publications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAKA001 Use information technology systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to use workplace information technology (IT) systems in a manner that complies with workplace procedures and guidelines. It involves operating hardware and software to access, retrieve, edit and update information, and solving a limited range of routine and predictable problems in relation to the IT system.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Information Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to use workplace IT system	1.1 Safe work practices and procedures to be applied when using workplace IT system are identified 1.2 Workplace procedures, manuals or specific instructions relating to the use of IT system and manufacturer or component supplier software are accessed and interpreted
2. Use IT system functions	2.1 Workplace IT system and software applications are accessed and operated according to manufacturer or component supplier instructions and workplace procedures 2.2 Keyboard skills are used accurately to carry out the entry, manipulation and retrieval of data and information according to workplace procedures 2.3 Data is transmitted according to electronic data interchange (EDI) procedures 2.4 Save and back-up procedures are carried out regularly according to workplace procedures
3. Edit or update data and information in IT system	3.1 Data and information on IT system to be edited or updated are identified using appropriate sources 3.2 Data and information are edited or updated and checked for accuracy and completeness before saving or backing up according to workplace procedures
4. Solve problems relating to IT system	4.1 Equipment, hardware or software faults are identified and rectified where possible and within scope of own role, or reported to relevant persons according to workplace procedures 4.2 Assistance with any routine IT problems that arise is positively and actively provided to others within scope of own role and where appropriate 4.3 Established workplace maintenance programs for hardware and software systems are followed according to manufacturer or component supplier specifications and workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information in IT user manuals, workplace procedures, and manufacturer or component supplier specifications interpret IT system help files and respond to system help prompts.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information into IT systems.
Planning and organising skills to:	sort and sequence relevant data and information to access, process and transmit schedule back-up procedures.
Teamwork skills to:	liaise collaboratively and assist others with workplace IT systems within scope of own role.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safe work practices and procedures must include:	following workplace ergonomic guidelines when operating IT systems using physical aids as required and appropriate to support safe and effective use of IT system hardware.
Software applications must include:	databases menus EDI.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAKA2001 Use information technology systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAKA001 Use information technology systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

operate a workplace information technology (IT) system on three different occasions in line with workplace procedures and guidelines, in which the work must involve:

accessing and retrieving data and information

entering and transmitting data and information

carry out back-up of workplace IT system following above work activities

problem solve routine IT problems or breakdowns during above work activities.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to using information technology systems, including:

ergonomic guidelines and practices that maintain own health and safety when operating IT systems

using physical aids to support safe and effective use of IT system hardware

basic IT terminology, especially relating to IT help files and user manuals

key requirements of workplace procedures and manufacturer or component supplier specifications relating to the use of the IT system

key features of workplace IT system, including:

use and operation of equipment

purpose, key features and uses of software applications, including electronic data interchange (EDI) programs

use of hardware and associated relevant input and output devices, including scanning and barcode equipment and, when working in a retail environment, point-of-sale terminals

routine maintenance requirements for hardware and software systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the workplace IT systems they have used, e.g. IT maintenance schedules.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

an IT system consisting of PC, keyboard and software currently used in the workplace

relevant user manuals or workplace procedures relating to use of IT systems

data or information available:

on a current IT system

to enter and manipulate on the IT system.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAKA002 Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to investigate the nature of new technologies, and modify existing work processes and procedures to incorporate the new technologies.

It applies to those working in the automotive industry. It involves adapting work processes and new technologies in an automotive service or repair workplace or an automotive office administration environment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Information Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Investigate the new technology	1.1 Information is obtained on new technology through a range of sources and in line with workplace expectations and procedures 1.2 New technologies of value to the workplace are identified and evaluated to determine their application and suitability 1.3 Impact of new technologies on existing work processes is identified and analysed 1.4 Information about additional materials and equipment required to adopt the technology is sourced and evaluated
2. Modify existing work processes and procedures	2.1 Action plan is prepared to implement new technology into work processes 2.2 Processes are modified to incorporate new technologies 2.3 Impact on workflow and productivity is analysed and minimised through planning process and communication with staff 2.4 Information on the use of new technologies is communicated to staff, as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to expand knowledge, skills and understanding relating to new technologies.
Reading skills to:	research and critically analyse text and numerical information about new technologies from a range of sources.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately record information about new technologies and convey to others using clear and concise language.
Oral communication skills to:	clearly present information to others about new technologies and changes to work processes using concise language and tone appropriate for audience.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to interpret numerical information relating to new technologies and impact on work processes.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	proactively adopt new technologies and adapt and improve work processes.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise implementation of new technologies in work processes.
Technology skills to:	use computers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Sources must include:	desk-based research consultation with technical sources training and information sessions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAKA3002 Adapt work processes to new technologies

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAKA002 Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

conduct research and collate information on one new piece of technology to be adopted in the automotive workplace

prepare an action plan outlining the modification of existing work processes and staff training required to incorporate above new piece of technology into the workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

existing workplace activity, processes and procedures relevant to implementation of specific new technology

sources of information on new technology, including:

internet

manufacturer or component supplier specifications

technical journals and manuals

workshops, information sessions, and trade shows

procedures for cost-benefit analysis of opportunities and risks, considering:

cost savings

customer satisfaction

marketing opportunities

new business opportunities

payback period

profit margins

short and long-term benefits

key features of action or implementation plan covering:

timelines

costs

business case or purpose

team or section requirements

procedures for documenting action or implementation plans:

checklists

written documents

visual management board and items.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having adapted work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace, e.g. action plans.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service and repair workplace or simulated workplace

sources of information about new technologies

tools and materials to research information

computer hardware and software and general office equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURALA001 Comply with legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to act within legal and ethical boundaries of a service and repair contract when dealing with customers, implement measures to avoid disputes, and resolve disputes that do occur.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Regulatory or Legal

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Interpret service and repair contract	1.1 Legal obligations of all parties involved in a valid service and repair contract are identified 1.2 Legal liabilities of repairer performing work without a valid service and repair contract are identified 1.3 Regulatory bodies with authority to inspect the workplace if the customer takes legal action are identified 1.4 Workplace service and repair contract is analysed to determine relevant legal compliance requirements
2. Comply with service and repair contract requirements	2.1 Procedures are implemented to advise customers of the terms of contract into which they are entering 2.2 Procedures are implemented to ensure staff only use valid service and repair contracts 2.3 Procedures are implemented to minimise liability or customer claims in relation to bailment
3. Establish service and repair warranty requirements	3.1 Warranties document is developed detailing requirements 3.2 Procedures are implemented to ensure staff are aware of warranty requirements 3.3 Warranty requirements are documented and stored according to workplace procedures
4. Enforce service and repair contract requirements	4.1 Workplace policy on payment terms for services provided are implemented according to workplace procedures 4.2 Workplace legal rights and obligations when selling or disposing of uncollected vehicles or goods are identified and observed as required 4.3 Legal procedures to recover payment when a customer defaults are identified and implemented as required
5. Conduct dispute resolution processes	5.1 Procedures to minimise disputes with customers are implemented 5.2 Workplace records are maintained to support outcomes in any customer disputes 5.3 External sources of assistance in dispute resolution are identified 5.4 Outcomes of customer disputes and resolutions are analysed to develop procedures to avoid future disputes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to expand knowledge, skills and understanding relating to legal and ethical business dealings.
Reading skills to:	interpret: textual and numerical information in product or service documentation relating to contractual agreements original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s service and repair agreements vehicle specifications and job requirements.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete: dispute resolution forms and legal action plans outlining customer’s statutory rights and settlement options vehicle warranty documents and reports.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information to customers and supervisors relating to legal and ethical business dealings participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer information and feedback.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to count and measure.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Warranties document must:	meet legal requirements comply with workplace policies not compromise customer consumer guarantees be written in plain language.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURALA3001 Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURALA001 Comply with legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

comply with the legal aspects of service and repair contracts with three different customers, in which the work must involve:

an abandoned vehicle

a vehicle kept as bailment

customer dissatisfaction due to failed installed parts.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types and purpose of contracts, including:

key phases of contract, including:

offer

acceptance

consideration

oral and written contracts

key components of Australian Consumer Law (ACL) relating to legal and ethical requirements of contracts and service agreements, including:

damages arising from breach of contracts

reasonable costs

proof of transaction

delays in delivery and non-supply

charge back

contracts with minors

unfair contract terms

loss or damage to consumer property

misleading or deceptive conduct

warranties

dispute resolution

key features of automotive service and repair contracts, including:

terms of the relationship, including:

acknowledgements and agreements from customer

definitions

rights, responsibilities and obligations of the service provider and principal, including:

level of performance and services being provided

authority in respect of the vehicle, including entering and test driving the vehicle

guarantees and warranties

lien to secure payment

abandonment of vehicle

liability

privacy

jurisdiction of the contract

business processes, including:

pricing

payment and invoicing

returns policies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having complied with the legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace, e.g. correspondence between customer and business.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace n

commercially realistic range of automotive service and repair contracts

three different customers with the service and repair contract issues specified in the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to work effectively with a range of people in an automotive workplace. It involves identifying own and others’ job roles, communicating appropriately, working in shared tasks, and dealing with issues, problems and conflicts.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine own and others’ roles and job requirements	1.1 Own and others’ workplace responsibilities and duties are identified 1.2 Clarification is sought from colleagues and supervisor where uncertainty or overlap of job roles occurs 1.3 Communication with colleagues and others is performed in a courteous manner, using language appropriate to the audience, and according to workplace procedures 1.4 Differences in personal values and beliefs of colleagues are accepted and professional behaviour maintained in all activities 1.5 Safe and appropriate workplace attire is identified, used and maintained
2. Work in shared tasks	2.1 Own and others’ roles in shared tasks are determined and clarified 2.2 Participation in task planning is carried out as required, work-related information is shared, and constructive contributions are made 2.3 Work tasks are carried out according to personal roles and responsibilities and workplace requirements 2.4 Support is provided to colleagues to ensure tasks and goals are met, as required 2.5 Constructive feedback on performance provided by colleagues is requested, acknowledged, and acted on 2.6 Suggestions for improvements to processes are made and discussed with colleagues
3. Deal effectively with issues, problems and conflict in work groups	3.1 Personal issues that impact on own work and relationships with colleagues are discussed with supervisor, as required 3.2 Workplace issues with colleagues are identified, discussed and a resolution found according to workplace procedures 3.3 Difficult to resolve issues, problems and conflict are escalated to appropriate person according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify own skills and knowledge to perform the job and identify gaps.
Reading skills to:	access workplace procedures and identify and interpret sections relating to workplace diversity, equal opportunity, discrimination and conflict resolution access and interpret work task instructions and work schedule requirements.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify and confirm information and instructions using active listening and questioning techniques speak clearly and directly to present problems or issues to appropriate person.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Identification must be based on:	information and instructions about: objectives performance requirements workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA2001 Work effectively with others

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

work effectively with others in an automotive workplace, in which the work must involve:

participating in one shared work task involving two colleagues

providing support on a work task to a colleague

responding to feedback provided by a group member

facilitating the resolution of a work issue or problem.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

common types of automotive workplace job roles and accountabilities, including:

trainee assistant

technician

diagnostic technician

workshop supervisor

accounts person

sales person

business owner

customer

key features of workplace policies and procedures, including:

codes of conduct, including those for workplace:

discrimination

violence, bullying and harassment

disciplinary policies

leave policies

basic communication techniques and styles for different audiences, including appropriate language, tone and emphasis

fundamentals of working effectively with others, including:

active listening

establishing common goals

assigning roles

creating objectives and timelines

resolving conflicts quickly and fairly

methods for obtaining and giving feedback, including:

formal and informal performance appraisal methods

verbal and non-verbal communication techniques

techniques for supporting work group members

basic ethical principles of respect for persons, including:

understanding and respecting cultural differences

identifying common ground

basic conflict-resolution strategies

workplace procedures and requirements relating to personal presentation, attire and grooming.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having worked effectively with others in an automotive workplace, e.g. supervisor performance reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic range of diverse workplace colleagues

documentation, including workplace policies and procedures manuals relating to ethics, employee and employer rights and responsibilities, attire and grooming, job descriptions and organisational charts.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAMA002 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to communicate business information effectively in verbal and written forms and through participating in meetings, and presenting information to others. It involves reaching agreement on work-related issues and formally communicating specific business information on a day-to-day basis using a range of communication devices and methods.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Communicate information verbally	1.1 Purpose of verbal communication is determined and communication style is chosen to suit audience and purpose 1.2 Information is delivered verbally using clear, succinct and unambiguous language and accurate industry terminology 1.3 Listeners are questioned to verify that information provided has been received and understood accurately 1.4 Clarification, rephrasing or additional explanations are provided as required 1.5 Verbal information received from others is listened to carefully, and clarified and confirmed with the speaker as required
2. Communicate information in writing	2.1 Purpose or objectives of written communication are determined and communication style is chosen to suit audience and purpose 2.2 Written text is drafted using correct vocabulary, grammatical structures and conventions 2.3 Text is logically structured, formatted and presented following workplace procedures 2.4 Text is checked to confirm that key messages are clear, succinct and unambiguous and meet intended purpose 2.5 Written information received from others is read carefully and information is clarified as required
3. Communicate in meeting	3.1 Purpose of meeting is identified and clarified as required 3.2 Meeting is attended and positive contribution to outcomes is made according to workplace meeting procedures and own level of responsibility 3.3 Own responsibilities relating to meeting outcomes are carried out according to workplace meeting procedures
4. Present information to others	4.1 Purpose for presenting information to others and features of the target audience are identified and clarified 4.2 Information to be presented is planned and organised logically 4.3 Resources needed to present information are identified and selected 4.4 Resources are checked prior to presenting information to ensure that they are functioning properly 4.5 Presentation is conducted as planned and appropriate responses to audience questions and feedback are provided 4.6 Audience feedback on presentation is reviewed to improve future practice
5. Discuss and resolve a workplace issue	5.1 Key factors and issues relating to a workplace issue are analysed 5.2 Key discussion points and suitable approach to discussion are planned 5.3 Discussion is conducted according to planned approach with solutions or outcomes acceptable to both parties negotiated and agreed 5.4 Required follow-up action is carried out according to workplace procedures and further discussions with other parties conducted as required 5.5 Solutions or outcomes are documented according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and convey numerical or financial information in verbal information and written texts.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to: communicate with others access, extract, organise and present information.
Planning and organising skills to:	sequence and structure information to convey to others in a clear and logical manner.
Teamwork skills to:	work with others and in a team by using collaborative communication techniques.
Technology skills to:	operate equipment and technology to present information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA2002 Communicate business information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA002 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

receive and respond to one piece of verbal communication relating to the automotive workplace that includes asking questions and providing responses

receive and respond to one piece of written communication relating to the automotive workplace

participate in one workplace meeting relating to the automotive workplace that includes asking questions and providing responses

prepare and make one presentation of information relating to the automotive workplace

prepare for and participate in one discussion to resolve a workplace issue and document the outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

automotive industry technical terms and their application to an automotive workplace

use of communication systems, including email, telephone, intercom and social media

procedures for communicating verbally, including:

active listening and questioning techniques

creating clear, succinct and unambiguous language

clarifying meaning

choosing language to suit audience

procedures for communicating in writing, including:

accessing and interpreting key concepts of written material

organising responses to address questions and according to communication medium

creating draft documents, including structure and formatting

editing documents

procedures for participating in meetings, including:

accessing and reviewing previous meeting minutes and agendas

contributing to meeting outcomes

determining own role in meeting outcomes

procedures for presenting information, including:

determining target audience

determining presentation format, including choosing equipment and materials

delivering a presentation

procedures for negotiating between parties, including:

determining key factors of issues

planning discussions

conducting discussions, including:

establishing rapport

acknowledging disagreements and the views of others

dealing constructively with differences

staying focused

making a strong case without overselling or becoming personal or aggressive

compromising to achieve realistic and achievable outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having communicated business information in an automotive workplace, e.g. emails, meeting minutes, or presentation slides.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic range of internal and external customers with whom to communicate

written communication from internal or external customers

meetings to attend, including meeting agendas and previous minutes

equipment and materials appropriate for workplace presentations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAMA003 Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare and present information sessions conducted in an automotive workplace, and then follow up on their outcomes. It involves preparing and presenting technical workplace information in structured sessions with workplace participants.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for information session	1.1 Specific purpose and objectives of information session are determined and confirmed 1.2 Arrangements are made for session and participants are invited or notified of session in a timely manner 1.3 Equipment, tools and other resources required for session are selected and sourced 1.4 Information to be communicated in session is planned, structured logically, and organised
2. Present information session	2.1 Reason for session and relevance of information being presented are clearly explained to participants 2.2 Information is presented clearly using resources and presentation techniques to enhance participant understanding 2.3 Session is delivered according to required objectives
3. Follow up outcomes of information session	3.1 Participants are encouraged to comment or ask questions relating to session and appropriate responses are provided 3.2 Participant feedback on session are sought and used to guide future information sessions 3.3 Actions required as a result of session are carried out

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret instructions and requirements in written material relating to information session.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately present textual and numerical information in a documented format for the information session.
Oral communication skills to:	clearly and effectively present information using language, tone and pace appropriate to audience and purpose.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to ensure times are allocated and followed in the information session.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to communicate with others access and organise information.
Technology skills to:	operate media devices and workplace technology to conduct an information session.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Arrangements must include:	time and place of session session duration number and type of participants for session.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA3003 Conduct information sessions

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA003 Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

plan and conduct two information sessions, each covering a different automotive technical or workplace topic

during above sessions, demonstrate effective communication skills, including:

active listening

questioning techniques

collaborative activities.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

automotive industry technical terms and their application to an automotive workplace

automotive industry technical information relevant to information session

workplace procedures relating to conducting presentations, information sessions or meetings

adult learning principles and training techniques

types of information sessions, including:

demonstration

discussion and questioning

group work

simulations and role play

presentation aids and materials, including:

computer simulations and presentations

diagrams, charts and posters

models

paper-based materials

data projector and whiteboard

techniques to evaluate presentation effectiveness, including:

critical friends

participant survey or written feedback

participant interviews.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the information sessions they have conducted in their workplace, e.g. copies of presentations delivered.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

participants to be involved in the information sessions specified in the performance evidence

equipment, information, materials and tools appropriate for conducting information sessions

computers, presentation media and business technology required to prepare information sessions.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAMA004 Maintain business image in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to monitor staff attire and grooming standards, maintain the physical appearance of the workplace, implement waste disposal processes, and promote business products and services.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Maintain physical appearance of the workplace	1.1 Cleanliness and tidiness of the workplace are maintained according to workplace procedures, local government requirements, and safety requirements 1.2 Workplace is kept free of rubbish and waste according to workplace procedures, local government requirements, and safety requirements 1.3 Defined areas for specific tasks are maintained according to workplace procedures 1.4 Maintenance plan is monitored to ensure facilities and equipment are regularly maintained 1.5 Workplace signage is clearly and appropriately displayed throughout the organisation
2. Monitor workplace attire and grooming standards	2.1 Expectations regarding attire and grooming are communicated to staff on a regular basis 2.2 Standards are updated as needs arise according to workplace requirements 2.3 Dress and grooming of staff are monitored to ensure standards are met 2.4 Breaches of standards are identified and staff informed
3. Monitor waste disposal processes	3.1 Waste disposal is monitored to ensure compliance with workplace procedures and local government requirements 3.2 Recycling opportunities are identified and implemented according to workplace procedures and local government requirements 3.3 Workplace environmental documents are maintained
4. Promote workplace products and services	4.1 Promotional activities are monitored to ensure planned implementation according to workplace procedures 4.2 Promotional activities are actively supported according to own role and workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret relevant safety information, local government requirements, and workplace procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate quantities relating to housekeeping activities.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Teamwork skills to:	work with staff and supervisors when monitoring and following procedures that impact on business image.
Technology skills to:	operate housekeeping and general office equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling goods using cleaning chemicals and dangerous goods selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE).

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA3004 Maintain business image

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA004 Maintain business image in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

maintain the business image of an automotive workplace over one week, including:

ensuring a clean and tidy appearance of the workplace

ensuring correct staff attire and grooming

ensuring waste is correctly disposed of

engaging in one promotional activity to the limits of own role.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to maintaining business image in an automotive workplace, including procedures for:

manually handling goods

using cleaning chemicals and dangerous goods

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

procedures for maintaining the physical appearance of an automotive workplace, including procedures for:

cleaning buildings, grounds and equipment

waste disposal and recycling processes, including designated locations for waste storage and collection

maintaining defined areas for specific tasks, including:

reception area

staff and public amenities

service and repair work areas

monitoring maintenance plans

monitoring workplace signage, including:

checking currency

placement

condition

procedures for monitoring workplace attire and grooming standards, including procedures for:

communicating requirements to staff

evaluating staff attire and grooming against workplace standards

procedures for monitoring waste disposal processes, including:

workplace and local government requirements

recycling procedures for:

office waste

service and repair work area waste

waste collection schedules

procedures for promoting workplace products and services, including:

basic principles of display and design, including layout and presentation

types of display areas, including:

signage and fixtures on floor

interior or exterior areas

permanent or temporary displays

publicly accessible areas

shelves and windows in areas

displaying products, including their rotation, maintenance, storage requirements, pricing and labelling

arranging advertising and promotional information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having maintained the business image of an automotive workplace, e.g. maintenance plans.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to:

maintaining equipment and facilities

personal presentation, attire and grooming

waste disposal and recycling processes

commercially realistic number of diverse staff working in an automotive workplace.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAMA005 Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to resolve complex customer issues and complaints. Complex customer issues include those caused by cost variations, warranty issues, policy matters, additional repair time and disputed work standards. The unit involves examining the exact nature of a customer issue, communicating effectively, making informed judgements, negotiating an outcome or referring the issue to an appropriate person, and documenting outcomes for continuous improvement.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Examine the nature of the issue	1.1 Customer issue and associated feelings and opinions are identified 1.2 Facts relating to the issue are determined using appropriate communication skills 1.3 Workplace procedures and manufacturer or supplier policy relating to the issue are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Further information is researched as required to confirm or clarify issue 1.5 Rights and responsibilities of customer and workplace are determined and communicated to customer
2. Resolve or escalate the issue	2.1 Implications of the issue for customer and workplace are analysed and determined, and suitable resolution options are identified 2.2 Options for resolving the issue are explained and negotiated with customer according to workplace policies and procedures 2.3 Information required to assist customer in evaluating service and product options that best meet customer needs is provided 2.4 Complaints requiring attention from an external party are actioned by referring to appropriate person according to workplace procedures 2.5 Where a resolution cannot be negotiated and agreed, issue is escalated to appropriate person
3. Document issue and outcome	3.1 Record issue, outcome and customer feedback according to workplace procedures 3.2 Report agreed outcome to appropriate person according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	use feedback and experience obtained from negotiating with customers to inform future customer dealings and workplace procedures.
Reading skills to:	research and review information about supplier products and services relevant to customer issues.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace reports outlining customer issues and associated outcomes.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using collaborative techniques, including active listening and questioning, to gather, clarify and confirm customer issues or complaints summarise and present key points of information to negotiate effectively to resolve the issue.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication division and percentages, to determine additional costs, refunds and time implications relating to the issue.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to: communicate with others access, search and retrieve information relating to products and services.
Initiative skills to:	present options and alternatives to negotiate solutions to customer issues.
Planning and organising skills to:	select problem resolution methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances use a planned approach to resolving and negotiating a customer’s issue or complaint.
Technology skills to:	use office equipment to prepare written information and to communicate with customers via a range of channels.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Appropriate communication skills must include:	active listening questioning techniques interpreting body language.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA4005 Manage complex customer issues

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA005 Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate that they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

manage the complex issues of three different customers in an automotive service and repair environment, including issues involving two of the following:

cost variations

warranty issues

policy matters

additional repair time

disputed work standards

one of the above must involve escalating the issue to appropriate person.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures relating to:

customer service

dealing with dissatisfied customers

complaints handling and recommending appropriate action

escalating issues to appropriate person

reporting and documenting complaints

common complex customer issues, including disputes concerning:

cost

work standards

time taken or expected for repairs

selection of parts

warranties

key legal requirements relating to customer rights as a consumer, and business obligations under Australian Consumer Law (ACL)

negotiation, communication and problem-solving strategies, including:

active listening

questioning techniques

interpreting body language

negotiating or closing a deal

automotive product and service knowledge relevant to workplace manufacturers or suppliers in order to recommend:

alternative products and services

variations in a limited product and service range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed complex customer issues in an automotive workplace, e.g. complaint resolution report.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to customer service and workplace legal obligations

three different customers with the complex issues specified in the performance evidence

workplace and manufacturer or supplier product or service information.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAMA006 Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to contribute to the business improvement of an automotive workplace. It involves contributing to the budget process, managing expenses in order to maintain levels of profitability in the specific area of responsibility, and reviewing and contributing to the planning of business promotions and improvements.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Review business plan and business performance	1.1 Goals and key performance indicators (KPIs) specified in workplace business plan are analysed and relevance to operational area is assessed 1.2 Gaps and risks to achieving business goals and KPIs are identified 1.3 Risk management strategies to meet business goals and KPIs are identified and developed 1.4 Contingency plan to address possible areas of non-conformance with the plan is developed
2. Assist in developing, implementing and monitoring marketing and promotional strategies	2.1 Key business products or services are analysed to determine a suitable focus for marketing and promotional activities, according to the objectives of the business plan 2.2 Costs and benefits of using different distribution channels and providing different levels of customer service are analysed to determine the appropriate marketing mix 2.3 Agreed marketing and promotional strategies are agreed and implemented 2.4 Marketing activities are monitored and business performance is evaluated according to the objectives and targets of the business plan
3. Seek continuous improvement opportunities	3.1 Business development strategies are regularly reviewed with supervisor 3.2 Operational plans are reviewed to determine possible improvements to business 3.3 New ideas or activities are presented as a business case and discussed with line manager 3.4 Approval is sought from line manager before implementing new ideas and activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently evaluate appropriateness of information for its purpose.
Reading skills to:	interpret literature containing different forms, including text, diagrams, charts and graphs, and pictures evaluate text in business plan and associated literature to determine its ability to impart intended meaning to others.
Writing skills to:	integrate information and ideas from a range of technical information, using appropriate support material and embedded information in a range of sources logically convey and present textual and numerical information in a structured format appropriate to the audience.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to convey and clarify information about business KPIs and financial targets summarise and clearly present key points of information in discussions with others about business improvements.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations to calculate percentages and ratios and interpret trends in financial data interpret numerical information embedded in cost-benefit analyses.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, filter, extract and organise numerical information.
Planning and organising skills to:	sort and sequence relevant financial data and information to support a position and to present to others.
Problem solving skills to:	identify and rectify issues within own control to meet KPIs.
Teamwork skills to:	liaise collaboratively with management and staff to contribute to discussions and planning processes.
Technology skills to:	select and use business technology to prepare and communicate business information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA5006 Contribute to business improvement

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA006 Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

review the performance of an automotive workplace against its business plan over twelve months

analyse the effectiveness of the business marketing strategies against sales over twelve months

develop a strategy to improve business performance based on the above review and analysis.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of a business plan, including:

purpose of business plan

types of business planning, including:

feasibility studies

strategic, operational, financial and marketing planning

setting short, medium and long-term goals and objectives

role of key performance indicators (KPIs) and targets

key components of financial statements, including:

cash flow

trends

areas of risk

principles and factors to consider in setting budgets, including:

setting targets and stretch targets

business profit margins

expenditure, including fixed and variable costs

calculating service and hourly rates

contingency and unplanned events

stock holding costs

rework components and costs

subcontracting costs

business development principles, and strategies for improving business performance, including:

stages in business development

basic marketing concepts and principles

promotional activities

ways to reduce costs and address budget deficits

report formats for preparing a business case, including financial analysis.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having contributed to business planning processes and improvement activities in an automotive workplace, e.g. business plans.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

financial information for an automotive workplace budget over a period of 12 months

workplace business plan

computer, office equipment and technology to prepare financial and written reports.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURANN011 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare vehicle or equipment repair quotations for customer and insurance purposes, including associated materials and labour costs. It involves preparing for the task, estimating repair costs, producing written quotations, and completing workplace documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry. The quotes are for light vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural and plant equipment, recreational vehicles or motorcycles. It does not apply to estimating and quoting on vehicle mechanical and electrical repairs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to quote	1.1 Repair requirements are clarified 1.2 Workplace quotation information and recommended labour time guides are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Job cost estimation and calculation details are sourced and interpreted
2. Estimate and cost repairs	2.1 Required replacement parts and materials are estimated and costed according to workplace procedures 2.2 Direct labour and subcontractor services are estimated and costed according to workplace procedures 2.3 Overheads and mark-up percentages are estimated and costed according to workplace procedures 2.4 Potential quotation variations relating to unsighted damage are noted on the quotation 2.5 Quotation is prepared according to workplace procedures and relevant legislation 2.6 Proposed repair timeframe is assessed and takes into consideration the workplace repair schedule 2.7 Final costs, calculations and other details are verified with workplace supervisor
3. Present quotation to customer	3.1 Quotation is presented to customer or insurer for approval 3.2 Approval is obtained from customer or insurer to commence repairs 3.3 Documentation is completed and quotation filed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret vehicle specifications and job requirements interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) repair procedures and recognised body repair industry time guides.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete: vehicle damage inspection reports repair quotations.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer information and feedback.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and percentages, to perform calculations and check accuracy of costs of options and solutions.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology when preparing a vehicle body repair quotation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AURANN011 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs	AURANN001 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs	Include additional knowledge evidence requirements, foundation skills and performance criteria	Equivalent

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURANN011 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria and foundation skills:

inspect three different vehicles or equipment with body damage, and for each vehicle or equipment:

estimate the cost of replacement parts and labour

prepare a written repair quotation for insurance claim purposes and present to customer

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures and work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to estimating and quoting automotive body repairs, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using hand tools and equipment

relevant legislation relating to trade practices and consumer rights, as well as industry codes of conduct

location and content of specifications relating to the damaged vehicle or equipment being inspected

body repair quality standards

procedures for identifying and determining location and extent of vehicle damage, including understanding recalibration procedures and scanning tools

procedures for estimating and job costing, including calculating:

labour costs, including calculating time to perform work, from:

inspecting vehicle damage

analysing original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency repair procedures

analysing workplace procedures

parts costs, including those of:

new parts

second-hand parts

repaired parts

costs relating to external products or services

procedures for gaining evidence to support repair quotation, including:

part dismantling of damaged area for repair plan

estimating and documenting indirect or unforeseen damage

taking and storing photographs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having prepared an automotive body repair quotation, e.g. workplace-specific quotations.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive body repair workplace or simulated workplace

three different vehicles or equipment requiring body repairs

customer or individual in the role of a customer

manufacturer and component repair and replacement costing guides

OEM repair procedures, repair time manuals and labour rates

office equipment, including calculators, computer, internet and software

workplace procedures relating to vehicle or machinery body repairs.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to achieve quality work outcomes in own work role by complying with environmental and legal requirements and by planning, preparing and monitoring own work outcomes.

It applies to those working in service, repair, sales or office administration job roles in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Quality

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Plan and prepare for quality outcomes in own work role	1.1 Quality work outcomes of own work role are identified and confirmed with supervisor 1.2 Individual quality performance indicators are identified and agreed with supervisor 1.3 Work plans and processes to achieve quality performance indicators are reviewed and discussed with supervisor
2. Achieve and maintain quality work outcomes	2.1 Own work activities are carried out to reflect quality outcomes 2.2 Changes needed to ensure the quality of own work outcomes are implemented according to workplace procedures and within own level of responsibility 2.3 Quality performance indicators of own work are monitored and discussed with supervisor to meet changing circumstances 2.4 Loss and damage are minimised by monitoring work processes, reporting incidents to appropriate person according to workplace procedures, and following established risk control processes 2.5 Improvements and recommendations to improve quality outcomes are documented and communicated to supervisor according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	access and interpret operating instructions and quality information in workplace literature.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace forms relating to work quality.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify and confirm key performance indicators (KPIs) and operational processes using active listening and questioning techniques.
Numeracy skills to:	carry out mathematical operations relating to time and quantity, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division.
Initiative skills to:	recognise a potential improvement to processes or procedures and take appropriate action.
Planning and organising skills to:	prepare work plan, prioritise work and meet performance indicators.
Self-management skills to:	follow workplace procedures and work within parameters of own work role.
Technology skills to:	use relevant business or technical equipment to produce quality work outcomes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAQA2001 Contribute to quality work outcome

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

contribute to quality work outcomes in three different activities in an automotive workplace, in which the work must involve:

identifying quality performance indicators of the activity

demonstrating own ability to achieve quality performance indicators

demonstrating quality outcome improvements of each workplace activity.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of basic quality concepts, including:

taking responsibility for own work

getting it right the first time

reducing variability

achieving customer satisfaction

key features of workplace quality systems and procedures, including:

work instructions

safe work procedures

product specifications

equipment maintenance schedules

loss and damage control systems covering personal injury, plant, equipment and materials

work planning processes and performance indicators, including:

prioritising tasks and time

setting targets for own work

identifying reasonable criteria for evaluating own work outcomes

identifying measures to avoid wastage

identifying reasonable criteria to judge internal and/or external customer satisfaction

identifying processes to ensure a ‘right first time’ approach.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having contributed to the quality of work outcomes in an automotive workplace, e.g. work plans.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to quality requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to gather information to inspect work done by colleagues to support workplace quality outcomes. It involves demonstrating discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

It applies to those working in service, repair, sales or office administration job roles in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Quality

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Gather information to carry out inspection	1.1 Quality inspection specifications and tolerances are accessed and analysed 1.2 Equipment and materials required to support inspection are identified and prepared 1.3 Options for inspection methods are analysed and those most appropriate to the situation are selected and prepared 1.4 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted
2. Inspect work	2.1 Work to be inspected is identified and confirmed according to workplace procedures 2.2 Inspections of work are conducted at regular intervals and according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and coordinated with other workplace activities according to workplace quality systems and procedures 2.3 Faults or non-compliances identified are reported to supervisor according to workplace procedures 2.4 Documentation, including non-compliance report, is completed accurately according to workplace procedures
3. Make recommendations	3.1 Corrective action to be carried out is agreed and authorised by the responsible supervisor 3.2 Quality improvements and recommendations are communicated to supervisor according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking quality specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately record information and complete workplace forms using correct spelling, grammar and technical information.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges to provide feedback to supervisors and staff on quality problems and issues, using clear language and correct technical terminology.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in product and service quality specifications use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to check calibrations, tolerances and work outcomes against quality specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialist quality inspection equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Inspection information must include:	manufacturer and component supplier specifications legal requirements safety requirements workplace environmental requirements workplace procedures relating to the inspection.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAQA3002 Inspect technical quality of work

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out two technical quality inspections in an automotive service and repair workplace

complete a workplace quality report relating to the above inspections.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

common automotive industry and quality terminology

quality systems and procedures relating to automotive workplace, including:

quality system documentation, including work instructions

product specifications

equipment maintenance schedules

technical procedures and specifically prepared standards

vehicle safety requirements

work planning processes

safe operating procedures

work site environmental control measures

workplace reporting procedures

types of quality inspections, including:

periodic inspection during job

observation at completion of job

random inspections

component inspections

invoicing compliance

checks of rectification of reported and diagnosed problems

types of quality specifications or performance indicators, including:

time, quantity, quality and cost

targeting high risk areas

measures to avoid wastage

internal and/or external customer satisfaction

processes to ensure a ‘right first time’ approach

procedures for carrying out technical quality inspections, including:

identifying relevant quality specifications or performance indicators

assigning rankings to quality specifications or performance indicators

measuring performance against quality specifications or performance indicators

documenting quality inspections, including non-compliance reports.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having inspected the technical quality of work in an automotive workplace, e.g. inspection reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service, repair, sales or office administration workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic situations requiring inspections of technical quality

work instructions and workplace procedures relating to technical quality inspections.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURAQA003 Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to conduct the final quality check on completed work or orders, report on the quality of processes and work outcomes, and recommend improvements to work processes. It involves generating improvements to work processes by seeking input from staff.

It applies to those working in service, repair, sales or office administration job roles in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Quality

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Conduct quality check of completed work	1.1 Completed work is checked for compliance with workplace procedures and manufacturer, supplier or customer specifications according to size and importance of job 1.2 Quality inspection documentation is completed according to workplace procedures 1.3 Documents relating to outcomes of quality checks are kept according to workplace procedures or quality system requirements
2. Report on the quality of work outcomes and processes	2.1 Outcomes of quality checks are assessed against workplace performance indicators 2.2 Problems relating to quality of outcomes and processes are identified and documented according to workplace procedures 2.3 Information relating to quality of work outcomes and processes is provided to appropriate persons on a regular basis
3. Generate improvements to work outcomes and processes	3.1 Staff are encouraged to contribute ideas and possible solutions to address identified quality issues 3.2 Options for solving quality issues are generated and benefits of each option evaluated 3.3 Recommended solutions to quality issues are discussed with and reported to supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	locate and interpret workplace procedures and documentation relating to quality checks, audits and reporting.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace forms and quality documents.
Oral communication skills to:	gather, clarify and confirm information from staff and supervisors about quality issues using active listening and questioning techniques.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations to calculate quantities and timeframes calculate percentages and ratios to compare actual data with workplace performance indicators.
Planning and organising skills to:	sequence and coordinate workplace quality checks.
Problem solving skills to:	analyse data and quality process problems.
Technology skills to:	use office equipment to complete, transmit and store quality documentation operate workplace equipment to perform quality checks.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAQA3003 Maintain quality systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA003 Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

conduct a quality check of three different workplace activities

for the above activities:

analyse the extent to which work outcomes or processes meet expected quality outcomes

document one recommendation for improvement to a process or procedure.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of basic quality concepts, including:

taking responsibility for own work

getting it right the first time

reducing variability

achieving customer satisfaction

key features of workplace quality systems and procedures, including:

work instructions

safe work procedures

product specifications

equipment maintenance schedules

loss and damage control systems covering personal injury, plant, equipment and materials

work planning processes and performance indicators, including:

measures to avoid wastage

processes to ensure a ‘right first time’ approach

judging internal and/or external customer satisfaction

procedures for carrying out technical quality inspections, including:

identifying relevant quality specifications or performance indicators

assigning rankings to quality specifications or performance indicators

measuring performance against quality specifications or performance indicators

documenting quality inspections, including non-compliance reports

common procedures for improving work outcomes and processes, including:

empowering workers

eliminating valueless processes

improving training

establishing goals

implementing gradual changes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having maintained quality processes when working in an automotive workplace, e.g. workplace quality and continuous improvement documents.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service, repair, sales or office administration workplace or simulated workplace

opportunities to conduct workplace quality checks

workplace quality procedures and related documentation

commercially realistic number of co-workers and management

materials, tools and equipment appropriate for completing quality checks.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURASA001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals. It involves preparing for the task, and identifying basic workplace emergency and safety practices and procedures.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and apply basic safety practices and procedures in the workplace	1.1 Own work responsibilities and workplace procedures that achieve a safe work environment are identified and followed 1.2 Hazards associated with the workplace, including fire and safety hazards, are identified and communicated to team members and supervisor 1.3 Safety requirements, including personal safety needs, are identified and confirmed with supervisor as consistent with job requirements
2. Identify and apply basic emergency procedures in the workplace	2.1 Workplace site emergency procedures are identified 2.2 Location of workplace safety alarms are identified 2.3 Fire safety and firefighting equipment and appliances are identified 2.4 Appropriate persons to be contacted in the event of accident or sickness of staff and customers are identified 2.5 Workplace evacuation procedures are identified and followed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information in written instructions relating to recognising and reporting situations.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret simple numerical information in workplace procedures, equipment and materials.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Workplace procedures must include procedures for:	selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) safe work practices handling and storing dangerous goods and hazardous substances emergency, fire and accident.
Emergency procedures must include:	incident or accident reporting evacuation involving staff and customers environmental incidents, including incidents or accidents involving dangerous goods and hazardous substances.
Appropriate persons must include:	those holding a current recognised qualification in either: first aid cardiopulmonary resuscitation fire warden and workplace evacuation officer occupational or work health and safety representative.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURASA1001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURASA001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

source and interpret the procedure for safely moving one heavy item, and move the item

source and interpret the procedure for safely handling one dangerous substance in an automotive workplace, and use the substance

source and interpret the procedure for safely using a piece of electrical equipment in an automotive workplace, and use the equipment

identify fire safety equipment and its correct application in an automotive workplace

identify emergency evacuation procedures and responsibilities of self and co-workers in an automotive workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

reasons for ensuring safe work practices in an automotive workplace

common automotive workplace hazards, including:

electricity and water

toxic substances

flammable materials and fire hazards

spillages, waste and debris

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) procedures and requirements, equipment, and material relating to automotive workplace and personal safety, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

moving heavy items

handling dangerous substances, including:

cleaning materials

paints

fuels and oils

chemicals

using and storing electrical equipment, including:

pre-use checks

operating procedures

location and content of workplace safety procedures

location and application of fire safety and firefighting appliances and equipment in the workplace

workplace emergency and evacuation procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having applied knowledge of automotive safety fundamentals in an automotive workplace, e.g. task instructions.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

an automotive workplace or simulated workplace

tools, equipment and materials used for the automotive service and repair activities specified in the performance evidence

workplace procedures relating to safe work practices.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURASA002 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify and follow safety and emergency procedures in an automotive workplace. It involves those safety procedures to be followed when using workplace hand tools and hand-held power tools, fixed equipment, and chemicals, and when running vehicles and machinery. It includes the individual’s responsibility for safety and emergency response in the event of an accident or incident.

It applies to those working on agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and follow workplace safety procedures	1.1 Workplace procedures relating to personal safety are identified and followed 1.2 Unsafe situations and hazards are identified and reported according to workplace procedures 1.3 Machinery and equipment breakdowns are identified and reported according to workplace procedures 1.4 Fire hazards are identified and reported, and precautions taken according to workplace procedures 1.5 Workplace procedures and safety requirements for handling and storing dangerous goods and hazardous substances are identified and followed 1.6 Workplace manual handling procedures are identified and followed 1.7 Participation in any WHS consultative arrangements established by workplace is undertaken
2. Identify and follow workplace emergency procedures	2.1 Workplace emergency procedures regarding illness and accidents are identified and followed 2.2 Safety warning alarms and workplace evacuation procedures are identified and followed 2.3 Firefighting appliances and equipment are located and identified for emergency use and application 2.4 Qualified persons are identified for contacting in the event of an incident, accident or sickness of self, co-workers, staff, customers and others 2.5 Accident and incident documentation requirements are followed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information relating to workplace safety requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking procedures required to carry out work safely.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information into workplace safety documents and check sheets.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions inform personnel of workplace hazards.
Numeracy skills to:	match hazardous material weights and volumes to safety data sheets (SDS) and work instructions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements to achieve required outcomes while working according to safety requirements.
Self-management skills to:	follow workplace safety requirements without constant supervision identify and look after own safety.
Problem solving skills to:	recognise when unsure of safety procedures and seek help recognise potential workplace hazards and take action.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Workplace procedures must include procedures for:	selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards running motor vehicles in the workplace emergency, fire and accident.
Qualified persons must include:	those holding a current recognised qualification in any of the following: first aid cardiopulmonary resuscitation fire warden and workplace evacuation occupational or work health and safety representative.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURASA2002 Apply safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURASA002 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

move two heavy items in an automotive workplace

use two different dangerous goods in an automotive workplace

identify fire safety equipment and its correct application in an automotive workplace

identify emergency evacuation procedures and responsibilities of self and co-workers in an automotive workplace

raise a safety concern at either a work health and safety (WHS) or occupational health and safety (OHS) consultative meeting

carry out a hazard inspection in an automotive workplace

complete an incident report.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

basic aspects of relevant state or territory WHS or OHS legislation, including:

employer responsibilities for workplace practices

employee responsibilities to participate in WHS practices

employee responsibility to ensure own work practices protect the safety of self, other workers and other people in the workplace

purpose and structure of WHS or OHS workplace committees, including roles of workplace personnel

personal safety in an automotive workplace, including:

hearing protection

skin protection

protective clothing

protective footwear

eye protection

manual handling, including:

storing items

planning the lift

using correct lifting techniques and equipment

workplace practices, including:

housekeeping

observing personal hygiene

identifying slip hazards and trip hazards

meaning of WHS or OHS symbols and signs

machine and equipment safety, including:

using compressed air

using machine guards

electrical tools, including:

checking before use

faulty equipment tagging and isolation procedures

dangers of using electrical tools around water

vehicle lifting equipment, including:

using jacks and stands

using hoists

safe working load (SWL) of jacks and hoists

vehicle safety, including:

engine moving parts

engine and exhaust hot components

electrical hazards associated with:

high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

batteries

fuel, including petrol, diesel and natural and petroleum gas

high voltage in battery electrical and hybrid vehicles

hazardous materials, including handling and storing:

oils

brake fluid

brake dust

chemicals

cleaning products

safety data sheets (SDS)

emergency procedures, including:

personnel responsibilities

evacuation procedures and assembly points.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having followed safe work practices while working in an automotive workplace, e.g. documented hazard inspection or incident report.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures and instructions relating to safe work practices

workplace safety and emergency evacuation procedures

hazardous chemicals and dangerous goods information

safety materials and equipment relevant to an automotive workplace

fire safety equipment

documents for recording workplace safety, accidents and incidents.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to conduct basic troubleshooting processes to identify common automotive faults or problems based on evidence provided by customers.

It applies to those identifying basic automotive faults in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Confirm nature of fault or problem	1.1 Nature of customer enquiry or concern is determined using appropriate questioning techniques 1.2 Hazards associated with fault identification process are recognised and precautions are taken according to safety requirements 1.3 Troubleshooting process options are researched and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability according to manufacturer procedures
2. Identify and report on fault	2.1 Automotive system or component relating to fault or problem is identified 2.2 Troubleshooting processes that identify likely cause of fault or problem are followed according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Information and support to assist in the fault identification process are sought as required 2.4 Report is forwarded to appropriate persons for action according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or equipment is presented ready for use 3.2 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and according to workplace procedures 3.3 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify own skills and abilities required to perform the job and learning opportunities to gain necessary troubleshooting skills.
Reading skills to:	interpret safety and workplace requirements required to complete the job task interpret testing and troubleshooting procedures and flowcharts from manufacturer and workplace instructions and job requirements.
Oral communication skills to:	seek information from customers speak clearly to be understood using appropriate automotive technical terms give feedback to confirm clear understanding.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan the sequence of work tasks to ensure an efficient job outcome.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures follow workplace documentation, such as codes of practice or operating procedures.
Technology skills to:	use tools and equipment relating to troubleshooting processes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE).

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURATA2001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

follow basic troubleshooting processes to identify a basic and familiar automotive fault in three of the following systems:

engine

engine management system

manual transmission

automatic transmission

driveline

final drive

braking system

hydraulic system

electrical system, excluding engine management

steering or suspension system

wheels and tyres

report findings on the identified faults in the above systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to identifying basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes, including procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

basic troubleshooting techniques and processes, including:

customer questioning skills to facilitate identification of vehicle system fault

use of simple diagnostic charts

procedures for reporting and documenting findings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the basic faults they have identified in vehicles or machinery using troubleshooting processes, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

vehicles and components with basic faults

equipment appropriate for troubleshooting basic automotive faults

vehicle, machinery and equipment specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to read, interpret and determine work task and material requirements from engineering drawings. It involves referring to engineering drawings of systems and components when fabricating, modifying and repairing vehicles or equipment.

It applies to those working on agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Workplace instructions are used to determine job requirements 1.2 Hazards are recognised and precautions are taken according to safety requirements 1.3 Engineering drawings are sourced that relate to the vehicle or equipment being repaired, manufactured or modified 1.4 Engineering drawings are checked to ensure they are current and include latest amendments
2. Read and interpret engineering drawings	2.1 Symbols, codes, legends and diagrams in engineering drawings are identified and interpreted 2.2 Technical information, material specifications, finishes, dimensions and tolerances are identified and interpreted 2.3 Product, system and components represented by the drawing are identified and interpreted
3. Apply information from engineering drawings	3.1 Information from vehicle and equipment engineering drawings is applied to assist in the fabrication, modification and repair of vehicle and equipment systems and components 3.2 Specific customer and work task requirements are identified as required 3.3 Manufacturing processes are identified from drawings, and materials are selected according to customer requirements and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Work order is prepared according to engineering drawings and workplace procedures 4.2 Engineering drawings are stored and version control maintained according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify own skills and abilities required to carry out the work task and access learning opportunities to expand them.
Reading skills to:	interpret and understand a combination of graphical illustrations and technical terminology when viewing engineering drawings interpret technical information and terminology found in workshop manuals and automotive textbooks relating to vehicle and equipment engineering drawings.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately convey written ideas and information relating to engineering drawings, using vehicle component and system terminology.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information when: confirming work requirements and specifications reporting work outcomes and problems.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to interpret engineering drawing specifications.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology to: access engineering drawings use specialist tooling, measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices report and document results.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURATA2002 Read and interpret engineering drawings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria and foundation skills:

interpret and apply engineering drawings when fabricating or modifying three different vehicles, vessels or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

terminology, symbols, codes, legends and diagrammatic representations used in automotive engineering drawings

requirements of quality standards relating to drawings, including relevant Australian Design Rules (ADRs)

procedures for amending and maintaining version control status for engineering drawings, particularly as they apply to vehicle or equipment fabrication, modification and repairs

quality standards applicable to maintaining vehicle or equipment engineering drawings and service information

procedures for reporting work outcomes and maintaining workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having read and interpreted engineering drawings when carrying out fabrication, modification or repairs, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

engineering drawings and work task specifications relating to three different vehicles, vessels or machinery

engineering drawing standards, including:

codes

symbols

legends

measurements

ADRs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURATA004 Provide technical guidance

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to assist co-workers with service and repair work by interpreting and providing technical assistance that facilitates on-the-job learning.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Assist co-workers with their work	1.1 Problems arising from previous service and repair work procedures are identified and opportunities for technical guidance are identified 1.2 Technical information is sought and interpreted to aid own understanding, as required 1.3 Supervisor, team leader or colleague with advanced technical knowledge is identified, and assistance is sought, as required 1.4 Technical guidance is provided to co-workers, appropriate to their skill level and need, to assist in determining suitable repair method 1.5 Assistance is provided to co-worker during work, to ensure work is completed to manufacturer specifications 1.6 Potential faults in co-workers’ work are identified and precautionary steps are taken to prevent them
2. Provide technical information and instruction to co-workers	2.1 Current technical information is communicated to co-workers as it becomes available 2.2 Co-workers are instructed how to access, interpret and apply technical information
3. Facilitate continuous learning of self and co-workers	3.1 Information is shared to build own and co-workers’ skills 3.2 Training opportunities are identified that meet technical and business needs and enhance technical skills of self and co-workers 3.3 Approval to take advantage of training opportunities is sought from supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information, instructions and requirements in written material to inform technical guidance provided.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	clearly and effectively convey information using language, tone and pace accessible to co-workers.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in manufacturer specifications and procedures.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access and organise information relating to technical guidance provided.
Planning and organising skills to:	structure and sequence information clearly and logically organise activities relating to providing technical guidance.
Problem solving skills to:	analyse issues and respond effectively to questions and comments when providing technical guidance.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURATA3004 Provide technical guidance

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURATA004 Provide technical guidance

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

provide technical guidance to three different co-workers on different workplace tasks, in which the work must involve:

accessing and interpreting relevant technical information

assisting with service and repair work tasks

providing technical information and instructions.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key learning styles, including:

visual

auditory

kinaesthetic

effective communication techniques, including:

giving full attention

speaking clearly and concisely

using appropriate language and non-verbal communication, including:

tone of voice

body language

technical knowledge relevant to subject area

procedures for sourcing and interpreting technical information relating to automotive service and repair.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having provided technical guidance to co-workers in the automotive workplace, e.g. on-the-job training program.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

three different co-workers requiring technical instruction on different tasks

supervisor, team leader or colleague with advanced technical knowledge.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare an estimate and quotation to repair the mechanical or electrical systems of vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing an initial estimate of costs, then preparing a detailed quotation for the required work, and presenting the quotation to customer.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. It includes quotations for light vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural and plant equipment, recreational vehicles or motorcycles. The unit does not apply to estimating and quoting vehicle body repair costs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Estimate repair or service costs	1.1 Clarify service and repair requirements 1.2 Time requirements for job are estimated from a comparison of previous similar repairs 1.3 Costs associated with replacement parts are estimated 1.4 Parts and work needing to be subcontracted are identified and costs estimated 1.5 Estimate is calculated, feasibility of job is discussed with customer, and agreement is reached to proceed with quote
2. Prepare quotation	2.1 Job labour cost is documented and agreed with workplace supervisor 2.2 Parts and consumables are costed according to workplace pricing procedures 2.3 Quotation variations relating to unsighted damage are noted and prepared for customer acceptance 2.4 Quotation is reviewed by workplace supervisor and finalised
3. Present quotation to customer	3.1 Detailed quotation is provided to customer for approval 3.2 Approval from customer to commence work and undertake any supplementary quotation work is obtained as required 3.3 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret vehicle specifications and job requirements interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) and recommended labour time guides.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer information and feedback.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to perform calculations and check accuracy of costs of options and solutions.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, search and retrieve information relating to products and services.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology related to preparing a vehicle mechanical and electrical service repair quotation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURATA3005 Estimate complex jobs

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria and foundation skills:

inspect four different vehicles or equipment, two with mechanical and two with electrical faults, and:

estimate required repair or replacement of parts and labour

prepare a written repair quotation for the above vehicles or equipment for customer approval.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures and work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to estimating and quoting on repairs, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protection equipment (PPE)

manual handling vehicle components and systems

using hand tools and equipment

components of estimates and job costings, including:

labour

parts

costs relating to external products or services required

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s service and repair procedures

process to identify and determine location and extent of failure or faults in vehicle

evidence to support repair quotation, including:

part dismantle of damaged area for repair plan

indirect or unforeseen damage

photographs

vehicle inspection, failure or fault assessment procedures

service and repair industry standards.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to preparing a repair quotation relating to an automotive mechanical and electrical service and repair quotation, e.g. a written quote.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

four different vehicles requiring mechanical and electrical repairs or service

automotive mechanical or electrical repair workplace or simulated workplace

manufacturer and component repair and replacement costing guides

OEM service and repair time manuals and labour rates

office equipment, including calculators, computer, internet and software

workplace procedures relating to vehicle mechanical and electrical repairs or service.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBCA002 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select and adjust a bicycle to suit its rider. It involves gathering rider information and matching the bicycle to the rider’s ability and cycling requirements, adjusting the bicycle to fit, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to adjust bicycle	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Customer cycling requirements and preferences are identified and confirmed 1.3 Physical attributes of customer are assessed through discussion, observation and if appropriate measurements 1.4 Suitable bicycle types and configurations are identified to match customer requirements 1.5 Features and benefits of selected bicycle are discussed with customer
2. Adjust bicycle to fit the rider	2.1 Workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 2.3 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 2.4 Bicycle components are adjusted to match rider’s attributes and requirements using specialist tools and equipment and according to workplace procedures. 2.5 Customer test ride of bicycle is observed to confirm riding comfort and efficiency, and further adjustments are made as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication skills to:	listen actively and use questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer requirements and feedback use bicycle terminology that customers understand and relate to.
Numeracy skills to:	identify customer measurements for bicycle type, size, component and adjustment requirements.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Measurements must include:	rider height rider body shape length of rider’s arms and legs.
Bicycles must include:	with and without gears with lever-operated brakes.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually handling bicycles environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils.
Adjusting bicycle components must include:	checking frame size to match rider's physical attributes checking and adjusting seat setting to fit rider checking and adjusting handlebars and stem settings to fit rider checking and adjusting clip-less pedal settings to match rider's needs.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBCA2002 Select and adjust bicycle to fit rider

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBCA002 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

select, fit and adjust three different bicycles to suit riders with differing requirements and builds.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to adjusting bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

procedures for use, maintenance and storage of specialist bicycle tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

bicycle types, categories and trends

key bicycle terminology

bio-mechanical principles of cycling

techniques and procedures for selecting and adjusting bicycles, including:

bicycle components and assembly methods

bicycle measuring techniques

bicycle and component adjustment procedures

features of rider comfort on a bicycle, including:

stability

efficiency

aerodynamics.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the riders they have measured and fitted to a bicycle, e.g. bicycle order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle retail workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required when fitting bicycle to rider

bicycle manufacturer specifications

three riders with differing requirements and build requiring bicycle fittings

three different bicycle models, including:

with and without gears

with lever-operated brakes

tools and equipment appropriate for selecting and adjusting bicycles to fit riders.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTA001 Remove and tag bicycle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify and tag a range of bicycle components. It involves preparing for the work, removing and tagging bicycle components by title, job number and bicycle application, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation for entering the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and tag bicycle components	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and bicycle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Bicycle component information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked according to workplace procedures
2. Remove components	2.1 Bicycle components to be removed are identified 2.2 Components are removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Removed components are inspected and findings recorded according to workplace procedures
3. Tag components	3.1 Tagging procedures are identified 3.2 Removed components are legibly tagged without causing damage and according to workplace procedures 3.3 Tagged components are stored according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards. Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.2 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.3 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking removal and inspection procedures and specifications relating to bicycles.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numeric information in task instructions and part numbers.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually handling bicycles environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.
Tagged must include:	component title component condition job number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTA1001 Remove and tag bicycle components

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA001 Remove and tag bicycle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and tag five of the following bicycle components from one bicycle:

wheel assembly

frame

drivetrain assembly

steering assembly

braking assembly

suspension assembly.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing bicycle components, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

bicycle types and related key terminology

bicycle components and their key features

bicycle accessories and their functions

types and use of specialist bicycle tools and equipment

procedures for removing and tagging bicycle components, including:

component removal

component inspection

component tagging, including key information required on tags

component storage.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle components that they have removed and tagged, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer bicycle specifications

one bicycle

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and tagging bicycle components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTA005 Restore bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to restore a used or vintage bicycle to original condition and full function. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, selecting and matching bicycle components, identifying any required external services, dismantling, reassembling, adjusting and testing the bicycle, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for bicycle restoration	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Bicycle type, make and model are identified 1.3 Bicycle specifications and original components are located 1.4 Suppliers of new or used original components are identified and sourced 1.5 Work is planned to minimise component damage and waste, and use time efficiently
2. Inspect bicycle	2.1 Bicycle systems and components are inspected for faults and worn or damaged components, and measurements are taken as required 2.2 Original bicycle condition and specifications are compared with job requirements 2.3 Replacement and repair options for bicycle components, including parts and labour outsourcing, are identified 2.4 Required restoration work and associated cost are documented and customer approval is obtained
3. Dismantle bicycle	3.1 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 3.2 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 3.3 Work area is prepared and materials are selected according to job requirements 3.4 Bicycle is dismantled and components are tagged according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
4. Restore bicycle	4.1 Individual components are repaired as necessary according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Work that cannot be carried out is outsourced as required 4.3 Repaired and replaced bicycle components and accessories are reassembled, fitted to the bicycle with correct fastener tensions, and lubricated and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Assembled bicycle is inspected and tested for correct tension of components and operation, and adjusted as required according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including inspection reports.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information to match component codes, serial numbers and manufacturer specifications measure bicycle components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes source new or used original bicycle components.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles working with specialist bicycle tools and equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils.
Testing must include testing for:	gear changing, as required handling, turning and steering seat, handlebar, control and reflector position component fastener tension.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTA3005 Restore bicycles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA005 Restore bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

restore a used or vintage bicycle and its following components to original condition and full function according to customer requirements and work instructions:

frame

wheels and rims

drivetrain system and gears

braking system

steering and suspension systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to restoring bicycles, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles

working with specialist bicycle tools and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

application, purpose and function of key bicycle components, including appropriate new and used parts

types and use of tools and equipment used to restore, assemble and adjust bicycles

bicycle types, accessories and component fitting methods

bicycle restoration procedures, including:

procedures for planning bicycle restorations

bicycle measuring techniques

bicycle component assembly and adjustment methods

bicycle component fitting, testing and adjustment methods, including fastener tensioning methods

bicycle testing procedures, including post-assembly adjustment and safety checks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the used or vintage bicycle that they have restored, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

bicycle manufacturer specifications

a used or vintage bicycle with the components specified in the performance evidence requiring restoration

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for restoring used or vintage bicycles.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTA007 Provide mechanical support during cycling events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to work effectively as a bicycle mechanic in a support team for a professional or amateur cycling event. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, planning mechanical support for an event, setting up a mobile work station, adjusting and repairing bicycles and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Establish cycling event requirements	1.1 Job role and responsibilities for the relevant event are identified 1.2 Event regulations, team expectations and communication procedures relevant to own role are identified 1.3 Safety and environmental requirements and workplace procedures are sourced and interpreted
2. Prepare for event	2.1 Event information is confirmed 2.2 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 2.3 Spare parts, wheels and bicycles are selected and prepared for the event 2.4 Components, tools, equipment and personal items are prepared for transportation to event according to team requirements and event conditions
3. Provide mechanical support at event	3.1 Temporary work station and equipment are set up according to event and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Support vehicle is prepared as required according to team and event requirements 3.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 3.4 Bicycle repairs, adjustments and maintenance are carried out within designated timeframes, according to plans developed in conjunction with other members of the support team, and in line with event regulations 3.5 Team management is consulted as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.2 Work station is packed up and components, tools, equipment and personal items are prepared for transportation according to workplace and safety requirements 4.3 Event and workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including work orders, job cards and event insurance forms.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with team and event personnel report event problems and feedback to management.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations to calculate required adjustments, including matching component codes, serial numbers and manufacturer specifications use bicycle measuring equipment, including metric and imperial units of measurement.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within required timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	identify bicycle defects and repair requirements.
Self-management skills to:	diagnose and complete required bicycle repairs, adjustments and maintenance when working under event conditions and within tight timeframes.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others in a cycling support team.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles, components, tools and equipment identifying hazards using PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.
Information must include:	event location event management bicycle brand and component specification and websites event rules and regulations.
Tools and equipment must include:	portable bicycle stands hand tools and spare parts lubricants and hydraulic fluid pump and compressor.
Temporary work station must include:	floor and matting tables, benches and bicycle stands lighting bicycle storage location for spare parts and components specialist tools and equipment cleaning agents.
Bicycle repairs must include:	wheel, tyres and tubes brakes, chains, gears, steering and suspension components.
Team management consultation must include:	seeking assistance when difficulties outside scope of own role arise advising of identified hazards providing feedback to inform team performance.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTA3007 Provide mechanical support to cycling events

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA007 Provide mechanical support during cycling events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

set up a temporary mobile mechanical support work station during two different cycling events

adjust and repair two bicycles during the above events, in which the work must involve:

identifying bicycle components to be repaired or replaced

applying correct repair, replacement, adjustment and testing procedures

working under pressure within required event timeframes.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to providing mechanical support during cycling events, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles, components, tools and equipment

identifying hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

bicycle mechanical principles

key bicycle components and their specifications

cycling event categories and bicycle types, including:

road, track and mountain

community and recreational

key bicycle and cycling event terminology

cycling governing bodies and their relevant regulations

location and content of workplace procedures relating to adjusting and repairing bicycles during cycling events

optimum set-up and layout of temporary work station at a cycling event

types and use of tools and equipment used by mechanical support teams

repair and maintenance techniques for bicycles and components in a race or event environment, including:

testing and adjustment methods

component repair, replacement, adjustment and tensioning techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks and where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the cycling events where they have provided mechanical support, e.g. cycling event repair reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

temporary workstation at two different cycling events or simulated event locations, including:

floor and matting

tables, benches and bicycle stands

lighting

bicycle storage

workplace instructions

workplace and cycling event information

PPE for mechanical support

bicycle components

bicycles that require repair and adjustment at cycling events

tools and equipment appropriate for providing mechanical support during cycling events, including:

portable bicycle stands

hand tools and spare parts

lubricants and hydraulic fluid

pump and compressor.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTB002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service bicycle hydraulic braking systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, planning, servicing and testing the bicycle braking system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service bicycle hydraulic braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Condition of bicycle hydraulic braking system is inspected, using visual and physical methods and compared with manufacturer specifications 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.6 Work area is prepared and service sequence, including post-service testing, is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of braking system	2.1 Hydraulic braking system is serviced according to work plan and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Hydraulic braking system specifications are checked according to workplace procedures 2.3 Operation of serviced braking system is tested through its full range and adjustments are made as required 2.4 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including service reports.
Numeracy skills to:	identify and calculate bicycle hydraulic brake setting adjustments from specifications.
Problem solving skills to:	identify faults, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle hydraulic braking systems during service activities.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Hydraulic braking system must include:	master cylinder hydraulic lines and linkages hydraulic fluid cantilever, disc and drum brakes integrated brake and gear levers.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and their systems identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE identifying safe location for testing brakes environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTB2002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service, adjust and test three different bicycle hydraulic braking systems

during work on the above three bicycles, service the following:

master cylinder

hydraulic lines and linkages

cantilever, disc and drum brakes

integrated brake and gear levers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing bicycle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying safe location for testing brakes

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

bicycle braking system terminology

application, purpose and function of bicycle hydraulic braking system principles

key features of hydraulic braking system components, including:

master cylinder

hydraulic lines and linkages

hydraulic fluid

cantilever, disc and drum brakes

integrated brake and gear levers

types and use of tools and equipment used to service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

techniques and processes for servicing bicycle hydraulic braking systems, including:

identification of bicycle hydraulic brake components, materials and specifications

fault identification

bicycle measuring techniques

hydraulic brake servicing and adjustment techniques

hydraulic brake testing procedures

servicing options, including:

on- and off-site servicing

servicing and adjusting hydraulic braking system components

upgrading braking components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle hydraulic braking systems that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle braking system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

PPE required to service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

manufacturer or brake component specifications and technical information for hydraulic braking system

three different bicycles with the hydraulic braking system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing bicycle hydraulic braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTB003 Repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, repairing and testing the bicycle braking system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair bicycle hydraulic braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Condition of bicycle hydraulic braking system is inspected using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 1.4 Repair options and techniques are identified and confirmed 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.7 Work area is prepared and repair process, including post-repair testing, is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out repair and overhaul of braking system	2.1 Hydraulic braking system is repaired according to repair plan and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Required replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Hydraulic braking system specifications are checked according to workplace procedures 2.4 Operation of repaired braking system is tested through its full range and adjustments made as required 2.5 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	identify and calculate bicycle hydraulic brake setting adjustments from specifications.
Problem solving skills to:	identify faults, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle hydraulic braking system during repair activities.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Hydraulic braking system must include:	master cylinder hydraulic lines and linkages hydraulic fluid cantilever, disc and drum brakes integrated brake and gear levers.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and their systems identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE identifying safe location for testing brakes environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTB3003 Repair bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB003 Repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair and overhaul three different bicycle hydraulic braking systems

during work on the above three bicycles, service the following:

master cylinder

hydraulic lines and linkages

cantilever, disc and drum brakes

integrated brake and gear levers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing and overhauling bicycle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying safe location for testing brakes

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

purpose, classification and application of bicycle hydraulic braking system principles

key features of hydraulic braking system components, including:

master cylinder

hydraulic lines and linkages

hydraulic fluid

cantilever, disc and drum brakes

integrated brake and gear levers

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems

techniques and processes for repairing and overhauling bicycle hydraulic braking systems, including:

identification of bicycle hydraulic brake components, materials and specifications

fault identification

measuring techniques

hydraulic brake adjustment techniques

hydraulic brake testing procedures

repair options, including:

on- and off-site repair

repairing and adjusting hydraulic braking system components

upgrading braking components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle hydraulic braking systems that they have repaired and overhauled, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle braking system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

PPE required to repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems

manufacturer or brake component specifications and technical information for hydraulic braking system

three different bicycles with the hydraulic braking system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring repair and overhaul

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing and overhauling bicycle hydraulic braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service bicycle drivetrain systems and their components. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting and testing bicycle drivetrain systems and components according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drive

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service bicycle drivetrain system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Condition of bicycle drivetrain system is inspected for faults and worn or damaged components using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 1.4 Service options and techniques are identified and confirmed with customer 1.5 Replacement parts for drivetrain are identified and sourced as required 1.6 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.7 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.8 Work area is prepared and service sequence planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of drivetrain system	2.1 Bicycle drivetrain system is serviced according to work plan, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Operation of serviced drivetrain system is tested and adjusted as required according to job requirements and workplace procedures 2.4 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedure

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including service reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	complete measurements to determine bicycle drivetrain system condition and operation identify and calculate bicycle drivetrain system settings and adjustments from specifications.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, materials and processes to service bicycle drivetrain systems.
Problem solving skills to:	identify technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle drivetrain systems during service activities.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Drivetrain system must include:	cranks and pedals chains and chain wheels cassette, cartridge and internal hub gear systems manual mechanical, automatic, electro-mechanical and electric gear changers integrated brake and gear lever systems fixed and freewheel rear sprockets.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and drivetrain systems identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTQ2001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service the following bicycle drivetrain systems on three different bicycles:

derailleur

internal hub gear system

integrated brake and gear lever system

fixed and freewheel rear sprockets.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing bicycle drivetrain systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and drivetrain systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to drivetrain systems

types of bicycle drivetrain systems and their system components, including:

cranks and pedals

chains and chain wheels

cassette, cartridge and internal hub gear systems

manual mechanical, automatic, electro-mechanical and electric gear changers

integrated brake and gear lever systems

fixed and freewheel rear sprockets

types and use of tools and equipment used to service bicycle drivetrain systems

techniques and processes for servicing bicycle drivetrain systems, including:

identification of bicycle drivetrain components, materials and specifications

use of drivetrain lubricants

fault identification

drivetrain system measuring techniques

drivetrain adjustment techniques

drivetrain testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle drivetrain systems that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle drivetrain system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

PPE required to service bicycle drivetrain systems

drivetrain component specifications

drivetrain components specified in the performance evidence

three different bicycles requiring drivetrain servicing and testing

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing bicycle drivetrain systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTQ002 Repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to repair bicycle drivetrain systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, repairing and testing the bicycle drivetrain system according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drive

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair bicycle drivetrain system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Condition of bicycle drivetrain system is inspected using visual and physical methods and compared with manufacturer specifications 1.4 Repair options and techniques are identified and confirmed with customer 1.5 Replacement parts for drivetrain are identified and sourced as required 1.6 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.7 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.8 Work area is prepared and repair process, including post-repair testing, is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out repairs to drivetrain system	2.1 Bicycle drivetrain system is repaired according to job requirements, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Required replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Operation of repaired drivetrain system is tested and adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	identify and calculate bicycle drivetrain system settings and adjustments from specifications.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate tools, equipment, materials and processes to repair bicycle drivetrain systems.
Problem solving skills to:	identify technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle drivetrain systems during service activities.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Drivetrain system must include:	cranks and pedals chains and chain wheels cassette, cartridge and internal hub gear systems manual mechanical, automatic, electro-mechanical and electric gear changers integrated brake and gear lever systems fixed and freewheel rear sprockets.
Inspection must include for:	faults overall condition worn or damaged components.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and drivetrain systems identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTQ3002 Repair bicycle drivetrain systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTQ002 Repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair and overhaul the following bicycle drivetrain systems on two different bicycles:

derailleur

internal hub gear system

integrated brake and gear lever system

fixed and freewheel rear sprockets.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing and overhauling bicycle drivetrain systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their drivetrain systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to drivetrain systems

types of bicycle drivetrain systems and their system components specified in the range of conditions

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair bicycle drivetrain systems

techniques and processes for repairing and overhauling bicycle drivetrain systems, including:

identification of bicycle drivetrain components, materials and specifications

fault identification

drivetrain system measuring techniques

drivetrain adjustment techniques

use of drivetrain lubricants

drivetrain testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle drivetrain systems that they have repaired and overhauled, e.g. repair records.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle drivetrain system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

drivetrain component specifications

PPE required to repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems

drivetrain components

two different bicycles requiring drivetrain repair and overhaul

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing and overhauling bicycle drivetrain systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTR002 Install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install and adjust electronic gear shifters on bicycles. It involves preparing for the work, selecting components, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, interpreting fitting instructions, assembling components to bicycles, testing electronic gear shifters according to manufacturer instructions and specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycles

Unit Sector

Technical – Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install electronic gear shifting components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Electronic gear shifter fitting instructions and specifications are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Electronic gear shifting unit is identified and selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.6 Work is planned and procedures are determined to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Install electronic gear shifting components	2.1 Electronic gear shifting components are identified and checked for damage or missing parts according to manufacturer specifications and parts lists 2.2 Replacement options and techniques are identified and confirmed 2.3 Electric cables are installed according to fitting instructions, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Electronic front junction control boxes and battery are installed according to component manufacturer specifications 2.5 Handle bar brake levers and shifters are fitted and electric cables connected using manufacturer specialist tools 2.6 Front and rear derailleurs are fitted and electric cables connected using manufacturer specialist tools 2.7 Electric cables are secured according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3. Adjust electronic rear derailleur gear shifting components	3.1 Control device on junction box is activated to allow adjustments to be made 3.2 Chain is positioned on front and rear gear rings according to manufacturer specifications 3.3 Rear derailleur adjustment controls are operated until chain runs smoothly 3.4 Control device on junction box is returned to operational shift mode according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Rear derailleur operation is checked to ensure it operates according to manufacturer specifications
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including inspection reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate fitting measurements.
Problem solving skills to:	identify bicycle electronic gear shifting component defects and potential problems.
Technology skills to:	use specialist tools and equipment to install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifting components.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and gear shifters identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR002 Install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install and adjust electronic gear shifting components on two different bicycles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing and adjusting bicycle electronic gear shifters, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and gear shifters

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to electronic gear shifting components

purpose and features of bicycle electronic gear shifting systems

principles of electronic gear shifting operation

types and use of tools and equipment used to install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters

techniques and processes for installing and adjusting bicycle electronic gear shifting components, including:

identification of bicycle electronic gear shifter components, materials and specifications

fault and damage identification

measuring techniques

electronic gear shifter adjustment techniques

electronic gear shifter testing procedures

methods of protecting bicycles from damage when installing and adjusting bicycle electronic gear shifting components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle electronic gear shifters they have installed and adjusted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle electronic gear shifters

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer fitting instructions and specifications

PPE required to install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifting components

bicycle electronic gear shifting components

two different bicycles requiring the installation and adjustment of electronic gear shifting components

tools and equipment appropriate for installing and adjusting bicycle electronic gear shifters.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURBTY001 Repair bicycle frames

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, repair and test bicycle frames. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying frame damage, identifying repair options, carrying out repairs according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry. It does not apply to the repair of carbon fibre bicycle frames.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Chassis and Frame

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair bicycle frame	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Bicycle manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Work area is prepared and work is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Inspect bicycle frame	2.1 Bicycle frame to be repaired is identified and checked against job requirements 2.2 Bicycle frame is inspected for faults, wear or damage using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 2.3 Repair options for bicycle frame are identified and confirmed with customer 2.4 Required parts and materials are identified and their availability checked 2.5 Work area is prepared and repair sequence, including post-repair testing, is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
3. Carry out repairs to bicycle frame	3.1 Bicycle frame is repaired according to workplace instructions, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Required replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications, and identified problems are reported to appropriate person 3.3 Repaired frame is checked and tested against manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	identify component codes and serial numbers relating to frame manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Bicycle frame must be from the following types of bicycles:	mountain bicycle road bicycle touring bicycle hybrid bicycle recumbent bicycle BMX bicycle.
Repair must include:	facing, reaming, and chasing threads and alignment left and right hand threads.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTY3001 Service and repair bicycle frames

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURBTY001 Repair bicycle frames

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair three different types of bicycle frames according to manufacturer specifications, chosen from the following:

mountain bicycle

road bicycle

touring bicycle

hybrid bicycle

recumbent bicycle

BMX bicycle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing bicycle frames, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to frames

different bicycle frames specified in the performance evidence and their components, including:

braking system

wheel sizes

drivetrain system

steering system

types and use of tools, equipment and materials used to repair bicycle frames

techniques for repairing bicycle frames, including:

measuring techniques

frame preparation techniques

frame repair options

testing procedures and safety checks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle frames that they have repaired, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer specifications for bicycle frames

PPE required to repair bicycle frames

three different bicycle frames requiring repair

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing bicycle frames.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETA001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network electronic over hydraulic systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on network electronic over hydraulic systems in vehicles or machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for electronic over hydraulic system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Electronic over hydraulic system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to electronic over hydraulic systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised electronic over hydraulic system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems working with high pressure fluid hazards tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from hydraulic systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electric over-hydraulic systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETA001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the electronic over hydraulic systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following systems:

traction motion control

excavator bucket control

steering control

crane ram control

garbage compactor control.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) or occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

working with high pressure fluid hazards

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from electronic over hydraulic systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of electronic over hydraulic system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating electronic over hydraulic system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of electronic over hydraulic systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

hydraulic control module functions

associated network electronic over hydraulic system components

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

operator joystick control devices

solenoid and proportional valve control of hydraulic fluid

testing procedures for electronic over hydraulic systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to electronic over hydraulic systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic over hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electronic over hydraulic system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the electronic over hydraulic systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic tools and equipment for vehicle or machinery electronic over hydraulic system fault diagnosis, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating electronic over hydraulic systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETA002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network body management systems of vehicles and machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on embedded network body management systems in vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for body management system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Body management system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to body management systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised body management system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in safety systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETA002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the embedded network body management systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following systems:

vehicle or machinery access

safety restraint

vehicle or machinery infotainment

theft deterrent

monitoring and tracking

air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in body management systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of body management system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of body management system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating body management system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of body management systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for body management systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to body management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the body management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer body management system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the body management systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for body management system fault diagnosis, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating body management systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETA003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network monitoring and protection systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on network monitoring and protection systems in vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for embedded network monitoring and protection system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Monitoring and protection system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to monitoring and protection systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised monitoring and protection system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETA003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the embedded network monitoring and protection systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following:

monitoring system (excluding monitoring control module)

monitoring control module

protection system (excluding protection control module)

protection control module.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in monitoring and protection systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures, including procedures for diagnosing:

sensor and actuator mechanical faults

electrical faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of monitoring and protection systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for network monitoring and protection management systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to monitoring and protection systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the monitoring and protection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer monitoring and protection system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with monitoring and protection system faults

diagnostic equipment for monitoring and protection system fault diagnosis, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating monitoring and protection systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETA004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network convenience and entertainment systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on network convenience and entertainment systems in vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for embedded network convenience and entertainment system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Convenience and entertainment system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to convenience and entertainment systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised convenience and entertainment system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETA004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the embedded network convenience and entertainment systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following:

convenience system (excluding convenience control module)

convenience control module

entertainment system (excluding entertainment control module)

entertainment control module.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in convenience and entertainment systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of convenience and entertainment system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of convenience and entertainment systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

associated network convenience and entertainment system components

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for convenience and entertainment systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to convenience and entertainment systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to convenience and entertainment systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer convenience and entertainment system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with convenience and entertainment system faults

diagnostic equipment for convenience and entertainment system fault diagnosis, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating convenience and entertainment systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETA005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network theft-deterrent systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on network theft-deterrent systems of vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for embedded network theft-deterrent system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Theft-deterrent system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to theft-deterrent systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised theft-deterrent system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETA005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the embedded network theft-deterrent systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following systems:

locking and securing

passive entry

integrated alarm

engine immobiliser

remote access.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in theft-deterrent systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for faults in theft-deterrent systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of theft-deterrent systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

associated embedded network theft-deterrent system components

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for theft-deterrent systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to theft-deterrent systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the theft-deterrent systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer theft-deterrent system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the theft-deterrent systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for theft-deterrent system fault diagnosis, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating theft-deterrent systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETA006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in embedded network air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on the air conditioning and HVAC systems of vehicles or machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for embedded network air conditioning and HVAC system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Air conditioning and HVAC system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory and licensing requirements, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised air conditioning and HVAC system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants using personal protective equipment identifying fire safety equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.
Regulatory and licensing requirements must include those of:	Australian Refrigeration Council (ARCtick) Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners Australian Design Rules (ADRs).

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in climate-control systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETA006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following:

compressor system

control module

system pressure and temperature sensor

erratic performance of air conditioning and HVAC system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

using personal protective equipment

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

associated network air conditioning and HVAC system components

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

vacuum pump

electronic leak detector

nitrogen cylinder and regulator

digital vacuum gauge (vacrometer)

electronic scales

oil injector

infra-red thermometer (pyrometer)

electronic temperature probe

valve core removing or replacement tool

humidity detector (psychrometer)

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

regulatory and licensing requirements relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems, including those of:

Australian Refrigeration Council (ARCtick)

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

Australian Design Rules (ADRs).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service and repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer air conditioning and HVAC system specifications

regulatory and licensing requirements, including:

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

Australian Design Rules (ADRs)

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC system faults specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for air conditioning and HVAC systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating air conditioning and HVAC systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETB002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in embedded network dynamic control management systems in vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method.

The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions. These systems include the functions of an electronic braking control module (EBCM), such as anti-lock braking, brake assist, descent control, electronic brake force distribution, electronic park brake, hill start assist, stability control, traction control and active roll-over protection.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on embedded network dynamic control management systems of vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical – Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for dynamic control management system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Dynamic control management system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to dynamic control management systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised dynamic control management system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETB5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in braking systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETB002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the dynamic control management systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following:

anti-lock braking system (ABS)

ABS and integrated traction control system

traction and stability control system

electronic braking control module (EBCM).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in dynamic control management systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for faults in dynamic control management systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of dynamic control management systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

associated network dynamic control management system components

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

ABS

stability control systems (SCS)

traction control systems (TCS)

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems

testing procedures for dynamic control management systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

four-wheel dynamometer

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to dynamic control management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the dynamic control management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer dynamic control management system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the dynamic control management systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for dynamic control management systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating dynamic control management systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETD011 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in electronically controlled steering systems. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits in vehicle or machinery embedded network electronic control systems. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working within the automotive electrical service and repair industry. The electronically controlled steering systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Diagnose electronically controlled steering system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret diagnostic information in order to identify diagnostic options required for the job 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks, and implement control measures in line with workplace policies 1.4 Identify diagnostic tools and equipment required for the job and examine for serviceability 1.5 Perform diagnostic tests according to workplace procedures and workplace health and safety requirements 1.6 Examine diagnostic test results to identify causes of faults, report findings and make recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
2. Repair and test electronically controlled steering system	2.1 Obtain and interpret repair information in order to identify repair options required for the job 2.2 Identify repair tools, equipment and materials for the job and examine for serviceability 2.3 Carry out repairs or component replacements and adjustments according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements to confirm fault rectification and repair any issues identified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Carry out final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of waste or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Examine and store tools and equipment, ensuring faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.4 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate relevant sources of electronically controlled steering systems information efficiently
Reading skills to:	read and interpret information from workplace procedures and documentation when seeking electronically controlled steering systems specifications and procedures
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings make repair recommendations
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications match electronically controlled steering system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications measure voltage, current and resistance interpret vehicle or machinery electrical measurements and readings
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters use diagnostic scan tools

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AURETD011 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems (Release 1)	AURETD001 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems (Release 1)	Wording changes to ensure compliance with Standards for Training Packages. Combination of performance elements to create three performance criteria. Removal of references to OHS requirements. Removal of range of conditions. Explicit reference to the use of diagnostic scan tools in foundation skills. Addition of minor elements to knowledge evidence. Addition of assessor requirements.	Equivalent

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETD011 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit.

The candidate must demonstrate a diagnosis and repair of electronically controlled steering systems that safely follows workplace procedures to meet required outcomes. This includes:

diagnosis and repair of a fault within two of the following electronically controlled steering systems of two different vehicles or machinery:

steering wheel torque sensor circuit

steering wheel angle sensor circuit

wheel speed sensor circuit

ultrasonic position sensor self-parking system circuit

power steering motor control circuit

power steering hydraulic pump control circuit

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the following knowledge:

Key policies and procedures relating to the diagnosis, testing and repair of electronically controlled steering systems, including:

how to locate and interpret manufacturers specifications or equivalent documentation and workplace procedures for the diagnosis and repair of electronically controlled steering systems

the following workplace health and safety requirements for diagnosis and repair of electronically controlled steering systems:

procedures for using specialised tools and equipment

knowledge of the required personal protective equipment (PPE)

procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with high pressure and high temperature steering systems

environmental requirements for diagnosis, testing and repair of electronically controlled steering systems

the following diagnostic testing procedures for electronically controlled steering systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

the following electrical systems testing procedures:

accessing electrical terminals

using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

undertaking resistance tests

undertaking voltage drop tests

testing open circuits

testing short circuits

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

the following repair procedures for electronically controlled steering systems:

removing and replacing electronically controlled steering system components

the following post-repair testing procedures for electronically controlled steering systems:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests of steering systems

workplace housekeeping and documentation procedures

Electronically controlled power steering systems information, including:

the operating principles of:

adaptive steering topography, inputs and outputs

typical vehicle or machinery systems equipped with adaptive steering systems

the purpose and operation of:

adaptive steering control modules

control sensors and actuators

actuators, including pulse width modulated (PWM)

the purpose and operation of the following steering control module functions:

control of hydraulic fluid settings

pressure control valve settings

power steering pump operation

Assessment Conditions

The assessment must:

include access to:

an automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace that reflects workplace conditions - where simulation is used, it must reflect real working conditions by modelling industry operating conditions and contingencies, as well as, using suitable facilities, equipment and resources

repair orders and workplace instructions relating to diagnose and repair activity

workplace procedures relating to diagnose and repair activity

manufacturer electronically controlled steering systems specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation to complete diagnose and repair activity

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the electronically controlled steering system components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for electronically controlled steering systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials required for repairing electronically controlled steering systems of vehicle and machinery

be demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions

be conducted in a safe environment

be assessed in compliance with relevant policies, procedures, processes and operational manuals directly related to the industry sector for which it is being assessed

confirm consistent performance can be applied in a range of relevant workplace circumstances

Assessor requirements

Assessors of this unit must:

satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETE001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in embedded network engine management systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on embedded network engine management systems of vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for engine management system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Engine management system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to engine management systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised engine management system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working on vehicle systems with ignition high voltages identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while around high current wiring systems working with high pressure fuel systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETE5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETE001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the engine management systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following systems:

direct injection diesel engine management system

common rail diesel engine management system

distributor-less electronic ignition petrol engine management system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in engine management systems, including procedures for:

working on vehicle systems with ignition high voltages

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

working with high pressure fuel systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for faults in engine management systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of engine management systems, including:

spark ignition engine management systems

diesel fuel injection systems

gateway network control module

bus network topography

associated network engine management systems

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for engine management systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to engine management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engine management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine management system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the engine management systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for engine management systems, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating engine management systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves ensuring the vehicle high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) is isolated before commencing any service or repair work. It also involves calibrating vehicle systems that may need resetting once the energy storage system is reinitialised. Importance is placed in the unit on applying RESS and separated extra low voltage (SELV) electrical safety procedures.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to depower and reinitialise BEV	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Vehicle is identified with warning tag or sign to indicate potential hazards
2. Deactivate vehicle RESS	2.1 SELV supply is located and disconnected according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and removed to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Vehicle is stabilised and checked for zero residual voltage according to manufacturer procedures 2.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is secured and retained to prevent refitting by third party
3. Reinitialise vehicle RESS	3.1 SELV and RESS service plug or manual service disconnect are reconnected in the correct order and vehicle is reactivated 3.2 Diagnostic test equipment is used to check and recalibrate subsystems affected by depower process as required 3.3 RESS and vehicle subsystems are checked for correct operation 3.4 Post-reactivation faults are reported according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in depowering and reinitialising information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	listen to workplace instructions and ask questions to clarify job requirements participate in verbal exchanges when depowering and reinitialising BEVs.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges interpret measurements of residual voltage and high voltages relating to BEVs.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	identify faults in reinitialising process that need to be reported.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand’ rule following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH3001 Depower battery electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

safely depower the rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) and separated extra low voltage (SELV) system of two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs), and stabilise the vehicles ensuring that no residual high voltage (HV) is measured

safely reinitialise each BEV’s RESS and SELV system and confirm correct vehicle operation.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to depowering and reinitialising BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system.

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

operating principles of RESS and SELV electrical systems relevant to a range of BEVs

application, purpose and operation of a range of vehicle RESS depowering and reinitialising methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEVs that they have depowered and reinitialised e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications and service procedures for the BEVs being depowered and reinitialised

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs as specified in the performance evidence

electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for depowering and reinitialising BEVs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH003 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on HV RESS.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair HV RESS	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is accessed and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose RESS	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for required repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair RESS	3.1 Repair information is accessed and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 RESS and components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect are reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool oscilloscope.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4003 Test and repair high voltage battery systems in battery electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH003 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) in two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing RESS in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released during repair procedures

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

operating principles of HV RESS in BEVs, including:

battery pack construction, including:

battery types

battery internal resistance

battery pack system, including:

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

application, purpose and operation of RESS, including:

HV battery charger and direct current (DC) to DC converter

battery management system (BMS)

power distribution unit (PDU)

diagnostic testing procedures for HV RESS in BEVs, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing controller input and output signals and waveforms

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

RESS cooling system testing

repair procedures for RESS, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing motor controller

post-repair testing procedures for BEV, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

performance testing RESS.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the RESS in BEVs that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications for BEV and RESS

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with RESS and associated components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing BEV RESS and their components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles (BEVs). These systems may be referred to as digital motor controllers (DMCs) or motor control units (MCUs). The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Motor speed control systems include circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose motor speed control system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motor speed control system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Motor control systems and components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, such as multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester oscilloscope scan tool residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from traction motor speed control systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control device in battery electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems and associated components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing traction motor speed control systems in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from traction motor speed control systems

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of HV BEVs and associated components, including:

types of batteries

types of traction motors, including alternating current and direct current

types of motor controllers

battery charging

application, purpose and operation of traction motor speed control systems and components, including:

controller inputs

resolvers

controller outputs

battery interface

diagnostic testing procedures for battery electric vehicle systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

controller input and output signals and waveforms

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

testing motor speed controller cooling system

repair procedures for traction motor speed control systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing motor speed controller

post-repair testing procedures for BEVs, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of traction motors.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV traction motor speed control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV traction motor speed control systems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with traction motor speed control systems accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing high voltage traction motors in BEVs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the high voltage (HV) traction motors of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on HV rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. HV traction motors include those systems and circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair BEV high voltage traction motor	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose traction motor	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair traction motor	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 HV traction motors and components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester scan tool oscilloscope residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from high voltage traction motors.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) traction motors and associated components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing HV traction motors in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from high voltage traction motors

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of HV BEVs and associated components, including:

motor generators

types of batteries

battery charging

application, purpose and operation of HV traction motors and components, including:

direct current (DC) motor generators

alternating current (AC) motor generators

diagnostic testing procedures for battery electric vehicle systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to traction motor windings

checking insulation resistance of traction motor windings

checking routing and damage to HV cabling

conducting vehicle dynamic and static tests

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

repair procedures for traction motor speed control systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing the traction motor

post-repair testing procedures for BEVs, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of traction motors.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV HV traction motors that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV HV traction motor systems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with HV traction motor systems accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing HV traction motors in BEVs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the auxiliary motors of battery electric vehicles (BEVs), and in their associated components and control systems. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. BEV systems that may use auxiliary motors include power steering, braking and passenger comfort systems. Auxiliary motors and associated components include circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair BEV auxiliary motor	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose auxiliary motor	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair auxiliary motor	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Auxiliary motor and associated components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester oscilloscope scan tool oscilloscope residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from auxiliary motors and components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair auxiliary motors, associated components and control systems in two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing auxiliary motors and associated components, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from auxiliary motors and components

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of BEV auxiliary motors and associated components, including:

direct current (DC) motors

alternating current (AC) motors

application, purpose and operation of auxiliary motor systems and components, including:

electric-assisted power steering

electric-assisted braking

electric-assisted passenger comfort systems, including heating, cooling and air conditioning (HVAC) systems

diagnostic testing procedures for auxiliary motor systems and associated components, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing motor controller input and output signals and waveforms

testing auxiliary motor operation

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

repair procedures for auxiliary motor and associated systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing the auxiliary motor and controllers

post-repair testing procedures for BEVs, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

performance tests of auxiliary motor system.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV auxiliary motors and associated components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV auxiliary motors and subsystems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with auxiliary motors and associated components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing BEV auxiliary motors and their components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the system instrumentation and safety interlocks of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. System instrumentation and safety interlocks include circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair BEV system instrumentation and safety interlocks	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose system instrumentation and safety interlocks	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 System instrumentation and safety interlocks are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), such as electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester scan tool oscilloscope residual voltage tester, if specified in OEM requirements.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released during repair work.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks and their associated components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing instrumentation and safety interlocks in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian Standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced released during repair work

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of BEV instrumentation and safety interlocks and associated components, including reasons for safety interlocks in BEVs

application, purpose and operation of BEV instrumentation and safety interlocks, including:

battery charger, including charge cable sensor

controller signals

gear selector inhibitor switch

ignition or power key

inertia or impact sensor

isolation componentry, including HV contactor

motor over temperature control

under voltage protection

diagnostic testing procedures for BEV instrumentation and safety interlocks, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining battery state of charge

operational tests of safety interlocks

testing instrumentation data communication systems using scan tool and oscilloscope

undertaking vehicle dynamic and static tests

repair procedures for instrumentation and safety interlocks, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing instrumentation

post-repair testing procedures for BEVs, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV system instrumentation and safety interlocks that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV system instrumentation and safety interlocks

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with system instrumentation and safety interlocks accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in OEM requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing system instrumentation and safety interlocks in BEVs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH008 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system and cooling system of the rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). The unit involves removing and replacing refrigerant, as well as performance testing the HVAC and RESS cooling system. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) RESS.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. HVAC and RESS cooling systems include circuits in BEVs.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair HVAC and RESS cooling system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose HVAC and RESS cooling system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair HVAC and RESS cooling system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 HVAC and RESS cooling system components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Australian Refrigeration Council accredited service decal sticker (ARCtick) and other required workplace documentation are completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery whilst working around high electrical currents working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester scan tool residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements temperature and pressure measuring equipment, including: manifold and gauge set contact thermometer infrared thermometer (pyrometer) electronic temperature probe psychrometer (humidity detector) digital vacuum gauge (vacrometer) refrigerant leak detecting equipment, including electronic leak detector refrigerant recovery equipment, including: recovery unit vacuum pump electronic scales miscellaneous equipment, including: valve core removing or replacement tool oil injector.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for: trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from HVAC and RESS cooling systems preventing the escape of refrigerant to the atmosphere.
Australian Refrigeration Council accredited service decal sticker (ARCtick) information must include:	name of the service organisation name of technician Refrigerant Handling Licence Number vehicle registration number service date refrigerant type lubricant type.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4008 Diagnose and repair high voltage cabin heating and cooling systems in battery electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH008 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system and rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) cooling system components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs), in which the work must involve:

repairing or replacing one HVAC system component to correct performance deficiencies

repairing or replacing one RESS cooling system component to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing HVAC and RESS cooling systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from HVAC and RESS cooling systems

preventing the escape of refrigerant to the atmosphere

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of HVAC systems and RESS cooling systems and associated components, including:

types of HVAC systems, including engine operated and electric motor operated systems

types of RESS and RESS charging

reasons for cooling the RESS

application, purpose and operation of HVAC systems and RESS cooling systems and components, including:

alternating current (AC) electric motor compressors

HVAC control units

HVAC control unit inputs and outputs

HVAC ejector cycle systems

RESS cooling systems, including air cooling, liquid cooling and HVAC cooled systems

diagnostic testing procedures for HVAC and RESS cooling systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to compressor motor windings

checking insulation resistance of compressor motor windings

checking routing and damage to HV cabling

HVAC dynamic and static testing

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

repair procedures for HVAC systems and RESS cooling systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for HVAC and RESS cooling systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of HVAC systems and RESS cooling systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV HVAC and RESS cooling systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

ARC accredited service decal sticker (ARCtick)

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV HVAC and RESS cooling systems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with HVAC and RESS cooling system components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV HVAC and RESS cooling being diagnosed and repaired as specified under tools and equipment in the range of conditions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing HVAC and RESS cooling systems in BEVs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in high voltage (HV) direct current (DC) to low voltage (LV) DC converters in battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on HV rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. HV DC to LV DC converters include circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump start vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair DC to DC converter	1.2 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.3 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.4 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.6 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose DC to DC converter	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair DC to DC converter	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 DC to DC converters are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electric equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester scan tool oscilloscope residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair work.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair the DC to DC converter and its system components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing DC to DC converters in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair work

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of DC to DC converters and associated components, including:

step-down converters

step-up converters

continuous current mode

discontinuous current mode

signal noise, including radio frequency (RF) noise, input noise and output noise

application, purpose and operation of DC to DC converters and components, including:

linear converters

switched mode conversion

magnetic converters

capacitive converters

diagnostic testing procedures for DC to DC converters, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking voltage input and output of DC to DC converters

checking routing and damage to cabling

repair procedures for traction motor speed control systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for BEVs, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV DC to DC converters that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV DC to DC converters

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with DC to DC converters accessible for diagnostic and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing DC to DC converters in BEVs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH010 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) of hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs). It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on HV RESS.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair HV RESS	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is accessed and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose RESS	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for required repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair RESS	3.1 Repair information is accessed and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 RESS and components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect are reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in HEV and PHEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand’ rule following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool oscilloscope.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4010 Test high voltage batteries in hybrid electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH010 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) in two different hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) or plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing RESS in HEVs and PHEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on HEV and PHEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released during repair procedures

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

operating principles of HV RESS in HEVs and PHEVs, including:

battery pack construction, including:

battery types

battery internal resistance

battery pack system, including:

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

application, purpose and operation of RESS, including:

HV battery charger and direct current (DC) to DC converter

battery management system (BMS)

power distribution unit (PDU)

diagnostic testing procedures for HV RESS in HEVs and PHEVs, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing controller input and output signals and waveforms

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

RESS cooling system testing

repair procedures for RESS, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing motor controller

post-repair testing procedures for BEV, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

performance testing RESS.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the RESS in HEVs and PHEVs that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications for HEV or PHEV RESS

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different HEVs or PHEVs RESS and associated components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the HEVs or PHEVs being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing HEV or PHEV RESS and their components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs). It involves ensuring that the vehicle high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) is isolated before commencing any service or repair work. It also involves calibrating vehicle systems that may need resetting once the energy storage system is reinitialised. Importance is placed in the unit on applying RESS and separated extra low voltage (SELV) electrical safety procedures.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to depower and reinitialise HEV and PHEV	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Vehicle is identified with warning tags or sign to indicate potential hazards
2. Deactivate vehicle RESS	2.1 SELV supply is located and disconnected according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and removed to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Vehicle is stabilised and checked for zero residual voltage according to manufacturer procedures 2.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is secured and retained to prevent refitting by third party
3. Reinitialise vehicle RESS	3.1 SELV and RESS service plug or manual service disconnect are reconnected in the correct order and vehicle is reactivated 3.2 Diagnostic and testing equipment is used to check and recalibrate subsystems affected by depower process as required 3.3 RESS and vehicle subsystems are checked for correct operation 3.4 Post-reactivation faults are reported according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in depowering and reinitialising information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	listen to workplace instructions and ask questions to clarify job requirements participate in verbal exchanges when depowering and reinitialising HEVs and PHEVs.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges interpret measurements of residual voltage and high voltages relating to HEVs and PHEVs.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	identify faults in reinitialising process that need to be reported.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on HEV and PHEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand’ rule following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4011 Deactivate and reinitialise power supply in hybrid electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

safely depower the rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) and separated extra low voltage (SELV) of two different hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) or plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs), and stabilise the vehicles ensuring that no residual high voltage (HV) is measured

safely reinitialise each HEV’s or PHEV’s RESS and SELV system and confirm correct vehicle operation.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to depowering and reinitialising the RESS in HEVs or PHEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on HEV and PHEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

operating principles of RESS and SELV electrical systems relevant to a range of HEVs and PHEVs

application, purpose and operation of a range of vehicle RESS depowering and repowering methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the HEVs or PHEVs that they have depowered and reinitialised, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications and service procedures for the HEVs or PHEVs being depowered and reinitialised

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different operational HEVs or PHEVs as specified in the performance evidence

electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for depowering and reinitialising RESS in HEVs and PHEVs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs). It involves working with the automotive electrical components and electrical systems that support the control and operation of the vehicle. Importance is placed in the unit on applying high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical safety procedures.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and maintain electrical components in HEVs and PHEVs	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test electrical systems and components	2.1 Diagnostic equipment is used to retrieve system parameters and information 2.2 HEV or PHEV systems and components are tested for electrical efficiency according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Electrical circuits are tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.4 Faults in HEV or PHEV electrical systems and components are identified
3. Service and maintain electrical systems and components	3.1 Problems associated with performance of electrical systems and components are identified, and appropriate corrective action is taken 3.2 Faults within electrical systems and components are identified and required corrective action is taken or reported according to workplace procedures 3.3 Components are repaired, replaced and adjusted according to manufacturer and component specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Post-service testing is carried out to ensure correct and safe operation of HEV and PHEV, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or equipment is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in testing, servicing and maintenance information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when servicing and maintaining electrical components in HEVs or PHEVs.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify workplace instructions participate in verbal exchanges to report faults, and service and maintenance findings, and make required repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match materials and component part numbers to workplace instructions, component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical circuits measure components to determine compliance with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	identify hazards and risks and take action to minimise them.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on HEV and PHEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand’ rule following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool.
Corrective action must include:	tightening connections balancing state of charge replacing faulty or damaged cable connections removing and replacing faulty or damaged components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

safely test, service and maintain two different hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) or plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and maintaining HEV and PHEV electrical components, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on HEV and PHEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated high voltage (HV) insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

key electrical components of HEVs and PHEVs and their functions

RESS battery construction, including:

battery internal resistance

battery types

terminal corrosion

terminal resistance

key components of RESS theory, including:

cell failure theory

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

different types of HEVs and PHEVs, including:

series, parallel and series parallel

strong, mid or weak hybrid systems

operating principles of RESS and battery management system (BMS)

key characteristics of HV battery charger and direct current (DC) to DC converter

operating principles of power distribution unit (PDU).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical systems and components they have serviced and maintained in HEVs or PHEVs, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications and service procedures for the HEVs or PHEVs being worked on

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different operational HEVs or PHEVs requiring service and maintenance

electrical test equipment appropriate to the HEVs and PHEVs being serviced, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for servicing and maintaining HEVs and PHEVs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETH013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network management systems of hybrid, plug-in hybrid and battery electric vehicles (HEV, PHEV and BEV) in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on HEV, PHEV or BEV embedded network management systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for HEV, PHEV or BEV management system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified, appropriate precautions are taken, and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, safety requirements, and requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected, checked and prepared for use 2.5 HEV, PHEV or BEV management system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, requirements of ADRs and AS 5732 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to HEV, PHEV and BEV management systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised HEV, PHEV and BEV management system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems working with hazardous materials and toxic substances wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents minimising risk, including: analysing task to define risk applying electrical safety precautions, including ‘one hand’ rule, live system warning tags and signs, depowering the vehicle, isolating the HV RESS electrical supply, and stabilising the vehicle HV electrical systems using personal protective equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying fire safety equipment.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH5013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electric and hybrid vehicle systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETH013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the network management systems of one hybrid electric vehicle (HEV) and one battery electric vehicle (BEV)

the above faults must involve two of the following:

battery management system (BMS)

rechargeable energy storage system (RESS)

power distribution unit (PDU)

high voltage traction motor drive assembly

direct current (DC) to DC converter assembly

RESS cooling system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems

working with hazardous materials and toxic substances

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

minimising risk, including:

analysing task to define risk

applying electrical safety precautions, including ‘one hand’ rule, live system warning tags and signs, depowering the vehicle, isolating the HV RESS electrical supply, and stabilising the vehicle HV electrical systems

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using fire safety equipment

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, Australian standards and Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to embedded network management systems of HEV, plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (PHEV) and BEV

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in HEV, PHEV and BEV embedded network management systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

mechanical faults

electrical faults

electronics faults

types, function and operation of hybrid and battery electric vehicle systems, including:

DC electric motor types, including:

separately excited motors

permanent magnet motors

alternating current (AC) electric motor types, including:

induction motors

brushless motors

HV traction motor drive assembly and motor controllers, including:

variable pulse width DC types

variable frequency and variable amplitude AC motor types

on-board RESS system and batteries, including:

lead acid

nickel metal hydride

lithium ion

ultra capacitors and super capacitors

key features of associated components and systems, including:

BMS

PDU

DC to DC converter assembly

RESS cooling system, including the vehicle HVAC system

parallel HEVs and PHEVs

series HEVs and PHEVs

power split HEVs and PHEVs

testing procedures for HEV and BEV management systems, including:

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV, PHEV and BEV management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair relating to HEV, PHEV and BEV management systems.

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to HEV, PHEV and BEV management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the HEV, PHEV and BEV management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

manufacturer HEV, PHEV or BEV management system specifications

one HEV with a network management system fault

diagnostic equipment for HEV and BEV management systems, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify, select and safely use basic low voltage (LV) electrical test equipment to test basic LV electrical circuits in vehicles or machinery.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical systems and components include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Tools and Equipment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and select LV electrical test equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 LV electrical test equipment is identified and selected to meet job requirements 1.3 Function and method of operation of equipment are confirmed before use 1.4 LV electrical test equipment is checked for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Safety requirements and safe operating procedures for equipment are accessed and interpreted
2. Use electrical test equipment	2.1 Equipment is connected according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to vehicle or machinery 2.2 Electrical test equipment is used according to safety requirements to prevent injury to self and others, and damage to vehicle or other workplace equipment 2.3 Test results or readings are interpreted and confirmed according to job requirements and workplace procedures 2.4 Damaged, faulty or inaccurate electrical test equipment is tagged and isolated for repair or replacement and reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Electrical test equipment is cleaned, checked and stored ready for use according to workplace procedures 3.2 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and basic electrical diagrams in manufacturer literature and safe operating procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately record test measurements and enter correct information on tags of faulty LV electrical test equipment.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, confirm use and suitability of LV electrical test equipment, and report findings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	select and prepare appropriate LV electrical test equipment to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

LV electrical test equipment must include:	test lights and probes circuit continuity testers digital multimeters.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETK1001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

use a test light or probe to check the voltage supply at three different points of a basic low voltage (LV) electrical circuit and earth return at two different points of the circuit

use a digital multimeter to check voltage, current and resistance measurements within a basic electrical circuit

use a circuit continuity tester and test three different electrical circuits between a power source, including:

one fuse

one lamp or heating element

one motor control device.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to identifying, selecting and using LV electrical test equipment, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

location and content of manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, including:

LV test equipment selection procedures

basic checking procedures for automotive LV electrical test equipment

checking, identification and isolation procedures for faulty equipment

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of automotive LV electrical test equipment, including:

multimeters

test lights, including resistive and light emitting diode (LED) test probes

circuit continuity testers

procedures for testing electrical systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of system circuits

procedures for identifying and tagging damaged electrical test equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the LV electrical test equipment they have identified, selected and used, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service repair workplace or simulated workplace

manufacturer specifications and operator instructions for LV electrical test equipment

materials and equipment relevant to using and checking automotive LV electrical test equipment

LV electrical test equipment, including:

test lights and probes

circuit continuity testers

digital multimeters

electrical components and circuits requiring the use of LV electrical test equipment, as specified in the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select, use and maintain electrical test equipment used in an automotive workplace for the purpose of identifying, diagnosing and rectifying electrical and electronic faults in vehicles or machinery.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical systems and components include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Tools and Equipment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Select and use electrical test equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Electrical test equipment is identified and selected to meet job requirements 1.3 Electrical test equipment is checked and calibrated according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.4 Personal protective equipment (PPE) required for the work is selected and checked before use 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Electrical test equipment is used according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 1.7 Electrical circuits are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to systems and components
2. Service, maintain and store electrical test equipment	2.1 Electrical test equipment is serviced, calibrated and maintained within scope of responsibility according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Calibration inspection schedules and procedures are determined to ensure reliable and accurate operation 2.3 Damaged, faulty or inaccurate electrical test equipment is tagged and isolated for repair or replacement, and reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Electrical test equipment is cleaned, checked and stored ready for use according to workplace procedures 3.2 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret requirements of safe operating procedures interpret text, symbols and basic electrical wiring diagrams in manufacturer specifications and electrical test equipment operating instructions interpret information on service tags identifying faulty electrical test equipment.
Writing skills to:	legibly record electrical measurements taken when testing electrical circuits and components legibly and accurately enter information on service tags, and in electrical test equipment service and maintenance schedules.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, confirm use, suitability and maintenance requirements of electrical test equipment, and report findings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	select and prepare appropriate electrical test equipment to ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using PPE identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETK2002 Use and maintain automotive electrical test equipment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

use a test lamp to check for continuity, voltage supply and earth return in a basic electrical circuit

use a multimeter to measure:

voltage, current and resistance in a basic electrical circuit

continuity between a control unit and sensor

voltage drop across an electrical resistive load

use an inductive clamp to measure current flowing in a vehicle starting system

gain the oscilloscope waveforms of two of the following engine sensors or actuator:

camshaft

crankshaft

knock

fuel injector

service, maintain and store three different pieces of electrical test equipment

identify and tag one faulty piece of electrical test equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to using and maintaining electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and calibrating requirements of automotive electrical test equipment, including:

test lights, including resistive and light emitting diode (LED)

continuity testers

test probes, including those for testing voltage positive and negative status

voltmeters, ammeters and ohmmeters

digital multimeters

circuit load testers, including alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC) clamp testers

oscilloscopes

databus test instruments

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

selecting test equipment

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of system circuits

location and content of workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications, including:

basic maintenance procedures for automotive electrical test equipment

procedures for checking, identifying and isolating faulty equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical test equipment that they have selected, used and maintained, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

manufacturer specifications and operator instructions for electrical test equipment

materials and equipment appropriate for using and maintaining automotive electrical test equipment

electrical test equipment specified in the performance evidence

electrical components and circuits requiring the use of electrical test equipment, as specified in the performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETK003 Operate electrical test equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor typographical errors corrected

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to operate electrical test equipment.

It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task, select the correct equipment, test electrical and electronic circuits, and check and store the electrical test equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Tools and Equipment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Plan to operate electrical test equipment	1.1 Safety requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle electrical circuit to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for operating electrical test equipment are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Electrical test equipment is identified according to task instruction and manufacturer specifications
2. Test electrical circuits	2.1 Electrical test equipment is checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Electrical test equipment is used to test vehicle electrical circuits according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.3 Electrical test equipment readings are checked and compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Electrical test equipment readings are recorded
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle or equipment is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of vehicle electrical system information and electrical test equipment operating procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from job instruction, manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely and effectively operate electrical test equipment select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to support environmental sustainability and to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, when using Ohm’s law and Watt’s law to calculate electrical voltage, current flow, resistance and power read and interpret electrical test equipment correctly, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. Ω for ohms).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of tools identification of electrical hazards application of procedures for operating electrical test equipment.
Electrical test equipment must include:	12 volt test lights and LED test lights ammeters voltmeters ohmmeters multimeters.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETK003 Operate electrical test equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor typographical errors corrected

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly and safely operate electrical test equipment to test electrical circuits on a minimum of two different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS) and, occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements when operating electrical test equipment, including:

procedures for the correct use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

procedures for the correct use of tools

identification of electrical hazards

procedures for operating electrical test equipment

meaning of electrical terms, including:

voltage

amperage

watts

resistance

theory of electrical circuits, including:

Ohm’s law

Watt’s law

circuit types, including series and parallel

electrical component symbols

types of electrical circuits in vehicles, including electrical components

types of electrical circuit diagrams

types, application and operation of electrical test equipment, including:

12 volt test lights and LED test lights

ammeters

voltmeters

multimeters

ohmmeters

procedures for testing electrical circuits on vehicles

procedures for identifying and rectifying faults

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to operating electrical test equipment, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

electrical test equipment, including:

12 volt test light

ammeter

voltmeter

ohmmeter

multimeter

LED test light

two vehicles with operational electrical circuits.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify, remove and tag a range of automotive electrical system components. It involves preparing for the work, removing and tagging components by title, job number and application, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and tag electrical system component	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and electrical system to be worked on is identified 1.2 Electrical system component information is accessed and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove component	2.1 Component for removal is identified 2.2 Component is removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Removed component is inspected and findings are recorded according to workplace procedures
3. Tag component	3.1 Tagging procedures are identified 3.2 Removed component is legibly tagged according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Tagged component is stored according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature relating to electrical system components.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including tags, using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in task instructions and part numbers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current electrical circuits environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.
Tagged must include:	component title component condition job number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR1001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and tag six of the following automotive electrical system components:

main fuse panel

battery

starter motor

alternator

ignition system

engine control module

body control module

flasher can relay

brake stop lamp switch

electric fuel pump.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing and tagging automotive electrical system components, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current electrical circuits

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

types and location of automotive electrical system components, including:

main fuse panels

batteries

starter motors

alternators

ignition systems

engine control modules

body control modules

flasher can relays

brake stop lamp switches

electric fuel pumps

procedures for removing and tagging electrical system components, including:

component removal

component inspection

component tagging, including key information required on tags

component storage.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle electrical system components that they have removed and tagged, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer specifications for the electrical system components

one vehicle or machinery with the electrical system components specified in the performance evidence requiring removal and tagging

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and tagging electrical system components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR002 Inspect heavy vehicle battery storage systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect battery storage systems in heavy vehicle and machinery according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect battery storage system	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and vehicle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Inspection information is accessed and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to battery storage systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information on batteries.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Inspection must include:	inspecting battery, terminals and leads inspecting battery securing system inspecting battery storage compartment.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems manually handling batteries and toxic and corrosive substances.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR1002 Test, service and maintain battery storage systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR002 Inspect heavy vehicle battery storage systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect the heavy vehicle battery storage system of one heavy vehicle or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting heavy vehicle battery storage systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

manually handling batteries and toxic and corrosive substances

identification and function of heavy vehicle battery storage system components, including:

base, cover and box

battery hold down systems

ventilation and cooling systems

battery switching devices

inspection procedures of heavy vehicle battery storage systems, including:

inspecting battery, terminals and leads

inspecting battery securing systems

inspecting battery storage compartments.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle or machinery battery storage systems that they have inspected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer battery storage system specifications

one heavy vehicle or machinery with battery storage system requiring inspection

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting heavy vehicle battery storage systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install and test automotive security systems and components in vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing system and component operation, and completing workplace processes and documentation. The security systems and components will not require programming following installation as they do not communicate with the vehicle or machinery controller area network databus (CAN-bus or LIN-bus) topography.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical security systems and components include those being installed in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install security system and components	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications and installation fitting instructions are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install and test security system and components	2.1 Security system and components are checked for correct application and damage 2.2 Security system is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Installed system and components are tested for correct operation according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.4 Post-installation testing of other electrical systems is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm correct operation, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the installation process are rectified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in electrical security system and component fitting information in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match materials and component part numbers to work instructions and vehicle and machinery component part lists measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and tools relating to the installation of electrical security systems and components, such as multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2005 Install, test and repair electrical security systems and components

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install two of the following security systems and components on non controller area network databus (CAN-bus) systems in different vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

security alarm systems

single point immobilisation (engine start inhibit)

tilt, impact and vibration shock alarm activation sensors

audible and visual alert alarm equipment

theft alert vehicle and equipment tracking systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing automotive security systems and components, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

types and basic operation of automotive security systems, including:

complete vehicle or equipment security alarm systems

single point immobilisation (engine start inhibit)

dual point immobilisation (engine start inhibit and fuel shut-off)

tilt, impact and vibration shock alarm activation sensors

audible and visual alert alarm equipment

theft alert vehicle and equipment tracking systems

procedures for installing automotive security systems and components, including:

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols

methods of determining wiring and connection type and size for system

methods of determining placement of components on vehicle or machinery

methods of connecting system and components to existing electrical system without causing damage or problems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing existing electrical components

post-installation testing procedures of automotive security system and components, including procedures for:

checking full operation of installed system

checking operation of existing electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the automotive security systems and components that they have installed in vehicles, vessels or machinery, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

wiring specifications relevant to vehicle, vessel or machinery systems and components being installed

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery requiring the installation of security systems and components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing automotive security systems and components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to solder electrical components, electrical circuits and system wiring. It involves preparing for the task, preparing components, circuits and wiring for soldering, carrying out soldering, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical wiring and circuits include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to solder electrical wiring and circuits	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Technical procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Prepare components, circuits and wiring for soldering	2.1 Materials and components to be joined are selected and prepared according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Solder and flux type are identified and prepared 2.3 Soldering equipment is cleaned and prepared ready for use
3. Carry out soldering of components, circuits and wiring	3.1 Soldering is carried out according to workplace quality expectations, and without causing damage to vehicle, components, electrical circuits and system wiring 3.2 Soldered connection is inspected visually and checked to ensure effectiveness
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams relating to soldering repair information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret measurements of wire size and gauge relating to electrical wiring and circuits to select correct items measure components to determine compliance with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised workplace technology, including soldering irons and heat guns.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using safety data sheets (SDS) selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) safely handling materials during solder process safely operating soldering equipment identifying and using firefighting and first aid equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of material released during soldering process.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2006 Carry out soldering of electrical wiring and circuits

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

solder the wiring of six different electrical components, in which the work must involve:

different sized gauge wires

electrical terminals

resin core solder

heat shrink sleeving.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to soldering electrical wiring and circuits, including procedures for:

using safety data sheets (SDS)

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

safely handling materials during solder process

safely operating soldering equipment

identifying and using firefighting and first aid equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of material released during soldering process

location and content of workplace preparation and soldering procedures, SDS and manufacturer specifications

procedures for preparing to solder electrical wiring and circuits, including:

preparing and cleaning components to be soldered, including selecting appropriate cleaning solutions

methods of holding components to be soldered

soldering fluxes and their application

resin core solder types, diameter and application

types and applications of soldering irons

procedures for soldering electrical wiring and circuits, including:

applying heat and solder to the parts to be joined

allowing cooling without movement

work completion procedures for soldering electrical wiring and circuits, including procedures for final visual inspection of soldered connections, including:

manufacturer and workplace specifications for acceptable soldering standard

post-soldering insulation, including heat shrink sleeving and application of electrical tape.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical wiring and circuits that they have soldered, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

six different electrical components requiring soldering of their wiring

tools, equipment and material appropriate for soldering electrical components, circuits and system wiring, including:

automotive wiring

range of electrical terminals

resin core solder

heat shrink sleeving

soldering iron.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply knowledge of electrical principles during the testing and repair of basic electrical circuits in vehicles, vessels and machinery.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical circuits and wiring systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify relevant information of electrical circuit and wiring system construction and operation in work activities	1.1 Components of circuit are identified during testing and repair activities 1.2 Functions of circuit components are identified during testing and repair activities 1.3 Relationships between circuit components, including the effects of testing and repair activities on other electrical circuits, are identified during repair activities
2. Apply relevant information of electrical circuit and wiring system construction and operation in work activities	2.1 Knowledge of electrical circuit construction and operation is used during testing or repair activities to carry out work according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Basic electrical principles are used during fault finding procedures 2.3 Knowledge of basic testing procedures is used when using electrical test equipment
3. Evaluate knowledge of electrical circuit and wiring systems	3.1 Knowledge is regularly checked with colleagues and supervisor to ensure currency and accuracy 3.2 Knowledge is updated as required to complement own work role

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret a range of written technical information relating to automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numbers and units relating to electrical circuits and wiring systems in automotive technical information interpret electrical measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical circuits interpret wiring gauge dimensional measurements use basic mathematical operations and common electrical formulas to calculate voltage drop, resistance, current flow and electrical power.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Basic electrical principles must include:	relationship between electrical current flow, pressure, resistance and power using Ohm’s law.
Basic testing procedures must include:	voltage drop circuit resistance circuit current flow.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2007 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems during the testing and repair of the electrical systems of three different vehicles, vessels or machinery

evaluate and expand knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems, including demonstrating knowledge of one of the following:

a new automotive electrical or electronic testing procedure

a new automotive electrical or electronic repair procedure

a new item of automotive electrical or electronic technology.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types and location of sources of technical information relating to automotive electrical systems, including:

workplace service information

automotive engine mechanical texts

vehicle workshop manuals

service bulletins

technical articles

automotive textbooks

features of vehicle electrical circuits, including:

voltage source

current load devices

resistive devices

circuit protection devices

switching circuit devices

series circuits

parallel circuits

series parallel circuits

relationships between:

volts, amps and ohms in vehicle electrical circuits

current flow and required wire gauge to carry the current

voltage drop across resistive load and current flowing in the circuit

common fault types found in vehicle electrical circuits, including:

open circuit to power, signal and ground

short circuit to power, signal and ground

high resistance to power, signal and ground

types and construction of vehicle electrical wiring systems, including:

common multi-strand conductor

various wire gauges and insulation types

controller area network databus (CAN-bus) twisted pair wiring

audio speaker shielded wiring

principles of electricity, including:

alternating current (AC)

direct current (DC)

Ohm’s law

Watts law

Kirchhoff’s voltage law

Kirchhoff’s current law

identification, location and function of major components of common automotive electrical systems:

engine electrical systems, including:

battery

ignition

charging

starting

vehicle body electrical systems, including:

exterior lighting

internal lighting

vehicle access

washer and wiper

vehicle entertainment

wiring harness and loom assembly.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the knowledge of electrical circuits and wiring systems that they have applied, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

technical information relating to automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

automotive tools and electrical test equipment

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with functional electrical systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and replace electrical units and assemblies. Electrical units and assemblies include headlights, tail-lights, and vehicle and machinery control modules that do not require programming procedures on replacement. These electrical units and assemblies are not connected to vehicle controller area network databus (CAN-bus) topography.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical units and assemblies include those fitted to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and replace electrical unit and assemblies	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove electrical unit and assembly	2.1 Removal information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 2.2 Electrical unit and assembly are removed using approved methods, tools and equipment and according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.3 Unit and assembly are handled and stored according to manufacturer and component supplier requirements
3. Replace electrical unit and assembly	3.1 Replacement information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 3.2 Electrical unit and assembly are replaced using approved methods, tools and equipment and according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Test electrical unit and assembly	4.1 Replaced electrical unit and assembly are checked and tested to confirm correct operation and that no other problems are present, according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 4.2 Test results are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for repairs or adjustments as required
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in manufacturer specifications, safe operating procedures, and other workplace information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation relating to removing and replacing electrical units and assemblies.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	match component part numbers to workplace instructions and vehicle and component part lists interpret measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical units and assemblies measure materials and components to determine compliance with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised testing equipment, such as multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with vehicle ignition systems with injector high voltages wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and replace two of the following systems on the non controller area network databus (CAN-bus) circuits of two different vehicles or machinery:

headlight or tail-light assembly

windscreen washer and wiper motor assembly

door and window motor assembly

central door locking system

electric mirror assembly

electric brake controllers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing and replacing electrical units and assemblies, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with vehicle ignition systems with injector high voltages

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

procedures for removing, replacing, and testing electrical units and assemblies, including procedures for adjusting and calibrating systems and components

key features of basic non CAN-bus networked electrical units and assemblies, including:

headlight assemblies

tail-light assemblies

side and rear vision mirrors

windscreen washer and wiper motor assemblies

door and window motor assemblies

central door locking systems

electric brake controllers

types of wiring systems found in vehicles, including:

basic wiring

twisted pair

shielded wiring

CAN-bus wiring

options for diagnosing faults, including:

continuity testing

insulation testing

isolating possible faults

replacing blown fuses or circuit breakers

replacing damaged connectors or terminals

visually inspecting and evaluating components

location and content of technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols relating to electrical units and assemblies

procedures for testing electrical systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders and wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of system circuits.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having removed and replace electrical units and assemblies in vehicles or machinery, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workshop or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications relating to removing and replacing electrical units and assemblies

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in their electrical systems

tools and electrical test equipment appropriate for diagnosing electrical units and assemblies.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install vehicle, vessel or machinery low voltage (LV) direct current (DC) lighting and wiring systems that are not an integral part of vehicle or machinery controller area network databus (CAN-bus) topography. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of lighting and wiring systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. LV lighting and wiring systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install, lighting and wiring system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications and installation fitting instructions are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install and test system	2.1 Lighting and wiring system and components are checked for correct application and damage 2.2 Lighting and wiring system is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or other systems 2.3 Installed system and components are tested for correct operation according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.4 Post-installation testing of other electrical systems is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm correct operation, and that any problems detected as having been introduced during installation process are rectified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in lighting and wiring system and component information in manufacturer specifications, fitting instructions and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report findings, and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match materials and component part numbers to work instructions and component part lists measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	select most appropriate installation option from a range of options.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and specialised tools, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2009 Install, test and repair vehicle lighting and wiring systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install two of the following low voltage (LV) lighting and wiring systems in non controller area network databus (CAN-bus) systems in two different vehicles, vessels or machinery:

trailer lights and wiring harness

driving lights and wiring harness

side clearance lamp

high-mount rear brake lamp

ascent strip light emitting diode (LED) lamp

filament lamp to LED lamp replacement.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing vehicle lighting and wiring systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

LV direct current (DC) lighting and wiring systems of the following:

trailer lights and wiring harnesses

driving lights and wiring harnesses

side clearance lamps

high-mount rear brake lamps

ascent strip LED lamps

procedures for installing LV DC lighting and wiring systems, including:

filament lamp to LED lamp replacement

resistance and voltage drop

circuit performance checks

connecting system and components to existing electrical system without causing damage or problems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing existing electrical components

different cable types and sizes and their current carrying capacity

types of wiring systems found in vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

basic wiring

twisted pair

shielded wiring

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, fitting instructions, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols

post-installation testing procedures, including:

confirming that electrical system is operating to manufacturer specifications following installation

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of installing LV DC lighting and wiring systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the lighting and wiring systems that they have installed, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery requiring the installation of LV DC lighting and wiring systems

materials appropriate for installing LV DC lighting and wiring systems

equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate for installing LV lighting and wiring systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test an existing wiring harness and loom, remove, fabricate and fit the new wiring harness and loom, and then test its operation. It involves preparing for the task, performing the work, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The wiring harnesses and looms include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair wiring harness and loom	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Technical procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test wiring harness and loom assembly	2.1 Wiring harness and loom are inspected for damage 2.2 Harness and loom are tested using appropriate tools and fault finding techniques according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection and test results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Faults are identified from test results and causes of faults are determined
3. Remove wiring harness and loom	3.1 Wiring harness, loom assembly and associated components are labelled before removal 3.2 Harness and loom components are removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Repair and refit wiring harness and loom	4.1 Electrical circuit wiring diagrams are accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 4.2 Harness and loom are repaired or fabricated using appropriate techniques and according to workplace procedures 4.3 Repaired or fabricated harness and loom assembly is refitted and reconnected according to manufacturer and component supplier specifications 4.4 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair or fabrication process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams relating to fabricating, testing and repairing wiring harnesses and looms in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	match component part numbers to workplace instructions and vehicle and component part lists interpret measurements of wire size and gauge relating to wiring harnesses and loom fabrication and repairs measure components to determine compliance with specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised workplace technology, tools and equipment relating to repairing wiring harnesses and looms, such as soldering irons and heat shrink insulation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Tools and equipment must include:	multimeter continuity tester crimping tools soldering equipment heat gun terminals and connectors wire and cabling.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using safety data sheets (SDS) selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying firefighting equipment safely handling hazardous materials and toxic substances following soldering equipment safe operating procedures environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and toxic substances released during repair processes.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2010 Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair an existing basic wiring harness or loom assembly of the wiring systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery

fabricate a new basic wiring harness or loom assembly for the wiring system of one vehicle, vessel or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing wiring harnesses and looms, including procedures for:

using safety data sheets (SDS)

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

safely handling hazardous materials and toxic substances

following soldering equipment safe operating procedures

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and toxic substances released during repair processes

location and content of workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications relating to wiring harnesses and looms

types of wiring systems found in vehicles, including:

basic single wiring, including:

tailer harness

driving lights harness

accessory wiring harness

complex multi-wiring with varying wire gauges

controller area network databus (CAN-bus) wiring, including:

twisted pair

shielded wiring

testing procedures, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing wiring harnesses and looms, including resistance and voltage drop and circuit performance checks

visual and functional assessments, including:

component damage and wear

component corrosion

water and moisture ingress

damaged insulation

frayed wires

burnt wiring

terminal and connector damage

removal procedures for wiring harnesses and looms, including:

accessing wiring and removing panels and covers

removing and replacing components

disconnecting terminals from connectors

repair procedures of wiring harnesses and looms, including:

determining cable and terminal types and sizes according to circuit current draw

wire soldering procedures

terminal crimping

replacing male and female terminals within a connector housing

protecting and routing harness and loom

post-repair testing procedures of wiring harnesses and looms, including procedures for checking full operation of associated electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle, vessel or machinery wiring harnesses and looms that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer machinery wiring specifications

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery requiring repairs to their wiring harnesses and looms

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing wiring harnesses and looms, including:

multimeter

continuity tester

crimping tools

soldering equipment

heat gun

terminals and connectors

wire and cabling.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install and test basic ancillary electrical systems and components in vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of the systems and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation. These electrical systems and components will not require programming following installation as they do not communicate with the vehicle or machinery controller area network data bus (CAN-bus or LIN-bus) topography.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Basic ancillary electrical systems and components include those being installed in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install basic ancillary electrical system and components	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications and installation fitting instructions are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are considered and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install and test basic ancillary electrical system and components	2.1 Electrical system and components are checked for correct application and damage 2.2 Electrical equipment is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Installed system and components are tested for correct operation according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.4 Post-installation testing of other electrical systems is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm correct operation, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the installation process are rectified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures interpret text, symbols and diagrams in basic ancillary system and component fitment information in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match material and component part numbers to work instructions and vehicle and machinery component part lists measure voltage, current and resistance, and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and tools relating to the installation of basic ancillary electrical systems and components.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment selecting and using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2011 Install and test basic ancillary electrical components

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install two of the following basic ancillary electrical systems and components to non CAN-bus embedded networked circuits in different vehicles or machinery, including:

driver interlocks, including alcohol interlock devices

remote keyless entry

security alarm system

audio system

mobile phone

speed alert system

navigation system

reverse parking aids, including sensors, audible alerts and cameras

driver gauges and instruments

electric tailer brake controller

trailer harness connector

driving lights or fog lights

dual battery system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing basic ancillary electrical systems and components, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

types and basic operation of the common ancillary electrical systems and components, including:

driver interlocks, including alcohol interlock devices

remote keyless entry systems

security alarm systems

audio systems

mobile phones

speed alert systems

navigation systems

reverse parking aids, including sensors, audible alerts and cameras

driver gauges and instruments

electric tailer brake controllers

trailer harness connectors

driving lights and fog lights

dual battery systems

procedures for installing basic ancillary electrical systems and components, including:

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols

methods of determining wiring and connection type and size for system

methods of determining placement of components on vehicle or machinery

methods of connecting system and components to existing electrical system without causing damage or problems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing existing electrical components

post-installation testing procedures of basic ancillary electrical systems and components, including procedures for:

checking full operation of installed system

checking operation of existing electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the basic ancillary electrical systems and components that they have installed in vehicles or machinery, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service and repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle and machinery wiring specifications relevant to systems and components being installed

manufacturer ancillary electrical system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery requiring installation of basic ancillary electrical systems and components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing basic ancillary electrical systems and components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, test and repair basic electrical circuits in vehicle and machinery electrical systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting and testing the circuit, repairing the circuit, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The basic electrical circuits include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to test basic electrical circuit	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Testing procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Fault finding options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and electrical test equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test circuit	2.1 Basic electrical circuit is checked to establish extent of failure or damage 2.2 Circuit is tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Faults are identified from test results and causes of faults are determined 2.4 Findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and check circuit	3.1 Repair procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and most appropriate option is selected 3.3 Repair tools and materials are selected according to job requirements 3.4 Circuit components are repaired and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out to confirm basic electrical circuit is operating correctly, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to basic electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation relating to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools, such as test lights and multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around electrical systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

test a basic electrical circuit, including:

one short circuit across an electrical resistive load

one open circuit before or after an electrical resistive load

one high resistance circuit before or after an electrical resistive load

current flow and voltage drop across an electrical resistive load

test for continuity in a basic wiring harness and visually check terminals in the wiring harness for moisture ingress and corrosion

carry out four different circuit repairs that include:

crimping various terminal sizes

soldering wire gauges to terminals

applying heat shrink insulation to crimped or soldered joints

replacing male and female terminals in a connector housing

performing terminal retention checks to replaced terminals.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around electrical systems

electrical principles, including:

current, voltage, resistance and power

series circuits

parallel circuits

series parallel circuits

Ohm’s law

key features of basic electrical circuit components, including:

cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity

circuit protection devices

switches

relays

automotive globes

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including circuit types, diagrams and symbols

procedures for using and operating electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeters

test lights suitable for circuit testing, including resistive and light emitting diode (LED)

test probes suitable for testing circuit continuity

fused test lead

procedures for checking, identifying and isolating faulty equipment

common types of faults, including:

open circuits

high resistance circuits

short circuits

damaged insulation

frayed wires

burnt wiring

water and moisture ingress

connector damage

terminal damage

testing procedures for electrical systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

electrical measuring and testing procedures, including:

electrical resistance checks

open and short circuit tests

voltage drop tests

current flow tests

visual testing procedures, including:

component moisture ingress

connector damage

repair procedures for electrical circuits, including:

wire soldering procedures

terminal crimping procedures

replacing male and female terminals in a connector housing

connector removal and replacement procedures

basic electrical components removal and replacement procedures

post-repair testing procedures, including:

confirming that electrical system is operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the basic electrical circuits they have tested and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electrical system specifications

vehicle or machinery with faults in the basic electrical circuits specified in the performance evidence

electrical test equipment to test basic electrical circuits and components

consumable materials relevant to repairing basic electrical circuits and components, including connectors, terminals, wire, electrical tape and heat shrink sleeving

electrical repair tools, equipment and materials relating to basic electrical circuits and components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR013 Inspect, test and service charging systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, test and service vehicle, vessel and machinery charging systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting charging systems, servicing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The charging systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, test and service charging system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection, testing and servicing procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are reported 1.4 Tools and equipment, including multimeter, are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Charging circuit is tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service system	3.1 System is serviced according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Post-service testing is carried out to confirm charging system is operating to manufacturer specifications and that no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recycle material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate charging system information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking charging system service procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	measure system output and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and equipment, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for recycling and disposing of replaced charging system components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2013 Inspect and service charging systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR013 Inspect, test and service charging systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, test and service the charging systems of three different vehicles, vessels or machinery, in which the work must involve checking:

system output

system control circuit

system wiring.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, testing and servicing charging systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for recycling and disposing of replaced charging system components

identification and function of charging system components, including:

battery types, including:

lead acid and deep cycle batteries

maintenance-free batteries

generators

alternators

basic operating principles of charging systems, including:

using mechanical energy to produce electrical energy

charging battery and supplying power demands of vehicle

inspection procedures for charging systems, including visual, aural and functional assessments of:

component damage and wear

component corrosion

testing procedures for charging systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

measuring charging system output under load

servicing procedures for charging systems, including:

changing and adjusting drive belts

cleaning and tightening terminals

checking gauges and warning devices for operation

post-service testing procedures, including confirming that charging system is operating to manufacturer specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the charging systems that they have inspected, tested and serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer charging system specifications

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with charging systems requiring servicing

tools and equipment appropriate for inspecting, testing and servicing charging systems, including multimeter.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR014 Inspect, test and service starting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, test and service vehicle, vessel and machinery starting systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting starting systems, servicing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The starting systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, test and service starting system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection, testing and servicing procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are reported 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test system	2.1 System and battery are inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Starting circuit is tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service system	3.1 System is serviced according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out to confirm starting system is operating to manufacturer specifications and that no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recycle material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate starting system information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking starting system service procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	match starting system types and identification numbers to workplace instructions and manufacturer specifications compare battery cold cranking amps (CCA) with vehicle starting system specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and equipment, including load testers, inductive ammeters and multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Tools and equipment must include:	electronic testing equipment, including: multimeter load tester inductive ammeter.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for recycling and disposing of replaced starting system components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2014 Inspect and service starting systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR014 Inspect, test and service starting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, test and service three different vehicle, vessel or machinery starting systems, in which the work must involve checking:

starter motor and solenoid

ignition switch to starter control circuit

battery to starter motor wiring.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, testing and servicing starting systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for recycling and disposing of replaced starting system components

identification and function of starting system components, including:

starter motor

starter solenoid

starter control circuits, including:

key ignition

push button start

proximity transponder

automatic stop and start systems

immobiliser

interlocks

basic operating principles of starting systems, including:

changing electrical energy to mechanical energy

mechanical advantage between ring gear and flywheel

basic circuit operation

inspection procedures for starting systems, including visual, aural and functional assessments of:

component damage and wear

component corrosion

testing procedures for starting systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

measuring starting system current draw

servicing procedures for starting systems, including cleaning and tightening terminals

post-service testing procedures, including confirming that starting system is operating to manufacturer specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the starting systems that they have inspected, tested and serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer starting system specifications

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with starting systems requiring servicing

tools and equipment appropriate for inspecting, testing and servicing starting systems, including load tester, inductive ammeter and multimeter.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to read and apply technical information in the wiring schematics and drawings of vehicles, vessels and machinery when testing and fault finding electrical wiring systems. It involves preparing for the task, reading and interpreting the schematics and drawings, and completing work processes.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The wiring schematics and diagrams include those in electrical systems in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings	1.1 Workplace instructions are used to determine job requirements 1.2 Wiring schematics and drawings are sourced that relate to the vehicle, vessel or machinery electrical system being tested 1.3 Schematics and drawings are checked to ensure they are current and include latest amendments
2. Interpret information	2.1 Electrical circuit information in schematics and drawings is correctly identified 2.2 Information is interpreted and applied to assist when carrying out testing and repair procedures on electrical wiring systems
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Schematics and drawings are stored to ensure ease of access and protection from loss or damage 3.2 Damage to schematics and drawings is reported according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret symbols and graphical illustrations in electrical wiring schematics and drawings.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numbers and units relating to electrical circuits and wiring systems in automotive workshop hard copy and online documentation determine correct measurement relationships for voltage, current and resistance in electrical circuits from wiring schematics and drawings interpret correct wiring gauge and dimensions from wiring schematics and drawings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Electrical circuit information must include:	symbols wiring codes legends diagrammatic representations.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

read, interpret and apply information from three different vehicle, vessel or machinery wiring schematics and diagrams when testing and fault finding their electrical wiring systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types of information in wiring schematics and drawings, including:

circuit symbols

wiring codes

vehicle zone tables

legends

diagrammatic representations

key components of wiring schematics and drawings, including:

vehicle wiring schematics

electrical component symbols

electrical operational block schematics

controller area network databus (CAN-bus) circuit diagrams

vehicle zoning information tables

electrical component drawings

connector drawings that include connector end view drawings

procedures for identifying currency and version control of wiring schematics and drawings

procedures for maintaining wiring schematics and drawings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle or machinery wiring schematics and drawings they have interpreted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

wiring schematics and drawings relating to three different vehicles, vessels or machinery.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return charging system alternators to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the transmission, carrying out the overhaul process, reassembling and testing the transmission, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The charging system alternators include those fitted to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle alternator	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate alternator and components	2.1 Alternator is dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to alternator 2.2 Alternator components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble alternator and components	4.1 Alternator is assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of alternator is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and alternator is presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information for charging system alternators efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking charging system alternator specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure charging system alternator components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers use specialised charging system alternator overhaul equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems environmental requirements, including procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for disposing of replaced alternator components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3017 Overhaul charging system alternators

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul charging system alternators of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery, which include an alternator with a:

star connected stator

delta connected stator.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling charging system alternators, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for disposing of replaced alternator components

types, characteristics and operating principles of charging system alternators, including alternators with both star and delta connected stators

charging system alternator overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing charging system alternators for overhaul

charging system alternator dismantling procedures

charging system alternator repair and adjustment procedures, including:

brushes to slip ring alignment

bearings shimmed and seated in alternator housing

rotors rebalanced

rectifier installation to alternator housing

component assembly procedures, including procedures for measuring and calculating tolerances, and adjusting components

post-overhaul bench testing procedures, including:

use of load simulator load tester for complete system analysis

analysis of system operation while using gauges, current clamps, electrical test equipment, scan tools, oscilloscopes and other industry-relevant test equipment

post-overhaul testing procedures of alternator in vehicle, vessel or machinery, including:

accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

checking for correct charging voltage at battery.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the charging system alternators that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications relating to charging system alternators

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with star and delta connected stators and requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting a range of alternators.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return starting system motors to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the transmission, carrying out the overhaul process, reassembling and testing the transmission, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The starting system motors include those fitted to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle starter motor	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate starter motor and components	2.1 Starter motor is dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble starter motor and components	4.1 Starter motor is assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of starter motor is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and starter motor is presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information relevant to starting system motor efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking starting system motor specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure starting system motor components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers use specialised starting system motor overhaul equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems environmental requirements, including procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for disposing of replaced components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3018 Overhaul starting motors

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul the starting system motors of three different vehicles, vessels or machinery, which must include:

one direct drive starter motor

one of the following solenoid pre-engaged types of starter motors:

direct drive

reduction drive

one stop-start starter motor.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling starting system motor, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for disposing of replaced components

types, characteristics and operating principles of vehicle, vessel or machinery starting system motors, including starter motors that are direct drive and solenoid pre-engaged types

starting system overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing starting system motors for overhaul

starting system motor dismantling procedures

starting system motor inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

starting system motor repair and adjustment procedures, including:

brushes to commutator alignment

motor drive shaft to planetary gear assembly

solenoid shift lever to clutch drive assembly

procedures for tolerance measuring and calculating and adjusting components

post-overhaul bench testing procedures, including:

use of load simulator load tester for complete system analysis

analysis of system operation while using gauges, current clamps, electrical test equipment, scan tools, oscilloscopes and other industry-relevant test equipment

post-overhaul testing procedures of starting system motors in vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

checking for voltage drop and starting system motor correct current draw.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the starting system motors that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer starting system motor specifications

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with the starting system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting a range of starting system motors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair alternating current (AC) electric motor drive systems in vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting AC electric motor drive systems, repairing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The AC electric motor drive systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection and servicing procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Circuits are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair system	3.1 System is serviced and repaired according to manufacturer and component specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 System is performance tested and final adjustments are made 3.3 Post-repair testing is carried out to confirm system is operating to manufacturer specifications, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams from manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and electrical test equipment to inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair three of the following alternating current (AC) electric motor drive systems in different vehicles, vessels or machinery:

AC single phase induction motor

AC three phase induction motor

AC brush commutator motor

AC synchronous motor.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing AC electric motor drive systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

operating principles of AC electric motor drive systems, including of:

AC single phase induction motor

AC three phase induction motor

AC brush commutator motor

AC synchronous motor

application, purpose and operation of AC electric motor drive systems, including:

forklifts

golf karts and buggies

electric vehicle transportation

recreational vehicles, including quad bikes and motorcycles

inspection procedures for AC electric motor drive systems, including for analysing system operation

procedures for testing AC electric motor drive systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

procedures for using and operating electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeters

test lights and probes

oscilloscopes

service and repair procedures for AC electric motor drive systems, including:

component removal and replacement procedures

component and associated system adjustment procedures

post-repair testing procedures for AC electric motor drive systems, including:

confirming that system is operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the AC electric motor drive systems that they have inspected, serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer AC electric drive motor specifications

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with the AC electric motor drive systems specified in the performance evidence requiring repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing AC electric motor drive systems, including multimeter.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR020 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair vehicle or machinery embedded network electronic control systems. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits essential to control engine powertrain, vehicle dynamic control functions and body control functions. They include vehicle infotainment and climate control systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Embedded networked systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair network electronic control system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose network electronic control system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair network electronic control system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters, scan tools and oscilloscope.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR020 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three different network electronic control circuits that set network communication diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including one single wire circuit and one two-wire circuit.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing network electronic control systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of network electronic control systems and associated components, including:

assurance of message delivery, non-conflicting messages, minimum time of delivery, and electromagnetic field (EMF) noise resilience

network topographies

network protocols, including characteristics and data speeds

application, purpose and operation of network electronic control systems and components, including:

controlled area network (CAN), including:

nodes: host processor, CAN controller, and transceiver

gateway modules

terminating resistors

data transmission

vehicle data logic connector (DLC)

local interconnect network (LIN), including:

master and slaves

data transmission

diagnostic testing procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

DTCs, including ‘U’ type communication codes

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to system wiring and connectors

repair procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

connector removal and replacement procedures

removal and replacement procedures for vehicle network electronic control system components

post-repair testing procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the network electronic control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for network electronic control systems

two different network electronic control circuits

diagnostic equipment for network electronic control circuits, including:

multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing network electronic control circuits.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in dynamic control systems of vehicles. These systems include the functions of a vehicle electronic braking control module (EBCM), such as anti-lock braking, brake assist, descent control, electronic brake force distribution, electronic park brake, hill start assist, stability control, traction control and active roll-over protection. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Vehicle dynamic control systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose vehicle dynamic control system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3. Repair vehicle dynamic control system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the dynamic control systems of:

one vehicle or machinery with an anti-lock braking system (ABS)

one vehicle or machinery with a traction control system (TCS).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing vehicle dynamic control systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of vehicle dynamic control systems and associated components, including:

active roll-over protection

anti-lock braking

brake assist

descent control

electronic brake force distribution

electronic park brake

hill start assist

stability control

traction control

application, purpose and operation of vehicle dynamic control systems and components, including:

ABS, including system inputs, electronic control unit (ECU), ABS modulator, and system outputs

TCS, including system inputs, ECU, and system outputs, including associated throttle and braking system controls

electronic stability control (ESC), including system inputs, including yaw and steering angle sensors, and ECU and system outputs, including associated throttle and braking system controls

diagnostic testing procedures for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including ‘U’ type communication codes

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to system wiring and connectors

repair procedures for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

connector removal and replacement procedures

removal and replacement procedures for vehicle dynamic control system components

post-repair testing procedures for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle dynamic control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vehicle dynamic control system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with dynamic control system faults

diagnostic equipment for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle dynamic control systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR024 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the electronic compression ignition engine management systems of vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Compression ignition engine management systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose compression ignition engine management system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair compression ignition engine management system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer and component specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle and machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to compression ignition engine management systems from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical outputs on multimeters and scan tools measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high pressure diesel fuel systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3024 Diagnose and repair electronic compression ignition engine management systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR024 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the compression ignition engine management systems of three different vehicles or machinery, including:

faults in two of the following:

engine position sensor

throttle position sensor

engine coolant temperature sensor

engine mass airflow (MAF) sensor

inlet air temperature (IAT) sensor

faults in one of the following:

fuel injector

engine fuel pressure sensor

boost pressure sensor

low pressure fuel delivery pump

high pressure fuel rail pump

electronic control unit (ECU).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing compression ignition engine management systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high pressure diesel fuel systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of diesel fuel injection systems and associated components, including:

phases of combustion

composition of diesel fuel, including cetane and sulphur content

application, purpose and operation of compression ignition engine management systems and components, including common rail fuel systems:

low pressure stage

high pressure stage, including:

high pressure injection pump

common fuel rail

injectors

high pressure fuel line

compression ignition engine management systems, including:

sensors

actuators

wiring harness

electronic control module (ECM)

associated vehicle systems

diagnostic testing procedures for compression ignition engine management systems, including:

diagnostic flow charts

fuel system testing, including:

low pressure fuel system testing

high pressure fuel system testing

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors or wiring

injector testing

sensor testing

actuator testing

accessing and interpreting industry-relevant test equipment data, including:

fault codes

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

repair or replacement procedures for compression ignition engine management systems, including procedures for:

removing and replacing sensors

removing and replacing actuators, including fuel injectors and fuel pumps

adjusting and recalibrating components and their associated systems

post-repair testing procedures, including procedures for:

clearing fault codes

assessing engine performance

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the compression ignition engine management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for compression ignition engine management systems

three different vehicles or machinery with compression ignition engine management system faults

diagnostic equipment for compression ignition engine management systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing compression ignition engine management systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test, charge, replace, retest and secure a range of automotive batteries, including vehicle or machinery jump-starting procedures. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting and testing the battery to determine serviceability, charging, jump-starting, removing and replacing, and undertaking the final retesting of batteries, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The batteries include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicle	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Technical information for testing batteries and equipment safe operating procedures are accessed and interpreted from vehicle or machinery and battery manufacturer specifications 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test battery and determine serviceability	2.1 Battery is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Battery cables, terminals and case are visually inspected to determine faults or damage 2.3 Electrolyte levels are checked and topped up as required 2.4 Battery and terminals are cleaned using correct equipment and battery cleaning materials 2.5 Battery voltage and load are checked to determine if battery requires charging, jump-starting or replacement
3. Charge battery	3.1 Technical information for charging is interpreted from vehicle or machinery and battery manufacturer specifications 3.2 Tools and equipment for charging battery are identified, selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Electrolyte levels are checked and topped up as required 3.4 Battery charge rate is determined and battery charger is connected to battery according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.5 Battery is charged according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.6 Battery charger is turned off and disconnected, and electrolyte levels are rechecked, according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements as required
4. Carry out jump-start procedures	4.1 Jump-start is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to vehicle or machinery 4.2 Battery voltage is identified and confirmed as being appropriate to jump-start procedures and vehicle or machinery 4.3 Leads are connected and disconnected in correct sequence and polarity according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements
5. Remove and replace battery	5.1 Appropriate power source memory back-up device is connected to ensure no loss of power to accessories as required 5.2 Battery terminals are disconnected according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.3 Battery is removed from vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.4 Replacement battery is chosen appropriate to electrical and physical specifications and measurements of vehicle or machinery 5.5 Battery is replaced and secured according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.6 Battery terminals are reconnected and tightened according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.7 Post-replacement testing is carried out to confirm battery charging system is operating to manufacturer specifications, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 6.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recycled material is collected 6.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 6.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safety data sheets (SDS), and safe operating procedures in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	identify, interpret and match components and requirements to manufacturer specifications, including: battery types battery identification numbers and specifications cold cranking amp (CCA) and reserve capacity (RC) battery rating requirements use mathematical formulas and operations to calculate correct charge rate and charging period for the type and capacity of battery.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and equipment relating to testing, charging and replacing batteries and jump-starting vehicles correctly and safely, including battery chargers, hydrometers and jumper leads.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Tools, equipment and materials must include:	load testing devices hydrometers multimeters jumper leads battery chargers battery cleaning materials.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: safely operating: battery testing equipment battery charging equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: battery, vehicle and machinery movement before carrying out work wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems environmental requirements, including procedures for: following SDS to trap, store and dispose of toxic and corrosive substances disposing of or recycling batteries.
Determining battery charge rate must include:	calculating correct charge rate calculating charging period for type and capacity of battery.
Choosing replacement battery must include:	determining battery specifications to suit vehicle or machinery manufacturer specifications, including correct: voltage CCA and RC ratings.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3025 Test, charge and replace batteries

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

test two different types of automotive batteries

charge two batteries, in which the work must involve:

slow or trickle charging one battery

rapid charging the second battery

remove and replace batteries from two different vehicles or machinery

jump-start two different vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to testing, charging and replacing batteries and jump-start vehicles, including procedures for:

safely operating:

battery testing equipment

battery charging equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

battery, vehicle and machinery movement before carrying out work

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

following safety data sheets (SDS) to trap, store and dispose of toxic and corrosive substances

disposing of or recycling batteries

location and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and SDS

types, application and operation of batteries, including:

lead acid batteries, including deep cycle batteries

gel batteries

absorbed glass mat batteries

calcium batteries

lithium ion and lithium ion phosphate batteries

battery connection methods for 6 volt, 12 volt, 24 volt and 48 volt, including:

series

parallel

series parallel

battery classification methods, including:

cold cranking amps (CCA)

reserve capacity (RC)

amp hour rating

battery testing procedures, including:

testing safety requirements

visual inspection procedures

voltage drop testing

hydrometer testing

high rate discharge testing

battery charging procedures, including:

charging safety requirements

slow, fast and trickle charging

battery memory retention

battery replacement procedures, including:

replacement safety requirements

terminal disconnection

battery selection

battery installation and terminal connection

securing battery in vehicle

system recalibration procedures

battery jump-start procedures, including:

vehicle and personnel safety requirements

battery terminal disconnection

jumper lead connection and disconnection.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the batteries that they have tested, charged, replaced and jump-started, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer battery specifications

PPE for testing, charging, removing and replacing batteries and jump-starting vehicles and machinery, including safety glasses

two different types of serviceable batteries

two different vehicles or machinery requiring jump-starting

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for battery testing, charging and replacement, including:

load testing device

hydrometer

multimeter

jumper leads

battery charger

battery cleaning materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies integral to vehicle and machinery controller area network databus (CAN-bus). Electrical and electronic units and assemblies include powertrain control modules, engine and body control modules, and other electronic control modules that may require manufacturer programming procedures.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical and electronic units and assemblies include those fitted to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Removal information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove unit and assembly	2.1 Unit and assembly are removed using approved methods, tools and equipment and according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Unit and assembly are handled and stored according to manufacturer and component supplier requirements
3. Replace unit and assembly	3.1 Replacement information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 3.2 Unit and assembly are replaced using approved methods, tools and equipment and according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Program unit and assembly	4.1 Reprogramming options are analysed and those most appropriate are selected 4.2 Component replacement and programming procedures are carried out according to manufacturer and component supplier specifications 4.3 Post-replacement testing is carried out to confirm that unit and assembly are operating to manufacturer specifications and that no other problems are present
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in manufacturer specifications, safe operating procedures and workplace information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	match component part numbers to workplace instructions and vehicle and component part lists interpret measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical and electronic units and assemblies measure components to determine compliance with specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	determine cause of faults and select most appropriate diagnostic and reprogramming method.
Technology skills to:	use specialised workplace technology, tools and equipment relating to removing, replacing and programming electrical and electronic units and assemblies, including scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, replace, program and retest two of the following systems on controller area network databus (CAN-bus) circuits in different vehicles or machinery, including:

supplementary restraint system (SRS) module

body control module (BCM)

engine control module (ECM)

powertrain control module (PCM)

electric brake control (EBC), antilock braking system (ABS) or vehicle stability control (VSC) module

collision avoidance control (CAC) module

adaptive cruise control (ACC) module.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing, replacing and programming electrical and electronic units and assemblies, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

key features of electrical and electronic units and assemblies integral to vehicle CAN-bus networks, including:

supplementary restraint system modules

body control modules

engine control modules

powertrain control modules

electric brake control, antilock braking system, and vehicle stability control modules

collision avoidance control modules

adaptive cruise control modules

various types of wiring systems found in vehicles, including:

basic wiring

twisted pair

shielded wiring

CAN-bus wiring

procedures for removing and replacing electrical and electronic units and assemblies, including:

identifying unit position using wiring schematics and drawings

identifying unit model and configuration

identifying visual indications of unit damage, including:

physical damage and wear

water and moisture ingress

avoiding static electricity discharge when handling units

disconnecting and reconnecting electrical connectors

procedures for programming electrical or electronic units, including:

service programming system (SPS)

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) programming code

flash code or program

vehicle configuration index (VCI) code or password

post-replacement testing procedures, including checking unit system operation

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical and electronic units and assemblies they have removed, replaced and programmed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electrical and electronic unit and assembly specifications

two different vehicles or machinery requiring removal, replacement and programming of electrical and electronic units and assemblies

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, replacing and programming electrical and electronic units and assemblies, including scan tool.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR027 Install ancillary electronic systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install and test ancillary electronic systems and components in vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of the systems and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation. These electronic systems and components may require programming following installation to enable them to communicate with the vehicle or machinery controller area network data bus (CAN-bus or LIN-bus) topography.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Ancillary electronic systems and components include those being installed in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install ancillary electronic system and components	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications and installation fitting instructions are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are considered and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install and test ancillary electronic system and components	2.1 Electronic system and components are checked for correct application and damage 2.2 Electronic equipment is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Programming code is sought and interpreted, as required, to enable installed equipment to communicate with vehicle or machinery controller area network 2.4 Installed system and components are tested for correct operation according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.5 Post-installation testing of other electrical and electronic systems is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm correct operation, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the installation process are rectified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures interpret text, symbols and diagrams in ancillary electronic system and component fitment information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match material and component part numbers to work instructions and vehicle and machinery component part lists measure voltage, current and resistance, and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and specialist tools relating to the installation of ancillary electronic systems and components.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment selecting and using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3027 Install ancillary electronic control unit systems and components

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR027 Install ancillary electronic systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install two ancillary electronic systems and components that require communication with the vehicle or machinery controller area network data bus (CAN-bus) topography of different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing ancillary electronic systems and components, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

types and basic operation of common ancillary electronic systems and components, including:

driver interlocks, including alcohol interlock devices

remote keyless entry systems

security alarm systems

audio systems

mobile phones

speed alert systems

navigation systems

reverse parking aids, including sensors, audible alerts and cameras

driver gauges and instruments

trailer harness connectors

types of vehicle and machinery communication networks, including:

controller area network (CAN)

local interconnect network (LIN)

media oriented systems transport (MOST)

types of communication network wiring, including:

single wire

two wire twisted pair

shielded wire

procedures for installing basic ancillary electronic systems and components, including:

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols

methods of determining wiring and connection type and size for system

methods of determining placement of components on vehicle or machinery

methods of connecting system and components to existing electrical system without causing damage or problems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing existing electrical components

procedures for sourcing and using programming code to allow communication between installed system and existing vehicle or machinery systems

post-installation testing procedures of basic ancillary electronic systems and components, including procedures for checking:

full operation of installed system

operation of existing electrical and electronic systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the ancillary electronic systems and components that they have installed in vehicles or machinery, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service and repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle and machinery wiring specifications relevant to systems and components being installed

manufacturer ancillary electronic system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery requiring installation of ancillary electronic systems and components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing ancillary electronic systems and components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the instruments and warning systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The instruments and warning systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair instruments and warning system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose instruments and warning system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair instruments and warning system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Compete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match instruments and warning system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the instruments and warning systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery, including faults in two of the following:

driver instrument warning gauge assembly

engine monitoring warning assembly

vehicle warning visual alert assembly

vehicle warning audible alert assembly

remove, refit or replace an instrument panel in one vehicle, vessel or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing instruments and warning systems, including procedures for working with high current wiring systems

operating principles of instruments and warning systems and associated components, including types of instruments, gauges and warning systems

application, purpose and operation of instruments and warning systems and components, including:

instrument panel construction

panel illumination

magnetic and thermal gauges

voltage regulators

mechanical gauges

digital electronic gauges and systems

warning lights and indicators

diagnostic testing procedures for instruments and warning systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage instruments and warning systems

repair procedures for instruments and warning systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for instruments and warning systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

undertaking static and dynamic performance tests of instruments and warning systems, including test-driving procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the instruments and warning systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer instrument and warning system specifications

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with instrument and warning system faults

diagnostic equipment for instruments and warning systems, including multimeter

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery instruments and warning systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR032 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the electrical systems of vehicles or machinery. These systems are single wire (non CAN-bus) networked circuits and include entry-exit locking systems, power windows, interior and exterior lighting, turning indicators, brake and hazard warning lights and electric drive motor circuits. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Automotive electrical systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicle, light vehicle, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electrical system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electrical system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electrical system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Compete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3032 Repair electrical systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR032 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three of the following electrical system single wire (non CAN-bus) circuits:

entry-exit locking systems with electric motor control circuit

power windows circuit

interior or exterior lighting circuit

turning indicator circuit

brake light circuit

hazard warning light circuit

electrical drive motor circuit

carry out four of the following electrical connector repairs to a vehicle or machinery wiring harness:

crimp two different terminal types and sizes

remove two faulty connectors from the back of different terminals

solder two different wire gauges to electrical terminals

apply heat shrink insulation to two different crimped or soldered joints

check terminal retention on two different female terminals and connectors.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing automotive electrical systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of automotive electrical systems and associated components, including:

current, voltage, resistance and power

series circuits

parallel circuits

series and parallel circuits

Ohm’s law

Faraday’s law

Kirchhoff's law

magnetism and direct current (DC) motor operation

electromagnetic interference and radiation

cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity

circuit protection devices

application, purpose and operation of automotive electrical systems and components, including:

wiper motors

electric windows

electric door locks

fan motors

horns

lighting

radio aerials

diagnostic testing procedures for automotive electrical systems, including:

visual, aural and functional assessments of electrical system components, including:

component damage and wear

component or connector corrosion

component water or moisture ingress

common faults in electrical circuits, including:

open circuits

high resistance circuits

short circuits

damaged insulation

frayed wires

burnt wiring

water and moisture ingress

connector damage

terminal damage

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of system circuits

procedures for using:

digital multimeters

test lights and probes

oscilloscopes

repair procedures for automotive electrical systems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing electrical systems and their components

post-repair testing procedures for automotive electrical systems, including:

checking for electrical connector mating

checking circuit current flow

static and dynamic performance tests of automotive electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer automotive electrical system specifications

three different vehicles or machinery with electrical system faults

diagnostic equipment for electrical systems, including multimeter

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing automotive electrical systems, including:

automotive wiring

heat shrink

soldering iron.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR033 Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop, apply and validate significant modifications to existing network electronic control systems in order to vary or enhance performance. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) network circuits. The unit involves identifying the modification requirement, developing the modification specifications, applying and testing the modification, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

Significant and non-routine modifications are those that require compliance with Australian Design Rules and Vehicle Safety Bulletins.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The network electronic control systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the modification requirement	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Reasons for the modification are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons 1.3 Modification options are identified and reported to appropriate persons according to workplace procedures 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Legal and safety impacts of the modification are considered, as required, according to regulatory requirements
2. Develop and validate the modification specification	2.1 Manufacturer specifications for the existing network electronic control systems are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Criteria for selecting the modification method and evaluating the outcomes are identified and documented 2.3 Proposed modification method is identified, selected and evaluated from available options 2.4 Selected option, including material choices and processes, is developed in detail and progressively assessed against established criteria 2.5 Modification specification is documented according to workplace procedures
3. Apply and test the modification specification	3.1 Tools, test equipment and materials required to support the modification procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 3.2 Selected modification method is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.3 Post-modification testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm modification outcomes are as intended, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the modification process are rectified 3.4 Test results and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.5 Variations needed during the modification process or as a result of testing are incorporated into the modification specification 3.6 Information and detail relating to the modification are documented and provided to the appropriate parties according to regulatory and commercial obligations
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information.
Reading skills to:	interpret the operating and testing procedures for network electronic control system testing equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking network electronic control system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting modification findings and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from supervisors, and report modification outcomes.
Numeracy skills to:	measure network electronic control system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret precision measuring equipment and test equipment units and scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including scan tools and oscilloscopes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR5033 Develop and apply electronic systems modification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR033 Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop and apply one of the following significant and non-routine modifications on the network electronic control system of two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment:

adapt or modify network electronic control system to a significantly changed capability

adapt network electronic control system for different work conditions

modify or install a significant network electronic control system for a special purpose.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to developing and applying network electronic control system modifications, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools

location and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information relating to modifying network electronic control systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing modifications to network electronic control systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of the main automotive industry network electronic control systems being modified

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required for network electronic control system modifications, including scan tools and oscilloscopes

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and Vehicle Safety Bulletins (VSBs) relating to network electronic control system modifications

procedures for documenting and reporting the modification specifications and outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the network electronic control systems that they have modified, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer network electronic control system specifications

ADRs and VSBs relating to network electronic control system modifications

two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment requiring network electronic control system modification

diagnostic equipment for network electronic control system modification, including scan tools and oscilloscopes

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for completing network electronic control system modifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR034 Develop and apply electrical system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop, apply and validate significant modifications to existing electrical systems in order to vary or enhance performance. These systems are single wire (non CAN-bus) network circuits. The unit involves identifying the modification requirement, developing the modification specifications, applying and testing the modification, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

Significant and non-routine modifications are those that require compliance with Australian Design Rules and Vehicle Safety Bulletins.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical systems include those of agricultural machinery, bicycles, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the modification requirement	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Reasons for the modification are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons 1.3 Modification options are identified and reported to appropriate persons according to workplace procedures 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Legal and safety impacts of the modification are considered, as required, according to regulatory requirements
2. Develop and validate the modification specification	2.1 Manufacturer specifications for the existing electrical system are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Criteria for selecting the modification method and evaluating the outcomes are identified and documented 2.3 Proposed modification method is identified, selected and evaluated from available options 2.4 Selected option, including material choices and processes, is developed in detail and progressively assessed against established criteria 2.5 Modification specification is documented according to workplace procedures
3. Apply and test the modification specification	3.1 Tools, test equipment and materials required to support the modification procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 3.2 Selected modification method is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.3 Post-modification testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm modification outcomes are as intended, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the modification process are rectified 3.4 Test results and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.5 Variations needed during the modification process or as a result of testing are incorporated into the modification specification 3.6 Information and detail relating to the modification are documented and provided to the appropriate parties according to regulatory and commercial obligations
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information.
Reading skills to:	interpret the operating and testing procedures for electrical system testing equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking electrical system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting modification findings and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from supervisors, and report modification outcomes.
Numeracy skills to:	measure electrical system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret precision measuring equipment and test equipment units and scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, including micrometers use specialised diagnostic equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on vehicle ignition systems with injector high voltages wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR5034 Develop and apply electrical systems modification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR034 Develop and apply electrical system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop and apply one of the following significant and non-routine modifications on the electrical system of two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment:

adapt or modify electrical system to a significantly changed capability

adapt electrical system for different work conditions

modify or install a significant electrical system for a special purpose.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to developing and applying electrical system modifications, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle ignition systems with injector high voltages

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools

location and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information relating to modifying electrical systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing modifications to electrical systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of the electrical systems being modified

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required for electrical system modifications, including scan tools and oscilloscopes

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and Vehicle Safety Bulletins (VSBs) relating to electrical system modifications

procedures for documenting and reporting the modification specifications and outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical systems that they have modified, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electrical system specifications

ADRs and VSBs relating to electrical system modifications

two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment requiring electrical system modification

diagnostic equipment for electrical system modifications, including digital multimeters and scan tools

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for completing electrical system modifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR037 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle or light commercial vehicle embedded network safety systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The vehicle network safety systems include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in vehicle safety system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for safety system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking light vehicle safety system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure safety system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including: digital multimeters scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems working around the vehicle’s supplementary restraint systems (SRS), such as airbags wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents disarming vehicle airbag and safety restraint systems, as required.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR4037 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in light vehicle safety systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR037 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose complex faults in the safety systems of two different light vehicles or light commercial vehicles

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle safety systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems

working around the vehicle’s supplementary restraint systems (SRS), including airbags

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

disarming vehicle airbag and safety restraint systems

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle safety systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other technical information relating to light vehicle safety systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle safety systems, including:

active and passive collision avoidance

adaptive front lighting systems

airbag systems

lane keeping assist

occupant detection systems

radar cruise control

roll-over protection

seatbelt pre-tensioners

testing procedures for light vehicle safety systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

vehicle dynamic and static testing

component failure analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle safety systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle safety system specifications

two different light vehicles or light commercial vehicles with complex faults in their safety systems

light vehicle safety system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle safety systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, refit and test the operation of electrical components following body repair activities. Electrical components include headlights, tail-lights, mirrors, antennas, sensors, actuators, and vehicle, vessel or machinery control modules. These components are not an integral part of vehicle controller area network databus (CAN-bus) typography and do not require programming procedures following fitting activities.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical components include those fitted in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Removal and refitting procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards are recognised and precautions are taken according to safety requirements 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove electrical components	2.1 Electrical components are removed using approved methods, tools and equipment and according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Components are inspected for damage according to workplace procedures 2.3 Components are handled and stored according to manufacturer and component supplier requirements
3. Refit electrical components	3.1 Electrical components are replaced using approved methods, tools and equipment 3.2 Electrical components are refitted according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
4. Test operation of electrical components	4.1 Options for testing components are identified 4.2 Electrical components are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 4.3 Faults are identified from operational test results and potential causes of faults are analysed 4.4 Findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for repair or component replacement
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked, stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in manufacturer specifications, safe operating procedures and workplace information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	match materials and component part numbers to workplace instructions, manufacturer specifications, and vehicle and component part lists interpret measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical components measure materials and components to determine compliance with specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2042 Remove, refit and test electrical componentry for operation following body repair activities

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, refit and operationally test four of the following systems on non controller area network databus (CAN-bus) circuits on different vehicles, vessels or machinery:

headlight or tail-light assembly

windscreen washer and wiper motor assembly

external electric mirror assembly

antenna, mobile phone or radio

actuators, central door locking or window closure.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing, refitting and operating electrical components following body repair activities, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

identification and function of electrical components, including:

headlight assemblies

tail-light assemblies

side and rear vision mirrors

windscreen washer and wiper motor assemblies

door and window motor assemblies

procedures for removing and replacing electrical components, including:

identifying component position using wiring schematics and drawings

identifying component model and configuration

identifying visual indications of control unit damage, including:

physical damage and wear

water and moisture ingress

removing and replacing trim and covers

handling precautions of electrical components, including halogen globes

disconnecting and reconnecting electrical connectors

fitting electrical components to vehicle, vessel or machinery body

post-fitting testing procedures of electrical components, including checking electrical system operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical components that they have removed, refitted and tested following body repair activities, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive body repair workshop or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicles, vessels or machinery with the electrical components specified in the performance evidence requiring removal and refitting following body repair

tools and equipment appropriate for removing and refitting electrical components following body repair activities.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR043 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the electronic body management systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits in the vehicle or machinery’s embedded network electronic control system and are essential to controlling vehicle, vessel or machinery body control functions, including passenger convenience, comfort, navigation and infotainment systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Electronic body management embedded networked systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electronic body management system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electronic body management system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronic body management system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electronic body control components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3043 Service and repair electronic body management systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR043 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following electronic body management systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery:

entry and exit systems, which must include:

power door lock circuit

key coding to vehicle

anti-theft immobilisation circuit

power window system

lighting system

navigation system

infotainment system

passenger comfort system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronic body management systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

electronic body management system principles, including types of electronic body management systems

application, purpose and operation of electronic body management systems and components, including:

entry and exit systems, including:

power door lock circuits

key coding to vehicles

anti-theft immobilisation circuits

power window systems

lighting systems

navigation systems

infotainment systems

passenger comfort systems

diagnostic testing procedures for electronic body management systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for electronic body management systems, including procedures for removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures for electronic body management systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests of electronic body management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic body management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer body management system specifications

vehicles, vessels or machinery with electronic body management system faults

diagnostic equipment for body management systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery electronic body management systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR045 Inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair direct current (DC) electric motor drive systems in vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting DC electric motor drive systems, repairing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The DC electric motor drive systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection and servicing procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Circuits are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair system	3.1 System is serviced and repaired according to manufacturer and component specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 System is performance tested and final adjustments are made 3.3 Post-repair testing is carried out to confirm system is operating to manufacturer specifications, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams from manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and electrical test equipment to inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR045 Inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair three of the following direct current (DC) electric motor drive systems in vehicles, vessels or machinery:

brush commutator motor

stepper motor assembly

brushless hall effect motor

magnetic flux array motor.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing DC electric motor drive systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

operating principles of DC electric motor drive systems, including:

brush commutator motors, including of:

permanent magnet motor

series motor

shunt motor

compound motor

brushless motors, including:

stepper motors, including rotary position actuators

hall effect motor

magnetic flux array motors

application, purpose and operation of DC electric motor drive systems, including:

power operated windows, door and roofs

power operated seats, mirrors and radio antennas

winches and lifting platforms

rotary position actuators

brushless traction motors

magnetic flux array, including wheel hub motors

inspection procedures for DC electric motor drive systems, including analysing system operation

procedures for testing DC electric motor drive systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

procedures for using and operating electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeters

test lights and probes

oscilloscopes

service and repair procedures for DC electric motor drive systems, including:

component removal and replacement procedures

component and associated system adjustment procedures

post-repair testing procedures of DC electric motor drive systems, including:

confirming that system is operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the DC electric motor drive systems that they have inspected, serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer DC electric drive motor specifications

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with the DC electric motor drive systems specified in the performance evidence requiring repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing DC electric motor drive systems, including multimeter.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR048 Construct and test basic electronic circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to construct and test basic electronic circuits using a small number of standard electronic components. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task, select the correct equipment, construct and test electronic circuits, and check and store the electrical test equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to construct basic electronic circuit	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and electronic circuit to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for electronic circuitry are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor
2. Draw circuit diagrams and identify equipment and materials to construct electronic circuit	2.1 Electronic circuit diagrams that accurately reflect the circuit specifications are drawn according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 Electronic components are depicted correctly in circuit diagram using standard symbols 2.3 Component and material requirements are identified from electronic circuit diagram and recorded
3. Construct electronic circuit	3.1 Tools, equipment and electronic components are sourced and selected according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 3.2 Component manufacturer installation and connection information is read, interpreted and applied 3.3 Circuit is constructed using electronic components according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements
4. Test electronic circuit	4.1 Circuit fault testing equipment is identified and sourced according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 4.2 Electronic circuit is tested according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 4.3 Faults detected are corrected and circuit is re-tested to confirm their operation 4.4 Circuit testing procedures and outcomes are recorded
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and that electronic circuit is constructed ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of electronic circuit information and electrical test equipment operating procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures relating to constructing basic electronic circuits select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information imbedded in electronic components’ identification codes use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, when using Ohm’s law and Watt’s law to calculate electrical voltage, current flow, resistance and power read and interpret electrical test equipment correctly, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. Ω for ohms).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.
Technology skills to:	set up and operate equipment and tools required to construct basic electronic circuits.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses use of tools identification of electrical hazards applying procedures for disposing of used electronic circuit components and materials.
Electronic circuit must include:	printed circuit board.
Electronic components must include:	heat sinks electronic wiring terminals solders switches lamps relays diodes resistors capacitors transistors.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR048 Construct and test basic electronic circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly and safely construct and test two different basic electronic circuits.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements relating to the construction of basic electronic circuits, including:

use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses

use of soldering irons

use of hand tools and electrical test equipment

identification of electrical risks and hazards

disposal of used electronic components

meaning of electrical terms, including:

voltage

amperage

watts

current

resistance

theory of electrical circuits, including:

Ohm’s law

Watt’s law

types and application of electronic components, including:

heat sinks

electronic wiring

terminals

solder

switches

lamps

potentiometers

relays

diodes

resistors

capacitors

transistors

integrated circuits

types, application and operation of basic electronic circuits, including:

flashing circuits

timing circuits

speed control circuits

methods for drawing electronic circuit diagrams

procedures for constructing basic electronic circuits

procedures for testing electronic circuits, and identifying and rectifying faults

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having constructed basic electronic circuits, e.g. circuit diagrams.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace, including a safe work area for constructing electronic circuit boards

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace, including safety glasses

electronic components and materials, including:

heat sinks

electronic wiring

terminals

solders

switches

lamps

relays

diodes

resistors

capacitors

transistors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETR136 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to diagnose and repair faults in electronically controlled suspension systems. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits in the embedded network electronic control system of a vehicle or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This unit applies to those working within the automotive service and repair industry. The electronically controlled suspension systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Diagnose electronically controlled suspension system	1.1 Identify job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Obtain and interpret diagnostic information in order to identify diagnostic options required for the job 1.3 Identify hazards and environmental issues, assess potential risks and implement control measures in line with workplace policies 1.4 Identify diagnostic tools and equipment required for the job and examine for serviceability 1.5 Perform diagnostic tests according to workplace procedures and workplace health and safety requirements 1.6 Examine diagnostic test results to identify causes of faults, report findings and make recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments according to workplace procedures
2. Repair and test electronically controlled suspension system	2.1 Obtain and interpret repair information in order to identify repair options required for the job 2.2 Identify repair tools, equipment and materials for the job and examine for serviceability 2.3 Carry out repairs or component replacements and adjustments according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Carry out post-repair testing according to workplace procedures, workplace health and safety and environmental requirements to confirm fault rectification and repair any issues identified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Carry out final inspection to ensure work meets workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is ready for use 3.2 Clear work area and dispose of waste or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 3.3 Examine and store tools and equipment, ensuring faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate relevant sources of electronically controlled suspension system information efficiently
Reading skills to:	read and interpret information from workplace procedures and documentation when seeking electronically controlled steering system specifications and procedures
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings make repair recommendations
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications match electronically controlled suspension system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle or machinery component part lists, and manufacturer specifications measure voltage, current and resistance interpret vehicle or machinery electrical measurements and readings
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters use diagnostic scan tools

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AURETR136 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems (Release 1)	AURETR036 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems (Release 1)	Wording changes to ensure compliance with Standards for Training Packages. Combination of performance elements to create three performance criteria. Removal of references to OHS requirements. Removal of range of conditions. Explicit reference to the use of diagnostic scan tools in foundation skills. Addition of minor elements to knowledge evidence. Addition of assessor requirements.	Equivalent

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETR136 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit.

The candidate must demonstrate a diagnosis and repair of electronically controlled suspension systems that safely follows workplace procedures to meet required outcomes. This includes:

diagnosis and repair of a fault within the following electronically controlled suspension system components of two different vehicles or machinery:

ride height sensor circuits

wheel speed sensor circuits

steering rate sensor circuits

ride height control relay circuits

air compressor motor control circuits

air spring fill-vent solenoid control valve circuits

diagnosis and repair of one electronically controlled steering system in which the work must include removing, refitting or replacing and re-testing one of the following components:

solenoid actuated shock absorber

load sensing shock absorber

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the following knowledge:

Key policies and procedures relating to the diagnosis, testing and repair of electronically controlled suspension systems including:

how to locate and interpret manufacturers specifications or equivalent documentation and workplace procedures for the diagnosis and repair of electronically controlled suspension systems

the following workplace health and safety requirements for diagnosis and repair of electronically controlled suspension systems:

procedures for using specialised tools and equipment

knowledge of the appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with stored energy in springs and torsion bars

procedures for removing tension from suspension components

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with manual handling heavy suspension system components

environmental procedures for diagnosis, testing and repair of electronically controlled suspension systems

the following diagnostic testing procedures for electronically controlled suspension systems:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

the following electrical systems testing procedures:

accessing electrical terminals

using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

undertaking resistance tests

undertaking voltage drop tests

testing open circuits

testing short circuits

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

the following repair procedures for electronically controlled suspension systems:

removing and replacing system components

the following post-repair testing procedures for electronically controlled suspension systems:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests of suspension system

workplace housekeeping and documentation procedures

Electronically controlled suspension system information, including:

the operating principles of:

vehicle ride and handling

typical vehicle or machinery equipped with electronically controlled suspension systems

the purpose and operation of the following electronically controlled suspension systems and components:

adaptive suspension control module

control sensors and actuators

the purpose and operation of the following suspension control module functions within electronically controlled suspension systems:

control of air spring settings

shock damper settings

air compressor operation

Assessment Conditions

Mandatory conditions for the assessment of this unit are stipulated below.

The assessment must:

include access to:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace that reflects workplace conditions - where simulation is used, it must reflect real working conditions by modelling industry operating conditions and contingencies, as well as, using suitable facilities, equipment and resources

repair orders and workplace instructions relating to diagnosis and repair activity

workplace procedures relating to diagnosis and repair activity

manufacturer electronically controlled suspension systems specifications and procedures of equivalent documentation to complete diagnose and repair activity

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the electronically controlled suspension system components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for electronically controlled steering systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials suitable for repairing electronically controlled suspension systems of vehicle and machinery

be demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions

be conducted in a safe environment

be assessed in compliance with relevant policies, processes and operational manuals directly related to the industry sector for which it is being assessed

confirm consistent performance can be applied in a range of relevant workplace circumstances

Assessor requirements

Assessors of this unit must:

satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install automotive air conditioning systems in vehicles and machinery for driver and passenger convenience and comfort. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of automotive air conditioning systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Air conditioning systems include those being installed in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council (ARCtick) Restricted Refrigerant Handling licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install air conditioning system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Installation information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are considered and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install air conditioning system components	2.1 Air conditioning system components are installed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components and vehicle or machinery systems 2.2 Installation is visually checked prior to pressure testing and system charging
3. Charge air conditioning system with refrigerant and lubricating oil	3.1 System is pressure tested for leaks prior to being evacuated using approved methods and equipment 3.2 System is charged with appropriate refrigerant gas and lubricating oil according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and relevant industry code of practice
4. Test air conditioning system	4.1 Post-installation testing is carried out to ensure performance and operation comply with manufacturer specifications 4.2 Test results are reported according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation, including ARCtick service decal sticker, is completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures interpret requirements of the Australian automotive code of practice relating to installing automotive air conditioning systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including ARCtick stickers, when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, manufacturer specifications and regulatory requirements interpret weight measurements, including tare and gross weights, and readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges interpret measurements of temperature and pressure related to air conditioning system performance and compare with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and specialist tools relating to installing and testing air conditioning systems.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Installation information must include:	manufacturer specifications installation fitting instructions Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.
Installation options must include:	refrigerant types: R134a R1234yf R290 and R600a blends fluid levels: refrigerant lubricating oils filter serviceability: receiver dryer cabin filter O rings and seals adjustments and operational testing visual inspections and documentation.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants and refrigerant recovery equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying and using fire safety equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to atmosphere.
ARCtick service decal sticker information must include:	name of the service organisation ARCtick business authority number quantity of refrigerant added refrigerant and oil type service date technician’s name and licence number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU2001 Install air conditioning systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install an air conditioning system in two different vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing air conditioning systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants and refrigerant recovery equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere.

methods for locating manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, including safe operating procedures and current Australian automotive code of practice

requirements of Automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

principal types of vehicle air conditioning systems, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors

application, purpose and operation of air conditioning systems, including:

climate control

multi-zone systems

refrigerant types, operating pressures and suitable lubricating oils

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including:

refrigerant saturation temperatures in relation to ambient temperatures and changing levels of humidity

graphic symbols and diagrams

procedures for using and operating tools and equipment, including:

hand tools

manifold and gauge sets

refrigerant hoses and couplers

recovery units and vacuum pumps

electronic leak detector

nitrogen cylinder and regulator

digital vacuum gauge (vacrometer)

oil injector

infra-red thermometer (pyrometer)

electronic temperature probe

electronic scales

valve core removal or replacement tool

humidity detector (psychrometer)

multimeter

procedures for installing air conditioning systems and components, including:

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols

methods of determining wiring and connection type and size for system

methods of determining placement of components on vehicle or machinery

methods of connecting system and components to existing electrical system without causing damage or problems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

post-installation testing procedures, including:

validating effectiveness of installation, including checking for:

electrical connector mating

ambient temperature

centre vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature

manifold gauge pressure readings

refrigerant leaks

procedures for completing workplace documentation, including ARCtick sticker.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning systems that they have installed in vehicles or machinery, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle and machinery wiring specifications relevant to system and components being installed

manufacturer air conditioning system specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.

two different vehicles or machinery requiring installation of air conditioning systems

material necessary to install air conditioning system components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing air conditioning system components, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

vacuum pump

electronic leak detector

nitrogen cylinder and regulator

digital vacuum gauge (vacrometer)

multimeter

electronic scales

oil injector

infra-red thermometer (pyrometer)

electronic temperature probe

valve core removal or replacement tool

humidity detector (psychrometer)

air conditioning gas appropriate to system being installed.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU002 Recover vehicle refrigerants

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to recover vehicle air conditioner refrigerants in designated recovery cylinders for disposal according to safety and environmental procedures while observing critical precautions, given that refrigerant may be flammable.

It applies to those working as vehicle dismantlers, automotive parts recycling contractors, and vehicle body repairers in automotive service and repair workplaces who are required to recover automotive air conditioning refrigerants. Automotive air conditioners, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Restricted Refrigerant Recoverer licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for refrigerant recovery	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Refrigerant recovery workplace procedures and relevant code of practice are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Vehicle air conditioning system, components and refrigerant service ports are identified for refrigerant recovery 1.5 Recovery equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE) and firefighting equipment, are checked for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
2. Operate recovery equipment	2.1 Vehicle refrigerant is identified with a refrigerant identifier or analyser 2.2 Designated recovery cylinder is weighed to determine available capacity, and tare weight of cylinder is recorded 2.3 Recovery equipment is connected to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Refrigerant is recovered and transferred into designated recovery cylinder using recovery equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.5 Problems are responded to appropriately and escalated according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Quantity and details of recovered refrigerant are recorded according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 3.2 Recovery equipment, hoses and recovery cylinder are shut down and disconnected, and cylinders capped, according to workplace procedures 3.3 Refrigerant is stored in designated recovery cylinder according to workplace procedures 3.4 Recovery equipment and tools are checked and stored, and faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in workplace and safe operating procedures and manufacturer specifications interpret critical precautions of the Australian automotive code of practice relating to automotive refrigerant recovery.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information in regulatory reports and fill out other required workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace procedures and code of practice requirements interpret weight measurements, including tare and gross weights interpret readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges complete numerical data in documentation and charts.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and tools, such as refrigerant analyser, vacuum recovery equipment, and scales.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Code of practice must include:	Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.
Recovery equipment must include:	refrigerant hose and coupler refrigerant recovery unit refrigerant scales refrigerant identifier or analyser designated and appropriately labelled recovery cylinders.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants selecting and using PPE identifying firefighting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for: preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere storing and transporting refrigerants.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU2002 Recover vehicle refrigerants

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU002 Recover vehicle refrigerants

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

recover vehicle refrigerants from three different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve one of the following refrigerant types:

synthetic greenhouse and ozone depleting (SGOD) refrigerant

hydrocarbon (HC) refrigerant

a mixture of SGOD and HC refrigerant.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to safety requirements for recovering vehicle refrigerants, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

environmental requirements associated with refrigerant recovery and refrigerant waste disposal, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

storing and transporting refrigerants

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

key features of various types of refrigerants and oils found in automotive vehicle and equipment HVAC systems, including:

synthetic SGOD refrigerants, including:

chlorofluorocarbons (CFC)

hydrofluorocarbons (HCFC)

HC refrigerants

mineral and synthetic refrigerant oils

types, application and operation of refrigerant recovery equipment, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

types of recovery cylinders

procedures for recovering automotive refrigerant, including:

testing refrigerant to determine its type

connecting manifold and gauge set and recovery unit, including types and location of service ports

identifying recovery cylinder appropriate to the refrigerant

operating recovery unit, including weighing recovery cylinder before and after recovery

disconnecting and storing recovery unit and cylinder

work completion procedures for recovering vehicle refrigerant, including:

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements

workplace regulatory documentation to be completed

completing workplace documentation, including Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to vehicle refrigerant that they have recovered from HVAC systems, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace, parts recycling yard or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE and firefighting equipment required when recovering vehicle refrigerants

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

three different vehicles or machinery with refrigerant to be recovered

refrigerant recovery equipment designed for safe operation, including:

hose and vehicle couplings

refrigerant scales

refrigerant identifier or analyser

vehicle refrigerant designated and labelled recovery cylinders

appropriate hand tools for refrigerant recovery.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service air conditioning systems, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, fitted to a range of vehicles and machinery. It involves preparing for the task, carrying out performance testing and correct servicing procedures, performing post-service testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Automotive air conditioners, including HVAC systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Refrigerant Handling licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service information, manufacturer specifications, and relevant code of practice are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Servicing options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Servicing tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test operation of system and components	2.1 System is visually checked to establish extent of possible failure or damage 2.2 System performance tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 2.3 Findings, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Service system and components	3.1 System and components are serviced according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and relevant code of practice 3.2 Code of practice regulations regarding topping up refrigerant are interpreted and applied during service procedures 3.3 Post-service performance tests are carried out to confirm that reported service issue has been resolved and that no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker and other required workplace documentation are completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams relating to service information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures interpret key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice relating to servicing air conditioning and HVAC systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including ARCtick stickers, when reporting test findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	listen to workplace instructions and ask questions to clarify job requirements participate in verbal exchanges to report faults, diagnostic and test findings and service repair recommendations to relevant personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, part lists, manufacturer specifications, and code of practice requirements interpret weight measurements, including tare and gross weights interpret readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges measure temperatures and pressures, and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and tools, such as refrigerant vacuum recovery equipment and manifold gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Code of practice must include:	Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils identifying flammable refrigerants selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying firefighting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for: preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment.
Post-service performance tests must include:	temperature checks checking for refrigerant leaks.
Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker information must include:	name of service organisation ARCtick business authority number quantity of refrigerant added refrigerant and oil type service date technician name and licence number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU2003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service the air conditioning and HVAC systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve:

one air conditioning system

one heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system

complete Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal stickers for the above jobs.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

identifying flammable refrigerants

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment.

key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

identification and function of major air conditioning and HVAC system components, including:

compressor

condenser

receiver-dryer

expansion valve

evaporator

blower fan

principles of operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including transferring heat from cabin to exterior using refrigerant gas

types of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

single zone and multi-zone

climate control

inspection procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

conducting visual, aural and functional assessments for:

component damage and wear

component corrosion

vacuum and leaks

system performance testing, including:

using manifold gauges and thermometers to check system pressures and vent temperatures

checking blower fan output

checking engine fan output

checking filters

using manifold gauges and thermometers to check pressure and temperatures

service and adjustment procedures of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

checking and adjusting compressor drive belts

changing filters

clearing evaporator water outlet

cleaning condenser

post-service testing procedures of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including system performance testing and using thermometers to check vent temperatures

procedures for completing workplace documentation, including ARCtick service decal sticker.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

air conditioning and HVAC system manufacturer specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for servicing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

thermometer

manifold and gauge set.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the air conditioning systems, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, fitted to a range of vehicles and machinery for passenger convenience and comfort. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Automotive air conditioners, including HVAC systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose air conditioning and HVAC system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements using appropriate tools and techniques without causing damage to components or system 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair air conditioning and HVAC system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 System is recharged with the appropriate refrigerant gas according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.6 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and the vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Australian Refrigeration Council accredited service decal sticker (ARCtick) and other required workplace documentation are completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams relating to diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures interpret requirements relevant to diagnosing and repairing air conditioning and HVAC systems of the Australian automotive code of practice.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including ARCtick stickers, when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, parts lists, manufacturer specifications, code of practice and regulatory requirements interpret weight measurements, including tare and gross weights interpret readings on pressure gauges measure temperatures and pressures and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including refrigerant vacuum recovery equipment and manifold gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying and using fire safety equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere.
Repairs and component replacement and adjustment requirements must include:	manufacturer specifications workplace procedures Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.
Post-repair testing must include:	validating the effectiveness of the repair action by checking the following: ambient temperature centre vent temperature condenser and suction line temperature manifold gauge pressure readings refrigerant leaks heater core and system water coolant leaks.
Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker information must include:	name of the service organisation name of technician Refrigerant Handling Licence Number vehicle registration number service date refrigerant type lubricant type.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU3004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the air conditioning and heating, ventilation and cooling (HVAC) systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve removing, refitting or replacing two of the following:

condenser

evaporator

expansion valve

compressor

heater box.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

key requirements relevant to diagnosing and repairing air conditioning and HVAC systems detailed in the Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

air conditioning and HVAC system principles, including:

heat transfer principles, including convection, conduction and radiation

functions of the following air conditioning components:

compressor

condenser

receiver-drier

evaporator

blower fan

refrigerant

functions of the following heating components:

radiator

thermostat

radiator and heater hoses

heater tap

heater box

single zone and multi-zone vehicle layouts

application, purpose and operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems and components, including:

high pressure and low pressure sides of air conditioning systems

compressors, including:

axial type, including variable capacity compressors

scroll type

vane type

electromagnetic clutches

condensers

receiver-dryer, including filters and desiccants

expansion valves, including capillary tube

evaporator

thermostat

refrigerants, including R12, R134, R1234yf and hydrocarbon refrigerants

compressor oils

air conditioner and heating controls, including levers and ducting

air conditioner and heating electrical circuits and sensors, including:

high and low pressure switches

pressure relief valves

temperature sensors

climate control systems

diagnostic testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

using diagnostic flow charts

using manifold gauges on systems with different refrigerants, including analysis of high and low pressure readings in conjunction with temperature probes

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

using manifold gauges to discharge, evacuate and charge system refrigerants

removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for checking for:

refrigerant leaks

heater core and system water coolant leaks

static and dynamic performance tests of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including checking:

ambient temperature

vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for air conditioning and HVAC systems

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

ARCtick service decal stickers

procedures for servicing and adjusting vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC system faults

diagnosis and repair equipment for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

vacuum pump

electronic leak detector

nitrogen cylinder and regulator

multimeter

electronic scales

oil injector

infra-red thermometer

temperature probe

scan tool.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to retrofit and modify air conditioning systems, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, fitted to a range of vehicles and machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct de-gas procedure, carrying out the retrofit and modification procedures, performing post-modification testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

Air conditioning systems may contain a mixture of both natural and flammable synthetic refrigerants that are difficult to accurately identify and safely recover. To minimise the possibility of ignition, the procedures and equipment used when recovering refrigerants must be those required for flammable refrigerants.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Automotive air conditioners, including HVAC systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Refrigerant Handling licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to retrofit system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Retrofit information, manufacturer specifications, and relevant code of practice are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Type of refrigerant is determined according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 1.4 Retrofit options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Retrofit tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. De-gas system	2.1 System de-gas procedures are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 2.2 Refrigerant is recovered into appropriate refrigerant recovery cylinder for the refrigerant type 2.3 Oil recovered is measured to determine replacement volume 2.4 System is evacuated according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Retrofit system	3.1 Technical information relating to vehicle or machinery being retrofitted is accessed and interpreted 3.2 Air conditioning retrofit modification procedures are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 System is pressure tested for leaks before being re-gassed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 System is re-gassed with appropriate refrigerant gas and lubricating oil according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.5 Post-modification testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and test results are checked to confirm system performance is operating to manufacturer specifications, reported pre-modification issue has been resolved, and no other faults are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and the vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker and other required workplace documentation are completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams relating to retrofit and modification information from manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures interpret key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice relating to retrofitting and modifying air conditioning and HVAC systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including ARCtick stickers, when reporting test findings, making modification recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	listen to workplace instructions and ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and code of practice requirements interpret weighting measurements, including tare and gross weights interpret readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges measure temperatures and pressures, and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and tools, such as refrigerant analyser, vacuum recovery equipment and manifold gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Code of practice must include:	Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils identifying flammable refrigerants, including hydrocarbon (HC) refrigerants selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying firefighting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for: preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment.
Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker information must include:	name of the service organisation ARCtick business authority number quantity of refrigerant added refrigerant and oil type service date technician name and licence number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU3005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

retrofit and modify the air conditioning and HVAC systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must include changing the type of refrigerant.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to retrofitting and modifying air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

identifying and handling flammable refrigerants, including hydrocarbon (HC) refrigerants

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment

key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

application, purpose and operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems and components, including:

high pressure and low pressure sides of air conditioning systems

compressors, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors electromagnetic clutches

condensers

receiver-dryers, including filters and desiccants

expansion valves, including capillary tubes

evaporators

thermostats

refrigerants, including R12, R134a, R1234yf, R290 and R600a blends

compressor oils

air conditioner and heating controls, including levers and ducting

air conditioner and heating electrical circuits and sensors, including:

high and low pressure switches

pressure relief valves

temperature sensors

climate control systems

procedures for retrofitting and modifying air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

determining original system fitted to vehicle, including refrigerant and oil type and types of components

determining appropriate retrofit and modification options, including:

determining required system performance output

component replacement, including O rings and seals

refrigerant and oil selection

procedures for removing and replacing system components

procedures for changing system refrigerant, including:

changing refrigerant gas from R12 to R134a:

receiver dryer filter replacement

change system fittings for manifold gauge attachment

change oil type

changing refrigerant gas from R134a to R1234yf:

change refrigerant recharging ports

change system fittings for manifold gauge attachment

changing refrigerant gas from R134a to blends of R290 and R600a:

change refrigerant re-charging ports

change system fittings for manifold gauge attachment

procedures for recovering automotive refrigerant, including:

testing refrigerant to determine its type

connecting manifold and gauge set and recovery unit, including types and location of service ports

identifying recovery cylinder appropriate to the refrigerant

operating recovery unit, including weighing recovery cylinder before after recovery

disconnecting and storing recovery unit and cylinder

procedures for re-gassing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

testing system for leaks using vacuum and pressure testing

using manifold gauges to charge system

post-retrofit testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for checking for:

refrigerant leaks

heater core and system water coolant leaks

static and dynamic performance tests of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including checking:

ambient temperature

vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature

procedures for completing workplace documentation, including ARCtick service decal sticker.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have retrofitted and modified, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle or machinery air conditioning and HVAC system manufacturer specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC systems requiring retrofitting and modification

retrofit, modification and testing equipment for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

vacuum pump

leak detector

refrigerant analyser.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The air conditioning and HVAC systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in air conditioning and HVAC system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for air conditioning and HVAC system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles, vessels or machinery.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking air conditioning and HVAC system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure air conditioning and HVAC system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including: manifold and gauge sets leak detectors digital multimeters thermometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants preventing loss of refrigerant to environment using personal protective equipment identifying fire safety equipment (PPE) environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU4006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

preventing loss of refrigerant to environment

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

types of complex faults relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

requirements of Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to atmosphere

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other technical information relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems

types, function and operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

climate control systems

single and dual zone systems

electric controlled compressor systems

testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

vehicle HVAC performance testing

component failure analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

procedures for using testing and diagnostic tools and equipment, including:

scan tools

oscilloscopes

manifold and gauge sets

vacuum pumps

leak detectors

nitrogen cylinder and regulators

digital vacuum gauges (vacrometer)

digital multimeters

infra-red thermometers (pyrometer)

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer air conditioning and HVAC system specifications

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with complex faults in their air conditioning and HVAC systems

testing and diagnostic tools and equipment appropriate for diagnosing and repairing complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

manifold and gauge sets

leak detectors

digital multimeters

thermometers

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to overhaul and return air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system compressors to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the compressor, carrying out the overhaul process, reassembling and testing the compressor, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The air conditioning and HVAC system compressors include those fitted to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle air conditioning compressor	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.4 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate compressor and components	2.1 Compressor is dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and Australian automotive code of practice
4. Assemble compressor and components	4.1 Compressor is assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of compressor is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and compressor is presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information relevant to compressor efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking air conditioning and HVAC system compressor specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure air conditioning and HVAC system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and code of practice requirements interpret weight measurements, including tare and gross weights, and readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges interpret measurements of temperature and pressure relating to air conditioner and HVAC system performance.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers use specialised air conditioning and HVAC system compressor overhaul equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying fire safety equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU4007 Overhaul air conditioning system components

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul the air conditioning compressors of two different vehicles or machinery, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors

recover and evacuate refrigerants according to required code of practice and regulations, and recharge the system with the appropriate manufacturer refrigerant and oil type.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system components, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including:

refrigerant saturation temperatures in relation to ambient temperatures and changing levels of humidity

graphic symbols and diagrams

principal types of vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors

principal refrigerant types and their respective operating pressures and lubricating oils, including:

R12

R134a

R1234yf

air conditioning and HVAC system component overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing air conditioning and HVAC system compressor for overhaul

air conditioning and HVAC system compressor dismantling procedures

air conditioning and HVAC system compressor inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

air conditioning and HVAC compressor repair and adjustment procedures, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors

procedures for tolerance measuring and calculating and adjusting components

post-overhaul bench testing procedures, including:

use of manifold gauges and surface probe thermocouples for complete system analysis

analysis of system operation while using gauges, temperature probes, electrical test equipment, scan tools, oscilloscopes and other industry-relevant test equipment

post-overhaul testing of air conditioning and HVAC systems in vehicle or machinery, including:

diagnostic procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

diagnostic flow charts

visual, aural and functional assessments

ambient temperature

centre vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature

manifold gauge pressure readings

refrigerant leaks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.

manufacturer specifications for air conditioning and HVAC system components

two different vehicles or machinery requiring overhaul, with operational air conditioning and HVAC systems and with components specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting a range of air conditioning and HVAC compressors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURETX001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network driveline management systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on embedded network driveline management systems of vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for driveline management system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Driveline management system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to driveline management systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised driveline management system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems working with high pressure fluid.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETX5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in transmission and driveline systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURETX001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the driveline management systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve the following systems:

transmission

driveline.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in driveline management systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

working with high pressure fluid

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for faults in driveline management systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of driveline management systems, including:

driveline management systems, including:

clutches

torque converters

manual transmissions

automatic transmissions

drive and power take-off shafts

differentials

drivelines

gateway network control module:

bus network topography

associated network electronic vehicle or machinery systems

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for driveline management systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

four-wheel dynamometer

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to driveline management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the driveline management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer driveline management system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with driveline management system faults

diagnostic equipment for driveline management systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating driveline management systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTA001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to clean a heavy vehicle body and its major components before beginning repairs. It involves preparing for the task, cleaning the vehicle body and components by mechanical or chemical means, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to undertake pre-repair cleaning	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and vehicle, area of vehicle body or components to be worked on are identified 1.2 Cleaning procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Cleaning options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with the task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Cleaning tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Clean vehicle body and components	2.1 Area of vehicle body to be worked on is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Vehicle components are cleaned according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Used cleaning agents and waste materials are disposed of according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instructions and workplace standards 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements relating to cleaning a heavy vehicle body and major components.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to interpret volumes and calculate chemical mixing requirements for preparation of cleaning agents.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) using cleaning tools and equipment safely handling cleaning agents controlling hazards, including hazardous materials and toxic substances environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and contaminants.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTA1001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair operations

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTA001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

clean three of the following heavy vehicle systems or components:

vehicle body

engine

transmission

final drive

steering and suspension system

wheels and hubs

chassis

electrical component

fuel system component

use chemical cleaning when cleaning one of the above systems or components.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) relating to heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using cleaning tools and equipment

safely handling cleaning agents

controlling hazards, including hazardous materials and toxic substances

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and contaminants

cleaning procedures, techniques and materials appropriate for mechanical and chemical components, and relevant to the task instructions

protective treatment and storage procedures for cleaned heavy vehicle components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct or third-party observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party observation, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicles or components that they have cleaned before repair, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer cleaning material specifications

heavy vehicle systems and components specified in the performance evidence requiring pre-repair cleaning

cleaning equipment, cleaning agents, materials and tools appropriate for pre-repair cleaning.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTB001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the air braking systems of heavy vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The air braking systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair air braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose air braking system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair air braking system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use braking system diagnostic equipment and measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and brake drum micrometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Diagnostic tests must include:	friction material wear drum brake component serviceability disc brake component serviceability air pressure testing.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working safely with stored energy in springs and high air pressure systems managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids removing and refitting wheel assemblies environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including brake dust and fibres.
Repair information must include procedures relating to:	removing, replacing and adjusting system components dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting systems.
Post-repair testing must include:	stall testing of service, park, emergency and secondary brakes dynamic brake performance testing using approved methods or equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB3001 Repair air braking systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three heavy vehicle air braking systems as follows:

one disc braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the brake actuators, disc pads and disc rotors

one drum braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the brake actuators, brake shoes and drums

one air braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the following:

air compressor, delivery and storage components

slack adjusters

pneumatic and electronic control circuits and valves.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing air braking systems, including procedures for:

working safely with stored energy in springs and high air pressure systems

managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

removing and refitting wheel assemblies

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including brake dust and fibres

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38 relating to repairing heavy vehicle brakes

operating principles of air braking systems and associated components, including:

levers

friction

pneumatics

electronics

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle air braking systems and components, including:

disc braking systems

drum braking systems

air compressors, air storage, air dryers and valves

brake actuators

foot valves

air control valves

manual and automatic slack adjusters

trailer brake valves

pneumatic and electronic control circuits and valves

diagnostic testing procedures for air braking systems, including:

air control system testing

air brake component inspection and evaluation

brake system stationary and mobile performance tests

repair procedures for air braking system components, including:

wheel end components, including:

disc braking systems

drum braking systems

air compressors, air storage, air dryers and valves

brake actuators

foot valves

manual and automatic slack adjusters

trailer brake valves

pneumatic and electronic control circuits and valves

post-repair testing procedures for air braking systems, including stationary and mobile performance tests.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle air braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two different heavy vehicles with faults in the air braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle air braking systems

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle air braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTB002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems of heavy vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. The unit does not apply to hydraulic pressure brakes in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose braking system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair braking system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use braking system diagnostic equipment and measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and brake drum micrometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Diagnostic tests must include:	friction material wear drum brake component serviceability disc brake component serviceability air braking system testing hydraulic braking system testing.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working safely with stored energy in springs and high air pressure systems managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids removing and refitting wheel assemblies environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including brake fluids and brake dust and fibres.
Repair information must include procedures relating to:	removing, replacing and adjusting system components dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting systems.
Post-repair testing must include:	stall testing of service, park and secondary brakes dynamic brake performance testing using approved methods or equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB3002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in a heavy vehicle hydraulic braking system, including:

master cylinder and wheel cylinders

disc and drum brake wheel end components

parking brake

diagnose and repair a fault in a heavy vehicle air over hydraulic braking system, including:

disc and drum brake wheel end components

air compressor, delivery and storage components

foot valves

parking brake.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

working safely with stored energy in springs and high air pressure systems

managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

removing and refitting wheel assemblies

environmental procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including brake fluids and brake dust and fibres

operating principles of heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems and associated components, including:

levers

friction

pneumatics

hydraulics

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38 relating to repairing heavy vehicle brakes

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems and components, including:

hydraulic braking systems, including:

disc and caliper assemblies

drum and lining assemblies

master cylinder and boosters

brake lines and hydraulic valves

load compensating valves

proportioning valves

air over hydraulic braking systems, including:

air storage

brake valves

air compressor

brake lines and valves

receiver drier

parking brake systems

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems, including:

air control system tests

hydraulic system component inspection and evaluation

air braking system component inspection and evaluation

brake fluid tests

parking brake operational tests

drum and disc brake operational tests

drum brake and shoes, disc and pad measurement and evaluation

stationary and mobile performance tests

repair procedures for heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems, including:

removal, replacement and adjustment procedures for hydraulic system components, including:

disc and caliper assemblies

drum and lining assemblies

master cylinder and boosters

brake lines and valves

switches

removal, replacement and adjustment procedures for hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components, including:

brake valves

air compressors

air storage

brake lines and valves

receiver driers

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems, including stationary and mobile performance tests.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two heavy vehicles with the faults and braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTB003 Overhaul hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the braking system components, carrying out the overhaul procedures, reassembling and testing the braking system components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle braking system components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate braking system and components	2.1 Braking system is dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble components	4.1 Braking system components are assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of braking system components is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and braking system components are presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information for braking system components efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system component specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers use specialised braking system component overhaul equipment, such as brake discs and drum lathes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: operating specialised braking system component overhaul tools, equipment and machinery using chemicals and toxic substances operating for manual and mechanical lifting equipment working with stored energy environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from braking systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB4003 Overhaul braking system components (heavy)

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB003 Overhaul hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul the following hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components:

two different wheel end disc and drum brake components

two different hydraulic system components

two different air system components.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components, including procedures for:

operating specialised braking system component overhaul tools, equipment and machinery

using chemicals and toxic substances

operating manual and mechanical lifting equipment

working with stored energy

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from braking systems

types, characteristics and operating principles of hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems and associated components, including:

disc and drum wheel end systems

hydraulic systems

air systems

braking system overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing braking system components for overhaul

braking system component dismantling procedures

braking system component inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

braking system component repair and adjustment procedures, including:

brake actuators

air compressors

air storage and valves

disc and drum wheel end components

slack adjusters

master cylinder

brake booster

component assembly procedures, including procedures for measuring and calculating tolerances, and adjusting components

post-overhaul testing procedures for braking system components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system component specifications

heavy vehicle braking system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTB005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of heavy commercial vehicles and heavy trailers. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for heavy commercial vehicle braking system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Braking system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to heavy commercial vehicle braking systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised heavy commercial vehicle braking system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids working with stored energy in springs, air springs, torsion bars and air storage environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle braking system faults

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the braking systems of three different heavy commercial vehicles

the above faults must be in two of the following braking systems:

pneumatic system

air over hydraulic system

hydraulic system

electronic system

auxiliary braking system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including procedures for:

handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

working with stored energy in springs, air springs, torsion bars and air storage

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of braking system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

pneumatic faults

electrical faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems and components:

foundation brakes

friction materials

anti-lock braking system (ABS)

electronic braking system (EBS)

pneumatic braking system

pneumatic and electronic control circuits and valves

hydraulic braking system

air over hydraulic braking system

heavy trailer braking system

auxiliary braking systems (compression and transmission retarders)

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including:

brake timing and balancing

air supply performance

vehicle stopping distance

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in braking systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process required to analyse and evaluate faults in braking systems

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to heavy commercial vehicle braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle braking system specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with faults in the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating heavy commercial vehicle braking systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTD001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect suspension system	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect suspension system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to suspension systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to compare component wear against manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars lifting and supporting vehicles.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTD2001 Inspect and service heavy commercial vehicle suspension system

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect the front and rear suspension systems of one heavy commercial vehicle, including:

springs

spring dampers

arms, mountings and bushings

vehicle curb height.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars

lifting and supporting vehicles

identification and function of major suspension system components, including:

airbag, coil spring, leaf spring and torsion bar

spring dampers

pneumatic, mechanical and rubber suspension

lateral and longitudinal arms

self-levelling device, ride control, height control

basic operation of suspension systems, including:

leaf spring

equaliser beam

rubber block

torsion bar

air spring

inspection procedures for suspension systems, including front and rear suspension.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle suspension systems that they have inspected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer suspension system specifications

one heavy commercial vehicle with front and rear suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTD002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the steering systems of heavy commercial vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair a heavy commercial vehicle steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose steering system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair steering system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	understand steering system information in degrees, and metric and imperial units of measurement measure steering system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers, vernier calipers, micrometers and hydraulic gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with high pressure steering systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of power steering hydraulic fluid released from steering systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTD3002 Repair steering systems (heavy vehicle)

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in one of the following heavy commercial vehicle steering systems:

electronically assisted steering

hydraulic power assisted steering

diagnose and repair a fault in three of the following heavy commercial vehicle steering components:

power steering pump

hydraulic and electronic valves

tie rods and linkages

king pin

front wheel bearings.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy commercial vehicle steering systems, including procedures for working with high pressure steering systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of power steering hydraulic fluid released from steering systems

operating principles of heavy commercial vehicle steering systems and associated components, including:

manual steering systems

power assisted steering systems

application, purpose and operation of heavy commercial vehicle steering systems and components, including:

manual steering systems, including:

steering box

steering column

tie rods and linkages

king pins

wheel bearings

hydraulic power assisted steering systems, including:

integral piston steering box

power steering pump

hydraulic and electronic valves

twin axle steering systems

electronically assisted steering systems

identification, function and basic operating principles of steering angles, including:

Ackermann principle of steering

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

caster

camber

steering axis inclination

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle steering systems, including:

operational testing

hydraulic steering system testing

electronic and load sensing steering testing

analysing component wear analysis

repair procedures for heavy commercial vehicle steering system components, including:

power steering pump

steering box

steering column

king pin

electronically assisted steering

tie rods and linkages

wheel bearings

post-repair testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle steering systems or components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system specifications

heavy commercial vehicle with faults in the power assisted steering systems and components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle steering systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTD003 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the suspension systems of heavy commercial vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The suspension systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose suspension system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair suspension system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with stored energy in springs, air springs, accumulators and torsion bars lifting, supporting and manual handling heavy vehicle suspension systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTD3003 Repair suspension systems (heavy vehicle)

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD003 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in:

the following two heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems:

leaf spring suspension

air spring suspension

one of the following heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems:

equaliser beam suspension

torsion bar suspension

electronically controlled suspension.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy in springs, air springs, accumulators and torsion bars

lifting, supporting and manual handling heavy vehicle suspension systems

operating principles of heavy vehicle suspensions and associated components, including:

rigid and independent suspensions

sprung and unsprung mass

ride and curb height

spring dampers

spring types

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle suspension systems and components, including:

air spring suspension

leaf spring suspension, including:

front suspension

rear suspension, including single and tandem axle

equaliser beam suspension

torsion bar suspension

electronically controlled suspension

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle suspension systems, including:

component wear analysis

checking axle alignment

checking fluid leaks

checking air leaks

checking ride and curb height

control system tests

repair procedures for heavy vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for:

removing, repairing and replacing suspension components, and springs and spring dampers

aligning axles

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer suspension system specifications

heavy commercial vehicles with faults in the different suspension systems listed in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

AURHTD004 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work, carrying out pre-alignment inspection and wheel alignment, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel alignment operations include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. The unit does not apply to light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Carry out wheel alignment pre-checks	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Alignment pre-check information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Alignment pre-checks of vehicle wheels, steering and suspension condition are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 1.5 Faults are identified and reported according to workplace procedures as necessary
2. Carry out vehicle wheel alignment activities	2.1 Vehicle wheel alignment specifications are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Wheel alignment measuring equipment is connected to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Wheel alignment is carried out without causing damage to components or systems, and readings are recorded 2.4 Corrective adjustments are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements, and within manufacturer specifications 2.5 Wheel alignment is re-checked to confirm accuracy of adjustments 2.6 Post-adjustment wheel alignment readings are recorded and reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work process	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for wheel alignment equipment from workplace signs and procedures and manufacturer specifications interpret information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking vehicle wheel alignment specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings, making recommendations, and recording vehicle pre-alignment checks and pre- and post-wheel alignment readings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering and suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measurements in metric and imperial units of measurement and angles in degrees.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring wheel alignment equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for raising and supporting heavy vehicles or machinery.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTD3004 Carry out wheel alignment operations (heavy vehicle)

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD004 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

align the wheels on at least three different heavy vehicles, in which the work must involve measuring, recording and adjusting the following angles to manufacturer specifications:

camber

caster

king pin inclination (KPI)

toe (toe-in and toe-out)

toe-out on turns.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of: